Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history; zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


Init Veal 
ts 


4 SNA 


WAN 


Wenn a) if at 
Aeron 
vA gg! ate . 


shin : 

* Rem hay 4. 

Valk rays riaTatass Sr Nate 
vives Noh 4 


+e) Roe 


Richy 
ait ai risa he 
Saboh 55 her 

veut SoH 


se 
a? 
Zi evs est 
WN AG Sa, 
a ihe 


‘ 
20 RWS ee 


beni, 
ee ha Steg 
SB We es tye 


SAN RAEN COAG 
Pye Ree 
Sie knvthekencaa ee 


i, Ba Tyco, 
tea wy site WY 


ony nh 


WAM Tl 
A SH ey ‘ 
y 


ambos Dhl ned 


PS i ae ene "A 
Soho hy ai wtih 
Wj sar 


at a 


ay 
ast hehe ali 4 
My aah, 


Peay! 
ont 
Ma Susy 


Soo Ds oa 


Vikas 
SAAS 


bari 
reed Ben qi 


ce IANS nd 
1 Be Sap 


itr t vid 
ny: oben 


oye 
Noah 


Pipe 
1} 5 Pant f 4 be 
A at a ! 
Brie nan rites Hi mT NAG ty 
Af n 
penibhatnty’ {> v4 


a0 
BAY Yt se 
Vase at 
+t 


fd tg tie ‘ ee bsp 
fy 
He vies lg Ait 
PPh be ee 
LO saa Se Os Ane pe 
at ere 
PAS i 


RES Fh, 


13 
Way 


rer ue 
Ya ied ey ‘ 
; 


han sak 
wnat an 
ay 


3 hi 
1 vt 


opti 
(Sas etry oie 
heme ne 
Bee nine bs 
~y 


Ree 
aude 
te 


iy re 
jee EE ata! ahd 


4 
a uy, few jp 41d Fa ogy 
“er 
2 Pa 
ists a 
Jipe i \ att 


4, 
Sari aie 
4’ GS erb aoes 
» 
1a “i are na 
aie toyed riioas : 
L.| a ¥ neste Nee 
his Basin sb, 
7 
ii f “a sHepet 
Wee 
(hai eh vee 
we aa ei Vinn 4) aon 
Yi ix} 
es 7” ibe 
ag pe haa hil dei, ser 
et F 
tt ih " foe: >t sherptiy 
+: ed oe wy 
U 


eae) 
‘Sram 


FR MD orn Ae 


Heh ef tary 
i bag ly { 
SUE wets Ain ie 
Fiup as gape Oe 
Bey 
fsa Nope if 
4 , 
Migs Palate ee, 
a ff 
saat Hea 
CY 


nay 


Mt AME i 


aM iy 
Pie 


Wiad 
UAE 


ee 
rhe ae) rs 
st ee Bye 


Bose a fay 


iva 


oad 


AeAsoe 
iat Pind Oe 


a 


i 4 
ne s " 
sag 


AR dy Wee a 


4, i 
Naas 


SN 


5.5 


LES 


SN 


LES 


SN 


IES 


me 


me Wile a, = Ss) - (AVA 

= > = > eh q 

“eae 9) oa 70 — \ 

a = i ee i o, N 

. Peel: z O eet ery 
NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 

= w = ees no = Xe. 

‘S aa NS a 2 SK 

Ps a ; .. NY NY Cn | ad . e 

S 5 hi 4 9 & . AS 

Eu) Oe ESL E =~” 

= > = Ca = 

” Fag w «. z w : 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YWY 

” 3S n 3 fee ” 

oa a or Lop) Ss MS ae 

ox a oc < \ oc 

me Gi re) a 5 ee 

zy z cal z Nie 
NVINOSHLINS S3S!IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 

os 2 rc St ae, ae 

Oo = Y, OO 

pe = = iG hy 2 

= E = = Yj = 

2 = 2 — GY fi) 2 

2 z o zg a 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVy' 

” Ae n z 27) 

= < = 7 < = 

4 = = me Ps. 

BS 0 fo) es eC) as 

g 2 8 ‘2 g 

z = z = z 

= Zs =, 

2 rs S PS = 
NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 


a a ae a = 
a tu a uw a 
= oc ta oe = 
= < ao < 5 of 
= hen e a e 
ro) ae ro) Se: ro) 
ra | za = = 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuNWY 
= or za i =< 
S ‘a S 2 S 
= sed i es = 
& 5, > - > a = 
i a = 2 rs 
z , o Zz pi ea 
LSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUT 
= ” = ee .* ” a en 
<< = < NS = < NS . 
Oo ps -. O ESN NN = = oO ‘ N. 
2 g } ZR 2 : 
E Zz sea x = - 
> 
a 2 a 2 a 


1ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION 


J 
“eo 


72) = wn = (2p) 
sau : 3 a (Saga = Kat Dy Ww Qr a Se 
s %, 4 wy 7; 
x. 0% ale © “A «x /S \ A aN. « [os 
% —+ [> 4 re) ee z < 
Livy & c Te Ss} < fol qo} = WN tle 5 


INSTITUTI 
saziuvug 
INSTITUTI! 
INSTITUTIC 


VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVud!IT_LIBRARIES 


+e 


SMITHSONIAN INSTI 


X 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S314 


dp, 
F 
NVINOSHLINS S31NW¥a 


SMITHSONIAN 


SMITHSONIAN 
GL 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 


7p) == wn = w 
= 5 u & a 
c.. a & asi eed 
<x} re < rs, < 
oc = oc 5 oc 
ar é Zz a = a4 
ILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES 
age = a < eS 
wo 2 ow 2 aw 
=e) = a > a 
2 - 2 a 2 
m ” m 
a) = A = w 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NWINOSHLINS S314 


2) ” = n 
= < z < Sy 
= = \, =" JZ 4 G¢ 
N 2 ro) \ : Bo ee, a 
YA = ss ‘A ES al S = “ bd 
; > = er = = ee 
Ss 2 a ie 2 a Z 


VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVUYd!i1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI 


NOILALILSNI 
LIBRARIES 
NOILNLILSNI 
NOILNLILSNI 


ARTES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1& 


INSTITUTION 
INSTITUTION 
INSTITUTION 


ALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYEIT LIBRARIES INSTI 


k 


RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IX 


NVINOSHLINS S3Iu¥VvVudiIT LIBRARIES 


NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUSIT 


SMITHSONIAN 
SMITHSONIAN 


SMITHSONIAN 


sf S - - > oe (7p) 

ISON, 11SON SY, S 

14 > bee re a 2 a SS Pr aed eS a) ye pe RSS = SS 

. tL P toe y = i oe iS} a — 1 SU (cy 
\ =. i ygp > ( Bee de V2 BX = FA 


Gia 
#2) Ol Tw | 


oN ! 


CONTENTS OF VOL, XVIII. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


NUMBER CIIL. 
Page 
L. On some new and rare British Crustacea. By Tuomas Scort, 
F.L.S., Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, Naturalist to the Fishery Board 
for Scotland, and ANDREW Scott, Fisheries Assistant, University 
College, Liverpool. (Plates I. & NTE Wide cree cS ke « ah gi ce, heneys ae 1 


II. Notes on the Parasitic Copepoda of Fish obtained at Plymouth, 
with Descriptions of new Species. By P. W. Basserr-SMiru, F.Z.S., 


F.R.MS., Surgeon R.N. (Plates UL-VIL.) ....s sees sere eeeeee 8 
III. Some new Forms of American Rotifera. By Dr. ALFRED C. 
Sroxes. (Plates VIL. & VILL.) .....seeeeereeeer eee eecnerees Lif, 


IV. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Ifeterocera 
from Central and Tropical South America. By Herpert Duce, 


PEAR Maes CIN Raa s cae Gd ere rere aaa Mommie ete OR eRe AES 28 
V. On some new Pierine Butterflies from Colombia. By A. Se 
Burier, Ph.D., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zvological Department, 
42 


Perish: Mmsenin 82 A) feat ae sage ome es Meee ne + 99 lop anes tres 
VI. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory.—No. XVI. 
By Prof. M‘Inross, M.D., LL.D., ERs Satin ont rctamienes i ie Aas 44 


VII. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by 
Mr. Alfred Everett in Celebes and Jampea. By G. A. BouLENGER, 


Be an soe cas casas ye ee teins ts ere Aa stale oes Roamer ae 62 
VII. Animal Temperature as a part of the Problem of Evolution. 

By Mi. Quan tOn 2.23. tite caer erie ens Deine ping oF 64 
IX. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera sent from Nyasa in 1895 

by Mr. R. Crawshay. By ARTHUR G. Buruer, Ph.D. &e.: ...... 67 


X. On a new Generic Distinction between the Scorpions of ‘the 
Genera Scorpio and Palamneus. By R. 1. PoCcOCK .....+++e+-ees 7 


XI. The Bees of the Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. By 
Re Py Ne MR PTT ea oa dete om Sp lekn nda asin Whe 9 alas epkieaan oe we eRe 


iv CONTENTS. 


, Page 
XII. Description of a new Species of the Leaf-footed Centipede 
(Alipes) from Nyasaland, together with Notes upon the previously 
described Species of the Genus. By R. I. Pocock .............. 92 


XIII. A Question concerning a British Pagurid. By Jamxs E. 
Benepicr7, Assistant Curator, Department of Marine Invertebrates, 


Pe AUN pporteteMUABOHIN vex \ahe ie. ajs'* 5) n/c 'svnve © v:aguels’s \s's sets 5 og ee eee 99 
XIV. Descriptions of new Species of Nanina, Helix, Amphidro- 
mus, and Porphyrobaphe. By HuGuH FULTON ..........0..00005 100 
XV. Observations on some Buprestide from the West Indies and 
other Localities. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE ........00.00: 104 
XVI. New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. By W. 
yee eae IL AU IEE ease Me Sie ghee ate 2 cD eta mnaie cela lee dass laravetpre ame 107 


On a Collection of Barnacles, by H. A. Pilsbry; Theoretical Expla- 
nations of the Distribution of Southern Faunas, by Captain F W. 
BTEC oa ewe 4 eno aaa he yc lete etapa aMemematate, aden a Ie ee 119, 120 


NUMBER CIV. 


XVII. Further Notes on the Anatomy and Development of 
Scorpions, and their bearing on the Classification of the Order. By 
Matcotm Laurin, B.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Professor of 


Zoology at St. Mungo’s College, Glasgow. (Plate IX.) .......... 121 
XVIII. On the Synascidia of the Genus Colella and the Poly- 
morphism of their Buds. By M. Maurice CaAuLLERY .......... 185 


XIX. Budding in Perophora. By W. K. Brooxs and GrorGe 
SP eGR HE ober cate cde labs orate islet wspois vice Pe sate. «papas. das wa EO 136 


XX. On a Collection of Land-Shells from the Islands of Selayar, 
Jampea, and Kalao. By Epe@ar A. Smiru, F.Z.S., Assistant- 
Keeper of Zoology, British Museum, (Plate X.)................ 144 


XXI. Description of a new Genus of Elapine Snakes from Wood- 
lark Island, British New Guinea. By G. A. BouLtenerr, F.R.S... 152 


XXII. On Freshwater Fishes from Smyrna. By G. A. 
PAO UULEN GES EiiiS.) css saves stab nt toe5 ose ee eee oe 153 


XXIII. Description of anew Siluroid Fish from the Organ Moun- 
tans, Brazil: By 'G. A. BouLencrn, FRiSs 2.205 oee 2 | aes 154 


XXIV. Descriptions of Two new Species of Oriental Lycenide, 
By H: Grose Surrn, B.A., F.E.S., &. ......2..500..5. cee ae 155 


XXV. Phoavocepha'us pectinatus, Waiker, or P. stmplex (Bate) ? 

ye ern Or VY AINE SO ost oa + vee eR en ee 156 
XXVI. Descriptions of Twe new Species of Lepidoptera collected 

by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in East Africa. By Emmy Mary Suarpr,. 158 


CONTENTS. 


XXVII. Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Nyasaland. 
hy Amen G) BULLER, leis Bl, OC, eel alte brewed los as 


XXVIII. New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. By W. 
Ry eeesrerany wat Ace ECU eo ea ere ar aialayata a ca xxia'ns] Uva Mialeha ora-6 awed 


XXIX. Report upon the Scorpions, Spiders, Centipedes, and 
Millipedes obtained by Mr, and Mrs. E. Lort Phillips in the Goolis 
Mountains inland of Berbera, N. Somaliland. By R. I. Pocock. 
eC IE Rt aa terete ck. oe BRU er Ath. oe tule Lig whale sirens end bre 


XXX. Description of a new Species of Fruit-Pigeon from the 
Highlands of Mindoro, Philippine Islands. By Joun WuirrneEap. 


XXXI. Description of a new Spindasis from Ceylon. By FRANcIs 
Pera aE DERN hak eM Gear ete AN eM te Shay ste salle alate Siebel Mein bo Tian 


New Books :—A Manual of North-American Birds. By RoBperr 
Riweway.—A Concise Handbook of British Birds. By H. 


BREEN IOET eV NON IMIBE Cora vied «| oes iics ache si ona a! fic Galo w o-ple "eh haha: Sasha 192, 


On the Habitat of Gobiws elapoides, Gthr., by F. A. Smitt ; Note on 
Plectroplites and Hypoplectrodes, Genera of Serranoid Fishes, 
by Theodore Gill, LL.D. ; On the Nephridia of Branchiobdella 
vartans (var. astact), by D. N. Voinov, Morphological Labora- 


Vv 
Page 


159 


165 


178 


189 


190 


195 


HEV eb BMI CURNEMI, Sagas toraretc, tina ale ocayelcyain i oye ote tinge a a)e'd. 6 196—199 


NUMBER CY. 
XXXII. Notes on the Chetognaths. By F.S. Conanr........ 


XXXIITI. New Species of Pyralide &c. from the Khasia Hills. 
By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S. 


XXXIV. Descriptions of Four new Lizards from Roebuck Bay, 
N.W. Australia, obtained by Dr. Dahl for the Christiania Museum. 
GAG OU MNG I SH oEUSSS «5 «arava ovo) nh asarancve erat xg adie Sela eres 


0) 2) 8, 6) 0) a) Cee eer tale 6.6) 0 evn eles Bs) #14 eiehe 


XXXY. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from 
Hunan, Central China. By Herspert Deuce, F.L.S. &e 


XXXVI. Necrophagous Diptera attracted by the Odour of 
Flowers. By E. KE. Austen, Zoological Department, British 
Museum 


Oe alee, ope 6 ea hehe im al pe) hi 6) Pie 60) Cpe) BY Olle (me 6) 6’ 8 6 va) 0: ae) «, 6.6.06 e's 6 6)\8 


XXXVII. Description of a new Species of Satyrid Butterfly from 
Costa Rica, By H. Grosr Smiru, B.A., F.ES., F.ZS., &....... 


XXXVI. On Mammals from Celebes, Borneo, and the Philip- 
pines recently received at the British Museum, By Oxipririp 
THOMAS 


CC 2d 


XXXIX. The Pholadide.—Ii. Note on the Organization of the 
Larva, and the Post-larval Development of Ship-worms. By C. P. 
SIGERFOos 


SiPege eee. Be) P 18) 16. ee 8] Oe, 86) 6 Ba) are, 6 8% 6) 8 Gm 8 Oar acetone ale! a> « 6, Oe 85 « 


Vl CONTENTS. 


-Page 


XL. A List of the Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, and Hemiptera 
collected by Miss Kingsley on the River Ogové, with Descriptions of 
some new Genera and Species. By W. F. Krrey, F.LS., F.E.S., 
&e., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural 
Mastory): (Plate MUL ce wee ots ove codaac o4 2 ope eee 


XLI. Description of a new Acomys from Somaliland. By Ouv- 
SU MTEERI OA ET CUNEIND 1) Milfs.) nioig bis elect SePlghs scsi dhs gles a a 2s oe 


XLII. The Brood-cavities of the Surinam Toad. By F. Lrynie, 


PREY EZ OUTS ST ois incl dinre nache HG iceeiein esis: soo «Se alot 2 y 


The Bot-ily ‘of the Indian Wlephant i.°.525...5 500 5.6es ces cds woe ae 


NUMBER CVI. 


XLUI. The Development of a Termite—Zutermes (Rippertii?) : 
a Preliminary Abstract. By H. McK. KNower ..... ie) pene ae 


XLIY. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— 
I. Descriptions of new Bees collected by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend in 
the State of Vera Cruz. By T. D. A. CocKERELL ...........00 


XLV. Papers from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— 
On the Nephridia, Reproductive Organs, and Post-larval Stages of 
Arenicola. By H. M. Kyzz, M.A., B.Sc., Berry Scholar in Natural 
Science, University of St. Andrews. (Plates XIII.-XV.) ........ 


XLVI. On new small Mammals from the Neotropical Region. 
Bye ORI MED, LOMAS fia. aaitlas 5 riaialniereeinlele mie Unie We eFds ols alae 


XLVII. Descriptions of new Terrestrial Mollusca from South 
Africa. By James Cosmo Menvini, M.A., F.L.S., and Joun 
Eigenais (PONSONBY. 7c.» «(Plate VE) i patstrents oie joesc's oho crsieib jag 


XLVIII. Diagnoses of new Mammals from Madagascar. By C. I. 
SS NOPED GM ATOR se ae calhre b intage ‘asege = wel in elm otasetoua le SPRL Delica A ele ie ele 


XLIX. On the Rhizopodal Genera Webbinaand Vitriwebbina. By 
Haroprrick .CHarman, ‘ALS. FUR MiSs i. cs waa atoletesmbowelcte 


L. Notes on the Genus Byblia (= Hypanis). By Guy A. K. 
PPP RRELAN GE, Zs oie, Ea PRIS, «0's loka ova bw avaie a» e siaverage ls a eee 


LI. Descriptions of new Batrachians collected by Mr. C. F. Under- 
wood in Costa Rica. By G. A. BouLencmr, F.R.S. ............ 


LIT. On Two new Species of Adblepharus from North Queensland. 
Piyeie aw, NED, IS SEF stsrclealey cto me s1as' lad alelam A ned Sr 


Notes on the Anatomy of Yoldia.—I., by W. K. Brooks and Gilman 
Drew; Some Observations on Spermatogenesis in Spiders, by 
Julius Wagner, of St. Petersburg; Note on Phascologale 


Men IMIES gts nies jn'sjs nF he ares Sele hee Sk Oe ROD CE 344—348 


CONTENTS. Vii 


NUMBER CVII. 
Page 
LITT. Suggestions for a Natural Classification of the Asconide. 
By E. A. Mincuty, M.A., Fellow of Merton College, Oxford 349 


oor eee 


LIV. On Scolecithrix hibernica, a new Species of Copepod, with 
some Remarks on the Distribution of the Crustacea. By ANDREW 
Scort, Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool. (Plates 
Rp eee VL Ls) eee meas co nyey so aiy acter eee hes cic Ge 562 


LV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.—Series IT., 
No. 22. Descriptions of new Deep-sea Mollusca. By Epaar A. 
SMT ae ee R ee dale MAAS MCE Veh Se ids od alles 367 


LVI. On a Collection of Moths from Fast Africa formed by 
Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Medical Officer to the Uganda Administration. 
By W. F. Krrpy, Assistant in Zoological Department, British 
Museum (Natural History). (Plate XIX.) oo. c cca. devceseccas 375 


LVII. On a little-known Australian Fish (Threpterius maculosus, 
Richardson), with Remarks on the Family Cirrhitide. By G. A. 


BOULENGEG, Bybvasn sss acts ant clase eens mean petty ots 597 
LVIITI. On a case of Simous Malformation ina Snake. By G. A. 
Pe ge MRT UL EB 5, 2 Aiyiaiin: cal sbashue: stehviat's Rw seis d ataiolk 4 6.4° 6 ww desreeal ordsale 399 
LIX. On Contrasts in the Marine Fauna of Great Britain. By 
Proto tron, M1), EW Ss Res Cae ils Said ce aa eke 400 
LX. On Excretory Organs and Sexual Conditions in certain 
Isopoda. By Bomummr, Nisoac, of Prague. iseiccccsecacevcsece 415 
LXI. A new Genus of Aglossal Batrachians. By G. A. Bou- 
Ope PEER UN ap 5o3 ctl ohy ph Se eo o Ly cof Canales fc 8A Soe sept aA ate 420 
LXII. Descriptions of Two new Frogs obtained in Madagascar by 
Dr. Forsyth Major. By G. A. BouLenesr, F.RBS............00 ab. 
LXIII. On the Reproduction of the Tripylean Radiolaria (Pheo- 
Pehle) Dy Pity ay GUAGEIE Sia thelacer wie cin sls dys «loa aie cae ceeds seen. 422 
New Book:—The Oollector’s Manual of British Land and Fresh- 
water Shells. By Lionren Ernest ApaAms, B.A........ + sia a ee 
Lysactinic, not Lissactinic, by F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A........ dort hd 428 


NUMBER CVIIL 


LXIV. Some Earthworms from Celebes. By W. BLaxLanp 
Brnuam, D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian Demon- 
strator in Comparative Anatomy, Oxford. (Plates XX. & XXI.) .. 429 


LXV. On Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. By C. J. 


GauAN, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History).......... 448 
LXVI. Descriptions of Four additional new Mammals from Mada- 
eaccariay br. CU. I. Noma ver MATORG:,... . jm oo cies cies «ave imae « 461 


LXVII. Description of a new Species of Stick-Insect (Phasmide) 
from British Central Africa, By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.ES., &c. 463 


LXVIII. Pseudodiadema Jessoni, sp. n.. an Echinoid from the 
English Oxford Clay. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S......... 465 


LXIX. Anew Butterfly ofthe Genus Acrea from Tugela, S. Africa. 
ip er rston me FT) Ser oe wi wiesy ew os a sad g eral aye, = aiden he 467 


viii CONTENTS. 


,Page 


ILXX. Descriptions of Two new Frogs from Lake Tanganyika, pre- 
sented to the British Museum by Mr. W. H. Nutt. By G. A. 


|S: 5 Or OE ep o1 cS IES MR a MATES C4, |.) hades wr 467 
LXXI. On a new Mongoose from Matabeleland, British South 
monica, ) By NVR, De WINTON... 65 0's cane om ae ee ee 469 
LXXII. Homology of the Anterior Segments of Ampharetide 
(Polychetous sedentary Annelids). By M. Prerre Favver...... 470 
LXXIII. On the Habits of Evania Desjardinsii, Blanch. By M. 
EDMOND BoRDAGE.......... ESA ee sh 475 
LXXIV. The “ Claims of Priority,” and what they are sometimes 
pyoees: + Dy Hab rereaey mits MAL) cola ists\ 2s.n os lauys a65 s, acne 476 
‘ New Book :—Artistic and Scientific Taxidermy and Modelling. By 
Monricue browin, IGS: Wes.) OUR Fil aise. hvek 477 


The Evolution of Lithocystis Schneideri, a Parasite of Echinocardium 
cordatum, by M. Louis Leger; On a Viviparous Ephemera, by 
M. Causard; Determination of the Directing Element in the 
Jaws of Insects, by M. Joannes Chatin; On the Hibernation 
of Clavelina lepadiformis, Miller, by MM. A. Giard and M. 
Watery 2607 5.02 25% 250) se nek tab va meapaend cuca tet Oo 478—485 


PUI Ae ern aun ghee ve. Mt eae gp Ree bie AE cy A TOE ee 487 


PLATES IN VOL. XVIII. 

Puate I, 
ih 

jgUG 


New and rare British Crustacea. 


v. Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. 


Mag, 
VII. 
IX. Anatomy of some Scorpions. 
X. New Mollusca. 
XI. New Scorpions, Spiders, and Millipedes. 
XII. New Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, and Hemiptera. 
XIII. | 


New American Rotifera. 


XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. New South-African Mollusca. 
XVII. Scolecithrix hibernica. 


XOVIPL: 
XIX. New Moths from East Africa. 


Anatomy of Arenicola, 


XX. New Earthworms from Celebes. 
OCR . 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
[SIXTH SERIES.] 


we cbawacch ase ctunc per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circikm vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphz Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” 
N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ect. 1, 


No. 103. JULY 1896. 


I.—On some new and rare British Crustacea. By THomas 
Scort, F.L.S., Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, Naturalist to 
the Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANprew Scort, 
Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool. 


[Plates I. & IL] 


Genus CLausiA, Claparéde * (1863), 


(?) Clausia Cluthe, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 1-12.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length 1:3 millim. 
(7; of an inch). Body narrow, elongate, tapering gradually 
towards the posterior end. Antennules (fig. 2) short, stout, 
six-jointed, and moderately setiferous; there is not much 
difference in the length of the first, second, third, and last 
joints, except that the first is rather longer than the other 
three ; the fourth and fifth joints are also subequal, but they 
are both shorter than any of the other joints, as shown by 


the formula— 


Proportional lengths of the joints.. 16.13.12.8 
Number of the joints ............ 1 3 4 


i doe: 
a..6" 


* Not Clausea, Boeck (1864) ; as Claparéde had already used this name, 
M. Boeck, in 1872, substituted the name Pseudocalanus for his genus. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 1 


2 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


Antenne stout, three-jointed, middle joint considerably 
shorter than the first or third; no secondary branch (fig. 3). 
Mandibles simple, lamelliform, tapering towards the rounded 
ciliated apex and furnished with three stout plumose marginal 
setee of unequal length (fig.5). The maxille consist each of 
an oblong lamelliform appendage, the extremity of which is 
obliquely truncate, slightly rounded, and fringed with cilia 
(fig. 6). Anterior foot-jaws simple, one-jointed, armed with 
a stout elongate spine at the apex in addition to a smaller 
spine on the inner margin (fig. 7). The posterior foot-jaws 
form powerful grasping-organs; they are each two-jointed, 
with the joints short and very robust ; the end-joint terminates 
in a broadly truncate extremity, to the posterior half of which 
is articulated a strong slightly curved claw; the anterior 
angle is lengthened into a stout tooth-like process, against 
which the claw impinges, as shown by the drawing (fig. 8). 
The first and second pairs of feet are somewhat similar in 
structure ; the outer branches are three-jointed and the inner 
two-jointed ; the exterior distal angles of the first and second 
joints of the outer branches are each furnished with a mode- 
rately stout spine, while the third joint bears four spines round 
the outer margin and apex and three long plumose sete on 
the inner margin; the second joint of the inner branches 
bears three plumose setz round the inner margin and apex 
and a small apical spine; a long plumose seta also springs 
from the inner margin of the first joint; the outer branches 
are only slightly more elongate than the inner branches 
(fig. 9). The third and fourth pairs of feet are also nearly 
alike in structure, but differ considerably from the first and 
second pairs ; each of the third and fourth pairs is composed 
of a three-jointed outer branch and an almost obsolete one- 
jointed inner branch; the small rudimentary joint of which 
the inner joint consists possesses apparently neither seta nor 
spine (fig. 10). Fifth pair large and prominent and com- 
posed of a single two-jointed branch ; the end-joint, which is 
much shorter than the other, is furnished with three mode- 
rately stout and plumose terminal sete, the middle one being 
considerably longer than the other two (fig. 11). Caudal 
stylets equal to about half the length of the last abdominal 
segment (fig. 12). 

Habitat. Ayr Bay, Firth of Clyde. Among trawl-refuse ; 
one specimen. 

Remarks. Though the species now described was obtained 
among some trawl-refuse unattached to any other organism, 
it is apparently a parasitic form of some kind; the structure 
of the antenne and the simple form of the mandibles and 


new and rare British Crustacea. a 


maxille, combined with the remarkably powerful posterior 
foot-jaws and fifth pair of feet, are fairly satisfactory evidence 
of its parasitic habits. This species, if not congeneric with 
Claparéde’s genus Clausta, is at least very closely allied to 
it, and therefore till further specimens, especially male, be 
obtained, to permit of a more thorough examination being 
made, we prefer meanwhile to place it in that genus. 

(?) Clausia Cluthe somewhat resembles Clausia Lubbock, 
Claus, in general appearance; but the difference in the 
structure of the antennules and fifth pair of feet distinguishes 
it at once from that species. 


Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi, Mrazek. 
(Pl. I. figs. 13-21; Pl. II. fig. 23.) 


This curious freshwater Copepod was described for the first 
time by Herr Al. Mrazek in the seventh volume of the 
—*Zoologische Jahrbiicher’ (1893), p. 103, Taf. iv. figs. 17- 
32, and Taf. v. figs. 33-37. The following brief description 
(with drawings) is prepared from Scotch specimens :— 

Female. Length *67 millim. (37 of aninch). Body slender 
and elongate (fig. 13), and in this respect somewhat similar 
to Ophiocamptus. Antennules short, eight-jointed (PI. IL. 
fig. 23). Secondary branches of antenne two-jointed, the 
end-joint shorter than the other (PI. I. fig. 14). Both branches 
of the first pair of swimming-feet two-jointed and nearly of 
equal length (fig. 18). Inner branches of the next three 
pairs two-jointed and considerably shorter than the three- 
jointed outer branches (fig. 19). Fifth pair small; inner 
portion of the basal joint not much produced, broadly truncate 
and furnished with four moderately short and subequal 
plumose setz on the margin of the truncate apex ; secondary 
joint very small, ovate, and provided with three terminal 
sete, the inner one somewhat like those on the basal joint, 
the other two subequal and fully twice as long (fig. 20). 
Caudal stylets short and stout; the principal seta of each 
stylet is articulated at the base and dilated, as shown in the 
drawing (fig. 21). 

Habitat. Loch Vennachar, Perthshire ; not very common. 

Remarks. This species, which is an addition to the British 
fauna, is readily distinguished from other British Harpactids 
by the structure of the first pair of swimming-feet, both 
branches of this pair being two-jointed; the mandibles, 
maxille, and foot-jaws resemble those of Canthocamptus, 
excepi that the mandible-palp is rudimentary and represented 
by a few sete that spring from a papilliform lateral process. 

1: 


4 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


The rudimentary character of the mandible-palp, together 
with the two-jointed outer branches of first pair of feet, sepa- 
rate Maraenobiotus distinctly from any other genus of the 
freshwater Harpacticide. We have not been able to give a 
figure of the mandible-palp, and therefore quote the following 
reference to it from Herr Al. Mrazek’s description. He 
says :— Als ein wichtiger Charakter muss hervorgehoben 
werden, dass der Mandibularpalpus sehr riickgebildet ist, 
nimlich nur durch einen kleinen drei schwache Borsten 
tragenden Hocker repriisentirt wird.” 


Attheyella Duthiet, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 1-18.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length *9 millim. 
(3; of an inch). Posterior margins of the second to the fifth 
thoracic segments serrulated ; the abdominal segments have 
a fringe of cilia posteriorly; rostrum of moderate length 
(fig. 1). Antennules short, eight-jointed; the first two joints 
are more dilated than the others and the fifth and seventh are 
somewhat shorter; the approximate proportional lengths of 
the joints are shown by the formula— 


Proportional lengths of the joints., 16.16.18.12.10.13.9.138 
Number of the joints’ ..3.4)... 4... des ad bab. oe 


The antennules are moderately setiferous and bear a short 
sensory filament at the upper angle of the fourth joint (fig. 2). 
Antenne stout, two-jointed; the secondary branch consists 
of a single comparatively slender and elongate joint, which 
is furnished with a few sete at the distal end (fig. 3). The 
mandibles have the biting-part armed with two or three 
jamelliform plates slightly notched at the apex ; the mandible- 
palp has the basal portion moderately stout, to which is 
articulated near the distal end a single one-jointed setiferous 
branch (fig. 4). Maxille and first and second foot-jaws 
somewhat similar to those of Canthocamptus hirticornis, 
T. Scott. The inner branches of the first pair of swimming- 
feet, which scarcely reach beyond the end of the outer branches, 
are composed of two joints of nearly equal length, but the 
end-joint is much more slender than the other; the first joint 
bears a short plumose seta near the distal end and the second 
joint a similar seta near the middle of the inner margin, 
while the inner and outer margins of both joints are more or 
less fringed with cilia; in the second joint the middle one of 
the three terminal sete is very long and slender, the inner one 
is very short and plumose, while the outer is elongate, slender, 
and somewhat claw-like; the outer branches, which are com- 


new and rare British Crustacea. 5 


posed of three nearly equal joints, are armed with moderately 
long marginal spines, the outer margins of all the joints being 
also fringed with cilia (fig. 7). In the next three pairs the 
inner branches, which are also composed of two subequal 
joints, are much shorter than the outer branches; the outer 
three-jointed branches are elongate, and the principal terminal 
seta in both branches is very long and slender (fig. 8). In 
the fifth pair the inner portion of the basal joint is broadly 
subtriangular and bears about six elongate sete of unequal 
length round the apex; the secondary joint is broadly ovate 
and furnished with two sete on the outer margin and three at 
the end, the middle one of the terminal three is extremely 
long and slender, the inner margin is ciliated (fig. 11). 
Caudal stylets about equal in length to the last abdominal 
segment (fig. 13). 

The male antennules form powerful grasping-organs. The 
"second pair of swimming-feet differ somewhat from those of 
the female in that the first joint of the inner branches is armed 
with curved tooth-like processes, as shown in the drawing, 
and the marginal spines of the first and second joints of the 
outer branches are much stouter than those of the same joint 
in the female (fig. 9). The end-joint of the imner branches 
of the third pair in the male terminates in two moderately 
long and slightly curved processes, which are of nearly equal 
length; a small plumose seta also springs from near the base 
of the terminal processes (fig. 10). The male fifth pair are 
small, the inner produced part bears two stout, moderately 
long, and spiniform terminal sete ; the secondary joint is 
furnished with five sete arranged as shown by the drawing 
(fig. 12). The first abdominal segment is furnished at the 
outer distal angle on the ventral aspect with three setz 
(fig. 12 a). 

Habitat. Brough Loch, Island of Yell, Shetland. 

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles Ophiocamptus 
brevipes (G. O. Sars), but in that species the antennules are 
seven-jointed, the end-joint of the inner branches is shorter 
than, but nearly as stout as, the first joint, and the secondary 
joint of the fifth pair is considerably narrower; there is also 
some difference in the structure of the mandible and in the 
length of the caudal stylets. It is interesting, however, to 
observe an oval pellucid area on the dorsal surface of the 
cephalic segment, similar to that shown in the drawing of 


Ophiocamptus brevipes by Herr Al. Mrazek*. As we do not 

* “Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Harpacticidenfauna des Siisswassers,” 
Zoologische Jahrbucher, siebenter Band, p. 116, pl. v. fig. 6, pl. vi. 
figs. 67-70. 


6 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


know of any described species similar to this Shetland form 

we have named it in honour of Mr. Duthie, Fishery Officer, 
Shetland ; it is because of his interest and zeal for natural 
history work that we have been able to add considerably to 

ee knowledge of the freshwater Crustacea of the Shetland 
slands. 


(2?) Canthocamptus parvus, sp. n. 
Cus, P 7 SP 
(Pl. I. figs. 14-22.) 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length °37 millim. 
(75 of an inch). Body moderately stout; antennules short, 
six-jointed ; the first three joints subequal and robust, the 
last. three also subequal, but considerably smaller than the 
first three (fig. 15). Secondary branch of the antenne uni- 
articulate, very small, and bearing a short plumose terminal 
seta (fig. 16). Mandible-palp small; basal joint moderately 
stout, bearing at the obliquely truncate end a very small one- 
jointed branch, which is furnished with three short plumose 
sete (fig. 17). Other mouth-organs similar to those in typical 
Canthocamptus. The first pair of swimming-feet somewhat 
resemble those of Canthocamptus trispinosus ; the first joint of 
the inner branches is rather longer than the entire length of 
the outer branches; the second and third joints are together 
equal to about half the length of the first joint, but the second 
is rather shorter than the third; the third joint bears two 
terminal sete, one short and spiniform, the other about twice 
the length and more slender; a short seta springs from near 
the middle of the inner margin of the first joint; there are 
also a few minute sete on the outer margins of all the joints 
(fig. 18). The inner branches of the next three pairs are 
short and composed of two nearly equal joints ; outer branches 
elongate, three-jointed, the end-joint rather longer than either 
of the other two (fig. 19). Fifth pair small, inner portion of 
the basal joint broadly foliaceous, apex obliquely truncate and 
bearing five sete of unequal length ; four of them are mode- 
rately short, and one (the second from the outside) more 
elongate; secondary joint subquadrangular, rather longer 
than broad, and furnished with five small apical sete, the 
two innermost of which are longer than the others (fig. 21). 
Caudal stylets very short. 

Male. ‘The male differs little from the female except that 
the antennules are apparently eight-jointed and of a compli- 
cated hinged structure adapted for grasping. The inner 
branches of the third pair of swimming-feet in the male are 
three-jointed and rather longer than the inner branches of the 


new and rare British Crustacea. 7 


same pair in the female; the second joint bears a small seta 
on the inner angle and the last joint is furnished with two 
terminal sete (fig. 20). The male fifth pair are very small, 
the inner portion of the basal joint is somewhat triangular in 
form and carries three small apical sete ; the secondary joint 
is subrhomboid and provided with five sete round the end, as 
shown in the drawing (fig. 22). 

Habitat. Between tide-marks at Aberlady Bay, Firth of 
Forth. 

Remarks. In Canthocamptus the antennules are usually 
eight- or nine-jointed, but in the small species now described 
they are only six-jointed, and the secondary branches of the 
antenne are uniarticulate and almost rudimentary ; but in 
other respects it possesses all the characters of a typical 
Canthocamptus according to the present definition of that 
genus. 

We have pointed out elsewhere * that from the great 
variation in the structural details of the species of which the 
genus Canthocamptus is composed a revision of the genus will 
ere long be necessary; when that is done, it may be found 
expedient to remove the species now described into another 
genus ; but meanwhile the genus Canthocumptus appears to be 
the only group of the Harpacticide to which it can be 
allocated. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuratTe I. 
(?) Clausia Cluthe, sp. n. 


Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view, X 40. 2. Antennule, x 170, 3. Antenna, 
X 253. 4. Mouth, x 500. 5. Mandible, x 500. 6. Mazxilla, 
x 500. 7. Anterior foot-jaw, xX 760. 8. Posterior foot-jaw, 
x 253. 9. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 170. 10. 
Foot of fourth pair, x 170. 11. Foot of fifth pair, x 127. 
12, Last abdominal segment and caudal stylets, x 170. 


Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi, Mrazek. 


Fg. 13. Female, side view, X 80. 14. Antenna, x 380. 15. Maxilla, 
x 380. 16, Anterior foot-jaw, x 880. 17. Posterior foot-jaw, 
x 380. 18. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 253. 
19. Foot of fourth pair, X 253. 20. Foot of fifth pair, x 380. 
21. Last abdominal segment and caudal stylets, x 253. 


Puate II. 


Attheyella Duthiet, sp. n. 
Fig. 1. Female, side view, x 50. 2. Antennule, x 253. 3. Antenna 


* Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1895. 


8 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on 


x 258. 4. Mandible, x 380. 5. Anterior foot-jaw, x - 380. 
6. Posterior foot-jaw, X 380. 7. Foot of first pair of swimming- 
feet, X 170. 8. Foot of fourth pair, x 170. 9. Foot of second 
pair (male), x 170. 10. Foot of third pair (male), x 170. 
11. Foot of fifth pair, x 170. 12. Foot of fifth pair (male), x 
253. 12a. Appendage of first abdominal segment. 13, Last 
two abdominal segments and caudal stylets, x 125. 


(?) Canthocamptus parvus, sp. 1. 


Fig. 14. Female, side view, x 80. 15. Antennule, X 380. 16. An- 
tenna, X 380. 17. Mandible, x 380. 18, Foot of first pair of 
swimming-feet, X 253, 19. Foot of fourth pair, x 263. 
20. Foot of third pair (male), x 253. 21. Foot of fifth pair, 
x 880. 22. Foot of fifth pair (male), x 380. 


Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi, Mrazek. 
Fig. 23. Antennule, x 253. 


II.— Notes on the Parasitic Copepoda of Fish obtained at 
Plymouth, with Descriptions of new Species. By P. W. 
Bassett-SMitTH, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Surgeon R.N. 


[Plates III.-VI.] 


In taking up this subject I am chiefly indebted to Prof. F. 
Jeffrey Bell, who suggested it to me as being likely to prove 
a fruitful and interesting investigation to fill up time while 
stationed at Plymouth. This I the more willingly did, 
having the kind assistance of the Director of the Marine 
Biological Association’s Laboratory and others there, to whom 
I tender my best thanks. The greater part of the material 
was, however, obtained by daily and diligent seareh at certain 
fishmongers in the town. 

Although there are many admirable monographs and 
treatises dealing with these curious and often b¢zarre-looking 
animals, they are chiefly of somewhat ancient date: the most 
important are :— 

Miiier. ‘Entomostraca.’ 1786. 

Orro and Burmeister. ‘Novya Acta Natur. Curios.,’ 1826. 1831. 

Kroyer. ‘ Naturhist. Tidsskift, 1838 and 1863. 

Mitnr-Epwarps. ‘Treatise, ‘Crustacés, tome iii. 1840, 

Norpmann. ‘Mikrographische der wirbellosen Thiere.’ 1832. 

Criaus. Monographs. 1860-1875. 

Cart Voer. ‘Archives Zoologie expér.,’ tome xvi. 1877. 

Camit Heiter. “Crustaceen,” Reise der Fregatte Novara. 

Hrsse. Monographs. 1862-1868. 

Van BenEeDEN. ‘ Note sur un Crustacé parasite nouveau, &c.’ 1861, 

Barrp. ‘ British Entomostraca.’ 1850. 

GERSTAECKER. ‘ Copepoda,” Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich.’ 

Kurz. Monograph. 1877. 


Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. 9 


_ The literature being so scattered makes the investigation 
difficult—all the more so as nearly every author has his own 
scheme of classification. I propose now to use that drawn up 
by Gerstaecker, which is founded more on the minute anatomy 
of the animals, and is the most recent, though that used-by 
Dr. Heller in his great work is very admirable. A large 
number of the genera described by both these authors are, 
however, purely tropical and do not come within the scope of 
this paper. The most difficult to assign definite places to are 
the very much differentiated members of the family Lernzo- 
podide, where I believe the character of the male is the only 
safe guide. I would specially point out that the distinction 
given separating the genera Brachiella and Anchorella, viz. 
the fusion of the second pair of maxillipeds partly or wholly, 
is not a reliable one. It would be much better to found these 
genera on the structure of the pigmy males, which are quite 
distinctive; but, unfortunately, these latter are not all known 
or figured. 

From a collector’s point of view one is quickly struck by 
the much greater susceptibility of some fish over others and 
the large number of parasites found on them individually. 
For instance, it is rare to find a fairly grown cod (Gadus 
morrhua) without being able to take many specimens of the 
small semitranslucent Anchorella uncinata attached to the 
folds about the lips and in the gill-cavity. In its mouth and 
on the palate will be seen frequently half a dozen specimens 
of Caligus curtus, on the gills, deeply imbedded, a Lernea 
branchialis, and on the body sore places where numbers of 
Caligus Miilleri have been fixed. Again, one is almost 
certain in a hake (Merlucctus vulgards) on opening the mouth 
to find one or more specimens of Chondracanthus merluccit 
firmly fixed to the tongue, floor of the mouth, or palate, 
generally surrounded by mucus. In one case I removed 
thirty-three from the palate of a fish, leaving a raw ulcerated 
surface behind. The hake has two other fixed parasites 
attached to the gills—Brachiella insidiosa and Brachiella 
merlucctt,—both fairly abundant. 

All the Gadide seem to be infested. 

The Gurnard family, too, are very prolific both in variety 
and number of specimens ; but it is generally only in the well- 
grown fish that the parasites are found, these being Caligus 
rapaa, Caligus diaphanus, Brachiella impudica, and Bra- 
chiella bispinosa. 

Tucked away in the anterior angle of the gills of Zeus 
faber will almost certainly be found on either side one specimen 


10 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on 


of Chondracanthus zei, which, from its large size, would seem 
to be at least inconvenient to its host. 

The gills of the turbot and brill are frequently crammed 
with Lepeophtheirus Thompsoni and Lepeophthetrus obscurus (?) 
and so on, each fish having apparently in its adult stage one 
or more parasitic Copepoda. 

After the examination of a great number of fish harbouring 
these parasites I believe that in the great majority of cases 
their presence is not prejudicial to the life of the fish, seem- 
ingly causing neither irritation nor destruction of tissue, for 
the following reasons :— 


(1) The fish bearing them were generally mature. 
(2) There were rarely any ulcerated surfaces found 
around or near their attachment. 


(3) The individual fish were generally well nourished. 


There are, however, certain exceptions to this absence of 
prejudicial effect on the host. 

(1) Lernea branchialis and its allies, whose bodies are full 
of sanguineous fluid. The head and cephalic processes, 
deeply imbedded in a cysted clot of blood in and around the 
gills, must be a constant source of drain of nourishment and 
also cause great irritation to the hosts. Very frequently, 
however, one came across the remains of their chitinous necks 
still imbedded, from which the bodies had fallen away. 

(2) A second, which certainly causes much irritation to the 
fish, is Chondracanthus merluccit, which, though surrounded 
by mucus and probably living on mucus, causes great 
destruction of the membrane where it is attached, as already 
mentioned. ‘The other species of Chondracanthus apparently 
are not so troublesome, so far as I have seen. 

(3) All species of Lerneocera, Lerneonema, and Penella 
must be harmful. 

I do not, however, mean to infer that weakly and diseased 
fish are not more likely to suffer from these parasites, but that 
they are plentiful in those apparently healthy. 

The curious attached condition of the young of the Caligide 
has been much noticed, being by Burmeister, Milne-Edwards, 
Kroyer, and Baird regarded as a separate genus, Chalimus ; 
but their true nature is very well shown in the able mono- 
graph by Hesse, ‘ Des moyen curieux de certains Crustacés 
parasites’ (Paris, 1866), though I do not think his theory, 
“ that the males in the interest of propagation fix themselves 
by this singular means (the frontal filament) to the females,” 
is of much value, as these attached forms are not infrequently 


Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. ff 


found fixed on to animals of different families, as Chondra- 
canthus and Anchorella; or even sometimes in great numbers 
I have taken them fixed on to the gill-rakers of the cod and 
gurnard and the fins of the sea-trout. In other cases one may 
find as many as six in various stages of development attached 
to the adult forms. At first the carapace is very narrow, with 
its apex at the place of attachment of the frontal filament, the 
thoracic portion being proportionately large, having the double 
eye near the centre. The anterior antenne are quite free 
from the frontal lobes. The maxillipeds increase in size as 
the carapace broadens, and before becoming detached the 
animal closely resembles the form of the adult; but I have 
not yet found any with lunule on the frontal lobes, even in 
those taken associated with species of Caligus. 

During the course of my observations the following new or 
noteworthy species have been obtained * :— 


Caligus scombert, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 2.) 


I have been unable to place this with any recorded species, 
and have therefore named it after the fish it is taken from. 
It is found on the inner surface of the operculum of Scomber 
scomber. It much resembles Caligus diaphanus (Nordmann 
and Kréyer, not Baird); but the carapace is oval, instead of 
being rounded, and the abdomen is much longer. . 

Carapace oval, narrow in front; posterior antenne with 
well-marked palp ; second pair of maxillipeds small; furcula 
small, with simple elongated branches, hardly spreading ; 
caudal plate large, with three long plumose sete, and one 
smaller one placed rather far outside. 


Caligus brevipedis, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 1.) 


Two specimens of this curious form were taken in August 
from the gill-cavity of Motella tricirrata. It differs from all 
other described species in the rudimentary condition of the 
fourth pair of thoracic limbs. ‘The same character was found 
in both specimens, therefore it could not be an abnormality. 

Carapace small, as broad as long, but rather narrower 
anteriorly. Frontal plates well developed ; lunule of moderate 
size ; anterior border of basal joint of anterior antenne fringed 
with fine hairs; second joint terminating in about ten small 
bristles. Posterior antenne strongly hooked, palp on basal 
joint blunt; hamulus subsidiarius anterior acutely bent; 


* For a complete list of the parasitic Copepoda found: on fish at Ply- 
mouth see Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc, vol. iy. no. 2. 


12 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on 


mandibles finely dentate on convex border ; first maxilliped 
long, bifid at end, outer claw very long; second maxilliped 
small, with simple claw; maxillary palp long and sharp; 
furcula small, simple, with widely divergent branches. First 
perxopods with three very long plumose sete on the inner 
border and four short bristles at end of last joint; second 
pereopods bifid, each two-jointed, bearing very long plumose 
sete ; third pereopods bifid, each branch two-jointed; hamu- 
lus posterior well marked; fourth pereopods almost rudi- 
mentary, represented by minute basal joint, three times as 
long as broad, terminating in three short simple bristles. 

Genital segment nearly square, lobed at posterior angles, 
bearing a tubercle giving rise to three simple sete (repre- 
senting five pairs of limbs ?). 

Abdomen small, slightly longer than broad; caudal plates 
of moderate size, bearing one short and three long plumose 
setw ; ovarian tube long, straight. 


Lepeophtheirus pollachius, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.) 


Both sexes taken in quantity from the palate and back of 
the tongue of Gadus pollachius, also from the gills of the ling, 
Molva vulgaris. This species is nearly allied to L. Stromii, 
Baird. 

Carapace oval, rather wider posteriorly, in some specimens 
broader than long ; fourth joint of the thorax large, diamond- 
shaped; genital segment oblong, nearly as large as the cara- 
pace, lobed posteriorly ; abdomen as long as the thorax, 
tapering off towards its extremity. Posterior antenne large, 
strongly hooked; palp short, acute. Hamulus anterior small; 
furcula with short, divergent, simple branches ; fourth pair of 
pereeopods very long and powerful.. Male much smaller than 
female, with elongated carapace and very narrow genital 
segment. Abdomen distinctly divided into two segments 
and caudal plates very long. 

In many instances the young forms in various stages of 
development were found attached by their thread-like fila- 
ments to the margins of the carapace, genital segment, and 
abdomen of the female. 


Elytrophora brachyptera, Gerstaecker. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.) 


From the gills of a large tunny, Thynnus thynnus, taken 
outside Plymouth, I obtained ten specimens of this species, 
five of each sex, all alive. These I watched for several hours 
in a bell-glass. They were very active, and the males were 
seen to attach themselves to the females in the positions 


Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. 13 
represented in Dr. Heller’s work, firmly fixed by the hook- 


like posterior antenne and second maxillipeds. 

On removing them the spermatophores were seen attached 
by long tubes to the genital segments of the females. These 
were pyriform, with a thick chitinous covering, and, when 
broken off, thin thread-like spermatic filaments issued from 
the tube end, or, if the capsule was broken, poured out en masse 
(fig. 3, A and B). On the males which had not completed 
the act the capsules were seen distinctly in the sperm-ducts, 
but were absent from those which had been removed from 
females bearing them, so that they appear to be monogamous. 


Lernea lusct, sp. n. (Pl. IV. fig. 6.) 


This animal was found only on the gills of the whiting 
pout, Gadus luscus, and was very common, as many as four 
being found on one fish. The whole head is surrounded by 
a clot of blood, the elongated horn being buried by the side of 
the gill-bone. 

It is much smaller and more delicate than Lernea bran- 
chialis; the secondary and posterior curve of the body is much 
less marked; there are generally three horns behind the 
mouth, the posterior one being highly developed and often as 
long as the neck, many-branched at the end. A large number 
of specimens were taken, all of the same size and character ; 
so that I feel justified in believing it to be a distinct species 
from the more widely distributed Lernea branchialis. 


Chondracanthus clavatus, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 1.) 


Found only on the gills of Pleuronectes microcephalus. The 
head is oval, with well-developed antenne; thorax elongated 
and club-shaped, with no sign of constriction in the middle, 
as in C. cornutus, Mill., and C. solea, Kréyer. The poste- 
rior horns are of moderate length. The two pairs of thoracic 
limbs are small, and the male is like that of C. cornutus. 


Chondracanthus trigle, Blainville. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.) 
(C. assellina, Linn.) 


Plentifully taken from Trigla gurnardus, T. cuculus, and 
T. hirundo. ‘The whole anterior portion of the head and so- 
called neck is buried in a fleshy mass in the substance of the 
gill, the thoracic portion only showing. The mouth and two 
pairs of maxillipeds are found at the base of this neck (Pl. 1V. 
fig. 4). Male very like that of C. cornutus. The length of 
the neck-like portion of the head is very variable, sometimes 


14 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on 


considerably greater than the whole length of the thorax, at 
others so short as to be scarcely visible. Both these con- 
ditions occur in the mature female, the small immature 
specimens often having long necks. The species described 
as Chondracanthus gurnardt is probably one of these peculiar 
forms with short necks. . 


Brachiella insidiosa, Heller. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.) 


These were found attached to the gill-rays of the hake, 
Gadus merluccius, being fairly common. The female agrees 
very closely with that described by Heller (obtained from a 
species of Gadus in the Mediterranean), except that the arms 
are rather shorter and the cephalothorax is more acutely 
bent. 

The male (Pl. VI. fig. 2) is large, 3 centim. long, being 
generally found fixed to the centre of the back. The anterior 
part of the cephalothorax bearing the antenne and the mouth- 
organs is distinctly separated off from the body, the latter 
being distinctly segmented. 

Anterior antennz small, three-jointed ; posterior antenne 
large and stout, placed behind the anterior, four-jointed (?), 
bifid at the end, one branch being blunt and short, the other 
terminating in a small dentate hook. Maxille terminating 
in two sharp-pointed flail-like branches, bearing a small palp 
at the base. First maxillipeds with sharp acutely bent claw. 
Second maxillipeds with a short blunt claw meeting a conical 
tubercle. : 


Brachiella merlucctt, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 1.) 


These animals are always found attached to the pornts of 
the gill-rakers of the hake, Gadus merluccius, and never 
attached to the gill-rays themselves, as B. ¢nsidiosa. Both 
were frequently found in the same fish, but their positions 
were never other than that noted. 

Female.—Cephalothorax of moderate length, about equal 
to that of the genital segment, tapering towards the head, 
and bent forward in an obtuse angle. Head slightly widest 
in front, the arms (second maxillipeds) not quite so long as 
the cephalothorax, being united in the whole length by a 
thin membrane. Organ of attachment a chitinous cup with 
a short pedicel. 

Genital segment fiddle-shaped, very thick, carrying poste- 
riorly two pairs of elongated processes; a dorsal pair directed 
backwards and outwards, and a ventral pair rising on either 
sideof an elongated filiform abdomen (‘‘ postabdomen,” Gerst.), 


Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. 15 


these being directed backwards, outwards, and upwards, 
encircling the egg-sacs. 

Head.—Anterior antenne small, three-jointed, last joint 
terminating in a few small hairs. Posterior antenna placed 
outside the latter, thick, chitinous, the end being bifid, having 
an outer blunt branch bearing small tubercles and an inner 
articulate branch terminating in minute sete. Mandibles 
small, Maxillary palp foliaceous, four-lobed. First pair of 
maxillipeds strong, with a powerful, curved, slightly cheliform 
terminal claw ; they are placed close behind the rostrum. 

Male.—About 1 centim. long. Cephalothorax large, 
distinct from the body, which is indistinctly divided into five 
segments, bearing posteriorly two short, pointed, two-jointed 
' processes. Anterior portion of the cephalothorax carrying 
the mouth-organs. Anterior antenne three-jointed, with very 
fine sete at the end of the last joint. Posterior antenne 
much thicker, articulate, terminating in a short obtuse joint, 
with a second branch bearing a small dentate claw. Maxille 
bifid at the end, the branches being long and pointed; palp 
very small. Both pairs of maxillipeds large and cheliform. 
According to the present classification this species should be 
placed with the Anchorelle, for in the female the second 
maxillipeds are short, also being united together in their 
whole length ; but the peculiar Grachiella form of the male 
causes it to be placed in this genus. 


Anchorella paradoxa, van Beneden. (PI. V. fig. 2.) 


Found in the gills of Scomber scomber, but rare. The 
species is, however, very characteristic, and the male is distinc- 
tive, but has not yet been described by any author. 

Male.—Body globular ; cephalothorax produced; anterior 
antenne slender, three-jointed; posterior antenne stouter, 
bifid at the end, the outer branch being twice the length of 
the inner, which is flattened. Maxille slender, long, bifid at 
the extremity. First maxillipeds very large, the basal joint 
being oval, strongly muscular, and terminating in a strong 
hook. Second maxillipeds long, narrow, stilt-like, with the 
end slightly enlarged, where is seen a minute hook. 


Anchorella quadrata, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 5.) 


A few specimens were obtained of this species from a 
dragonet, Callionymus lyra, attached to the gill-rakers. The 
cephalothorax is much longer than the genital segment, which 
is almost quadrilateral. ‘he egg-sacs are small and broad, 
oval in shape; between the two is seen the abdomen, which 


16 On Parasitic Copepoda of Fish. 


is of extraordinary size for animals in this genus. First pair 
of maxillipeds placed close to the mouth, well developed; 
second pair short, opposite to the abdomen and at the base of 
the neck, thick and completely united, terminating in the 
organ of adhesion, which has the form of a cup with a long 
pedicle. This species is much like Anchorella falax, Heller, 
in form except for the great size of the abdomen. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate Iii, * 


Fig. 1. Culigus brevipedis, sp.n., Q. xX 6." 
al. Frontal plate with anterior antenna. a2. Posterior an- 
tenna. Ha. Hamulus subsidiarius anterior. Md. Mandible 
with palp. F. Fureula. 1P,2P,3P. Pereopods. 4P 
& 4, Perzopod slightly and highly magnified. 5 P. Rudi- 
mentary fifth pereeopod. C.P. Caudal plate. 
Fig. 2. Caligus scomberi, sp.n., 2. X_6. 
A. Posterior antenna. F. Furcula. 4 P. Fourth peropod. 
C. Caudal plate. 


Proarn fV; 
Fig. 1. Lepeophtheirus pollachius, sp.n., 2. X 6. 
2a. Posterior antenna. H.s.a. Hamulus subsidiarius anterior. 
F. Furcula. 4 P. Fourth pereopod. 
Fig. 2. Caligus obscurus, Baird, 2. X 6. 
A2. Posterior antenna. H.s.a, Hamulus subsidiarius anterior. 
F. Furcula. 4P. Fourth pereopod (see Journ. Marine 
Biol. Assoc. vol. iv. no. 2). 


Fig. 8. Elytrophora brachyptera, Gerstaecker, 2 ¢ i situ, 
3a, 36. Spermatophores detached. ° ; 

Fig. 4. Mouth of Chondracanthus trigle, 2, x 20,showing maxilla, first 
and second maxillipeds. 

Fig. 5. Anchorella quadrata, sp.n. Enlarged. 

Fiy. 6. Lernea lusct, nat. size, with various forms of head-processes, 


PLaTE VY. 


Fig. 1. Chrondracanthus clavatus, sp. n., Q. Nat. size. 
la. Anterior portion of head, with antenne. 15 Male. 
le. Mouth-organs of male. 
Fig, 2. Ancherella paradoxa, Van Bened., 2. Nat. size. 
2a. Male, highly magnified. 26, Mouth, with first and second 
antenne. 2c, Maxilla and second maxilliped. 


PLatrE VI. 


Fig. 1. Brachiella merluccit, sp. n., 2. Nat. size. 
la. Organ of adhesion, 16. Male, enlarged. le. Mouth- 
organs of male. 1d. Head of female, much enlarged. 
le. Maxilla of female. 
Fig. 2. Brachiella insidiosa, Heller, g. Much enlarged. 
Fy. 3. Brachiella trigle, Claus, ¢. Much enlarged. 


On some new Forms of American Rotifera. 17 


III.—Some new Forms of American Rotifera. 
By Dr. ALFRED C. STOKES. 


[Plates VII. & VIII. ] 


THE following presumably undescribed Rotifera were all 
taken from a shallow clear-water pool in a rocky wood near 


Trenton, New Jersey, U.S.A. 


Mastigocerca mucosa, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 1.) 


Lorica in dorsal aspect elongate-elliptical in outline; in 
side-view obovate, about twice as long as broad (high), 
ventral surface evenly and slightly convex; dorsum arched, 
higher, anteriorly, and there bearing two anteriorly diverging 
caring) more than half as long as the lorica, the walls out- 
wardly inclined, thickest at base, the furrow obliquely curved 
toward the front, the bottom rounded; anterior margin of 
lorica truncate, smooth, the posterior aperture ventrally 
oblique ; toe as long as the lorica, slightly decurved ; acces- 
sory stylets four (or five ?), the longest conspicuous, curved, 
about one fourth as long as the slender, tapering, acute toe, 
the three (or four ?) additional stylets setiform and about one 
half as long as the principal one; antenne clavate, appa- 
rently not setigerous; lateral antenne near the posterior 
extremity, in close proximity to the ventral border, finely and 
radiately setigerous; brain elongate-saccate, with a large 
papilliform purplish or black eye on its posterior extremity ; 
alimentary canal large, broad, situated laterad and partly 
ventrad to the ovary, which, in the writer’s specimens, was 
large, irregular in form, and with numerous developing germs ; 
cesophagus long, conspicuous; contractile vesicle pulsating 
about twenty-four times per minute; flame-cells (‘“ vibratile 
tags”) large. 

Length of lorica 73y inch; foot and toe t4y; greatest 
height of carina ys'50. 

Hab. As mentioned at the head of this paper. 

The secretion of the foot-glands is often so copious that it 
seems to exude from the entire length and substance of the 
toe, whence it spreads over the glass slide in waves and 
filaments and fringes, and attaches the animal almost im- 
movably, although it has the ability to withdraw the part 
for a short distance from its colloid sheath, when the secretion 
again exudes and again covers the toe as before. 

I have not been able to observe even a single seta on the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6- Vol. xviii. 2 


18 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some 


dorsal antenna. If present they must be exceedingly delicate 
and minute. 

The bottom of the dorsal furrow is elastic, as the animal 
can draw the lateral wings toward each other. 


Taphrocampa clavigera, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.) 


Exceedingly soft, flexible, and versatile; normally sub- 
cylindrical or subfusiform, usually widest near the middle, 
tapering posteriorly, often producing a postero-central con- 
striction with margins almost straight; dorsum arched, 
ventrum hollowed ; not conspicuously annulose, but the body- 
margins irregularly crenate or undulate, these projections not 
rarely becoming obsolete; front rounded and bearing a hook- 
like projection, visible in side-view much as with Taphro- 
campa Saundersie, Gosse; anterior region frequently re- 
tracted ; tail represented by a small semicircular lobe dorsad 
to the soft and flexible subcylindrical foot; toes two, short, 
stout, conical, and possessing independent movement, being 
therefore true toes ; a smal] rounded auricle frequently pro- 
truded on each side of the head, and so accelerating the 
animal’s movements that it is difficult to observe the 
form and structure; dorsal cuticular surface conspicuously 
striate longitudinally or finely fluted, the striez coarse and 
more or less parallel with the marginal crenulations; dorsal 
antenna single, represented by a circumvallation near the 
frontal border, and probably setigerous, although I have 
not actually seen the sete; frontal cilia prone, fine, short, 
filling an obovate field which occupies from one fourth to one 
fifth of the anterior ventral surface, and surrounded by nume- 
rous subparallel striz or fine cuticular folds; brain con- 
spicuous, elongate-saccate, from one fourth to one fifth as 
long as the entire body, and having a small, posterior, central 
subspherical lobe, which is often coarsely granular, these 
freely movable granules extending toward the front of the 
ganglion in a long, narrow, sinuous band, the whole collec- 
tion then being irregularly subclavate ; in some specimens 
this granular formation is entirely absent or the posterior 
lobe may alone be granular; eye red, situated on the fore 
part of the posterior cerebral lobe, which is not rarely appa- 
rently adherent to the mastax, the movements of which it 
then accompanies; intestinal canal continuous, apparently 
ciliated, widest anteriorly, in lateral aspect suddenly narrowed, 
and tapering posteriorly, often annulose; esophagus not 
observed; a coarsely granular body, presumably the ovary, 
ventrad to the alimentary canal and extending for almost its 


new Forms of American Rotifera. 19 


entire length; a small gastric gland is present on each rontal 
shoulder of the stomach; contractile vesicle in the median 
line, ventrad to the intestine, oval in contour and conspicuous 
near the posterior body-margin ; lateral canals present, with 
but four flame-cells visible on each side; two small elongate- 
ovate foot-glands present; animal’s movements constantly 
writhing and vermicular when unaided by the auricles, but 
with these appendages rapid, headlong, and seemingly without 
choice of direction. 

Length about 74> inch. 

Intestinal canal usually gorged with yeliowish-brown food 
materials. 

The species is readily recognizable not only by its form 
and by the lateral crenulations, but especially by the peculiar 
granular region of the brain, that particular part being in 
form not unjustly comparable to a pendulum with a snb- 
spherical bob, or to a cord with a round weight attached at 
one end. These granules, which [ have not seen in any other 
portion of the ganglion, are freely movable on one another 
and in form vary from elongate-ovate to subfusiform. They 
are probably concretions of lime as so commonly observed in 
the cerebral ganglia of other Notomatide. They are here 
contained in a tubular case or sheath, and may be motionless 
by reason of their number. Even when these granules are 
absent the region which they will at some time occupy is 
always plainly visible. They seem to be the result of a 
erystallization within a liquid enclosed by a special membrane 
within the nerve-mass. The clavate form of the mass 
suggested the specific name. 


Metopidia collaris, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 3 and 4.) 


Lorica suboval, depressed, the dorsum rounded, the central 
region a slightly flattened more or less obovate space, whose 
margins converge posteriorly into a central ridge extend- 
ing to the posterior border of the lorica, the lateral regions 
of the lorica falling away rather rapidly to the convex edge, 
thus giving the entire dorsum a somewhat tectiform aspect, 
frequently increased by the presence of a central longitudinal 
ridge; ventrum flattened; dorsal frontal margin concave, 
the ventral deeply excavate; the frontal angle on each side 
prolonged as a conspicuous acuminate process; a narrow, 
coarsely stippled, collar-like band encircling the entire ante- 
rior margin of the Jorica; posterior dorsal border narrow, 
slightly and evenly concave, the ventral margin conspicuously 


excavate into a deep narrow sulcus, its lateral borders but 
2% 


20 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some 


slightly divergent, its posterior termination on each side 
minutely acuminate; dorsal antenna a large deep pit sur- 
rounded by a circular or broadly oval ring; lateral antenne 
apparently present as small capitate dorso-lateral projections, 
but upon which I could discover no sete ; foot three-jointed 
(or four-jointed if the prolongation of the body to which the 
foot is a continuation be counted as a joint); toes long, 
tapering ; eyes two, red, pectoral, crescentic, placed near the 
frontal border, in some specimens the appearance of an addi- 
tional pair of faintly coloured crescentic eye-spots not being 
rare on the pectoral region; flame-cells small, only one (near 
the postero-lateral border) having been observed; lateral 
canals exceedingly numerous, especially in the dorsal region, 
where they extend beneath the lorica in long loops and in 
concentric curves, each canal terminating in a trumpet-shaped 
mouth apparently not ciliated, and without an undulating 
membrane, the vessels together imperfectly separable into 
three groups, one central, two lateral; contractile vesicle 
large, ventrally and transversely placed near the anterior 
extremity of the ventral sulcus and variousiy compressed and 
changed in form by the pressure of the viscera. 

Length about y¢> inch; length of lorica sz}; toes and 
foot zhz. 

The tigure (made with a camera lucida) was drawn from a 
specimen under slight pressure, and the head is therefore too 
much rounded and too prominent. 

The frontal plate is movable and flexible. When the body 
is contracted this plate is folded over the rounded part and 
serves as a protection to the otherwise defenceless region. 

This seems to be the only known species with a stippled 
band around the front border. This feature, together with 
the lateral spinous processes, and especially with the numerous 
canals of the vascular system, with their curves and their 
trumpet-shaped mouths, makes the form one easily recog- 
nizable. The Rotiferon frequently, I think usually, swims 
on the back, thus concealing some important and interesting 
structural features. 


Metopidia collaris, var. similis, nov. 


(Pl. VII. fig. 5.) 


The foregoing species is so frequently accompanied or even 
replaced by one or more varieties so distinct from it in the 
form and the size of the lorica, that it merits varietal recog- 
nition and a varietal name, as I have given it. 

The lorica is evenly oval in outline, depressed, the ventrum 


new Forms of American Rotifera. 21 


slightly concave, the dorsum arched, conspicuously or not, 
tectiform when the central, longitudinal, ridge-like elevation 
is present, as it may or may not be; two low, lateral, poste- 
riorly converging ridges conspicuously or obscurely developed 
or entirely absent, but when present the enclosed more or 
less obovate dorsal space surrounded by them is flattened ; 
frontal dorsal margin evenly but deeply concave; ventral 
border excised much as in Metopidia collaris ; frontal angles 
acuminate, not produced into spinous processes ; dorsal poste- 
rior border very slightly concave; posterior ventral margin : 
deeply excised, the lateral borders of the excision diverging 
or parallel ; collar-like frontal band usually present, some- 
times coarsely and abundantly punctate, sometimes entirely 
smooth; foot and toes essentially as in Metopidia collaris ; 
internal organization not apparently differing from that of the 
type. 

Length about +45 inch; length of lorica alone 345; toes 
tos; foot and toes zhy. 

This differs from the type in the deeper concavity of the 
front of the dorsum, in the reduction of the lateral spines to 
mere acuminations, in the absence of the slight posterior 
acumination terminating the posterior ventral excision, and in 
the smaller size, although the size alone is of little importance. 

Internally there appear to be no prominent differences, 
except that I have not positively observed the peculiar 
arrangement of the lateral canals within the dorsum which 
seems so characteristic of J. collaris; but these often are 
obscure in that species when the ovarian germs are well 
advanced or when the egg is well developed, or sometimes 
even when the alimentary canal is gorged with food or with 
its remains. 


Monostyla hamata, sp. n. 
(Pl. VIL. figs. 6, 7, and 8.) 


Lorica broadly ovate in outline; front differing in form on 
both the dorsal and the ventral surfaces, as shown by figs. 6 
and 7 better than any verbal description could do. The 
figures were drawn with the camera lucida, and represent the 
lorica frontally dilated as it is when the enclosed body is 
retracted; when the animal is extended the elastic front is 
narrower than here shown, and the two acuminations on each 
side of the dorsal excavation become less conspicuous; foot 
and toe together about one half as long as the lorica; toe 
not shouldered. 

When the body is extended it bears on its front dorsal 
margin three sub-semicircular membranous lobes (fig. 8), the 


22 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some 


lateral two extending to the ventral surface, their outer borders 

apparently thickened into a small chitinous hook, the inner 

surfaces of these membranes coming into contact when the 

body is retracted, then frequently forming a nipple-like pro- 

jection ; brain large ; cesophagus lined by long, conspicuous, 

flagella-like cilia, which are pendent into the stomach. 
Length, including toe, +> inch. 


Monostyla robusta, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 9 and 10.) 


Lorica subcircular in outline, but little longer than broad ; 
ventral surface flattened, dorsal arched, steeply sloping ante- 
riorly when the animal is contracted, the frontal region of the 
lorica being flexible ; frontal borders concave, undulate, the 
ventral with a broad central emargination; each lateral 
frontal angle terminated by a short incurved acumination ; 
toe rod-like, straight, terminating in two short acuminate 
claws, distinctly parted, especially at their extremities, and 
projecting from between two small setiform spines; entire 
lorica coarsely punctate, lateral antenne small, projecting on 
each side within the lateral sulcus, near the posterior extre- 
mity and from the upper surface of the lower or ventral 
region of the groove; dorsal antenna a single setigerous 
circumvallation ; brain conspicuous, large; eye single, large, 
circular, red, granular, and superficially placed near the middle 
of the nerve-ganglion ; the stomach bears internally, near the 
entrance of the cesophagus, a ligulate undulating membrane 
(or tube ?), coarsely striate longitudinally, and about yo inch 
long. 

peer of lorica, including toes and claws, 73g inch; 
length of lorica alone z45 inch ; width y45. Toes and claws 
together about one half as long as the lorica. 

The claws are distinctly, even conspicuously, two, being 
visibly parted throughout their entire length, and actually 
separated at their tips; they are immovable, or appear to 
be so. 

The general form, the frontal acuminations, the parted 
claws between the setiform spines make the species one that 
is easily recognizable, and not likely to be mistaken for any 
other thus far observed. 

No varieties of the species have yet been found, although 
one or more may probably exist. I have, however, observed 
a specimen with the toe and claws as shown in fig. 10, where 
there was but one setiform spine, stouter and more conspicuous 
than usual, and where the toe was undulate and peculiarly 
malformed. 


new Forms of American Rotifera. 23 


Monostyla bipes, sp. n. 
(Pl. VIII. figs, 11, 12, and 13.) 


Lorica broadly oval, the dorsal surface strongly gibbous, 
the ventral only slightly rounded, nearly plane (fig. 11); a 
posterior retrocession obliquely and convexly truncate, and 
overhanging a broad somewhat oblique extension; frontal 
border deeply emarginate, the ventral emargination nearly 
twice as deep as the dorsal, both incisions posteriorly rounded 
(figs. 12 and 13) ; entire surface of lorica stippled ; toe about 
three fourths as long as the entire lorica, somewhat decurved 
and tapering in lateral view; in ventral aspect minutely 
emarginate near the middle, beyond which it is slightly con- 
stricted, and has on each side a fine setiform spine, from 
between which extends the tapering claw, which is in reality 
double, having at or near the level of the setiform spines a 
small brightly refractive spot, which represents an aperture 
and from which passes posteriorly a distinct dark line dividing 
the claw into two, these portions never being widely parted, 
but readily resolvable into two. 

The internal anatomy, with the exception of the cesophagus, 
presents nothing of unusual structure. ‘The cesophagus, how- 
ever, encloses a structure readily observable when in action, 
but ditticult to interpret. The optical appearance is that of 
an endless series of internal rings gliding along the ceso- 
phagus toward the stomach. There is no visible return of 
the travelling circles, but the procession is endless and con- 
tinuous. That the appearance is produced by the undulations 
of a spiral membrane, as in the flame-cells of so many of the 
Rotitera, is hardly probable ; that, in addition to the ordinary 
lining of minute cilia, the oesophagus bears a series of large 
flagelliform cilia arranged spirally on the inner wall, or that 
true flagella may thus be arranged there, are suggestions 
more easily made than proved. But the fact remains that 
the downwardly gliding ring-like bodies, whatever their true 
character may be, are conspicuous features within the ceso- 
phagus of the species, and are probably flagella or a single 
long flagellum spirally encircling the tube. 

Length, including foot, -+5 inch. 

At the death of the animal I have distinctly seen the two 
claws slightly parted, so that there was a clear space between 
them, and the terminal point, usually single in appearance, 
became plainly double. It is to emphasize this part of the 
anatomy that I have given this species a name which, with 
the generic title, makes a rather unusual collocation. 


24 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some 


Salpina similis, sp. n. 


(Pl. VIII. figs. 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18.) 


Lorica much as in Salpina brevispina, Ehr. Occipital 
spines entirely wanting; the pectoral pair short, acute, wide 
at base and strongly curved upward (fig. 14) ; posterior spines 
long and conspicuous, the alvine pair nearly twice as long as 
the lumbar one, with a slight upward curve, the lumbar being 
at the termination of the’ dorsal cleft and slightly recurved ; 
entire surface finely stippled, a broad coarsely punctate band 
or collar surrounding the frontal region (fig. 14) ; dorsal cleft 
(fig. 16) narrow, elastic, with a deep depression at its frontal 
termination, its lateral borders sloping outward from a straight 
base; lateral antenne present near the posterior border 
(figs. 15 and 16), the nerve-fibre prominent, at first filiform, 
whence it conspicuously widens to become again thread-like ; 
frontal antenna lobe-like; brain large, its latero-ventral 
region appearing to bear several fusiform lobes; mastax 
globose ; cesophagus long, variously curved, and lined by 
long, conspicuous, flagella-like cilia, which are pendent within 
the stomach and plainly distinct from its lining of short fine 
cilia; a gastric gland attached on each side to the antero- 
inferior region of the stomach; ovary ventrad, extending 
transversely to the stomach and the intestine; contractile 
vesicle nearly one half as long as the lorica, and, when fully 
dilated, crowding the ovary forward against the gastric 
glands; two small, broadly ovate, ventral glands, one on 
each side near the posterior extremity, apparently foot-glands. 

Length, including toes, 7, inch. 

The points of difference between this species and the Salpina 
brevispina of Ehrenberg are the long posterior spines, the 
acute, curved pectoral spines, the deep, broad, more or less 
rectangular, dorso-frontal emargination, and the long cesopha- 
geal flagella, which are so obtrusive that they could not be 
overlooked if they were present in S. brevispina. SS. similis 
is twice as large as S. brevispina. 

In a single instance, and entirely by accident, while sub- 
jecting the Rotiferon to pressure, living spermatozoa were 
forced from the cloacal orifice into the surrounding water, 
where they soon died. When viewed with insufficient magni- 
fying power each spermatozoon seemed to be a minute sphere 
with a single long flagellum ; but this is by no means certain. 
The seminal receptacle was not seen. 

A somewhat smaller variety of this species occurs in the 
same pool. It differs from the foregoing in having the 
pectoral spines straight (fig. 18), the alvine and the lumbar 


new Horms of American Rotifera. 25 


nearly straight, the alvine being somewhat the shorter 
(fig. 17), and all shorter than those of S. stmdlis. The sinus 
between the posterior spines (fig. 17) shows a rather con- 
spicuous bulging, while in Salpina similis the sulcus is 
entirely even and evenly rounded. The front is likewise 
more evenly rounded (fig. 18), with a more decided bulging 
at or near the buccal orifice. Internally the only apparent 
differences are the smaller contractile vesicle of the variety 
and the strong internal ciliation of the cesophagus, instead of 
the conspicuous flagella as with S. similis, the cesophageal 
cilia of the variety scarcely differing from those of the 
stomach, and not extending into that organ as an undulating 
fascicle. The granulations of the anterior lorical collar are 
coarser and fewer than those of the same part on Salpina 
similis, These points of difference are hardly sufficient to 
warrant the describing of these specimens as a new species. 


Rattulus palpitatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 19.) 


Lorica subcylindrical, widest anteriorly, somewhat tapering 
posteriorly, both extremities truncate, but in opposite direc- 
tions; toes curved, continuing the general curvature of the 
lorica, tapering, acute, about one fourth as long as the body ; 
basal stylet apparently none; dorsal contour of the lorica in 
lateral view closely approximating the segment of a circle; 
brain not opaque, large, broadly ovate, bearing at its poste- 
rior extremity a large red papilliform eye-spot; mastax 
large, the trophi unequal ; gastric glands dorsad to the frontal 
region of the stomach and apparently united into one; ovary 
large, ventrad to the ciliated stomach and to the intestine; 
contractile vesicle small, near the posterior extremity of the 
lorica, in the median line, and pulsating at the rate of about 
forty contractions per minute, the cloaca being forced open 
for a short distance at each pulsation. 

Length of the extended body, exclusive of the toes, about 
x+y inch ; greatest lateral width (height) near the middle of 
the lorica and about <)> inch. 

The species is remarkable on account of the rapidity with 
which the contractile vesicle pulsates, the number averaging 
about forty each minute when the animal’s movements are 
but slightly restricted and when it seems to be well and at 


ease ; when it is held by the pressure of the cover-glass the 
pulsations become irregular. 


The toes I have not seen separated. 


It is not easy to retain the curved and rigid body so that 
either a direct dorsal or ventral view may be obtained, but 


26 Dr. A. C. Stokes on some 


from the few glimpses which I have had of the dorsal aspect 
the gastric gland seems to be single, narrow, and to extend 
obliquely across the frontal region of the stomach; but of 
this there is no certainty, as momentary glances were all that 
I could obtain, the body always slipping over to its side. The 
animal’s unrestrained movements are rotatory on its longi- 
tudinal axis. 


Notommata mirabilis, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 20 and 21.) 


Body very soft and versatile ; in dorsal view broadly ovate, 
posteriorly prolonged into a foot-like portion; dorsum 
rounded ; ventrum flattened ; front evenly and broadly convex, 
and entirely without cilia, which are confined to an anterior 
obovate space on the ventral surface; auricles small, sub- 
hemispherical, rarely protruded; lateral borders of the body 
projecting on each side beyond the elevated and rounded 
dorsal region as a flattened cuticular extension; posterior 
region narrowed and prolonged ventrally into two broad 
conical toes, and dorsally into a narrow irregularly cylindrical 
tail, which is shorter and smaller than the toes and habitually 
held almost perpendicularly, so that when the animal is seen 
in dorsal aspect this appendage appears in optical section like 
a small ring or an elongated papilla, but in lateral view is seen 
to be attached to the body by a minute peduncle, above which 
it is subglobosely inflated, tapering thence with convex 
borders to the subacute apex; sense-organs (antenne or 
tentacles) four in number—one a small densely setigerous 
pimple on each side of the convex front, and one a rather 
more conspicuous seta-bearing papilla on each lateral border 
of the dorsum, somewhat posterior to the transverse median 
line; brain large, not lobed, translucent, with one or more 
posterior collections of opaque granules and with a dark, 
almost black, posterior eye-spot ; contractile vesicle posterior, 
in the median line, large, and, when fully expanded, about 
one third as long as the body. 

Length from +> to 747 inch. 

The somewhat tripodal combination of foot and tail bears 
considerable resemblance to those parts in Notommata tripus, 
Ehr., and in Notommata pilarius, Gosse; but the species is 
readily separated from both not only by the less robust 
character of the tail, by its form and its perpendicular position, 
but by the exceedingly peculiar and characteristic, not to say 
unique, sense-organs, which at once distinguish it from all 
known forms of the genus, and place it within not distant 


new Forms of American Rotifera. 27 


relationship to Copeus, from which it is separated by the 
smaller size, the more active ceosewen tay and especially by 
the entire non-lobate brain. 

The stomach bears an internal undulating organ similar in 
general appearance and in movement to the membranous 
appendage within the stomach of Monostyla robusta and of 
certain other Rotifera. The animal has entire control over 
the movements of this appendage, hastening or retarding 
them, or throwing the membrane into various convolutions 
and irregular vibrations. 

The wing-like extensions of the body apparently carry none 
of the internal anatomy except the lateral canals, which are 
almost entirely contained within a narrow elongate mass of 
granular tissue, where there seems to be but one flame-cell, 
and that usually indistinct. Other vibratile cells probably 
exist, but they are not ordinarily visible. With many speci- 
mens of the Rotiferon, which 1s not rare in my locality in 
New Jersey, I have not been able to discover any other 
arrangement than this of the vascular system. 

The tail is usually as shown in the figure (fig. 21), but 
occasionally the bulbous portion is less distinct, while the 
entire appendage seems to be somewhat elastic and changeable. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prag Vb. 


Fig. 1. Mastigocerca mucosa. 

Fig. 2. Taphrocampa elavigera. 

Fig. 3. Metopidia collaris. Ventral view. 

Fig. 4. Ditto. Front of dorsum. 

Fig. 5. Metopdia collaris, var. similis. Lorica. 
Fig. 6. Monostyla hamata. Dorsal view. 

Fig. 7. Ditto. Ventral view. 

Fig. 8. Ditto. Expanded front. 

Fig. 9. Monostyla robusta. 

Fig. 10. Ditto. Malformed toe. 


Puate VIII. 


Fig. 11. Monostyla bipes. Lateral view. 

Fig. 12. Ditto. Dorsal view. 

Fig. 13. Ditto. Ventral front. 

Fig. 14. Salpina similis. Front of lorica. 
Fig. 15. Ditto. Side view of animal. 

Fig. 16. Ditto. Dorsal view of animal. 

Fig. 17. Ditto. Posterior extremity of small variety. 
Fig. 18. Ditto. Lorica front of small variety. 
Fig. 19. Rattulus palpitatus. Lateral view. 
Fig. 20. Notommata mirabilis. 

Fig. 21. Ditto. Tail. 


28 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


IV.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Hete- 
rocera from Central and Tropical South America. By 
Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c. 


THE new species from Central America will be figured in the 
‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ 


Fam. Castniida. 


Castnia Staudingeri, sp. n. 


Primaries reddish brown, shading to yellowish brown in 
the middle; a large brown spot at the end of the cell and 
three smaller brown spots near the anal angle; two round 
hyaline white dots near the apex; the fringe yellowish 
brown: secondaries deep orange, shading to pale yellow in 
the middle and on the inner margin, the base black, thickly 
clothed with dark brown hairs; a wide band of deep black 
submarginal spots extends from the anal angle almost to the 
apex, the spots become smaller near the apex; the outer 
margin edged with blackish brown, becoming wider near the 
anal angle; the fringe yellow. Underside of primaries 
orange, of secondaries pale whitish yellow, with the markings 
as above, but quite indistinct. Head, antenne, and thorax 
reddish brown; abdomen blackish brown at the base, then 
to the anus thickly irrorated with yellow scales, the anus 
orange ; the underside of the thorax and abdomen yellowish 
white, the legs dark reddish brown above, whitish on the 
underside. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 

I have great pleasure in naming this fine species after 
Dr. Staudinger, who has kindly lent it to me with man 
others for the ‘ Biologia,’ where I hope it will shortly be 
figured. 


Fam. Agaristide. 
Phasis prefectus, sp. n. 


Primaries dark blackish brown: secondaries bright citron- 
yellow, broadly bordered with black. The head, antennz, 
palpi, thorax, and legs black ; abdomen yellow, with a central 
black band and one on each side, all extending from the base 
to the anus; the anal tuft black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


from Central and Tropical South America. 29 


Fam. Zygenida. 


Histicwa maon, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries dark brown; primaries streaked 
with red from the base almost to the middle; a metallic 
blue spot at the base and a metallic blue streak at the end of 
the cell, beyond which the wing is partly crossed by a rather 
wide yellow band, which does not reach either margin; the 
fringe dark brown: secondaries with a round carmine spot 
below the cell nearest the outer margin, the fringe brown. 
The head, thorax, antenne, and legs dark brown; a metallic 
blue dot on each side of the head and one on the base of each 
of the tegule; the upperside of the abdomen very bright 
metallic blue, the underside dark brown. 

Exxpanse 2? inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Pseudosphonoptera demoanassa, sp. n. 


¢. Primaries and secondaries dull black ; a small hyaline 
streak on the costal margin close to the base, below which is 
a rather wide short metallic green streak; the fringe of both 
wings black. Underside very similar to the upperside ; the 
secondaries have a short green streak on the costal margin. 
The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black; collar 
spotted with green ; abdomen striped with green from the 
base to the anus; legs black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (in Mus. Staudinger). 


Macrocneme cyllarus, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries deep black, the primaries shot 
with green about the middle, extending from the costal 
margin across the wing, but not reaching the inner margin ; 
the fringes of both wings black. The head, palpi, and thorax 
black ; the abdomen bright metallic green on the underside, 
with two white lines which extend from the base to the anus ; 
antenne black, the tips white; legs black, spotted with white. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger) ; 
Toboga Isl. (J. J. Walker). 


Homeeocera sahacon, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; primaries 
with the costal and inner margins near the base pale yellow ; 


30 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


a bright blue spot at the base of the wing; the veins, apex, 
outer and inner margin black: secondaries with a black spot 
at the anal angle. The head, antenne, thorax, and legs 
black; abdomen deep blue-black, the segments edged with 
yellow. 

Expanse 1,8, inch. 

Hab. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Zrétsch, in Mus. 
Staudinger). 

This fine species is allied to Homeocera dalsa, Schaus, from 


Brazil. 


Homeocera samina, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, 
apex, outer and inner margins of both wings black; antenne 
and thorax black; the head, tegule, and abdomen bright 
orange, the abdomen with each segment edged with black, 
and a central row of metallic blue spots extends from the 
base to the anus; legs orange-yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 

Very distinct from any described species. 


Lemocharis nox, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries smoky hyaline, with the veins 
all black. Antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; 
tecule and a spot at the base of the abdomen bright carmine. 

Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. Honduras (Wittkugle, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Lemocharis fenestrata, sp. n. 


Ma/e.—Primaries brownish black, palest at the base and 
along the inner margin; the end of the cell and a band of 
four small spots beyond hyaline white: secondaries hyaline, 
the costal margin, apex, and outer margin broadly bordered 
with black; the fringes of both wings black. ‘The head, 
antenne, thorax, tegule, abdomen, and legs black; abdomen 
with a chrome-yellow spot on each side above the anus.— 
Female almost identical with the male. 

Expanse, ¢ ?, 1 inch. 

Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce). 


Cosmosoma meres, sp. 1. 


Primaries yellowish hyaline, the costal margin and the 
base deep yellow ; the apex, outer and inner margins black ; 


from Central and Tropical South America. 31 


the veins black : secondaries hyaline, the costal margin yellow, 
outer and inner margins black. The head, antenne, thorax, 
and abdomen black, the abdomen spotted with blue; two 
spots at the base of the abdomen and two about the middle 
dark chrome-yellow ; legs black. 

Eixpanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Tréésch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Llipa unza, sp. n. 


Primaries yellowish hyaline, the costal margin from the 
end of the cell to the apex black ; the apex broadly black, the 
base of the wing and the veins black: secondaries hyaline, 
edged with black at the apex and anal angle. Head me- 
tallic green; antenne, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
black ; the anal segment of the abdomen metallic green; a 
small red spot on each side of the abdomen at the base. 

Expanse 1,5, inch. 

Hab. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. 
Staudinger). 


Dycladia ladan, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries clear hyaline, the veins, costal, 
outer, and inner margins, and a rather wide band crossing the 
wing from the costal margin to the anal angle all black. 
Antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black, the abdo- 
men spotted with red at the base. 

Expanse 1), inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Zrétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


PHANARETE, gen. nov. 


Type P. diana, Druce. 

Antenne minutely ciliated, rather short. Palpi upturned, 
the third joint very short; legs slender, without any tufts. 
Head small, thorax stout, abdomen short and thick. Wings 


very long and narrow, costal margin straight ; secondaries 
wider than the primaries. 


Phenarete diana, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline; the base, veins, a narrow band crossing 
the wing at the end of the cell, and the apex and inner 
margin all black: secondaries hyaline, the veins and outer 
margin black ; a small white dot on the costal margin of the 
primaries close to the base. The head, antennz, thorax, 
abdomen, and legs black ; a small white spot on each side of 


32 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


the head and a row of white spots on each side of the-abdo- 
men; the abdomen white at the base on the underside. 
Expanse 13 inch. 
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T7rdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Argyroeides moza, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the veins all 
dark brownish black ; primaries with the costal margin from 
the base to the apex bright carmine, the outer and inner 
margins bordered with black, widest near the apex: second- 
aries edged with black from the apex to the anal angle. The 
antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen black ; abdomen white 
at the base and antenne white at the tip; legs black; anus 
carmine. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Argyroeides (?) faveria, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline; primaries, 
the base, costal and inner margins, and veins chrome-yellow 
to the middle of the wing, beyond which the veins are black ; 
the apex broadly black, the outer margin edged with black, 
and an elongated black spot at the anal angle: secondaries 
with the apex edged with black. The head, antenne, and 
palpi deep black ; the collar, tegule, thorax, and basal half 
of the abdomen deep chrome-yellow; the anal segments of 
the abdomen black. 

Expanse 1/5 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T7rétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Argyroeides strigula, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the 
veins black ; the outer margin of the primaries and the apex 
and inner margin of the secondaries black. The head, an- 
tenne, and thorax black ; tegule red; abdomen black, yellow 
at the base, and each segment edged with red. 

Expanse | inch. 


Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce). 


Argyroeides gyas, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the 
costal and outer margins narrowly edged with black ; second- 


from Central and Tropical South America. 33 


aries with the inner margin black. The head, antenne, 
thorax, tegula, abdomen, and legs all dull smoky black. 
Expanse 15); inch. 


Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce). 


Trichura augiades, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins black ; 
the outer and inner margins of both wings edged with black. 
The head, collar, tegule, and thorax bright carmine; the 
abdomen greenish black, slightly metallic on the three anal 
segments; palpi black, white in front. The underside of the 
thorax, abdomen, legs, and antennz black. 

Expanse 1,3, inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


NEOTRICHURA, gen. nov. 


Type N. penates, Druce. 

Allied to’ Trichura, but differs in having two brands on 
the upperside of the inner margin of the primaries and the 
costal margin of the secondaries being turned over on the 
underside, forming a kind of sack, containing a tuft of silky 
white hair. The wings are also more pointed than they are 
in Zrichura ; in other respects it is very similar to that genus. 


Neotrichura penates, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries clear hyaline, with the veins all 
black ; primaries, the apex, outer and inner margins broadly 
bordered with black; on the inner margin about the middle 
are two pale brown brands: secondaries, the apex, costal and 
inner margins broadly bordered with black. The head, thorax, 
abdomen, and legs black ; antenne black, tipped with white ; 
the front of the thorax, a spot on each side of the head, the 
base and sides of the abdomen metallic blue. 

Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Z'rétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Syntrichura reba, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, costal, outer, 
and inner margins of both wings all black. ‘The head, base 
of the thorax, and last two segments of the abdomen bright 
metallic blue ; the thorax, tegule, and abdomen black, the 
abdomen banded with white at the base; collar greyish 
white; antenne and legs black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 3 


34 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


Syntrichura philocles, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, apex, outer 
and inner margins of the primaries black: secondaries, the 
costal margin white, the apex and outer margin edged with 
black. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black; a 
carmine spot on each side of the head ; underside of the abdo- 
men banded with white, and a row of white spots on each 
side; the legs black. 

Expanse 1,5 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (T7rétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


ENIOCHE, gen. nov. 


Type LE. pitthea, Druce. 

Male.—Antenne very long, slightly pectinated. Palpi 
small, standing out from the head, the third joint very short. 
Thorax and abdomen rather stout; legs long, slender, and 
without spurs. Primaries broad, the costal margin straight, 
the outer margin very much rounded, the inner margin very 
short. Secondaries almost wanting. 


Fintoche pitthea, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries hyaline, the costal margin, veins, apex, 
and outer margin black ; a small blue dot at the base of each 
wing: secondaries black, very minute. The head, antenna, 
thorax, and legs black; abdomen metallic blue; underside of 
the thorax white. 

Expanse 1,5 inch. 


Hab. Peru (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Arctiide. 


Charidea tra, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries deep black, edged at the base on the 
inner margin with a metallic blue streak; a wide bright 
carmine band extends from the base to the end of cell and 
then to the anal angle ; the inner margin of the wing black : 
secondaries black, with the apex bright carmine; the fringes 
of both wings black. Antenne and palpi black; head, 
thorax, and abdomen bright metallic blue, thorax clothed with 
black hairs and abdomen banded with black. Underside 
very similar to the upperside. 

Expanse 1," inch. 


Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


from Central and Tropical South America. 35 


Charidea azetas, sp. n. 


Primaries dark brown, the costal margin from the base 
almost to the apex and the fringe chrome-yellow ; a small 
streak at the base and a round spot below the end of the cell 
bright carmine: secondaries black, shot with bright blue at 
the base; a large carmine spot extends from apex tothe 
middle of the outer margin; the fringe chrome-yellow. 
Underside very similar to the upperside, but more metallic 
blue at the base of both wings, and the red spot on the pri- 
maries very much larger. The head, antennex, tegule, and 
thorax black; the collar, edges of the tegule, and a line 
down the middle of the thorax metallic green; abdomen 
black, banded with metallic green; underside of the abdomen 
white. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Charidea lystra, sp. n. 


Primaries dark brown, the base and inner margin close to 
the base metallic blue; a small red spot close to the base; 
fringe white: secondaries blue-black, the outer margin 
broadly bordered with bright carmine; the fringe chrome- 
yellow. Underside very similar to the upperside, but with 
more blue on both wings. The head, thorax, and abdomen 
bright metallic blue; antennz and palpi black ; tegul black, 
edged with metallic blue. 

Expanse 1;/5 inch. 


Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Aclytia? laudabilis, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries dark brown, the veins almost black; a 
small yellow spot close to the base and a minute metallic 
green spot on the costal margin: secondaries yellow, broadly 
bordered with dark brown. The head, antenne, thorax, and 
abdomen black ; the collar and tegule metallic green on the 
upperside, on the underside entirely metallic green.—Female 
almost identical with the male, but slightly paler in colour. 

Expanse 1,4 inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


PSEUDOCHARIDEA, gen. nov. 


Allied to Charidea, from which it differs in the primaries 
being broader, the costal margin considerably arched about 
Qe 


3 


36 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


the middle, the apex more rounded, and by having two brands 
on the underside close to the costal margin nearest the apex. 
The secondaries are very similar to those of Charidea, but are 
more rounded at the apex. The antenne are rather long and 
slightly pectinated. In all other respects it is very similar 
to Charidea. 


Pseudocharidea eion, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries deep black, streaked with metallic blue 
at the base and on the costal margin; a wide orange-yellow 
band crosses the wing about the middle, extending from the 
costal margin almost to the anal angle; the fringe black : 
secondaries black, shot with bright metallic blue from the 
base; the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle 
broadly bordered with orange-yellow; the fringe yellow. 
The underside very similar to the upperside, but with rather 
more blue on the wings. ‘The head black, collar streaked with 
blue ; a white dot on both sides of the head; tegule black, 
edged with metallic blue; thorax and abdomen bright 
metallic blue, abdomen with a black line on each side; under- 
side of thorax white; antenne black; legs slightly metallic 
blue-black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Automolis tegyra, sp. n. 


Primaries deep black, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin by two wide primrose-yellow bands, the first near the 
base, the second nearest the apex: secondaries yellow, broadly 
bordered with black. The underside the same as above. 
The head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black; the collar, 
front of thorax, and tegulz primrose-yellow ; abdomen dark 
chrome-yellow, the two anal segments black, edged with 
metallic blue; the legs black. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Automolis salma, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries pale primrose-yellow ; 
secondaries slightly darker along the inner margin; a small 
black spot on the inner margin of the primaries close to the 
anal angle. ‘The head, collar, thorax, and tegule primrose- 
yellow ; abdomen chrome-yellow, with a large metallic blue 


from Central and Tropical South America. 37 


spot on the last two segments; antenne, palpi, and legs 
black. 

Expanse 1,45 inch. 

Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (én Mus. Staudinger). 


Pionia raca, sp. n. 


Primaries pale yellowish brown, without any marking: 
secondaries hyaline, the costal margin yellowish, the apex 
and outer margin slightly edged with black. ‘he head, 
thorax, and tegule yellowish brown; antenne, palpi, abdo- 
men, and legs black; underside of the thorax and three basal 
segments of the abdomen yellowish brown. 

Expanse 1,8; inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Zrétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Belemnia Trétschi, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries deep black, bronze-green at the base, 
and extending outwards to about the middle of the cell, 
beyond which the wing is crossed from the costal almost to 
the outer margin above the apex by a wide deep orange-yellow 
band: secondaries deep black, the base shot with bright 
metallic blue; the fringes of both wings black. Underside 
similar to the upperside, but with both wings shot with bright 
metallic blue ; the secondaries with two blue dots beyond the 
middle. The head, antenne, thorax, collar, and tegule 
deep black, the collar and tegule spotted with metallic blue 
dots, the thorax with two rather large metallic blue spots 
at the base: the abdomen dark bronze-green, on the under- 
side bright carmine; the segments on each side of the 
abdomen are edged with metallic blue; legs black.—Female 
very similar to the male, but with much more blue on the 
secondaries. 

Expanse, ¢ 275, 2 24 inches. i 

Hab. Costa Rica. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Trétsch, 
in Mus. Staudinger). 

I have named this very fine Belemnia after Herr Trétsch, 
who has sent so many new species to Dr. Staudinger from 
Chiriqui. The male is from the Volcan de Chiriqui and the 
female from Costa Rica. 


Belemnia lydia, sp. n. 
Primaries deep black, the base and a large square-shaped 


spot at the end of the cell bright metallic green: secondaries 
deep black; the fringes of both wings black. Underside : 


38 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera 


primaries very similar to the upperside, but with the-green 
spots much larger and brighter; secondaries with the base 
and two large spots beyond the middle very bright metallic 
green. The head metallic green, the palpi and antenne 
black ; tegule and thorax black, spotted with metallic green ; 
abdomen deep black, spotted with metallic green on each side 
from the base to about the middle, the underside bright 
carmine. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Belemnia rezia, sp. n. 


Primaries: the basal half of the wing yellowish bronze- 
green, the outer half black, crossed from the costal margin to 
near the anal angle by a wide red-carmine band: secondaries 
deep black ; underside of primaries very similar to the upper- 
side, excepting that the primaries are blue-green at the base: 
secondaries with the basal half of the wing and two round spots 
about the middle bright metallic blue-green. ‘The head, 
antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the base of the 
abdomen and three spots on each side metallic green; the 
underside yellowish red. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce). 

This fine species is allied to B. ovis, Butler. 


Eucereon demonis, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish black, with indistinct darker black 
markings ; a square spot at the end of the cell and a broken 
band beyond partly crossing the wing, both hyaline: second- 
aries hyaline, broadly bordered with glossy bluish black, the 
veins black. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; 
abdomen on the underside with white bands; a spot on each 
side of the head, one at the base of the abdomen, and two on 
each side of the abdomen, all bright carmine ; legs black. 

Expanse 12 inch. 


Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (TZrétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Nerttos cotes, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish brown, with a large U-shaped citron- 
yellow mark on the costal margin, and on the outer margin a 
smaller citron-yellow mark; the fringe yellow: secondaries 
chrome-yellow. Palpi and antenne greyish brown; head 


Srom Central and Tropical South America. 39 


yellow ; collar, tegule, and thorax brown; abdomen and legs 
chrome-yellow. 

Expanse 1,4; inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Candelaria Mts. (Underwood). 

This species is allied to Neritos flavoroseus, Walk. 


Neritos tipolis, sp. n. 


Primaries pale purplish brown, crossed beyond the middle 
by a wide primrose-yellow band, which nearly surrounds a 
large purplish-brown spot near the apex: secondaries semi- 
hyaline yellow, darkest at the apex and on the outer margin ; 
the fringes of both wings yellow. On the underside of the 
primaries the brown is replaced with purplish black. The 
head, abdomen, and legs yellow; the collar, tegule, and 
thorax pale purplish brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. Guatemala (Conradt, in Mus. Staudinger). 


Neritos samos, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries very similar to those of N. psamas, but 
much redder in colour; the yellow band crossing the wing 
narrower, and not surrounding the apical spot, as it does in 
N. psamas: secondaries pale chrome-yellow. Head and 
thorax reddish brown ; antenne pale brown ; abdomen bright 
red, the underside of the abdomen and legs pale yellow. 

Expanse 12 inch. 


Hab. British Honduras (Mus. Druce). 


Neritos sithnides, sp. n. 


Male.— Primaries and secondaries dark brown; primaries 
crossed beyond the middle by a bright yellow band, which 
extends from the costal to the outer margin; the outer 
margin and the fringe of both wings yellow. The head 
yellow ; thorax dark brown; abdomen above bright orange- 
red, the underside, anus, and legs pale yellow. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Peru, Rio Napo (Whitely, Mus. Druce). 


Neritos patara, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pale yellow, slightly hyaline about the 
middle; the basal third of the wing and a square-shaped spot 
close to the apex pale brown: secondaries pink, the apex and 
outer margin edged with brown. ‘The head yellow; antennz 


40 Mr. H. Druce en some new Lleterocera 


brown, with the tips yellow ; thorax dark fawn-colour ; abdo- 
men pink ; legs pale brownish pink. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. 
Druce). 


Neritos cutheans, sp. n. 


Primaries very similar to those of VV. amastris, but darker 
and marked with yellow instead of red, and the outer margin 
broadly bordered with yellow almost to the anal angle: 
secondaries white instead of pink. Head and thorax 
yellowish; abdomen red on the upperside, yellow on the 
underside ; antenne and legs pinkish brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Colombia, Frontino Antioquia (Salmon, Mus. Druce). 


Phegopiera triphylia, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries and secondaries dull smoky brown, 
with the veins all black. The head, collar, thorax, and tegule 
bright orange-yellow, the tegul tipped and edged with brown 
on the outer side; the antenne, palpi, underside of the head, 
abdomen, and legs all black; the upperside of the abdomen 
deep black, except the four anal segments, which are bright 
orange-yellow ; a row of bright orange-yellow spots on each 
side of the abdomen extending from the base to the anus. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). 

This species is allied to Lophocampa humosa, Dogn., from 
Ecuador, but is at once distinguished from that species by 
having the underside of the head and thorax black instead of 
orange-yellow and by the row of orange-yellow spots on each 
side of the abdomen : also the base of the abdomen is black 
instead of yellow and the four anal segments are yellow; in 
L. humosa only three are yellow. Lophocampa humosa, Dogn., 
should be placed in the genus Phegoptera. 


Gnophela epicharis, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, the veins 
and the fringe dark brown; a large yellowish-white square- 
shaped spot at the end of the cell, beyond which nearer the 
apex are two small spots of the same colour: secondaries 
pale, shading to dark yellowish brown beyond the middle, the 
veins and fringe dark brown. The head, antenne, and thorax 


from Central and Tropical South America. 41 


black ; abdomen blue-black ; the sides of the head and the 
underside of the thorax bright orange. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Guatemala ( Conradt). 

A female in Dr. Staudinger’s collection is identical with 
the male, but paler in colour. 


Fam. Lithosiida. 


Eudule leopardina, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with three bands of red spots crossing 
from the costal to the inner margin ; in some specimens these 
spots are much more broken than in others; the fringe black : 
secondaries red; a black spot at the end of the cell and one 
on the inner margin ; the apex and outer margin edged with 
black. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black, 
the abdomen banded with white. 

Expanse 1 inch. 


Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Eudule strigilis, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries chrome-yellow ; primaries crossed 
from the costal margin near the apex to the outer margin by 
a narrow black band; the apex and outer margin edged with 
black : secondaries, the apex and outer margin black. An- 
tenne black ; head, thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow, 
abdomen banded with black. 

E:xpanse 1 inch. 


Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Melameridez. 


Darna maxima, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries dull slate-colour; pri- 
maries crossed beyond the middle by a wide pale yellow band, 
the apex black; the inner side of the band and the costal 
margin to the base black. Antenne and legs black; head, 
thorax, and abdomen greyish black.—Female very similar to 
the male, but larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 2 inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to D. colorata, Walker, and to D. inca, 
Schaus, but very distinct from either. 


42 Dr. A. G. Butler on some new 


Thirmida gigantea, sp. n. 


Primaries orange-yellow, the costal margin, veins, and 
inner margin black; the apex very broadly slate-colour: 
secondaries semihyaline slate-colour ; the veins, costal margin, 
and apex blackish. The head and antenne black ; thorax, 
abdomen, and legs slate-colour. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to 7. dimidiata, Walk. 


Fam. Acontide. 
Lugraphia splendens, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries cream-colour; a fine brown line crosses 
the wing about the middle from the costal to the inner margin, 
beyond which is a curved row of reddish-brown spots, those 
nearest the apex being the brightest ; two black dots streaked 
with blue close to the anal angle; a wide fawn-coloured line 
extends from the apex to the end of the cell, also a marginal 
fawn-coloured line along the outer margin; the fringe cream- 
colour: secondaries bright chrome-yellow, with three black 
spots close to the apex; the fringe cream-colour. Antenne 
black; head and thorax cream-colour; abdomen chrome- 
yellow. 

Expanse 1;%y inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Guayaquil (Dolby-Tyler, Mus. Druce). 

This beautiful species is allied to H. effusa, Druce, from 
Sarayacu, but very distinct. 


V.—On some new Prerine Butterflies from Colombia. By 
A. G. Burzer, Ph.D. &e., Senior Assistant-Keeper of the 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 


EARLY in the present year a small collection of insects from 
Colombia was submitted to the staff of the Department for 
examination. Among the Butterflies I selected, as desiderata 
to the Museum series, examples of three species of Pierine 
belonging to the genera Mylothris and Pieris; two of these 
proved to be undescribed. 


MyYLoruris (Section Perrhybris), Hubn. 


I cannot see my way to a generic separation of the New- 


Pierine Butterflies from Colombia. 43 


and Old-World forms of Mylothris ; no structural difference 
which I have been able to discover is constant to all the 
species. The fact that the New-World forms appear to 
mimic Heliconide, whilst the Old-World forms appear to be 
mimicked by the genus Phrisswra, would not of itself be 
sufficient for a generic definition. In some of the New- World 
forms the subcostal furca of the primaries is longer than in 
some of those from the Old World, and vice versé; in some 
the lower discocellular of the secondaries is transverse, whilst 
in others it is oblique; the relative distances between the 
subcostal branches also vary, but the main features of 
Mylothris are retained by all the species. 


Mylothris Rosenberg?, sp. n. 


6. Near to M. lypera; above milk-white, showing the 
under-surface markings through the wing-texture ; primaries 
with black apical third and costal border as in that species: 
secondaries with the outer border black, irregularly indented, 
distinctly narrower: below the primaries are the same as in 
M. lypera, but the secondaries are white, the basicostal band 
very faintly tinted with sulphur, and the discal belt, which is 
much broader than in J. lypera, washed with bright sulphur- 
yellow on its abdominal three-sevenths; the orange streak on 
the subbasal black band narrow and abbreviated, and the 
external black border of about half the width of that in the 
common species. 

Eixpanse of wings 64-68 millim. 

Two males, Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). 


Mylothris sulphuralis, sp. n. 


6. Also allied to Jf. lypera, but the apical black area 
occupying only two fifths of the primaries and less distinctly 
angulated or notched on its inner edge; outer border of 
secondaries narrow, as in the preceding species: on the under 
surface the narrower apical area of the primaries and the 
sulphur-yellow, instead of orange, streak on the black sub- 
basal (or basi-subcostal) band of the secondaries serve to 
distinguish it from WM. Kosenbergt. 

Expanse of wings 59-63 millim. 

Two males, Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). 


Pieris kigaha. 


Pieris kigaha, Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 11. p. 849 (1863). 
Var. Pieris notistriga, Butler and Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 111; Salvin 
and Godman, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhop. p. 182. 


44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


Intermediate between P. leptalina (=ptsonis) and P. pan- 
dosia, but nearest to the latter; the primaries with wider and 
less deeply incised black external area above; below with five 
submarginal white spots; in the secondaries below the brown 
apical spur is carried, as a subcostal band, to the inner 
margin close to the base, as in P. leptalina. 

Expanse of wings 47 millim. 

Two males, Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). 

In typical P. kigaha, trom Honduras, the orange macular 
submarginal stripe on under surface of secondaries appears to 
be confined to the apex of these wings, which doubtless lel 
Reakirt to compare his type with P. marana. 


VI.—Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory.— 
No. XVI. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. 


_ 


. On the Ova, Larval, Post-larval, and Young Forms of Rhombus 
mazimus, with Remarks on the Adults in Confinement. 

. On the Ova and Larvee of Drepanopsetta platessoides. 

. On the Spawning-period of Agonus cataphractus and the Vitality 
of its Ova. 

. On the Post-larval Stage of Crystallogobius Nilssonit, 

. Note on Injuries to Oysters by Boring Forms. 


of, O93 bo 


1. On the Ova, Larval, Post-larval, and Young Forms of 
Rhombus maximus, with Remarks on the Adults in 
Confinement. 


No form has been the cause of greater uncertainty in regard 
to eggs, larval, and post-larval stages than this species. Yet 
ripe ova were first obtained during the trawling expeditions 
in July 1884 in a female of 12 lbs. Neither then, nor in 
1892, when Mr. Holt found another ripe female on the pontoon 
at Grimsby, could a male be procured; but the latter natu- 
ralist subsequently was more successful, hatched the fertilized 
ova, and gave the first accurate account * of the larval fishes, 
though none lived more than a few days after escaping from 
the egg. Recently Dr. Canut, who is carrying out fishery 
investigations for the French government at the Marine 
Station of Boulogne-sur-Mer, was able to fertilize the eggs 
and make a briet note of the development. ‘The perseverance 


* Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. n. s. p. 399. 
+ Ann. Stat. Aquic, Boulogne, 1893, p. 181. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 45 


of Dr. Fulton and the practical skill of Mr. Harald Dannevig 
at the Dunbar hatchery of the Fishery Board have at length 
made it possible to give a more complete account of the deve- 
lopment of this important fish. It is remarkable that few, if 
any, eggs of the turbot are found in our inshore waters 
either at the surface, in mid-water, or at the bottom ; indeed, 
it is one of the ova that has hitherto escaped capture in the 
tow-nets of the laboratory, closely allied ova having more 
than once been mistaken for it. This rarity may be due 
either toits tendency to sink, after a time, to the lower regions 
of the water, or to the distance of the spawning-grounds from 
the coast. The ripe season would seem to extend from the 
beginning of June to the end of July at least, and probably 
overlapping both periods. 

The ripe ovum of the turbot has an average diameter of 
1:0287 millim., and the single oil-globule it contains measures 
0-21 millim.* On extrusion the healthy ova are perfectly 
buoyant, floating at the surface of still water or suspended in 
mid-water. In some instances, however, at Dunbar many of 
the eggs went to the bottom, probably because changes had 
occurred by long retention in the ovaries. ‘l'he capsule (zona 
radiata) is very distinctly wrinkled both in the fertilized and 
in the unfertilized condition, indeed quite as much as in the 
lemon-dab. The oil-globule presents no special tint, and 
retains a nearly uniform diameter in all the specimens, as 
Mr. Holt has already noticed. When the eggs were in mass 
the latter observer was of opinion that the oil-globule gave a 
faint ochreous hue to the whole. Like other forms these ova 
are sensitive in the early stages and with difficulty bear a 
journey, especially in warm weather, and it would be well in 
such cases to delay transmission until the blastopore has 
closed. 

Ova fertilized at 6 A.M.on the 22nd June were in the 
multicelled condition at 6 P.M., but the disk showed certain 
peculiarities, the result of the journey by rail from Dunbar to 
St. Andrews in glass vessels, thick earthenware jars being 
much better for transport. Thus many of the marginal cells 
of the disk were much elevated and the nuclei clearly defined 
as slightly pinkish bodies by transmitted light. Numerous 
' free nuclei were in the periblast. It seemed as if a somewhat 
abnormal activity, due to external conditions, had ensued, 
a view the more probable since the entire series perished 
before next morning. 

Another series of ova, fertilized on June 21st at 5 p.M., and 


* Wenkebach gives the diameter of the egg as ‘75 (fide Cunningham). 


46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


which bore the journey and the heat more satisfactorily, pre- 
sented at the twenty-fourth hour, viz. about 5 P.M. on the 22nd, 
the germinal cavity and shield. As the embryo became out- 
lined next day (28rd) a tendency to the formation of nume- 
rous large vesicles, at the ordinary site of Kupffer’s, as well 
as extending forward along the body in groups, was a con- 
spicuous feature. How far this condition was due to the 
vicissitudes the ova had encountered is an open question, but 
it was pronounced. On the 24th June the embryo was 
distinctly outlined with optic vesicles, lenses, cardiac thick- 
ening, and other features, while the large vesicles above 
mentioned were fewer. Moreover insome a series of chroma- 
tophores were thickly dotted along the trunk and a few over 
the brain, but no colour was yet visible under a lens, though 
the embryo was indicated by a distinct opacity. 

On the 25th June the ova presented a slightly reddish hue 
under a lens. It was also interesting to note that the diameter 
of some of them had increased in the direction of the long 
axis of the embryo, so that they were ovoid. ‘The head and 
body were studded with rounded reddish (ruby-red by trans- 
mitted light) chromatophores, some, however, being only 
slightly tinted; they likewise extended over part of the 
yolk. The protoplasmic investment of the oil-globule had a 
few black specks. The otocysts were well formed, the lenses 
distinct, and the heart pulsated feebly at intervals. ‘The tail 
had extended considerably beyond the yolk, yet one or two 
vesicles occurred on the site of Kupffer’s. The yolk had a 
streaked granular aspect, probably from the development of 
minute vesicles on the blastodermic surface. The notochord 
was multicolumnar. 

Next day the pigment-corpuscles had a darker ruby-red, 
and black chromatophores had also appeared. ‘The pectoral 
expansions were distinct, the vesicles had vanished from the 
ventral aspect of the trunk, while the tail was longer and had 
a few black chromatophores near the tip. The black pigment 
at the oil-globule had increased. ‘The pulsations of the heart 
were more regular. The yolk had considerably diminished, 
and thread-like processes projected here and there from its 
margin. Only a few red chromatophores existed on the 
minute vesicular yolk-sac. ‘lhe black corpuscles seemed to — 
form a band aleng the margins of the body superiorly and 
inferiorly. 

On the 27th June the colour under a lens was brick-red, 
from the branching of both red and black chromatophores, 
‘The eyes were somewhat darker and the yolk had still further 
diminished. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 47 


Most of the ova hatched about the sixth or seventh day— 
the same period being mentioned by Mr. Holt—the larva 
measuring about 2°2 millim. in length or a little more. The 
increase in the red pigment was characteristic, the body under 
a lens having a brick-red hue, with blackish chromatophores 
scattered over the surface. The rounded reddish chromato- 
phores of the embryo were now (in the larva) much branched 
on the head, trunk, two caudal bars, and the rectal process, 
and some had appeared around the oil-globule and at the 
throat, as well as in the cardiac region. ‘The two brownish 
bars at the tail had a somewhat triangular or bluntly conical 
form, and extended from the trunk to the border of the 
marginal fin. A slight patch also occurred in the latter 
dorsally, about midway between the caudal bar and the head. 
The reddish pigment at the rectum passed downward to the 
termination of the gut and abruptly ceased, a pale strand of 
tissue being continued from it to the edge of the marginal 
fin. The heart lay somewhat low in the subopercular region, 
which was deeply pigmented. The finely ramified black 
chromatophores covered the entire region tinted reddish, so 
that only the middle of the yolk-sac was translucent, and 
even on this were a few much-branched red corpuscles. The 
ventral surface of the yolk-sac, as well as other parts, had 
numerous black chromatophores. By transmitted light the 
reddish parts had a fine ruby-red hue. ‘The eyes had a 
similar colour, a few dark touches also being present. ‘The 
abundance of pigment obscured the otocysts and their two 
otoliths. Even at this stage the larval fishes darted about 
at intervals, after resting on the bottom or float with the 
yolk-sac uppermost and the tail inferior. In Mr. Holt’s 
examples the oil-globule was ventral in position, but in ours 
it occupied a more or less posterior position. 

After two days the pigment in the eyes had increased and 
they were slightly iridescent. The black chromatophores 
over the body were more abundant, while the bars behind the 
vent were broader, especially the superior, which almost 
touched the margin of the fin. The mouth was open and the 
mandible was prominent. ‘The oil-globule adhered to the 
remnant of the yolk—nearly in the middle of the abdomen, 
though slightly variable in position—in some having moved 
upward and backward with the diminishing yolk. 

On the 1st of July the larval turbot evinced greater activity, 
darting through the water at intervals and again resting on 
the bottom. ‘The increase in the black pigment rendered the 
body dusky brown. ‘The two posterior bars had spread out, 
and finely ramified black pigment existed in both. ‘The mid- 


48 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


dorsal patch now touched the body-line, and it also presented 
a few black chromatophores. ‘The same brownish hue tinted 
the marginal ridge over the head and snout. ‘The black 
pigment rendered both dorsal and ventral surfaces dark when 
viewed on edge, two long blackish bands occurring dorsally, 
separated by the brownish area in the mid-dorsal line. The 
skin was finely dotted with minute vesicles. The eyes had a 
greenish iridescent lustre. ‘The marginal fin continued as a 
prominent border over the vertex to the tip of the snout; this 
fin was still proportionally broad, though the body had 
lengthened to fully 3:46 millim. No fin-rays were yet 
visible in the caudal expansion. Movements of the mandible 
and of the hyoidean apparatus occurred occasionally. The 
pectoral fins had considerably increased in size and were used 
in balancing. The clavicular bar was also evident. The oil- 
globule was seen with difficulty, but in diminished size ; it was, 
with the remnant of the yolk, in some near the lower border 
of the abdomen. A feature of moment in these larval turbot 
was their hardihood, for after exposure on a slide in a few 
drops of water for two hours they became active when trans- 
ferred to their vessel. 

The yolk was entirely absorbed on the 3rd July, that is 
about the seventh day. The marginal fin over the head had 
increased in depth and the black and other pigments had 
ramified outward in all directions at its inner border. The 
caudal expansion showed faint embryonic rays. Blood- 
vessels with pale blood were now observed, e.g. the sub- 
intestinal, coursing upward in front of the rectum and passing 
towards the liver, and the subnotochordal trunk (aorta), which 
could be traced backward to the inferior line of pigment 
behind the posterior brown bars. 

With the disappearance of the yolk the turbot may be 
considered to have attained their early post-larval condition, 
and they swim throughout the water by rapid strokes of the 
tail and vibrations of the pectorals. In still water they often 
remain suspended with the head downward ; but there can be 
little doubt that, like the plaice observed by Mr. H. Dannevig, 
they would luxuriate with their heads directed to the 
current in the fresh streams of water either in the open sea or 
in the apparatus at Dunbar. The body of the little fish was 
dull reddish (more or less ruby-red) by transmitted light, but 
by reflected light it had a dull ochreous or pale brownish hue 
and finely marked with black. ‘The outer margins of the two 
dorsal patches were paler, and the pigment immediately 
behind the prominent posterior bars was also pale, these 
lighter touches being very evident during the vigorous move- 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 49 


ments of the animals. The abdomen was deeply pigmented 
all over with black. The head and anterior region were 
conspicuous both from the great depth of the opereular region 
and the development of pigment on the abdomen, so that the 
aspect was somewhat like that of a tadpole. The eyes were 
greenish silvery. The pectorals were large and fan-shaped, 
with reddish and black pigment at the base, the latter ex- 
tending outward into the fin as long branching lines, which 
resembled very much the ramifications of rivers in a map. 
The angle of the mandible projected prominently downward, 
as it were enclosing the anterior hyoidean region in a deep 
furrow. The vent now gave passage to minutely granular 
matter. 

Besides the movements above noted the little turbot occa- 
sionally swam at the surface on their sides, skimming along 
with rapidity and moving the hyoidean region actively. They 
were quick in observing the movements of the minute crusta- 
ceans and other forms in the vessel, and seemed to dart at 
them for food. No form hitherto observed at St. Andrews 
appeared to be more hardy or to undergo the vicissitudes of 
temperature and manipulation with greater impunity. There 
are grounds, therefore, for expressing the hope that they may 
yet be reared in great numbers from the post-larval to the 
adolescent and adult conditions in suitable enclosures. 

Larval turbot are seldom caught in the tow-nets, though 
from a figure * of Prof. Marion’s either this or the brill occurs 
off Marseilles on the 2nd of March. Mr. Holt, again, was 
fortunate in procuring at the surface of the North Sea a series 
of post-larval forms ranging from 5°50 to 16°25 millim. In 
these the snout is short and obtuse and the angle of the 
mandible acute. ‘The tail is narrow and the belly prominent 
in the smallest example. The tail becomes deeper and the 
abdomen less projecting at 7 millim. At 13 millim. the right 
eye appears above the ridge. One of the most interesting 
features is the presence of an armature of spines, best marked 
in specimens 10-15 millim. long, on the head behind the eye, 
on the articular region of the mandible, and on the opercular 
region ; these persist till they reach 25 millim., and Mr. Holt 
has even found traces of them in one example of 175 millim. 

Off the east coast of Scotland pelagic specimens }@ to 
1} inch occur in July, and in August they increase in size 
and take to the bottom. ‘Thus by aid of a net for capturing 
sand-eels a series ranging from 41 to 62 millim. were taken at 
the margin of the estuary of the Eden on the 7th September. 


* Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Marseilles, iv. 1, pl. ii. fig. 20. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 4 


50 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


The size, however, was variable, for others taken on the 15th 
reach only 12 inch. Increasing in size, they were found 
3 inches long close inshore on sandy ground by the same net 
worked from the land by aid of a boat in the middle of 
December. In February some were 6 inches, but others in 
April were only 54, while one on the 23rd May only reached 
22 inches. The last would seem to have been an example 
from an egg spawned very late or to have been arrested in 
growth. Asa rule they reach 6 or 8 inches in June, while 
in September many are captured in 3-5 fathoms from 93 to 

1 inches, the latter apparently representing the growth from 
the previous spawning-season, or a period of about fifteen 
months. 

Thereafter the turbot seeks the offshore waters, the deeper 
parts of which form its home and its breeding-grounds. 

This large and active fish presents certain difficulties in 
regard to voluntary spawning in confined areas—as, for in- 
stance, in the ponds at Dunbar. Though apparently at home 
in the pure sea-water, through which they skim with much 
dexterity and ease, and readily feeding on herrings and sand- 
eels, they have hitherto refused either to shed milt or ova 
without artificial aid; so that the experiment is much less 
successful than with the plaice, which spawns so freely. 
Moreover, in confinement the turbot is liable to ulceration of 
the surface on the opercular region of the right side and on 
each margin of the same surface at the tail. Such injuries 
are probably due to friction against the bottom or sides of 
the pond, and even though the bottom is covered with sand 
the ulcers have a tendency to form. 

When, however, the eggs were obtained and duly fertilized 
no difficulty was found in hatching them, for the Dannevig 
apparatus at Dunbar causes a constant and equable move- 
ment. Thus the tendency to sink, observed by Mr. Holt and 
others, is counteracted. 

The turbot, like other flat fishes in confinement, are prone 
to a disease which, in common language, may be called 
“eoo-bound,”’—that is tosay, though they have pure sea-water, 
a certain space, the presence of males, and abundant food, 
yet they refuse toshed theirova, This condition, indeed, was 
specially referred to in the case of the flounder some years 
ago*. Though the ovaries are largely distended with ripe 
ova or ova that have been ripe, occlusion of the ducts by 
spasm or otherwise prevents their issue, and in some instances 
causes the death of the fish. In the ovaries of the female 


* Third Ann. Report Scot. Fish. Board, 1885, p. 62. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 51 


turbot at Dunbar degeneration had taken place to a consider- 
able extent on the 7th September. In the centre of the 
enlarged ovary was a space filled with glairy mucus, con- 
taining degenerating ova which had formerly been fully 
matured. ‘he mucus was mixed with fatty débris and 
granules, with shrunken egg-capsules. The fishes were 
evidently getting rid of the eggs of the season, chiefly by 
disintegration and absorption, while in the walls of the ovary 
a crop of minute ova were developing in a healthy condition 
and having a diameter of about ‘0762 millim. Between the 
foregoing date and the beginning of April considerable change 
had taken place in the ovaries; thus, out of five examples 
only one had many degenerating ova on the ovarian walls, 
the capsules being wrinkled, collapsed, and opaque, while the 
contents consisted of minute granules of yolk and oil-globules 
which by transmitted light had a slightly yellowish colour. 
In the majority the capsule had ruptured and permitted the 
contents to escape. The wall of the ovary itself consisted of 
rugose lamine, chiefly longitudinal in the elongated posterior 
region, or slightly oblique anteriorly where trending to the 
oviduct. These lamin were covered with developing ova, 
the largest ranging from *2286 to ‘3810 millim., thus con- 
siderably exceeding in size those of September. The ante- 
rior region of the ovary appeared to be somewhat thicker than 
the posterior and the ova slightly larger; but this may have 
been accidental. ‘he oviduct was occupied by a mass of 
degenerating ova. Of the other four, three had a few degzene- 
rating ova between the folds of the ovaries and one had got 
rid of the whole. All showed healthy developing eggs in the 
ovaries, though the size was less than those of the first- 
mentioned specimen. Under these artificial circumstances, 
therefore, the retained ova are got rid of very slowly ; but such 
a condition probably never takes place in the sea. It is, at 
any rate, clear that the environment of the turbot at Dunbar 
had been favourable for the development of the ovarian ova 
and that, initial difficulties being overcome, it may yet be 

ossible to retain the spawning fishes from season to season. 
When they become accustomed to confinement and find 
themselves in favourable surroundings the “ egg-bound”? 
condition, which is voluntary, may disappear. 


2. On the Ova and Larve of Drepanopsetta platessoides. 
During the trawling expeditions of 1884 an ege was fre- 
quently found in spring, especially during March and April, 
which was distinguished from all others by the large size of 
4% 


52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


the perivitelline space—that is, the space within the ‘trans- 
parent capsule or zona in the early stages of the egg. It 
was mentioned in the report on trawling that these ova were 
one third larger than the majority of the pelagic eggs, and 
resembled hydropic ova. The latter condition, however, was 
only apparent, and they were in all respects healthy, the 
advanced embryo with its yolk-sac lying in the centre of the 
transparent capsule. These eggs were widely distributed all 
along the eastern coast from the south of St. Abb’s Head to 
the Moray Firth, so that they evidently belonged to a common 
species. Though ripe long-rough dabs were seen in the dead 
condition in March 1884, and the eggs observed to be pelagic, 
yet, as this occurred during a violent storm, no opportunity 
was available of doing more than noting their condition, 
which, on issuing from the ovary, differs, as will by-and-by 
be shown, from their subsequent state, and thus the connexion 
between them and the foregoing was not made out. Every 
season (viz. in March, April, and May) since that date these 
eggs have been brought in greater or less numbers to the 
Marine Laboratory and hatched. A figure of the same egg 
was also shown me by Mr. J. T. Cunningham in 1885, but 
he likewise had not ascertained the form to which it belonged, 
for in 1887 * he observes that he had not been able to hatch 
it and that no similar egg had been obtained from an adult 
fish. Further remarks on the egg and newly-hatched larva 
were made in the “ Pelagic Fauna of St. Andrews Bay” f; 
the advanced embryo tending to the upper arch of the egg in 
floating, and presenting along the sides minute yellowish 
(chrome) and black chromatophores, which in most cases were 
still unbranched after hatching. In the “ Researches” { the 
same egg was again alluded to, and the early post-larval fish 
figured. It “presents three distinct yellowish bars behind 
the vent, another at the latter, and a line along the dorsum of 
the intestine, besides various touches of the same on the head 
and elsewhere. Stellate black chromatophores occur along 
with the yellow, and in the early condition are present on the 
yolk. ‘Lhe eyes soon assume a silvery aspect. The larval 
fish is active and comparatively large, resembling in certain 
respects the plaice. 1t is probably a pleuronectid.” 

When surveying the fishing-grounds off the west coast of 
Ireland with Mr. Green and Prof. Haddon in 1891, Mr. Holt 


* Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxiii. p. 105, pl. vii. fig. 2. 

t Seventh Ann. Report Fishery Board for Scotland, p. 270, pl. iii. 
figs. 1-3 (1889). 

t Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. pt. iii. p. 853, pl. xviii. fig. 2 
(Feb. 1890). 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 53 


found that these eggs pertained to the long-rough dab, and 
thus their comparative abundance was readily explained. A 
similar relationship had been suspected at St. Andrews, since 
the ova of almost all the other pleuronectids except the halibut 
had been examined. These ova are especially abundant on 
the fishing-grounds to the east of the Island of May. So far 
as my experience goes they chiefly abound in March, rarely a 
few occur in February, and in all probability, though nearly 
ripe, none are discharged before January. Off the west coast 
of Ireland Mr. Holt found the adults spawning during the 
same months, viz. from March to the beginning of May. 

It is remarkable that the obscurity surrounding the eggs of 
so common a fish should have remained so long. In a recent 
Scandinavian work * nothing more definite than hearsay 
evidence is afforded, though the statement of the fishermen of 
Bohusliin that the roe runs in February and that the fish is 
spent by the month of March is near the truth. Moreover, 
comparatively small specimens, both male and female, attain 
maturity. 

By the energy of Dr. Fulton, Scientific Superintendent of 
the Fishery Board for Scotland, a large consignment of living 
specimens was forwarded to the Laboratory in excellent con- 
dition this spring, so that an opportunity was given for a 
re-examination of the development of this species. The ripe 
females ranged from 7 to 13% inches, and all were distinctly 
distended with the enlarged ovaries. Moreover, as they lay 
on the dark bottom of the tank the prominent ovarian region 
of the coloured surface was readily distinguishable as a broad 
pale pinkish streak. Some of the females were also marked 
with white touches, generally in pairs over the interspinous 
regions dorsally and ventrally, very much in the position the 
dark touches hold in the pelagic post-larval forms. The 
males, on the other hand, were much smaller, ranging from 
5; to 62 inches in total length, and presenting little or no 
distention—a fact due to the minute size of the testes, which 
are wholly confined to the abdominal cavity, and are only 
about 4 to ? of an inch in length ina male of 62 inches. No 
larger male occurred in this collection, which consisted of 
nearly sixty specimens, so that the question may be raised as 
to the reasons for the limitation of the size of this sex and 
the small size of the male organs. 

Most of the females were very ripe, ahd a considerable 
quantity of ova escaped on the slightest pressure and fell in 


* ‘Scandinavian Fishes,’ Fries, Ekstrom, and Sundevall (2nd edit., 
1893), 


54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


a mass into the water, and then slowly mixed with it. In 
the experiments made in the laboratory the smallest trace of 
milt fertilized every egg in the vessels, which were about a 
foot across, so that the activity of the sperms was charac- 
teristic. The quantity of ripe ova discharged at a given time 
was quite as large in proportion as in the plaice, in the turbot, 
and in the flounder. Fishes in which the testes are small, as 
in the torsk, plaice, long-rough dab, and sole, do not appear 
to differ much, in regard to the rapidity of issue of the ripe 
eggs, from those with large testes. The small size of the 
testes in the horse, compared with the large size of the testes 
in the porpoise, is another instance of the caution requisite in 
drawing conclusions on this head. At any rate, in regard to 
fishes the ascertained facts up to date do not seem to warrant 
strong statements on the subject. The ripe female sole in 
Scottish waters discharges a considerable number of eggs, and 
a large number are also emitted by the ripe lemon-dab. The 
quantity of ripe eggs which issue from a torsk is about as 
large in proportion as in a cod, yet the testes of the two differ 
much in size. 

The egg of the long-rough dab, on issuing from the oviduct, 
is beautifully translucent, and measures from 1-0668 to 1°1430 
millim. The zona radiata clings somewhat closely to the 
contained yolk, and is wrinkled all over, quite as much as in 
the lemon-dab. ‘The perivitelline space is small, and thus 
differs from the condition as ordinarily seen in the tow-nets. 
As arule the yolk, or egg proper, has a diameter of 1:0668 
millim., while the capsule has a diameter of 1:1430 millim. 
When placed in sea-water, and whether fertilized or not, a 
gradual change takes place in the perivitelline space, so that 
next morning, that is, in twelve hours, the diameter of the 
capsule is from 1-:7907 to 1:8669, probably by the imbibition 
of water, as in the case of desiccated eggs, while the diameter 
of the egg proper in the centre remains nearly the same. 
This distention removes many of the wrinkles from the sur- 
face, but not all, since these were visible in almost every 
example up to the period of hatching. Many of the eggs had 
groups of minute fatty granules dotted all over the yolk. 
Next day (22nd March) at 12.30 considerable progress had 
been made, the disk being in the multicelled condition, the cells 
of the blastoderm being often prominent, and at 5.40 p.m. 
much more finely divided. The minute granules of oil occur 
over the yolk, beneath the protoplasmic investment, and they 
appeared to be fewer next day, so that probably they were 
gradually used up in the process of development. The 
minutely cellular disk presents an inward curvature at its 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 55 


edge, which is not quite regular, from the occurrence of 
minute projecting cells. The disk does not always occupy 
the centre of the yolk under examination. Occasionally a 
group of large oleaginous globules lies under the developing 
disk, not at the uppermost pole of the egg. 

On the 24th the embryo was outlined, with the optic 
enlargements. The blastopore in some was almost closed, 
and Kupffer’s vesicle was represented by a few granules or 
minute vesicles. The notochord formed a pale streak ex- 
tending forward to the middle of the trunk, and the margins 
of the body were faintly indicated. 

Next day the blastopore had closed and Kupffer’s vesicle 
was large. Numerous muscle-plates had formed and the 
notochord could be traced forwards almost to the head. On 
each side a delicate cellular border stretched backward outside 
the muscle-plates. The granules had now disappeared from 
the surface of the yolk. 

On the 26th March the embryo resembled Mr. Holt’s 
fig. 58, pl. vii. *, and traces of blackish pigment appeared 
along the body, best seen by placing white paper beneath the 
specimens. Besides, there are in some the pale precursors of 
the pigment-specks, which appear blackish by transmitted 
light. The notochord was visible throughout, the lenses in 
some were faintly indicated, and the otocysts appeared as 
elongated thickenings with a longitudinal slit, asin the green 
cod t+. ‘The heart was also distinct. The zona was thin and 
readily ruptured, even when the egg was carefully lifted. 

The following day the blackish pigment formed dark bands, 
especially when viewed on a white surface, and the next day 
a faint yellowish tint was visible under a lens. The tail 
formed a blunt knob projecting beyond the yolk. 

The yellowish hue was more distinct on the 30th March. 
On the head it was somewhat diffused, as the chromatophores 
had given off branches. The rows of rounded specks along 
the sides were only faintly tinted. Both yellow and black 
pigments were present. ‘he latter (black) were very finely 
ramose on the dorsum of the snout and on the head, as well 
as behind the otocysts. Distinct muscular twitchings of the 
body occurred to-day. 

On the 1st April the embryo more than stretched across 
the egg; but in most the pigment corpuscles remained simple. 
The heart was minutely papillose internally and trumpet- 


* “On the Eggs, Larval and Post-larval Stages of Teleosteans,” Trans. 


Roy. Soc. Dubl. v. 
+ Twelfth Ann, Report Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 219, 


ph ii. fig. 8. 


56 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


shaped. Slow contractions occurred at intervals. Most of 
the yolk was absorbed, and the alimentary canal formed a 
pale band in front. The otocysts sometimes differed in size. 
The day after, most of the yellow chromatophores in some 
were ramified, so that the colour was diffuse, but in others the 
pigment-specks remained circular. A few small black points 
were mingled amongst the yellow along the sides of the body. 
At this stage the yolk was quite free from pigment. 

A few were hatched on 3rd April, and many next day. It 
is possible that the conditions as regards still water and low 
temperature may have considerably delayed hatching. A 
specimen removed from the capsule on the latter date 
(4th April) differs in some respects from that figured by 
Mr. Holt, viz. a larva about half a day old, since the pigment 
is not definitely marked in his sketch. Moreover, the former 
presented no embryonic rays in the caudal; indeed, these did 
not appear for some time. Mr. Holt’s specimens therefore 
were probably more advanced at the period of hatching. No 
mouth is visible and the cesophagus ends blindly in front. 
With the exception of those on the head the yellow chroma- 
tophores are siill rounded, though, as a rule, the pigment is 
branched at or shortly after hatching. In a lateral view the 
yellow chromatophores are grouped chiefly at the dorsal and 
ventral margins of the muscle-plates and on the rectum; the 
tip of the tail is devoid of them. Besides the yellow, very 
finely ramose black pigment-corpuscles occur on the head and 
amongst the yellow along the body, but it is not easily seen 
alter the yellow chromatophores become stellate, and in some 
specimens it is late in appearing. ‘The upper part of the head 
is chiefly furnished with black pigment. A change must thus 
ensue before the pigment is grouped into bars, for it is some- 
what general at this stage. The lumen of the gut has not 
entered the oblique portion of the rectum, and the pre-anal 
region of the marginal fin is small at this stage. A more 
advanced condition of the pigment was present in a specimen 
(also removed from the capsule) on the 5th April. Both 
yellow and black chromatophores are finely branched. The 
variability in regard to the development of the pigment is 
further shown in an example three days later, viz. 8th April, 
in which the pigment has now been grouped in bars—that is 
to say, at certain parts the extension of the chromatophores 
is more pronounced than at others. Thus the head and the 
region of the body proper have yellowish and black pigment, 
the latter along the dorsal and ventral edges of the muscle- 
eae with a special area at the rectum, and three bars 

ehind the latter, that near the tip of the tail being mostly 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 57 


black, though a few yellow chromatophores are present. The 
eyes also have pigment-specks ; the caudal shows embryonic 
rays. The yolk has considerably diminished. The otocysts 
are still elongated from before back ward, but present a double 
outline from the differentiation of the capsule. 

The larve daily increased in activity and size, and the five 
groups of chromatophores became very distinct, viz. one on 
the body over the middle of the yolk, another at the rectum, 
two conspicuous bars behind the latter (often broken up into 
a dorsal and a ventral band), and a small fifth near the tip of 
the tail. In the more advanced and more active larve, with 
the yolk much diminished, the pigment is more continuous. 
Those with a large amount of yolk swim with a wriggling 
movement. Ly reflected light the colour of these larval forms 
is greenish yellow, and thus it differs from the chrome-yellow 
of the younger stage. ‘lhis change of hue appears to be due 
to the development of the black pigment amongst the yellow. 
The increase in the size of the pectorals in a few days became 
marked, and though usually carried more or less obliquely, 
they were fan-shaped when viewed from above. 

eThe chief changes till the 20th April were the deepening 
of the marginal fin both dorsally and ventrally and the exten- 
sion of the chromatophores (both yellow and black) from the 
line of the body into the marginal fin at the two conspicnous 
bars behind the vent, and the appearance of stellate black 
pigment-corpuscles along the ventral edge of the fin. Stellate 
black corpuscles also occur on the abdomen, and the eyes are 
bright silvery. The yellow pigment still forms a line over 
the medulla and the first part of the cord. The caudal 
pigment-bar is chiefly of black corpuscles, only two or three 
yellow being present. ‘The pectoral fins are larger and have 
rays ; the upward slant of the mandible and the reduction of 
the yolk to a small round ball complete the features at this 
stage. 


3. On the Spawning-period of Agonus cataphractus 
and the Vitality of tts Ova. 


Parnell gives May as the spawning-period of this species. 
Couch says nothing more than that the spawning-period is 
stated to be spring ; while Day describes a female, 5 inches 
long, from Southend, in February, as having its compara- 
tively large eggs nearly ripe. In the “ Researches” * it was 
stated that the females caught in the sprat-nets in the Tay 


* Op. cit. p. 674. 


58 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


showed nearly ripe ovarian eggs on the 16th December, and 
that they had a dull golden colour, while the structure of the 
zona (capsule) is given. ‘The males at the same time showed 
well-formed sperms. It is added that the species seems to 
spawn from January (or perhaps December) to April. In 
the recently published ‘ Scandinavian Fishes’ the authors 
observe * that ‘‘ the males are so rare that neither Kréyer nor 
Ekstrém has met with a full-grown example; nor, during 
late years, has the Royal Museum met with a single example. 
It is probable that it is only during the spawning-season that 
they live in so shallow water as to be in any danger from the 
nets used in shore-fishing. The spawning-season is in spring, 
in March and April or the beginning of May. We have no 
information as to the way in which the roe is deposited or the 
development of the fry.” So far as our observations. go the 
males are by no means rare, and they accompany the females 
into the shallow water, and pass into the estuaries of the 
Eden and the Tay. The remarks published on the subject 
have escaped the notice of the authors. 

The occurrence cf a small mass of ova of this species on 
1st October, 1894, considerably extends the spawning-period. 
It was procured at low water near the pier-rocks at St, An- 
drews, attached to the root of a tangle. The eggs measured 
from 1°7526 millim. (°0705 inch) to 1°9050 millim. (-075 inch), 
showing that the ovarian examples mentioned in the ‘ Re- 
searches,” as, indeed, had often been observed, were nearly 
ripe. Hach egg at this date (1st October) had a large oil- 
globule and an advanced embryo. ‘The circulation was in 
active operation on the 27th November, the exterior of the 
ege being further coated with many parasites. In January 
and February 1895 the eggs were frozen, and they remained 
so nearly amonth; yet on the 2nd March some of the embryos 
were alive, and, though the water could not be changed, as 
the pumping-apparatus was under repair, were safely hatched. 
The remarkable hardihood of such eggs is in contrast with 
the pelagic ova, which, as a rule, would have been killed. 

The egg-capsule is very tough, and rebounds from the 
needle under pressure like a ball of india-rubber. Under a 
low power the torn edge shows layer upon layer of the secre- 
tion. It is thus difficult to extrude a perfect embryo. 

The larve immediately after hatching closely correspond 
with that captured in the bay and figured by Prof. Prince t. 
The body is about 7 millim. long, the tail being somewhat 


* ‘Scandinavian Fishes,’ 2nd edit., 1892, p. 210. 
+ Trans. Roy. Soc, Edinb, vol, xxxy. pl. xviii. fig. 11. 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 59 


longer than in the sketch, and has embryonic fin-rays. The 
head has large silvery eyes, with greenish-yellow pigment 
behind them, and around and below the widely open mouth. 
The trunk generally is dotted over with the same greenish- 
yellow pigment (ochreous by transmitted light), which is also 
present in streaks on the basal region of the pectoral fins, on 
the yolk-sac, and on the prominent anal cone. The three 
yellow dorsal patches in the marginal fin are distinctly 
separated and generally have the distal border opaque white, 
the first being small and nearly in a line running upward 
from the posterior border of the vent, the second about the 
widest part of the fin, and the third about the posterior region 
of the same dilatation. Opposite the two latter is a corre- 
sponding patch ventrally. A similar touch of yellow occurs 
at the commencement of the tail. Numerous stellate black 
pigment-spots are present on the yolk-sac, a few on the 
pectoral, and a series along the dorsal and ventral margins of 
the body as far as the third patch of yellow on the marginal 
fin. One or two occur on the border of the marginal fin and 
a considerable number in the ventral patch of yellow (second) 
in the latter, while only a very few are found in the dorsal 
patch opposite it. ‘Two exist in the ventral touch behind the 
former and only traces in the dorsal patch opposite. One or 
two chromatophores also occur ventrally in the patch at the 
root of the tail. The black pigment would seem to be better 
developed ventrally than dorsally. 

In connexion with the appearance of eggs at this period it 
may be mentioned that on the 10th October a larval form 
resembling Cottus was captured in the tow-net. In general 
outline it resembled that figured in the ‘‘ Researches’ * (some- 
what younger than in fig. 9, pl. xvi.), with the vessels 
coursing over the yolk-sac. ‘The oil-globule remained at the 
anterior part of the yolk-sac. Small specks of black pigment 
occurred along the sides of the body, one set forming a row 
near the upper lateral region. No distinct coloration was 
visible on the pectorals. ‘I'he eyes were iridescent greenish, 
like the inner surface of L/aliotis. 

Hitherto it has been unusual to get larve at this season of 
the year, so that the deposition of such eggs must have. been 
antedated by some months on this occasion if the interpreta- 
tion of the nature of the larve be correct. 


* Op. cit, 


60 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


4. On the Post-larval Stage of Crystallogobius Nilssonii. 


In a former paper* an unknown elongated post-larval 
form, with prominent teeth and long pectorals, procured on 
the 20th July, 1889, was described. A further examination 
of this young fish, which was only 7 millim. long, shows that 
in all probability it is the post-larval stage of a male Crystallo- 
gobius Nilssonti, which at that date had only once been found 
in Scotland, viz. by Mr. Edward, in a rock-pool at Banff. 
The very early stage at which the special sexual characters 
occur in this species is interesting ; yet Dr. Day considered 
that in the young males the head is more pointed, indeed 
almost as in the females, in which the jaws are short, straight, 
and toothless. It is clear, however, that such a statement 
requires amendment, especially the supposition that the teeth 
(‘canines ”’) are only developed as maturity is reached. In 
the small example from St. Andrews it was the presence of 
these characteristic teeth and the shape of the mandible that 
attracted attention, and yet the larval marginal fin was still 
present. The description given in the Ninth Report may be 
supplemented by the remark that in the adult male the pectoral 
fins are remarkable for their ‘‘ broad (multiradiate) and some- 
what lobate form, with their semicircular muscular root and 
elongated roundish shape. When expanded the pectoral fins 
are as deep as the body.” In life they are boldly speckled 
with black on a yellowish ground, the latter being brightest 
inferiorly. The remarkable coloration of these fins in the 
post-larval stage is an addition to the series in developing 
Teleosteans. When the eyes of a fresh form are examined 
from above they are finely iridescent and greenish blue; even 
when seen laterally they are silvery with a bluish sheen. 
Since this specimen was captured Mr. Cunningham has pro- 
cured many adults of both sexes near the Kddystone Light- 
house, while Mr. Holt has been equally successful off the 
west coast of Ireland and on the east coast of England. It 
appears to be generally distributed round British shores, 
though the adults have not yet been secured here. It is 
sometimes found in as great abundance in Norway as in the 
south of England. The authors (Fries, Ekstrém, and Sun- 
devall) of the recently published work on Scandinavian fishes 
observe that June is approximately the spawning-season of 
this species, and the development of the post-larval example 
would appear to point to May or early June as the probable 
period on our shores. 


* Ninth Ann. Report Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 332, 


St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 61 


5. Note on Injuries to Oysters by Boring Forms. 


It is well known that oysters, amongst other attacks to 
which they are subject, suffer extensively from the burrowing 
habits of an annelid (Polydora), as well as from the borings 
of a sponge (Cliona). Such have been referred to in the 
‘Annals’ by Dr. Hancock and others, as well as the writer. 
Both forms chiefly attack the upper (convex) valve, which 
they by-and-by penetrate, rendering its interior unsightly by 
dark blotches or excrescences. In the case of the Whitstable 
“ native ”’ this is a serious blemish in the interior of the other- 
wise pearly white valves, the latter feature having been gene- 
rally looked upon as the distinguishing characteristic otf this 
favoured oyster. It has sometimes been supposed that such 
inroads, both of annelid and sponge, are due to the impurity of 
the water caused, for instance, by the dredgers of the Thames 
depositing their débris in the proximity of the beds. While 
the latter is objectionable for various reasons, a glance at the 
habits of the chief depredators makes it probable that the 
cause just mentioned has little to do with the attacks. Both 
annelid and sponge perform the functions of universal 
destroyers of dead shells, calcareous and other rocks, even in 
very pure water, inshore and offshore. At Whitstable * the 
chief enemy is Polydora, which propagates in the usual 
manner by eggs and free-swimming larve, the latter occurring 
in great numbers throughout a considerable part of the year. 
The purer the water the greater the probability, therefore, 
that these larve will settle on fresh sites and extend the 
colonies of borers.. At the same time Polydora is partial to 
inshore localities in which a considerable amount of mud is 
present in the currents. 

It is not easy to get rid of the annelids after they have 
tunnelled the shells. ven though every oyster were to be 
treated in a solution, it is clear that what would kill the 
annelid would also endanger the oyster. It is satisfactory, 
however, to know that while the marks on the interior of the 
valves are unsightly, they do not interfere with the qualities 
of the oyster as food, nor should they be an objection to the 
serving of the mollusk in the convex valve, as now obtains in 
London and elsewhere. 


* I have to thank Mr. Sibert Saunders for specimens of these. 


62 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


VII.—Deseriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians ob- 
tained by Mr, Alfred Everett in Celebes and Jampea. By 
G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


Cylindrophis tsolepis. 


Diameter of eye two fifths its distance from the nostril ; 
distance between the eyes equal to the length of the snout. 
Rostral a little deeper than broad, separating the nasals, 
in contact with the prefrontals; frontal a little larger 
than the supraocular, considerably larger than the parietals, 
as long as its distance from the end of the snout; six upper 
labials, third and fourth entering the eye. 22 scales round 
the body ; no enlarged ventrals; subcaudals 5. Black, each 
scale with a fine whitish edge; belly with two alternating 
series of large white blotches; lower surface of tail orange. 

Total length 430 millim. 

A single specimen from Jampea Island. 


Calamaria nuchalis. 


Rostral broader than deep, its upper portion as long as its 
distance from the frontal; frontal once and two thirds as 
long as broad, thrice as broad as the supraocular, as long as 
the parietals ; one pre- and one postocular ; diameter of the 
eye greater than its distance from the mouth; five upper 
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of chin- 
shields in contact with each other, the anterior in contact with 
the symphysial. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 135; anal 
entire; subcaudals 16. ‘Tail ending in an obtuse point. 
Dark brown above, with small round black spots ; head dark 
brown above, speckled with black; nape yellowish, with 
two large black blotches; a black lateral streak, running 
along the second row of scales; outer row of scales white; 
belly white, with a black dot at the outer end of each ventral ; 
tail with three or four yellow blotches on each side; sub- 
caudals white, with a black line between them in the posterior 
half of the tail. 

Total length 180 millim. ; tail 15. 

S. Celebes ; a single male specimen. 


Calamaria curta. 


Rostral small, nearly as deep as broad, its upper portion 
hardly half as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Celebes and Jampea. 63 


once and two thirds as long as broad, twice as broad as the 
supraocular, much shorter than the parietals; one pre- and 
one postocular ; diameter of the eye greater than its distance 
from the mouth ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering 
the eye; two pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other, 
the anterior in contact with the symphysial. Scales in 13 
rows. Ventrals 154; anal entire; subcaudals 14. Tail 
ending in a point. Olive-brown above, each scale with a 
black basal spot; head uniform; two outer rows of scales 
white, black at the base ; ventrals black at the base, white on 
the border; subcaudals white. 

Total length 315 millim. ; tail 15. 

S. Celebes, 2000 feet ; a single female specimen. 


Calamaria gracilis. 

Rostral a little broader than deep, its upper portion about 
half as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal once and 
a half as long as broad, twice as broad as the supraocular, 
much shorter than the parietals ; one pre-and one postocular ; 
diameter of the eye equal to its distance from the mouth; five 
upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; two pairs of 
chin-shields in contact with each other, the anterior in contact 
with the symphysial. Scalesin 13 rows. Ventrals 211-235 ; 
anal entire; subcaudals 10-13. ‘ail rounded at the end. 
Grey-brown above, with small black spots; outer row of 
scales white, black at the base; ventrals white, black on the 
outer edge, with a continuous or interrupted median series of 
small black spots. 

Total length 320 millim. ; tail 8. 

S. Celebes, 2000 feet; one female specimen. Bonthain 
Peak, 6000 feet ; two specimens, male and half-grown. 


Lachesis fasciatus. 


Snout slightly turned up, with strong canthus. Rostral 
broader than deep; nasal entire; upper head-scales small 
imbricate, smooth on the snout and between the eyes, obtusely 
keeled on the occiput; supraocular large; internasals large, 
separated from each other by one scale; 6 scales in a trans- 
verse series between the supraoculars ; two postoculars and a 
subocular, which is separated from the labials by one series 
of scales in front and two behind; 9 or 10 upper labials, first 
fused with the nasal, second forming the anterior border of 
the loreal pit, third largest ; temporal scales obtusely keeled. 
Scales rather feebly keeled, in 21 rows. Ventrals 162; anal 
entire; subcaudals 60 pairs. Tail feebly prehensile. Grey- 


64 M. Quinton on Animal Temperature as a 


brown above, with numerous dark olive cross-bands, most of 
which are broken up on the vertebral line, their moities alter- 
nating; head uniform dark olive; whitish beneath, closely 
speckled with dark brown. 

Total length 455 millim. ; tail 80. 


Jampea Island; a single specimen. 


Sphenophryne variabilis. 


Tongue large, oval, entire. Snout short, rounded, with 
feebly marked canthus ; interorbital space broader than the 
upper eyelid ; tympanum feebly distinct, two thirds or three 
fourths the diameter of the eye. ‘Tips of fingers dilated into 
very large disks ; first finger shorter than second ; toes short, 
free, the disks much smaller than those of the fingers; no 
subarticular or metatarsal tubercles. Skin smooth. Colora- 
tion very variable. Grey, brown, purple, pink, or crimson 
above, uniform or with darker marblings, or with a lighter 
yellow or pink lateral streak ; a light vertebral line sometimes 
present; sides of head usually dark brown; a dark, light- 
edged ocellus may be present on the lumbar region ; beneath 
uniform whitish, or greyish with yellow spots, or dark brown 
with yellow spots. 

From snout to vent 28 millim. 

Bonthain Peak, Celebes, 5000-6500 feet; numerous 
specimens were collected by the Drs. Sarasin and by 
Mr. A. Everett. 


VII1.—Animal Temperature as a part of the Problem of 
Evolution. By M. Quinton*. 


I.—TuE temperature which governs the chemical reactions of 
life depends upon two factors—(1) the temperature of the 
surrounding medium, (2) the calorific power proper to the 
animal, ‘The temperature of the surrounding medium in this 
respect is of such importance that the isocrymal lines or the 
lines of greatest cold are confused with the lines indicating 
the distribution of species on the surface of the globe. 

Fossil flora discloses the fact that the temperature of the 
globe has been always on the decline; in ancient epochs it 
was very high. We must therefore ask under what thermic 
conditions the chemical phenomena of life were carried on, 


* From the ‘Comptes Rendus, tome cxxii. pp. 850-853 (1896), 


part of the Problem of Evolution. 65 


and how they have been kept up in the colder epochs which 
have succeeded, 


I].—The chemical phenomena of life were at first mani- 
fested under very high temperatures ; in addition to the proofs 
furnished by a study of the flora I would add the following :— 
The invertebrates, the first vertebrates, had a heat-producing 
power which might be reckoned as nil, or, at least, very 
feeble. Though they were animals of low chemical tempera- 
ture, I consider that they confirm by this very absence (of 
heat-producing power) the conditions of high temperature 
under which they lived. A heat-producing capacity capable 
of raising their temperature above that of the surrounding 
medium was wanting, for the simple reason that there was no 
need for it. 

Figures lend still further probability to this life at high 
temperatures. ‘The silkworm nurseries are kept at 40°; the 
tortoise can withstand a stove-heat of 40°; Spallanzani and 
Sonnerat have trained certain fish not only to live but to 
reproduce their kind at 40°-44°; M. Marey cites the case of 
a Gymnotus which throve at 41°; a python incubates at 41°°5 
(Valenciennes) : all which temperatures would, as is known, 
be rapidly fatal to man. 

These invertebrates and primary vertebrates in our day 
lead but a very precarious life outside of the tropics. They 
do not survive the first frosts of autumn or become torpid ; 
the chemical phenomena of life are suspended, the venous 
and arterial blood of the hibernating reptile become mingled. 
Their very survival is to be explained by a modification of 
their chemical processes; in the laboratory, mammalian 
pepsine is only active on food at a temperature of about 38°, 
reptilian pepsine is still active at 0°. 


I1I.—The first animals lived, then, by the high temperature 
which they received from their environment. What did life 
become as this temperature fell? Two logical hypotheses 
present themselves :— 

A. Either life continued at the temperature of the sur- 
rounding medium. In this case it modified the reactions of 
its chemical phenomena and adapted them to the lower tempe- 
tures (cold-blooded animals, reptilian pepsine). 

B. Or it attempted to maintain artificially the temperature 
of its chemical phenomena, and to this end created for itself a 
function which gave rise to the production of heat. In this 
case life must always submit to the general law of adaptation 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. i) 


66 Animal Temperature as a part of Evolution. 


and lower progressively in each new species the temperature 
necessary for the production of its chemical phenomena. 

Thus theoretically :—(1) The heat-producing function took 
its origin in the cooling of our globe, it accommodated itself 
to and only increased with it; (2) the chemical temperatures, 
in ancient times very high, have always decreased, either in 
order to produce equilibrium or to adapt themselves to the 
surrounding medium. 

We may thus divide existing animals into two groups—one 
making its appearance on the globe in ancient times, the other 
in modern. ‘The ancient group having ceased its evolution 
at epochs still but little cooled, has theoretically only acquired 
a feeble heat-producing power. ‘The animals of this group 
which have been continued to our times (such as the Mono- 
tremata, Marsupialia, Edentata, Amphibia, Chiroptera, and 
hibernating animals) ought & priord to exhibit a very feeble 
heat-producing power, the feebleness being proportional to their 
antiquity. 

The chemical temperature being dependent upon two factors 
(the surrounding medium and the heat-producing capacity), 
the actual temperature of these animals, & priori very low, 
ought to form a scale of species in the order of their appear- 
ance on the globe. 

Empiricism accords with theory. I take the first two 
figures of the list which follows from a recent work by 
M. R. Semon; the rest are my own :— 

Ornithorhynchus, 25° at an external temperature of 20° ; 
Echidna, 30° at 19°; Opossum, 33° at 20°; Armadillo, 34° 
at 16°; Hippopotamus, 35°°3 at 11°; Myopotamus (Coypu), 
35°°5 at 20°; Vampire, 35°°5 at 18°; Elephant, 35°'9 at 11°; 
Marmot, 37°°3 at 20°; Llama, 37°°6; Ass, 37°°7; Camel, 
af 94 Horse, oa. 

In the group of animals whose date of appearance on the 
globe is recent, on the contrary, the animal having prolonged 
its evolution into the cold period will have gradually ac- 
quired a higher heat-producing capacity tending to the main- 
tenance of the ancient high vital temperatures. ‘These will 
only have fallen in consequence of adaptation to environment ; 
in this group their fall will be a measure of their recentness. 

It is this which confirms the following list. Some of the 
temperatures are the result of single observations; the ob- 
servers are different ; their absolute value is very restricted, 
but suffice to confirm the induction :— 

Bird, 42°; ox, 40°; hare, 39°7; pig, 39°°7 ; rabbit, 39°°6 ; 
eland, 89°-4; she-goat, 39°°3; dog, 39°°3; cat, panther, 
38°°9 ; squirrel, 38°8 ; rat, 388°-1; monkey, 88°1; man, 37°°5. 


Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 67 


The indications of these two lists are in an inverse direc- 
tion. In the first the fall of temperature results, so far as 
the animal is concerned, from the feebleness of its heat- 
producing capacity, a feebleness proportional to its antiquity ; 
in the second from its adaptation to the environment, an 
adaptation proportional to its recentness. 


IV.—There results from this empiricism confirming the 
induction : 

(1) That life in its evolution accommodates itself to the 
cooling of our globe; that it began at very high temperatures, 
that at first it had for its chemical medium no other tempe- 
rature than that of the surrounding medium. 

(2) That as the temperature fell the heat-producing capacity 
came into existence; its origin becomes clear; the heat- 
producing capacity, a function of cooling, determines with 
the animal temperatures the order of the appearance of species ; 
lastly, that the class Mammalia is not composed solely of 
so-called warm-blooded animals, but that it comprises a whole 
group which may truly be called cold-blooded. 


IX.—On a small Collection of Lepidoptera sent from Nyasa 
in 1895 by Mr. Rk. Crawshay. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, 


Ph.D. &e: 


ALTHOUGH the present consignment includes only one new 
species, it is exceptionally interesting, not only as comprising 
several links between described species, but on account of the 
important additional evidence afforded by the careful dating of 
the captures; so that now it is possible, by comparing these 
with Mr. Crawshay’s previous consignments, to prove con- 
clusively that several very distinct forms declared to be 
seasonal and conspecific occur together repeatedly in various 
months of the year—that, in fact, they are not confined to any 
particular season, and have no more evident claim to be called 
forms of one species than our European Vanessa c-album or 
V. polychloros have to be called forms of V. urtice. 


1. Melanitis leda, var. solandra. 
Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775). 
Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, 1895. 
“‘ Dusky brown Thicket, eyed upper wing. Delicate, almost 


impossible to kill a perfect specimen” (KR. C.). 
Re 


68 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 


Said to be unquestionably the wet-season form of the 
following. It would appear that the climate of Nyasa must 
be as variable and uncertain as that of England ! 


la. Var. fulvescens. 
Cylio leda, var. fulvescens, Guenée in Maillard’s ‘ Réunion,’ ii., Lép. 
p. 15 (1863). 
Lipembi, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1895. 
“ Dusky brown Thicket. A curious insect of owlish habits, 
frequenting the gloom of thick covert, and not taking wing in 
the daytime unless disturbed ; flies at dusk” (&. C.). 


2. Charaxes flavifasciatus. 
Charaxes castor, var. flavifasciatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 251. 
Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake 
Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895. 
“ Dark brown, blue and gold Admiral. Taken feasting on 


fresh leopard’s excrement about half a mile beyond where 
I captured the large Azure” (R&. C.). 


3. Charazes saturnus. 
Charaxes saturnus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 624, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1. 
3, Deep Bay, Feb. 13th, 1895. 


“ Large light brown barred Admiral with two tails. Taken 
feasting on freshly killed lion-skin” (R. C.). 


4. Charaxes guderiana. 
3d. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle, 
1879, p. 200, pl. il. fig. 18. 
Q. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 648; Trimen, P.Z.S. 
1894, pl. v. fig. 8. 


Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa: @, Jan. 28th; 9, Feb. 1st, 
1895. ' 

Mr. Crawshay calls the male the “ Indigo Admiral,” and 
the female, which contained “ 25 large and light green fully 
developed eggs,” he describes as ‘ Large light-brown-barred 
Admiral with four tails.” 


5. Charasxes ethalion (Eastern type). 
Q. Charaves ethalion, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 598 (1847). 


3, Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 
1895. Mrali, 25 miles N. of Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1895. 


Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 69 


“Dark green Admiral with two tails: a foul feeder” 
(R. C.). 
Mr, Crawshay incorrectly calls this a female; it is un- 
questionably a male. 


6. Charaxes Bohemant. 
Charaxes Bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 821, pl. vi. 
fig. 3 (1859). 
g, Upper Leya, 6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 
1895. 

“Giant Azure Blue (Admiral ?). Very rarely met with, 
and almost impossible to take unless when indulging its foul 
appetite for putrid flesh or excrement. This specimen I took 
feeding on leopard’s excrement at the side of the path in 
open forest” (Zt. C.). 


7. Charaxes varanes. 
Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elx. figs. D, E (1779). 


?, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895. 
“‘ Burnt-umber and pearl” (2. C.). 


8. Panopea heliogenes, sp. n. 


The largest species of the P. lucretia group hitherto 
received : in form nearest to P. protracta, in pattern nearer to 
P. expansa, but the arched belt across the centre of the 
primaries narrower, more nearly approaching that of P. como- 
rana; this and the subapical macular band pale buff, but the 
submarginal spots on all the wings nearly pure white; the 
patch at centre of inner margin of primaries and the whole 
central area of secondaries buff, washed with deep ochreous ; 
the veins crossing the ochreous area partly white and partly 
black: body black, boldly spotted with snow-white; under 
surface very similar to P. protracta, but altogether yellower. 

Expanse of wings 90 millim. 

?, Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 7th, 1895. 

Mr. Crawshay calls this the “ yellowish-brown under- 
winged Fritillary.” 


9. Huralia Wahlberge. 


Diadema Wahibergi, Wallengren, Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Lep. 
Rhop. Caffr. p. 27 (1857). 

6, Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 

95. 


18 
“ Black and white Emperor ” (2. C.). 


70 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 


9a. Var. Papilio dubius. 
Papilio dubius, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Am. p. 238, pl. vi. figs. 2a, b (1805). 
9, Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 
895 ’ 


Black, white, and yellowish-brown Emperor” (R. C.). 


9b. 9 var.=E. Druce?, but larger and with white central 
area to hind wings. 


Negerenge, Feb. 27th, 1895. 


9c. g var.=E. mima, but smaller, and with partly white 
central area to hind wings, as in #. Drucev. 


Negerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 
1895. 


The four forms of Euralia here enumerated represent the 
most interesting series hitherto received from Nyasa. 
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall tells me that H. mima and £. Wahl- 
bergi have not only been taken in copuldé in S. Africa, but 
have both been bred from a series of similar larvee taken from 
the same tree; yet not only are they wonderfully dissimilar 
in pattern and colouring, but whereas H. Wahlberg? is repre- 
sented by a Western form very like itself, H. mima does not 
occur on the west coast. On the other hand, £. dubdus is a 
common Western type which varies considerably, but does 
not occur in South Africa, whilst in Nyasa the whole of the 
Western and Southern forms (with the exception of the 
Western representative of H. Wahlbergi) occur together. 
The whole question of the distinctness of species in this, as in 
many other groups, becomes very complicated, more especially 
when it is evident that the distinctions are not seasonal. 


10. Hypolimnas misippus. 
Papilio misippus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764). 


3, Deep Bay, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. Ist, 1895; 2 2, 
Mtambwi, toot of Nyika Plateau, Feb. 4th. 

The male is labelled ‘ Purple Emperor,” the females 
“ Black-veined and white and black Brown” and “ Black- 
veined Brown,” the latter being the H. tnaria variety, 
resembling Limnas Klugit. 


Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. rf 


11. Junonia pelasgis. 


Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823). 
Var. Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. i. figs. 2, 3 
(1864), 

3, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895; 9?, foot 
of Jakwa Mountain, Nkamanga, Jan. 28th, 1895. 

“‘ Dusky Tortoiseshell. Impossible almost to take a perfect 
specimen ” (R. C.). 

The specimens now sent completely link J. chapunga to 
J. pelasgis. 


12. Junonia cuama. 
Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun, pl, i. figs. 4,5 (1864). 


Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895. 

I have recently been assured that this is an extreme dry- 
season form of J. semia, Wllgr., and that my J. Trimenz is 
a form produced between the wet and dry seasons. Before 
this can be accepted it will have to be proved by breeding, 
for the evidence offered by dated specimens distinctly con- 
tradicts the assertion. I am beginning to have very serious 
doubts as to the reliability of the evidence upon which many 
of the so-called “seasonal forms” are associated. In the 
Museum series we now have twelve examples of J. cuama, 
half of which are labelled with the dates of capture—January, 
April, September, and December. Of J. T’riment we have 
nine, all dated, as follows:—January, February, July, De- 
cember. Of J. simia we have fifteen, of which five are 
dated—January, April, July, and December. Therefore it is 
absolutely certain that the supposed extreme dry- and wet- 
season forms occur in perfect condition simultaneously in 
January, April, and December, and that the intermediate and 
wet-season forms occur together in January, July, and De- 
cember. Whenever we have received carefully dated collec- 
tions from scrupulously accurate collectors I have invariably 
found that they tended to disprove most conclusively the 
assertions incessantly made as to seasonal di- or polymorphism. 
In hardly any instances are these assertions supported by 
careful experiments in breeding ; but, so far as I have been 
able to judge, they appear to have been based solely upon the 
dates at which certain forms happen to have occurred in 
quantity. We will, for the sake of example, assume that 
Vanessa urtice occurred in quantities in June and V. poly- 
chloros took its place in October (I do not pretend that they do 
so): the exponent of seasonal dimorphism would immediately 
declare that V. urtice was the dry-season form of V. poly- 


72 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 


chloros. I firmly believe that many of the forms now being 
associated under the term seasonal, when bred, will prove to be 
infinitely more distinct than our Vanessa urtice and V. poly- 
chloros. 


13. Junonia Triment. 
Junonia Trimeni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 651, pl. lx. fig. 4. 


3g, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st; Mtambwi, foot 
of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895. 
€ Salmon-coloured Tortoiseshell” (2. C.). 


14. Junonia aurorina. 
Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 3. 
Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895. 


It is quite possible that this may be an early season form 
of J. tugela, a specimen of which Mr. Crawshay obtained on 
the Nyika Plateau in September 1893 ; this would not require 
a great stretch of imagination, because the chief distinctions 
between the two forms consist in the outline of the anterior 
wings. Nevertheless, without stronger evidence they must 
for the present be considered distinct. 


15. Junonia artaxia. 
Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. i. fig. 6 (1864). 


6, Ndara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd; 9, Chi- 
fumya, Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895. 

J. Nachtigalii is said to be undoubtedly the wet-season 
form of this species. In the Museum we have J. artaria 
collected in Nyasaland in January, March, April, July, and 
December, but J. Nachtigalit only in July. 1 do not know 
how these dates will bear out the assertion, but it is certain 
that fine examples of both types are obtainable in July. 


16. Protogoniomorpha aglatonice. 


Vanessa aglatonice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 299 (1819) ; Lucas, Lep. 
Exot. pl. lvii. fig. 2 (1835). 
3, Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th ; 
Deep Bay, March 14th, 1895. 
“ Pearl-grey. A rare insect in these parts and very hard 
to take. Enclosed specimen (the Deep Bay example) taken 
feeding on cattle manure” (f. C.). 


Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 73 


17. Pyramets cardut. 
Papilio eardui, Linnezus, Faun, Suec. p. 276 (1761). 


Deep Bay, Feb. 4th, 1895. 
“Painted Lady” (R. C.). 


18. Metacrentis Crawshay?. 
Crenis Crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 654, pl. Ix. fig. 5. 
3, Karora, 9 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 1895. 


‘“ Plum-coloured Fritillary. Rare and difficult to catch, as 
it perches high ; taken in open forest” (R. C.). 


19. Huphedra neophron. 


Romaleosoma neophron, Hoptter, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640; 
Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb. Zool. v. p. 886, pl. xxii. figs, 1, 2 (1862). 

3, Kaporo, Songwi River plains, Feb. 25th ; Upper Leya, 
6 miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 3rd, 1895. 

“Light blue, gold and black Admiral. A lover of dark 
cool shades” (2. C.). 

Both specimens a good deal worn; they belong to the 
greenish variety figured by Hopffer. 


20. Hurytela dryope. 
Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i, pl. Ixxviii. figs, E, F (1779). 
Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895. 
“ Orange-belted Tortoiseshell” (R. C.). 


21. Byblia vulgaris. 


Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulgaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 106 
(1884-88). 

Mrali, 25 miles N. of Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1895. 

This species occurs in January, February, June, November, 
and December, according to the collector’s dates on our speci- 
mens. It is supposed to be a varietal form of B. dlithyia in 
Africa. Our African examples of the latter were obtained in 
January, November, and December, but most of them are not 
dated. From Arabia we have one labelled June; from India, 
however, they are dated April, May, and October. I believe 
B. acheloia is supposed to be the extreme development of the 
dry-season form in South Africa. The puzzle to me is, Why 
should a species common to India and Africa produce totally 
different varietal forms in the two countries? As B, vulgaris 
only occurs in Africa, it can therefore only be supposed that 


74 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Nyasa. 


in India the species produces two dry-season forms—B. tlithyia 
and B. simplex *. But the question most difficult of explana- 
tion, as it seems to me, is—How can two forms be called 
seasonal when they occur at the same season ? 


22. Acraa caldarena. — 
Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877). 


9, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895. 
“ Black-tipped dusky Fritillary ”’ (BR. C.). 


23. Acrea egina. 
Papilio egina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxix. figs. F, G (1776). 


Lumpi River, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895. 
“ Large rose and black Fritillary ” (R. C.). 


24. Catopsilia florella. 

©. Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775). 

6 ¢, taken in coit@, Mrali, March 2nd; ¢?, Henga, 
Jan. 22nd, 1895. 

“‘ Yellow Brimstone” (2. C.). 

Mr. Crawshay evidently supposed the bright-coloured sex 
to be the male, and labelled accordingly ; in this, of course, 
he was mistaken. 


Var. Colias pyrene. 
Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Il. i. pl. li, (1820). 


& ¢, taken in cotta, Mrali, March 2nd (the female con- 
tained a “large number of white pointed eggs ”’). 
“Green Brimstone” (&. C.). 


25. Teracolus anazx. 


Callosune anax, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 
p. 125 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i., Call. pl. i. figs. 5-8 (1889). 

9, Henga, 3200 feet, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 
1895. 

“ Violet-tipped White 9” (R. C.). 

T. anaz is said to be a wet-season form of 7. regina. I 
very much doubt the existence of 7’. regina in many of the 
localities frequented by 7. anawx; the latter flies in January, 


* Most of our examples of the latter, if not all, were captured in 
February. I am told, however, that the seasonal forms in India are less 
marked than in Africa, 


Generic Distinction between Scorpio and Palamneus. 75 


February, and October in Central Africa, according to our 
dated specimens. ’. regina does, however, occur in the dry 
season. 


26. Papilio demoleus. 
Papilio demoleus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud, Ul. p, 214 (1764). 


3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 26th, 1895. 
‘ Large yellow and black velvet Swallow-tail ” (R. C.). 


27. Papilio leonidas. 
Papilio leonidas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35 (1798). 
¢, Foot of Jakwa Mountain, Henga to Nkamanga, 
Jan. 23rd, 1895. 
“Turquoise and Black” (2. C.). 


28. Papilio pseudonireus, 

Pupilio pseudonireus, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. i. p. 94 (1865). 

2 $, Kantorongondo Mountain, 5900 and 6975 feet, 
Nyika, April 15th and 16th; 9, Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 
6100 feet, Nyika, April 17th, 1895. 

Blue and black Swallow-tail” (2. C.). 


X.—On a new Generic Distinction between the Scorpions 
of the Genera Scorpio and Palamneus. By R. I. Pocock. 


In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1876, vol. xvii. pp. 12-13, 
Dr. Thorell split the large black scorpions of tropical Africa 
and Asia into two sections, proposing for the African and 
Indian species the term Pandinus, characterized by the thin- 
ness of the inner border of the hand, and for some species 
inhabiting Indo-Malaya, characterized by the thicker and 
more rounded appearance of this border, the term Palamneus. 
Since, however, africanus of Linneeus is the type of Pandinus 
and also the type of Scorpio, most of Thorell’s successors 
have, on the grounds of priority, adopted the latter title in 
preference to the former; while Palamneus, of which the 
type is Petersii, Thor. (probably identical with spinifer, 
Hempr. & Ehrb., and possibly with longimanus, Herbst), 
has been allowed to remain as symbolizing a more or less 
accurately definable form. The character, however, upon 
which Palamneus was based cannot be said to be of very 


76 My. R. I. Pocock on a new Generic Distinction 


great value; and since Prof. Kraepelin has recently shown 
that the species referred to Palamncus are in reality more 
nearly allied to the Indian species of Scorpio than the latter 
are to the African species of this genus, it is probable that 
all arachnologists will be content to abide by his decision 
that the thickness of the inner edge of the hand in longimanus 
and its allies is not of sufficient value to be accorded generic 
rank. Prof. Kraepelin, in fact, regards all the species re- 
ferred by Thorell and others to Scorpio or Pandinus and 
Palamneus to the genus Scorpio, which therefore extends 
over tropical Africa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Sumatra, 
Java, and Borneo; but at the same time he points out that 
the species involved fall into two divisions, based upon a 
structural feature which, as is so often the case, coincides 
with the division that would be drawn upon geographical 
grounds. The African forms, for example, are recognizable 
from the Asiatic * by the presence on the posterior side of the 
lower surface of the brachium of the chela of a ridge, in front 
of which run two or more rows of piliferous pores, this ridge 
and the definite rows of pores being hardly perceptible in the 
Asiatic species. This character Prof. Kraepelin does not 
look upon as of generic importance. 

Whilst engaged, however, in investigating the remarkable 
stridulating-organs presented by the scorpions of this section J, 
T discovered that these organs furnish a valuable additional 
distinctive character between the- Ethiopian and Oriental 
species. In each case the instrument consists of a cluster of 
spiniform notes and of an adjacent area of granules, which, 
by being rubbed against the tips of the notes, throw them into 
a state of vibration; and in both cases the organ is situated 
between the basal segment of the chela and the corresponding 
seoment of the first walking-leg. But, as the late Prof. Wood- 
Mason pointed out t, the cluster of notes in the Indian 
species is situated on the coxa of the chela and the granular 
area on the coxa of the first leg. I find in the African 
species, on the contrary, that the notes are placed upon the 
maxillary process of the first leg and the cluster of granules 
upon the coxa of the pincer. These organs, it seems, may 
well be regarded as of generic importance ; and in this case 
the term Scorpio must, of course, be retained for the African 

* With the exception of the so-called Sumatran species pallidus, which 
has the characters of the African forms. But if my suggestion respecting 
the locality of this species prove correct, this apparent exception will 
fall to the ground (vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 485, in note). 

+ For descriptions and figures of these organs see ‘Natural Science,’ 


July 1896. 
t Proc. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, pp. xviii, xix, 


~ between Scorpio and Palamneus. 77 


species, while to all the Asiatic forms that present the instru- 
ment discovered by Wood-Mason, Thorell’s name Palamneus 
may be applied, though the definition of the genus will have 
to be entirely altered and the original character upon which it 
was based wholly ignored. 

The two genera may be characterized in the following 
terms :— 


A. The key-board of the stridulator placed 
upon the maxillary process of the coxa of 
the first pair of legs, the rasp or granular 
area in a slight depression on the adjacent 
surface of the coxa of the chela; the lower 
surface of the brachium with rows of 
piliferous pores and defined posteriorly by 
ORL ENN, ee. aA AOA Scorpio (type africanus, 
L.).—Distr. Tropical 
Africa, S. Arabia. 
B. The key-board of the stridulator placed upon 
the coxa of the chela and the rasp upon 
the adjacent area of the coxa of the first 
pus of legs; the lower surface of the 
rachium without regularly arranged pili- 
ferous pores and posteriorly more convexly 
TOUMACE. (8, ety ada Sitti esis otis Palamneus (type Petersi?, 
Th.).—Distr. Oriental 
Region (Bombay to 
Borneo). 


I have noticed the position of the stridulator in the 
following species of Scorpio:—africanus, Linn.; dictator, 
Poe. ; cavimanus, Poc. ; bellicosus, L. Koch; viatoris, Poe. ; 
exitialis, Poc.; and Gregort’, Poc.: and I think there can 
be no reasons for doubting that it will prove to be present in 
Se. africanus subtypicus, Kraep.; arabicus, Kraep.; pallidus, 
Kraep.; and me¢densis, Karsch ; of which the last-named, I 
doubt not, belongs to the ewitialis-like forms of the genus, 
and not to Opisthophthalmus, as Kraepelin has suggested. 

As for Wood-Mason’s organ, it occurs in specimens that 
I refer to the following speciesof Palamneus:—scaber (Thor.) ; 
Swammerdamz (Sim.) ; fulvipes (Koch) ; megacephalus (Koch) ; 
cesar (Koch) ; bengalensis (Koch); Phipsoni (Poc.) ; datiémanus 
(Poc.) ; gravimanus (Poc.) ; indicus (Linn.) ; spinefer (Hempr. 
& Ehrb.) ; Lhorellit, Poc.; liophysa, Thor.; and borneensis, 
Thor. 

It is also worth bearing in mind that the presence of these 
organs will serve as an additional character for separating 
Scorpio and Palamneus from Opisthophthalmus and Hetero- 
metrus. 


78 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


XL—The Bees of the Genus Andrena found in New 
Mexico. By T. D. A. CocKERELL. 


1. Species with the abdomen partly or wholly rufous. 
a. Pubescence black. 
Andrena prima, Casad, sp. n., 2 « 


“ Head, thorax, legs, and last abdominal segment black ; 
segments 1 to 4 red; pubescence black; head as broad as 
thorax ; clypeus, face, occiput, and cheeks sparsely hairy, 
clypeus and occiput punctate; face between antennz striate 
longitudinally ; antenne black ; mesothorax, scutellum, and 
postscutellum coarsely punctured, clothed with a few scattered 
black hairs; metathorax fringed, and pleura sparsely clothed, 
with black hairs; wings smoky from basal nervure to apex ; 
tegule black, shiny ; legs black, with black pubescence, that 
on anterior legs sparsely mixed with reddish-gold hairs ; 
abdominal segments 1 to 4 reddish, bare, punctate and shiny, 
last segment black, fringed with black hairs ; venter sparsely 
hairy. Length about 10 millim.” (Jess’e H. Casad.) 

Hab. Little Mountain, Mesilla Valley, N. M., April 1, 
1895, on Krynitzkia, believed to be K. Jamesit (Casad, 151). 
I took one on flowers of plum on the College Farm, March 30, 
1896; this has the two last abdominal segments black, 
leaving only three red, but it is clearly the same species. 
The enclosure of the metathorax is wrinkled. This differs 
entirely from any described North-American species. The 
Mexican A. modesta, Sm., may resemble it somewhat from 
the description, but it is evidently a different thing. 


6. Pubescence grey or fulvous. 
a, Wings clear or only faintly clouded. 
Andrena sphecodina, Casad & CkIl., sp. n. 


“ Black and red, pubescence ashy; head about as broad as 
thorax; clypeus, face, occiput, and cheeks clothed with pale 
hairs, clypeus punctured; face between antenne and ocelli 
striated longitudinally ; hair on pleura long; wings dusky 
hyaline, nervures brown, third submarginal cell very long, 
narrowed more than half toward marginal; tegule piceous, 
shiny ; legs clothed with pale hairs, trochanter furnished with 
a tutt of long silky white hair, femora and basal portion of 
tibie black, tibie and tarsi red ; first and second abdominal 


*Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 79 


segments with a small black spot laterally near base; first 
segment with sparse long hairs at sides, bare towards centre, 
without apical hairy band; hairy bands, interrupted on 
segments 3 and 4, on second reduced to a patch on each side ; 
apical segments clothed sparsely. Length about 7 millim.” 
(Jessie H. Casad.) 

9. Length 9 millim. Head and thorax black, abdomen 
entirely bright rufous, except the mostly black pygidium ; a 
black patch on each side of first segment at base and a small 
black spot on each side of second segment. Legs black, the 
hind tibie and tarsi light rufous. Clypeus with large close 
punctures, no median impunctate line. Mandibles scimitar- 
shaped. Antenne wholly black. Mesothorax microscopi- 
cally reticulate, with excessively large punctures, becoming 
sparse in middle. Hind portion of mesothorax and scutellum 
shining, the latter with large punctures. Enclosure of meta- 
thorax longitudinally plicate, bounded behind by a salient 
rim. Abdomen with small sparse punctures. Anal fimbria 
fulvous. 

6+ Like the female, but the antenne longer, the pubes- 
cence on clypeus paler and denser, the first segment of the 
abdomen black except its hind margin broadly, and the hind 
tibiee black. 

Hab. Common about Las Cruces, N. M. ‘Taken on 
Stisymbrium (10 males, one female) and on flowers of plum 
(3 males, two females) on the College Farm, April 9 and 12, 
1895. One temale on Salixz, May 3. 

This pretty species has the coloration of a Sphecodes ; it 
could be confounded only with A. Marie, Rob., and A. Perezi, 
Rob.,=erythrogastra, Ashm., from both of which it is quite 
distinct by the coloration of the male &c. 

A somewhat similar European species is A. genevensis, 
Schmied., but that has the end of the abdomen dark. 


8. Wings strongly clouded apically. 
i, Clypeus dark. 
+ First segment of abdomen very feebly and sparsely punctured. 
Andrena Jessice, Ckll., sp. n. 
6. Length about 10 millim. Head and thorax black ; 


abdomen rufous, with black markings, pubescence fulvous. 
Head slightly wider than thorax, face broad, orbits parallel ; 
pubescence tolerably dense, concealing the surface, except on 
vertex; antenne black, the flagellum only tinged very dark 
brown on one side; mandibles black ; clypeus strongly and 


80 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


closely punctured; vertex dull, minutely rugulose, becoming 
striatulate, sparsely punctured. Thorax quite densely 
pubescent, except dorsulum and base of metathorax; meso- 
thorax and scutellum microscopically tessellate, with rather 
large moderately sparse punctures. Enclosure of metathorax 
minutely granular, with irregular, small, rather obscure 
wrinkles, not bounded by a distinct rim. ‘l'egulew amber- 
colour. Wings yellowish hyaline, external margin broadly 
smoky, darkest towards the apex. Nervures and stigma 
reddish fulvous, costal nervure black. Third submarginal 
cell narrowed one half to marginal. Second submarginal 
much broader below than above. Legs black; anterior 
tibiee partly in front, middle and hind tibiz and all the tarsi 
ferruginous. Abdomen rather broad, shining, thinly pubes- 
cent, the pubescence forming thin bands along the apical 
margins of the second and following segments; first segment 
black, except hind margin and a central shade; second seg- 
ment with a black spot on each side; fourth segment with a 
suffused black shade, fifth brownish black, as also the sixth, 
but the colour of that almost hidden by the pubescence. 
Venter rufous, the last three segments obscurely stained 
blackish. Surface of abdomen above microscopically tessel- 
late, with the punctures very small and sparse. 

Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., April 9, 
1895, on plum (Jessie H. Casad, 163). This is evidently 
near to A. discreta, Sm., from Oajaca, Mexico, of which only 
the female is known; it may possibly be its male, but there 
are several similar species, and Smith does not mention the 
abdominal punctuation. 


+t First segment of abdomen strongly punctured. 
Andrena argemonis, Ckll., sp. n. 


@. Length about 16 millim. Head and thorax black, 
abdomen black and rufous, femora black, tibiz and _ tarsi 
ferruginous, pubescence fulvous. Head longer in proportion 
to its breadth, with the face narrower than in Jessicw. Pu- 
bescence short, but quite dense on cheeks, occiput, sides of 
face, and between the antennae. Clypeus medially bare 
except for a few scattered hairs, shining, with very close 
large punctures. Mandibles and antenne wholly black. 
Vertex smooth and shining, with large, rather sparse punc- 
tures, which suddenly become smaller and very dense on 
front. Mesothorax and scutellum smooth and shining (not 
tessellate as in Jessice), with large, tolerably close punctures. 
Enclosure of metathorax granular, irregularly wrinkled so as 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 81 


to be subcancellate, with a short raised rim behind, but not at 
sides. Pubescence of thorax quite orange-red, rather short 
but dense on sides of mesothorax, hind border of scutellum, 
postscutellum, pleura, and sides of metathorax. Tegule 
shining reddish fulvous. Wings yellowish smoky, with a 
subviolaceous lustre, external margin broadly darker; ner- 
vures dark brown, costal nervure black, stigma small and 
narrow, ferruginous ; third submarginal cell not narrowing 
half to marginal. Abdomen moderately shining, strongly 
and closely punctured, basal third of first segment smooth 
and practically impunctate. Pubescence foxy red, very short, 
forming bands on the hind margins of the segments, that on 
the first thin, the others dense and conspicuous. Colour of 
abdomen dark ferruginous, with an almost purplish tint ; first 
segment black except its hind margin, third to fifth segments 
suffused with black, sixth dark brownish. Venter dark 
reddish, the last three segments becoming blackish. 

Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., by the Denver and Rio Grande 
depot ; two inside closed flowers of Argemone platyceras, on 
a dull afternoon, Aug. 3, 1895 (Ckll. 4150, 4151). 


ii. Clypeus not dark, at least in the ¢. 


+ Dorsum of thorax honey-yellow. 


Andrena mellea, Cresson. 
Andrena mellea, Cresson, Trans, Am. Ent. Soc, 1868, p. 384, 2. 


t+ Thorax entirely black. 


(a) Pubescence of pleura, face, and cheeks fulvous ; second segment 
of abdomen without a black band. . 


Andrena prunorum, Ckll., sp. n. 


3. Length about 12 millim. Head and thorax black, 
clypeus yellow, abdomen ferruginous and black, legs ferru- 
ginous, blackish at base, wings clouded at apex. Head 
broader than long, subtriangular or broadly subcordiform, 
whereas in Jessice it is more quadrate; fulvous pubescence 
quite dense all over face, cheeks, &c., only lacking on vertex, 
which is closely punctured. Clypeus large, closely but 
rather feebly punctured, light yellow, with two black dots. 
Basal process of labrum pitch-black, shining, emarginate, 
while in Jessice it is truncate, a little depressed medially, 
hardly emarginate. Mandibles wholly black. Antenne 
black, with the scape, funicle, first joint of flagellum, and 
base of second joint more or less strongly terruginous. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 6 


82 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


Thorax quite densely clothed with fulyous pubescence, as in 
Jessice ; mesothorax and scutellum with close large punc- 
tures, the surface between the punctures smooth though 
rather dull, not tessellate as in Jessice. Metathorax closely 
pitted or subcancellate all over, with no defined enclosed 
space. Tegule shining amber-colour. Wings smoky 
hyaline, yellowish towards base, costa broadly suffused with 
fuliginous, the region of apex darkest; nervures ferruginous, 
the outermost fuscous, costal nervure black, stigma ferru- 
ginous. Third submarginal cell narrowing about half to 
marginal, but variable. Legs ferruginous, with short fulvous 
pubescence ; trochanters black ; femora largely suffused with 
black basally and beneath, middle femora incrassate. Abdo- 
men fairly stout, strongly and closely punctured, with short 
fulvous pubescence clothing the whole dorsum, not obscuring 
the ground-colour, not forming distinct bands. First segment 
black, with the apical margin ferruginous; second segment 
ferruginous, with a large oval black mark at each extreme 
side; remaining segments black, with the hind margins 
broadly ferruginous. Venter ferruginous, with two black 
spots on third and broad black bands on fourth to sixth 
segments. Sometimes there is much less black on venter and 
the third seguient above shows less black. 

@. Closely similar. Clypeus dull honey-yellow, with 
large punctures, smooth medially. Second joint of flagellum 
wholly ferruginous. Pubescence of thorax short and sparse, 
lateral margins of metathorax with a conspicuous fringe of 
whitish hairs. Tubercles slightly stained with ferruginous. 
Femora with scarcely any black. Trochanters partly ferru- 
ginous. A tuft of dull white hairs at base of hind legs. 
Hind tibie incrassate. First segment of abdomen only 
black at extreme base and at sides; second segment with 
very small lateral spots ; third segment only narrowly black 
at extreme base. Anal fimbria shining coppery. Punctua- 
tion of abdomen finer than in the male. Segments 2 to 5 
with distinct hair-bands. 

Hab. Three specimens at Las Cruces, N. M., viz. :— 
(1) middle of April, 1894, collected by Miss Agnes Williams, 
a female; (2) on flowers of plum, College Farm, April 9, 
1895, male; (3) on flowers of plum, March 26, 1896, male. 

This shows much superficial resemblance to Nomia neva- 
densis, which is common at Las Cruces, but flies in August 
and September. A. prunorum is doubtless closely related to 
the Texan A. malliventris, Cr., but that has black legs and 
the antenne are differently coloured, as also is the abdomen. 
It is also near to A. fustuosa, Sm., but differs in the colour of 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico, 83 


the pubescence on the face and the colour of the legs, as well 
as in the pale clypeus. 

A. prunorum, Jessice, and Casade all show a blunt curved 
tooth at end of hind coxa. 


(6) Pubescence of pleura, face, and cheeks dull white; second 
segment of abdomen with a black band. 


Andrena Casade, Ckll., sp. n. 
6+ Length about 10 millim. Head and thorax black ; 


clypeus pale primrose-yellow, with two black spots ; abdomen 
red and black ; pubescence dull whitish, ochraceous on front, 
occiput, and dorsum of thorax; build more slender than in 
prunorum. 

This is in all respects closely similar to prunorum, but 
differs in being smaller, the antenne perhaps relatively some- 
what longer, the base of the antenne not ferruginous, the 
pubescence of the face relatively longer, the pubescence of the 
face, cheeks, pleura, and metathorax greyish white instead of 
fulvous, the basal process of the labrum not emarginate, the 
tegule dark brown, the mesothorax duller, the middle femora 
not so broad, the punctuation of the abdomen finer, the 
second abdominal segment black at base. 

The flagellum is black, not fulvous beneath as in modesta. 
The scape shows only the slightest rufous stain in front. 
The mandibles are wholly black, bituberculate at base. The 
second segment of the abdomen is not entirely ferruginous as 
in fastuosa, which must, however, be closely similar. 

Hab, College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., April 9, 1895, 
on plum (J. Z. Casad, 164). 


2. Species with the abdomen black or dark brown. 
a. Pubescence black. 
Andrena nigerrima, Casad, sp. n. 


9. “Entirely deep shiny black, with black pubescence ; 
head about as wide as thorax and but sparsely pubescent ; 
clypeus large, punctured, shiny, but very slightly hairy ; 
pubescence heaviest on sides of face and around insertion of 
antenne; a longitudinal raised line between antenne ; 
flagellum becoming slightly brownish beneath and toward 
tip; face between ocelli and antenne striated ; occiput and 
cheeks punctured ; mesothorax sparsely hairy, closely punc- 
tured; scutellum and pleura with dense tufts of long pubes- 
cence; metathorax comparatively bare, with fringed margins ; 


84 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


legs pubescent, that on edge of anterior tarsi and’ apical 
portion of tibie shiny golden brown; wings dusky hyaline, 
clouded beyond nervures, nervures and stigma piceous ; tegule 
piceous, very shiny; abdomen bare save for scettered hairs 
laterally and fringe on last two segments ; closely and finely 
punctured from apical half of first segment to apex, basal 
half of first segment very smooth and shiny. Length about 
10 millim.” (Jesste EZ. Casad.) 

Hab. Mesilla, N. M., April 13, 1895, on lilac (Casad, 195). 
One on the College Farm, at flowers of plum, April 9, 1895 
(Ckll. 2619). 

In its general build and the black pubescence this closely 
resembles A. prima. The first joint of the flagellum is 
longer than the two following together; it is not so long as 
this in prima. The metathorax is minutely granular, with 
shallow punctures except on the enclosure, which is not 
bounded by a salient rim. In prima the enclosure is quite 
different, being strongly wrinkled. The wings are not so 
dark as in prima. 


b. Pubescence grey, white, or fulvous. 
a. Stigma ferruginous and apex of wings dusky. 


Andrena fracta, Casad & CkIl., sp. n. 


gd. “ Black, head as wide as thorax, densely pubescent ; 
clypeus yellow, circular, but thinly pubescent, with a black 
dot on each side halfway between upper and lower edges; a 
heavy fringe below clypeus, across lower edge of face ; pubes- 
cence below antennz and on cheeks pale, that above antenne 
and on occiput ochraceous; thorax above clothed with 
ochraceous hairs, those on scutellum and _ postscutellum 
densest, those on metathorax and pleura pale. Legs black, 
femora and coxe with pale hairs, those on tibiz, tarsi, and 
apices of femora ochraceous ; wings smoky hyaline, darkest 
beyond marginal cell and in second and third submarginals, 
in places stained with yellow; abdomen closely punctured, 
clothed with very fine short appressed hairs, which become 
ochraceous on fourth segment, and are sufficiently heavy on 
apical margins of segments 4 and 5 to form bands; apex 
quite heavily fringed with ochraceous. Length about 
11 millim.” (Jessie HL. Casad.) 

Small examples are only about 83 millim. long. The 
antenne are quite long, wholly black. 

9. Larger and stouter; length about 12 millim. or slightly 
less. Black, the pubescence rather short, pale grey ; ochra- 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 85 


ceous on vertex, hind part of mesothorax, scutellum, and 
postscutellum, and on anterior and middle tibiz and all the 
tarsi. Apex of hind femora with a conspicuous tuft of 
reddish-fulvous pubescence. Anal fimbria orange fulvous, 
very conspicuous. Head broader than long, vertex depressed; 
clypeus wholly black, shining, with large, not particularly 
close punctures, medially impunctate. Antenne wholly 
black, first joint of flagellum longer than the two following 
joints together. Sides of face with broad white bands of 
appressed pubescence, partly hidden by the erect hairs imme- 
diately mesad of them. Vertex sparsely punctured. Basal 
process of labrum rounded, not emarginate. Lower corners 
of clypeus somewhat produced. Mandibles wholly dark, 
toothed within. Mesothorax quite closely punctured, scu- 
tellum not so closely. Enclosure of metathorax wrinkled- 
subcancellate, not bounded by a distinct rim. Tegule 
piceous. Wings strongly yellowish except at lower outer 
part, which is hyaline; apex strongly smoky, the dark 
colour extending a little into the marginal cell. A smoky 
cloud also in and about second submarginal. Nervures dark 
brown, stigma ferruginous. ‘Third submarginal narrowed 
about one half to marginal. Hind wings slightly smoky at 
apex. Abdomen strongly and closely punctured, segments 2 
to 4 with conspicuous even bands of white pubescence, that 
on 2 weak in the middle. 

Hab. Three males and three females, all on flowers of 
plum, College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., April 10, 1895 
(Casad), and March 26, 1896 (CkiZ.). 

Near to A. nubecula, Sm., but differs by the colour of the 
antenne and tegule. <A. reflexa, Cr., also seems to be 
allied *, 


* The following species, belonging to this section but at once distin- 
guished from fracta by the clypeus being yellow in the female (as in 
Alicie, Rob.), may be expected to occur in New Mexico :— 


Andrena mexicanorum, Ckll., sp. n. 


©. Length about 11 millim., fairly stout, black, with a broad band 
across the face; tubercles (with a black dot) and spot on tegule pale 
primrose-yellow. Pubescence very sparse, greyish, with a very slight 
ochraceous tinge. Head subquadrate, broader than long; upper half of 
clypeus just enclosing the black dots, bulging downwards medially; a 
broad supraclypeal area, dog-ear marks, and subquadrate lateral marks 
pale primrose-yellow, the whole forming a broad band, the upper margin 
of which is straight. Face very sparsely hairy, even the cheeks with 
hardly any hairs. Basal process of labrum truncate. Mandibles wholly 
dark. Antenne yery short, wholly dark. Clypeus with very large rather 
sparsé punctures, the upper median portion impunctate. Vertex with 
large tolerably close punctures. Mesothorax and scutellum smooth and 


86 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


8. Stigma dark brown or black ; apex of wings dusky. 
Andrena asclepiadis, Ckll., sp. n. 
6. Length 10-12 millim Rather slender, with the abdo- 


men long and subcylindrical. Black, shining, face below 
level of antenne primrose-yellow ; two black spots on clypeus ; 
tubercles yellow, with two black dots; tegule with a yellow 
spot. Head rounded, somewhat broader than long; face 
hardly pubescent, occiput and cheeks with pale greyish hairs ; 
lower margin of clypeus black, mandibles wholly black, pale 
supraclypeal area much more nearly square than in meai- 
canorum ; antenne short, wholly black, first joint of flagellum 
not quite so long as second and third together. Clypeus with 
large sparse punctures, vertex strongly punctured. Thorax 
with the pubescence short, pale grey, and very sparse, but 
enclosure of metathorax pubescent. Mesothorax andscutellum 
smocth and shining, with large, not particularly close, punc- 
tures. Tegule clear testaceous, with a light yellow mark; 
wings hyaline, tinged with ferruginous, outer margin, espe- 
cially apically, smoky. Nervures brown; costal nervure 
black, stigma very dark brown. Marginal cell truncate, 
appendiculate. Anterior tibiz mostly whitish in front, middle 
tibiw with a white patch at base; tarsi ferruginous, last four 
joints of hind tarsi black. Outer margin of hind tibiz strongly 
crenulated or subserrate. Claws deeply cleft. Abdomen 
strongly punctured, segments with narrow basal white hair- 
bands. 

Hab, Santa Fé, N. M., on white Asclepias-flowers, Aug. 1, 
1895 (Ckll. 4033). Also one at Albuquerque, N. M., be- 
tween the town and the University, June 30, 1895 (Chil. 
3263). One at La Junta, Colorado, on a white-flowered 
Asclepiad, July 1895 (Chil. 3648). The La Junta example 


is larger than that from Sta. Fé, and has the wings more 


shining, with large not particularly close punctures. Enclosure of meta- 
thorax ill-defined, pubescent, quite densely at sides. Tegule testaceous, 
with a large yellow spot. Wings hyaline, quite strongly tinged with 
ferruginous ; apical region with a conspicuous smoky cloud. Nervures 
brown, costal nervure black, stigma ferruginous. Marginal cell truncate, 
appendiculate, second recurrent nervure slightly curved, but not as in 
Colletes. Legs black; a yellow spot at base of four anterior tibiz ; no 
tuft of hair on hind trochanters; claws ferruginous. Abdomen strongly 
punctured, with narrow dull white hair-bands at bases of segments 2 to 4, 
Anal fimbria dull brownish. 

Hab. Juarez, Mexico, Aug. 26, 1893 (Ckil. 493 a). 

Has some superficial resemblance to Colletes inequalis, Say. It is 
nearest to A. asclepiadis. 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 87 


dusky, hardly at all ferruginous, the stigma black. The 
teeth on the hind tibiz are better developed, about twenty in 
number, 

Although meaicanorum falls in the same artificial section 
as fracta, it really has nothing to do with that insect, but is 
very closely related to asclepiadis. I was at first inclined to 
regard these allied forms as sexes of one species, but they 
come from different localities and the clear ferruginous stigma 
of mexicanorum is distinctive. Yet I suppose they are rather 
geographical races than distinct species, and intermediates 
may be looked for in the Rio Grande Valley between Juarez 
and Albuquerque. 

These two bees are not true Andrena, but will fall in a 
new group (genus or subgenus) distinguished by the truncate 
marginal cell, crenate-dentate hind tibie of male, pubescent 
enclosure of metathorax, narrow elongate male abdomen, 
short antenne in both sexes, and the considerable amount of 
yellow on face even in female. The maxillary palpi are six- 
jointed, the glossa pointed at tip. I have also three smaller 
species, which are congeneric but do not have the wings 
conspicuously clouded at the apex. 


y. Wings not conspicuously clouded at apex. 
i. Head very large ; hind margins of cheeks strongly keeled. 
Andrena platyparia, Rob,, race occidentalis, Ckll., n. race. 


3d. Length about 9 millim. Differs from platyparia by 
the flagellum being wholly black, the legs very dark brown, 
so as to seem black except the paler tarsi, the abdomen 
piceous, margins of the segments narrowly testaceous. The 
first joint of the flagellum is not so long as the second and 
third together. Clypeal punctures sparse but distinct. Basal 
process of labrum projecting, rounded. Mandibles toothed 
within. Front conspicuously longitudinally striate. Vertex 
microscopically tessellate. Cheeks with a very strong keel 
behind, curving over to the apex of the orbits. Pubescence 
throughout dirty whitish, thin but quite long, slightly tinged 
with ochracecus on dorsum. Mesothorax dullish, micro- 
scopically tessellate, with shallow sparse punctures; scutellum 
much more shining, with only a few scattered punctures. 
Enclosure of metathorax ill-defined, dull and granular, with 
a row of short wrinkles along base. ‘Tegule dark testaceous. 
Wings smoky hyaline, tinged brownish ; nervures and stigma 
brown. Abdomen microscopically tessellate, with hardly 


88 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


observable small scattered punctures. Thin hair-bands on 
segments 5 and 6. 

Hab. Monument Rock, Santa Fé Cajiion, N. M., Aug. 11, 
1895, 8000 feet (Arthur Boyle). 

A very peculiar insect, so nearly agreeing with the descrip- 
tion of A. platyparia that I can only consider it a geographical 
race. A. fragilis, Sm., may possibly be allied, but Smith’s 
description is very short. 


ii. Head normal. 


(a) Pubescence of thorax bright fulvous ; a large yellow mark 
on each side of face; stigma very small. 


Andrena pulchella, Rob. 


Two females on flowers of Helianthus annuus at Las Cruces, 
N. M., Sept. 22 and Oct. 6, 1895. ‘The clypeus and legs are 
darker than in the typical form found in Illinois. 


(5) Rather small species ; clypeus yellow in the ¢ ; abdomen 
with two orange bands, 


Andrena aureocincta, Ckll., sp. n. 


&. Length about 9 millim. Black, with the clypeus 
yellow and the abdomen with orange bands. Pubescence 
pale ochraceous, thin, but rather long. Head broader than 
long; clypeus high, primrose-yellow, with two black spots, 
with large sparse punctures, almost impunctate in middle, its 
lower margin piceous, projecting. Basal process of labrum 
roundly emarginate. Mandibles simple, black, with the 
extreme tips rufous. Pubescence of face and cheeks rather 
long, but not dense enough to hide the surface. Front dull, 
minutely aciculately sculptured ; vertex irregularly punctured, 
bare just laterad of the ocelli. Antenne long, reaching as 
far as postscutellum, wholly black, scape hairy, first joint of 
flagellum not quite so long as second and third combined. 
Mesothorax dull, strongly and rather closely punctured. 
Enclosure of metathorax without a raised rim, minutely 
transversely wrinkled. Tegule shining piceous. Wings 
smoky hyaline, the apical region slightly darker; nervures 
and stigma dark ferruginous brown, costal nervure black, 
Second submarginal cell almost exactly square. Legs black, 
all the tarsi orange-brown ; hind tibiz orange-brown, with a 
suffused black blotch on each side. Hind cox with a curved 
tooth. Abdomen strongly and closely punctured, brown- 
black, with orange bands occupying the hind margin of first 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 89 


and extreme base of second segments, and again the adjacent 
parts of the second and third; the hind margins of segments 
3 and 4 also narrowly orange, just before the hair-bands. 
Continuous fulvovs or ochraceous hair-bands at the apical 
margins of all the segments. Venter orange on second and 
part of third segments. 

Hab. Santa Fé, N. M. (Myrtle Boyle). ‘Taken in 1895, 
almost certainly in July or August. Not much like anything 
known to me. 


(ec) Fairly large species ; clypeus dark in the ¢; pubescence 
grey or slightly ochreous. 


t+ Abdomen with hair-bands, more or less developed even in 
the ¢; stigma dark brown. 


Andrena electrica, Casad & CkIl., sp. n. 


¢. Length 10 to 11 millim. Entirely black, the terminal 
joints of the tarsi only becoming brownish; pubescence 
copious and long on head and thorax, silky, greyish white, 
shining white on clypeus, pleura, and occiput, as also on 
cheeks, where it is very long and erect. Antenne long, 
wholly brown-black, first joint of flagellum not nearly so long 
assecond and third together. Head subquadrate, considerably 
broader than long. Mandibles wholly dark, toothed within. 
Basal process of labrum emarginate. Clypeus hidden by the 
hairs ; front and vertex bare, front dull, minutely striatulate ; 
vertex minutely roughened, with a few punctures near the 
top of the eyes, a small smooth space immediately laterad of 
the lateral ocelli. Punctures of mesothorax and scutellum 
rather sparse ; enclosure of metathorax dull, ill-defined, with 
no raised margin, not wrinkled. Tegule brown. Wings 
clear hyaline; nervures and stigma brown; second submar- 
ginal cell quite broad. Abdomen moderately shining, micro- 
scopically tessellate, with very minute sparse punctures. 
First segment and sides of second with fairly abundant erect 
hairs, not concealing the surface; the remaining segments 
with scattered short pale hairs, looking like fine dust, dense 
enough on the apical margins to give the appearance of 
narrow, more or less interrupted, ill-defined bands. Margins 
of ventral segments with well-defined white hair-bands. 

@. Larger and stouter, 11 to 12 millim. long. Pubes- 
cence tinged with greyish ochreous, especially on dorsum of 
thorax, nowhere really white, except on hind femora and the 
floccus on hind trochanters. Pubescence of face shorter and 
more sparse, permitting the clypeus to be seen. Clypeus 


90 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees of the 


minutely sculptured and with large rather close punctures ; 
no median impunctate area. Basal process of labrum broadly 
triangular, Hairs fringing labrum and on lower part of 
clypeus dark brown, with a reddish tint. Antenne short; 
first joint of flagellum as long as the two next together, tip 
of flagellum becoming reddish brown. Sides of face with 
broad pale greyish-ochreous bands of appressed pubescence. 
Tegule piceous. Wingswith the outer margin broadly tinged 
dusky. Stigma darker than in male. Abdomen with four 
very distinct pale grey hair-bands, all continuous. Anal 
fimbria dark grey-brown, with rather a chocolate or purplish 
tinge. The clypeus may have a narrow median impunctate 
line. 

Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., on flowers of 
plum, April 9, 1895 (one male, one female); April 10, 1895 
(one female) ; March 25, 1896 (one female) ; March 26, 1896 
(one male). Also on Stsymbrium, April 12, 1895 (one male), 
and April 16 (one female). 

Miss Casad had described the two sexes as distinct species, 
and I should myself have treated them as such but for the 
circumstances of their capture. ‘They do not differ, however, 
as much as the sexes of A. vicina, though in a different way. 
A, placida, Sm., must be a similar species, but the abdo- 
minal bands in the female are not entire. ‘The description of 
A. verecunda, Cr., almost exactly applies, but that has the 
anal fimbria cinereous, whereas the dark anal fimbria is 
perhaps the most noticeable feature of electrica. 


++ Abdomen without hair-bands ; stigma ferruginous. 
Andrena mesille, Ckll., sp. n. 


&. Length about 11 millim. Quite stout, with the abdo- 
men oval, convex, shining; black, the pubescence silky, 
greyish white, very copious on head and thorax, practically 
wanting on abdomen, except on first and second segments, 
which are delicately pruinose-pubescent, the pubescence 
dense enough at the sides to be rather conspicuous. Head 
rather large, a little broader than long. Clypeus concealed 
by dense white pubescence; front mostly bare, striatulate ; 
vertex with rather sparse punctures. Cheeks swollen behind. 
Antenne rather long, dark chocolate-brown; first joint of 
flagellum very short, no longer than second. Mandibles 
entirely dark. Thorax densely pubescent, the pubescence of 
the same colour throughout, nowhere at all ochraceous; en- 
closure of metathorax bare, with no raised rim, dull, minutely 


Genus Andrena found in New Mexico. 91 


transversely lineolately sculptured, basally longitudinally 
wrinkled. Tegule shining piceous. Wings hyaline, with a 
very faint yellowish tinge, outer margin broadly tinged smoky ; 
nervures and stigma pale ferruginous, costal nervure black. 
Second submarginal cell broad, little narrowed above, receiving 
the first recurrent nervure at its middle. Marginal cell 
blunt at tip, minutely appendiculate. Legs black; femora 
with long but thin white pubescence ; hairs of inner surface 
of tarsi shining rufous. Claws rufescent. Abdomen coal- 
black, with fairly close, very small punctures; apex with 
fuscous hairs. 

Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N. M., on flowers of 
plum, March 26, 1896. 

This insect at once reminds one of the male of A. viecna, 
Sm. (Airticeps, Sm.), but it differs in being a little larger, in 
the colour of the pubescence, the sculpture of the meta- 
thorax, &e. 


(d) Small species. 


It is proposed to discuss these, as also a species with a blue 
abdomen (A. cerasifoli, sp. n.), in a separate article. 


The types of all the new species described will be placed 
in the U.S. National Museum ; it is hoped to send co-types 
to the British Museum and Coll. Amer. Entom. Society. 


Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A., 
April 30, 1896. 


POSTSCRIPT. 


PROTANDRENA, gen. nov. 


Since writing the account of the New Mexico species of 
Andrena | have become acquainted with three other species 
congeneric with A. asclepiadis and A. mexicanorum; and a 
renewed study convinces me that I have to do witha perfectly 
valid new genus, which I will call Protandrena. Mr. Fox, of 
Philadelphia, to whom I sent two of the species, also agrees 
that the genus is quite distinct from Andrena. In addition 
to the characters | have cited when describing the species, I 
may add the following, based on an examination of 
P. maurula:— 

Tongue short and broad, gradually coming to a point, 
narrower at end than in Andrena, but not nearly so narrow 
as in Halictus (see figures given by Mr. E. Saunders, Journ. 


92 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiii. pls. iii., iv.). Labial palpi 4-jointed, 


first joint at least as long as the other three together, 3 shortest, 

2 hardly longer, 4 narrow and very little longer than 2. 

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed ; the joints subequal, 5 shortest. 
The known species may be separated thus :— 


A. Large species : 

(1) Stigma ferruginous .... P. mexicanorum, Ckll. (Mexico.) 

(2) Stigma dark .......... P. asclepiadis, CK. (New Mexico, 
Colorado ; also Fedor, Texas, as I 
learn from Mr. Fox.) 

B. Small species: 
(1) Tarsi piceousin 2 .... P. trifoliata, Ckll. (New Mexico.) 
P. maurula, Ckll. (Texas.) 
(2) Tarsi rufous in Q, yel- 
lowish white in ¢ .... P. heteromorpha,Ckll. (New Mexico.) 


It is not worth while to give the full distinguishing cha- 
racters here, as they are given in connexion with the detailed 
descriptions. 


Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A., 
4 June 2, 1896, 


XiI.— Description of a new Species of the Leaf-footed Centi- 
pede (Alipes) from Nyasaland, together with Notes upon 
the previously described Species of the Genus. By R. I. 
Pocock. 


THE generic synonymy of this interesting centipede, as first 
pointed out, I believe, by Kohlrausch (Arch. Nat. 1881, 
pp. 76-77), is as follows :— 


AxrpEs, Imhoff, Verh. naturforschenden Ges, Basel, i. p. 120, pl. i, 
Sept. 4th, 1854. (Type multicostis, Imh.) 


EvcoryBas, Gerstaecker, Stettin. ent. Zeitsch. xv. p. 309, pl. ii. fig, 1, 
Oct. 1854. (Type crotalus, Gerst.) 


The three species of the genus that have been hitherto 
established appear to me to be readily recognizable forms, 
though most authors seem willing to admit only two of them. 
T’o these three a fourth has here been added. 


Alipes multicostis, Imhoff. 
Alipes multicostis, Imhoff, op. cit. p. 120, pl. i. 


This species was originally recorded from the Gold Coast, 
on the Gulf of Guinea, and specimens of presumably the 


Species of the Genus of Alipes. 93 


same species have since been acquired from Sierra Leone and 
the Cameroons (vide Porat, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xx. 
pt. ii. no. 5, p. 15, 1895). The British Museum has examples 
from Cape Palmas (Alvan Millson) and the Cameroons 
(Johnston) which, without much doubt, are also to be referred 
to this species. 

The specimens from the Cameroons are in a good state of 
preservation. The largest measures 120 millim. in length and 
75 in width, the anal leg being 36 long, or as long as the 
last six segments and part of the seventh; the head and first 
three segments are a deep blackish green, while the rest are 
reddish brown with a green stripe along the hinder border, 
and the legs are a bright ochre-yellow, except the anterior 
three pairs, which are tinted with green. The second speci- 
men, measuring 78 millim. long and 4°8 wide, with the anal 
leg 28, resembles the large one in a general way as regards 
colour, except that the anterior half of the body is greener 
and there is no transverse stripe on the posterior border of 
the posterior tergites. Again, the crests and spicules on the 
tergites are stronger than in the large individual, a fact 
which seems to show that these structures wear down with age. 
So, too, the grooves and spicules on the legs become less 
pronounced with increase of size. ‘The two specimens from 
Cape Palmas are of smaller size (62 millim.) and are of a 
uniform deep green colour. In these, again, the sculpturing 
is coarse, but unfortunately they have no anal leg. 

This species may be distinguished by the form of the anal 
legs; the expansions of the tibiez are of very large size, both 
rise from the anterior end of the segment, and though the 
lower has a more convex margin, it is not larger at its distal 
end; the distance between these points is nearly equal to the 
length of the segment along the middle line; the height of 
the protarsus is about five sixths of its median length, or, in 
the small specimen, rather less, while the height of the tarsus 
is about four fifths of its length (fig. a, p. 96). 


Alipes crotalus (Gerst.). 
Eucorybas crotalus, Gerstaecker, op. cit. p. 309, pl. ii. fig. 1. 


Recorded originally from Natal, whence the British 
Museum has received three examples collected by Gueinzius, 
one by Mr. Plant, and one by Colonel Bowker. All 
these examples agree closely with Gerstaecker’s figure and 
description, and are no doubt co-specific with his specimen. 
Fortunately all of them are provided with the anal legs, so 
that it becomes possible to test the constancy of the features 


94 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the 


presented by these organs. The length of the largest 
specimen is 64 millim. and the width 5, and in an example 
preserved in alcohol, measuring 61 millim., the width is 
just under 5. The width is thus more than one thirteenth 
of the length, whereas in the examples of mu/ticost’s mentioned 
above the width is about one sixteenth of the length, so that, 
even making due allowance for variation in this respect 
owing to longitudinal shrinkage, it may be said that on the 
whole crotalus is stouter than multicostis. A further distine- 
tion seems to be found in the sculpturing of the terga, the 
sutural crests being much stronger as compared with the one 
in the middle line in erotalus. The colour, too, of the 
specimens of ecrotalus is less green, being rather of a deep 
pinkish brown. [ do not, however, find that the features 
mentioned by Lucas to distinguish Grandidiert from crotalus 
hold good. The impressions or spots on the first tergite, for 
example, are scarcely distinguishable, and the excavation of 
the inner surface of the patella of the anal leg is attributable 
to drying. In one example, for instance, the excavation is 
present on one leg but not on the other. It is, however, by 
the anal leg, which sometimes exceeds the length of the poste- 
rior seven body-segments, that crotalus may be most readily 
distinguished from multicostis. In the former the two expan- 
sions of the tibia are smaller and rise further back, but the 
distance between the terminal points is nearly equal to the 
median length of the segments. ‘The protarsal and tarsal 
Jaminee are, on the other hand, larger than in muletdcostis, the 
tarsus being nearly as high as it is long. ‘The latter is often 
armed at the tip with a minute claw (tig. b, p. 96). 


Alipes Grandidiert (Luc.). 


Eucorybas Grandidiert, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (4) iv. p. 420 (1864) ; 
id. op. eit. (5) i. pp. 448-451, pl. vii. figs. 1-7 (1871). 

This species, recorded originally from Zanzibar, appears to 
me to be quite distinct, as Lucas surmised and other authors 
seemingly admit, from the Natal form crotalus of Gerstaecker. 
Apart from the other differential characters pointed out by 
Lucas, the relatively small size of the laminate expansions on 
the anal legs are sufficiently diagnostic. So, too, does it 
seem to me, in spite of the contrary opinion advocated by both 
Gerstaecker (Von der Decken’s ‘ Reisen in Ost-Afrika,’ i. 
2, p- 524) and von Porat (Bih. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xx, 
pt. ii. no. 5, p. 15), that Grandidiert must also be regarded 
as distinct from the West-African species multicostis, Imhoff, 
the figure of which, judging from specimens in the British 


Species of the Genus Alipes. 95 


Museum, is very fairly accurate, and from which it appears 
that the laminate expansions of the anal tibia are larger even 
than in crotalus, so that the height of this segment at its 
distal end measured from angle to angle is nearly equal to its 
median length. Lucas, moreover, describes his specimen as 
having the dorsal surface very obsoletely granulate ; but the 
value of this statement depends upon whether or not the 
describer was personally acquainted with the granulation of 
other species of the genus. 


Alipes appendiculatus, sp. n. 


Colour a dull olive-green, antenne and legs yellow; head 
tinted with ochre. 

Head a little wider than long (5:44), semielliptical, 
sparsely punctured, and weakly bi-impressed. 

Antenne moderately long, composed of 17 or 18 segments, 
whereof the basal three are naked and the rest pubescent ; the 
apical not longer than the penultimate. 

Mazxillipedes also sparsely punctured ; coxal plate marked 
in front with a median abbreviated sulcus and two obliquely 
transverse lateral sulci ; precoxal plates of medium size, sepa- 
rated, each armed with 4 conical teeth ; femoral tooth strong. 

Terga.—First and second smooth or spicular, sparsely 
punctured; third to twenty-first covered with spicules, which 
increase in quantity towards the hinder end of the body, also 
carinate, the anterior ones less strongly than the middle and 
posterior, though on the fifth the seven longitudinal crests 
are distinctly visible, the crests placed as follows :—one 
median, two sutural (one for each longitudinal sulcus), two 
marginal—that is, the normal marginal elevation,—and two, 
one on each side between the marginal and sutural, of irregular 
shape and formed by a fusion of tubercles; on the fifth, 
seventh, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth, and 
eighteenth, but indistinct on the anterior and posterior of 
these, there is an oblique crest on each side passing anteriorly 
from the marginal to the sutural; in the middle and posterior 
part of the body the marginal crest is notched, so as to be 
almost bitubercular at its hinder end; the sutural crests 
increase in strength towards the hinder end, terminating on 
the twentieth segment in an upstanding tubercle ; the median 
crest only a little narrower and lower than the sutural crests 
in the middle of the body ; the lateral crests become gradually 
obsolete posteriorly and are scarcely visible on the twentieth. 

Sterna smooth, sparsely punctured, marked with three 
obsolete impressions, two lateral and one posterior median. 


96 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the 


Anal somite——Tergite with strongly raised margins, not 
otherwise crested, but thickly granular; pleure densely 
porous throughout, produced into a blunt unarmed process ; 
legs about as long as the last seven body-segments; the 
femur and patella cylindrical, about four or five times as long 
as thick, densely spicular, especially the femur on its inner 
surface at the base, the patella nearly smooth posteriorly ; the 
inner side of the femur at the base armed in one specimen 
( ¢?) with a short spiniform tubercle, in the other ( ¢?) with 
a long, cylindrical, smooth process, which curves backwards 
and extends just beyond the middle of the segment; the 


a. Anal leg of Alipes multicostis, X 2. 

b. Anal leg of Alipes crotalus, X 2. 

ce. Anal leg of Alipes appendiculatus, X 2. 

d. Femur of anal leg of Alipes appendiculatus ( 2 
(J 


é ” ” ” ” 


»X 25. 

)) X 23. 

upper plate of the tibia rising in the middle of the segment, 
but small, ending in an acutely angular prominence, which is 
less than half the size of the extremity of the inferior plate ; 
the latter rises at the base of the segment and ends in a three- 
sided process overlapping the base of the succeeding segment ; 
the total height of the tibia at its posterior extremity is a 
little greater than half the length of the segment ; first tarsal 
(protarsal) segment not quite twice as long as high, with 
evenly convex upper and lower edges; the median thickening 
of the segment lightly curved and thicker in its basal third ; 
the surface of the segment distinctly roughened with tubercles ; 
the tarsus without trace of claw, its height two thirds of its 
length, its posterior width about four fifths the length of the 
tarsus ; tarsus an elongate oval, its height less than two thirds 
of its length, no claw (figs. c, d, e). 


Species of the Genus Alipes. 97 


Legs finely spicular above and laterally, like the terga, but 
less thickly, the posterior more so than the anterior; the 
upperside of the patella and tibia longitudinally grooved; a 
tarsal spur on the anterior eight (or fewer) pairs, also an 
anterior tarsal spur, on the anterior four pairs an anterior 
tibial spur, and on the first pair an anterior patellar spur. 

Length (?) 95 millim., width 6°5, length of anal leg 30, 
height of protarsus 4°5; length (¢) 85, width 5°5, length of 
anal leg 28-5, height of protarsus 4. 

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 feet (types), Milangi, both in 
Nyasaland (Sir H. H. Johnston). 

Three examples were obtained at Zomba and one at 
Milangi; the smallest of those from Zomba, measuring 
71 millim. in length, has lost its anal legs, but it is noticeable 
that the sculpturing of the terga is coarser, the spicules 
appearing on the first tergite, whereas in the largest specimen 
they do not set in until the third; there is, moreover, a 
distinct median crest on the last tergite, of which the largest 
specimen shows no trace. ‘The Milangi example has also lost 
these appendages, but it agrees with the type in other respects ; 
its length is 83 millim. 

This species seems to differ from all the previously described 
forms in the fact that its anal legs are furnished either with 
a long process or with a spiniform tubercle in its place; none 
of the other specimens of the genus in the British Museum 
show a trace of these structures, and no mention of such 
appears to have been made in literature. Apart from this, 
the anal legs seem to closely resemble those of A. Grandidieri, 
the type of which, judging by the length, 56 millim. (possibly 
including the anal legs), was not full-grown. It is necessary, 
therefore, to bear in mind the possibility of A. appendiculatus 
proving to be the adult of A. Grandidieri—a conclusion 
rendered to my mind still more probable by the fact that a 
specimen of this genus in the British Museum from Mombasa, 
which on geographical grounds might be expected to be the 
same as Grandidiert, does not present any features by which 
it may be separated from appendiculatus; but, unfortunately, 
its anal legs are gone, so that the organs that offer the best 
specific features cannot be compared. The length of this 
specimen is 68 millim., and its head is as long as wide, so 
that in these respects it comes between Grandidieri and 
appendiculatus. 

In the absence of an armature of spines from the lower 
surface of the anal femora, as well as in the bluntly ended 
unarmed anal pleure, the genus Alipes resembles the genus 
Parotostigmus, Poc. (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Chilopoda, p. 25, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 7 


98 On the Species of the Genus Alipes. 


Jan. 1896). It is, further, interesting to note that this new 
species in its remarkable sexual character approaches the 
South-A merican Parotostigmus scabricauda(Humb. & Sauss.). 


Synopsis of the known Species of the Genus. 


a. Femur of the anal leg with a tuberculiform 
spine (?2) or a long curved process at its 
base on the inner side (? ¢); the plates upon 
distal segments relatively small, apparently 
very much as in Grandidiert .........0.05. appendiculatus, sp. 0. 
(Nyasaland.) 
b. Femur of anal leg armed neither with a spine 
nor a process. 
a’, Crests on the tibia of anal leg small, their 
height from point to point equal to only 
about half the median length of the seg- 
ment; height of protarsus similarly much 
less than its median length ; tergal plates 
very obsoletely granular (teste Lucas) .... Grandidieri, Lucas. 
(Zanzibar.) 
b'. Crests on the tibia of anal leg much larger; 
height of segment from angle to angle 
nearly equal to its median length; pro- 
tarsus also nearly as high as long (at least 
in the adult); tergal plates thickly studded 
with spicules. 
a?, Stouter form, the sutural crests on the 
terga very much larger than the median ; 
tibial expansions of the anal leg smaller 
as compared with those of the protarsus, 
so that the height of the former is only 
about two-thirds the height of the latter. crotalus, Gerst. 


(Natal.) 
b?. Slenderer form, the median tergal crest 

not very much smaller than the sutural 

crests; tibial expansion of anal leg rela- 

tively larger and the protarsal smaller, 

the height of the former being about 

five-sixths that of the latter .......... muiticostis, Imhoff. 
(Gold Coast, Came- 
roons. ) 


In addition to the specimens mentioned above the British 
Museum has others which, having lost their anal legs, as so 
often happens, it is not possible to identify. Two of these 
from Kinyamholo, Lake Tanganyika (W. H. Nutt), are of 
great interest on account of the weakness of the wrinkles, crests, 
and spicules on the terga. It is only in the posterior half of 
the body, in fact, that this sculpturing is at all strong. These 
specimens are the only ones seen by me which, as compared 
with the rest of the genus, fall in with Lucas’s definition 
“ trés-obsolétement granulée.”’ It is, of course, very possible 


A Question concerning a British Pagurid. 99 


that they will prove to be referable to Grandidiert, There is 
also the unidentifiable specimen from Mombasa referred to 
above and one from South Africa (? West Africa), probably 
belonging to muléicostis, obtained by Capt. Burton. 

From considerations of geographical distribution I should 
be inclined to think that the specimen from Caffraria, described 
by Porat as Grandidieri, will prove to belong to crotalus 
(Gifv. Vet.-Akad, Férhandl. 1871, p. 1162). 


XIIT.—A Question concerning a British Pagurid. By JAMES 
__ E. Benepict, Assistant Curator, Department of Marine 
Invertebrates, U.S. National Museum. 


BriTIisu naturalists have not recognized Pagurus Kréyeri*, 
Stimpson, as a valid species. They refer it to P. pubescens, 
Kr6yer, or, as Mr. Henderson has done, call it pubescens, var. 
Kréyert. On this side of the Atlantic the species is recog- 
nized as distinct from pubescens. P. Kréyeri and P. pubescens 
are quickly and accurately separated not by the pubescence, 
abundant on the one and comparatively inconspicuous on the 
other species, but by the marked difference in the form of the 
left hand, as the most obvious character (see figs A and B, 
p- 100). The idea that British naturalists cannot as readily 
see these characters with both species before them is not to be 
entertained. We must look further for the explanation. 
Prof. 8. I. Smith says +:— Kréyer’s figure in Gaimard’s 
‘ Voyages en Scandinavie,’ Crustacés, pl. ii. fig. 1, evidently 
represents the Aréyerz, although the tubercles upon the 
chelipeds are represented in the figures as a little too large and 
more scattered than in any specimens I have seen; but this is 
probably due to a slight and very natural inaccuracy on the 
part of the artist or engraver; the original description of 
Pagurus pubescens (‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ ii. p. 251, 
1859), however, applies best to the other species, which Kroyer 
evidently had before him when writing the first phrase of the 
diagnosis—‘ cephalothoracis superficie dorsali pedibusque pilis 
flavis dense obsitis ’"—which would not apply to any specimens 
of Aréyeri or to his figure published ten years after. Kroyer 


* It seems necessary to change the name of the group of which 
Bernhardus is the type to Pagurus. I believe that the genus Pagurus, 
as now constituted, does not contain a single one of the original species 

laced in it by Fabricius; but, be that as it may, a valid and therefore 
imperative reason for making the change lies in the fact that Bernhardus 
was designated as the type of Pagurus by Latreille in 1810 (Consid, 
Génér, Crust. p. 429). 
+ Trans. Conn. Acad. y. p. 49. F 
7 


160 - Mr. Hugh Fulton on new Species of 


mentions having numerous specimens from different places on 
the Greenland coast and from Iceland, and it is probable, as 
Stimpson suggests, that he failed to distinguish the two 
species, as nearly all carcinologists have done since.” 


A. Left cheliped of Pagurus pubescens. 
B. Left cheliped of Pagurus Kréyeri. 


An examination of the specimens from European localities 
in the National Museum and in the Peabody Museum at 
New Haven does not disclose a single specimen of pubescens, 
though they are all so labelled. May we not look for the 
explanation of the matter here? P. pubescens may not occur 
in European waters. If only Kréyert is found there, and it 
is identical with Bell’s Thompson, then the name Thompsoni 
will have to be applied to the so-called pubescens of European 
waters and to the Aréyert of American waters. It is to be 
hoped that European collections will be re-examined and the 
result made known. In the meantime we shall not expect 
British naturalists to recognize two species by separating 
specimens with little hair from those having less, or to accuse 
naturalists on this side of the water of having done this in 
the past. 


_ Nanina (Oxytes) fidelis, sp. n. 
Shell depressed, deeply and rather widely umbilicated, 


sculptured all over with oblique, close-set, somewhat granular 


~ 


Nanina, Helix, Amphidromus, and Porphyrobaphe. 101 


striz, acutely keeled, last half-whorl with fine spiral decussated 
strie above; whorls 5, slightly convex, last compressed at 
outer margin; aperture very oblique; peristome somewhat 
thickened and slightly pressed outwards at basal margin, but’ 
not reflected; ground-colour fulvous brown, interior of aper- 
ture whitish ; extremities of peristome connected by a thin 
callus. 

Height 15 millim., maj. diam. 32 millim. 

Type in British Museum. 

Loe. Khasi Hills, N.E. India. 

This form comes between oxytes and cycloplax of Benson. 
In form it is like the former, but is smaller, of a darker colour, 
and easily separated by its granular sculpture. It is flatter 
and much more sharply keeled than cycloplax, and has the 
granular striz all over the shell, whereas cycloplax is almost’ 
smooth on the underside. 


Helix (Xenothauma) Baroni, sp. n. 


Shell depressly orbicular; umbilicus deep, about 6 millim. 
wide, funnel-shaped, keeled at the margin and finely concen- 
trically lirate within; colour dirty white, with 5 or 6 raised 
and somewhat granular spiral lire on each whorl, between 
which are fine spiral striz ; the underside has the same sculp- 
ture as above, but the lines of growth are rather more strongly: 
developed than on the upper part; whorls 44, almost flat, the 
last whorl compressed at outer margin and very acutely 
keeled, sharply deflected anteriorly, descending to just below 
the edge of the umbilicus; nucleus prominent, consisting 
of 24 whorls, distinctly separated from the rest and sculptured 
with close-set, microscopic, oblique stria, decussated with 
fine spiral lines; peristome continuous, quite free, of an 
irregular triangular form, the compressed keel forming a 
narrow channel within, thin, broadly expanded, partly con- 
cealing the umbilicus; margins white ; interior of aperture of 
a light brownish colour. 

Height 12 millim., maj. diam, 30 millim. 

Type in British Museum. 

Loc. Rio Yonan, Peru, 4000 feet (C. 7. Baron). 

This remarkable form, were it not for its entirely different 
nucleus, would fit well into the Madeiran group of Geomitra, 
its general resemblance to G. delphinula, Lowe, being very 
close. ‘There does not appear to be any known species from 
South America which bears any resemblance to this species,’ 
which has more the appearance of certain European and North-- 
African species, such as H. Gualteriana, Linn., H. viola, 


102 Mr. Hugh Fulton on new Species of 


Ponsonby, and H. sultana, Morelet. Knowing of no sub- 
genus to which I can relegate this species, I propose to 
institute for it the genus or subgenus Xenothauma; the apical 
character of X. Baroni separates it from all other South- 
American Helicide. In Pilsbry’s excellent arrangement in 
Tryon’s ‘ Manual of Conchology ’ Xenothauma would probably 
rank as a genus ; its systematic position may perhaps prove to 
be near Epiphragmophora of Doering. 


Amphidromus sumbaensis, sp. n. 


Shell sinistral, oblong-conic, narrowly perforate, solid ; 
whorls 63, convex, first two of a pale purple colour, 
lower whorls cream to pale yellow below, ornamented with 
oblique bluish-grey stripes, which are crossed at upper 
whorls by interrupted spiral lines of a darker colour; apex 
dark brown; lip slightly expanded and reflected, pale purple; 
care thick, purple, connected with the lip by a thin red 
callus. 

Long. 34 millim., maj. diam. 16 millim. 

Type in British Museum. 

Loc. Sumba (Soemba) Island. 

Allied to latistrigatus, Schepmann, but easily separated by 
its narrower form, the dark coloration of apical whorls, and 
its less solidity. 


Amphidromus kalaoensis, sp. n. 


Shell sinistral, polished, oblong-conic, almost imperforate ; 
whorls 6, convex, obliquely striate, first two white, with dark 
brown apex, lower whorls yellow, with two spiral bands of 
equidistant square and oblong dark brown spots, one situatec 
below and the other just above the suture; in addition the 
last whorl has a similar but wider band just below the peri- 
phery, and a continuous band above the dark brown umbilical 
area; lip and columella white, the former slightly expanded, 
the latter thickened at point of insertion but not reflected, both 
connected by a thin transparent reddish callus, which invests 
the parietal wall. 

Long. 32 millim., maj. diam. 16 millim. 

‘Type in British Museum. 

Loe. Kalao Island (Everett). 

‘This species is nearest to the Celebes form I described as 
A, contrarius, var. maculata *, which | now think is distinct 
from contrarius and might be conveniently classed as a species. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. 1896, p. 78, pl. vii. fig. 4. 


Nanina, Helix, Amphidromus, and Porphyrobaphe. 103 


Kalacensis can be separated from maculatus by its. more 
convex whorls, its non-expanded columella, and its shorter 
aperture. 


Porphyrobaphe approximata, sp. n. 


Shell ovate-conic, solid, with distinct close oblique striz ; 
ground-colour tawny yellow, with irregular small patches of 
darker colour immediately above the sutures; last half volution 
has a peculiar burnt appearance; a narrow dark-coloured spiral 
band commences just above the middle of the second whorl, 
and is continued downwards to the last whorl, widening and 
fading away as it reaches the edge of the aperture; a broad 
burnt brown band about 4 millim. wide encircles the last 
whorl just below the middle ; umbilical area covered with an 
ill-defined broader band of the same colour ; nucleus (first 24 
whorls) clearly defined, covered with oblique rows of close-set 
punctures ; whorls 64, slightly convex; suture of lower part 
with a white thread-like line; peristome slightly spread 
outwards at lower part, somewhat thickened, but not reflected ; 
peristome, columella, and parietal wall of a very dark purple 
colour, which extends about 4 millim. into the interior of the 
aperture, fading to violet, and from that to white ; columella 
almost perpendicular, with a prominent projecting fold at the 
upper part. 

Long. 67 millim., maj. diam. 31 millim. 

Type in British Museum. 

Loc. Bogota. 

This species is intermediate between Powistana and atra- 
mentaria; it is distinguished from the first-named by its 
stronger oblique striation, its darker colour, and different 
banding ; from atramentaria it can be separated by its less 
prominent oblique striation, and it has not the mottled mark- 
ings of that species. It can be distinguished from both the 
foregoing by its almost perpendicular columella and the 
very prominent projecting fold thereon; in both Powistana 
and atramentaria the columella is strongly curved, and this 
character appears to be constant. 


Porphyrobaphe vicaria, Fulton. 


= Bulimus labeo, Rve. (pars), Conch. Icon., Bul. pl. xxi. fig. 207 b, 
pl. xxii. fig. 207 ¢; non Brod. Zool. Journ. vol. iv. p. 222, pl. supp. 
xxxi.; non Rve. Conch, Icon., Bul. pl. xxxv. fig. 207. 

Type in British Museum (Cuming Collection). 

Loc. Leimabamba, Peru, 8000 feet (O. T. Baron). 

In his monograph of the genus Bulimus Reeve figured the 


104 . Mr. C. O, Waterhouse on some Buprestide. 


true B. labeo of Brod. on pl. xxxv. fig. 207, but afterwards 
figured the present species, stating that in his opinion the 
latter was the normal condition of /abeo, and the former 
probably an abnormal form. Since then other specimens of 
both lJabeo and vicarta have been obtained, and they show 
that the two are distinct species. 

The present species can be distinguished from sublabeo, 
Ancey (= Yates, var. sublabeo, Dohrn, MS8.), Bull. Soc. mal. 
Fy. vii. p. 153, by its light olive colour, the almost entire 
absence of markings, and the dark purple-brown colour of 
the columella and parietal wall. The remarkable develop- 
ment and curious punctured peristome of /abeo separates it 
easily from vécarza and all other known species of the genus, 


XV.— Chservations on some Buprestide from the West Indies 
and other Localities. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE. 


A FEW Buprestide have been submitted to me for determina- 
tion by the West-India Committee of the British Association. 
They are as follows :— 


1. Psiloptera Guildingii, Hope, from Mount Gay Estate 
(leeward side), Mustique Island, Grand Ance (south end), and 
Bequia Island, Grenada (H. H. Smith). ‘These are all of a 
bluish green, the one from Bequia Island being the darkest. 
A small specimen (63 lin.) from Union Island is a bright 
golden green and very much resembles P. clara. 


2. Chrysobothris tranquebarica, Gm., from Caliveny Estate 
(windward side), Grenada (H. H. Smith). 


3. Chrysobothris pulchra, L. & G., from St. George’s (lee- 


ward side), Woburn (south end), and Mustique, Grenada 
(H. H. Smith). 


4, Mastogenius uniformis, sp. n. 


This species I have described below. My first impression 
was that it must be made the type of a new genus; but an 
examination of some allied forms has convinced me that this 
would be premature. 


MASTOGENIUS. 


This genus was founded on a species from Chili. With it 
has been associated a North-American species which Le Conte 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on some Buprestide. 105 


described as a distinct genus under the name Haplostethus. 
If these species are to be considered as congeneric I see no 
reason why the following species may not all be included in 
the genus. There is considerable difference in the length of 
the basal joint of the tarsi, in the prosternal antennal groove, 
and in the form of the insects; but these are probably only 
specific differences. It seems to me not improbable that 
when these small and apparently rare insects are better 
known, the genus may be as world-wide in its distribution as 
_ Agrilus. 

Two of the species I merely indicate without naming them, . 
as I have only single specimens in imperfect condition; one 
of them, moreover, is without locality. ‘The species which I 
have named M. wniformis is the most distant from the type 
species, its sculpture (both above and below) is peculiar, 
appearing like flattened granules. J/. felixv and the two other 
species indicated are near the typical Mastogenius, but are 
shorter, more convex, and have the thorax shaped more as in 
Cardiophorus asellus &c. The difference in the form of the 
apical segment of the abdomen may be sexual. 


Mastogenius uniformis, sp. n. 


Aureo-geneus, convexus, sat nitidus, subtiliter punctulatus; capite 
conyexo, fronte vix canaliculata ; thorace lateribus leviter arcuatis, 
basi truncato; elytris subparallelis, apice arcuatim attenuatis ; 
antennis pedibusque fere nigris, tarsis brevibus flavescentibus, 

Long. 2 mill. 


Hab. Mount Gay Estate (leeward side), Grenada, W. I. 
(H. H. Smith). 

IT do not know of any Buprestid quite of this form; it 
reminds me somewhat of Aurigena in its outline, but has the 
thorax rather broader and more convex. ‘The surface, when 
examined with the microscope, has somewhat the appearance 
of leather. Head convex, finely and not very closely punc- 
tured, with a slight median impressed line; below with a 
groove bordering the eye for the reception of the basal joints 
of the antenne, the groove continued on to the sternum, but 
becoming gradually narrower and terminating about halfway 
between the front margin and the coxe. Antenne as long as 
the head and thorax together, the two basal joints moderately 
stout, the third joint rather slender, the following joints 
triangular, the terminal joint elliptical. Thorax transverse, 
convex, almost rectilinear at the base, not much narrowed at 
the base, arcuately rounded at the sides; finely and not very 
closely punctured. Scutellum rather small, curvilinear. 


106 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on some Buprestide. 


Elytra at the base not quite as broad as the broadest ‘part of 
the thorax, about three times as long as the thorax, with a 
very slight transverse impression at the base, without other 
impressions; the punctuation irregular, fine but distinct, the 
punctures moderately separated from each other. Underside 
sculptured as above. Front and intermediate coxe rather 
widely separated. The prosternal process broad, flat, parallel, 
truncate posteriorly, and fitting close to the metasternum, the 
process bordered on each side by a distinct but fine line, the 
lines diverging slightly as they approach the anterior margin 
of the prosternum ; with a few large shallow punctures. Ab- 
domen with no division between the first and second segments, 
together about half the length of the abdomen, the third and 
fourth short, the fifth semicircular. Tarsi short, the first 
joint scarcely longer than the second. Claws dilated at the 
base, the dilatation appearing in some positions like a large 
triangular tooth. 

From the foregoing description it will be seen that this 
species differs from the typical species of Mastogenius in 
having a groove in the sternum for a portion of the antenne, 
and in having the basal joint of the tarsi short &e. 


Mastogenius felix, sp. n. 


Oblongus, subparallelus, wneus, convexus, nitidus; capite leviter 
convexo, crebre evidenter punctato, medio vix sulcato; thorace 
elytris latiori, bene conyexo, subtiliter crebre punctulato, lateribus 
rotundatis anguste marginatis; elytris subparallelis, ad apicem 
arcuatim angustatis, crebre subtiliter punctulatis, sub humeris 
leviter compressis, basi transversim impressis. 

Long. 23 mill. 


flab. Transvaal. 

The prosternum of this species has scarcely any trace of the 
groove mentioned in the foregoing species; the fine lines 
bordering it are rather more parallel, the surface appearing 
smooth, rather strongly and rather closely punctured (the 
punctures separated from each other by about the diameter of 
a puncture). Abdomen with the punctures not quite so close 
as on the prosternum, round, rather finer, each bearing a fine 
whitish hair; the apical segment emarginate in the middle. 
Antenne rather slender, the two’basal joints moderately large, 
the third slender, the fourth an isosceles triangle, a little 
longer than the third, the fifth about the same length, but 
broader at the apex, the following a little shorter. Tarsi with 
the basal joint about as long as the two following taken 
together. 


On new Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 107 


Mastogenius, sp. 


Niger, nitidus, convexus, crebre punctatus. 
Long. 23 mill. 


Hab. Hong Kong. 

This species much resembles M. feliz, but is black. The 
thorax is more rounded at the sides, much resembling the 
thorax of some Cardiophort. The prosternum has a distinct 
trace of the antennal groove; the surface appears smooth, 
the punctures distinct, separated from each other by about 
two diameters of a puncture; the fine lines bordering the 
sternum gently curved. ‘Tarsi with the basal joint about 
equal to the two following taken together. 


Mastogenius, sp. 


Niger, nitidus, crebre sat fortiter punctatus. 
Long. 3 mill. 


Hab. . Received from the “ Entomological Club.” 

Very close to the preceding, but much more strongly 
punctured. The head is much more distinctly sulcate. ‘The 
thorax a little more convex. 


XVI.—New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 
By W. WarkeN, M.A., F.E.S. 


[Continued from vol. xvii. p. 466. ] 


Subfamily Prravsrivz. 


Genus SYLLyTuHRiA, Hiibn. 
Syllythria metallica, sp. n. 


Fore wings yellow; the costa and hind margin broadly 
metallic purple ; a black discal spot and another before it in 
the cell; antemedian, median, and postmedian lines blood- 
red, united in places by blood-red lines along the veins; the 
purple marginal line tinged with red internally; fringe 
yellow, with red base. Hind wings white, somewhat yellow- 
ish tinged; a metallic purple blotch on hind margin in 
middle, preceded by some red scales. Head, face, thorax, 
and abdomen yellow, with red scales intermingled. The 
whole surface of both wings and ot body is dusted with 


108 Mr. W. Warren on new 


shining scales. Underside pale yellow; costa of fore wings 
broadly purple-black, costa of hind wings near base some- 
what shouldered and fringed with long reddish hairs. 
Expanse of wings 13 millim, 
One male from the Khasias. 


Genus LEPIDOPLAGA, Warr. 
Lepidoplaga longicorpus, sp. n. 

Fore wings quite as elongate as in elongalis, Warr., the 
yellow ground-colour intermediate between the pale yellow of 
that species and the deep yellow of flavofimbriata, Moore; the 
fuscous suffusion as deep asin the latter; the lines much 
more distinct; the outer line starting from a dark brown 
costal spot at two thirds; in the hind wings this line is 
curved, not straight, and only visible in the centre of the 
wing, not reaching nearly to the hind margin; the narrow 
yellowish marginal space with a series of distinct black’ dots 
in both wings, those of the hind wings almost contiguous. 
Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous, the abdomen as long as 
the fore wing. Underside darker grey, with the tufts leaden 
grey. Fore tarsi white. 

Expanse of wings 20 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

In this species the costa of fore wings becomes yellow only 
towards apex, whereas in elongalis it is broadly pale yellow 
throughout; the hind wings are narrow and not elbowed in 
the middle of hind margin. 


Lepidoplaga elongalis, sp. n. 

Resembles L. flavofimbriata, Moore (Mabra), but the wings 
narrower, more elongate; the yellow ground-colour and the 
fuscous-grey suffusion alike paler; the fovea beyond the 
cell, which in flavofimbriata is slightly before the middle, is 
here rather beyond the middle and more elongate; the outer 
line is much less distinct, rising at barely two thirds, whereas 
in flavofimbriata it rises at three fourths, and, instead of being 
curved at once from the costa, runs out slightly oblique to 
the second median, along which it goes inwards to the end 
of cell and then straight to inner margin; the first line is only 
faintly perceptible, oblique. Hind wings with costal region 
pale; traces of a dark outer line, which runs from two thirds 
of costa nearly straight to hind margin, before which it 
curves towards anal angle; the pale yellow hind margin of 


both wings is entirely unmarked by black dots. Underside 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 109 


of both wings glossy grey, with all the margins yellowish ; 
both the scale-tufts much larger than in flavofimbriata, that at 
end of cell being greatly extended, nearly one third as long 
as the wing and much whiter; the hind wings are broad, 
with a perceptible elbow in middle. Fore tarsi yellow. 
Expanse of wings 18 millim. 
Several males from the Khasias. 


Genus Crrcozorys, Butler. 


Circobotys aurimargo, sp. n. 


Fore wings fuscous, with a reddish tinge; the costa more 
narrowly, the hind margin more broadly, yellow; the lines 
very indistinct ; antemedian at one fourth, oblique outwards ; 
postmedian at two thirds, vertical to middle, then running 
straight inwards, and again vertical to inner margin at 
middle; discal spot and another before it in the cell, both 
very obscure; fringe yellow. Hind wings like fore wings, 
but the hind margin not so broadly yellow and ground-colour 
paler, semitransparent. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous 
fuscous. Underside like upper, but paler. Wings of male 
narrower and more elongate than of female. 

Expanse of wings 28 millim. 

A fair number from the Khasias. 


POLYCHORISTA, gen. nov. 


¢. Fore wings narrow ; costa straight for two thirds, then 
convex ; apex much produced, but not acute; hind margin 
very oblique, scarcely curved; anal angle indefinite. Hind 
wings twice as wide as fore wings, triangular; both angles 
rounded, but prominent; hind margin nearly straight, with a 
bend shortly before: anal angle; costa strongly shouldered at 
base. Abdomen of male very long, with large anal tuft. 
Thorax large, hairy, with bushy patagia; antenne (¢) 
simple, three fourths of the length of wing; forehead slightly 
produced below; labial palpi rostriform, broad, porrect ; 
maxillary palpi slender, filiform; tongue and ocelli present ; 
middle tibiz much enlarged and flattened; hind tibie with 
four spurs, the outer ones very long, the inner short; a pair 
of scaly flaps from abdomen behind the hind legs. Neura- 
tion: fore wings, cell not half as long as wing, narrow; 
discocellular concave outwards; first median at one half, 
depressed at its origin, and preceded by a hyaline impression, 
more or less hidden above by long hairs from the base of the 
wing ; second median close before the end, third from the end 


110 Mr. W. Warren on new 


of cell; lower radial from shortly above the angle; upper 
radial and fifth subcostal from upper angle of cell, the stalk 
of the third and fourth from just before the angle, the second 
closely approximated to it; first subcostal remote, before two 
thirds. Hind wings with cell excessively short, the angula- 
tion of the discocellular running up nearly to base; the costal 
vein strongly developed at base; the two subcostals from 
angle of cell, the first anastomosing for a considerable distance 
with the costal; radial from the lower arm of discocellular ; 
last two medians from the end of cell, first at one half. 

Type Polychorista calvatalis, Swinh. (Thliptoceras). 

Col. Swinhoe’s type was a female. he structure of the 
male removes it from Zhliptoceras. 


Genus Proronoceras, Warr. 


Protonoceras lugens, sp. n. 


Fore wings dark mouse-colour, with the lines blackish, 
thick, first close to base, second at three fourths, vertical from 
costa and on inner margin beyond middle, and forming a 
shallow bidentate sinus between; a rather large cell-spot; 
fringes unicolorous except above anal angle, where there is a 
small white spot. Hind wings somewhat darker, with 
blackish cell-spot and outer line as in fore wings; white spot 
in fringes larger and further from anal angle. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen concolorous. Underside of wings, body, and 
legs bluish white, with all the markings distinct, blackish ; 
palpi blackish externally. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, ¢ 30 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


Genus EBuLEA, Guen. 


Ebulea? anomalalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings mouse-colour, with a thick dusting of length- 
ened ochreous scales; the lines darker, first at one fourth, 
curved to inner margin at one third; basal area darker, with 
a subbasal reddish shade or fascia; second line at three 
fourths, forming the usual sinus in the middle, but not 
running in so far as usual, and reaching inner margin at 
quite two thirds; discal spot dark; fringe grey, with two 
darker lines ; a row of very minute pale spots at end of veins. 
Hind wings the same, without first line. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen all concolorous. Underside paler, especially of the 
hind wings; outer line darker in both wings and forming 


Pyralids from the Khasia Hills. 111 


dark spots on veins. Antenne lamellate and subdentate, not 
simply filiform and pubescent, as usual in Hbulea, but the 
neuration is identical with that of LH. ¢ntensalis and ochret- 
punctalis, to which it appears most allied. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


Ebulea decoloralis, sp. n. 


Fore wings reddish ochreous, with all the basal half 
suffused with dull brown, giving the wing a smoky appear- 
ance. ‘The lines dark fuscous, first from one fourth of costa 
to one third of inner margin, slightly wavy ; second from three 
fourths of costa to two thirds of inner margin, very wavy, and 
describing a broad but shallow sinus outwards in midwing, and 
approaching first line on inner margin ; orbicular stigma small, 
round ; reniform lunular, its lower end touching a diffuse darker 
brown blotch ; fringes dark brown, rather lighter towards 
apex, with a fine light brown line at base. Hind wings like 
fore wings, without the first line; costal area whitish, basal 
area darker, more mixed with grey than that of fore wings ; 
fringes dark brown, but pale at anal angle. Head, palpi, 
thorax, and abdomen smoky brown; anal tuft of male 
yellowish ochreous. Underside of fore wings ochreous, tinged 
with rusty, the base cinereous; of hind wings ochreous 
yellowish ; the fringe of both wings dark brown. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

A male and female from the Khasias. 

Akin to Ebulea intensalis, Swinh., but differing in colour, 
the wings narrower, basal line of fringes without whitish spots. 


Ebulea ochretpunctalis, sp. n. 


3. Fore wings dull reddish fuscous, with fine dark irrora- 
tion; the colour much as in L. cntensalis, Swinh.; the lines 
darker, first at one fourth, oblique outwards to inner margin 
beyond one third, second at three fourths, oblique from costa, 
then forming a sinus with four teeth (often marked as spots), 
shortly incurved, but not as far as the discocellular, and 
reaching inner margin at two thirds; a dark obscure discal 
spot ; fringes concolorous with dark basal line, preceded by a 
row of yellow dots at end of veins. Hind wings dark 
fuscous, with darker curved and dentated outer line; the disk 
much suffused with darker and the hind margin tinted with 
reddish; fringe as in fore wings, with a pale ochreous 
line at base. Head and thorax like fore wings; abdomen 
cinereous, with whitish anal tuft. Underside of fore wings 


112 «Mr. W. Warren on new 


reddish, grey in the disk; of hind wings ochreous, suffused 
with reddish towards margins; both wings with outer line 
of red-brown, dots on veins. 

?. Fuscous, without any reddish tinge; the costa of fore 
wings fulvous ochreous on each side of the outer line. 

Expanse of wings 32 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 

The male is very much like Z. zntensalis of Swinhoe, but 
is without the dark discal blotch, and the outer line is rather 
different in its course. 


EBULEODES, gen. nov. 


Like Ebulea in build and appearance, but separated by 
several points: the antenne of the male are lamellate, pubes- 
cent; the basal joint porrect, forming a hollow sheath, out of 
which the shaft rises at right angles; labial palpi porrect, 
rostriform, the second joint bent above in the middle; max- 
illary palpi very small; ocelli present; the male has a tuft of 
hair from base of inner margin of fore wings, a comb of hair 
along the internal vein of hind wings, and the fringes very 
long and somewhat curled from halfway up inner margin to 
end of the internal vein on the hind margin. Neuration: 
fore wings, cell half as long as wing; the discocellular 
oblique; first median at two thirds, second close to end of 
cell, third from the end; lower radial just above the end; 
upper radial and last subcostal rather approximated and both 
from the discocellular; second subcostal stalked with third 
and fourth. 

Type Hbuleodes simplex, sp. n. 


Ebuleodes simplex, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull yellowish, with a slight greyish suffusion 
in parts; the lines grey, feebly marked, first from costa near 
base, running obliquely outwards to submedian fold, then 
nearly vertical to inner margin at one third; second at three 
fourths, also running at first obliquely outwards for one third, 
then straight towards anal angle as far as the first median, 
and, lastly, basewards with two sharp angulations to inner 
margin at two thirds, the upper two thirds formed more or 
less of lunular spots; a slight dark spot in cell and a grey 
lunule at the end; disk with a slight greyish cloud; fringe 
pale grey, glossy. Hind wings like fore wings, with the 
costal region whitish ; a curved submarginal line not reaching 
the costa; fringe towards anal angle long and pale ochreous, 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills, 113 


like the comb of hair on the internal vein and the tuft from 
base of fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous ; 
palpi with basal joint white, second and third joints ochreous. 
Underside pale straw-colour, with only the outer line faintly 
indicated. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


Genus PaiGA, Moore. 
Paliga contractalis, sp. n. 


Like P. ochrealis, Moore, but much smaller; the exterior 
line forming.a smaller sinus, and more sharply angled below 
the sinus than in ochrealis. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

Many examples from the Khasias and other places. 


Genus ACHARANA, Moore. 


Acharana subenescens, sp. 0. 


Fore wings greasy-looking, dull fuscous grey, with no 
distinct markings, the margins of the central field being 
indicated by pale ochreous shades, the inner curved and in- 
distinct, the outer running from three fourths of costa nearly 
straight to the first median, thence inwardly along that 
nervule to near below the second discal spot, and then with 
an outward curve to inner margin at one third; the inner area 
where it touches these paler shades somewhat darker than 
the rest ; two blackish spots in the cell, the outer the larger 
and darker, separated by a subquadrate patch of pale ochreous. 
Hind wings rather paler, with a dull brown discal spot and 
an angulated central shade, margined in parts with paler ; 
fringe of both wings concolorous; both wings have a slight 
bronzy appearance. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous 
or rather darker than wings. Underside of wings paler, with 
all the markings more distinct; underside of abdomen and 
pectus shining white; legs white; fore tibiw and spots on 
fore tarsi brown. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias, 


PROPHANTIS, nom. nov. 


The above name is proposed for the two species octoguttalis, 
Feld., and castoralis, W1k. (purpurascens, Moore), hitherto 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 8 


114 _ Mr. W. Warren on new 


placed under Archernis, Meyrick, with the type of which, 
Archernis callixantha, Meyr., they are, however, not con- 
generic. ‘To this genus a third species is now referred 
provisionally, the type being a female. 


Prophantis ? triplagalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings shining, purplish grey ; the costa and a line of 
marginal dots yellow; a square, pale yellow, dark-edged 
spot in middle of cell; a larger irregularly reniform blotch 
from costa beyond cell pale yellow, with darker dentate outer 
edge and a faint yellowish spot or two obliquely below it 
towards base; the outer dark edge really representing the 
postmedian line, which is faintly marked on the costa and 
can be traced to inner margin ; fringe grey, with base darker. 
Hind wings like fore wings, with no inner spot. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen rather darker than wings; palpi dark 
purple, white beneath; tongue white; legs and abdomen 
beneath white; fore knees dark brown. Underside of wings 
duller than upper, with all the markings shown. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

One female from the Khasias. 


Genus Mimorisra, Warr. 
Mimorista marginalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings yellow, suffused with fulvous brown; a dark 
subcostal streak, becoming fainter towards the postmedian 
line ; costa above it brownish yellow, brighter yellow beyond 
the outer line; the lines thick, purple-brown, first near base, 
curved and somewhat oblique outwards; basal area fulvous ; 
around dark brown spot in cell, with paler centre ; a square 
brown-edged stigma at end of cell, its centre purple-grey; a 
darker edged elongated oval stigma beneath the small spot in 
cell; a diffuse fuscous suffusion beyond the first line, ex- 
tended along the median vein; space between the two cell- 
spots bright yellow ; postmedian line at three fourths, irregu- 
larly dentate for first third, then describing a rounded sinus, 
curving upwards to beneath the discal spot, where it touches 
a purple spot between the first and second medians, then 
sinuous and oblique to inner margin before two thirds; a 
broad purplish-fuscous marginal band, not quite touching 
costa, with two curves on its inside and touching outer line 
at the bottom of the sinus; the veins slightly paler, and a 
row of pale dots along hind margin between them; fringe 
greyish yellow, with darker interrupted line near base. Hind 


Pyralide from the Khasia Fills, 115 


wings paler yellow, without suffusion ; a dark discal ring and 
squarely angled outer dark line; marginal band as in fore 
wings, but hardly so wide. Palpi and face dark fuscous ; 
head and thorax fulvous grey ; two basal segments of abdo- 
men yellowish, the rest fulvous, with white segmental rings. 
Underside dull yellow, with all the markings showing 
through. 

Expanse of wings 30-33 millim. 

A male and female from the Khasias. 


Genus GontorHyNcus, Hmpsn, 


Gontorhyncus marginals, sp. n. 

Fore wings pale yellow, with all the markings as in G. ob- 
liquistriga, Warr., but very much more developed ; the costa 
and hind margin broadly dark brown; a diffuse brown streak 
along the whole of the submedian ; the veins from the lower 
end of cell to the sinus in the exterior line brown; centre of 
discal mark with white scales, and a small white dot in the 
cell in the centre of the antemedian line; fringe dark brown, 
with pale fine basal line. Hind wings the same. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen pale yellow, mixed with blackish; the 
abdomen becoming orange towards the end. Underside dull 
yellow, with the markings hardly visible. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

This may be a very strongly marked variety of G. obliqui- 


striga. 


Gontorhyncus obliquistriga, sp. n. 


Fore wings pale yellow ; the costa somewhat broadly, the 
hind margin narrowly, dark brown; a small brown dot below 
the costal stripe near base, and another on inner margin below 
it, representing the subbasal line; a stronger brown dot at 
one third, with a vertical brown streak below it from the ante- 
median line ; postmedian line at three fourths, incurved at 
first, then vertical, then outcurved, vertical again over the 
three medians, acutely incurved to below the discal mark 
and obliquely inclined to inner margin beyond middle, closely. 
approximated there to the first line; reniform stigma hour- 
glass-shaped, the upper half the larger, bluish white, with 
thick dark brown edges, with a diffuse brown oblique streak 
from its lower edge to hind margin above anal angle ; fringe 
brown, with a pale line at base. Hind wings with discal 
spot and a very strongly angulated postmedian line brown: 


116 Mr. W. Warren on new 


fringe and hind margin as in fore wings. Head, face, 
thorax, and abdomen yellow; collar narrowly brown; anal 
tuft of male large. Underside pale yellow, with the markings 
very scanty. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 


CENOCNEMIS, gen. nov. 


Differs from Enchocnemidia, Led., in the legs of the male 
not being tufted with hair, though the tufts on the under 
surface of the hind wings are present as in that genus. 

Type Cenocnemis incurvata, sp. n. 


Cenocnemis incurvata, sp. n. 


g. Fore wings bright green, with the extreme costa at 
base and apex fuscous; fringes fuscous, ochreous at base; a 
scarcely perceptible blackish dot on discocellulars; the hind 
margin is slightly incurved in its lower third. Hind wings 
with the hind margin strongly incurved below the middle, 
bright green, with the costal and inner margins whitish, and 
a whitish streak along the submedian fold and the internal 
vein ; a very conspicuous brown-black elongated cell-spot ; 
fringes as in fore wings, with some dark spots in front of the 
pale base along the indented part. Head, face, palpi, thorax, 
and abdomen all bright green; anal tuft black. Underside 
paler, bluish green; the fore knees brown ; the hair-tufts on 
the hind wings pale ochreous. 

@. Like male, but the hind margin of hind wings fully 
rounded, not incurved. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 36, 2 38 millim. 

A pair from E. Java. 


Genus ENCHOCNEMIDIA, Led. 


Enchocnemidia fuscitibia, sp. n. 


Fore wings and fringes green; the costa faintly paler; a 
very minute dark cell-dot. Hind wings green, with costal 
area whitish. Head, face, palpi, thorax, and abdomen green ; 
anal tuft whitish, dark grey at base and blackish beneath. 
Underside paler; the fore knees brown; tufts on hind wings 
pale ochreous; tufts on hind legs pale fuscous externally, 
dark grey internally, much smaller than in EL, phryneusalis. 

Expanse of wings 34 millim. 

One male from ‘Tenimber. 


Pyralida from the Khasia Hills. 117 


Genus Parotis, Hiibn. 
Parotis planalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings bright green, with the costa broadly reddish 
ochreous; fringes grey, with their base greenish; no trace of 
cell-spot. Hind wings green, with costal and inner marginal 
areas paler; fringe ochreous grey, paler towards anal angle ; 
no cell-spot. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen bright green ; 
anal tuft dark grey; palpi bright brown. Underside paler ; 
the costa and costal fringe ochreous, 

Expanse of wings 30-33 millim. 

Two males from Dili. 


Genus GLYPHODES, Guen. 


Glyphodes pedenotata, sp. n. 


Fore wings white, with olive-ochreous and purplish-brown 
shades ; inner margin broadly white at base, the base above 
the white being marked with purple-brown, which colour 
extends some way along the submedian vein, and below that 
vein beyond the recurved internal vein, the base olive-ochreous ; 
an oblique antemedian olive-ochreous streak edged with 
brown, separated by a narrow oblique streak of white from 
the basal area, which is also edged with brown; it is followed 
by a broader white oblique space, edged with brown and 
ending in an acute point; from centre of costa two darker 
olive fascize with dark purple edges and separated by a narrow 
white interrupted space run nearly across the wing; the first 
of these below the middle becomes purple and contains a 
white streak on its inside; these are followed by a broad 
white blotch from the costa, bluntly rounded beneath, and 
with a projection externally pointing towards the apex ; 
postmedian line white, broader above, elbowed opposite the 
cell, then oblique and parallel to hind margin, the space 
between it and the costal white blotch being filled in with 
dark purplish brown; marginal area purplish grey, divided 
into two fascize by a paler line, which, like the white post- 
median line, is diffusely edged externally with dark purple; 
the outer of the two fasciz is limited above by an oblique 
line from apex, before which there is a triangular white costal 
spot ; fringe purplish grey, with a dark purple basal line; all 
the markings are paler above the subcostal vein, and are 
limited below by the submedian vein as far as the postmedian 
line. Hind wings with more than the basal half white, 
tinged with violet-grey, and with a dark discal mark; the 


118 On new Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 


marginal area like that of the fore wing from the postmedian 
line outward, this line being in the hind wing edged inter- 
nally by a thick purple-brown line, which, like the post- 
median itself, is bent and angled before the anal angle along 
the hind margin. Palpi and antenne white; head and centre 
of thorax apparently ochreous; patagia white; abdomen 
ochreous. Underside dull whitish, with the dark upper 
markings showing indistinctly through. 

Expanse of wings 32 millim. 

One female from Lifu. 

Distinguished from the allied forms by the shape of the 
oblique white costal blotch with its purple-brown external 
edging. 


Glyphodes tumidalis, sp. n. . 


Intermediate in size between conclusalis, W1k., and violalis, 
Warr. ; distinguished by the larger swollen second white 
hyaline spot of the fore wings, round which the somewhat 
whiter postmedian line is rather bent. In the hind wings the 
dark marginal border is of nearly uniform width throughout, 
not, as in the other two species, broadened out towards apex, 
and its internal edge is therefore nearly straight; like violalis 
the whole marginal area is dark and the violet shade straight 
and near the centre; fringe of fore wings often wholly dark, 
the basal dark line always entire; of fore wings white 
throughout, and without a dark basal line except just before 
anal angle. 

Expanse of wings 80 millim. 

A few from Sikkim. 


Glyphodes violalis, sp. n. 
Like G. conclusalis, Wlk., but larger; differing in the 


following points :—In conclusalis the violet postmedian line 
follows immediately after the second of the two hyaline spots, 
is more strongly concave, and slightly bent both below the 
costal white spot and before that on the inner margin; in 
violalis a fairly broad deep purple space separates the spot 
from the line, which is uniformly curved from end to end; in 
conclusalis the dark edging of the postmedian line is followed 
immediately by a dull violet shade; in violalis this violet 
shade is much nearer the centre of the dark marginal area; 
this difference is still more evident in the hind wings, where 
in violalis the violet shade runs nearly straight from anal 
angle through the middle of the dark purple margin, while in 


Miscellaneous. 119 


confusalis it follows closely the inner edge of the dark fascia, 
and the fascia itself is darkest in the centre, and becomes 
again tinged with violet towards the hind margin. There is 
generally present a third much smaller white spot towards the 
base of cell of fore wings. In both forms the white fringes 
have a broad dark basal line, which is interrupted above the 
anal angle of both wings, and the whole of the fringe at the 
middle of each margin is dark from base to apex. 

Expanse of wings 34 millim.; conclusalis expands 26 to 
28 millim. 

In Walker’s description of conclusalis he calls the first of 
the two white spots in the fore wings a white “ dot,” and the 
spot is, in fact, very small in the type specimen; but, as a 
rule, the first spot forms an oblique oval; in violalis both 


spots are in general narrower towards the inner margin than 
in conclusalis. 


[To be continued. } 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On a Collection of Barnacles. By H. A. Pitspry. 


Tur barnacles described were obtained from the bottom of the 
iron ship ‘ Puritan’ of Glasgow, which had been dry-docked in 
Cramp’s shipyard after a voyage from San Francisco to Hong Kong, 
and to Philadelphia via Java and India. The forms represented 
were Balanus tintinnabulum, L., B. tintinnabulum zebra, Darwin, 
B. tintinnabulum spinosus, Gm., Tetraclita porosa patellaris, Darwin, 
Lepas anatifera, L., and L. fillii, Leach. The forms ranked as 
varieties of B. tintinnabulum retain their individuality perfectly, 
although growing side by side under apparently identical external 
conditions, so that their differential characteristics can scarcely be 
attributed to unlike environmental factors. The variety of Tetra- 
clita porosa seems to bea rare form, originally described by Darwin 
from three examples taken off a ship’s bottom in Boston by Dr. A. A. 
Gould. It is very unlike the ordinary form of the species. Speci- 
mens of Ostrceea rivularis, Gld., are attached to some of the barnacles. 
As this is a species of East-Asian seas, it is very probable that the 


load of barnacles was obtained in China, although the Balanide them- 


selves have been so widely diffused by commerce that alone they 
afford but little evidence of their original patria. The specimens 
were procured and presented to the Academy by Master Lester 


Bernstein. — Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., March 31, 1896, 
p- 208. 


120 Miscellaneous. 


Theoretical Explanations of the Distribution of Southern Faunas. 
By Captain F, W. Hurroy, F.R.S. 


After reviewing the various theories which have been offered to 
explain the difficult and intricate problem of the distribution of 
southern faunas, the author points out that the supposition that the 
ancestors of certain groups migrated from the northern into the 
southern hemisphere by the present continents, and have since then 
become extinct in the north, explains a good deal, but fails to give a 
full and satisfactory explanation of the whole of the facts. More- 
over, the members of the fauna unaccounted for are old forms, and 
consequently the means of communication which served them must 
long ago have been destroyed. ‘To the author a fatal objection to 
the theory of migration by way of an Antarctic continent is offered 
by the following consideration. Aplacental Mammals—both Multi- 
tuberculata and Polyprotodontia—existed in Europe and North 
America in the Triassic and Jurassic periods, and these Polyproto- 
dontia were, no doubt, the ancestors of the living Polyprotodontia of 
Australia, In the Eocene strata of Patagonia remains of a large 
number of Polyprotodontia have been found which are far more 
closely related to the Polyprotodontia of Australia than to the Meso- 
zoic forms of Europe and North America; consequently a direct 
land communication must have existed between these two southern 
countries. Now there is strong geological and paleontological 
evidence that no land-ridge existed between North and South 
America during the Mesozoic and early Cainozoic eras; consequently 
we must assume that the southern forms migrated through the 
Malay Archipelago, and, if they went to Patagonia by means of an 
Antarctic continent, they must have passed through Australia. But 
mingled with the Eocene marsupials of Patagonia there are a 
number of Eutheria of typically South-American character—Kden- 
tata, Toxodontia, ‘'ypotheria, Perissodactyla, Rodentia, and even 
Platyrrhine monkeys—without any northern forms of Artiodactyla, 
Carnivora, or Insectivora; and it is hardly possible that these should 
have passed through Australia without leaving any record behind. 
The theory of the former existence of a South Pacific Mesozoic 
continent, first suggested by Huxley, seems to be the only theory 
left. It not only explains the origin of the Australian and South- 
American marsupials, but also the almost simultaneous appearance 
of different Eutherian mammals in North and South America. We 
must suppose that this continent threw off first New Zealand, then 
Australia, then Chili, and finally disappeared under the waves. At 
a later date New Zealand must have formed part of a large island 
joined to New Caledonia, but not to Australia. The objections to 
this theory are geological rather than biological, involving the 
doctrine of the persistence of continental and oceanic areas upon 
which geologists are not agreed; and such objections are equally 
applicable to the theory of an Antarctic continent.—Linn. Soc. New 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 104. AUGUST 1896. 


XVII.— Further Notes on the Anatomy and Development of 
Scorpions, and their bearing on the Classification of the Order. 
By Matcotm Lauriz, B.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., 
Professor of Zoology at St. Mungo’s College, Glasgow. 


[Plate IX.] 


Since the publication of my former notes on this subject * 
I have had an opportunity of examining a number of species 
of Scorpions belonging to typical genera. This opportunity 
I owe to the kindness of Mr. Pocock, of the British Museum, 
and I gladly take this opportunity of thanking him. While 
sufficient material has not yet been examined to enable me to 
base a complete classification on it, nevertheless a number of 
interesting facts have been ascertained with regard to the deve- 
lopment, and it seems better to publish these without waiting 
for the problematical arrival of further material. This is the 
more advisable as I find it necessary now to revise some of 
the conclusions to which my earlier observations seemed to 
lead. As a general result I am more than ever convinced of 
the great value of the mode of development as a basis for 
classification, and am inclined to consider the structure of the 
lung-book lamelle of subordinate but considerable value. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 1896. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 9 


132 Dr. M. Laurie on the 


I. THe LUNG-BOOKS. 


The results of an examination of the lung-books of a few 
forms in addition to those described in my previous paper 
may be very briefly stated. They all came under two 
types :— 


(1) Sprnous type. 


ScorPionip#: Ischnurus ochropus, Koch; Hadogenes 
troglodytes (Pet.) ; Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. 

Turtip&: Anuroctonus pheodactylus (Wood); Broteas 
Herbsti, Thor. 

BoTHRIURIDA: Cercophonius squama (Gerv.). 


(2) Reticulate type. 


Butheolus thalassinus, Sim. ; Heterocharmus cinctipes, Poc. ; 
Cheritlus variegatus, Sim. 


The reticulate forms are of special interest. Hitherto I 
have only found this structure in the Buthidee, and am inclined 
to consider it as characteristic of them. Butheolus and Hetero- 
charmus are both somewhat aberrant forms of this family. 
Heterocharmus has a pentagonal sternum, and its close ally 
(if, indeed, the two are distinct genera), Charmus, Karsch, 
was placed by its author in the subfamily Iurini of the Pan- 
dinoide of Thorell. The possession of reticulate lung-book 
lamelle is strong confirmation of the accuracy of their present 
position. Chertlus vartegatus is also an aberrant form, 
having among other points of interest circular stigmata. 
Pocock places it in a subfamily by itself among the luride, 
but its position seems somewhat uncertain, and the lung-books 
are strong evidence in favour of a relationship to the Buthide. 


II. DEVELOPMENT. 


The terms I have hitherto used to define the two chief 
types of development will no longer serve, because there are 
so many variations from the type in each case that to speak 
of Scorpio and Euscorpius types of development is misleading. 
The fundamental difference is that while in the one case, what 
I have described as the Huscorpius type, the egg early leaves 
the follicle in which it is formed and passes into the cavity of 
the ovarian tube, in the other case (Scorpio type) the egg 
develops im situ, and as the embryo becomes too large for 


ar 


Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 123 


the follicle it extends down and occupies a diverticulum from 
the ovarian tube, at the distal end of which the egg is 
originally formed. I would suggest apoikogenic and katoiko- 
genic™ as, for the present, adequately designating the two 
modes. The katoikogenic (Scorpio type) forms are always, 
so far as observation has yet gone, devoid of any appreciable 
amount of food-yolk. The apoikogenic ones, on the other 
hand, usually contain a large amount of food-yolk, but, as we 
shall see, there are certain exceptions (Scorpiops, Vejovis, 
&e.). In the apoikogenic forms also there appears always to 
be a double embryonic membrane formed at an early stage, 
the outer layer of which, usually termed the serous membrane, 
is easily distinguished by its large cells containing enormous 
flattened nuclei. I have been unable to find these membranes 
in the katoikogenic embryos. 

The diverticula at the ends of which the katoikogenic 
eggs are formed seem always to terminate in a solid cord 
ot cells—the appendix. ‘The central core of this appendix 
consists of cells characterized by thick, highly refractive 
cell-walls and little or no protoplasm. These cells appear to 
form a means of communication down which the nutritive 
secretion passes from the outer cells of the appendix to the 
embryo. The material supplied in this way is usually taken 
in through the mouth of the embryo, which is one of the 
earliest structures to be developed. Some of the further 
specializations for the nutrition of the embryo in these katoiko- 
genic forms are described below. They form a most interesting 
series, and, taken along with the forms I have previously 
described }, seem to afford a good basis for classification. 


A. Apoikogenic Forms. 
Scorpiops Hardwickwi (Gerv.). 


The embryos of this species appear at first sight quite 
similar to those of Huscorpius, their position in the ovarian 
tube being marked in my specimen by oval swellings about 
2 millim. long and 1 millim. wide. Sections, however, show 
that while this form agrees with Huscorpius in the place in 
which the embryo develops, it differs markedly from it in 
the type of development. We find the inside of the swelling 
on the ovarian tube lined throughout by a double cellular 


* From dzmockos, away from home, and kdroukos, at home. 

t “Development of Scorpio fulvipes,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxii. ; 
“Some newly-hatched Specimens of Opisthophthalmus,” Proc. Roy. 
Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1896. i 

93 


124 Dr. M. Laurie on the 


membrane, the outer layer of which is easily recognized by 
the enormous flattened nuclei of the cells as the ‘ serous 
membrane,” the inner membrane being the amnion. In 
Euscorpius we find these two membranes closely surrounding 
the embryo, and in early stages extending beyond the 
embryonic area over the yolk. In Scorpiops, however, there 
is no yolk, and the membranes surround a space at one end 
of which the embryo is developing. My specimen was in a 
comparatively young stage, and the embryo only occupied 
about one fourth of the space surrounded by the embryonic 
membranes. The walls of the ovarian tube are very thick and 
the cells probably secrete nourishment. 

As there were embryos present there were only eggs in a 
very early stage of formation. Judging from them, the eggs 
seem to be formed in a pedunculated follicle, and not sessile 
on the ovarian tube, as in Huscorpius. 

This type of development brings this form into close rela- 
tionship with Vejovis, in which, as I pointed out in my former 
paper, there is little or no yolk. The absence of yolk and 
the pedunculated ovarian follicles give us a transition form 
towards the katoikogenic type of development. 


Iurus Dufoureius (Brullé). (Pl. IX. fig. 1.) 


Of this form I have unfortunately not been able to get any 
embryos. ‘I'he ovarian tube (fig. 1) is very large and contains 
a considerable amount of coagulum. The unfertilized ova of 
my specimen are very small, measuring ‘15 millim. by 
‘L millim. They are contained in a follicle borne on a stalk, 
and in this, as in their small size, resemble the structure 
found in Scorpiops. I believe the ova were ripe and had 
attained their full size, because the surrounding follicle-cells 
were apparently degenerating. I have no doubt the develop- 
ment will prove to be very similar to that of Scorpiops. 


B. Katoikogenic Forms. 


Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. (Pl. IX. fig. 2), and Dzplo- 
centrus Whiter (Gerv.). 


Of these two genera, representing subfamilies in Pocock’s 
classification, I have only been able to get ovaries containing 
unfertilized eggs. 

The structure of the diverticulum, appendix, &c. in both 
these species so closely resembles that of Scorpio and other 
forms that I have no doubt the development is katoikogenic, 
but no further details could be ascertained. 


Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 125 


Urodacus nove-hollandic, Pet. (Pl. IX. figs. 3 a-d.) 


The embryos of this form in my possession are in an 
advanced stage of development, the eyes, limbs, &c. being all 
well formed ; they measure about 12 millim. in length and 
are markedly cylindrical. The appendix is short and there 
is a well-marked thickened portion at the top of the diver- 
ticulum. Removed from the follicle the embryo appears as 
in figs. 3b & c. The chelicere project straight out in front 
and are of considerable length, terminating in a cup placed 
towards the inner side. From this cup an incomplete groove 
seems to run between the two chelicere down towards the 
mouth. ‘This groove is partly closed in at its posterior end 
by processes from the basal joints of the chele (fig. 3c). 
The central cord of the appendix terminates close to the distal 
end of the chelicerz. 

The chelee have their elbows well forward in front of the 
carapace and project into a fold of the surrounding diverticu- 
lum, as is indicated by the dotted line in fig. 3. The inside 
of this fold is lined with apparently actively secreting cells. 
Fig. 3d is a section across just above the elbows of the chela 
and shows the structure of this part of the diverticulum and 
also that.of the lower part of the appendix and the chelicerz. 
The secretion from these cells at the upper end of the diver- 
ticulum is probably for the most part absorbed by the mouth, 
there being nothing in the structure of the chele to indicate 
absorption as one of their functions. Secretion by the top of 
the diverticulum is, I think, a somewhat primitive mode 
among these katoikogenic forms, as it is only continuing to a 
somewhat later stage the mode by which the embryo is 
nourished in its early stages before the mouth is formed. 
The arrangement of the cheliceree leads towards the state of 
affairs we find in Jschnurus, while the method adopted by 
Hormurus derives itself from the secreting upper part of the 
diverticulum. 


Ischnurus ochropus, Koch. (Pl. IX. figs. 4.a-e.) 


The embryos of Jschnurus are in an advanced stage and 
measure 10 millim. in length, while the appendix at the distal 
end of the follicle measures about 3 millim. The form of the 
appendix differs from that of Scorpio in that it is not spirally 
twisted on itself and has a distinct dilatation on it. On 
removing the follicle, which can be done without much diffi- 
culty, the first point that strikes one is the hairiness of the 
embryo. The segments behind the carapace, which are 


126 Dr. M. Laurie on the 


cylindrical in shape, are liberally sprinkled with dark yellow 
curved bristles ; these bristles are not simple, but have three 
or four small protuberances near the base (fig. 4e). When 
we come to examine the front end of the embryo we find that 
the chelicere are inserted wide apart under the angles of the 
carapace, and lie sloping towards one another in an almost 
transverse position (fig.45). From the end of each there 
runs a thin process, and these two processes lying close 
together in the middle line pass forward into the appendix, 
lying dorsal to the central cord. On tracing one of these 
processes forward in a series of sections, for I have not been 
able to dissect out the whole of their course, we find it runs 
as a simple process till it comes to the dilated part of the 
appendix. On reaching that, however (fig. 4d), it expands 
and bifurcates, forming a pair of somewhat irregular plates, 
which come into close relation with an oval mass of cells. It 
is beyond question, I think, that these processes must serve 
to absorb nutritive material from the surrounding cells. It 
was impossible to make out any details of the histology of 
these organs beyond the fact that each plate is formed of a 
thin outer cuticle, lined by a layer of flattened cells with 
large spherical nuclei. In the middle there seems to be a 
space filled with granular material, which may be coagulum. 

The central cord is thick in the upper part of the appendix, 
but becomes very small as it runs down towards the embryo. 
It ends some little way in front of the body of the embryo 
and is not grasped and masticated by the chelicere, as in 
Scorpio. ‘There is no special development of secreting cells 
round the upper end of the diverticulum, such as we find in 
Urodacus. 


Opisthocentrus madagascariensis (Kraep.). 


This form is practically the same as Ischnurus. The 
cheliceree are continued forwards on each side of the central 
cord into the appendix ; they do not, however, run so far up 
as in Jschnurus, and the continuations are simple instead of 
being divided up. ‘These two differences, however, are very 
possibly due to the embryo being considerably younger. ‘The 
front of the cephalothorax projects forward a considerable 
distance beyond the mouth, and may be partly absorptive in 
function. ‘The central cord is coiled in the thick part of the 
appendix and runs back ventral to the chelicere as far as the 
mouth. 


Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 127 


Hormurus australasie (Fabr.). (Pl. IX. figs. 5a, b.) 


This form was represented among my specimens by some 
moderately advanced embryos. The appendages are quite 
distinct, but the eyes have not yet appeared. The diverticula 
measure about 4 millim. in length and are peculiar in having 
only a rudimentary appendix. The mode of nutrition is 
quite peculiar. ‘The cheliceree are short and in no respect 
unusual in form, while the chele are unusually large. The 
last joint of the chele runs forward close to the middle line 
and becomes associated with a mass of large granular cells, 
which look more like young ova than anything else 
(fig. 5, sc.). ‘The association is very close, as the chela is 
drawn out into processes which run in among the cells, 
These cells occupy a pocket on the ventral side of the top of 
the diverticulum ; they differ from the secreting cells which 
occupy a somewhat similar position in Urodacus in structure 
and in being confined to the ventral side, instead of extending 
as a collar all round. ‘There is a dorsal pocket (fig. 54, sc’), 
also apparently lined by secreting cells, which are more like 
those of Uredacus, but there seem to be no special absorptive 
organs connected with it. 


Palamneus Thorellii, Poc. (Pl. IX. fig. 6.) 


This form agrees more closely with Scorpio and Opisth- 
ophthalmus than with any of the others which | have examined. 
The free segments grow out into dorsal processes, which in 
the not very advanced stage in my possession are small, but 
probably increase in size from this stage on. The chelicere 
are in the form of a pair of enormous conical structures, the 
internal face of each being flattened and longitudinally grooved. 
The grooves are lined with chitin, and in the tube formed by 
the apposition of the grooves lies the central cord of the 
appendix, which is masticated by the chelicere. The enor- 
mous size of these appendages is the most striking feature of 
these embryos, and suggests that a mode of nourishment like 
that in Urodacus was the earlier arrangement, and that this 
chewing of the central cord is derived from it, Palamneus 
being in this case an intermediate form between Urodacus 
and Scorpio, in which last the cheliceree are much smaller 
and more purely masticatory. 


If, now, we try to apply the above observations to the 
classification of the order the result is as follows. Itakeasa 


128 Dr. M. Laurie on the 


basis Pocock’s classification *. I have enclosed in parentheses 
the names of those genera which I have not had an oppor- 
tunity of examining, and their position is in some cases 
doubtful. So far as observation has gone the members of 
the family Scorpionide are all characterized by the katoi- 
kogenic mode of development, the other families—Iuride, 
Bothriuride, and Buthide—being apoikogenic. 


Fam. I. Scorpionide. 
Subfam. 1. Scorprrowryr. 


Scorpio, (Heterometrus), (Micephonus), (Aicopetrus), Opisth- 


ophthalmus, Palamneus. 


In this subfamily the chelicere masticate the central cord 
and there are dorso-lateral outgrowths from the free segments. 
The lung-book lamelle have spiny free margins. Opisth- 
ophthalmus might be erected into a separate subfamily on the 
strength of the extraordinary outgrowths from the carapace 
and prostomium. Scorpio, however, shows an approach to 
the prostomial outgrowth. 


Subfam. 2. /scuyverryrz. 


Ischnurus, (Opisthacanthus), Opisthocentrus, (Cheloctonus), 
(Ohiromachus). 


In this subfamily the cheliceree send root-like processes 
forward into the appendix, as described above. The lung- 
books are spinous. This is Pocock’s subfamily minus Hor- 
murus and Jomachus, along with which some of the other 
genera ought possibly to go. 


Subfam. 3. Horuvrryt, nov. 


Hormurus, (Lomachus). 


The characteristic feature here is the absorption of nourish- 
ment by the chele, as described above. The lung-books are 
spinous. Jomachus seems, from Pocock’s description, more 
closely allied to Hormurus than to the Ischnurine series. 


Subfam. 4. Drexocenrrint, Pocock. 
Diplocentrus, (Oiclus), Nebo, (Cyphocentrus). 


Nothing is known in this subfamily of the later embryonic 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. Kraepelin’s arrangement 
(Hamb. Wiss. Anst. 1890 and 1893), which is later, is almost identical as 
regards the main groups. 


Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 129 


stages, and the ovary has been seen only in Diplocentrus. 
The edges of the lung-book lamelle have an arcade structure 
in Diplocentrus and Nebo. 


Subfam. 5. Hemrscorprryr, Pocock. 


Hemiscorpius. 


Here also only the ovary is known. The lung-book 
lamelle are spinous. I leave the subfamily because there is 
no evidence to justify me in altering it, though Kraepelin 
places the one genus among the Ischnurini. 


Subfam. 6. Uropacryr, Pocock. 
Urodacus, (Lodacus) , (Ioctonus) . 


The cheliceree form a channel for the secretions of the 
appendix, and there are also secreting cells round the top of 
the diverticulum. The lung-book lamelle are spinous. 


The above observations all agree with Pocock’s family 
Scorpionidz, and consequently tend to support his view as 
to the importance of the pedal spur as a systematic character. 

The alterations above are comparatively slight, only one 
new subfamily being constituted. Further knowledge would, 
however, probably lead to other minor alterations. 

The remaining forms seem all to be apoikogenic. Pocock’s 
Iuridz seem to require a great deal of alteration, the other 
two families remaining almost as they are in his classification. 
The following is what I would suggest as a provisional 
arrangement :— 


Fam. IJ. Iuride=Subfam. Lurin7, Pocock, 
Vejovini, Kraepelin. 


The character I depend on here is the apoikogenic develop- 
ment combined with the small size and comparative or 
absolute absence of yolk in the egg. 


Subfam. 1. Jvrrwr=Lurini, Thor., + Caraboctonus. 
Iurus, (Uroctonus), Caraboctonus. 
This subfamily is characterized by the arcade structure of 


the free edges of the lung-book lamella. I have not seen 
the ovary of Caraboctonus. 


130 Dr. M. Laurie on the 


Subfam. 2. Vayovrwr=Vejovoide, Thor., + Scorpiops, 
Anuroctonus, and Hadruroides. 


Vejovis, Scorpiops, Anuroctonus, Hadrurus, (Hadrurotdes). 
‘The lung-book lamellz in this subfamily are spinous along 


the margin. The ovaries of Anuroctonus and Hadrurus have 
not been seen. 


Fam. III. Chactide = Chactini, Poc. 
Apoikogenic forms with large yolky egg. 


Subfam. 1. Huvscorrrzcr. 
Huscorpius. 


Arcade structure of lung-book lamella. 


Subfam. 2. Cuacrrwr= Chactint, Pocock, — Huscorpius. 


(Chactas), (Hadrurochactas), (Heterochactas), (Teuthraus- 
tes), Broteochactas, Broteas. 


Spinous margin to lung-book lamelle. 


It is quite possible, though I do not think very probable, 
that further light on the development may tend to associate 
the Euscorpiini and Lurini as against the Chactini and Vejo- 
vini. ‘This would seem to be making the structure of the 
lung-books of greater importance in this case than the mode 


of development. 


Fam. IV. Bothriuridz, Sim. 


Bothriurus, (Brachistosternus) , (Mecocentrus), Cercophonius, 
( Timogenes) , (Thestylus), (Urophonius ), (Phontocercus ), (Cen- 


tromachus) . 


I have only seen the ovary of Bothriurus and the lung- 
books of that species and Cercophonius. ‘The eggs are large 
and spherical and the lung-books spinous. 

I have some doubts as to whether this family and the 
Chactini ought not to be united. ‘The shape of the sternum 
seems not to be so reliable a test of affinity as used to be 


supposed. 


Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 131 


Fam. V. Buthide=Buthide, Sim.,+ Cherilus. 


This family is characterized by a yolky egg, apoikogenic 
development, and the reticulate type of lung-book lamella. 


Subfam. 1. Cazrrzryr. 
Cherilus. 


Of this very peculiar genus I have only seen the lung-books, 
and it is with some misgivings that I place it here on account 
of their structure. 


Subfam. 2. Borzimr=Buthide, Sim. 


(Prionurus), Buthus, Parabuthus, (Grosphus), Butheolus, 
Archisometrus Isometrotdes), Uroplectes, (Tityobuthus 
? Spe). } ) Y¥ ? 
Pseudobuthus), Isometrus, Tityus, Centrurus, (Heteroctenus 
i ’ La ’ d ’ 
(Ananteris), (Charmus), Heterocharmus, (Stenochirus). 


Looked at from the point of view of the evolution of the 
order there is little doubt but that the apoikogenic type of 
development is the most primitive. It is only one step from 
the laying of the eggs, which is the almost universal custom 
among Arthropoda. Peripatus, Galeodes, some Diptera, and 
some of the mites form exceptions to this habit, but in some 
of them the internal development is evidently secondary. 
Further, the eggs containing a considerable amount of yolk 
are probably nearer the primitive type than those in which 
the yolk is absent. ‘This, indeed, is necessarily so if the 
laying of the eggs was the primitive habit. ‘This makes the 
Chactide, Bothriuride, and Buthide the more primitive 
forms in these respects. 

With regard to the structure of the lung-books, I am in- 
clined to consider the “ spinous”’ type as the original. The 
reticulate type is more complicated, having pillars over part 
of its surface and a network of ridges over the rest. ‘The 
“arcade”? margin must have arisen from the “ spinous” in 
two or three separate sections, as it seems impossible to connect 
Euscorpius, Iurus, and Diplocentrus genetically to the exclu- 
sion of the other forms. In this case we are left with 
probably the Chactini as our starting-point, the highly 
modified sternum seeming to exclude the Bothriuride. From 
this would diverge four lines of descent—Buthide, Bothri- 
uride, Euscorpius, and Iuride. The luride, of wirich the 
Vejovini are the more primitive, lead to the katoikogenic 


132 On the Anatomy and Development of Scorpions. 


Scorpionida. More evidence is wanted before we can judge 
of the true relation of the various subfamilies of the Scor- 
pionide to each other; but of those I have examined I am 
inclined to place the Urodacini as the lowest. The secretion 
of nutritious material by a large section of the diverticulum 
is what one would expect as the earlier form*. Distinctly 
divergent lines from this point are shown by the Diplo- 
centrini, Hormurini, Ischnurini, and Scorpionini. Further 
material is still wanted before many of the forms can be 
placed, and I have perhaps tried to base too much on a com- 
paratively small number of observations. Doubtless the 
criticism of other workers in the group will soon correct any 
points in which I have erred. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Lettering throughout. 


i. Chelicerz. li—vi. The walking-legs. 
ii. Chele. e.c. Central cord of appendix. 


; , : 50 
Fig. 1. Iurus. Transverse section of ovarian tube and egg, X 5. 


Fig. 2. Hemiscorpius. A diverticulum with unfertilized egg, x 2 
Fig. 3. Urodacus. 
3a. Portion of ovarian tube with diverticulum containing em- 
2 
bryo, X j: 
36. Dorsal view of carapace and anterior appendages, X = . The 


dotted line shows the way the walls of the appendix are 
folded. 
3c. Ventral view of the same. 
3d. Transverse section through top of diverticulum and lower part 
of appendix, X =. 
Fig. 4. Ischnurus. 
4a, Portion of ovarian tube and diverticulum containing embryo, 
x2 
46. Dorsal view of embryo. The forward continuations of the 
: 10 
chelicerze are broken short. X 7. 
4c, One of the chelicere, x ~ 
4d. Section through appendix showing continuation forward of the 
cheliceree (1.). The appendix, being curved, is cut in two 


* Ts it possible that the loss of yolk was an adaptation to a climate 
with short summer and long winter, the provision of nourishment for the 
embryo being thrown on the period when food was abundant instead of 
yolky eggs being formed during hibernation ? 


On the Synascidia of the Genus Colella. 133 


places, one transverse and the other somewhat oblique. 
50 


x — 
1 
4e, One of the bristles of the embryo, highly magnified. 
Fig. 5. Hormurus australasie. 
5a. Ventral view of anterior part of embryo. The chelicere are 


concealed by the large chele. xX as 


5b. Transverse section through distal part of chele and the secre- 


ting cells (sc) surrounding them. sc’, dorsal secreting cells. 
125 


~. 
Fig. 6. Palamneus Thorellit. Dorsal view of embryo xX oa 


XVIII.—On the Synascidia of the Genus Colella and the 
Polymorphism of their Buds. By M. Maurice CAULLERY *. 


THE genus Colella, created by Herdmann for the Synascidia 
collected by the ‘Challenger’ expedition, belongs to the family 
of the Distomide, and is very nearly related to Distaplia. 

Among the compound Ascidians in the Museum, the study 
of which has been entrusted to me by M. Edm. Perrier, there 
are a certain number of representatives of this genus, some of 
them from Australia (‘ Astrolabe’ expedition), others from 
Cape Horn. Thanks to this material, I have been able to 
obtain a certain number of facts connected with the anatomy, 
relationships, and blastogenesis of these animals, which I 
shall set out later in detail. Here I shall only point out the 
following :— 

(1) The species which I have had under examination 
present all four rows of pores. A specially characteristic 
arrangement is to be noticed: the second and the third row 
separate one from the other in the portion near to the endo- 
style in such a manner as to leave between them a triangular 
space, not perforated by pores. The pores are not divided 
into two halves by a transverse band, as in the Distaplia. 
These two characters appear to me to be very suitable as a 
definition of the genus Colella. 

(2) The examples of Corms which I bave examined are 
unisexual, a fact already determined by Herdmann for several 
species; further, in a female Corm the buds only present 
ovules, in a male Corm only spermatic vesicles; so that, 
so far as the material at my disposal would allow me to do so, 
I conclude that there is for each Corm a defined sexuality, 


* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tome exxii. 1896, pp. 1066-1069. 


134 M. Maurice Caullery on the 


persistent at least during a certain number of blastogenetic 
generations, as I have already noticed in Distaplia magni- 
larva. 

(3) The facts observed lead me to consider the origin of 
the buds as identical with that described by Kovalewsky, 
Della Valle, and Salensky in Distaplia. I have seen nothing 
which can allow one to admit a budding at the expense of the 
inferior ectodermic prolongation of individuals, as Herdmann 
believed to be the case. 

But I wish to insist especially upon a curious peculiarity 
of the buds in a group of species. ‘They are those in which 
the Corm is composed of a more or less globular head, 
borne upon a long peduncle, in such a way that the whole 
reminds one somewhat of a mushroom. 

On studying the peduncle it is seen that at the periphery 
the cell-structure of the tunic is compact and resistant, whilst 
in the central region it is composed of large vesicular cells, 
so common in other Tunicata. It is this central region which 
contains the buds, often packed in great numbers and pressed 
one against theother. It would appear that, when the evolu- 
tion of a generation is ended, the globular terminal portion of 
the Corm where it occurs may be cut off, and that the 
peduncle regenerates a new head by the development of the 
buds which it contains. An examination of the buds in 
different portions of the same Corm reveals the following 
facts :— 

(2) In the immediate neighbourhood of the head of the 
Corm buds are to be found in every stage of development, 
recalling very much by their structure those of Distaplia and 
containing no reserve material. ‘The external vesicle of these 
buds is formed by an epithelium, which is very flat and thin. 
The oldest of these buds penetrate into the head of the 
Corm. 

(6) On the contrary, in the parts of the peduncle distant 
from the head of the Corm the buds, at the beginning of 
their development, have the appearance externally of eggs 
rich in vitellus. On studying them one observes that at the 
centre a group of cells, deprived of reserve material, is to be 
found, corresponding with the internal vesicle and the mesenchy- 
matous cells of the buds a, and that all the reserve material, 
the appearance and reaction of which are those of vitellus, is 
accumulated in the cells of the external vesicle. ‘I'he relations 
of size of the central mass and of the ectodermic layer so 
modified are often those of the germinative vesicle and the 
entire egg in a compound Ascidian at the moment when the 
germinative vesicle is most developed. ‘I'hese buds very 


Synascidia of the Genus Colella. 135 


probably remain for a very long and variable time before 
evolution takes place. In the development all the organs are 
formed at the expense of the internal cells, the ectoderm 
charged with reserve material being a simple envelope, of 
which the thickness diminishes gradually. 

It would be very interesting to study minutely the organo- 
genesis in these buds 8, and to compare it with that of the 
buds a. I have not been able to carry it out so fully as I 
desired, the presence of the vitellus rendering it difficult to 
prepare sections of material already stale and not preserved 
in the special manner required for histological investigation. 
Nevertheless, from the facts observed I can conclude with all 
but perfect certainty that the organogenesis is the same in 
the two cases. Further, there exist between the extreme 
types of bud transitional forms in which the reserve material 
is more or less abundant. 

This example of the polymorphism of buds appears to me 
to be very interesting for the following reasons :— 

1. It is the property of a special form of Corm; I have 
not observed it in the species in which the peduncle i8 not 
sharply separated from the part which contains the adult 
ascidiozooids. The buds loaded with reserve material are 
those which, by their position, do not develop immediately. 
It appears that they can pass through their various stages by 
themselves; now it is probable that they regenerate the 
colony when the head is amputated, and it would be very 
curious to produce wounds upon these forms in the living 
state*—to destroy the head, for example, and study the 
subsequent behaviour of the peduncle. I would also recall 
the fact that this tendency is analogous to others presented 
by certain compound Ascidians at the time of hibernation. 

2. These facts seem to me to be specially important in the 
general history of budding in the Ascidians. ‘The external 
wall of the bud arises always from the ectoderm of the parent, 
and the internal vesicle is in general of endodermic origin. 
A study of the blastogenesis shows, however, that it is this 
internal vesicle which furnishes all the organs of the blasto- 
zooid, even those, such as the peribranchial cavity and the 
nervous system, which, in the oozooid, were ectodermic. The 
external vesicle is reduced to the réle of integument. Here 
we see it charged with reserve material—a remarkable fact, 
seeing that in general the reserves localize themselves in the 
endodermic and mesodermic tissues. But this new function 


* Unfortunately, so far as at present known, they are confined to the 
seas south of the Equator. 


136 Messrs. W. K. Brooks and G. Lefevre on 


appears to me to be further in accord with the fact that this 
tissue has, in the allied forms, lost all organogenetic power, 
this having passed entirely to the internal vesicle. The 
accumulation of vitelline reserve in the cells of this wall would 
be a new step in this modification of the ectodermic layer in 
the phylogenic series of blastogenesis. 

3. This variability in the bud, lastly, recalls, without 
being identical, the phenomena classed by Giard under the 
name pectlogony. 


XIX.—Budding in Perophora. By W. K. Brooxs 
and GEORGE LEFEVRE *, 


(Abstract of a paper presented to the National Academy of Sciences, 
April 28rd, 1896.) 


In the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ no. 119, 
June 1895 ft, the junior author of this paper published a short 
note on the budding of Perophora viridis, Verrill. From a 
further and more exhaustive study of the subject we have 
since arrived at fuller and more detailed results than those 
obtained at that time, and now give in brief a summary of 
the chief points in the budding of this Ascidian, in anticipation 
of the complete paper, which will appear shortly. 

The material which has been at our disposal was obtained 
at Beaufort, N. C., and at Woods Holl, Mass., and contained 
an unlimited supply of buds. The results are based on a 
study of an uninterrupted series of stages of both serial sec- 
tions and buds mounted as total preparations. 

The buds are formed in a single row on one side of the 
branching stolons, and always arise in the plane of the stolonic 
double-walled partition, which divides the cavity of the stolon 
longitudinally ito two compartments or sinuses. ‘The latter 
contain the free cells of the blood and are in open communi- 
cation at all times with the body-cavities of the buds, so that 
a free circulation of blood is kept up from the one to the 
other. 

The definitive median sagittal plane of the bud coincides 
with the plane of the stolonic partition, and therefore the 
latter structure divides the stolon into a right and left half in 
reference to the parts of the bud. 


* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars’ for June 1896, 
pp. 79-81. 
+ Reprinted in the ‘ Annals’ for 1895, vol. xvi. p. 213. 


Budding in Perophora. 137 


The first appearance of a bud is announced by the thick- 
ening at a given point of the ectodermal wall of the stolon, 
which becomes slightly raised up into a hemispherical pro- 
tuberance. The ectodermal cells, which are elsewhere flat 
and attenuated, are here nearly cuboidal. 

By making a cross-section through the stolon at such a 
place it is found that the walls of the stolonic partition are 
no longer closely pressed together, but are wide apart, and 
greatly thickened on the side next to the bulged-out ecto- 
derm. 

The thickened portion of the partition soon grows out into 
the ectodermal evagination, and becomes closed off as a vesicle 
by the coming together of the walls of the partition inside the 
stolon proper. 

This evaginated thickened part of the partition forms the 
“ endodermal vesicle” of the bud-rudiment, and its cavity is 
to be regarded as being in communication for some time with 
the potential cavity of the partition, as the connexion with the 
latter is not lost until a mach later stage. 

When the protrusion of the bud-rudiment beyond the 
surface of the stolon has proceeded to a certain extent the 
ectodermal connexion becomes somewhat constricted, and the 
rudiment, which has now a spherical form, stands out on the 
stolon as around knob. It does not long retain this shape, 
but soon begins to elongate in the direction of the tree tip of 
the stolon. It is now ellipsoidal in form, with its long axis 
parallel to the long axis of the stolon, and one end lies free 
over the surface of the stolon beyond that portion which is 
directly connected with the latter. It is this free end which 
is later to be distinguished as the anterior part of the bud, 
while by the process of elongation anteriorly the connexion 
with the stolon comes to be left behind in the posterior region. 
The side next to the stolonic wall becomes the ventral surface 
of the bud and that opposite it the dorsal. 

By this time the rudiments of several structures begin to 
appear. They do not all arise simultaneously, however, and 
although the pericardium is the earliest to be laid down, it 
will be necessary to describe the formation of the peribranchial 
sacs first, in order to render intelligible certain relations 
between these and other structures. 


The Feribranchial Cavity. 


The observations on the development of this structure in 
Perophora viridis, although agreeing with those of Hjort* on 


* Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 10 Bd., 1893. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 10 


Se Sa eee 


138 Messrs. W. K. Brooks and G. Lefevre on 


Botryllus in so far as they show that the peribranchial sacs 
do not arise separately as closed vesicles, which later unite 
dorsally to form the cloacal cavity, indicate that the process 
is not so simple as that which occurs in Botryllus. 

If a transverse section of a young bud be examined at about 
the time when the elongation spoken of above is just beginning, 
it will be found that the wall of the inner vesicle is no longer 
of uniform thickness, but that it is much thicker on the right 
side than elsewhere. ‘This is the first indication of a marked 
change which now takes place in the internal relations of the 
bud. 

By a peculiar process, which may be described as a trans- 
verse or rotatory growth, affecting the inner vesicle, the 
thickened right wall is carried or pushed down until it comes 
to lie on the ventral side, that is, the side next the stolon. 
The connexion with the stolonic partition remains stationary, 
and the rotatory shifting of the vesicle takes place on this as 
a fixed support. The actual right side of the vesicle at the 
beginning is therefore morphologically the ventral side, as it 
ultimately forms the floor of the pharynx, and several organs 
which have a definitive ventral position make their appear- 
ance first high up on the right side. 

As the displacement of the inner vesicle proceeds the differ- 
ence in thickness between what was at first nearly the whole 
right side and the rest of the vesicle becomes more marked. 
The cells composing the entire vesicle, except in the thicker 
region, which remains uniform, are seen to be growing more 
and more flattened. It would therefore seem most probable 
that this shifting or displacement is brought about by the 
rapid growth and drawing-out of the cells which make up the 
greater portion of the wall of the vesicle. 

Very soon after this process begins the wall of the vesicle 
on the ventral side is folded in in such a way as to divide off 
a part of the vesicle on the left side, which is united to the 
stolonic partition by the original connexion; this is the left 
peribranchial sac. ‘The fold begins somewhat in front of the 
middle of the vesicle, and, deepening rapidly in this region, 
gradually extends posteriorly. 

The first indication of the right pertbranchial sac is a slight 
longitudinal folding-in of the wall of the inner vesicle some 
distance up on the right side, and appears after the shifting 
of the vesicle has begun. As in the case of the left fold, the 
right one also begins near the middle of the bud, and as it 
deepens and extends towards the posterior end it is carried 
down ventrally with the displacement of the vesicle. 

As the shifting continues the inner vesicle tends more and 


Budding in Perophora. 139 


more to assume a symmetrical position. The two longitudinal 
folds, which grow rapidly and run in obliquely to meet each 
other, do not come together on the dorsal surface of the 
vesicle, but some distance below it. The result of this is 
that, when the right and left peribranchial sacs are separated 
from the inner vesicle, a median dorsal portion connecting the 
lateral sacs is cut off at the same time. This median piece, 
the cloaca, therefore does not arise from the fusion of the 
lateral sacs dorsally, but the three parts are constricted off 
together. This is essentially the same process as that which 
Pizon * and Hort (. c.) have described for Botryllus. 

In Perophora viridis the folds which separate the peri- 
branchial cavity from the inner vesicle do not involve the 
entire length of the latter, but leave nearly the whole of 
the anterior half undivided, as well as a short portion at the 
posterior end. 

When the right and left sacs are being formed, as just 
described, a broad pouch or diverticulum grows out from the 
anterior margin of each and gradually spreads over the 
undivided portion of the inner vesicle. ‘These pouches are 
merely continuations or extensions of the lateral sacs, and 
later completely cover the sides of the anterior region of the 
branchial sac. 

Similar prolongations are carried out from the posterior 
margin of the sacs, and, though not prominent at first, as the 
bud becomes older and increases in length they attain a con- 
siderable size. 

According to Pizon (/.¢.) in Botryllus the inner vesicle 
gives off two posterior lateral diverticula, which are cut off 
together with the peribranchial cavity, and then appear as 
posterior prolongations of the latter, with which they always 
remain in communication. They are what Pizon calls the 
“diverticules périviscéraug,” and from the fact that they arise 
as diverticula from the posterior end of the inner vesicle, he 
regards them as homologous with the epicardial sacs of some 
other Ascidians. If this relationship is true, the connexion 
of the “epicardial sacs” in Botryllus with the peribranchial 
cavity is probably the result of the early separation of the 
latter from the inner vesicle. 

In the light of these considerations it is possible, then, that 
the posterior extensions of the peribranchial sacs in Perophora 
viridis have the same significance ; but it is to be borne in 
mind, however, that if such be the case, their direct origin 
from the inner vesicle has been lost completely, as they do 


* Ann. Se. Nat., Zool. (7) t. xiv., 1893. 
10 


140 Messrs. W. K. Brooks and G. Lefevre on 


not appear until a very late stage, and then merely as prolon- 
gations backward of the peribranchial cavity, after the latter 
has been entirely severed from the inner vesicle. This would 
therefore be a still more modified condition than that which 
occurs in Boiryllus. 

Pizon makes the statement that in the buds of Perophora 
Lister? he has found that epicardial tubes arise as two diver- 
ticula from the posterior end of the branchial sac, in the same 
manner as has been described for Amaronctum, Clavelina, 
&c. Such an account is not in the slightest accord with our 
observations, and if epicardial tubes arise in this manner in 
the buds of the European species, they certainly do not in 
Perophora viridis. 


The Branchial Sac. 


That portion of the primitive inner vesicle which is left 
after the separation of the peribranchial cavity becomes the 
branchial sac or pharynx. ‘The thickened right wall of the 
vesicle, as already stated, is shifted or pushed down until it 
comes to lie on the ventral side, where it forms the floor of 
the future pharynx. 

Very soon after the vesicle has begun to change its position 
a slight longitudinal groove is found on the inner surface of 
the vesicle high up on the right side. It runs through the 
middle of the thickened area—that is to say, above and below 
it there are equal portions of the thick wall, which will lie on 
its right and left, when by the displacement of the vesicle the 
groove is brought down to the mid-ventral line. By the 
deepening and widening of this groove and by the differentia- 
tion of the cells bordering upon it the definitive endostyle is 
formed. 

After the appearance of the gill-slits, each of which arises 
as an independent formation, the pharynx is put into commu- 
nication with the peribranchial cavity. 

The ectoderm of the bud becomes greatly thickened at a 
point opposite the extreme anterior end of the branchial sac, 
and invaginates until it touches the wall of the latter. A 
complete fusion then takes place, an opening breaks through, 
and the branchial orifice is established. 

The cloacal orifice is formed in exactly the same way, by 
the union of an ectodermal invagination with the wall of the 
cloaca at the anterior end of the latter. 


The Digestive Tract. 
Some time before the displacement of the inner vesicle is 


Budding in Perophora, 141 


completed, and when the folds which will cut off the peri- 
branchial cavity are not very deep, the wall of the inner 
vesicle far up on the left side at the extreme posterior end 
becomes much thickened, and at once evaginates to produce a 
little blind pouch, the rudiment of the digestive tract. This 
lateral diverticulum grows out as a tube, which bends sharply 
downward and forward, while through the displacement of 
the vesicle its proximal end is carried up to the mid-dorsal 
line. 

The tube very soon turns abruptly on itself to form a U, 
and, now growing upward along the outer wall of the left 
peribranchial sac until it reaches the dorsal surface, it there 
bends directly forward, and stops short at the posterior wall 
of the cloaca. Here a fusion takes place, and an opening 
breaks through to form the anus. 

The differentiation into cesophagus, stomach, and intestine 
is apparent at quite an early stage, and the whole tract, 
which lies entirely on the left side of the bud, later becomes 
closely enveloped by the outer wall of the peribranchial 
cavity. 

The “ pyloric gland,” or “ organe réfringent”” of Giard, 
arises as a tubular diverticulum from the anterior wall of the 
stomach, and produces a dichotomously branching system of 
tubules, which form a lacework closely surrounding the intes- 
tine. Each tubule terminates in a little vesicle or ampulla, 
whose walls are made up of very flat cells containing deeply 
staining nuclei. 

There is nothing in the structure of this organ to suggest 
a glandular nature, but, as Pizon (/. c.) supposes, its function 
is probably to absorb the products of digestion. 


The Pericardium and Heart. 

In sections of very young buds it is seen that many isolated 
cells of a mesodermal appearance and exactly like the free 
amceboid cells of the blood are lying at numerous points 
against the outer surface of the endoderm and inner surface of 
the ectoderm. 

When the difference in thickness between the right side 
and the rest of the inner vesicle is becoming apparent, a 
marked tendency in these scattered cells to accumulate in one 
spot is noticed. At first there is but a single layer of cells 
joined loosely end to end, and forming an elongated patch 
adhering to the outer wall of the inner vesicle high up on the 
right side in the posterior end of the bud. This is the rudi- 
ment of the pericardium, which is the first organ to make its 


appearance. 


142 Messrs. W. K. Brooks and G. Lefevre on 


There is no reason for believing that these cells are not 
true mesodermal cells, for in the early stages of development 
the similarity between many of the free cells of the blood 
and those which make up this mass is perfectly apparent. 
There is certainly not the slightest evidence that the wall of 
the inner vesicle evaginates or its cells proliferate at this 
point, the line of demarcation between the two structures 
being distinct and unbroken throughout. 

With the displacement of the vesicle the rudiment, which 
is firmly attached to the wall of the latter, is passively carried 
down to the ventral side; but long before it has reached its 
definitive position it has become thicker and more compact, 
and a cavity has appeared in its centre, around which the 
cells arrange themselves into a one-layered epithelium to form 
an elongated closed sac. 

When the change in position of the vesicle is completed 
the pericardial sac loses its attachment to the wall, and a 
longitudinal folding-in of the dorsal side takes place in the 
usual way to form the heart. 


The Dorsal Tube and Ganglion. 


Very soon after the cells which make up the rudiment of 
the pericardium have made their appearance a similar collec- 
tion of cells is found on the outer surface of the inner vesicle 
somewhat to the left of the median dorsal line in the anterior 
end of the bud. ‘These cells, which are at first very loosely 
grouped together, form an irregular elongated mass, the 
rudiment of the dorsal tube; and so gradual is the transition 
from the surrounding cells of the blood to those of the rudi- 
ment, that at this early stage it is impossible to say where 
the former end and the latter begin. 

As in the case of the pericardium, there is every reason to 
believe that the dorsal tube is likewise formed of true meso- 
dermal cells. ‘The line of separation between the rudiment 
and the wall of the vesicle is perfectly distinct and clearly 
marked, and there is no evidence whatever of proliferation 
of endodermal cells at any point, while during the early 
stages the cells which are to give rise to the tube and 
the free amceboid cells of the blood are identical in size and 
appearance. 

The rudiment gradually increases in size, and the cells 
composing it become closely packed together to form a solid 
elongated mass, firmly adhering to the wall of the vesicle. 
A lumen appears in the centre, around which the cells arrange 


Budding in Perophora. 143 


themselves into an epithelium, and the structure has now the 
form of a long tube closed at both ends. 

By this time the tube has been carried up to the dorsal 
mid-line by the shifting of the inner vesicle, and later its 
anterior extremity fuses with the dorsal wall of the branchial 
sac, whereupon an opening breaks through to put the lumen 
of the tube in communication with the branchial cavity. 

In the preliminary note, referred to at the beginning of this 
article, the statement was made that “ the ganglion is formed 
by a thickening of the dorsal wall of the tube, which even- 
tually becomes constricted off.” More careful study of very 
young stages has shown that this is not a correct description 
of the formation of the ganglion. 

About the time that the dorsal tube acquires its opening 
into the pharynx a few cells, identical in appearance with the 
mesodermal cells, are found adhering to the dorsal surface of 
the tube along nearly the whole length of the latter. Itisa 
difficult question to decide whether these cells are meso- 
dermal, as their appearance indicates, or whether they are 
wandering cells from the wall of the tube, for in many places 
the border of the latter is broken, and there is a decided indi- 
cation of migration of cells into the rudiment. On the other 
hand, it is perfectly evident, especially in later stages, that 
free amoeboid cells are added to the mass from without. The 
conclusion has therefore been drawn that the ganglion has a 
double origin and that both the dorsal wall of the tube and 
free mesodermal cells co-operate in forming it. 

The rudiment increases enormously in size, the cell- 
boundaries are completely lost, and the nuclei arrange them- 
selves peripherally into two or three layers around a central 
core in which fine fibrils are afterwards laid down. ‘The 
definitive structure of the ganglion is then attained. 


The Sexual Organs. 


Our observations on the development of these organs closely 
agree with the description given by Van Beneden and Julin * 
for the buds of Perophora Listert. 

Shortly after the peribranchial cavity has been completely 
separated from the branchial sac a small collection of meso- 
dermal cells is found lying in front of the wall of the stomach 
almost at the point where the latter is connected with the 
duct of the “ organe rétringent.” A cavity soon appears in 


* Arch, de Biologie, t. vi., 1887. 


144 Mr. E. A. Smith on Land-Shells from the 


the centre of the mass, which now assumes a spherical shape, 
and becomes connected with a solid string of mesodermal 
cells, the genital cord, running parallel to the intestine and 
extending all the way to the posterior wall of the cloaca. 

As the Belgian authors have shown, from this simple sphere 
and single cord of cells, testis, ovary, vas deferens, and 
oviduct are all differentiated later. 


XX.—On a Collection of Land-Shells from the Islands of 
Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. By Epcar A. SMITH, 
F.Z.S8., Assistant-Keeper of Zoology, British Museum. 


[Plate X.] 


THE collection about to be described was made by Mr. A. 
Everett at the end of last year. It contains several new and 
interesting species. Already nine species of land Mollusca 
have been quoted from Selayar, but none appear to have been 
recorded from either Jampea or Kalao. These islands are 
situated to the south of the large island of Celebes, Selayar 
being nearest to it and the others nearly midway between it 
and Flores. 

Some of the species occur on all three of the islands, some 
on two only, and a few are common to Celebes and Selayar. 

Four have as yet been met with only on Selayar, three on 
Jampea, and five on Kalao. Further investigation may show 
that some of these are not so restricted in their distribution. 

The species recorded from Selayar by E. von Martens * 
which are not in the present collection are MJacrochlamys 
minuta, Amphidromus sultanus (=perversa, var.), Stenogyra 
achatinacea, and Vaginulus viviparus, 


Microcystina consueta. (PI. X. figs. 1, 1a.) 


Testa orbicularis, depressa, perforata, pellucida, polita ; spira brevis- 
sime conica; antractus 5-6, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, 
infra suturam anguste marginati, ultimus antice haud descendens, 
ad peripheriam rotundatus; apertura oblique lunata; peristoma 
tenue, ad insertionem leviter retlexum, supra umbilicum lingu- 
latim subproductum. 

Diam. maj. 43 millim., min. fere 4, alt. 2. 


Hab. Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao Islands. 


* Max Weber’s Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. pp. 231, 240, 243, 246. 


Islands of Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. 145 


Smaller than Macrochlamys indifferens, Smith, from South 
Celebes, but consisting of an additional whorl, and of a paler 
colour. 

Macrochlamys minuta, Martens, from Selayar is a closely 
allied form. 


Kaliella indifferens, Beettger. 


Kaliella indifferens, Boettger, Bericht Senck. nat. Gesell. 1891, p. 256, 
pl. iii. figs. 4-4 6. 
Hab. Amboina and Saparua (Bettger); Java (in Brit. 
Mus., fide G. B. Sowerby) ; Kalao (Everett). 
The specimens from Java were obtained from Mr. Sowerby, 
who doubtless received them with this locality and the above 
name. They agree precisely with the examples from Kalao. 


Xesta fulvizona, Martens. (PI. X. figs. 2-2 d.) 


Nanina fulvizona, Mousson, MSS., Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, 
Zool. vol. ii. p. 201 ; Pfeiffer, Novitat. Conch. vol. iv. p. 28, pl. exv. 
figs. 6-10; Martens, in Max Weber's Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. p. 228, 
pl. xiii. fig. 16. 

Hab. South Celebes (Martens and Wallace); Saleyer 

Island (Martens and Everett). 

This species is excessively variable not only in colour, as 
pointed out by Martens, but also with regard to the texture 
of the shell. Some of the specimens collected by Mr. Everett 
are quite thin and transparent (var. tenuis, mihi, fig. 20), 
and one could hardly believe that they belonged to the same 
species as the strong solid shells found along with them on 
the same island if there were no connecting-links or inter- 
mediate forms to judge by. ‘The series at hand, however, 
seems to point to the conclusion that they really are nothing 
more than a variety, which probably was found either at a 
different elevation or living under somewhat different con- 
ditions to the stouter forms. I could add several colour- 
varieties to those already described, but without the aid of 
coloured figures it is difficult to convey to others the differences 
of the various shades of colour. 


Xesta selayarensis. (Pl. X. fig. 3.) 


Testa perforata, depresse turbinata, albida, ad peripheriam et sutu- 
ram saturate fusco zonata, supra medium anfractus ultimi pallide 
fusco spiraliter lineata, infra lineis paucis concentricis interdum 
ornata; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, regulariter et lente crescentes 
striis incrementi obliquis tenuibus aliisque spiralibus tenuioribus 
sculpti, ultimus in medio rotundatus vix descendens; apertura 


146 Mr. E. A. Smith on Land-Shells from the 


late lunata, concolor, in medio zonata et supra lineata; péristoma 
_tenue, margine columellari breviter expanso et reflexo. 
Diam. maj. 28 millim., min, 243, alt. 21. 


Hab. Bauluan Islet, Selayar group. 

Allied to X. nemorensis, but spire less elevated, lines of 
growth finer, and colour different. ‘The fine spiral brown 
lineation is peculiar and the suture is bordered beneath with a 
fine blackish line. The coloration is not unlike that of Xesta 
Stuartie, but the form is more depressed and the sculpture 
finer. 


Xesta kalaoensis. (Pl. X. fig. 4.) 


Testa perforata, depresse turbinata, mediocriter tenuis, cinereo- 
fusca, punctis pellucidis irregulariter picta, inferne lineis con- 
centricis albidis plus minus distinctis ornata, vix nitida ; anfractus 
6, convexiusculi, sublente accrescentes, lineis incrementi tenuibus 
obliquis arcuatis sculpti, sutura simplice sejuncti, ultimus ad 
peripheriam rotundatus, antice vix descendens ; apertura late et 
oblique lunata, intus concolor albo lineata; peristoma tenue, 
margine columellari ad insertionem breviter dilatato et reflexo. 

Diam. maj. 33 millim., min. 284, alt. 224, 


Hab. Kalao Island. 

Allied to X. inquinata from Java in colour and general 
appearance, but quite distinct. The whorls are more convex, 
the last not subcarinate, and the surface is not spirally 
sculptured. 


Trochomorpha jampeana, (Pl. X. figs. 5-5 6.) 


Testa orbicularis, carinata, late umbilicata, fusca, haud nitida, lineis 
incrementi tenuibus sculpta; spira depresse conoidalis, ad apicem 
obtusa ; anfract. 6, lente accrescentes, leviter convexiusculi, supra 
suturam anguste castaneo carino-marginati, ultimus czeteris minus 
convexus, acute compresse carinatus, haud descendens; apertura 
securiformis; peristoma tenue, margine inferiore levissime in- 
crassato. 

Diam. maj. 15 millim., min. 14, alt. 5. 


Hab. Jampea Island. 

Rather like 7. Lamont?, Brazier, from New Guinea, but 
less acutely keeled, more narrowly margined at the suture, 
browner, more opaque, and with slightly more convex whorls. 
The umbilicus also is deeper and less open. TT’. gorontalensis, 
Martens, has the periomphalium more angulated and a whorl 
less in shells of the same size; it is also smoother and rather 


glossy. 


Islands of Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. 147 


Eulota textoria, Martens. 


Helix (Eulotella) textoria, Martens, in Max Weber’s Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. 
p- 286, pl. xiv. figs. 9-12. 


Hab. Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao Islands (Hverett) ; South 
Celebes and Saleyer (Martens). 

The specimens collected by Mr. Everett at Selayar were 
mostly smaller than those from the other two islands. The 
largest example from Kalao is nearly 16 millim. in its 
greatest diameter. The umbilicus in the Selayar specimens 
is slightly wider than in those from Jampea and Kalao. 


Plectotropis crassiuscula. (Pl. X. fig. 6.) 


Testa obtuse conica, carinata, umbilicata, fuscescens ; lineis incre- 
menti tenuibus aliisque spiralibus (precipue supra et infra 
medium anfr. ultimi) sculpta; spira convexa, obtusa, elata; an- 
fractus 6, convexiusculi, lente crescentes, ultimus in medio cari- 
natus, supra et infra carinam concave impressus, subtus convexi- 
usculus, vix descendens ; umbilicus profundus, circiter 1 diam. 
adeequans ; apertura obliqua, sublunata, parva ; peristoma palli- 
dum, Valde incrassatum, vix expansum, marginibus leviter conni- 
ventibus, callo tenui junctis. 

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 8, alt. 72. 


Hab. Kalao Island. 

Probably belonging to Plectotropis, having the shell- 
characters as exhibited in P. Winteriana, Pfr., from Java &c., 
only modified, the spire being higher, the umbilicus narrower, 
and the peristome thicker. 


Planispira admirabilis. (Pl. X. fig. 7.) 


Testa depresse subglobosa, mediocriter tenuis, albo- et rufo-fusco 
spiraliter zonata, zona alba paulo supra medium anfractus ultimi 
precipue conspicua, semiobtecte umbilicata, epidermide tenuis- 
sima plus minus induta, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata; spira 
planiuscula, pallida, ad suturam linea nigro-fusca cincta, ad 
apicem leviter impressa; anfractus 43, convexiusculi, celeriter 
accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, antice deflexus ; 
apertura leviter obliqua, late lunata, coloribus externis trans- 
lucentibus picta; peristoma tenue, dilute lilaceum, undique 
expansum, margine columellari reflexo, ad insertionem paulo 
dilatato, umbilicum fere obtegente. 

Diam. maj. 31 millim., min. 24, alt. 18. 


Hab. Jampea Island. 


148 Mr. E. A. Smith on Land-Shells from the 


Helicostyla (Corasta) subtenuis. (Pl. X. fig. 8.) 


Testa depressa, orbicularis, carinata, anguste umbilicata, alba, infra 
zonis paucis subpellucidis indistinctis ornata, lineis incrementi 
sculpta, supra paulo malleata; spira subplana; anfractus 44, vix 
convexiusculi, penult. punctatus, ult. ad peripheriam acute 
carinatus, supra et infra carinam impressus, infra conyexus, 
antice ad labrum vix descendens ; apertura securiformis, alba, ad 
carinam linea opaca alba ornata; peristoma tenue, marginibus 
distantibus, superiore anguste expanso, inferiore latius reflexo, 
ad insertionem dilatato, umbilicum semiobtegente. 

Diam. maj. 15 millim., min. 20, alt, 12. 


Hab. Selayar Island. 
A flattened depressed form like C. regine &c., and peculiar 
on account of a slight umbilicus. 


Hypselostoma Everettt. (Pl. X. figs. 9-9 8.) 


Testa minuta, aperte perspective umbilicata, fusca, striis incrementi 
et spiralibus minute decussata ; spira parva, elata; anfractus 4, 
convexi, sutura profunda discreti, apicales magni, ultimus circa 
medium concayus, supra et circa umbilicum obtuse angulatus, 
antice solutus ascendens, aperturam versus scrobiculatus ; aper- 
tura tubzeformis, dentibus pluribus intus armata; peristoma 
dilute rufescens, tenue, expansum, triangulari-rotundatum. 

Diam. maj. 3 millim., min. 2, alt. 13; apertura 1 lata. 


Hab. Kalao Island. 


In a natural condition all the shells are covered more or 
less with agglutinated earth, which produces a rough irregular 
appearance. ‘There are five principal converging teeth within 
the aperture, and a few smaller intermediate ones, none 
reaching to the edge of the labrum. 

A species from Java in the British Museum, labelled 
“Hf, Fruhstorfert, Bttgr.,” somewhat resembles the present 
form ; it is, however, larger, has the last whorl less freely 
produced, is keeled at the middle, and the spire is more 


elevated. 


Amphidromus kalacensis, Fulton. (Pl. X. fig. 10.) 
Amphidromus kalaoensis, Fulton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, 
vol. xviii. p. 102. 
Hab. Kalao Island. 
The type described by Mr. Fulton is here figured and is in 
the National Collection. 


Islands of Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. 149 


Amphidromus Anne, Martens. (Pl. X. fig. 11.) 


Amphidromus Anne, Martens, in Max Weber's Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. 
p- 240, pl. xiv. figs. 19-22; Fulton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, 
vol. xvii. p. 87. 

Hab. Selayar Island. 

Variable in colour; plain yellow, with flesh-coloured apex 
and rose columellar callus, or obliquely striped with black, 
the stripes being more or less interrupted. Some specimens 
are stronger and heavier than the type. 


Buliminus selayarensts. (Pl. X. fig. 12.) 


Testa elongata, rimata, dilute fuscescens, spiraliter et oblique striata, 
minute granulata; spira producta, ad apicem obtusa, mammillata ; 
anfractus 74, leviter convexi, lente accrescentes, sutura paulo 
obliqua sejuncti, ultimus ad labrum leviter ascendens, infra 
medium saccatus; apertura oblonga, intus fuscescens, longit. 
totius } adequans ; peristoma albidum, tenue, marginibus conni- 
ventibus, fere junctis, dextro vix dilatato, anteriore et columellari 
latius expansis. 

Longit. 20 millim., diam. 63; apertura 7 longa, 4 lata. 


Hab. Selayar Island. 


Buliminus (fhachis) zonulatus, Pfr. 


Hab. Kalao Island (Everett) ; Celebes (Martens). 

Four pale yellowish specimens from Kalao differ from the 
typical form in being without bands, but all have the charac- 
teristic blackish nucleus. One example exhibits a trace of a 
colour-zone upon the middle of the body-whorl; they are 
similarly minutely spirally striated. 


Clausilia simillima, Smith. 


Clausilia simillima, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. 1896, vol. ii. p. 99, pl. vii. 
fig. 26. 


Var. nov. levior. 


Hab. Selayar Island. 

This variety differs from the type from South Celebes in 
being perhaps a trifle less slender, with slightly finer strie, 
and with the puckerings at the suture much less pronounced. 
The aperture also is perhaps a trifle broader. 


Leptopoma vitreum, Lesson, 
Hab. Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao Islands. 


\ 


150 Mr. E. A. Smith on Land-Shells from the 


The specimens of this widely distributed species found by 
Mr. Everett are all pure white, without bands or other colour- 
markings. 


Cyclotus celebensis, Smith. 


Cyclotus celebensis, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. 1896, vol. ii, pl. vil. 
fis. 4-6. 


Hab. South Celebes and Selayar Island (Everett). 


Cyclotus vicinus. (Pl. X. fig. 13.) 


Testa turbinata, mediocriter umbilicata, lutescens, castaneo flammu- 
lata spiraliterque lineata, lineis incrementi obliquis striata, liris 
obtusis spiralibus paucis subobsoletis in anfr. ultimi instructa ; 
spira elata, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 5, perconvexi, ultimus 
antice subdescendens, prope labrnm vix expansus; apertura fere 
circularis ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, albidum, subduplex. 

Diam. maj. 18 millim., min. 15, alt. 15; apertura 7 lata. 


Hab. Jampea Island. 


Var. Testa paulo latius umbilicata, anfr. ultimo minore, ad aper- 
turam magis expanso. 


Hab. Kalao Island. 

This species is allied to C. politus, Sow., but may be sepa- 
rated on account of the feeble spiral ridges upon the body- 
whorl, different colour-markings, more convex whorls, deeper 
suture, and broader umbilicus. 

From the variety C. amboinensis it differs in colour- 
markings, spiral ridging, and more elevated spire. 


Cyclotus biangulatus, Martens. 
Cyclotus biangulatus, Martens, in Max Weber's Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. 
p- 214, pl. xii. figs. 5-9, 
Hab. Selayar and Kalao Islands. 
Some specimens are paler than others, one from Selayar 
being pale corneous and entirely devoid of brown markings. 


Helicina parva, Sowerby. 


Hab. Selayar Island (Everett) ; N. Celebes, Batchian, and 
Halmahera (Martens); Batchian (Bettger) ; Zebu, Philip- 
pines (Sowerby). 

With the exception of being a trifle smaller than Philip- 
pine examples I cannot discern any differences in the shells 
from Selayar. 


Islands of Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. 151 


Helicina exserta, Martens. 


Helicina exserta, Martens, in Max Weber's Zool. Ergeb. vol. ii. p. 220 
pl. xii. figs. 16-19. 

Hab. Selayar. 

Many of the specimens have agglutinated earth attached. 


Var. major. 


Shell red or yellow, larger than type, with the whorls but 
very slightly exserted and the carination at the periphery 
finer. 


Hab. Selayar. 


Var. solidior. 


Shell red or yellow, same size as type, but with less ex- 
serted whorls; as strongly keeled at the periphery ; spire 
stouter and less concavely elevated ; peristome thicker, body- 
whorl more strongly impressed above and below the keel. 


Hab. Kalao. 


Some specimens from Jampea are like the latter variety as 
regards size and form, but they more resemble the var. major 
as regards the keel, which is finer and less defined below by 
a depression. 


Helicina kalaoensis. (Pl. X. figs. 14, 14 a.) 


Testa parva, orbiculari-conica, spiraliter lirata, rufa, albo maculata 
et flammulata; anfractus 4-5, convexiusculi, apicalis levis, 
ultimus obtuse carinatus, liris tenuibus spiralibus 4-6 supra 
medium, infra 7-8 ornatus ; apertura obliqua, semilunata; peri- 
stoma intus carneum, extus pallidum, valde inerassatum, sub- 
duplex ; callus basalis in medio rufescens. 

Diam. maj. 6 millim., min. 5, alt. 34. 

Var. Testa olivacea, vel flavescens albo maculata et flammulata. 


Hab. Kalao Island. 
This species is well characterized by its very strong thick- 
ened lip and the spiral ridging. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Figs. 1, 1 a. Microcystina consueta. 
Figs. 2-2 b, Xesta fulvizona. 

Fig. 3. Xesta selayarensis. 

Fig. 4. Xesta kalaoensis. 

Figs. 5-5 b. Trochomorpha jampeana. 


152 On a new Genus of Elapine Snakes. 


Fig. 6. Plectotropis crassiuscula. 

Fig. 7. Planispira admirabilis. 

Fig. 8. Helicostyla (Corasia) subtenuis. 
Figs. 9-9 b. Hypselostoma Everetti. 
Fig. 10. Amphidromus kalaoensis. 
Fig. 11. Amphidromus Anne. 

Fig. 12. Buliminus selayarensis. 

Fig. 18. Cyelotus vicinus. 

Figs. 14, 14 a. Helhicina kalaocensis. 


XXI.—Description of a new Genus of Elapine Snakes from 
Woodlark Island, British New Guinea. By G. A. 
BouLenGeEr, F.R.S. 


TOXICOCALAMUS. 
Allied to Ogmodon, Peters, and Glyphodon, Gthr. Max- 


illary extending forwards as far as the palatine, with six 
teeth gradually decreasing in length, the first a “ perforated ” 
poison-fang ; mandibular teeth gradually decreasing in length. 
Head small, not distinct from neck; eye very small, with 
round pupil; nostril pierced between two nasals; no pre- 
ocular ; postfrontal bone absent. Body cylindrical, extremely 
elongate ; scales smooth, without pits, in 17 rows; ventrals 
rounded. ‘Tail short; subcaudals in two rows. 


Toxicocalamus longissimus. 


Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above; 
internasals half as long as the prefrontals, which are in con- 
tact with the second and third upper labials and with the 
eye; frontal small, slightly broader than the supraocular, 
once and a half as long as broad, as long as its distance from 
the end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals; one 
postocular; temporals 14+2; six upper labials, third and 
fourth entering the eye; three lower labials in contact with 
the anterior chin-shields, which are a little longer than the 
posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 299-305; anal 
divided ; subcaudals 30-31. ‘Tail ending in a compressed 
horny scute, which is keeled above. Grey-brown above, with 
darker streaks along the scales; sides whitish, each scale with 
a grey-brown streak; a yellowish bar across the snout; 
ventrals white, with two grey-brown longitudinal streaks. 

Total length 650 millim. ; tail 38. 

Two specimens were obtained on Woodlark Island by 


Mr. A. S. Meek. 


On Freshwater Fishes from Smyrna. 153 


XXIJ.— On Freshwater Fishes from Smyrna. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


THE Trustees of the British Museum are indebted to Mr. F. 
Holmwood, C.B., H.B.M. Consul-General at Smyrna, for a 
small but interesting collection of fishes made by him in the 
rivers and streams between the north coast of Smyrna and 
Troy. Three out of the seven species represented in the 
collection are undescribed. The known species are :—Ca- 
poeta fratercula, Heck.; Leuciscus berak, Heck.; Cobitis 
tenia, L.; and Salmo fario, var. macrostigma, A. Dum.* 
The new species are here described. 


Capoeta Holmwoodit. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 44 to 43 times 
in total length. Snout rounded, feebly projecting beyond 
the mouth, as long as the eye, which is 4 times in length 
of head; interorbital width 2 length of head, width of 
mouth 4; no barbel. Dorsal If 8, without osseous ray, origi- 
nating midway between end of snout and base of caudal. 
Anal III 9. Pectoral a little shorter than the head, the 
distance between its extremity and the base of the ventrals 
about half its length. Caudal forked. Scales 60-64 43°; 
5 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Pale olive 
above, silvery on the sides and below. 

Total length 120 millim. 

Two specimens. 


Barbus lydianus. 


Depth of body 3% to 44 times in total length, length of 
head 33 to 4 times. Snout rounded, feebly prominent, nearly 
twice as long as the diameter of the eye, which is 44 to 5 
times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of head ; 
rostral barbel a little shorter than the maxillary barbel, which 
measures 14 to 12 diameter of eye. Dorsal III 7-8; spine 
strong, 2 length of head; serre strong, 23-25; origin of 
dorsal opposite to outer ventral rays, and a little nearer base 
of caudal than end of snout. Anal II 5. Caudal forked. 
Scales 43-46 pss ; 4 or 5 scales between lateral line and base 
of ventral.. Pale olive above, silvery beneath; small irregular 
dark spots may be present on the back and sides. 

Total length 140 millim. 

Several specimens. 

* This form is represented in the British Museum by specimens from 
Tetuan, Tangiers, Algeria, Mt. Olympus, and Teheran. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 11 


154 On a new Siluroid Fish from Brazil. 


Leuciscus smyrneus. 


Section Sgualius, Heck. Pharyngeal teeth 5.2. Depth 
of body 8 to 34 times in total length, length of head 34 to 33 
times. Mouth oblique; snout 14 as long as the eye in the 
adult ; eye 4 to 5 times in length of head, interorbital width 
24 to 22 times. Dorsal II 7, originating just behind the 
vertical of the ventral and nearly midway between the end of 
the snout and the extremity of the caudal fin. Pectoral 
nearly % length of head. Anal III 7-8. Caudal forked. 
Scales 33-35 3 2 scales between lateral line and base of 
ventral. Dark olive to blackish above, silvery beneath ; rays 
of paired fins and anal bright yellow. 

Total length 160 millim. 

Several specimens. 


XXIII.—Description of a new Stluroid Fish from the Organ 
Mountains, Brazil. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


Trichomycterus Goeldit. 


Head much depressed, as long as broad, six times in total 
length; eye small, midway between end of snout and oper- 
cular border, its diameter half interorbital width; upper 
maxillary barbel reaching the pectoral; gill-membranes nar- 
rowly joined to the isthmus, extending forward to below the 
eyes. Body as deep as broad; caudal peduncle strongly 
compressed, twice as long as deep. Dorsal with 10 rays, 
opposite to the space between ventrals and anal, twice as 
distant from the end of the snout as from the caudal; anal 
with 7 rays. Pectorals with the outer ray produced, filiform. 
Ventrals equally distant from the end of the snout and the 
posterior border of the caudal fin; latter rounded. Yellowish, 
with ill-defined brown spots above. 

Total length 99 millim. 

This fish, which is nearest allied to 7. punctatissimus, 
Casteln., and 7. Knerii, Stdr., is found in brooks at Colonia 
Alpina, in the Province Rio Janeiro, at an altitude of nearly 
2600 feet. J am indebted to Dr. E. A. Géldi and his cousin 
Mr. Andreas Géldi for a set of the fishes of that locality, 
which appears to produce but six species. ‘These are, in 
addition to the one described above :— Heros acaroides, Hens. ; 
Flecostomus microps, Stdr.; Characidium fasciatum, Reinh. ; 
Tetragonopterus fasciatus, Cuv. ; and Xiphorhamphus hepsetus, 
Cuv. 


On Two new Species of Oriental Lycenide. 155 


XXIV.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Oriental 
Lycenide. By H. Gross Smiru, B.A., F.E.S., &e. 


Pseudonotis florinda. 


Male.— Upperside. Both wings dark rather shining blue, 
irrorated with black, and with broad brownish-black costal 
and outer margins, the veins crossing the blue area also 
brownish black ; the outer edge of the blue area on the poste- 
rior wings is indented between the veins. 

Underside. Both wings lighter brownish black, crossed 
from the upper discoidal nervule towards the apex by a 
common band of greyish white; the band on the anterior 
Wings is narrowest towards the apex and gradually widens to 
the inner margin; the band on the posterior wings is of 
nearly uniform width and crosses them in the middle from 
the costal to the inner margin. On the posterior wings is a 
submarginal band of large silvery-blue lunules, extending 
from the second subcostal nervule to the inner margin; these 
lunules are centred with large contiguous oval black spots, the 
three spots nearest the anal angle narrower than the others; 
the tails, which are single, are rather thick. 

Expanse of wings 12 inch. 

Hab. Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands (C. M. Woodford). 


- Described from a single specimen. 


Myrina milo. 


Female.— Upperside. Both wings greyish brown, crossed 
by a common central broad white band extending from the 
lower discoidal nervule of the anterior to the inner margin of 
the posterior wings, as in J. danis, Felder, but the band is 
wider on the anterior wings, and on the posterior wings does 
not extend so far along the costal margin. On the posterior 
wings is a very narrow, well-defined, submarginal white 
line, extending nearly to the apex. 

Underside with the white band as above, but on the anterior 
wingsit extends nearer to the apex and costal margin, and in the 
dark marginal area thereis a band of narrow blue lunules. On 
the posterior wings, in the dark marginal area, is a submar- 
ginal band of silvery azure-blue lunules, centred with black, 
those nearest the apex the smallest, gradually increasing in 
size to the submedian nervure; above the anal angle the 
lunule with its central spot is the smallest; above the two 

EL 


156 Mr. A.O. Walker—Phoxocephalus pectinatus, WIZ., 


lunules nearest the anal angle are several silvery azure-blue 
spots and lines, crowned by a V-shaped black line, and another 
black line situated horizontally towards the inner margin. 
The posterior wings have two tails. 

Expanse of wings 13 inch. 

Hab. New Ireland. 

Described from a female specimen. ‘There is a male from | 
the same locality, but it is too much rubbed to permit of a 
satisfactory description ; it does not appear, so far as can be 
seen, to differ from the female, except that the wings are less 
rounded and the white band on the anterior wings is more 
sharply angulated at its upper end. 

Nearest to M. danis, but differs from it in the absence of 
the lunules on the upperside of the posterior wings of that 
species, and on the underside in the deeper and brighter 
colouring of the lunules on the posterior wings, and otherwise 
as before mentioned. It is also a smaller species. 


XX V.—Phoxocephalus pectinatus, Walker, or 
P. simplex (Bate) ? 


To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History.’ 


GENTLEMEN,— You published in your May number a descrip- 
tion by me of Phowocephalus pectinatus, sp.n. On May 4 1 
received from Mr. J. ‘I’. Calman a copy of a paper published 
by him in the April number of the Trans. Royal Irish 
Academy, in which he describes the male of the same species, 
and refers it to Phoxocephalus simplex (Bate). While fully 
appreciating Mr. Calman’s laudable desire not to increase 
unnecessarily the number of species, I regret that I cannot 
agree with him as to the identity of the species he and I have 
described with Bate’s. In fact, as a comparison of the two 
columns annexed will show, almost the only points on which 
they agree and which are not common to the genus are the 
gnathopods, and even these, to judge from Bate’s figures in 
the Brit. Mus. Cat., are more unequal in P. simplex than in 
P. pectinatus. In short, P. pectinatus might be referred to 
P. kerguelent (Stebbing), which it closely resembles in the 
gnathopods, with much greater reason than to P. simpleg. 
‘The eyes in P. pectinatus are large and as conspicuously dark 


or P. simplex (Bate) ? 157 
after several years in spirit as when freshly caught, while in 
Bate’s species they were (like P. Holbélli) “ not appreciable.” 
The relative proportions of the flagellum and secondary ap- 
pendage in the upper and the general character of the lower 
antenne are totally different. I agree with Mr. Calman that 
Bate’s specimen was an immature male; but he has then to 
account for the fact that while it measured 3%, inch, or about 
4 millim., in length, an adult male of P. pectinatus is only 
3 millim. long, a difference which is more than confirmed by 
comparison with the type specimen at the British Museum. 
Unfortunately this specimen is in such bad condition that a 
detailed examination is impossible without dissection. 


Phoxocephalus pectinatus, Walker, 


Phorus simplex, Bate (Cat. of Am- 
female. 


phipodous Crustacea, 1862). 


Genertc Character. 


Eyes in both sexes large and 
dark, retaining their colour in spirit 
for years. 


Eyes not appreciable. 


Specific Characters. 


Superior antenne having the 
extremity of the flagellum not reach- 
ing beyond the anterior margin of 
the cephalon; the flagellum short, 
three-jointed ; secondary appendage 
longer than the primary, four- 
jointed *, 

Inferior antenne as long ayain as 
the superior ; the joints of the pe- 
duncle scarcely distinguishable from 
those of the flagellum. 

Length of immature male 4 mm. 


Nant y Glyn, Colwyn Bay, 
July 1, 1896. 


Superior antennz having the ex- 
tremity of the peduncle reaching to 
the anterior margin of the cephalon ; 
flagellum fowr-jointed; secondary 
appendage much shorter than the 
primary, four-jointed. 


Inferior antenne half as long 
again as the superior; the peduncle 
quite distinct from the flagellum. 


Length of adult male 3 mm. 


ALFRED O. WALKER. 


* In the Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust. the secondary appendage is said to be 
three-jointed, while the ‘ primary ” (flagellum) is four-jointed, the former 
being “ nearly as important” as the latter. The figure, however, shows 
the secondary appendage much shorter; but as in his earlier description 
Bate seems to have mistaken the appendage for the flagellum, the descrip- 
tion is probably more accurate than the figure. 


158 On new Species of East- African Lepidoptera. 


XXVI.—Deseriptions of Two new Species of Lepidoptera 
collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in East Africa. By EMILY 
Mary SHARPE. 


Fam. Danaide. 


Amauris Ansorget, sp. n. 


Allied to A. Hilioti, Butler, but differs in having the spots 
on the fore wing white instead of yellow. In this respect it 
may be compared with A. lobengula, Sharpe, but the spots 
are somewhat differently placed and the basal area of the hind 
wing is dull argillaceous, with a very broad marginal border 
and a row of indistinct yellow spots varying in size. 

Fore wing. Ground-colour brownish black, with white 
spots ; these spots correspond exactly with A. Elliotz, figured 
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 723, pl. xli. fig. 1. 

Hind wing. The whole of the basal area dull argillaceous, 
with a broad marginal border and a submarginal row of testa- 
ceous spots, which are rather indistinct and vary in size. The 
first three spots occur, two between the first and second sub- 
costal nervule, the third between the second subcostal nervule 
and the radial nervule; between the second and third median 
nervules is a distinct spot; the other spots are almost 
obliterated. There are five minute white spots at the extreme 
edge of the hind margin. 

Underside. Similar to A. Elliot’, having all the spots 
white on the fore wing instead of yellow. The submarginal 
row of spots on the hind wing is entirely white and in pairs 
on either side of the nervules. A second row of minute white 
spots follows in pairs between each nervule at the extreme 
edge of the hind margin. ‘The argillaceous base extends 
from the middle of the costa along the inner margin to the 
anal angle. 

3 .—Loc. Uganda, Dec. 30, 1894. 


Expanse 3:1 inches. 


Fam. Satyride. 
Mycalesis Ansorget, sp. n. 
This species is allied to M. rhanidostroma, Karsch, and 
M. saga, Butler, on the underside. 
fore wing. Basal area dark velvet-brown; a light ochra- 


ceous curved band from the costa crossing the apical portion 
to the submedian nervure ; a small ocellus is distinctly visible 


On new Lepidoptera from Nyasaland, 159 


between the second and first discoidal nervules; apex darker 
brown ; around dark spot or brand close to the cell is marked 
between the first and the third median nervules. 

Hind wing dark velvet-brown, with lighter border on the 
hind margin. 

Underside. Basal area almost black-brown, as in M. saga ; 
a broad submarginal border greyish or violet-brown, rather 
lighter than the basal area, with a strongly marked waved 
line near the hind margin, which is much lighter. 

The fore wing has a light apical patch with two ocelli, the 
first hardly visible, and a third ocellus between the second 
and first median nervules. On the marginal border of the 
hind wing is a row of ocelli varying very much in size and 
placed between each nervule ; the first ocellus below the sub- 
costal nervule, the second and third between the nervules as 
far as the third median, the fourth almost invisible, the largest 
ocellus between the second and first median nervules, and two 
minute ones between the first median nervule and the sub- 
median nervure. 

A light transverse band crosses both wings from the costa 
of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind wing. 

6 .—Loc. Mtebe, East Africa, July 12, 1894. 


Eixpanse 2:1 inches. 


A complete list of this collection will be published shortly. 


XXVII.—Descriptions of some new Lepidoptera from Nyasa- 
' land. By Artuur G. BuTier, Ph.D., F.L.S., &e. 


AmoneGst thé new species in three series of Lepidoptera 
recently collected for the Museum by Mr. R. Crawshay the 
following interesting forms may be at once described :— 


Planema scalivittata, sp. n. 


6. Nearest to P. aganice, having the same form and 
general coloration, but with entirely different banding, the 
curious almost sigmoidal band and spot on the primaries 
being replaced by a short quinquefid dull white transverse bar 
from the costal to the median vein beyond the cell, and a 
notched or subangulated transverse dull white bar, obliquely 
below which is a small spot nearer to the outer margin, the 
two spots being separated by the second median branch; the 
band of the secondaries is narrower and tapers much more 


160 Dr. A. G. Butler on new 


towards the costa than in P. aganice, and on the underside 
it is creamy white, with a sharply defined straight inner edge 
and a nearly parallel (barely angulated) outer edge, broken 
by the usual internervular streaks. 

Expanse of wings 71 millim. 

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist, 1896. 

The markings of the primaries in this species form an 
almost rectangular zigzag, which runs obliquely from just 
beyond the middle of the costal to just below the middle of 
the outer margin. 


Alena reticulata, sp. n. 


6. Above greyish black; primaries with the costal margin 
to the middle narrowly ochreous; three spots in the cell, the 
first two squamose, the basal one elongated, cuneiform, the 
others subquadrate ; asquamose whitish patch below median 
vein from base to near the middle of the wing; an angular 
white macular bar, consisting of seven.spots, from the costa 
to the first median branch beyond the cell; traces of discal 
and submarginal series of small spots, the first five spots and 
the last of the discal series and the second and three last of 
the submarginal series being white, and therefore fairly well 
defined ; fringe white, flecked with black: secondaries with 
ashy hairs over the basal half; a white macular angulated 
band, consisting of eight spots, beyond the middle, the third 
and fourth spots large, elongated, and confluent, the dividing 
vein being white instead of black, the last spot with a grey 
continuation up the abdominal border; a submarginal series 
of six squamose white spots: body black, margins of eyes 
snow-white; collar ferruginous; terminal segments of abdomen 
banded with ochreous; anus ochreous. Under surface some- 
what like that of A. nyasse@, but mostly cream-coloured and 
black, the reticulations being much more complete; the 
primaries with narrower postmedian band and continuous 
black submarginal line; the secondaries with no complete 
open central space, the black bars being all connected ; palpi, 
tibiz, tarsi, and ventral surface of abdomen orange-tawny. 

Expanse of wings 36 millim. 

@. Larger and much whiter on both surfaces; the second- 
aries above white, reticulated with greyish and stained on the 
external area with creamy; below, the submarginal black 
line is wanting on the primaries and ill-defined on the 
secondaries. 

Expanse of wings 40 millim. 

3, Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 
1896; ¢, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896. 


Lepidoptera from Nyasaland. 161 


Cyclopides perexcellens, sp. n. 


Allied to C. metis, quadrisignatus, &c.; above shining 
bronze-brown, with greenish reflections ; primaries with eight 
spots of bright golden ochreous, as in the most heavily-marked 
specimens of C. guadrisignatus, and a submarginal series of 
six dots from costa to first median interspace: secondaries 
with five or six unequal submarginal squamose greenish- 
ochreous spots and two short streaks beyond the cell; fringe 
(of these wings only) golden ochreous: body blackish ; head 
and palpi clothed with golden-brown hair, pterygodes with 
tawny cupreous hair. Primaries below with the costal margin 
and a decreasing submarginal series of spots creamy whitish 
varied with buff; fringe with a broad ochreous central band, 
otherwise marked as above: secondaries ochreous varied with 
greenish cream ; abdominal area deep brown, with longitudinal 
interrupted bluish-ash streak; veins and margins black ; 
fringe orange or golden ochreous, as above; a triangular spot 
at base of subcostal area, a band of five irregularly placed 
unequal spots crossing the cell obliquely, a discal oblique 
series of five spots, and a marginal series of seven spots 
metallic silver: palpi below ochreous; pectus brown, clothed 
with ochreous hairs; venter with central cream-coloured 
. stripe, bordered with ochreous. 

Expanse of wings 33 millim. 

Two males, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, 
March 5th, 1896. 

By far the most beautiful species hitherto described, and 
utterly unlike any other species in the elegant silver spotting 
of the under surface. 


A pair of a very beautiful Limacodid obtained by 
Mr. Crawshay I was at first inclined to regard as a variety of 
Teda etitis, Wiigr.; a careful comparison of the two has, 
however, convinced me that they are quite distinct species :— 


Teda prasina, sp. n. 


Primaries pea-green, bluish at outer margin; markings 
silver, edged with golden rust-red : secondaries silky ochreous; 
antenne reddish testaceous; thorax sage-green; abdomen 
deep golden ochraceous. Differs from TYceda etitis in the 
yellower tint of the primaries and the great extension of the 
silver markings, the basal patch consisting of six or seven 
divisions separated by rust-red reticulation; the spot beyond 
the cell four times larger, its outer half divided by golden 


162 On new Lepidoptera from Nyasaland. 


rust reticulation into two spots; the short transverse bar 
towards external angle continued by a series of decreasing 
spots almost to apex, and somewhat resembling a reversed 
cornucopia with eight divisions; secondaries uniformly 
ochreous, the grey suffusion of 7. etitis being absent. 

Expanse of wings 33-34 millim. 

Two males, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, 
December 14th, 1895. 


Hibrildes Crawshay?, sp. n. 


Q. Allied to H. norax of Druce (Anengya spiritalis of 
Karsch *), but much smaller ; semitransparent rosy tawny, 
with slender black veins: primaries with a short black bar 
across the end of the cell; external border dark grey, dentate- 
sinuate internally, broad at apex, narrow at external angle; 
fringe grey, becoming whitish tawny towards external angle: 
secondaries with a black discocellular dash; external border 
rather broadly blackish, enclosing six spots of the ground- 
colour; fringe of outer border grey: head ochreous, antenne 
black ; thorax blackish, spotted with white and buff; abdo- 
men tawny at base, otherwise blackish, with dorsal and lateral 
spots grading from buff to cream-colour ; anal tuft ochreous. 

Jings below more glossy than above, but similar; face 
ochreous; pectus deep brown; legs with a few ochreous 
hairs ; venter brown, bounded by an ochreous stripe and a 
row of cream-coloured spots. 

Expanse of wings 61 millim. 

Mwini-uruma’s town, Nyika to Tanganyika plateau, De- 
cember 17th, 1899. 


H2MATORITHRA, gen. nov. 


Near to Omiza, Walk. ; differs in its much broader antenna, 
in the straight discocellulars of the primaries, and the smaller 
secondaries, with the subcostal branches emitted together 
from the same point. 


Type H. rubrifasciata. 


Hematorithra rubrifasciata, sp. n. 


Primaries sordid sericeous creamy white, with stramineous 
costa and outer-marginal fringe; a purplish-black transverse 
dash from costa at basal two sevenths, continued across the 


* Described in a paper on African Lepidoptera, containing many new 
names for old species (Ent. Nachr. 1896, p. 374, pl. iv. fig. 7). 


On new Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 163 


wing as a dull blood-red stripe; a similar (but imperfect) 
oblique subapical purplish-black dash, followed almost imme- 
diately by an oblique inwardly directed arched stripe of red, 
which runs to inner margin; a black discocellular dash : 
secondaries straw-yellow, with a black spot on upper disco- 
cellular veinlet and a red dash near anal angle: face ochreous ; 
vertex of head and broadly pectinated antenne black ; collar 
and front of pterygodes stramineous ; remainder of pterygodes 
and thorax sericeous sordid creamy white; abdomen greyer, 
yellowish at sides. Under surface of all the wings ochreous ; 
primaries with no inner band and the outer band reduced to 
an oblique dash ; black discocellular dash as above: second- 
aries with a red spot beyond the cell; otherwise as above: 
body below cream-coloured, the legs partly stramineous ; 
palpi ochreous. 

Eixpanse of wings 33 millim. 

6, Kasitu River, foot of Jakwa Mountain, Henga, west 
of Lake Nyasa, June 16th, 1895. 


XXVIII.—New Species of Pyralide from the Khasta Hills. 
By W. WarreN, M.A., F.E.S. 


[Continued from p. 119.] 


HALIOTIGRIS, gen. nov. 


Fore wings narrow and elongate ; costa straight for three 
fourths, then gradually curved; apex rectangular; hind 
margin curved, more obliquely in the lower half; anal angle 
obtuse. Hind wings with both angles and hind margin 
rounded, the latter slightly bent in middle. Abdomen of 
male extending far beyond hind wings. Antenne finely 
ciliated, the basal jot enlarged. Labial palpi obliquely 
upturned; second joint thick, third short, bluntly pointed ; 
maxillary palpi absent; tongue developed; ocelli present, 
pale, with dark rim; vertex of head with rough hairs. 
Neuration: fore wings with cell half the length of wings ; 
discocellular slightly concave; first median at five sixths, 
third from lower angle of cell, second just before, lower radial 
just above, the angle; upper median below the upper angle, 
last subcostal from it; third and fourth stalked; first and 
second free. Hind wings with first subcostal anastomosing 
for some considerable distance with costal; medians and 
radial as in fore wings. 

Type Haliotigris cometa, sp. n. 


164 Mr. W. Warren on new 


Haliotigris cometa, sp. n. 


Fore wings white, iridescent; a velvety black basal line 
prolonged along inner margin; a black inner line at one 
sixth, oblique and straight to below median vein, then angled ; 
outer line thick, velvety black, at three fourths, attenuated 
below middle, running in shortly to beneath the discal spot, 
then, oblique and angled basewards, to inner margin at two 
thirds ; two large discal spots, subquadrate, erect, not reaching 
costa, filled up with dull fulvous, the outer one edged with 
darker ; central area below median filled up with fulvous and 
grey scales; a blackish spot above inner margin beyond first 
line, edged with pale tawny and followed by two blackish 
streaks ; the fulvous suffusion of median area extends beyond 
the outer line as far as its elbow; veins beyond outer line 
finely black; the apical two thirds of the marginal space 
steel-blue, iridescent, white close to outer line and yellowish 
along costa; fringe steel-blue for two thirds, then white. 
Hind wings white ; an irregular velvety-black fascia close to 
base ; a curved dark grey wispy shade from the discal spot 
to middle of hind margin with the veins within it blackish ; 
an oblique grey shade towards apex also with the veins in it 
blackish ; anal angle with the veins slightly tinged with 
grey ; fringe white. Head, face, thorax, and patagia yellow- 
fulvous; middle of thorax black; abdomen white, its basal 
segment broadly velvety black; a fine dark dorsal line and 
thicker lateral lines. Underside white, with all the veins and 
markings black ; the two cell-spots of fore wings also black ; 
a tuft of fulvous yellow hairs from base of fore wings. 

Expanse of wings 50 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 

A remarkably beautiful insect. 


MARGAROCHROMA, gen. nov. 


Fore wings with costa faintly sinuous, slightly incurved in 
middle and convex on either side, strongly at apex; apex 
produced, blunt ; hind margin strongly oblique, hardly curved. 
Hind wings triangular, the hind margin hardly curved, the 
apex prominent, the anal angle rounded off. Abdomen of 
male with rather large anal tuft; antenne pubescent, with 
fine short ciliations ; labial palpi long, porrect, decumbent, 
second joint roughly haired, especially above, third joint 
acute, nearly as long as second; tongue present; maxillary 
palpi absent; ocelli invisible; forehead strongly produced 
below. Neuration: fore wings, cell half the length of wing ; 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 165 


discocellular concave, vertical ; first median at three fourths ; 
second, third, and lower radial all close together from end of 
cell; upper radial from below upper angle; last subcostal 
from the angle, rather upcurved at its origin; first and second 
subcostals free, the second closely approximated to the stem 
of the third and fourth. 

Type Margarochroma pictalis, sp. n. 


Margarochroma pictalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings white, suffused with burnished golden scales ; 
first line at one fourth, angled on median and submedian 
veins, the upper half faint, the lower black, distinct; second 
line at about two thirds, distinct, black, running straight 
towards anal angle, curved from the third median to below 
the discocellular, there sharply retracted and forming an 
acute angle outwards, and attaining the inner margin near 
the first line, with which it is united above inner margin by 
black scales; the inner line is preceded and the outer followed 
by a similar parallel but fainter line ; a black crescent on the 
discocellular and an elongated blackish-edged spot in the cell 
before it; median area at and below the median vein 
darkened with diffuse scales; some grey scales towards 
middle of hind margin; fringe white beyond a very fine 
dark basal line. Hind wings with basal three fourths mixed 
fulvous and grey, with a brighter fulvous spot in the middle 
of its outer margin edged with dark; marginal area white, 
with burnished golden scales and traces of a broken blackish 
line; fringe as in fore wings. Head and thorax white ; 
abdomen whitish, with lustrous scales ; the basal segments 
variegated with tawny and dark grey scales ; anal tuft black ; 
palpi and lower half of forehead black. Underside whitish, 
with the markings and some marginal clouds dark; basal 
half of both wings dull blackish. 

Exxpanse of wings 24 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


Genus PLEuRopPTYA, Meyr. 
Pleuroptya fuscalis, sp. n. 


Fore wirigs fulvous fuscous, darker along costa and hind 
margin, the lines and spots dark fuscous ; first line near base, 
vertical in its lower half, recurved basewards above, and 
indistinct towards costa; second line at three fourths, diffuse, 
inwardly oblique at first, then forming a shallow sinus, in- 
curved below middle and darker below discal spot to inner 


166 Mr. W. Warren on new 


margin at two thirds; marginal space darker fuscous to near 
second line; a small dark spot in cell and a larger one at the 
end; fringe dark grey. Hind wings paler, more yellowish, 
with dark discal spot, and exterior line as on fore wings; 
marginal space dark fuscous, becoming blackish and some- 
what metallic at apex along costa; fringe pale glossy ochreous 
with a darker base. Head and thorax concolorous with fore 
wings; abdomen paler. Underside dull whitish ochreous, 
with the lines indistinct. 

Expanse of wings 46 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


Genus Norarcua, Meyr. 


Notarcha semiflava, sp. n. 


Fore wings fuscous, the lines and spots darker; the costa 
paler, tinged with yellowish ; first line near base, indistinct ; 
a pale yellow spot in cell, preceded by a round blackish one 
and followed by a reniform one on the discocellular; post- 
median line of the usual form, forming three teeth in the 
sinus, dull blackish, edged externally with paler, which below 
the costa takes the form of a curved yellow blotch with lunate 
edges; beyond the postmedian the ground-colour becomes 
darker ; fringe yellowish, chequered with brownish triangles. 
Hind wings yellowish, with the base, a discal spot, an outer 
thick rectangularly bent line, and the whole outer border dark 
fuscous ; fringe as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdo- 
men olive fuscous; base of abdomen yellowish. Underside 
pale straw-colour, with the markings dull leaden grey. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

A few from the Khasias. 


Notarcha paucinotalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings mouse-colour, tinged with rufous; first line 
only visible on inner margin as a dark shade, and a black 
dot below the median; a small black dot in the cell anda 
slender black lunule at its end ; second line denticulate, inter- 
rupted, strongly curved outwards in the middle, reaching 
inner margin at two thirds, above which it is marked by a 
large black spot; a marginal row of small black dots; fringe 
concolorous. Hind wings darker, with a cell-spot and denti- 
culate central line; the basal area and inner marginal third 
suffused with dark grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen con- 
colorous; basal joint of antenne, tongue, and pectus whitish 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 167 


ochreous. Underside smooth, pale grey, with the outer line 
and cell-spot distinct in both wings, the line not interrupted. 
Expanse of wings 40 millim. 
One male from the Khasias. 


Genus Loxoscra, Warr. 


Loxoscia verecunda, sp. n. 


Like L. costalis, Moore, but smaller and duller; pale grey. 
Fore wings with costa yellowish; the lines and spots ob- 
scurely darker and the central area slightly suffused with 
yellowish, especially towards the inner margin; the outer 
line consists of three equal oblique portions; the sinus con- 
tains a pale yellowish spot. Hind wings with basal two 
fifths pale, with a dark cell-spot; the rest with the fringes 
pale grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish. Under- 
side still duller, with the markings fainter. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


Genus GADESSA, Moore. 
Gadessa impuralis, sp. n. 


Fore wingsstraw-colour, with dull brownish-grey markings; 
the costa, especially at base, yellowish; lines somewhat 
blurred and indistinct, first at one fifth, slightly bent, and 
oblique outwards; second at three fourths, at first inwardly 
oblique, then describing a shallow sinus, incurved to below 
reniform stigma, with which it is connected by a grey diffuse 
blotch, and again oblique inwards, reaching inner margin 
before two thirds, and approximated to first line ; a subbasal 
yellowish diffuse shade; a pale fuscous cloudy spot in base of 
cell and a darker cloudy cell-spot; hind margin greyish 
fuscous, diffuse, and broader towards costa and anal angle. 
Hind wings the same, without inner line and basal cell-spot ; 
fringes straw-colour. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen straw- 
colour; collar and sides of patagia yellowish. Underside 
duller ; the costa of fore wing and hind margins of both wings 
dull fuscous; the cell-spot and outer line only shown on fore 
wings. 

E.xpanse of wings 28-30 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 

Very near to mysisalis, Wlk., from §S. Africa, and appa- 
rently identical with specimens from the Nilgiris referred to 
that species by Mr. Hampson. 


168 Mr. W. Warren on new 


Genus CONOGETHES, Meyr. 
Conogethes diminutiva, sp. n. 


Fore wings yellow, with the lines indicated by black spots ; 
a black dot at base; two subbasal spots on inner margin ; 
first line sometimes vertical, consisting of three spots, often 
broken, the two lower spots nearer the hind margin; two 
spots in cell ; exterior line consisting of ten or eleven spots, 
submarginal line of seven; the disk is often suffused with 
tawny, and in some instances the lower spots of the two lines 
coalesce, forming blotches in the central area. Hind wings 
with discal spot and two lines of black spots, the central line 
forming a black blotch on inner margin; fringes of both 
wings yellow. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, the latter 
generally with dorsal and lateral rows of black spots; anal 
tuft of male black. Underside like upper, but paler; the 
disk of fore wings often suffused with black. 

Expanse of wings 17 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 

Of the same size as C. hemactalis, Snell., but distinguished 
at once by the black, not reddish or purple markings. The 
suffused forms may be called var. fulvida. 


Conogethes punctiferalis, var. nigralis, n. 

The whole of the median area between the spots that repre- 
sent the antemedian and postmedian lines suffused with 
blackish. This variety is exactly analogous with the variety 
semifascialis, Wlk., of ersealis, Wlk., from Moreton Bay, 
Australia. 


Genus ARIPANA, Moore. 


Aripana annulata, sp. n. 


Fore wings white ; a faint ochreous streak along costa at 
base and along hind margin from apex ; a black spot at base, 
one on costa and inner margin near base, and a small one in 
base of cell; first line ochreous brown, only visible towards 
inner margin; a roundish large black cell-spot, sometimes 
with pale centre; obliquely beyond it a large finely edged 
brown or ochreous semiannulus; the ochreous or brownish 
diffuse exterior line starts from another similar semiannulus,” 
is curved outwards towards hind margin, interrupted below 
the middle, and reappears on inner margin at three fourths ; 
opposite the gap is a black spot near the hind margin. Hind 
wings with black cell-spot and ochreous sinuous interrupted 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 169 


exterior line, with a black spot on it at inner margin and 
another near hind margin in the middle; fringes whitish. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen white; two black spots on the 
sides of the second abdominal segment. Underside suffused 
with pale fuscous, with only the discal spots marked and the 
edges of the costal annuli. In one of the two examples the 
exterior line is much nearer the hind margin than in the 
other. 

Expanse of wings 24-26 millim. 

‘l'wo males from the Khasias. 


Aripana? candidalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings white; basal area tinged with grey and with 
two small black dashes, one in the middle, the other on inner 
margin ; first line blackish at one fourth, curved, with a 
black costal blotch along its upper half ; second line from 
middle of costa, followed on costa by a large black blotch, 
forming an acute projecting beak below middle towards anal 
angle, and ending vertically on inner margin at three fourths ; 
lower third of median area pale fulvous ; an elongated black 
discal spot and a round blackish apical spot; fringe white, 
with a black basal line at apex. Hind wings white, with the 
whole outer third interruptedly blackish, the white ground- 
colour forming a small sinus in the middle; fringe white, 
with yellowish base and darker dividing line. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen white; basal segments of abdomen tinged with 
grey ; anal segments black. Underside like upper; in the 
hind wings a black outer line with rectangular sinus is 
visible. 

Exxpanse of wings 17 millim. 

One female from the Khasias. 


Aripana radiata, sp. n. 


Fore wings white, with a faint ochreous tinge in places; a 
minute black dot at base of costa, a black spot on median 
near base, and another on inner margin further from base, 
the three lying in a curve; a black spot on costa at one third, 
from which the first line runs vertical to inner margin; a 
small black dot in cell and large black spot at end; a black 
streak from below the small dot obliquely to inner margin 
before anal angle; another from below the discal spot, 
divergent from the first, to hind margin above anal angle; a 
row of black marginal spots increasing in size as_ they 
approach the anal angle; a thick black outer line from 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 12 


170 Mr. W. Warren on new 


costa beyond two thirds, oblique as far as third median, 
below which it turns and runs straight outwards to hind 
margin; fringe white. Hind wings with large black discal 
spot, with a smaller one nearer base, and black postmedian 
line forming two large curves, one round the cell, the other 
below it, to a black spot on inner margin; fringe white 
beyond a black marginal line. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
white, tinged with greyish ochreous; a pair of black spots on 
tront of thorax and first segment of abdomen. Underside 
white, with the markings fainter and in part obsolete. 

Expanse of wings 28 millim. 

Two females from the Khasias. 


Genus Dicuocrocis, Led. 
Dichocrocis fuscifimbria, sp. 0. 


Fore wings deep yeilow, suffused with orange; first line at 
one fourth, oblique outwards, and angled on the median, thick, 
dark brown; outer line at four fifths, parallel to hind margin, 
forming a sinus over the three median nervules, running 
shortly inwards along the first median, and reaching inner 
margin at three fourths; cell-spot large, brownish; a 
smaller dot in cell towards base; fringes leaden grey, with a 
darker basal line. Hind wings like fore wings, without the 
basal line, and with the cell-spot smaller. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen orange. Underside paler, without basal line. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

Several of both sexes from Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. 


PLATEOPSIS, gen. nov. 


Fore wings with costa straight, curved only at base and 
before apex, which is blunt ; hind margin obliquely rounded. 
Hind wings with both angles and hind margin evenly rounded. 
Forehead broad, projecting, and flattened, with a small blunt 
tooth in front ; labial palpi obliquely ascending ; second joint 
thick, third small and pointed; maxillary palpi invisible; 
tongue small ; antenne thick, short, lamellate, and pubescent. 
Neuration: fore wings, cell not half as long as wing, first 
median at five sixths, second, third, and lower radial at even 
distances from each other, third from end of cell; upper 
radial from just above middle of discocellular; last subcostal 
from end of cell, which is bent down, so that the nervule 
seems to rise from the discocelluJar; stem of third and fourth 
from just before the angle, the second close to the latter, first 
not far before second, bent up towards costal. Hind wings 


Pyralidz from the Khasia Hills. 171 


with cell very short; costal approximated to subcostal near 
base ; first subcostal anastomosing for a considerable distance 
with the costal; medians and radial all approximated from 
the lower angle of cell. 

Type Plateopsis vespertilio. 


Plateopsis vespertilio, sp. n. 


Fore wings mouse-colour, smooth, without irroration ; lines 
dark, thick, first near base, vertical to inner margin before 
one third, the costal portion invisible; a large blackish cell- 
spot ; exterior line at three fourths, parallel for one third to 
hind margin, then forming a tridentate shallow sinus, running 
in to beneath the discal spot, thence very thick to inner 
margin ; fringe concolorous, with a white spot at anal angle. 
Hind wings the same, with outer line only; white spot in 
fringes near anal angle larger. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
all concolorous. Underside whitish, with discal spot and 
outer lines represented. 

Expanse of wings 22 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

A very distinct looking insect. 


Genus Coprosasis, Led. 


Coptobasis biocellata, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull olive-fuscous ; first line near base, bent in 
middle, the lower arm vertical; second line at three fourths, 
obscurely dentate, and hardly forming a sinus, running in 
very shortly along the second median, and thence obliquely 
to inner margin at two thirds, faintly edged with paler 
throughout ; first spot horizontal, oval, with slightly paler 
centre and dark edge ; the second lunular; fringe concolorous, 
without lines. Hind wings with dark discal spot and dentate 
outer line. Head and thorax concolorous, the abdomen much 
paler. Underside whitish cinereous, with the lines and spots 
a little darker. Antenne of male with small but distinct 
basal process. 

Expanse of wings 28 millim. 

Both sexes from Tenimber. 


Coptobasis incrassata, sp. 0. 


Fore wings glossy fuscous, the costa dark fuscous; first 
line at one fourth, oblique outward, thick ; second line at two 


thirds, running vertically straight without a sinus to the 
12” 


172 Mr. W. Warren on new 


second median, along which it runs to below the discocellular, 
and thence to inner margin beyond middle, forming two right 
angles at the bends; a round blackish spot in cell and a dull 
whitish, thickly dark-edged lunule on discocellular ; fringes 
glossy, concolorous, with a broad dark line at base, preceded 
by a very narrow pale one. Hind wings like fore wings, 
but rather paler, with an obscure darker central line ; fringes 
with their apices whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen con- 
colorous. Underside whitish cinereous, with the markings 
darker. The antenne of the male are strongly pubescent 
and have an enlarged bifid process from the basal joint. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


POLYCORYS, gen. nov. 


Distinguished from Coptobasis, Led., by the antenne of 
the male, of which the basal joint is much enlarged and 
clothed with a tuft of hair, the shaft of the antenne being 
articulated to its extremity ; the first fourth of the shaft is 
thickened, with closely lamellate joints, the rest filiform. 
Labial palpi porrect, stout, densely hairy beneath, the third 
joint concealed; maxillary palpi slender, porrect above the 
labial. Collar and shoulders with erect tufts of scales ; patagia 
and wings clothed with long coarse hair-like scales. 

Type Polycorys seminigralis, sp. n. 

Coptobasis crotonalis, Wlk., belongs to this genus. 


Polycorys seminigralis, sp. n. 

Fore wings greyish fuscous, dusted with dark fuscous; 
first line near base, dark fuscous, angled in middle, the lower 
arm vertical; orbicular stigma round, the reniform lunate, 
obliquely curved, both dark-edged, with their centre of the 
ground-colour ; second line distinct, blackish, dentate, from 
costa at about two-thirds, vertical for its first third, vertical 
but slightly nearer hind margin in the middle, slightly oblique, 
without denticulations, and strongly marked, above inner 
margin; a row of black dashes along hind margin separated 
by the pale veins; from inner margin near base a dark suffu- 
sion extends to hind margin below apex, embracing the whole 
outer half of wing except the paler edging of the second line; 
fringe fuscous. Hind wings with blackish cell-spot ; second 
and marginal lines as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen grey mixed with dark fuscous; tip of abdomen pale. 
Underside paler grey, with the lines and spots distinct. 

Exxpanse of wings 36 millim. 

Several males from the Khasias. 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 173 


Genus NosopHora, Led. 
Nosophora triguttalis, sp. n. 

Intermediate between conjunctalis, Wlk., and chironalis, 
WI1k., having in the fore wings the two spots of the former 
and in the hind wing the round spot of the latter. ‘lhe hind 
wings beneath possess the bed of scales above the cell. 


One male from the Khasias. 
The basal segment of the abdomen is white. 


Genus CycLarcHa, Warr. 


Cyclarcha monomma, sp. n. 


Fore wings straw-yellow, suffused with greyish fuscous 
beneath the median vein for two thirds from the base, the 
veins themselves remaining paler; no markings whatever, 
except a large round velvety black discal spot; fringe straw- 
colour. Hind wings the same, with the fuscous suffusion 
deeper and embracing the whole wing except the hind margin ; 
a faint dark brown cell-spot and a submarginal wavy line, 
edged externally with paler. Head, face, and palpi straw- 
colour; abdomen dark brownish fuscous. Underside glossy 
straw-colour, with the round discal spot of fore wings distinct 
and a cinereous shade across the disk of both wings. 

Expanse of wings 20 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


PANTGOCOME, gen. nov. 


Wings both in shape and markings like Acharana and 
Pachyzancla; labial palpi short and broad, bluntly triangular, 
the third joint quite invisible; maxillary palpi erect, fili- 
form ; tongue and ocelli present; antenne in female simple, 
in male pubesceut; in the male the middle femora and tibie 
are largely developed ; the hind femora and tibiz are clothed 
with smooth shiny scales, concealing a mass of expansible 
fluffy hair and with a thick short tuft at the extreme base ; 
from the base of the inner margin of hind wing springs a 
long tuft of stiff hairs. 

Type Pantawocome deformis, sp. n. 


Panteocome deformis, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull grey, with the costa darker; the lines and 
cell-spots almost exactly as in stultalis, the first near base, 
curved, the second at three fourths, forming three teeth in its 


174 Mr. W. Warren on new 


upper third, three more in the sinus, and one large tooth in 
the lower third above the middle of inner margin, edged 
throughout with paler. Hind wings the same. Underside 
much paler, whitish towards base. The covering scales of 
the hind legs are glossy white, the fluffy hairs beneath grey, 
and the basal tuft blackish; the tuft of stiff hairs from the 
hind wing brown-black. 

Expanse of wings 24-28 millim. 

Two males and one female from Tenimber. 


Genus PacHyZANCcLA, Meyr. 


Pachyzancla granulata, sp. n. 


Fore wings rufous or fuscous, thickly irrorated with darker 
atoms; the lines dark fuscous, often very indistinct, first at 
one fourth, bent in middle and vertical below the bend to 
inner margin; second at three fourths, parallel to hind 
margin, forming a rectangular tridentate sinus in the middle, 
running in along second median to below the discocellular, 
and thence to inner margin at two thirds; a dark spot in cell 
and a dark lunule at the end; fringes glossy grey, with a 
dark basal line preceded by a fine paler one. Hind wings 
like fore wings, with the first line wanting. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen concolorous, basal segments of abdomen paler. 
Underside duller. 

Expanse of wings 26-28 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


Genus Synromopora, Meyr. 


Syntomodora plumbealis, sp. n. 


Fore wings leaden grey, with the costa straw-colour ; first 
line at one fourth, nearly straight, second at. two thirds, 
forming a shallow sinus to below discocellular, thence straight 
to inner margin beyond middle; it is preceded on the costa 
by a pale straw-coloured blotch ; hind margin narrowly and 
diffusedly straw-colour, slightly interrupted in the middle; 
fringes grey, pale straw-colour at apex and above anal angle. 
Hind wings the same, without the basal line. Head, face, 
and abdomen yellowish; thorax grey. Underside leaden 
grey, with the costal blotch large and conspicuous, the lines 
indistinct. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 


Pyralide from the Khasta Hills, 175 


Genus ORPHANOSTIGMA, Warr. 


Orphanostigma versicolor, sp. n. 


Fore wings yellow, suffused with orange; the lines as in 
latimarginata, W\k.; marginal area dark violet-fuscous; in 
the hind wings the line from the discal spot to anal angle is 
always slightly bent, whereas in latimarginata it is quite 
straight, and the space between it and inner margin is orange, 
whereas in latimarginata it is the pale yellow of the ground- 
colour. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright orange. 

Expanse of wings 18 millim. 

Latimarginata is always larger—22-24 millim. 

A variety occurs in which the orange tints are superseded 
by fuscous grey. 

Several examples from the Khasias. In the B. M. collec- 
tion are examples from the Nilgiris. 


Genus PaTAntA, Moore. 
Patania? excurvalas, sp. n. 


Fore wings dark mouse-colour ; a short subbasal line, black 
on costa; first line at one fifth, blackish, wavy, vertical, 
edged with pale yellowish internally ; second at three fourths, 
oblique inwardly from costa, along which it runs for a short 
distance towards apex to a pale yellow costal spot, and edged 
internally by a curved yellowish blotch; at one third it is 
abruptly bent outwards along the lower radial, forming a 
narrow tridentate sinus, then as abruptly recurved to beneath 
the yellow costal patch and bent to inner margin at middle ; 
fringes straw-colour, with their inner half chequered with 
darker, and a dark basal line. Hind wings like fore wings, 
with an exterior line only. Head, thorax, and abdomen con- 
colorous; anal tuft pale. Underside paler, with the markings 
more distinct than above. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

One male from Mackay, Queensland. 

Distinguished from Patania? appensalis, Snell. (Entephria), 
by the different course of the outer line and by the chequered 
fringes. 


Genus DoLicHosTicHA, Meyr. 


Dolichosticha subauralis, sp. n. 


Like D. perinephes, Meyr., from Fiji, but the ground- 
colour pale yellow, slightly lustrous; the marginal fuscous 


176 Mr. W. Warren on new 


band projects basewards slightly at anal angle of fore wings 
and decidedly in the hind wings, the first part of the outer 
line running to its angle and forming the edge of the fuscous 
border to the anal angle. Underside yellowish. Abdomen 
and thorax with patagia yellowish ; head and collar fuscous. 
Expanse of wings 20 millim. 
Several from the Khasias. 


LASIACME, gen. nov. 


A development of Marasmia, Led.; like it the male fore 
wing has a large fovea in the cell, covered with a flock of 
hair above, and containing woolly hair beneath; but the 
present genus is characterized by the length of the abdomen 
in the male and by the presence on the apex of hind wings 
of male of a bed of hair-like scales on the upper surface. The 
neuration is inconstant; in one species the second subcostal 
is free and closely approximated to the stem of the third and 
fourth, in the other it is stalked with them ; so that, if neura- 
tion alone were followed, one would have to be placed in 
Dolichosticha, Meyr., the other in Epimima, Meyr., the types 
of which two species are without the hair-covered fovea in 
the cell. 

Type Lastacme pilosa, sp. n. 


Lastacme pilosa, sp. n. 


Fore wings almost wholly suffused with dark fuscous 
grey, the usual pale ground-colour only appearing beyond the 
postmedian line; this runs obliquely parallel to hind margin 
for two thirds, is very shortly curved in between first and 
second median, then oblique again to inner margin at middle, 
where it approximates to the end of the first line, which is 
very obscure ; costa between the two lines with dark spots ; 
tuft of fovea dark fuscous, the expansible tuft of hair white ; 
marginal area and fringes dark fuscous. Hind wings white, 
with broad fuscous border, narrowing to a point at anal angle ; 
a dark linear cell-spot ; the upper part of the postmedian line 
forms a short streak from below the costa a short way in 
front of the inner edge ot the costal border; the lower part 
forms a continuation of the linear cell-spot to the anal angle ; 
within this line the inner margin is slightly tinged with 
fuscous ; the bed of hairs on the hind wings is narrow and 
extends from apex nearly halfway to base. Underside 
duller; the foveal space, which is oblong and large, ochreous 
white ; the down when expanded whitish. Frenulum long 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 177 


and stout; the retinaculum elongated and some distance from 
base of wing. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

In the fore wings of this species the second subcostal is free. 


Lasiacme mimica, sp. 0. 


Answers exactly to the description of Hpimima stereogona, 
Meyr., with which it also agrees in neuration, the second, 
third, and fourth subcostals being stalked. On the hind 
wings the bed of hair at the apex is not narrow and confined 
to the costa as in LZ. pilosa, but spread over the whole apical 
region. 

Expanse of wings 18-20 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 


Genus PLATAMONIA, Led. 


Platamonia binotalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull yellowish, much suffused with fuscous, 
the only clear yellowish space being within the sinus of the 
outer line; costaand base broadly suffused with deep fuscous ; 
first line at one fourth, hardly curved, preceded by a narrow 
cloudy yellowish space ; second at two thirds, dark from the 
costa, where it is preceded by a small yellowish spot and 
followed by a yellowish space, forming a slight wavy sinus 
and running in beneath the discal spot, reaching inner margin 
at two thirds; discal spot lunate, blackish, preeeded by a 
yellowish blotch ; marginal area wholly dark fuscous; fringe 
grey, with a dark line following a finer pale one at base. 
Hind wings with discal spot and outer line as in fore wings ; 
pale yellow to line, fuscous beyond. Head and thorax 
fuscous ; abdomen deep yellow, with fuscous rings ; ultimate 
and penultimate segments both marked above with a white 
ring, divided in three parts by a black lateral dash on each 
side. Underside dull gilded yellow, suffused with darker ; 
the outer line and cell-spots blackish. 

Expanse of wings 22 millim. 

One male from Upper Burma. 

Like abjungalis, but not nearly so dark. 


[To be continued. } 


178 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


XXIX.— Report upon the Scorpions, Spiders, Centipedes, and 
Millipedes obtained by Mr. and Mrs. E. Lort Phillips in 
the Goolis Mountains inland of Berbera, N. Somaliland. 
By R. I. Pocock. 


[Plate XI.] 


Most of the examples composing this collection were ob- 
tained at an altitude of two or three hundred feet. 


SCORPIONS (Scorpiones). 
Family Buthide. 


Parabuthus granimanus, Pocock. 


Parabuthus granimanus, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxv. p. 311, 
pl. ix. figs. 4-4 d (1895). 

This species was originally based upon specimens obtained 
by Mr. E. W. Oates at Zeyla in Somaliland; but in the 
same paper mention is made of some paler specimens from 
the Somali coast. Mr. and Mrs. E. Lort Phillips brought 
back a single young female example of this paler form. 


Buthus polystictus, sp.n. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.) 


Belonging to the section of the genus of which the West- 
African B. hottentotta is the type. 

Colour a clear lemon-yellow, spotted with black, the ante- 
rior edge of the carapace, the ocular tubercle, and the anterior 
and posterior median keels, as well as the lateral margin and 
a stripe behind the lateral eyes, black; each tergite except 
the last ornamented with five transverse spots, the three 
median of which are on the three keels; tail pale above, but 
the segments 1 to 4 adorned below with 12 round spots, 3 
upon each of the four inferior keels; corresponding spots, 
but not so regularly arranged, upon the lower side of the 
fifth, each pigment-spot surrounding a bristle-pore; similar 
spots upon the upperside of the brachium and humerus of the 
chela; external surface of the manus very feebly infuscate ; 
femora of legs slightly infuscate, and patellz: minutely spotted ; 
whole of the lower surface of the trunk, legs, and chele pale. 

In granulation and development of keels the species comes 
near Buthus Emini *, which I described from a male speci- 
men obtained upon the shores of Lake Tanganyika, and of 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 98 (1890). 


Scorpions from N. Somaliland. 179 


which I have subsequently seen the female examples obtained 
by Dr. J. W. Gregory at Ndara and the Athi plains, but the 
granulation of the trunk is altogether less coarse and the 
structure of the tail is different. 

In the female of B. Eminii, and much more so in the male, 
the segments are all higher and thicker, the height of the 
fourth, for example, being equal to the length of the first and 
to considerably more than half its own length, whereas in 
B. polystictus the height of the fourth is barely half its own 
length and is distinctly less than the length of the first. 
Again, in B, polystictus the upper surface of the segments is 
much less strongly excavated and the superior keels are not 
so high nor so coarsely granular, nor is the terminal granule 
particularly prominent; this is very noticeable in the fifth 
segment, where the sides of the upper surface are convex 
and distinctly higher throughout the length of the segment 
than are the weakly granular side crests; moreover, the length 
of the fifth segment exceeds twice its width, which is not the 
case in B, Hminit; the vesicle, too, is larger and differently 
shaped, its height being equal to its width and equal to the 
width of the upper surface of the fifth, and is scarcely notice- 
ably geniculate under the vesicle, which is only very slightly 
curved. In Emini, on the contrary, the height of the vesicle 
is less than its width and less than, the width of the upper 
surface of the fifth ; the vesicle is also strongly angled beneath 
the aculeus, and the latter is strongly curved. 

In the chele the hand is as wide as the forearm, the digits 
are long, the movable twice the length of the hand-back and 
furnished with 12 rows of teeth along the median series, the 
basal row (composed of 19 denticles) being twice the length 
of the others, which contain 8 to 10 denticles, and evidently 
formed of two undivided shorter rows, as is shown. by the 
presence on each side of it of a tooth of the external series. 
In B. Eminii there are 13 rows of median teeth, two corre- 
spouding to the undivided basal series in polystictus ; but the 
basal row is composed of 10 teeth, the one immediately in 
front of it of 5, and the rest of from 6 to 8, almost always 
7, and owing to the greater shortness of the digits the rows 
are more crowded together. 

Pectinal teeth 18-19 and 20-20. 

Measurements in millimetres of type.—'otal length 55; 
length of carapace 6, of tail 31; width of first caudal seg- 
ment 3°5, of fifth 2°8, length of latter 6°5, height 2°8; length 
of hand-back 3°5, of movable digit 7; width of hand 2°5. 


180 | Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


Family Scorpionide. 
Scorpio Colei, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 2, 2 a.) 


Colour of trunk yellowish green above; tail palish yellow 
above, infuscate below, especially on segments 3 to 5, the 
fifth slightly infuscate above; vesicle clear yellow; legs and 
chele and coxal areas clear yellow ; hands reddish yellow, with 
the crest of the hand-back and the teeth on the digits 
blackish. 

Carapace as long as caudal segments 1+2+ 4 of 3, smooth 
and polished above, granular at the sides, the anterior margin 
with a deepish median notch and its side-lobes squared as in 
Sc. viatoris, and weakly granular towards the middle ; 
median eyes well in front of the middle (cf: measurements). 

Terga smooth and polished, the last granular at the sides 
and behind, the crests scarcely visible. 

Sterna smooth and polished, the last granular in its poste- 
rior half, as in some species of the South-African Opisth- 
ophthalnus. 

Lail short, weak, about two and a half times the length of 
the carapace; the upper surface of the segments 1 to 4 
slightly excavated and weakly granular, especially poste- 
riorly, the superior crests very weak and weakly granular, 
absent on the fifth; sides of the segments nearly smooth; the 
lower surface of segments 1 to 4 thickly granular, the median 
keels obsolete, the lateral distinct, the intercarinal spaces on 
the lower surface of the fifth also coarsely granular. Vesicle 
small, narrow, granular below. 

Mandibles as in the Kast-African species Sc. cavimanus and 
viatoris, with the penultimate fang much shorter than the 
last. 

Chele moderately robust ; humerus granular above and in 
front, and weakly so at the base below; brachium smooth 
below and punctured behind, as in the other African species, 
its upper crest granular, its posterior and anterior surface also 
finely granular; manus entirely covered above with coarse 
granules, not crested, the crest defining the hand-back very 
strong but smooth; inner edge of the hand granular except 
behind on the lobe, which is smooth ; lower surface granular 
almost throughout, scarcely crested; digits normal, the 
movable considerably shorter than the carapace but equal to 
the width of the hand. 

Legs smooth, the penultimate and antepenultimate seg- 
ments, with the exception of the spine at the apex, not 
spiny externally, but armed with sete as in Opisthophthalmus 


Scorpions from N. Somaliland. 181 


Wahlbergi; tarsi armed almost as in Se. viator’s &c.—that is 
to say, the lobes are furnished with 2 spines, 1 median and 
1 inferior, while behind on the lower surface there are 3 or 2 
and in front 1, so that altogether there are 7 or 8 spines. 

Pectines furnished with 11 teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 71; length of 
carapace 12, width 11°5, distance of eyes from hinder margin 
7; length of tail 83; width of hand and length of movable 
digit 9°3. 

A single, apparently not quite adult, female example; dedi- 
cated to Miss Edith Cole, who accompanied Mr. and Mrs. E. 
Lort Phillips on the expedition. 

This is, perhaps, one of the best-marked species of Scorpion 
that has been described of late years. From the structure of 
the lower surface of the brachium and the spine-armature of 
its tarsi and the dentition of the movable digit of the man- 
dibles it falls into the East-African section, of which Se. cavi- 
manus and Sc. viatoris are the only examples known to me. 
But from these it differs, as well as from all the other members 
of the genus, in having the lower surface of the last abdo- 
minal segment and tail thickly granular. 


Scorpio Phillipsii, sp. n. (Pl. XI. figs. 3, 3 a.) 


9. Allied to Se. Gregori, Poc., but differs in the following 
particulars :— 

Colour of the upperside of the trunk a brownish or reddish 
yellow, the tail darker towards the extremity ; chele reddish 
yellow, with darker tubercles and green fingers; legs and 
ventral surface a uniform pale yellow. 

Yail shorter than in S. Gregorit, being only a little more 
than three times the length of the carapace, than which its 
first and second segments are considerably shorter, the supe- 
rior crest of the second, third, and fourth much less strongly 
denticulate ; the vesicle, too, is a little differently shaped, 
being distinctly wider than in Sc. Gregorti, its width ex- 
celling that of the third caudal segment and equalling that 
of the second, while its height is less than the width of the 
fitth segment. 

Chele almost as in Se. Gregori, but the sculpturing of 
the hand composed of much more distinctly defined tubercles 
and spreading right over the posterior lobe of the hand; the 
upper surface of the hand, moreover, is much less convex, 
which gives it a sharper inner edge and a smaller height; 
the lower surface, moreover, has about half of its area covered 
with granules. 


182 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


Legs smoother, the granules on the femora scarcely percep- 
tible ; tars? spined as in Sc. Gregorti, but one of the sete 
on the apex of the lobe, especially noticeable on the third 
and fourth, thickened and spiniform, though with a filiform 
tip; it thus approaches the completely spiniform condition 
that is met with in Se. eattialis, Poc., and Sc. arabicus, 
Kraep. 

Pectinal teeth 15-16. 

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 100; length of 
carapace 15:3, of tail 50°5; length of segment 1+2 13; 
length of hand-back 10°5, of movable digit 16; width of 
hand 14°8, height of hand 6°5. 

A smaller male example taken with the above, and measur- 
ing 96 millim. in length, with the carapace 14 and the tail 
49—that is, just 3} times the length of the carapace—has 
16-17 pectinal teeth, but the digits are normally constructed. 
This example has evidently not attained its full complement 
of sexual characters. Mr. Lort Phillips, however, picked up 
the isolated pincers of a large male, which show that these 
appendages are modified in this sex in the same way that 
they are in eaztialis and Gregorii—that is to say, the movable 
digit is furnished with one long triangularly tuberculiform 
tooth, which closes behind a smaller though somewhat 
similar tooth on the immovable digit. These fortunately 
recovered fragments show, moreover, that the species evidently 
reaches a larger size than one would suppose to be the case 
from examining only the two entire specimens; thus the 
hand-back is 11°5 millim. long, the movable digit just 19, 
and the width of tlie hand 16:3. Thus a simple calculation 
from the measurements of the carapace, abdomen, and tail of 
the smaller male, as compared with the measurements of its 
hand, shows that the male to which these pincers belonged 
probably exceeded 120 millim. in length. 

Loc. Dooloob, inland of Berbera. 


SPIDERS (ARANE#). 


Nephila sumptuosa, Gerstaecker. 


Nephila sumptuosa, Gerstaecker, Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost- 
Afrika, iii. 2, p. 501, pl. xviii. fig. 12. 
A large number of specimens of: this handsome species, 
which has a wide range in Kast Africa, and occurs also in 
Socotra (1. B. Balfour, Mus. Brit.), were obtained. 


Spiders from N, Somaliland. 183 


Gastracantha ensifera, Thor. 


Gastracantha ensifera, Thor., ify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xvi. no. 7, p. 802 
(1859). 
Described originally from Caffraria. 
The specimens here identified are similar to examples from 
Shoa, in Abyssinia, identified by Pavesi, which the British 
Museum has received from the Marquis G. Doria. 


Hermippus loricatus, Simon. 
Hermippus loricatus, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, p. 316. 


A single female specimen of this species, which was origi- 
nally obtained near Lake Tanganyika. 


Sparassus Walckenaerii, Aud. 


Sparassus Walckenaerit, Aud. in Savigny’s Description de l’Egypte, 
Arachnides, p. 159, pl. vi. fig. 1. 


Lycosa tarentulina, Aud. 
Lycosa tarentulina, Aud. loc. cit, p. 148, pl. iv. fig. 2. 
This species and the preceding were obtained originally in 


Egypt. 
Lycosa Raffray?, Simon. 
Lycosa Raffrayi, Simon, Ann. Soe, Ent. Fr. (5) vi. p. 76, fig. 23 (1876). 
Recorded originally from Zanzibar. 


Heligmomerus somalicus, sp. n. 


Carapace smooth and polished; cephalic portion flat on 
the top, scarcely elevated behind the eyes. 

The anterior lateral eyes (the forward pair) almost sessile, 
each with its own tubercle ; the anterior median separated from 
each other by a space which is about equal to their diameter, 
but at least twice this distance from the posterior lateral, the 
latter elliptical ; posterior medians subcircular, close to though 
not touching the postero-lateral border of the anterior medians, 
than which they are rather smaller, separated from each other 
by a space which about equals four diameters, and from the 
posterior lateral by a space which slightly excels their 
diameter. A pair of strong bristles, with a smaller one 
between them, rising in front of the anterior lateral eyes; one 
bristle between the anterior medians and a pair between the 
posterior medians, one close to each eye. 


184 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 
The front of the mandible studded with thick reddish 


bristles, intermixed below with the short, blunt, tuberculiform 
spines which spread upwards from the short angular promi- 
nence ; lower edge of mandible furnished externally with 9 
blunt rounded teeth and internally with 7 or 8. 

Labium armed apically with a crescentic series of 6 teeth. 

Mazxilla armed in front throughout its length with teeth, but 
more crowdedly on the two extremities ; the rest of its lower 
surface studded with short spicular hairs. 

Sternum hairy in front, smooth behind, with only two 
pairs of impressions, opposite the middle of the coxe of the 
legs of the first and second pairs ; the posterior larger, oval, 
further from the margin than the anterior, the space separating 
each from the edge being about equal to half its long 
diameter. 

None of the coxee of the legs spicular, but hairy, the first 
more so than the second, the second than the third, and the third 
than the fourth ; femora of third and fourth inflated below ; 
patella, trochanter, and femur of palp and of first and second 
leg studded in front with stiff bristles, of third and fourth 
legs nearly smooth; patella of palp with 1 internal spine and 
some stiff bristles, of first and second leg hairy, of third and 
fourth furnished with hairs mixed up with short spines ; tibia, 
protarsus (and tarsus) of palp, and first and second legs 
thickly spiny in front and behind (externally and internally), 
though the spines on the posterior surface of the second tibia 
are only about half a dozen in number ; tibia of third shorter 
than patella of third, armed like the protarsus with spines in 
front and behind, the protarsus also armed below with an 
apical spine, the tarsus apically spined both externally and 
internally ; tibia of fourth bristly, furnished with only one 
small anterior spine; protarsus armed below with 5 spines; 
tarsus with many spines and rather thickly hairy. ‘Tarsal 
claws with one large tooth (with sometimes a smaller tooth at 
the base of it). 

(Abdomen absent.) 

Length of carapace 8°6 millim., width 7°5. 

A single female example. 

The genus Heligmomerus, hitherto known only from Ceylon 
and South India, contains but two species, H. taprobanicus, 
Sim., from Kandy, and H. prostans, Sim., from Kodeikanel, 
South India. This new form certainly differs from both in 
having the anterior median eyes much nearer to each other 
than they are to the laterals, for, according to Simon’s 
diagnosis of the genus, these four eyes are equidistant. 


Spiders from N. Somaliland. 185 


SOLIFUGE *. 
Solpuga dentatidens (Sim.). 


Getulia dentatidens, Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 1165, pl. iii. 
fig. 9 (1879). 

This species was described from a single mutilated male 
brought by M. d’Arnauld from the banks of the White Nile 
(“du fleuve Blanc’”’). I am not aware that it has been 
recorded since from any locality ; consequently the capture 
of two adult male examples by Mr. and Mrs. E. Lort Phillips 
is of great interest. 


Rhax ornata, Poc., Phillipsii, subsp. n. 


Closely resembling FR. ornata, Poc.f, from Mombasa, in 
size and colour, but differing in the following particulars :— 
The colour of the trunk is identical in the two, except that in 
Rf. Phillipsti the antero-lateral angles of the carapace are 
broadly fulvous, whereas in &. ornata only the border is of 
this colour; the mandibles are a uniform reddish brown, and 
not yellow above and black at the sides, as in ornata; the 
legs are almost wholly fulvous, the black bands present in 
Rh. ornata being represented by very faint spots; and, lastly, 
the protarsus of the palp isa uniform reddish brown through- 
out, whereas in ornata it is yellow at the base and black in 
its distal two thirds. 

A single male example was obtained. 


Biton brunnipes, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 4, 4a.) 


Colour.—Head brownish, pale in the middle; thoracic 
terga pale ; abdominal terga brownish ; mandibles yellowish, 
with two brownish bands on their upperside; palpi with 
femur distally brownish, the apex only pale ; patella with its 
two extremities pale, the rest brownish; tibia coloured like 
the patella, but darker, tarsus dark yellowish ; first, second, 
and third legs almost entirely pale, fourth leg with distal half 
of femur, whole of the patella, and proximal half of tibia 
brownish black ; coxal areas of cephalothorax entirely paie 


yellow. 
Carapace elevated, hairy, anterior border moderately convex ; 


* According to Mr. Lort Phillips, these Arachnids are known to the 
Arabs by a name which may be spelt “ Gailybogs.” 
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 93, pl. iv. fig. 2. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 13 


186 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


ocular tubercle large, bristly in front, the distance between 
the eyes exceeding a diameter. 

Mandibles bristly, the upper fang moderately curved at the 
apex, furnished with 11 teeth, 8 in a continuous line and 3 on 
the inner side near the base ; of the 8 constituting the long 
series the 2 distal ones are large, subequal, and blunt, then 
comes 1 small one, then 1 large, and these are followed by 4 
medium-sized teeth, which form the outer row at the base of 
the fang; the lower movable fang is furnished with 2 large 
widely separated teeth and a very small one between them. 
The inner surface of the mandible convex, the stridulating- 
ridges long and strong; feathery hairs at the base of the 
upper and lower digit. 

ftostrum horizontal, compressed, its upper edge straight; the 
tips of its upper and lower lips on a level with each other. 

Palpi moderately robust, clothed with short hairs inter- 
mixed with long set, some of which on the lower surface of the 
tibia are short and spiniform; tibia stouter in the middle 
than at the ends; the tarsus a little narrowed at the base, 
but immovably united to the tarsus. 

Legs.—First and fourth unspined ; tibia of second armed 
above with 5 spines, of third with 3; femora of fourth a little 
enlarged and compressed. 

Length, including mandible, 16 millim., of mandible 4, of 
head 2°5; width of head 3. 


A single female example. 


CENTIPEDES (Cuttopopa). 


Scolopendra valida, Lucas, subsp. deserticola, Poe. 


Scolopendra valida, Lucas, subsp. deserticola, Poc. Journ. Linn. Soe. 
xxv. p. 297 (1895). 


The discovery of a representative of Sc. valida on the con- 
tinent of Africa is of great interest, the species being hitherto 
known from the Canary Islands (valida, typical form), 
S. Arabia (subsp. deserticola), the Persian Gulf (subsp. 
persica), and Socotra (subsp. Ba/fourd). The conclusion that 
the species once occupied the whole of the Mediterranean area 
that lies between the most easterly and westerly points of its 
present range can hardly be doubted ; but there is at present 
no evidence that it exists in Africa between Egypt on the 
east and Morocco on the west. 


Millipedes from N. Somaliland. 187 


Cormocephalus mirabilis, Porat. 


Cormocephalus mirabilis, Porat, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. iv. no. 7, 
p. 18 (1876). 
Two examples of this species, recorded originally from the 
White Nile in Kordofan, were obtained. 


Lamnonyx punctifrons (Newport). 


Mecistocephalus punctifrons, Newp. P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 179 (and of all 

authors). 

Resembling the well-known Indian form, except that the 
body, excluding the first and second terga, which with the 
head and maxillipedes are castaneous, is of a uniform pale 
yellow colour, and that in the adult the sternal sulci are visible 
only to about the thirty-sixth segment, and from the thirtieth 
to the thirty-sixth are merely represented by a very short 
groove on the hinder border of the plate. This, at least, is the 
case in two presumably mature specimens measuring 63 and 
73 millim. respectively in length, whereas in a young speci- 
men (51 millim.) the sulcus is visible to the end of the body, 
and even on the last segment extends past the middle of the 
sternite. In this respect this young example resembles the 
Indian form. 

It is difficult to say without further specimens what the 
exact value of this character may be. 


MILLIPEDES (Dir.opopa). 


Archispirostreptus Phillipsit, sp. n. 
(Pl. XI. figs. 5-5 6.) 


g. Entirely black, with the anterior covered part of the 
segments yellowish red, and showing a spot of the same 
colour above the base of the legs. 

Head nearly smooth, finely punctulate and striolate; no 
sulcus joining the inner angle of the eyes; four pores above 
the labral excision. yes acutely angled internally, separated 
by a space which about equals a diameter, composed of 
thirteen vertical rows of ocelli up to about 70 in number, 
Antenne long, longer than the face by the two distal seg- 
ments, the segments decreasing in length from the second to 
the sixth. 

first tergite lightly striolate; the anterior angle of the 
inferior portion produced and convex, crossed by three ridges 


in addition to the one on the very margin. 
ie* 


188 On Millipedes from N. Somaliland. 


On the rest of the segments the posterior portion is elevated 
the transverse sulcus distinct, area in front of it finely ridged 
transversely, and, like the posterior part, densely punctu- 
late; the lateral longitudinal crests reaching as high as the 
pore ; pores small, separated by at least two diameters from 
the sulcus. 

Sterna smooth. 

Anal tergite coriaceous, short, its posterior border nearly 
transverse, only slightly angled ; valves slightly surpassing 
it, marginally compressed; sternite semicircular, only sub- 
triangular. . 

Legs, except the first and second pairs, with fourth and 
fifth segments padded, the pads produced at the distal extre- 
mity so as to overlap the end of the next segment. 

Copulatory organ as in fig. 5; the shorter spinitorm branch 
of the flagellum armed towards its apex with about halfa 
dozen sharp teeth. 

Number of segments 68. 

Length about 130 millim., width 14. 

Four male examples. 


Archispirostreptus nigricolor, sp. Nn. 


(PI. XI. fig. 6.) 


@. Like the preceding species, entirely black in body, 
head, and limbs, but with an infusion of deep probably blood- 
red on the anterior portion of the anal segment, and on the 
inferior portions of the face and the anterior covered portions 
of the segments not so widely pale-coloured. 

Head smooth, only finely striolate. Hyes composed of 
about 60 ocelli, which are arranged in twelve vertical rows. 
Antenne longer than the face by the length of the sixth and 
seventh segments; the upper edge of the segments more 
convex than in the preceding species. 

Collum or first tergite finely punctulate ; its lateral portion 
crossed by two grooves or ridges, one close to the lower edge, 
the other higher. On the rest of the segments the posterior 
portion is scarcely elevated, the transverse sulcus being weak, 
the area behind it densely and finely sculptured with fine 
striole ; the area in front of it similarly sculptured in its 
posterior half, transversely crested in tront; the longitudinal 
grooves strong on the anterior segments, just falling short of 
the pore, weaker on the posterior and scarcely extending so 
high. Pores separated by nearly three diameters from the 
transverse groove. 


| 
i] 


On a new Species of Fruit-Pigeon. 189 


Anal tergite but little produced, not quite reaching the 
summit of the valves, which have compressed margins. 

g. Smaller than the female; collum a little wider at the 
sides than in the female; legs padded as in the preceding 
species. Copulatory apparatus as in fig. 6. 

Number of segments 56. 

Length about 70 millim. 

These two species, judging by the form of the copulatory 
organs, appear to be quite distinct from those that Silvestri 
has recently described from Somaliland. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.* 
Fig. 1. Buthus polystictus, sp.n. Nat. size. 
Fig. 2. Scorpio Colet, sp.n. Nat. size. 
Fig. 2a. Ditto. Lower side of tail. 
Fig. 3. Scorpio Phillipsti, sp.n. Hand from above. 
Fig. 3a. Ditto. Posterior foot from behind. 
Fig. 4. Biton brunnipes, sp.n. X 2. 
Fig. 4a. Ditto. Rostrum from the side. 
Fig. 5. Archispirostreptus Phillipsii, sp.n. Left half of copulatory organ. 
Fug. 5a. Ditto. Side view of first tergite. 
Fig. 5b. Ditto. Side view of anal somite. 
Fig. 6. Archispirostreptus nigricolor, sp. n. Left half of copulatory 
apparatus. 


XXX.—Description of a new Species of Fruit-Pigeon from 
the Highlands of Mindoro, Philippine Islands. By JOHN 
WHITEHEAD. 


Carpophaga mindorensis, sp. u. 


Adult male. Most nearly allied to Carpophaga radiata (Quoy 
and Gaimard), but much larger. Top of the head, neck, breast, 
and rest of underparts bluish slate-grey, darkest on the belly 
and under tail-coverts, the latter indistinctly edged with rufous; 
forehead, cheeks, and throat pale whitish pink; feathers 
surrounding the eye and forming a patch above the ear- 
coverts blackish grey; hind neck gradually shading into 
sooty black on the mantle and interscapulary region; scapu- 
lars and inner wing-coverts bronze-lake, changing to bronze- 
green on the rest of the wings, rump, and upper tail-coverts ; 
primary-quills blackish grey, the inner ones glossed on the 
outer web and towards the extremity with metallic green; 
tail-feathers black, glossed with purple and green, and with 


* [This Plate will be given in the next Number. ] 


190 Mr. Francis A. Heron on a 


a wide grey band across the middle ; under wing-coverts and 
axillaries slightly glossed with bronze. 
Total length 19:0 inches; exposed part of culmen 0°9; 
wing 9:2; tail 7-0; tarsus 1°38; middle toe and claw 2°0. 
Adult female. Similar to the male, but rather smaller, and 
the under tail-coverts distinctly margined with chestnut. 
Total length 17:5 inches; exposed part of culmen 0:9; 
wing 8°8; tail 6°25; tarsus 1°3; middle toe and claw 1°8. 


XXXI.— Description of a new Spindasis from Ceylon. 
By Francis A. HERON. 


Spindasis Greent, sp. n. 


Hab. Pundaloya, Ceylon. 

Expanse, ¢ 35 millim. 

Description.— Male. Upperside: fore wing light violet- 
brown, the basal and discal areas, including the cell, sparsely 
covered with pale lilacine-blue scales. 

In certain lights the brown assumes a warm golden tinge 
and in others an iridescent violet glosses the lilacine area. 

Hind wing similarly coloured, but paler and greyer on the 
costa and inner margin. The iridescent violet extends from 
subcostal to submedian. 

Both wings are outlined by darker brown scales and the 
scales of the fringes are very pale brown. 

Underside: both wings pale ochreous brown, growing 
pearly towards the inner margin of the fore wing, especially 
along the veins; sparse iridescent scales enrich the deadness 
of the ground-colour by gold in certain lights. The markings, 
in a darker shade of the ground-colour, are very much re- 
duced, and very few are speckled with silver, those of the 
fore wing, cell, and hind wing-lobe being most conspicuously 
ornamented in this manner. 

On the fore wing there are traces of a faint row of sub- 
marginal spots extending from the apex to the outer angle, 
the apical spots showing traces of a few silvery scales; a bar 
marks the position of the discoidal, and another, parallel to it, 
within the cell, the origin of the first median vein; another 
bar, almost continuous with the discoidal, but slightly dis- 
placed outwards, unites the median. 

Below the origin of the third subcostal there is a small 
reniform spot, and faint traces of another exist beneath this. 


new Spindasis from Ceylon. 191 


The hind wing shows a faint series of spots continuous 
with that of the fore wing, and gradually increasing in 
distinctness till they are silver-scaled in the loop parallel to 
the lobe-margin. Usually well defined, the discal band is here 
reduced to three disconnected spots, the central one situated 
on the discoidals and the two others outwardly displaced. 

Obscure traces exist of another row between the discal and 
submarginal bands, and there is a single spot within the cell. 

The thorax and abdomen are concolorous with the wings. 

The antenne are similarly coloured above, darker at the 
tip, and below of a rich reddish brown. 

Though quite distinct from any known species, this form 
most resembles the rare Spindasis abnormis, Moore. 

In the shape of the wings G'reeni is much squarer than the 
same sex of abnormis, the exterior margin being more erect 
and the apex less acute. The hind wing also is less produced. 

The upperside of Greent, which is much rubbed and faded, 
is paler and less blue than in abnormis, to some extent 
resembling Polyommatus beeticus in its colouring, and the dull 
ochreous brown of the anal lobe so conspicuous in abnormis is 
absent in the species here described; but this may be only 
through fading. 

The underside of abnormis ¢ is concolorous with that of 
the female, of a much redder ochreous than in Green?. 

The reduction of the underside marking, already noticeable 
in abnormis, is carried to such an extent in Green? that only 
traces of the usual bands survive. 

In abnormis g the underside markings are in complete 
lines like those of the female, and have not the interruption 
and displacement characteristic of Greenz. 

Both species were taken at considerable altitudes, whereas 
most forms of the genus are found on the lowland plains. 

The specimen, unfortunately still unique, from which the 
description is taken was captured near Pundaloya, on the 
summit of the great western range of hills in Ceylon, at this 
point attaining a height of about 6000 feet. 

It gives me great pleasure to name this curious form after 
its discoverer, Mr. Ernest E. Green, to whom entomology is 
greatly indebted for his accurate observations on the habits 
and careful delineation of the structure of the insect fauna of 


Ceylon. 


192 Bibliographical Notices. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


A Manual of North-American Birds. By Rosert Rineway.  Illus- 
trated by 464 outline-drawings of the generic characters. Second 
Edition. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1895. 1 vol., 
large 8yvo, 653 pp. 


Riveway's ‘Manual of North-American Birds’ has proved such a 
boon to working ornithologists that we gladly welcome a second 
edition, in which the work is brought up to date and all additions 
to the North-American avifauna since 1887 are included. The 
work was, we may remark, originally projected by the late Professor 
Spencer F. Baird, whose portrait forms the frontispiece to both 
editions, and was completed by Mr. Ridgway, his pupil; and the 
magnificent collections of North-American birds and eggs in the 
National Museum at Washington have been utilized in the descrip- 
tions given of the various species and subspecies. In the first 
edition four new genera were proposed and thirty-nine species and 
subspecies described as new, to which are added in the present 
edition two subgenera, Oreospiza (type Fringilla chlorura, Aud.) 
and Arremonops (type Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr.), and ninety- 
one species and subspecies, chiefly the latter, as is the case in most 
American ornithological publications of the present day, for the 
number of the former amounts only to nineteen, all the rest being 
subspecies. 

The main portion of the work differs but little from the first 
edition, even the original pagination having been retained, the 
alterations consisting chiefly of revision of the specific names ; and 
the new species and subspecies are all given in the Appendix, except 
in the case of twelve, which were included in the analytical keys, 
where it was only necessary to change the typography of the names 
and prefix the catalogue-number of the American Ornithologists’ 
Union’s ‘ Check-list of North-American Birds.’ Consequently the 
new matter is almost entirely confined to the Appendix. 

Three species are expunged from the list—Aichmophorus Clarkii, 
as being almost certainly only the female of 4. occidentalis; Synthli- 
boramphus wumizusume, as not belonging to the North-American 
avifauna; and Dolichonyx oryzivorus albinucha, as being a bad sub- 
species. Amongst the species added to the list since the publication 
of the last edition are several game-birds which have been intro- 
duced, viz. Tetrao tetrix, which has been introduced into Newfound- 
land and is said to be naturalized there; Chrysolophus pictus and 
Genneeus nycthemerus, which have been introduced into Western 
Oregon ; and Chrysolophus Amherstie. Numenius arquata is in- 
cluded as having been said to have been taken on Long Island, and 
Falco tinnunculus is also added, but it is not stated on what ground. 
Our European Cuckoo, Cuculus canorus, is included as a subspecies 
(Cuculus canorus telephonus), and is said to occur accidentally on 


Bibliographical Notices. 193 


St. Paul’s Island, Bering Sea. Four subspecies of Shore-Larks are 
added, but with the exception of one, viz. Otocorts alpestris insularis, 
Towns., which is resident in the islands of San Nicolas, San Clemente, 
Santa Cruz, and Santa Rosa, Southern California, these are included 
in the Brit. Mus. Cat. of Birds (vol. xiii.). Of the numerous species 
and subspecies added to the North-American list only one species, 
Megascops hastatus (p. 593), from the vicinity of Mazatlan and 
possibly from Lower California, and one subspecies, Cardinalis 
cardinalis floridanus (p. 606), from Florida, are described as new ; 
but a considerable number are not included in the ‘Catalogue of 
Birds in the British Museum,’ besides those already mentioned, viz. :— 
Tympanuchus americanus Attwateri (Bendire, ‘ Forest and Stream,’ 
xi. no. 20, p. 425, 1893); Megascops asio cineraceus (Ridgway, 
‘Auk,’ xii. p. 390, 1895), from North-western Mexico and con- 
tiguous portion of the U.8.; Meyascops asio Aikeni (Brewer, ‘ Auk,’ 
vill. p. 390, 1895), from the eastern foothills of the Rocky Moun- 
tains in Colorado and New Mexico; Megascops asio Macfarlanet 
(Brewster, tom. cit. p. 140), from between the eastern slope of the 
Cascade Mountains and the western slope of the Rocky Mountains 
in Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and Montana ; Megascops asio satu- 
ratus (Brewster, tom. cit. p. 141), from the shores and islands of 
Puget Sound &c., north to Vancouver Island, New Westminster, and 
Comax, south along the coast to Portland, Oregon; Megascops 
flammeolus idahoensis (Merriam, N.-Am. Fauna, no. 5, p. 96, pl. 1., 
1891), from the mountains of Idaho; Glaucidium Hoskinstii (Brew- 
ster, ‘ Auk,’ v. p. 136, 1888), from the mountains of southern 
Lower California; Melanerpes formicivorus aculeatus (Mearns, ‘ Auk,’ 
vil. p. 249, 1890), from Western Texas to Arizona, and south 
through mountainous parts of North-west Mexico; Contopus 
Richardsonu peninsule (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ viii. p. 144, 1891), from 
southern Lower California: Hmpidonas cineritius (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ 
v. p. 90, 1888), from Lower California and North-western Mexico, 
south to Mazatlan; Empidonaw griseus (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ vi. p. 87, 
1889), from Lower California and Western and Central Mexico, 
Southern Arizona; Aphelocoma californica obscura (Anthony, Proc. 
Cal. Ac. Sci. 2nd ser. 1. p. 75, 1889), from the San Pedro Mountains, 
Lower California ; Spinus tristis pallidus (Mearns, ‘ Auk,’ vii. p. 244, 
1890), from Arizona ; Pooccetes gramineus affinis (Miller, ‘ Auk,’ v. 
p. 404, 1888), from Western Oregon; Ammodramus Henslowit 
occidentalis (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ vil. p. 145, 1891), from Dakota; 
Ammodramus caudacutus subvirgatus (Dwight, ‘ Auk,’ iv. p. 233, 
1887), from the marshes of southern New Brunswick, Prince 
Edward Island, and probably Nova Scotia, and southward in migra- 
tion along the Atlantic coast to South Carolina; Ammodramus 
maritimus peninsule (Allen, ‘ Auk,’ v. p. 284, 1888), from the west 
coast of Florida ; Ammodramus maritimus Sennettii (Allen, ‘ Auk,’ 
v. p. 286, 1888), from the coast of Texas ; Junco hyemalis Thurbert 
(Anthony, ‘ Zoe,’ i. p. 238, 1890), from the mountains of California ; 
Junco hyemalis pinosus (Loomis, ‘ Auk,’ x. p. 47, 1893), from the 


194 Bibliographical Notices. 


vicinity of Monterey, California; Junco Townsendi (Anthony, Proce. 
Cal. Ac. Sci. 2nd ser. ii. p. 76, 1889), from the San Pedro Mountains, 
Lower California; Amphispiza Belli cinerea (Townsend, Proc. U.S. 
Nat. Mus. xiii. p. 136, 1890), from Ballaenas Bay, Lower Cali- 
fornia ; Melospiza fasciata graminea (Townsend, tom. cit. p. 139, 
1890), from Santa Barbara Island, California; Melospiza fasciata 
clementie (Townsend, tom. cit. p. 139, 1890), from San Clemente 
and Santa Rosa Islands, California; Melospiza fasciata rivularis 
(Bryant, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. 2nd ser. i. p. 197, 1888), from the 
mountain districts of Lower California; Melospiza Lincolni striata 
(Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ vi. p. 89, 1889), from the coast district of British 
Columbia; Pipilo fuscus senicula (Anthony, ‘ Auk,’ xii. p. 111, 
1895), from Southern California and Lower California as far south 
as 29° at least; Cardinalis cardinalis canicaudus(Chapman, Bull. Am. 
Mus. N.H. lii. no. 2, p. 324, 1891), from South-western Texas south 
into North-eastern Mexico; Pyrrhulowia sinuata Beckhama (Ridgway, 
‘Auk,’ iv. p. 347, 1887), from Southern Arizona, New Mexico, and con- 
tiguous portion of Northern Mexico; Pyrrhulowia sinuata peninsule 
(Ridgway, ut supra), from Southern Lower California ; Progne subis 
hesperia (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ vi. p. 92, 1889), from Southern and 
Lower California; Vireo solitartus lucasanus (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ viii. 
p. 147, 1891), from Lower California; Vireo Huttoni obscurus (An- 
thony, ‘ Zoe,’ p. 307, 1890), from Oregon to Vancouver Island and 
the mainland of British Columbia, south to California in winter ; 
Helminthophila celata sordida (Townsend, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 
Xlil. p. 139, 1890), from San Clemente Island, California; Dendroica 
estiva sonorana (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ v. p. 137, 1888), from Southern 
Arizona, Western Texas, and Sonora, Mexico; Geothlypis trichas 
ignota (Chapman, ‘ Auk,’ vil. p. 11, 1890), from Florida and 
Southern Georgia; Geothlypis poliocephala Ralphi (Ridgway, Proce. 
U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. p. 692, 1893), from the Lower Rio Grande 
Valley ; Harporhynchus cinereus Mearnsi (Anthony, ‘ Auk,’ xii. 
p. 53, 1895), from Western Lower California ; Heleodytes brunnei- 
capillus Bryanti (Anthony, ‘ Auk,’ xi. p. 212, 1894), from Western 
Lower California; Thryothorus ludovicianus lomitensis (Sennett, 
‘Auk,’ vii. p. 58, 1890), from the Texan side of the Lower Rio 
Grande ; Thryothorus leucophrys (Anthony, ‘ Auk,’ xii. p. 52, 1895), 
from San Clemente Island, California; Cistothorus palustris Mariane 
(Scott, ‘ Auk,’ v. p. 188, 1888), from the salt-marshes of Western 
Florida ; Cistothorus palustris griseus (Brewster, ‘ Auk,’ x. p. 216, 
1893), from the coast of South Carolina to Northern Florida; Sitta 
carolinensis Atkinsi (Scott, ‘Auk,’ vil. p. 118, 1890), from Florida ; 
Sitta pygmea lewconucha (Anthony, Proce. Cal. Ac. Sci. 2nd ser. ii. 
p. 77, 1889), from the San Pedro Mountains, Lower California ; 
Parus carolinensis agilis (Sennett, ‘ Auk,’ v. p. 46, 1888), from Bee, 
Victoria, and Concho Counties, Texas; Parus hudsonicus Stoneyr 
(Ridgway, Man. N.-Am. B. p. 591, 1887), from the Kowak River, 
Alaska; Parus hudsonicus columbianus (Rhoads, ‘ Auk,’ x. p. 23, 
1893), from the Rocky Mountains, from the Liard River south into 


Bibliographical Notices. 195 


Montana; Psaltiparus santarite (Ridgway, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 
x. p. 697, 1887), from the Santa Rita Mountains, Southern Arizona ; 
Psaltiparus Lloydi (Sennett, * Auk,’ v. p. 48, 1888), from the moun- 
tains of Western Texas, between the Pecos and Rio Grande; Regulus 
satrapa aztecus (Lawrence in MS.), from the high monntains of 
Central Mexico; Polioptila coerulea obsewra (Ridgway, Proc. U. 8. 
Nat. Mus. v. p. 535, footnote, 1883), from California, Arizona, &c., 
and Western Mexico; Stalia mexicana Bairdi (Ridgway, ‘ Auk,’ xi. 
pp. 151-157, 1894), from the Rocky Mountains and south into 
Northern Mexico; and Sialia mexicana Anabele (Anthony, Froc. 
Cal. Ac. Sci. 2nd ser. ii. p. 79, 1889), from the San Pedro Mountains, 
Lower California. 

The plates, containing the outline-drawings of the generic cha- 
racters, are the same as in the first edition, no alteration or addition 
having been made. Not a little of the nomenclature will scarcely 
be adopted in Europe, and some of the subspecies appear to be 
founded on very trifling differences, at least according to our perhaps 
somewhat old-fashioned views: but the work is one of extreme 
utility to working ornithologists, and will no doubt be universally 
adopted in America as the standard work on the subject. 


A Concise Handbook of British Birds. By H. Kirxr Swann, 
London: John Wheldon & Co., 1896. 


Juperne from the number of works that have recently been pub- 
lished, varying in quality from Lord Lilford’s beautifully illustrated 
‘Coloured Figures of British Birds’ to the work on the Birds of 
Great Britain in sixpenny parts that is to be seen on almost every 
railway bookstall, the study of ornithology certainly appears to be 
on the increase in Great Britain. The last work on the subject that 
we have received is a handy little manual of British Birds by 
Mr. H. Kirke Swann, small enough to be carried in the pocket, con- 
taining short particulars of the habitat, descriptions of the male and 
female, and notes on the range in Great Britain, and, in the case 
of the commoner species, a description of the nest and eggs and 
short particulars of the habits. Of some of the rarer species a short 
description is given, but of most of these none is vouchsafed, which 
appears to us to be a mistake, as a short diagnosis to enable a 
collector to identify any rare straggler that he might obtain would 
occupy but little space and would add considerably to the utility of 
the work. Some bad species have been admitted, as, for instance, 
Anthus rupestris, Parus Dresseri, and Troglodytes hirtensis, the two 
latter of which, by the way, are treated only as subspecies, and 
several American stragglers, such as Elanoides furcatus, Querquedula 
discors, and Querquedula carolinensis, are included on very insufficient 
grounds. The range of Zurdus torquatus is given as extending to 
the south of Europe, whereas in the mountain ranges of southern 


196 Miscellaneous. 


Europe it is replaced by a closely allied but specifically distinct race, 
Turdus alpestris, For the Linnet and Redpolls the genus Canna- 
bena is adopted, which is, we think, wrong, as Linota is the correct 
generic title for this group. 

The author says in the Preface that “the classification and 
nomenclature practically accord with those of the ‘ List of British 
Birds’ compiled by a committee of the British Ornithologists’ Union, 
but a number of necessary alterations have been made”; and we 
think it would have been much better if he had followed that list 
more closely than he has done. In the first case the adoption of 
the so-called Scomber-scomber principle is a mistake, as pointed out 
in the ‘Ibis’ (1894, p. 566, and 1895, p. 168), and is in direct 
opposition to the Stricklandian code and the B. O. U. Committee. 
But Mr. Swann does not, we perceive, adopt this principle all through, 
as he calls the Hawfinch Coccothraustes vulgaris and the Goldfinch 
Carduelis elegans and not Coccothraustes coccothraustes and Carduelis 
carduelis. It is a pity also that trinominalism has been introduced 
into this work, as it is, we hold, not calculated to simplify matters 
and has not taken root, here in England at least, and seems out of 
place in a work which is especially adapted for use by the general 
public and not by scientific ornithologists. 

On the whole, however, the work is one calculated to be of use 
to the small collector, being handy in size, well up to date, and well 
within the means of small collectors as regards price, but would, 
we think, prove more useful were it subjected to some alteration 
and revision. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Habitat of Gobius elapoides, G'thr. 
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ 


GrentLewEN,—When Dr. Giinther (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1871, 
p. 665, pl. Ixiii. fig. D) gave the description and figure of this 
beautiful and highly interesting Gobiws he could not certify its 
habitat, only supposing that it inhabits some part of the coasts of 
the Japanese regions. It may thus be worth noticing that the 
Museum of Upsala has received a specimen, length 83 millim. 
(68 millim. without caudal fin, from the tip of the snout to the 
front margin of the last transverse dark brown band), that was 
taken by Captain Svensson at St. John’s Island, 90 miles east of 
Hongkong. 
Yours truly, 
Stockholm, F. A. Sart. 

July 7, 1896. 


M Sse neo wh 197 


Note on Plectroplites and Hypoplectrodes, Genera of Serranoid 
Fishes. By Turovors Giir, LL.D. 


Mr. Boulenger, in the first volume of his excellent ‘ Catalogue of 
the Perciform Fishes,’ has accepted two later names for genera on 
account of imperfect data respecting earlier ones: these are Cteno- 
lates instead of Plectroplites and Gilbertia in place of Hypoplectrodes. 
It is not surprising, for the author himself had even forgotten one 
— Hy poplectrodes. 


fie 


The name Ctenolates of Giinther (1871) was adopted by 
Mr. Boulenger, and as a synonym was noted “*Plectroplites, Gill, Proc. 
Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 236 (no definition); Bleek. Arch, Néerl. xi. 
2516, p. 267.” 

It is true that at the place cited by Mr. Boulenger “ no definition ”, 
was given, but one was supplied later in the following terms :— 

“The Datnia? ambigua of Richardson, which has been referred 
by Giinther to the genus Dules, differs from Moronopsis * by the 
shorter convex anal fin, the large second anal spine, the small eyes, 
and the entire physiognomy. It may be called Plectroplites 
ambiguus.” 

The characters thus positively given and contrasted with those of 
Kuhlia or Moronopsis are sufficient to differentiate and define the 
genus, although the author, like Giinther and all others, was unaware 
of the trenchant anatomical characters further differentiating the 
genus from Kuhlia. The synonymy of the genus should be 
amended as follows :— 


Genus Prircrroprires. 


Plectroplites, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p- 236 (with 
typonym only ), 1863, p. 286 (defined). 

Ctenolates, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 320. 

Datnia? sp., Richardson. 

Dules, sp., Giinther (1859) et al. 


The P. ambiguus is still the only species known. 


EE 


The name Gilbertia of Jordan and Eigenmann was adopted by 
Mr. Boulenger + in place of Hypoplectrodes, because the latter was 
supposed to have “no definition.” On the page referred to by 
Mr. Boulenger, indeed, no definition was given; but later (in 1871) 
Professor Poey, to whom I had indicated the characters in response 


* Moronopsis had been previously named by Gill Kwhlia, and the latter 
name has been adopted by Jordan and Boulenger. 
T Vol. i. p. 306. 


198 Miscellaneous. 


to an inquiry for them, gave them in a memoir entitled ‘“ Genres 
des Poissons de la Faune de Cuba appartenant 4 la Famille Percide, 
avec une Note d’introduction par J. Carson Brevoort” *. Prof. Poey’s 
diaguosis was as follows :— 

* Le genre Hypoplectrodes a été proposé par Mr. Gill, Proc. Acad. 
Phil. 1862, p. 236, pour le Pl. nigro-rubrum, C. et V. Il est plus 
allongé que le Pl. serratum; les dentelures du bord montant du 
préopercule sont plus fines; il n’y a au bord inférieur que deux | 
pointes dirigées en avant, dont Pune 4 langle. D.10,17; A.3,8.” 

T have to confess that I myself had forgotten having named this 
genus, or, at least, failed to connect with it the Plectropoma Huntii 
of Hector of New Zealand, and consequently adopted the name 
Gilbertia of Jordan and Kigenmann, who had overlooked the pre- 
vious proposition of the genus by Gill and Poey. 

The facts of the case, then, are expressible in the following 
synonymy :— 


Genus HyporriEcrropEs. 


Hypoplectrodes, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p. 236 (with 
typonym only) (1862); Poey, Ann. New York Lyc. Nat. Hist. x. 
p. 45, 1871 (defined). 

Gilbertia, Jordan and Eigenmann, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. viii. p. 346 
(1890). 


The species of Hypoplectrodes, according to Mr. Boulenger’s T 
views, are four in number, viz. :— 


1. H. semicinctus=Plectropoma semicinctum, C.V. = P. Huntii, 
Hector. 


South Australia, New Zealand, Chile. 


2. H. annulatus=Plectropoma annulatum, Gunther. 
South Australia. 


3. H. nigroruber. 
South Australia. 


4, H.(2) armatus=Serranus armatus, Castelnau. 
Australia (Swan River). 


It may be added that the name Gilbertia was also given in 1891¢ 
by Lord Walsingham to a genus of Pterophoroid Lepidopters.— 
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. no. 1082, pp. 567, 568. 


* © Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York,’ x. pp. 27-79. 
+ Vol. i. pp. 806-809, 
{ Ent. Monthly Mag. (2) ii. p. 259, 


Miscellaneous. 199 


On the Nephridia of Branchiobdella varians (var. astaci). By D.N. 
Vornov, Morphological Laboratory at Bucharest. 


During the year 1895 I have studied the excretory apparatus of 
Branchiobdella varians (var. astact), a parasite which I have found 
in great quantities occasionally upon the branchie of crayfish 
brought to the market of Bucharest. 

Despite the labours of Henle, Keferstein, Dorner, Lemoine, Voigt, 
&c. on the general organization of this animal, the excretory organ 
is still insufficiently understood. All that was known was that 
each nephridium is composed of five regions, which are from within 
outwards :—(1) the vibratile funnel; (2) the red gland (of Odier); 
(3) the canalicular chain ; (+) the excretory canal (efferent) ; (5) the 
terminal vesicle. The structure and true relation of these various 
parts were, however, unknown ; in a word, no general interpretation 
of this complicated organ has ever been given. 

I have studied the excretory apparatus by transmitted light in 
the living animal and by means of microscopic sections ; the results 
arrived at may be briefly summarized as follows :-— 

The funnel is composed of a body—the funnel properly so-called 
—and of a peduncle, which is a continuation of it. It is placed on 
the ventral side of the animal, and opens partly into the general 
cavity of the animal and partly into the red gland, with which it 
communicates by the peduncle. This first part of the nephridium is 
provided with a continuous ciliary covering, the movement of which 
is towards the red gland. The form of the funnel so-called is that 
of a cup with straight ciliated edges; its longitudinal diameter is 
0-10 millim. and its greatest transverse diameter is 0°075 millim. 
The funnel and its peduncle are capable of movement in all direc- 
tions in the interior of the cavity of the segment around their base 
of attachment. 

The red gland of Odier is a lobulated body, of a red-brown colour 
in the adult animal. By reason of its structure and connexions I 
have named it capsule, after the name of the corresponding region 
in the nephridia of the Hirudinez. In this gland there are to be 
distinguished two kinds of structures :—(1) a system of irregular 
lacune, communicating one with another, traversing it in ali direc- 
tions, and giving it a spongy appearance; (2) a system of regular 
canals. The former belong properly to the capsule, being excavated 
in its substance, whilst the latter only traverse it, establishing 
communication between the capsule and the third part of the 
nephridium, that is to say, the canalicular chain. 

The peduncle of the funnel opens into a lacuna of the capsule. 
One of these lacunz, greatly enlarged, contains in its interior a 
compact cellular mass, analogous to the contents of the capsule in 
the Hirudinew, in which are gathered a quantity of pigmentary 
granules of a red-brown colour. The flagella are fixed to the walls 
of the lacunze, turned in all directions, thus indicating a great com- 
plication in the direction of the movement of the lacunar fluid. In 


200 Miscellaneous. 

the sections the capsule is seen to be divided into distinct lobes, 
pressed one against the other, showing that it is formed by a rolled- 
up canal, the walls of which have fused. 

The canalicular chain corresponds with the region which German 
naturalists have named ‘“ Schleipenorgan ” in the excretory apparatus 
of the Hirudinex. It is traversed throughout its whole length by 
four canals, which communicate two and two, at its free extremity. 
This caused Lemoine (1880) to believe that it is formed by two 
pairs of united canals. In reality the direction of the current indi- 
cated by the flagella in the interior of these canals, as well as their 
relation to the canalicular structures of the capsule, oblige us to 
consider the ‘‘ Schleipenorgan ” as a single and distinct canal. After 
taking its origin in the lacunar system of the capsule, it is folded 
four times on itself, its faces of contact are fused together, and is 
continued into the excretory canal. 

The communication one with another of these supposed four 
canals, as well as the continuation of the ‘* Schleipenorgan ” into the 
excretory canal, takes place in the capsule. Contrary to the asser- 
tions of the authorities previously cited, the internal cavity of the 
excretory canal is completely bare of vibratile cilia and flagella. 

The terminal vesicle, oval in form, opens directly on the exterior 
by the excretory orifice ; it has a longitudinal diameter of 80-90 pu 
in a state of extension. It is formed by an invagination of the 
integument. Its wall is made up of three successive layers, which 
are, from within out, an epithelial coat, clothed by a cuticle which 
represents the ectoderm; a middle muscular coat, formed by the 
circular fibres of the body-wall; and a delicate external membrane. 
There are no vibratile cilia in the interior. 

The excretory apparatus of Branchiobdella has the same structure 
as the corresponding apparatus in the Hirudinex, and appears to be 
of an intracellular character; the protoplasm presents around the 
cavities well-marked radial striations. The nuclei are distributed 
in its interior, but no limiting membrane of the cellular masses 
exists. 

The whole surface of the nephridium is enveloped in the peri- 
toneum, which constitutes ligaments and exhibits in certain places 
large granular peritoneal cells. 

I have made no direct: experiments to determine the physiological 
vole of the nephridia of Branchiohdella (1 propose to attack this 
question shortly), but observations made upon the living animal 
enable me to assert that, besides liquid excreta, these organs absorb 
solid matters. These latter arise from the breaking down of the 
chloragogenic cells, detached from the intestine, and of too large a 
size to penetrate into the vibratile funnel. I have never seen solid 
bodies in the interior of the “‘ Schleipenorgan ” nor in the terminal 
vesicle. The solid particles which have penetrated through the 
funnel are stopped in the capsular lacunze, where probably they are 
destroyed. It is possible that the accumulation of pigment in the 
cellular mass, which I have described, in the capsule arises from this 
destruction.—Cumptes Rendus, 1896, t. cxxii. pp. 1069-1071. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 105. SEPTEMBER 1896. 


XX XII.—WNotes on the Cheetognaths. 
By F. 8S. Conant *. 


THE following notes are based in part upon observations made 
at Beaufort, N. C., during the summer of 1895, and in part 
upon later work on preserved material. That which concerns 
the egg-laying rests wholly on one form, Sagitta hispida, a 
species very much like the Sagitta bipunctata of HKuropean 
writers, which was described by me in the ‘ University 
Circular’ for June 1895 (no. 119) t. With the exception of 
Sagitta hispida and another form, Spadella schizoptera, 
described in the same article, the Chetognaths of American 
waters have not been subjected to the Huropean standards of 
classification, and in the systematic part of this paper an 
attempt has been made to describe, as accurately as alcoholic 
material would allow, such of the American Chetognaths as 
have come into the writer’s hands. 


I. EGG-LAYING. 


So far as is revealed by a search of the literature, the 
passage of the ova into the oviducts has not been actually 


* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars’ for June 1896, 
pp. 82-85. 
+ Reprinted in the ‘ Annals’ for 1895, vol. xvi. p. 288. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 14 


202 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Chetognaths. 


observed heretofore. The structure of the ovaries is such 
that no direct course is offered to the exterior, and it has been 
a matter of some speculation with the authors how the eggs 
do get into the ducts. The ovaries are two bilateral cylin- 
drical bodies situated in the posterior part of the body-segment. 
Along the outer edge of each there extends a duct, which 
opens to the exterior laterally at the level of the posterior end 
of the ovary. This is called by Hertwig * the oviduct. By 
Grassi +, since it is very often found to contain spermatozoa, 
it is called the “ ovisperm duct.” A glance at fig. 1, which 
represents a cross section through the body of Sagitia hispida 


Fig. 1. 


Cross section of Sagitta hispida, with eggs still in the ovary. M, muscle ; 
B C, body-cavity ; I, intestine; G #, germinal epithelium ; O, ova- 
rian eggs; ZS, receptaculum seminis; F, lateral fin. 


in the region of the ovaries, will show that the ova are sepa- 
rated from this duct by a layer of cells of the germinal epithe- 
lium. This extends between the ova and the duct throughout 
and leaves no clearly marked communication, through which 
the eggs might pass, at either the anterior or the posterior end 
of the ovary. Hertwig supposes that the eggs pass into the 
duct near its opening posteriorly, being probably pressed 
through the intervening germinal epithelium. He con- 
cludes :—‘ Ist meine Deutung richtig, so wiirde nur das 
hintere Ende des Oviducts zur Ausfiihrung der Hier dienen, 
und gleichzeitig den Ort abgeben, wo die Befruchtung erfolgt, 
dagegen wiirde der gréssere blind geschlossene Theil des 


*® “Tie Chetognathen,” Jenaische Zeitschr. Bd. xiv. (1880 
+ ‘Fauna und Flora d. Golfes von Neapel,’ no. 5 1888) 


Mr. F. §. Conant on the Chetognaths. 203 


Oviducts als eine Art Samentasche functioniren, wie der oft 
in ihr vorgefundene Inhalt lebender Spermatozoen beweist.” 

Grassi finds that the wall of the ovisperm duct is inter- 
rupted at irregular intervals, and that through these inter- 
spaces spermatozoa may pass into the ovary before the ova 
are mature, sometimes penetrating the unripe ova and causing 
degenerative changes. These interruptions in the wall exist 
along the whole length of the duct, and Grassi thinks that 
probably the ova make their way through them into the duct, 
thus passing into the duct anywhere throughout its length. 

I may say, in brief, that while my preparations show 
nothing of these interruptions in the wall of the duct, the 
actual course of events points to the correctness of Grassi’s 
supposition that the ova pass through some such interspaces. 
They do not, however, appear to pass into the “ ovisperm 
duct,” but into another entirely new channel. The “ ovi- 
sperm duct’ seems to function, at least throughout all but 
the posterior part of its course, as a receptaculum seminis, 
and Hertwig’s supposition is found true in this regard. 

Sagitta hispida, which is found in abundance at Beaufort, 
offers a favourable opportunity for the study of the passage of 
the ova into the oviduct in the living object. With this 
species the egg-laying occurs at about sunrise, as is stated 
also by Grassi for the Mediterranean form Sagitta hexvaptera. 
Boveri quotes Fol as finding the eggs of Sagittta bipunctata 
laid at sunset ; and he found the same himself in March, but 
the process was often much delayed, so that at times he waited 
till 11 or 12 o’clock in vain. The exact time with S. hispida 
is found to depend somewhat upon the temperature. While 
the eggs were generally laid about 5 o’clock in July and 
August, on a cooler morning than usual the process might be 
found to occur an hour later; and by artificial cooling in an 
ice-chest overnight the laying might be delayed as much as 
three hours. Such artificially retarded eggs developed regu- 
larly on the whole, but it was found safer to make the obser- 
vations at the earlier normal hour. 

To follow the process, then, the eggs are found in the ovary 
the first thing in the morning—at 5 o’clock in the case that 
we will select—with the large germinal vesicle still showing, 
but lying eccentrically toward the mid-line of the animal. By 
5.16 the germinal vesicles have entirely disappeared. At 5.22 
each egg has flattened somewhat from before backward, and 
a small cell is seen clearly at the outer end opposite the point 
where the germinal vesicle was. The ova of the Cheto- 
gnaths arise from the germinal epithelium on stalks (see 
Grassi, Taf. x1. figs. 9 and 10), and the small cell standing 

14* 


204 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cheetognaths. 


out plainly in the living object at this stage is found in 
sections to be the stalk-cell, which thus precedes the ovum in 
its passage into the duct. The ovum itself now changes its 
spherical shape by sending out a projection, bearing the stalk- 
cell, into the duct. Then by a progressive series of changes 
in shape, such as is represented in fig. 2, each ovum makes 


Fig. 2. 


Diagrams illustrating the successive stages of constriction in the passage 
of an egg into the oviduct. O, ovum; S, stalk-cell; ZWD, inner 
wall of the oviduct ; OW D, outer wall 


its way into the oviduct. It is evidently passing through 
some such interspace in the wall of the oviduct, as was 
supposed by Grassi. The process occupies about eight or ten 
minutes. All the ova of one side pass through the successive 
stages of constriction at essentially the same time, the anterior 
being slightly in advance of the posterior. There may be a 
difference of time, however, between the ova of the two sides. 

The eggs remain in the oviduct from twenty minutes to 
half an hour before being laid, during which time the layer 
of gelatinous substance that surrounds each is thickened. 
The chief change, however, is a gradual compression of the 
eggs from before backward, so that they become ellipsoidal. 
The process is aided by contractions of the ovary, especially 
observed at the anterior end, and as a result the eggs are 
pushed backward toward the external opening. When the 
pressure has become great enough to overcome the resistance, 
which seems to be offered largely by a kind of mucous plug 
in the orifice, the eggs are extruded as two linear rows, one 
from each oviduct, the whole comprising anywhere from a 
few to sixty or seventy eggs. ; 


Mr. F. S. Conant on the Chetognaths. 205 


The act of laying was seen by Boveri* in S. dipunctata. 
After describing the way in which the eggs were extruded, 
simultaneously from both sides and very quickly, with active 
movements of the animal, he adds :—“ Wobei dieselben um 
die enge Austrittséffnung zu passiren aus ihrer kugeligen 
Form in eine gestreckte Wurstform tibergingen, die im 
Wasser allmihlich zur Kugelgestalt zuriickkehrte.” This 
description applies pertectly to 9. hispida, the “ Wurstform,”’ 
however, being first produced by the crowding of the eggs in 
the duct, and afterwards increased by the passage through 
the narrow orifice. The orifice is at right angles to the main 
axis of the duct, so that the crowding has the result of 
presenting the eggs with their longest diameter in the direc- 
tion of the orifice. 

It has already been mentioned that the so-called ovisperm 
duct, into which the eggs apparently pass, is found to contain 
spermatozoa, and the inference would be that the eggs pass 
into the mass of spermatozoa and are there fertilized. I 
found last summer that soon after the eggs begin the process 
of constriction the previously active movements of the sperma- 
tozoa cease; that after the complete passage into the oviduct 
the spermatozoa are held, as it were, congealed in a longitu- 
dinal streak external to the eggs; that when the eggs are laid 
there is no noticeable diminution in the number of sperma- 
tozoa, and that their active movements are later resumed. 
This suggested that the passage was not into the “ ovisperm 
duct,’’ and sections of material preserved at these stages 
confirmed the supposition. Fig. 3 shows that the spermatozoa 
are kept in the “ ovisperm duct” (#8) apart from the ova, 
and that the latter have made their entrance into a new and 
apparently temporary channel between the germinal epi- 
thelium and the epithelium of the “ovisperm duct.” The 
latter is therefore only a receptaculum seminis, as Hertwig 
supposed. It may be objected that the spermatozoa are, as it 
were, sealed up by a secretion of mucus about them, and that 
this, in the hardened material, gives the appearance of a 
membrane ; but the occurrence of nuclei seems to show that 
the structure is a definite one. The walls of the oviduct did 
not show any such nuclei, and the existence of an epithelial 
lining in it is doubtful. 

Of course the foregoing applies only to S. hispida, and 
cannot be at once assumed to be the case in all Chetognaths, 
It is probably the case, however, for S%. hispida is a very 
typical form. Spadella schizoptera offers some collateral 


* ‘ Zellen-Studien,’ Heft iii. 1890, p. 18. 


206 Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cheetognaths. 


evidence (‘ Circular,’ no. 119, June 1895). In this form it 
was found that the two ‘ ovisperm ducts” were united by a 
transverse branch, a structure that would seem to have no 
significance in an oviduct, but would be extremely useful in 
uniting two receptacula seminis, inasmuch as a single copula- 
tion, affecting only one side, would thereby serve to fertilize 
the ova of both sides. 

It would seem, then, that the female reproductive system of 
S. hispida (and, perhaps, all Chetognaths) consists on each 
side of the ovary, the receptaculum seminis, and a temporary 
oviduct lying parallel and internal to the receptaculum and 
uniting with it posteriorly to open on a common genital 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4, 


20 


STE 
3 


Sma SS: 
SIS > 


Fig. 8.—Cross section of Sagitta hispida, with eggs in the oviduct, before 
laying. GE, germinal epithelium; OD, oviduct; OV,ovum; FS, 
receptaculum seminis. ino 

Fig. 4.—Diagrammatic optical section of the head and neck of S. hespida 
from above. MO, mouth; OZ£, cesophagus; D, diverticula; J, in- 
testine. 


papilla. A more detailed account of the histology of these 
structures could be given were it not that the Chetognaths 
offer such very unfavourable material for the study of micro- 
scopic anatomy. Kleinenberg’s picro-sulphuric, Perenyi’s, 
and corrosive acetic give the best results; but even with them 
the objects are very unsatisfactory, and especially so during 
the processes of egg-laying, when the tissues are evidently 
being subjected to great stress. 

The exact point at which the spermatozoa come in contact 
with the eggs I have not been able to determine. Grassi 
says that spermatozoa can pass into the ovary, where he has 
found them; but he does not state that fertilization occurs 


Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Chetognaths. 207 


here normally. In agreement with Hertwig, I have never 


found spermatozoa in the ovary. Neither do the eggs appear 
to be fertilized in the oviduct. Before they pass out of the 
ovary a number of very small chromosomes (the exact number 
was not determined) are found toward the inner end of the 
ovum, or the place where the germinal vesicle disappears. 
During the twenty to thirty minutes that the eggs are in the 
oviduct before being laid there are no changes in these bodies, 
and they continue to be the only chromatin that I am able to 
find in the egg until after the laying. The probability is, 
therefore, that the spermatozoa come in contact with the eggs, 
shortly before or during the process of laying, in the duct to 
the exterior common to the oviduct and receptaculum seminis. 

Self-fertilization seems to be impossible, although the male 
and female elements develop at the same time. In the case 
of a S. hispida isolated when the ovaries contained only 
immature ova, I found that by the second morning 30 or 40 
eggs had matured and been laid, on the third 24 more, on the 
fifth 68, on the seventh 55-58. Of these the only ones that 
developed were fourteen out of the first lot, evidently fertilized 
by spermatozoa remaining in the receptaculum seminis. In 
all the others development proceeded only so far as the forma- 
tion of the polar bodies. In this case the extrusion of the 
polar bodies is evidently not dependent upon the entrance of 
the spermatozoa, which Boveri states is necessary in the ova 
of S. bipunctata observed by him. 

The eggs when laid become attached to the sides of the 
dish by a gelatinous or mucilaginous substance, which facili- 
tates handling somewhat, but also collects dirt. The develop- 
ment of the young Sagittie up to hatching is completed in 
about thirty-six hours in warm weather. When hatched 
they have practically the adult structure, and in four or five 
days they are found to eat each other with as much zeal as is 
shown by their elders in the same performance. It is inter- 
esting to watch a Sagztta, with a relatively narrow digestive 
tract two thirds the length of its body, forcing down its 
cesophagus a fellow of equal size, and hence one third longer 
than the tract. The eating one another seems to be done 
purely out of natural depravity, for it occurs when plenty of 
the usual food, small tow-stuff, is present. 

Upon the development of the eggs I have nothing to add. 
Like the previous observers, I have been unable to find a 
satisfactory method of preservation, in spite of many trials. 


208 Mr. F. §. Conant on the Chetognaths. 


II. THe DIVERTICULA OF THE INTESTINE. 


In two of the European species, Sagitta minima and Spa- 
della cephaloptera, a pair of diverticula are described as 
occurring at the anterior part of the intestine. In the 
American forms this structure is more common, being found 
in three of the nine species about to be enumerated. In 
S. hispida they appear from the surface as outlined in fig. 4. 
A cross section through the animal in this region would show 
the digestive tract composed of three tubes lying side by side, 
as figured by Grassi for Spadella cephaloptera (Taf. vi. 
fig. 11), of which the middle one is in reality only the 
oesophagus, as it enters the stomach intestine. The epithelium 
of the diverticula is the same as that of the intestine, and 
they seem to be in fact only the prolongations of the intestine 
anteriorly beyond the point where the laterally compressed 
cesophagus makes connexions with it. In a variety of 
S. hispida from the Bahamas the diverticula are reduced to a 
very small size, and cannot have much function. In the 
Beaufort Aispida and in S. elegans they may vary according 
to the individual—in some large, in some small. 


Fig. 5. 


Diagrammatic optical section of the head and neck of S. elegans from 
above. MO, mouth; O£, esophagus; D, diverticula ; J, intestine. 


An interesting modification of apparently the same structure 
occurs in 8. elegans. In many of the specimens from Woods | 
Holl diverticula are found extending within the digestive 
tract. Fig. 5 gives a diagrammatic representation of these 


My. F. S. Conant on the Cheetognaths. 209 


structures. A cross section in this case would show a large 
tube—the cesophagus—enclosing two smaller yet relatively 
large tubes—the diverticula. The latter bear on the surface 
that is turned toward the digestive tract an epithelium like 
that of the rest of the tract, and they thus represent exactly 
the structure that might be produced by pushing external 
diverticula back upon themselves into the digestive tract. 
Much careful examination failed to reveal any specific differ- 
ences between the animals having external and those having 
internal diverticula. It may be that observation of living 
specimens, however, would show that we have here two 
species. ‘There is a possibility also that the two forms are 
different phases of the same structure in one and the same 
animal; but this seems to me improbable. Some specimens 
having internal diverticula show a formation at the base of 
these suggestive of external diverticula as well. 

The function of such internal diverticula can hardly be 
surmised. The lumen, which is connected with the body- 
cavity, is often found to contain coagulated coelomic fluid. 
What strikes one most prominently, however, is that they 
would seem of necessity to be very much in the way in the 
act of swallowing. 


III. CLASSIFICATION. 


In May 1895 E. Béraneck published in the ‘ Revue Suisse’ 
(tome iii. fase. 1) an article entitled “* Les Chétognaths de la 
Baie d’Amboine,” in which he devoted several pages to a 
critical review of the systems of classification. After com- 
paring the defects in the classifications of Langerhans (fol- 
lowed by Strodtmann* in 1892), Hertwig, and Grassi, he 
came to the conclusion that the first offers the most advan- 
tages in our present state of knowledge, 

At about the same time (‘ University Circular,’ June 1895) 
I was having difficulty in finding a place for Spadella schizo- 
ptera in any of the systems. It seemed to me that Grassi’s 
classification met the case the most satisfactorily, except that 
he unfortunately interchanged the names of his two genera, so 
that his Spadella very nearly represented the Sagitta of other 
authors. 

Now, however, having seen Béraneck’s paper and having 
studied more forms, I am inclined to admit the full weight of 
the arguments against Grassi’s system. Dividing a group of 
animals into two genera, one characterized by certain features 


* Archiv fur Naturgesch. lviii. (1892). 


210 Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Chetognaths. 


and the other by the absence of those features, is of itself 
enough to condemn the system. But at the same time it 
seems to me that Grassi’s objections to the system of Langer- 
hans, as based upon structures of such slight morphological 
importance as the fins and teeth, are equally sound. Yet 
the classification of Langerhans is very convenient, and on 
this account, and because it has been adopted by the last 
writers on the Chetognaths, I have followed it, except in one 
case—in the systematic portion that is appended. But that 
it, as well as the others, is unsatisfactory, can be readily 
shown by instances from the American species, in addition to 
the cases given by Béraneck. 

For example, Spadella schizoptera, according to Langer- 
hans and Hertwig, would be called a Sagztta on account of 
its five fins; only Grassi’s system would retain it with the 
closely related Spadella cephaloptera. 

Spadella maxima in the classification of Langerhans would 
belong to the genus Krohnia or to the genus Spadella, 
according as the fins or the teeth were accounted the more 
important ; for its one pair of lateral fins lies partly on the 
trunk, partly on the caudal segment (Krohnia), while the 
teeth are in two series (Spadella). According to Grassi, it 
would probably be placed in his genus Spadella (Sagitta of 
the others), for none of his characteristics for the genus 
Sagitta (Spadella of the others) was found in the specimens 
studied. And yet in its coloration and in its habitat near the 
bottom it is evidently allied, notwithstanding its size, to the 
small Spadelle. 

By Langerhans Krohnia hamata is set apart with one other 
species to form a genus by themselves, characterized only by 
the fact that in connexion with one part of lateral fins there 
is but one series of teeth. According to Hertwig it is in- 
cluded with the Spadelle, notwithstanding its free-swimming 
life at the surface. According to Grassi it would probably be 
included with the Sagittw (his Spadelle), although the torm 
studied by me showed the transverse musculature that is a 
characteristic of the Spadelle (his Sagitte). 

These cases are additional proof that none of the divisions 
of the Chetognaths into genera is satisfactory ; while for con- 
venience’ sake and from deference to the later writers I have 
followed the classification of Langerhans, it would perhaps 
have been as well to give up the distinctions Spadella and 
Krohnia altogether, and retain only the one genus Sagitta. 


Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cheetognaths. 211 


IV. SysTEMATIC. 
The known Chetognaths of American Waters. 


1. Sagitta elegans (Verrill). 


Strodtmann mentions this species (Joc. ctt.), but was unable 
to find a description of it in the literature at his command. 
Professor Verrill’s account is found on page 332 [626] of the 
‘ Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound 
and Adjacent Waters’ (Washington, Government Printing 
Office, 1874). 

S. elegans resembles the widespread S. bipunctata. The 
length of the largest specimens in my possession is 25-30 
millim. Maximum breadth 1 millim. Caudal segment one 
fifth total length. Fins 5, like those of bépunctata or hispida. 
Seizing-hooks 9-12, shaped as in bipunctata. Anterior teeth 
5-7. Posterior teeth 12-15. Corona ciliata elongated, 
sinuous, oval, as in bipunctata or hispida. Diverticula of 
intestine both external and internal, as described in the pre- 
ceding. Accessory longitudinal septa present in caudal 
segment. ‘T'actile prominences generally few as compared 
_ with S. hispida (see fig. 7 in ‘ Circular’ for June 1895). 
Musculature of body not so stoutly developed as in hispida. 
Head well marked off from trunk. LEpidermis thickened 
around the neck. 

S. elegans differs from bipunctata in size, in the relative 
proportions of caudal and body-segments, and in the presence 
of diverticula from the intestine. It is found at Wood’s Holl, 
Mass., in winter, sometimes in great abundance. In summer 
it is rare there. None of the many specimens that I have 
seen, taken in the winter months by Mr. Vinal Edwards, of 
the Fish Commission, contained mature ova. 

The name elegans was applied by Professor Verrill to 
specimens 16 millim. long; he also mentions a “ much larger 
and stouter species than the preceding, taken in abundance in 
Vineyard Sound from January to May, 25-30 millim. long.” 
I have not been able to find any specific difference between 
the large and small specimens from Wood’s Holl, and do not 
doubt that they are the same. 

Strodtmann mentions a “ S, gracilis,” figured by Verrill 
in the “ Results of the Explorations made by the Steamer 
‘Albatross’ off the Northern Coast of the United States in 
1883.”” Professor Verrill has very kindly replied to my 
inquiry in reference to this, that the figure is of S. elegans, 
the name “ gracilis’’ being the result of a clerical error. The 


212 Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Chetognaths. 


large salmon- or orange-coloured form mentioned in the same 
article is the species next described. 


2. Spadella maxima, sp. n. 


Specimens of this and the two following species were given 
me by Professor Verrill from the ‘ Albatross’ material in his 
possession, and I am indebted also to Dr. G. Brown Goode, 
of the National Museum, for permission to include them in 
this list. 

Spadella maxima is an unusually large and stout Cheto- 
gnath, 52 millim. long and 5 millim. wide. Its one pair of 
lateral fins extends along the posterior two thirds of the 
body-segment and the anterior third of the caudal segment. 
According to the classification followed by Strodtmann, 
therefore, it would belong to the genus Krohnia. The reasons 
for including it among the Spadelle, which otherwise are, 
without: exception, small animals, are found in the note on 
classification. Seizing-hooks 6. Anterior teeth 3-5. Pos- 
terior teeth 5-7. ‘The corona could not be made out satis- 
factorily in the preserved specimens; it seemed to resemble 
the pear-shaped form found in S. hevaptera. No diverticula 
from intestine. Muscles slender in proportion to the breadth 
of the body, a large lateral area on each side between the 
dorsal and ventral bands being free from muscle. Epidermis 
thickened to several layers of cell around the neck. 

The specimens had been in alcohol for some years and were 
entirely devoid of the “‘ deep salmon- or orange-colour”’ men- 
tioned by Professor Verrill as characterizing them from the 
colourless surface-forms. ‘They were brought up in the trawl- 
wings at Station 2428 of the ‘ Albatross,’ in the North 
Atlantic, lat. N. 42° 48’, long. W. 50° 55! 30". 


3. Krohnia hamata (Mobius). 


Cheetognaths evidently belonging to this species were taken 
in the trawl-wings at Station 2045, off Martha’s Vineyard. 
They have one pair of very delicate lateral fins, hooks bent 
sharply at the tips, anterior teeth wanting, and a very large 
number of posterior teeth—all of which are characteristic of 
K. hamata. But they offer one unusual variation in the 
possession of a well-marked ventral sheet of transverse muscle, 
such as in Grassi’s classification is characteristic of his genus 
Sagitta (Spadella of the others). It extends from the 
beginning of the neck as far back as the posterior edge of the 
abdominal ganglion. 


a 


Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cheetognaths. 213 


4. Sagitta hexaptera (d’Orbigny). 


From the same station as the preceding there are some 
specimens, 24-34 millim. in length, which do not differ 
enough from the S. hexaptera of European writers to warrant 
establishing a separate species. The caudal segment is one 
fourth to one fifth the total length. Fins 5. Seizing-hooks 
7-8. Anterior teeth 3-4. Posterior teeth 4-7. Ovaries 
immature. The body-muscles are stouter than is stated for 
hexaptera, however, and the specimen sectioned showed two 
large external diverticula from the intestine. It is very 
possible that study of fresh material would show them to bea 
distinct species instead of young hezxaptera. 


5. Sagitta flaccida, sp. n. 

This species was collected by Dr. Andrews at Bimini, in 
the Bahamas. Length 13-18 millim. Breadth 1:25 millim. 
Caudal segment about one sixth total length. Fins 5, the 
middle and anterior comparatively short. Seizing-hooks 8 
or 9. Anterior teeth 7 or 8, the inner very much longer than 
the outer. Posterior teeth 10-12. Corona ciliata almost 
wholly confined to the head, of an irregular oval outline. 
Ovaries, containing well-advanced ova, short. No diverticula 
from digestive tract. Caudal segment not divided longitu- 
dinally by incomplete accessory septa, but showing an 
arrangement of the testes and developing spermatozoa like 
that figured by Grassi for S. hewaptera (Taf. ix. fig. 7). 
Muscles of body slenderly developed, causing the preserved 
specimens to have a very limp appearance. Hpidermis but 
slightly thickened around the neck, if any at all. 

Of the European forms, S. flaccida resembles hexaptera and 
magna the most closely. It differs from them, however, in 
being much smaller, in having a larger number of teeth, in 
the smaller size of the caudal segment, and in the shape of 
the corona. 


6. Sagitta tenuis, sp. n. 


S. tenuis is a small species from Jamaica very closely 
resembling S. hispida. I am indebted to Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos 
for the specimens, which were collected by him in Kingston 
harbour, June 1893. Maximum length 5°25 millim. Breadth 
0:2 millim. Caudal segment about one fourth total length. 
Seizing-hooks 7-8. Anterior teeth 4-5. Posterior teeth 
7-10: Shape of fins, of seizing-hooks, corona ciliata, acces- 
sory longitudinal septa in caudal segment, number of tactile 


214 Mr. W. Warren on new 


prominences, and muscularity of body as in hispida. No 
diverticula from digestive tract. In this form the nervous 
structures are especially large and prominent. The ovaries 
were short, though containing ova approaching maturity. 
Germinal epithelium composed of a single row of high 
columnar cells, not a double row of cubical, as in the forms 
like bipunctata. 

S. tenuts differs from hispida in size, in the prominence of 
the nervous structures, in the relatively shorter caudal seg- 
ment, and the absence of diverticula from the digestive tract. 
It might seem that the specimens were young /Adspida, were 
it not for the advanced ova and for the fact that diverticula 
were not present, while in hispida they are very apparent as 
early as twenty-four hours after hatching. 


7. Spadella draco. 
Among the S. flaccida collected by Dr. Andrews at Bimini 


was a single specimen of this species. The cosmopolitan 
nature of certain of the Cheetognaths is well illustrated by it. 
In his article on “ Les Chétognathes de la Baie d’Amboine” 
(Malay Archipelago), E. Béraneck says :—‘‘ La Spadella 
draco est la plus commune des espéces de ce genre trouvées 
dans la péche pélagique de la baie d’Amboine.” 


8. Spadella schizoptera. 


This very unusual species was described in the ‘ Circular’ 
for June 1895. It is another of the forms from the Bahamas. 


9. Sagitta hispida. 

This form was described at the same time as the preceding. 
We have found it in Jamaica, at Beaufort, North Carolina, 
and at Bimini, in the Bahamas. Mr. A. Agassiz has found 
it elsewhere in the Bahamas, in the cruise of the ‘ Wild Duck’ 
in 1893. 


XXXII.—New Species of Pyralide &e. from the Khasia 
Hills. By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S. 


(Concluded from p. 177.] 


ORTHOCONA, gen. nov. 


Fore wings elongate ; costa straight till shortly before apex ; 
hind margin obliquely curved. Hind wings in female narrow, 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 215 


in male broad and short, with shouldered costa; apex and 
hind margin rounded ; inner margin largely developed. An- 
tenne lamellate (female); tongue and ocelli present; labial 
palpi large; second joint porrect, broad, curved beneath ; 
third joint half as long as second, conical, erect in front of 
face, and articulated on to second, with a clear incision be- 
tween them externally, as in Agrotera; maxillary palpi fine, 
porrect. Wings with hyaline discal mark in female. 

Type Orthocona eximialis, Warr. (Thysanodesma). 

Akin to Agrotera. 

Since the description of Thysanodesma eximialis 9 was 
written I have met with a pair in good condition, the female 
of which differs in certain particulars from the type formerly 
described ; and as the male differs considerably from either, I 
append a fuller description. 


Orthocona eximialis. 


?. Fore wings dark brown, with a strong violet lustre; 
the lines obscure ; a large square white hyaline spot at end of 
cell, preceded and followed by a black spot; a smaller spot 
of the same character below it beneath the median ; a yellow 
spot on costa above it, with a smaller yellow spot nearer 
base ; first line visible only on the inner margin, the remainder 
lost in the dark basal patch; second line at three fourths, 
wavy to below middle, then incurved to touch the base of the 
discal spot, thence to inner margin in middle; the space 
included dark blackish brown, except a minute pale yellowish 
spot on median just beyond the discal spot; marginal area 
violet-brown ; two yellow costal spots, one before, the other 
(larger) at apex ; marginal line dark purple, preceded by a 
small yellow spot below apex and another above anal angle; 
fringe pale yellow, with a purplish apical and larger middle 
patch, these with a darker line along base. Hind wings with 
base dark ; a central hyaline band containing the dark discal 
spot and a thick black line from the inner margin along its 
outer border; marginal area violet-brown, with a faint 
yellowish spot in the middle; fringe yellowish at apex and 
again before anal angle; the rest purple. Collar purple; 
face and thorax much varied with pale yellowish-white scales 
(abdomen wanting). Underside paler, more generally violet, 
with the yellowish places larger; both wings with a central 
pale yellowish hyaline fascia. ; 

The male (of 24 millim. expanse), likewise from the 
Khasias, differs not only in size, as above indicated, but in 
markings, as follows :—The hyaline patches of the fore wings 


} 
216 Mr. W. Warren on new 


and band of hind wings are wanting, being of the same 
violet-brown tint as the rest of the wings; but beyond the 
black discal mark of the fore wings is a bright white spot; 
the basal area is mixed with white scales ; the yellowish costal 
spots are limited to a small one beyond the outer line and a 
similar small one at apex; the yellowish marginal spots of 
both wings are wanting; in the hind wings the outer line is 
as much excurved as in fore wings; on the underside the 
median area in both wings is paler, but does not form a 
distinct fascia. 


Genus METASIODES, Meyr. 


Metasiodes ? apicalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings very long and narrow, pinkish fawn-colour, 
dusted thickly with very fine fuscous atoms; basal area 
suffused with cloudy fuscous ; first line at one sixth, double, 
bent in middle, the lower arm vertical, closely followed by a 
subquadrate dark mark in the cell, and a smaller one below 
it; discal mark 8-shaped, with clear fuscous edges ; second 
line at five sixths, fine, wavy, starting from a black costal 
spot; the median sinus outward approximates to the hind 
margin; a large oblong blackish blotch on hind margin below 
the apex, and a smaller squarish one above anal angle; a 
marginal row of blackish spots ; fringes concolorous, with dark 
chequering. Hind wings like fore wings, without basal 
suffusion; an ocelloid discal spot and outer line as on fore 
wings, ending in a black blotch on inner margin ; fringe as 
in fore wings. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen fawn- 
colour ; face, collar, and rest of abdomen dark fuscous, the 
third segment black; base of anal segment black, with the 
anal tuft and end of preceding segment paler. Underside 
like upper. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

Two males only from the Khasias. 

The scaling of both wings is very fine and the wings 
themselves are semidiaphanous. Iam by no means sure that 
this is a Metasiodes; the labial palpi are short, slightly up- 
turned; the second joint hairy beneath, the third short, 
conical ; maxillary palpi exceedingly minute; tongue well — 
developed and ocelli distinct; antenne of male simple, lamel- 
late. The neuration is quite simple, the third and fourth 
subcostals only being stalked from end of cell. 

Superficially the insect bears a great resemblance to 
Walker’s molusalis. 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 217 


Genus Merasta, Guen. 
Metasia? fuscalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings tawny brown, without any clear markings; in 
the middle of wing are three yellowish contiguous spots, one 
above the other, very obscure, and edged with darker; fringe 
concolorous. Hind wings rather paler, with whitish costa. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside fuscous, 
the inner margin of fore wings whitish. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

One female from Bombay. 

I have left this species in Metasta, but it will probably 
have to form the type of a distinct genus. 


Metasia sabulosalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings bone-colour, dusted with pale brownish ; a pale 
brownish subcostal streak to beyond cell ; first line curved at 
one fourth, second at five sixths, straight, but slightly wavy, 
to first median, shortly bent in along it, then oblique to inner 
margin at two thirds; a small discal ocellus, marginal area 
with a brown subapical cloud; fringe concolorous, with a 
darker basal line. Hind wings paler, without brown dusting 
except along hind margin; a brown submarginal line forming 
a shallow sinus in the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
all bone-colour. Underside duller, with the outer line and 
discal rings indicated. 

Expanse of wings 14 millim. 

Several from Poona. 


Genus DanaGa, WIk. 
Danaga costipunctata, sp n. 


Fore wings dark purplish brown, the lines hardly darker, 
but slightly edged with paler ; first near base, indicated by a 
paler spot on subcostal and above the inner margin; second 
at five sixths, bent outwards below costa, thence vertical and 
slightly bent to the hind margin above anal angle, running in 
to below the discal spot, thence to inner margin beyond 
middle, edged faintly with paler; a small yellowish spot in 
cell, a larger subquadrate one at the end, edged outwardly by 
a black discal mark, which also has a paler margin; four 
yellow costal spots, two before and two beyond the middle ; 
another at the apex; fringe pale yellowish below apex and 
at anal angle, fuscous at apex and between; the inner half 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 15 


218 Mr. W. Warren on new 


throughout chequered with a series of fuscous spots. Hind 
wings brown, with the outer line faintly expressed and indi- 
cated by a pale spot on hind margin, where the elbow touches 
it, and on inner margin, where it ends ; fringe brown, with 
darker line near base, whitish before anal angle. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen concolorous, base of abdomen with a 
yellowish ring. Underside with basal half of wings pale 
yellow, marginal half fuscous; costa of fore wings yellow, 
with fuscous patches. 

Expanse of wings 17 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 


Genus EURRHYPARODES, Moore. 


Eurrhyparodes confusalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings yellow, with blotches and stri, often con- 
fluent, of purple scales, overlaid with lustrous leaden scales ; 
costa with seven or eight short thick strigz, space between 
median and subcostal more or less filled with darker, including 
a square spot in the cell, followed by a discal ring; three 
other blotches are conspicuous, one below the costa obliquely 
above the discal mark, joined by two lines to another obliquely 
below it, and a third (the largest of all) on inner margin 
below the cell; hind marginal area with an agglomeration of 
small striz; fringe yellow at apex and anal angle, purple 
between. Hind wings with a central curved line of blotches 
and the marginal area interruptedly filled with contiguous 
strie; fringe yellow, varied with purple. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen yellow, much mixed with purple; the two basal 
segments of abdomen wholly yellow. Underside rather paler 
and duller. 

Expanse of wings 19 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

The hind margin of hind wings is only slightly indented 
below the apex. 


Genus BLEPHAROMASTIX, Warr. 


Blepharomastia ? delicata, sp. n. 


Fore wings narrow, elongate, pale bone-colour, with the 
marginal area and costa suffused with brownish flesh-colour ; 
shortly before apex is a brown spot on costa, from which 
starts a slightly wavy dark line towards the anal angle, 
before which it becomes obsolete; a brown-black spot on 
hind margin below apex; fringe concolorous. Hind wings 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 219 


and fringes white. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous ; 
palpi dark brown above, white beneath. Underside whitish ; 
the fore wings pinkish brown towards hind margin. 

Eixpanse of wings 24 millim. 

Two males from Onoribo. 

The species is rather different from typical Blepharomastiz, 
but I think it may be placed among them for the present. 


LEUCOGEPHYRA, gen. nov. 


_Fore wings with costa nearly straight; apex produced ; 
hind margin sinuous, bulged below the middle. Hind wings 
with apex bluntly produced, hind margin sinuous, forming a 
rounded bulge below middle. Labial palpi long, upcurved in 
front of face, the terminal joint short and aciculate; maxillary 
palpi filiform, horizontally porrect; tongue present; ocelli 
apparently absent; antenne of male with close broad 
laminations, flattened and widened beyond the middle; hind 
tibize of male with four spurs. 

Type Leucogephyra semifascialis, Warr. 


Leucogephyra semifascialis, sp. n. 


Fore wings pearly white, with a minute black dot at base 
of inner margin; a dark brown transverse line at one third, 
curved outwards in its upper half, then vertical and thicker; 
asmall brown-black dot at lower end of discocellular; an 
exterior brown-black line formed of interrupted dashes between 
the veins from costa at four fifths, slightly curved outwards 
in upper half, then elbowed inwards and from below the cell- 
dot running obliquely inwards to inner margin; an oval 
red-brown blotch on middle of hind margin running obliquely 
through the fringes, which are white, with a very fine and 
delicate brown basal line. Hind wings pearly white, with a 
short basal line from inner margin; a broad black-brown 
fascia from inner margin above anal angle, mixed with white 
scales towards middle, and becoming ferruginous in middle of 
wing, where it ends abruptly, its edges being continued as 
divergent dark lines to the costa; fringe white, with fine 
basal line and two or three dark specks in the central bulge 
and at anal angle. Underside white, with the lines all 
marked, but the blotch of fore wings and fascia of hind wings 
greatly reduced. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen white, 
the latter with a broad black ring corresponding to the dark 
fascia of the hind wings; palpi with blackish scales exter- 
nally ; base of antenne inside with a few black scales. 

Expanse of wings 16 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 

15* 


220 Mr. W. Warren on new 


Subfamily Hyprocamprvz. 
Genus NyMPHULA, Schrank. 
Nymphula latifascialis, sp. n. 


Fore wings ochreous grey, with dull brown suffusion ; the 
lines just paler, palest on the costa; first line at one third, 
sharply angled below costa, then oblique inwards, preceded 
by a dark brown shade; second line from costa at three 
fourths, sinuous and parallel to hind margin to first median, 
where it is sharply elbowed, then parallel to inner margin for 
a short space, and again parallel to hind margin to inner 
margin beyond middle ; it is followed by a brown shade with 
irregular outward margin; space between the two lines on 
lower half of wing dark brown, connected with a dark brown 
central costal cloud; a concise marginal brown band, with 
dark dashes on the veins ; fringe dark grey, with broad black 
basal line and whitish patches below apex and above anal 
angle. Hind wings grey, with a broad pale-margined central 
fascia, the edges of which are wavy, and a narrower one 
nearer the base ; marginal band and fringes as in fore wings. 
Thorax brown; basal segment of abdomen pale, following 
segments brown; apical half ochreous; face paler; palpi 
dark brown. Underside glossy grey, with all the markings 
indistinct. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

A male and female from the Khasias. 

‘The female has a brown suffusion all over the fore wings, 
rendering the markings very obscure, and the whole insect 
darker than in the male. 


Nymphula nigra, sp. n. 

Fore wings blackish slate-colour, the markings paler but 
more or less indistinct ; some obscure pale marks near base ; 
outer line from beyond three fourths, a little indented below 
costa, then forming a semicircular curve to below the disco- 
cellular; centre of the wing occupied by a pale flattened 
8-shaped mark, contiguous above toa smaller costal mark and 
below to a larger flattened oval one on inner margin; a pale 
curved shade before hind margin; fringe concolorous with a 
darker basal line. Hind wings dark grey. Head and thorax 
concolorous with fore wings; abdomen paler, more cinereous. 
Underside of fore wings uniform dark grey, of hind wings 
light grey. 

Expanse of wings 20 millim. 

Several of both sexes from the Khasias. 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 221 


Genus OLIGOSTIGMA, Guen. 


Oligostigma albidivisa, sp. n. 

Closely allied to O. hapilista, Swinhoe, but with the 
markings less concise; in the fore wings the submarginal 
yellow band, instead of being of uniform width, with neat 
edges, and separated from the marginal band by a uniformly 
wide white space, is broader, diffusely edged externally with 
fuscous, and swelling out below the middle so as sometimes 
to touch the marginal band. In the hind wings, instead of 
the broad orange border with a single black line down the 
centre, there are two orange fasciz separated by a narrow 
white space. 

Expanse of wings 30 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


GETHOSYNE, gen. nov. 


Fore wings with costa straight for two thirds, then strongly 
arched ; apex blunt, rectangular; hind margin strongly bent 
at middle, the upper half vertical, the lower very oblique. 
Hind wings narrow, the hind margin as in fore wings, strongly 
bent opposite the cell. Labial palpi obliquely upcurved; the 
second joint thick, hairy beneath, the third short, with blunt 
apex; maxillary palpi filiform; tongue and ocelli present; 
antenne lamellate, subdentate, and pubescent. Neuration : 
fore wings, cell half the length of wing ; first median shortly 
before end of cell, second from the end, third and lower radial 
from the end of the discocellular; upper radial from below 
upper end of cell; last subcostal from the end, which is bent 
down; third and fourth stalked, with the second very closely 
approximated in male; in female the second anastomoses near 
its origin with the stalk of the other two, and runs halfway 
before separating. In the hind wings the first subcostal anas- 
tomoses with costal almost immediately ; medians and radial 
as in fore wings. 


Type Gethosyne equivocalis, sp. n. 


Gethosyne equivocalis, sp. n. 


2. Fore wings ochreous white, with the basal three fourths 
almost wholly suffused with deep brown ; the costa yellowish ; 
an oblong white discal spot, edged with deeper brown, pre- 
ceded in the cell by two small yellowish spots ; another yellow 
spot in middle of base and two more near inner margin; 
exterior line at three fourths, thick, deep brown, forming two 


222 Mr. W. Warren on new 


irreeular outward curves, then slightly incurved to inner 
margin, its lower course hardly discernible in the dark suffu- 
sion; this is followed by a twice curved fulvous line, which 
below the middle becomes darker and forms the outer edge of 
the dark suffusion ; opposite the cell and below the elbow it 
is joined by a horizontal streak to the marginal line, which 
is very thick, deep brown, and running in along costa to the 
origin of the last line; the space beyond the last line is pure 
white ; the rest of the paler portion of the wing is yellowish ; 
fringe yellowish, chequered with brown. Hind wings like 
fore wings, the basal area only brownish, the two lines much 
more sinuous, the inner preceded by five or six oval yellow 
spots. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep brown, the last with 
the basal segments spotted with yellowish. Underside dull 
brownish, with the margins paler; cell-spot of fore wings 
large and pale, of the hind wings dark; the two outer lines 
both marked. 

The male is much darker, being nearly wholly suffused 
with dark brown-black, leaving only the costa and spaces 
along the hind margin dull orange. 

Expanse of wings, 9 24, ¢ 20 millim. 

A tew from the Khasias. 


Genus AmBiA, WIk. 


Ambia complicata, sp. n. 


Fore wings white, mostly suffused with blackish ; costal 
region beyond the first line broadly yellow; antemedian line 
at one third, broadly angled in mid-wing, whitish, with a black 
edge; the basal area within it blackish, with traces of a pale 
subbasal line; postmedian line at two thirds, oblique out- 
wards to opposite the cell, round which it forms a broad 
curve, which is slightly indented in middle, to beneath the 
discal spot, thence sinuous to inner margin beyond middle, 
white, edged with black; discal spot white, followed by a 
blacker patch in the dark suffusion; a dark spot on costa 
halfway been the two lines; in the yellow apical region is a 
small white subcostal blotch with black outward edging; a 
similar one on hind margin below apex and another above 
anal angle; fringe whitish, with a dark line near base. 
Hind wings with inner half white, the outer blackish ; two 
curved white, thickly black-edged lines, one before, the other 
beyond the middle ; traces of a pale submarginal line; hind 
margin yellow-tinged ; fringe as in fore wings. Thorax and 
abdomen grey ; face and palpi ochreous. Underside of fore 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills, 223 


wings dark grey, with apex yellow; a pale narrow spot on 
costa at middle ; outer line and cell-spot white. Hind wings 
whitish, tinged with yellow, and more fuscous towards costa. 
Expanse of wings 12 millim. 
One female from the Khasias. 


Genus Crmoriza, Guen. 
Cymoriza albiflavidalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings bright yellow; first line formed by two white 
spots below costa and a broad, oblique, silvery white streak 
to inner margin; this line is preceded by a smaller, less 
distinct, but similar basal line; outer line silvery white, 
interrupted below middle, its lower end marked by a broad 
horizontal blotch; the costal portion is preceded by two 
horizontal white streaks, the lower of which touches the 
white cell-spot; the yellow marginal band is preceded by a 
narrower silvery white one, which is curved round above the 
anal angle, so as to coalesce with the lower end of the outer 
white line; the white and yellow portions are all more or less 
distinctly edged with fuscous ; the costal swelling also is 
fuscous. Hind wings with a narrow yellow band near base, 
a broad fuscous-edged central band swollen towards costa and 
containing a long black cell-spot, and the two outer bands as 
in fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, spotted 
with white. Underside like upper. 

Expanse of wings 22 millim. 

Two males from the Khasias. 


Cymoriza fascialis, sp. n. 


Fore wings olive-fuscous, dusted with dark grey scales ; 
the lines white; first line double, curved and sinuous ; outer 
line curved, parallel to hind margin, constricted below the 
centre, and preceded opposite the cell by a short whitish dash ; 
submarginal line similar, but not reaching the inner margin ; 
a marginal olive band, coalescing before the anal angle with 
the dark band between the two outer white lines ; cell-spot 
black ; the central area is the most darkened by dark grey 
scales. Hind wings like fore wings, the two white basal 
lines with their intervening olive central space occupying the 
base of the wing; central area still darker than in fore wings, 
with a black cell-spot on its inner edge. Abdomen olive- 
fuscous; head, thorax, and basal segments of abdomen 
fuscous, much mixed with whitish scales, Underside like 


224 Mr. W. Warren on new 


upper, but generally darker; the hind wings with a deep 
fuscous spot near base. 

Expanse of wings 21 millim. 

Several from the Khasias. 


Cymoriza fulvalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings orange-fulvous, dusted with fuscous in the 
spaces between the veins; first line silvery white, indicated 
by a spot on costa and inner margin and two or three smaller 
ones between, surrounded by fuscous scales; two whitish 
spots surrounded with fuscous in the basal area; cell-spot 
white, edged with black, with a horizontal white mark above 
it, nearer the base in the male than in the female; outer line 
consisting of a broad white vertical blotch from costa, the 
inner edge of which is incurved in middle, and a white hori- 
zontal blotch above the submedian vein before the anal angle, 
with a small white dash obliquely above it (in the male there 
are two); the white costal blotch is preceded by a horizontal 
streak opposite the cell, and in the male by another below the 
costa; a broad orange marginal band from apex to the end of 
the white blotch before anal angle, separated from another 
submarginal similar band with fuscous edges by a row of 
white spots between the veins, the spots in the middle more 
or less obliterated by dark fuscous scales; on the outside of 
the outer band is a row of small blackish triangles; fringes 
with black basal line. Hind wings the same, with the discal 
spot larger. ‘Thorax and abdomen fulvous, mixed with 
tuscous, the abdomen with white dorsal spots; head whitish 
ochreous ; face silvery white; palpi with second joint dark 
fuscous, terminal joint white. Underside like upper, but 
somewhat duller. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 26, 2 30 millim. 

A few from the Khasias. 


Cymoriza interruptalis, sp. n. 


Fore wings brown-black ; lines silvery white, first at one 
third, indicated by a spot on costa and inner margin and one 
or two between them; cell-spot white, minute, edged with 
black ; outer line represented by a white vertical line from 
costa shortly before apex, and a horizontal line on the sub- 
median fold before the anal angle, with a dull orange smear 
beneath it; a broad orange marginal band, much suffused 
and chequered with dark scales, edged inwardly by a thick 
black line, which is preceded by a row of triangular white 
spots; fringes short, with a black basal line. Hind wings 


Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 225 


the same, but the extreme base orange ; the white submarginal 
line interrupted in the middle of wing. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen brown-black. Underside like upper, but duller. 
Expanse of wings 26 millim. 
A pair from the Khasias. 


Genus Sureruna, WIk. 


Sufetula nana, sp. n. 


Fore wings pale grey, towards the base dusted with blackish 
scales ; first line at one third, blackish, angled outwards below 
the middle ; basal area with four or five minute pale dots with 
dark edges ; second line close to and parallel to hind margin, 
blackish, preceded above the inner margin by another short 
line ; marginal space slightly darker, with a black dash across 
it below the sinus; costa before apex with three or four pale 
dark-centred semiannuli; a rather large dark cell-spot; mar- 
ginal line blackish ; fringe grey. Hind wings whitish, with 
faint traces of a submarginal line and with a blackish blotch 
above the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey ; 
hinder half of abdomen blackish (? natural). Underside pale, 
with the markings faint. 

Expanse of wings 11 millim. 

One male from Bombay. 


Subfamily Garzerim. 
TEMBRYOGLOSSA, gen. nov. 


9. Fore wings elongate ; costa arched at base and faintly 
curved towards apex, which is blunt; hind margin evenly 
curved; inner margin convex and scaled. Hind wings 
longer than broad, the inner margin short, hind margin 
slightly curved. Abdomen thick, reaching beyond hind 
wings; the anal segment squared; antenne (9 ) subserrate, 
ciliated, the basal joint thickened, with a tuft of hair on the 
inner side projecting in front of face; tongue aborted, con- 
sisting only of two short curled scaly processes ; maxillary 
palpi absent; ocelli present; labial palpi long, porrect, 
ee the second joint with short scales, the third naked, 

euration: fore wings, cell half as long as wing; first 
median at four fifths, second a little before lower angle of 
cell, third from the angle, lower radial just above, upper 
radial from upper angle; first two subcostals free, last three 
stalked, the third and fourth shortly stalked from the fifth, 
Hind wings with costal free, the subcostals short-stalked ; 


226 Mr. W. Warren on new 


lower arm of discocellular very oblique ; first median at one 
half; the others as in fore wings. 

The male is considerably smaller than the female. The 
abdomen has the anal tuft strongly developed and a tuft of 
hairs at base of costa beneath; antenna ciliated, with the basal 
joint very long, slightly curved outwards, with a tuft on the 
inner side towards its apex, the shaft articulated at an angle. 
In both wings the third median and the radial are on a short 
stalk and in the hind wings the first median is at four fifths, 
as in fore wings. 

Type Embryoglossa variegata, sp. n. 


Embryoglossa variegata, sp. n. 


9. Fore wings dull green, much suffused with blackish, 
and with red scales intermixed; basal area blackish, ill- 
defined, bounded by a paler line, which is only distinct 
towards inner margin; a large black cell-spot; outer line 
from three-fourths of costa, running out towards hind margin, 
strongly denticulated in middle, incurved below middle, and 
edged in its lower portion with whitish scales; a blackish 
suffusion from apex to first median extends below costa nearly 
to discal spot, and between the median and submedian is con- 
tinued, mixed with reddish scales, to join the projection of 
the basal patch ; costa before apex with black dashes, sepa- 
rated by paler ; a larger reddish-white spot before apex ; anal 
angle with a tawny and red elongated blotch ; veins beyond 
the middle blackish ; marginal line distinct, black, with white 
dots at the ends of the veins; fringe dark at apex, reddish 
with black mottlings in middle, and altogether reddish at anal 
angle. Hind wings shining, fuscous grey, with traces of a 
pale curved and denticulated postmedian line, with a more 
distinct whitish denticulation on the first median; fringe 
reddish ochreous, marginal line indistinct, but the whitish 
dots at end of veins plain. Head, face, and front of thorax 
rufous; thorax and abdomen with mixed green, fuscous, and 
ochreous scales; the base of patagia dark fuscous. Under- 
side dark glossy grey, with a pale curved outer line on both 
wings; apex of fore wings pale ochreous, with red scales 
intermixed. 

Expanse of wings 50 millim. 

In the male, which is much smaller, the basal and marginal 
areas of fore wings are paler and the central area darker; the 
discal spot is large and pale, with a narrow dark centre. 

Expanse of wings 34 millim. 

A tew from the Khasias, 


Thyrididx from the Khasia TTills. 227 


Family Thyridide. 
Genus STrigiina, Guen. 
Striglina duplicifimbria, sp. n. 


Fore wings reddish ochreous, with blackish reticulations 
and spots; the costa fuscous tinged, darker towards base; an 
elongated rounded black spot at end of cell and a square 
black spot below it above inner margin ; four round black 
spots towards hind margin, the lower pair nearer the margin 
than the upper ; the whole wing with interrupted, and some- 
times interlacing, black strigule in more or less vertical rows; 
fringe brown-red, very broad, with a black line down the 
middle and traces of dark scales beyond it. Hind wings 
rather paler; a black streak near base; a blackish spot at 
end of cell and another below it near inner margin; five or 
six round black spots towards apex, the innermost the largest, 
and one spot towards anal angle; fringe as in fore wings. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ochreous. Underside 
paler, with all the spots more distinct. 

Expanse of wings 32 millim. 

Several of both sexes from the Khasias. 

Distinguished not only by the very broad fringe, but by 
the subfalcate fore wings and bowed hind margin. 


Genus Banista, WIk. 
Banisia dissimulans, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull grey-brown or fawn-colour, with darker 
markings ; three darker vertical fasciz, two antemedian, the 
third postmedian and curved outward in the upper half of 
wing; a fourth curved fascia not darker than the ground 
colour, with the edges parallel to the hind margin of the 
third fascia, and starting from oblique y’s on the costa, the 
pale spaces between the fasciee with a dark crinkly line down 
the middle, the whole surface thickly covered with transverse 
strie and reticulations. Hind wings with the fascia only 
outlined, covered with a network of interlacing contorted 
strie ; fringes of both wings darker. Thorax dark fawn ; 
head and abdomen paler. Underside redder and brighter. 

Expanse of wings 40-50 millim. 

A large number from the Khasias. 

There is a specimen in the British Museum collection from 
Sylhet. Duller and greyer than Pharambara reticulata, 
Moore; in the character of the markings more resembling 
B. tetragonata, Wik. 


228 Mr. W. Warren on new 


Banisia ordinaria, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull brownish drab, with darker shading and 
reticulations; a basal patch, a narrow antemedian fascia, 
nearly vertical, and a postmedian fascia, forked below the 
middle and becoming obsolete towards inner margin, its outer 
edge angulated in mid-wing, all slightly darker; the whole 
wing covered with dark, more or less interlacing strigulee ; 
fringe concolorous, darker towards the apices, and faintly 
chequered with darker. Hind wings with a dark line near 
pase and a dark irregular central fascia, the whole wing reticu- 
lated; fringe as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
concolorous; collar and front of thorax darker. Underside 
brighter, more fulvous, with the fascie dull orange. 

Expanse of wings 34 millim. 

One female from Mackay, Queensland. 

There are three examples unnamed in the British Museum 
collection from Borneo which appear to be identical with the 
present insect. It is most nearly allied to Banisia tetragonata, 


Wik., and B. dissimulans, Warr. 


BEGUMA, gen. nov. 


Fore wings with costa nearly straight, convex before apex ; 
apex rounded ; hind margin well curved. Hind wings with 
hind margin rounded; inner margin short; anal angle 
rounded off. Antenne (2) thick, closely lamellate; palpi 
porrect, the second joint slightly hairy beneath and curved, 
the third minute, pointed; tongue feeble. Neuration: fore 
wings, cell half as long as wing; discocellular apparently 
interrupted. First median from two thirds, second just before 
lower angle, third from the end; lower radial from a little 
above the angle, upper radial from above the middle of disco- 
cellular ; last subcostal from below the upper angle, third and 
fourth stalked from the angle, second just before the end, 
first from one half; from the base of the last subcostal a 
veinlet runs basewards to the subcostal at about three fourths. 
Hind wings: costal free ; first subcostal from well before 
the end of cell, second from the end; medians and radial as 
in fore wing; the discocellular is strong, complete, and angu- 
lated ; scaling dense. 

Type Beguma constellata, sp. n. 


Beguma constellata, sp. n. 


Fore wings dull rosy, deepening towards the base, and there 
plack-brown, fading towards the hind margin to pearly grey, 


Thyridide from the Khasia Hills. 229 


the veins, however, remaining rosy; the costa pearly grey 
from near base ; fringes grey. Hind wings the same, bvight 
rosy from base of inner margin. Head, face, and palpi rosy 
brown; thorax black-brown; abdomen dull rosy grey. 
Underside rosy, with a fulvous tinge, the fore wings black- 
brown at base; rows of spots of raised silvery lilac scales 
radiating outwards from the base along the intervals between 
the veins, becoming fainter beyond the middle. 

Eixpanse of wings 50 millim. 

One female from the Khasias. 

The only example is somewhat worn; it is probable that 
when fresh the rosy tint above extends to the hind margin 
and the silver spots below are more abundant. 


Genus PHARAMBARA, WIk. 


Pharambara curvilinea, sp. n. 

Fore wings pearly grey, suffused with pale coppery, and 
below the middle with a bronzy-grey tinge; the reticulations 
and lines dark brownish ; a narrow angulated subbasal fascia, 
a nearly vertical antemedian, and a broader outwardly curved 
postmedian fascia coppery ; the intervening spaces on the 
costa pale grey ; beyond the postmedian fascia is a whitish- 
grey blotch on the costa, followed by a dark brown almost 
semicircular line from costa to below middle, thence obliquely 
to inner margin before anal angle; the whole wing covered 
with rather obscure dark grey, and, towards hind margin, dark 
brown reticulations and streaks; fringe coppery, with a broad 
dark central line. Hind wings with three dark brown lines 
parallel to one another and at equal distances, the median 
tollowed by a greyish shade, the postmedian by darker reticu- 
lations. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Under- 
side brighter; fore wings with a bright chestnut subcostal 
streak, broader at apex; some black and white longitudinal 
scales beneath it; the lines and reticulations of both wings 
distinct, dark brown. 

Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

One male from the Khasias. 


Pharambara fallax, sp. n. 


Fore wings mouse-colour, suffused and strigulated with 
darker; some irregular dark greyish-black spots along the 
hind marginal area; fringe darker; in certain lights a broad 
basal and a narrower median and postmedian fascia can be 
seen, slightly darker than the rest of the wing. Hind wings 
paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark mouse-colour ; 


230 Mr. W. Warren on new 


basal segments of the latter a little paler. Underside pale 
ochreous; the costa of fore wings neatly marked with vertical 
black strige; a velvety black discal blotch, with orange 
markings in the middle and long yellowish streaks and scales 
above and below them; a bright chestnut stripe below costa 
from middle to apex; a vertical chestnut fascia from inner 
margin beyond middle to a dull blackish subcostal spot; a 
broader chestnut fascia from before anal angle to near costa, 
thence bent obliquely to middle of hind margin. Hind wings 
with indications of chestnut fascize towards apex and hind 
margin. 

In the female the velvety black discal blotch is much 
reduced and the subcostal stripe is continued to the base. 

Expanse of wings 24 millim. 


Several from Biak and Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. 


Family Epiplemide. 
Genus DirADEs, Moore. 


Dirades? ambigua, sp. n. 


Fore wings greyish fawn-colour, slightly dusted with dark 
atoms; the lines ferruginous, first from costa at one third to 
middle of inner margin, strongly curved outwards in the 
middle, second at two thirds, also curved outwards to the 
middle, then inbent, and reaching the inner margin at three 
fourths ; the space included between the lines slightly darker 
than the rest of the wing; a ferruginous triangular blotch on 
hind margin opposite the cell, with three black spots along its 
inner edge, often confluent, and a minute isolated black dot 
above it; fringe chequered pale ochreous and dark grey, with 
arather broad dark grey basal line. Hind wings like fore 
wings, with two isolated black submarginal dots, one near the 
base of each tail. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous 
with wings; face dark brown. Underside pale grey, with 
darker frecklings ; the hind wings paler than the fore wings, 
with the second black dot expressed. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 20, ? 24 millim. 

Several from the Khasia Hills. 

The male is paler throughout than the female, and the first 
line appears to start from the costa further from the base. 
There is no trace in the hind wings of the male of any tuft of 
hair or distortion of the veins on the inner margin; in the 
fore wings the apex is bluntly rounded; the hind margin 
oblique and faintly excised opposite the cell; in both sexes 


Epiplemide from the Khasia Hills. 231 


the hind wings are tailed at veins 4 and 7, and the costa 
excised in middle, with a fringe of hairs on each side of the 
excision. 


Genus Eprptema, H.-S. 
Epiplema castanea, sp. n. 


Fore wings fawn-grey, freckled with blackish ; the median 
area filled up with chestnut-brown ; first line from costa at 
one fourth to inner margin at one third, black-brown and 
distinct, bluntly angled on the subcostal and median nervures ; 
second from costa beyond middle to inner margin at three 
fourths, angled outwards on the subcostal, inwards on the 
radial, with a blunt prominence on veins 3 and 4 and another 
on the submedian above the inner margin; marginal third 
clouded in places with darker, especially above anal angle; a 
brown-black curved marginal line along the subapical 
excision. Hind wings the same, but the chestnut shade of 
the median area extends also over the marginal area except at 
the anal angle and along the inner margin, which remain, 
like the basal area, clear grey; fringes concolorous. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen grey; face and palpi darker. Under- 
side grey, freckled with black; the fore wings darker than 
the hind ones; the single female is paler throughout than 
the male. 

EXxpanse of wings 26 millim. 

Both sexes from the Khasias. 

The fore wings have the hind margin deeply excised from 
vein 7 to 3, slightly excised again between 3 and 2 and 2 and 
the anal angle; the hind wings have the hind margin tailed 
at vein 7, with a small tooth at veins 6 and 4. The neura- 
tion of the hind wings is abnormal; the discocellular and 
radial are absent ; the inner marginal area is restricted, the 
inner margin itself being in the male folded over; there is a 
bed of dark scales towards the base beneath the median 
nervure and a long tuft of pale ochreous hairs from the base 
of the wing; veins 2, 3, and 4 are visible in the female, but 
vein 2 is either absent or hidden by the fold in the male. In 
both sexes the costa of hind wings is excised in middle, with 
a strong tuft of hairs along it on either side of the excision. 


Epiplema flavigutta, sp. n. 
Fore wings very much as in £. moza, Butler, but the three 


dark submarginal specks are more or less confluent and form 
a dark brown crescent. In the hind wings, instead of the 


232 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


grey Junules with white lines there are two yellow confluent 
blotches between the tails (the lower one edged below with 
black), and before the lower tail a small black dot. The hind 
margin of the fore wings is excised from the apex to vein 4, 
and the hind wings are tailed at veins 7 and 4. 

Eixpanse of wings 26 millim. 

Both sexes from the Khasias. 

Like £. moza this species occurs of two sizes, the larger 
form reaching 32 or 34 millim. 


XXXIV.—Descriptions of Four new Lizards from Roebuck 
Bay, N.W. Australia, obtained by Dr. Dahl for the 
Christiania Museum. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S. 


Diplodactylus stenodactylus. 


Head very convex; snout rounded, as long as the distance 
between the eye and the ear-opening, slightly longer than the 
diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening small, round. Body and 
limbs rather stout. Digits cylindrical, not dilated at the ends, 
covered above and below with small granular scales; apical 
shields small, longer than broad. Body and limbs uniformly 
granulate above and below. Granules on the snout a little 
larger than those on the back of the head; rostral twice as 
broad as deep, with median cleft above; nostril pierced 
between the first labial, a large internasal, which is in contact 
with its fellow, and four granules; ten upper and as many 
lower labials; symphysial trapezoid; no chin-shields, but 
enlarged flat granules gradually passing into the minute 
granules of the throat. Male with three preanal pores on 
each side and a conical tubercle on each side of the base of 
the tail. Pale brownish above, with a light, brown-edged 
vertebral stripe bifurcating on the neck, passing through the 
eyes, its branches meeting again on the end of the snout; the 
brown dotted with lighter ; lower parts white. 


millim 
From snout to vent..... Sha erolatatekatera rae 45 
ISG ee AO oe Go a6 dase 12 
Wraidtheof head 2: (cic... -aeuteteieer's.« 8 
more limb. s. pisietastete PR ars bs ee 14 
Hind limb ..... sie Ee aes ties Seeds. « 19 


This new species, described from a single male specimen 
without tail, is allied to and appears to connect Diplodactylus 


Four new Australian Lizards. 233 


Steindachnert, Blgr., and Ceramodactylus dameus, Lucas and 
Frost, the latter probably bearing no real affinity to the genus 
to which it has been referred. 


Egernia Dahlit. 


Head short. A strong curved groove behind the nostril; 
nasal divided below the nostril; frontonasal broader than 
long, forming a broad suture with the rostral; prefrontals 
forming a median suture; frontal about once and a half as 
long as broad, a little longer than the interparietal ; five 
supraoculars, second largest; eight or nine supraciliaries ; 
sixth and seventh upper labials below the eye; three large 
temporals and a pair of large nuchals. Har-opening as large 
as the eye-opening, with five or six short obtuse lobules 
anteriorly. 46 scales round the middle of the body, smooth, 
or dorsals faintly striated, laterals smallest, ventrals a little 
smaller than dorsals. The adpressed limbs just meet. 
Digits short. Tail compressed, tapering to a fine point, a 
little longer than head and body. Uniform pale reddish 
brown above, grey on the sides, white beneath. 


millim. 
JACUIRLOcl Sne e ce e eee 440 
12 it ee ote Selon. ci het | ee ee 38 
Word ths otemead ars sad acks senate ts: a6: ocd a,c 32 
15,0. PRO CGE TOC IER nies Se Cee 172 
Iai ye irae Semen Mew i ar Cech eee eae 52 
etry Lampe wes SR oe tata e hark tide aie 66 
Tibi ene a Le a ee eee eee ees 230 


Two specimens. 
In its large size and stout form this species resembles 


E. dorsalis, Ptrs., and E. major, Gray, from both of which it 
is easily distinguished by its smaller scales and smaller ear- 
lobules. The large size and shorter head distinguish it from 


E. Whitw, Lacép. 
Lygosoma ocellatum. 


Section Hinulia. The distance between the end of the 
snout and the fore limb is contained once and a half in the 
distance between axilla and groin. Snout moderate, obtuse ; 
loreal region nearly vertical. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril 
pierced in a semidivided nasal ; no supranasal ; no postnasal ; 
rostral widely separated from the frontonasal, which is broader 
than long; prefrentals in contact with their inner angles; 
frontal a little longer than the frontoparietals and interparietal 
together, in contact with the three anterior supraoculars; four 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. 16 


234 On Four new Australian Lizards. 


supraoculars, second largest; seven supraciliaries, first 
largest ; frontoparietals distinct, as long as the interparietal ; 
parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; two pairs 
of nuchals; sixth and seventh upper labials below the eye. 
Ear-opening oval, as large as the eye-opening, the anterior 
border with four or five pointed lobules. 36 smooth scales 
round the body, laterals smallest, dorsals as large as ventrals. 
Two enlarged preanals. The hind limb reaches the wrist of 
the adpressed fore limb. Toes rather long and slender, com- 
pressed ; subdigital lamelle unicarinate, 22 under the fourth 
toe. Brown above and on the sides, with ten longitudinal 
series of elongate white, black-edged ocellar spots; posterior 
upper labials vertically barred black and white; auricular 
lobules white ; lower parts uniform white. 


millim. 
INromysnomttosvent, ) av dies steseie ch cctne 95 
DEUS ha) tats eRe RP tides tl Menten alien. 16 
Wadthtotshoad wien crctaecie chiens ie 
Hore Simp Ser Aer ees Certs 2 & 24 
Pind simp: teehee cick mie aasha sta. 40 


A single specimen. 


Lygosoma Colletti. 


Section Hinulia. The distance between the end of the 
snout and the fore limb is contained once and two thirds in 
the distance between axilla and groin. Snout moderate, 
pointed ; loreal region nearly vertical. Lower eyelid scaly. 
Nostril pierced in the centre of an undivided nasal; no supra- 
nasal; no postnasal ; rostral widely separated from the fronto- 
nasal, which is broader than long and narrowly in contact 
with the frontal ; latter shield as long as its distance from 
the posterior border of the parietals, in contact with the three 
anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars, first largest; seven 
supraciliaries, first largest ; frontoparietals distinct, as long 
as the interparietal ; parietals forming a suture behind the 
interparietal; three pairs of nuchals; fifth and sixth upper 
labials below the eye. LEar-opening smaller than the eye- 
opening, with a large opercle-like scale on its anterior border, 
24 smooth scales round the body, the two median dorsal and 
ventral series largest. ‘Two large preanals. ‘The hind limb 
reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. ‘Toes long and 
slender, compressed ; subdigital lamelle unicarinate, 23 under 
the fourth toe. Pale brownish above, with seven dark brown 
longitudinal streaks; a black stripe on each side, from the 
end of the snout to near the end of the tail; below this a 


On new Species of Chinese Heterocera. 235 


white lateral stripe edged with grey; head golden above, 
with five dark brown longitudinal lines; upper lip and lower 
parts uniform white. 


millim 
Pte TeMbe: sis sg eds uo 3:8 ag 2 op ee ae 131 
HCA hotels deatke ce dnaes Seah ee 9 
Widthvotheatiacs Sano. sc ut, ee ee 5 
LSA hata ede hae oe» ged diakibk weg sheet 32 
Horeditmibpe ei tic i. do oo ieee we. 12 
Ebina (alin creat haps orae crests aici one 18 
MAU. nic’ 19 a co ee Be A 90 


A single specimen. 


XXXV.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Heterocera 
from Hunan, Central China. By HeErBert Druce, 
P18. &e. 


Fam. Chalcosiida. 


Corma laranda, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries smoky black: primaries, 
a small greyish-white spot at the base of the cell, and one 
below near the inner margin; a greyish-white curved band 
crosses the wing at the end of the cell, extending from the 
costal margin to near the anal angle, beyond which are two 
apical greyish-white spots. Underside greyish white, with 
the black spots very distinct, but very much larger than they 
are in Corma maculata, Hamps. ‘The head, thorax, and 
abdomen black, the collar and tegule edged with yellow; 
the underside of the thorax and abdomen yellow; the legs 
yellow; antenne black.—Female very similar to the female 
of C. maculata, but with all the black markings rather 
larger. 

Expanse, g§ 23%, 9 24 inches. 

Hab. China, Hunan (Mus. Druce). 


Pintia litana, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries brownish black; pri- 
maries streaked with white at the base and crossed about the 
middle by a band of six elongated greyish-white spots, the 
first two in the cell, beyond which is a subapical band of 

io* 


236 On new Species of Chinese Heterocera. 


five small greyish-white spots: secondaries, the costal 
margin, a streak in the cell, and three spots below the cell all 
greyish white, the inner margin of the wing irrorated with 
greyish-white scales; the fringes of both wings black. 
Underside very similar to the upperside, but with the white 
markings more distinct and with the base of the primaries 
steel-blue. The head, antenne, and tegule bluish black, 
slightly metallic; the collar bright orange; thorax and 
abdomen black, the underside of the abdomen greyish white ; 
the legs black on the upperside, white on the underside.— 
Female very similar to the male, but the markings larger and 
purer white. 

Expanse, ¢ 2,5, ? 3 inches. 

Hab. China, Hunan (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Limacodide. 


Phocoderma betis, sp. n. 


Primaries reddish fawn-colour, the basal half of the wing 
the darkest; a pale brown line crosses the wing from the 
costal margin near the apex to the inner margin near the 
base; a narrow dark brown submarginal line extends from the 
apex to the anal angle; the fringe brownish fawn-colour : 
secondaries uniformly pale fawn-colour. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen fawn-colour ; palpi dark brown ; legs brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. China, Hunan (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to P. velutina, Kollar. 


Cania hatita, sp. n. 


Primaries pale yellowish brown, darkest along the costal 
margin ; two narrow brown lines cross the wing about the 
middle, extending from the costal to the inner margin: 
secondaries pale yellowish brown; the fringes of both wings 
the same colour. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale 
brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 


Hab. China, Hunan (Mus. Druce). 


Mr. E. E. Austen on Necrophagous Diptera. 237 


XXXVI.—Necrophagous Diptera attracted by the Odour of 
Flowers. By HE. E. Austen, Zoological Department, 
British Museum. 


THE British Museum has recently received from Mr. J. H. Hart, 
F.L.S., Superintendent of the Botanical Department, Trinidad, 
W.I., a series of Diptera, accompanied by the following 
note :—‘. ... you mentioned you would at any time be glad 
of Diptera. Herewith I send you a miscellaneous collection 
caught in a flower of Aristolochia gigas, var. Sturtevantit. 
This flower gives off an odour indistinguishable from that of 
carrion, so much so that it has on several occasions attracted 
the vultures of our island (Cathartes aura) and set our 
workmen hunting for dead fowls &c. The plant is an intro- 
duction, but we have a smaller and similar one, a native. I 
think it may be taken, therefore, that the flies will represent 
the carrion-flies of our district.” 

Unfortunately, owing to the fact that they were not sent 
pinned, but simply wrapped in an envelope of stout paper, 
which was inserted in a cardboard case for transmission, the 
specimens arrived in fragments; consequently the task of 
determination, never an easy one in the case of flies .be- 
longing to the present group, has been rendered vastly more 
difficult. However, so far as I have been able to make them 
out, the Diptera forwarded by Mr. Hart belong to the follow- 
ing species, which, it will be observed, are all of them true 
Muscide (including Anthomyinz) :— 


Lucilia, sp. 
oy §P- | U Some half-dozen specimens of each. 
Lucilia, sp. alia. 

Compsomyta macellaria, F. ‘Twelve specimens. 
Tachinine, gen. et sp. incert. <A single specimen. 

. Musca domestica, L. A single female. 

Sarcophaga, sp. ‘lwo males, two females, 

Ophyra cenescens, Wied. One male, six females. 


TUS OU ge Bo 


In the case of each of the species of Lucilia above referred 
to the wings are yellowish, with the apical third brown, while 
the antenne, face, and cheeks are orange-yellow; in one of 
the species, however (the larger, ranging apparently from 
9 to 11 millim. in length), the frontal stripe and pleure are 
also orange-yellow, while in the other and smaller species the 
frontal stripe, except a spot immediately above the base of 
the antenna, is black, and the pleura are metallic green. In 
each species the greater portion of the first abdominal segment 


238 Mr. E. E. Austen on Necrophagous Diptera . 


is yellow or orange. The larger of the two species appears 
to be closely allied to, if not actually conspecific with, a 
specimen from Mexico (ea Coll. Saunders), placed in the 
Museum collection under JJusca, and labelled “ femorata, W.,” 
in Walker’s handwriting—therefore presumably a type. I 
have, however, failed to discover where this species was 
described. Moreover, the Museum collection already contains 
undetermined specimens of both of the Trinidad species of 
Lucilia from the Amazon, collected by Bates. I did not 
myself meet with either during a recent expedition to the 
Lower Amazon, but no doubt the species are widely distri- 
buted in the Neotropical Region. 

Compsomyia macellaria, F., the most numerously repre- 
sented species in the above list, is also the most interesting, 
since its larvee, known as “ screw-worms”’ in the south and 
west of the United States, besides attacking various domestic 
animals, have frequently caused death in the human subject 
by their ravages in the nasal fosse and frontal sinuses *. 
For this reason the species was described by Coquerel + as 
Lucilia hominivorax, from specimens bred from larve the 
attacks of which had proved fatal to a French convict in 
Cayenne. According to one of Dr. Coquerel’s informants 
similar cases are pretty common among the French convicts 
in Guiana, and an instance of non-fatal attack has been 
reported from Trinidad itselft. P. S. de Magalhaes, in 
recording the fly as having been bred from larve from the 
nasal fossee of the human subject at Rio de Janeiro, points 
out § the wide distribution of the species, which ranges from 
the Argentine and Chili to the southern United States of 
North America. I myself met with it on the Amazon and 
the Pard River. 

The solitary Tachininid sent is a mere fragment, which it 


* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. (1883) pp. 353-355. 

t+ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 3, t. vi. (1858), pp. 171-176. See also 
Coquerel, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. sér. 3, t. vil. pp. 283-237: “Nouveau cas 
de Mort produit par la Lucila honunivorax, et description de la larve de 
ce Diptére.” 

t{ Vide ‘Trinidad Field Naturalists’ Club,’ vol. i. no. 3, Aug. 1892, 
pp. 59-61. See also a paper entitled “The Cattle Fly, Compsomyia 
macellaria,” by C. W. Meaden (bed. vol. ii. no. 11, Dec. 1895, pp. 279- — 
281), dealing with the presence of the larve in sore places on cattle, 
The author states that he has never observed the fly on dead animals: 
this is curious, as at Mosqueiro, on the Para River, I took it on a dead 
kid. From “ Observations on the Insects of Jamaica,” by William Jones 
(Journ. Institute of Jamaica, vol. i. no. 8, Dec. 1893, p. 372), it would 
appear that attacks by this fly on human beings are common enough in 
Jamaica, or, at any rate, were so in the earlier part of this century. 

§ Bull. Soe. Zool. France, t. xx., 1895, p. 117. 


a 


attracted by the Odour of Flowers. 239 


is quite impossible to determine. Its occurrence at all in 
such company is difficult to understand, unless it had visited 
the flower as it would visit any other, since the Tachinine 
are met with on flowers and leaves, and are not necrophagous ; 
their larve are well known as internal parasites of caterpillars 
and other insects. 

I am not aware that Musca domestica, L., has hitherto 
been recorded from Trinidad, though the species is known 
to occur in Brazil and in Porto Rico and Guadeloupe in the 
Antilles. I have nowhere seen it in such swarms as in a 
house about two miles from Pardé. It is probable that this 
Species is now cosmopolitan, having been carried by ships all 
over the civilized world. 

The specimens of Sarcophaga are in so hopeless a con- 
dition that it would be futile to attempt to determine the 
species, which, however, belongs to the group without 
dorso-central bristles. ‘The median of the three stripes on 
the thorax has a distinct narrow dark line on each side of it, 
the face and orbits are golden, the hypopygium of the male 
and the anus of the female orange-red, and the middle and 
hind tibie of the male are clothed on the inside with long 
hair. 

Ophyra cnescens was described by Wiedemann (Auss. 
zweill. Insekten, 11. p. 435. 29) trom New Orleans and: has 
been recorded by Macquart (Dipt. Exot. 1 Suppl. p. 203. 4) 
from Galveston, ‘Vexas. 1 may add that Schiner (‘ Fauna 
Austriaca,’ Diptera, i. p. 620) mentions that he once found 
the European Ophyra anthrax, Mg., in countless numbers 
round a dead horse. 

So far as I have been able to discover, no instance of necro- 
phagous Diptera being attracted by malodorous flowers has 
as yet been recorded trom the New World. The late Mr. C. V. 
Riley found the larva of a Sarcophaga feeding on the putrid 
insect-remains in the pitchers of two species of insectivorous 
plants—the spotted trumpet-leaf (Sarracenia variolaris, 
Michx.) and the yellow trumpet-leaf (S. flava, L.). Riley 
described the ty as Sarcophaga sarracenie, but afterwards 
thought that it might be only a variety of the common 
European S. carnaria, L.* Here, however, the dead insects 
and not the flower itself had formed the attraction. But in 
the Old World several cases similar to the present have been 
described. M. Schnetzler, writing “On the part played by 


* Riley, Trans. St. Louis Acad. of Nat. Sci. iii. p, 239; ‘Science 
Gossip,’ 1874, pp. 274-275, tig. 182; Canad. Ent. vi. pp, 209-214, fig. 26 ; 
Seventh Ann. Rep. Ins. State of Missouri, 1876, p, 181. 


240 Mr. E. E. Austen on Necrophagous Diptera. . 


Insects during the Flowering of Arum crinitum, Ait.” *, 
states that the spathe of this flower “ diffuses so strong an 
odour of putrid flesh that the insects which deposit their eggs 
upon decomposing animal matters are attracted by it.” 
Luctlia cesar, L., visits the flower in numbers and oviposits 
among the viscous hairs lining the interior of the spathe. All 
the flies found by M. Schnetzler at the bottom of the spathe 
were dead, and the author gives reasons for considering that 
the insects may furnish nitrogenous nutriment to the plant 
through the medium of fluid contained in certain hairs which 
clothe a great part of the inner surface of the spathe. Other 
flies, however, less pressed to oviposit may not penetrate 
further than the stamens, and may thence convey the pollen 
to the stigmas or fly away to lay their eggs in the spathe of 
another plant, on the stigmas of which they deposit the 
pollen which they have carried away from the stamens of the 
former one. Doubtless the Trinidad flies perform a similar 
office for Aristolochia. 

Dr. Ch. Coquerel, in discussing the reason why Compsomyia 
macellaria, F'abr., sometimes attacks man, mentions that the 
blow-fly (Calliphora vomitoria, L.) + oviposits on Arum 
dracunculus, L. (= Dracunculus vulgaris, Schott), being 
deceived by the corpse-like odour of the plant f. 

Mr. H. O. Forbes, in recording the discovery of “a fine 
new species of that curious family the Rafilesiacee,” which 
he found growing on the side of the volcano called Dempo, 
in Sumatra, writes :—‘‘ It smelt powerfully of putrid flesh, 
and was infested with a crowd of flies, which followed me 
all the way as I carried it home” §. 

Lastly, I am informed by Lieut.-Col. C. T. Bingham that 
Amorphophallus campanulatus, Roxb., an arum which has 
been introduced into 8. Tenasserim by the Malays and is 
now very common in that district, gives off a most over- 
powering and fetid odour of carrion from its livid purple 
spadix, and is most attractive to flies. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. pp. 399-400 (‘Comptes 
Rendus,’ Sept. 8, 1879, p. 508). 

t ? C. erythrocephala, Mg. 

t Coquerel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 3, t. vi. (1858) p. 176. 

§ Henry O. Forbes, ‘A Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Hastern Archi- 
pelago’ (1885), p. 206. 


Mammals from Celebes, Borneo, and the Philippines. 241 


XXX VII.—Description of anew Species of Satyrid Butterfly 
from Costa Rica. By H. Grose Smita, B.A., F.E.S., 
F.Z.8., &e. 


Ozeoschistus cothonides. 


Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings resemble O. cothon, 
Salvin. Posterior wings, discal area bright tawny, with a 
broad marginal border of dark brown, irregularly indented by 
the tawny area between the veins; a dark brown spot centred 
by a white dot situate in the tawny area between the two 
lowest median nervules, and two similar contiguous spots 
above the anal angle, as in O. cothon. ‘The discal area be- 
comes darker tawny brown towards the base and inner margin, 
the darker area extending transversely from the middle of the 
costa and crossing the cell a little beyond its middle towards 
the anal angle, where it merges in the dark brown marginal 
border. ‘The female resembles the male. 

The underside does not differ appreciably from QO. cothon. 

Hab. Cartago, Costa Rica. 

Expanse of wings 24 inches. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. At 
first I thought this insect might be the female of O. cothon ; 
but there being both sexes in the collection, and possessing a 
female of O. cothon which does not differ from the male, I 
conclude that the very distinct colouring of the upperside of 
the posterior wings justifies me in describing it as distinct 
from O.cothon. ‘lhe specimens were sent by Mr. Under- 
wood with a good series of O. cothon from the same locality. 


XXXVIII.—On Mammals from Celebes, Borneo, and the 
Philippines recently received at the British Museum. By 
OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


THE specimens referred to in the present paper were mostly 
collected by Messrs. Charles and Ernest Hose in N. Celebes 
and by Mr. Alfred Everett at the extreme south of the same 
island, and both at about the same date, October to 
December 1895. One of the chief objects of these naturalists 
was to obtain for our National Museum specimens of the 
numerous small mammals that have been described of late 
years from the island of Celebes and have hitherto been 
unrepresented in the British Museum. This object has 


242 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


happily been very successfully accomplished, and Celebes is 
now no longer the worst-represented part of the world in the 
Museum collections, as was formerly the case—an improve- 
ment wholly due to those who have already made Northern 
Borneo the best-represented part of the world in the same 
collections. 

In spite of the many Celebean species previously described, 
most of which have now been obtained, no less than five new 
ones have also been discovered—a result the more surprising 
as the Hoses were working in what was supposed to be the 
best-known part of Celebes. 

Besides the Hose and Everett specimens, a bat obtained by 
Governor Creagh at Sandakan, N. Borneo, is also described, 
as also is a very remarkable new fruit-bat which occurs in 
Mr. John Whitehead’s last collection from the Philippines. 


Boneia menadensis, sp. n. 


Size of Boneta bidens, Jent. Ears of medium length, 
sharply pointed above, their outer edge with a small lobule 
basally. Wings from the sides of the back as in typical 
Xantharpyia. Colour above of head dark smoky brown, of 
nape dull yellow, of back dark reddish brown, gradually 
becoming paler and brighter on the rump. Sides of neck 
with dark golden gland-tufts. Chin, throat, and belly pale 
greyish brown. Wings and limbs naked, except just on the 
proximal part of the forearm and on the femora and neigh- 
bouring parts of the interfemoral membrane. 

Skull with a broad heavy muzzle and strong widely ex- 
panded zygomata. Premaxille separated in front. 

Upper incisors two in number, short, cylindrical, equi- 
distant from each other and the canines. Canines long, 
grooved in front. First upper premolar small, but not 
specially crushed in between the canine and second pre- 
molar. Lower incisors in an even curved row between the 
canines, the outer four or five times as stout as the inner ones. 
Canines short, stout, and strongly slanted outwards. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male skin) :— 

Forearm 97 millim. (=8°8 inches) ; head and body (ap- 
proximate) 153; ear (dried) 20; lower leg 53. 

Skull: extreme length from nasion to occiput 43°7 ; greatest 
breadth 25; tip of nasals to supraorbital foramina 20 ; inter- 
orbital breadth 7:5; tip to tip of postorbital processes 16 ; 
front of upper canine to back of ™? 15:1. 

Hab. Menado, Celebes. 

Coll. C. and E. Hose, Oct. 1895. 


Celebes, Borneo, and the Philippines. 243 


This bat is probably the N. Celebes representative of the 
southern B. bidens, from which it may be distinguished by 
the distance between the dorsal origins of the wings, its 
pointed ears, and different colour, notably the brown instead 
of “ golden-yellow ” crown. 


HARPYIONYCTERIS, gen. nov. 


Index with aclaw. Wings from the sides of the hairy 
back, inserted behind at the junction of the first and second 
toes. No tail. Hind limbs apparently very short. Inter- 
femoral membrane obsolete, buried in thick fur. 

Dentition.—I. ~=,, C. 4, P. 3, M. 2x 2=28 or 30. 

Upper incisors large, touching each other and the canines, 
shaped, when viewed in front, almost like those of Desmodus, 
each with a long oblique cusp touching its fellow in the 
middle line of the skull, but in section each is broadly trian- 
gular, with a broad posterior basal ledge. Canines with a 
large posterior secondary cusp about half as high as the main 
cusp, and with a broad postero-internal basal ledge, but no 
additional internal cusps ; its direction much more slanting 
forwards than usual, as is the lower canine also, so that the 
two cross each other nearly at right angles, instead of being 
approximately parallel. First two premolars about as in 
Cynopterus. Molars oblong in section and of a peculiar 
cuspidate character, the lateral longitudinal walls to the usual 
median groove broken up into several minute cusps, none of 
which are at all specially lengthened. Below, the incisors 
are practically obsolete, being minute and almost crowded 
out * by the Jarge canines, which touch each other in the 
middle line, and each have an antero-internal and a postero- 
external secondary cusp and a broad posterior ledge. 

It is difficult to say with certainty to what previously 
known genus this remarkable form is most nearly allied. Its 
peculiar canines to a certain extent recall those of Harpyia, 
but this resemblance may be either accidental or due to their 
common descent from the (presumably) cuspidate-toothed 
ancestors of the Pteropodide ft. On the whole it may be 
most conveniently placed near Xantharpyia and Boneia, 
with which it shares certain external characters, an indical 
claw, and the cheek-tooth formula of P. 3, M. 2; but the 


* In the single type specimen one lower incisor only is present, the 
other having fallen. 
+ See P. Z. S. 1888, p. 475. 


244 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


unique incisors, the short bi- and tricuspidate canines, and the 
multicuspidate molars separate it widely even from these, 
and render it one of the most isolated of all the genera of 
the group. 


Harpytonycteris Whiteheadi, sp. n. 


Size about as in Xantharpyia amplexicaudata. Fur soft, 
close and woolly, especially posteriorly. General colour of 
the fur all over above and below a uniform chocolate-brown, 
a little darker on the face, and a little lighter on the nape and 
shoulders. Wing-membranes dark, with a few whitish spots 
scattered about them. ars of medium length, rounded at 
their tips. Fur of the back extending thinly on to the fore- 
arms and covering the hind limbs densely down to the roots 
of the claws. Interfemoral membrane barely a tenth of an 
inch wide, wholly buried in the fur. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin of doubtful sex) :— 

Forearm 84 millim. (=3°3 inches); head and body 140; 
ear 17; index-finger and claw 60; third finger, metacarpal 
59, first phalanx 44, second phalanx 54. 

Skull: basal length 37:5; greatest breadth 23°8; inter- 
orbital breadth, tip to tip of postorbital processes 6°9. Front 
of canine to back of ™? 17. 

flab. Mindoro, Philippines, alt. 5000 feet. 

Coll. J. Whitehead, December 1895. 

Mr. Whitehead is to be congratulated on this interesting 
addition to the splendid discoveries he has already made in 
the Philippine Islands. 


Rhinolophus Creaght, sp. n. 


Size medium. Nose-leaf widely different from that of any 
other species by the fact that while usually, in Dobson’s 
words, the upper margin of the connecting process of the 
sella is conjoined with the summit of the vertical process at 
the same level, or exceeds it posteriorly in height, in the 
present species the connecting process is almost obsolete and 
is far overtopped by the anterior vertical process. Above 
the low connecting process, on the front face of the sella, 
there is a prominent tuft of brown hairs, projecting forwards 
and overhanging the anterior vertical process. ‘lhe latter 
process is spatulate, narrower below, broadening out in the 
middle, pointed above. Internarial lappets rounded. Hori- 
zontal nose-leaf broad, just about covering the muzzle. 
Lower lip with three grooves. Kars large, sharply pointed 


Celebes, Borneo, and the Philippines. 245 


at their tips. Wings from the tibiz nearly half an inch from 
he ankle. Colour, as usual, dull brown above and below. 

First upper premolar between the well-separated canine 
and second premolar. Second lower premolar entirely absent. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :— 

Forearm 49 millim. (=1:95 inch); head and body 51; 
tail 17°5; ear from notch 22; nose-leaf 15x10; lower 
leg 23. 

Hab. Sandakan, British N. Borneo. 

Presented and collected by Governor C. V. Creagh, C.M.G., 
in whose honour I have ventured to name the species. 

This very interesting bat differs from all the ordinary 
members of the genus both by the absence of the second 
lower premolar and by the characters of its nose-leaf, in 
which latter respect it shows a certain tendency towards the 
unique and peculiar RA. cvlophyllus, Peters. ‘To the best of 
my belief, no species as yet described resembles Rh. Creaght 
closely enough to need detailed comparison with it. 


Felis domestica, L. 


With the various remarkable Murines sent by Mr. White- 
head from Luzon in 1895 there was a cat found living wild 
at a considerable altitude in the mountains. As it was 
possible that this was a domestic cat run wild, it was put 
aside for further evidence on the subject. Now, again, 
Mr. Everett sends from Mount Bonthain, 8. Celebes, a cat 
obtained at 6500 feet which precisely agrees in every respect 
with Mr. Whitehead’s Luzon animal. On comparing these 
two mountain skins with two specimens obtained at Makassar 
by Wallace, and considered ever since as /. domestica, I find 
there is just the difference which might be expected to occur 
between tame and feral individuals. Indeed, one of Wallace’s 
is almost precisely like Everett’s, while the other is obviously 
a domesticated specimen, and the comparison of the whole 
series shows conclusively that the mountain-cats both of 
Luzon and Celebes must be regarded as feral individuals of 
the ordinary Malay domestic cat. ‘The same conclusion is to 
be drawn from the skulls, which agree very closely with 
those of the domestic cat, while quite different from those of 
Felis chaus, to which, if a genuine wild species, the Luzon 
and Celebes cat would by its colour be most nearly affined. 


Among the Muride obtained by Messrs. C. and E. Hose 
the following known species occur, most of them having been 
previously unrepresented in the Museum collection :—Mus 


246 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


Hellwaldi, Jent., M. Musschenbroecki, Jent., M. Meyer, 
Jent., MM. celebens’s, Gray, M. xanthurus, Gray, M. calli- 
trichus, Jent., M. neglectus, Jent. (?), M. ephippium, Jent., 
and Craurothrix* leucura, Gray. The skins of the last- 
named quite agree with the type of “‘Hehiothrix leucura,” and 
confirm Dr. Jentink’s record of Celebes as the true locality 
of this remarkable rat. 

In addition to these, two new species of Mus were obtained, 
whose descriptions follow :— 


Mus fratrorum, sp. n. 


Size about as in Mus ratius. Fur of medium length, soft, 
without longer bristles intermixed. ars large, evenly 
rounded. General colour above brownish grey, finely 
sprinkled with dull yellowish. Head rather paler, but the 
circumference of each eye slightly darker. Under surface 
dirty greyish yellow, the bases of the hairs slaty grey, their 
tips dull yellowish; line of demarcation on sides little 
marked. Hind feet rather elongate; fifth hind toe reaching 
to the middle of the first phalanx of the fourth ; upper surface 
of hands and feet silvery white. Tail somewhat shorter than 
head and body, finely scaled (about 11 scales to the centi- 
metre), its proximal two thirds above brown, its end and the 
whole of its under surface white. 

Skull with rather a small cranial and long facial portion. 
Supraorbital beads distinct, although not strong. Front of 
zygoma-root little projected forwards. Anterior palatal 
foramina of medium length, not reaching back to the level of 
™ 1, Molars large and heavy. Bulle small. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :— 

Head and body 193 millim.; tail 157; hind foot (moist- 
ened) 38°8; ear 20. 

Skull: basal length 37°5; basilar length to henselion 34:3 ; 
greatest breadth 21:2; nasals 19°4 x 4°6; interorbital breadth 
6°4, interparietal 5x 9°5; diastema 12; palate length from 
henselion 19°2; palatal foramina 7-4 3:2; length of upper 
molar series 7°6; breadth of palate outside ™1 9°2, inside 
mul PAs; 

Hab. Rurikan, Celebes, 3500 feet. 

Coll. Charles and Ernest Hose. 

Type killed Oct. 8, 1895. 


* Nom. nov. 


Echiothrix, Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 599, nec 
Echinothrix, Peters, MB. Akad. Berl. 1853, p. 487 (Echinodermata). 


Celebes, Borneo, and the Philippines. 247 


Besides the type, there are several other specimens from 
Rurtikan, two from Menado, and one from Mount Masarang. 

This species is apparently most closely allied to MZ. chryso- 
comus, Hoffm., also a native of Celebes, but differs from it by 
its larger size, beaded supraorbital edges, and much heavier 
molars. 


Mus minahasse, sp. n. 


General appearance that of the Mus Margarette of Sarawak, 
but the structure of the feet quite as in normal Mus. Size 
small. Furlong andsoft. Ears of medium length. General 
colour above rufous, duller on the back, brighter on the sides. 
Under surface white, bases of the hairs grey ; line of demar- 
cation on sides well-marked. Metapodials brown, fingers 
and toes whitish. Thumb with a large nail, other digits 
with short, sharp, curved claws. Hallux not opposable, with 
a claw, reaching without its claw to the base of the second 
toe ; fifth toe reaching to the middle of the second phalanx 
of the fourth. Soles naked; pads apparently six in number 
as usual, not striated, the posterior one elongated. Tail long, 
slender, very finely scaled (23-25 scales to the centimetre), 
short-haired (the extreme tip is gone, but there is no sign of 
the commencement of a terminal pencil), uniformly brown 
above and below. 

Skull suggesting that of Chiropodomys by its dispropor- 
tionally large brain-case and small face. Muzzle short and 
slender. Interorbital region narrow, flat above, its edges 
square, faintly beaded; parietals large, convex; interparietal 
large ; zygomata very weak and slender, greatest breadth of 
skull just at their posterior roots; anterior zygoma-root not 
projected forwards. Palatal foramina small. Molars short, 
broad and rounded. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :— 

Head and body 77 millim.; tail (extreme tip gone) 105; 
hind foot (moistened) 20; heel to front of last foot-pad 9-3 ; 
ear (dried) 12°7. 

Skull: basal length 18°6; basilar length from henselion 
17:2; greatest breadth 12°3; nasals 7:1 x 2-5; interorbital 
breadth 3°8; brain-case, length 13:2, breadth 11°8; inter- 
parietal 4°5 x 8°5; diastema 61; anterior palatal foramina 2°9; 
length of upper molar series 3°2. 

Hab. Rurtkan, Minahassa, N. Celebes. 

Coll. Charles and Ernest Hose, November 1895. 

This very pretty little mouse is readily distinguishable 
from all others by its Chiropodomys-like appearance and 
skull, combined with its strictly Mus-like hands and feet. 


248 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


In South Celebes and the Saleyer Islands, besides several 
desiderata to the Museum collection, Mr. Everett obtained 
examples of the two following new species :— 


Mus celestis, sp. n. 


Size rather less than Mus fratrorum. Fur long and soft, 
hairs of back about 18 millim. in length; no longer bristles 
intermixed. 

Muzzle unusually long, cylindrical. Eyes small. Ears 
large, rounded, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they reach 
to the anterior canthus of the eye.  Palate-ridges 3-5. 
General colour above rich rufous brown (perhaps, in a bright 
light, nearest to Ridgway’s “ hazel”), the hairs dark slate 
for the greater part of their length and just tipped with 
rufous. The belly is also of much the same colour, only 
lighter, and the line of demarcation on sides is quite imper- 
ceptible. 

Fore feet with the dark colour extending on to the meta- 
carpals, fingers white; claws exceptionally long and strong, 
little curved, quite different to those of ordinary rats. Hind 
feet similarly coloured to the fore; claws long and strong ; 
fifth hind toe without claw reaching to the end of the first 
phalanx of the fourth; pads, as usual, six in number, large 
and rounded. Mamme 0—2=4; clitoris very long and 
slender. Tail about equal in length to the head and body, 
finely scaled (about 14 scales to the centimetre), uniformly 
thinly haired, blackish above, white below, the two colours 
intergrading on the sides. 

Skull less different from that of ordinary rats than the 
very peculiar external characters would lead one to expect. 
Muzzle long and cylindrical, slightly concave upwards near 
the middle of the nasals. Interorbital region very broad, 
rounded above, its edges slightly beaded. Interparietal 
narrow antero-posteriorly. Projection of anterior zygoma- 
root medium. Anterior palatal foramina about the length of 
the molar series, and narrow, little open, not reaching back- 
wards nearly to the level of @1. Bullee small. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, in spirit), before 
skinning :— 

Head and body 148 millim.; tail 148 ; hind foot without 
claw 34; ear 26°5x18. Longest fore claw (above) 4°9, 
longest hind claw 4°6; heel to front of last foot-pad 16°5. 

Skull: basal length 36:2; basilar length from henselion 
33°7 ; greatest breadth 19°45; nasals 15:7 x 3°7 ; interorbital 
breadth 6°9, interparietal 3°59; diastema 12°5; palate 


5 


Celebes, Borneo, and the Philippines. 249 


ength from henselion 19:6; palatal foramina 6:7 x 2:1; 
length of upper molar series 6°6; breadth of palate outside 
mm! §, inside ™1 4:2. 

Hab. Bonthain Peak, S. Celebes, 6000 feet. 

Coll. A. H. Everett, October 1895. 

This remarkable species differs so much in its external 
characters from ordinary rats that I have had great doubts 
whether a special genus or subgenus ought not to be made 
for its reception. As, however, there do not seem to be any 
very definite cranial or dental characters, I feel justified in 
leaving it for the present in the genus Mus. 


Mus emuli, sp. n. 


Size medium, about halfway between rat and mouse. Fur 
thickly spinous. General colour greyish brown, finely 
speckled with rufous. Belly white, the bases of the hairs 
grey; line of demarcation on sides well defined. Ears 
almost naked, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they reach to 
the middle of the eye. Palate-ridges as usual in the group, 
7.e. as figured by Jentink in Mus Wichmanni*. Mamme 
2—2=8. Hands and feet pure white above; fifth hind toe 
reaching nearly to the end of the basal phalanx of the fourth ; 
soles naked, with only 5 pads, the ordinary postero-external 
pad either suppressed or coalesced with that at the base of 
the fifth toe. ‘Tail long, thinly haired, not pencilled; its 
scales large (10 to the centimetre), uniformly brown above 
and below, but the hairs below are white, although they do 
not hide the brown colour of the scales. 

Skull narrow, with the zygomata little expanded. Inter- 
orbital space broad, its edges strongly rimmed, the raised 
ridges running backwards to the hinder edges of the parietals. 
Interparietal large. Anterior edge of the zygoma-root well 
projected forwards. Anterior palatine foramina reaching 
backwards just to the level of the front of ™*. ‘Teeth rather 
small in proportion to the size of the skull. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :— 

Head and body 184 millim.; tail 172; hind foot 30; 
ear 17. 

Skull: basal length 30-2; basilar length from henselion 28; 
greatest breadth 16°5; nasals 12°8 x 3:9 ; interorbital breadth 
5°6, interparietal 53x10; zygoma-root 3°5; diastema 9°7 ; 


* Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Niederl. Ost-Indien, Mamm. p. 120, pl. x. 
fig. 7 (1890). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. Ws 


250 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 


anterior palatine foramina 6°5 x 2:7; length of upper molar 
series 5°7. 

Hab. Jampea Island, Saleyer group. 

Coll. A. H. Everett, Dec. 1895. 

A second specimen (female) has its head and body 125 
millim., tail 169, hind foot 29-5, and ear 18. 

This species seems to be most closely allied to Mus Bec- 
cartt, Jent., from which it differs by its rather larger size or, 
at least, longer hind feet, the absence of any terminal pen- 
cilling to the tail, its grey-mixed belly, white feet, the normal 
projection forward of the zygoma-root, and the further exten- 
sion backward of the anterior palatine foramina. 


XXXIX.—The Pholadide.—II. Note on the Organization of 
the Larva, and the Post-larval Development of Ship-worms. 
By C. P. SicEerFoos*. 


A YEAR ago I published + a note on the early stages of 
development of the Pholadide, in which the breeding-habits 
of Pholas and three species of ship-worms were described. 
During June and July of 1895 I again visited Beaufort, N. C., 
with the Johns Hopkins Marine Laboratory, and collected all 
stages of one of these species (Xy/otrya fimbriata) from the 
small bivalve that has just become attached to the adult. As 
the eggs of this species are extruded freely into the water, I 
have not been able to observe the stages between the oldest 
larve raised in aquaria from artificially fertilized eggs and 
the attached stage, in which the development is much more 
advanced. For these intermediate stages it is necessary to 
resort to species which retain the embryos in the gills. 

The free-swimming stage is reached in three hours, and in 
a day a well-developed shell has been formed. The young 
of Lamellibranchs develop but slowly, and though we have 
no direct observations as to the time the ship-worm larva is 
free-swimming, we may assume, [| think, that it is at least a 
month, it may be two. During this time most of its energies 
are expended in locomotion, while after it has become 
attached it may devote all of its energies to forming its 
burrow and to securing food for itself; so that its rate of 
growth is very rapid. ‘The larve become attached very 


* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars’ for June 1896, 
p. 87-89. 
+ ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ no. 119, June 1895; Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] xvi. p. 288 (1895). 


Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 251 


freely to boxes hung in the water, and in this way I was 
able to secure all stages of development and to observe the 
rate of growth. I have observed as many as thirty to 1 square 
centim. of surface. Coming in contact with the wood, the 
larva throws out a single long byssus-thread for attachment, 
and never again leaves its place. The velum is lost within 
a few hours, and the transformation of the small bivalve into 
the ship-worm is begun. The newly attached larva is some- 
what less than 2°5 millim. long. In 12 days it has attained 
a length of 3 millim. ; 16 days, 6 millim. ; 20 days, 11 millim. ; 
30 days, 63 millim.; and 36 days, about 100 millim., when 
it bears ripe eggs or sperm. In four to five weeks small 
timbers may be completely ruined in the warm water at 
Beaufort. 


Organization of the Larva. 


In striking contrast with the adult, the larva (shown in 
longitudinal vertical section in fig. 1) is perhaps more fore- 
shortened than that of any other Lamellibranch. The valves 
of the shell are elliptical in outline, somewhat wider than 
long. Seen dorsally they are circular in outline. The left 
valve bears two teeth, the right three. The long internal 
process of later stages (apophysis) is present as a rudiment. 

The velum still occupies a large space (VC) in the anterior 
dorsal region. I have never seen it extended after the larva 
had become attached. Both siphons (A and £#) are already 
formed, and from their point of union the septum has grown 
forwards and become attached to the foot. The gills of this 
stage have developed but little beyond the last stage figured 
by Hatschek. There are on either side two gill-slits, with a 
rudiment of a third. The “ filaments” are true gill-bars, for 
they are attached to the foot by their ventral end. 

‘The foot is present as a very long tongue-shaped structure, 
with a byssus apparatus at its posterior ventral angle. In 
fig. 1 the foot is shown considerably contracted, occupied 
mostly by mucus-cells and the byssus apparatus. 

The retractors of the foot are attached to the umbonal 
region of the valves. Both adductor muscles are present, the 
posterior already the larger of the two (Aa and Ap). 

The nervous system 1s already highly developed (figs. 1 
and 2). All of the ganglia are well formed, and the com- 
missures form well-defined nerves. The cerebral and pleural 

anglia are still separated by a short commissure. The 

pleural (P/) is lateral to the cerebral (C), and from its poste- 

rior angle the pleuro-visceral commissure passes. The pedals 
Le" 


252 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 
Fig. 1. 


Fig. 1.—Longitudinal vertical section of newly attached ship-worm. 
' The disintegrated cells of the velum are not shown. 
Fig. 2.—Outlines of the ganglia of nervous system, dorsal view. Only 
commissural nerves are shown. 


A. Anal siphon. Pe. Pedal ganglion. 
Aa. Anterior adductor muscle. Fi. Pleural ganglion. 
Ap. Posterior adductor muscle. R. Respiratory siphon. 
B. Byssus thread. f Rg. Ganglion of respiratory nerve. 
C. Cerebral ganglion. S. Stomach. 
Ce. Cerebral commissure. SS. Sheath of crystalline style. 
CP. Cerebro-pedal commissure. V. Visceral ganglion. 
M. Basement-membrane of yelum. Vi. Visceral commissure. 


O. Esophagus. VC. Velar cavity. 


Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadida. 255 


(Pe) are as much concentrated as they will become. The 
otoliths lie lateral to their posterior edges and persist to the 
adult condition. The visceral ganglia (V) are still wide 
apart and lie in front of the posterior adductor muscle (V7). 
With their commissure they form a cylindrical mass four or 
five times as long as its diameter and somewhat enlarged at 
the two ends, the ganglia proper. The ganglion of the 
respiratory nerve (Zgq) is still wide apart from the visceral. 

The alimentary canal is already highly specialized. A 
rather long cesophagus (QO) leads into the stomach (S), on 
either side of which a single liver-lobule is borne. From 
the posterior part of the stomach the sheath of the crystalline 
style (SS) has grown, and, though small, its wall is already 
composed of large, clear, slightly granular cells, bearing long 
dense cilia. The intestine leaves the right side of the 
stomach in front, forms a single loop, and bends upwards and 
backwards to hang over the posterior adductor (Re). From 
the middle of the right side of the stomach the cecum has 
grown as a small hemispherical bag, though it is still 
functionless. 

The renal organs are present and lie ventral to and in front 
of the posterior adductor muscle. Near the cerebral ganglion 
on either side is a glandular structure which I shall describe 
later. 


Metamorphosis and Adult Structure. 


Once attached, the larva probably never leaves its place. 
The velum is very soon lost, and has an interesting fate. 
The long lower lip is thrown forward to the mantle in front 
under the velar cavity, so that the cells of the velum which 
are cast off have but one mode of escape, into the cesophagus. 
They break off from the basement membrane and are eaten. 
Within a few hours the membrane contracts so as to wholly 
obliterate the velar cavity. This fate of the velum is inter- 
esting, for it has been described as entering into the formation 
of the labial palps. But in this species there are no palps, 
and it would not do to generalize to other forms. However, 
in the oyster, where the palps become very large, they are 
very small at first, much smaller than the velum, though 
they are not developed till after the oyster has become 
attached. 

The foot very soon (within a day) becomes the pestle- 
shaped cupping organ, which assists the shell in boring. 
The byssus apparatus is functional for a day or two, and then 
degenerates, though it persists in the posterior part of the 
foot as a small closed vesicle, as in Cyclas. 


254 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 


The burrow is formed as follows :—Almost as soon as the 
larva has settled it begins to clear away a place by means of 
the ventral edges of the valves of the shell. In this way a 
small pit is formed. But very soon rows of teeth are formed 
in succession on the anterior edges of the valves; the small 
knobs are formed on their umbonal and ventral regions ; the 
ligament becomes functionless, and the two adductors become 
antagonistic to each other. The teeth are formed indepen- 
dently, and afterwards are cemented to the valves, pointing 
outward and backward. While the foot performs a cupping 
action, the posterior adductor contracts, the two valves swing 
on each other by means of the two pivots formed by the 
knobs, and the teeth are brought to bear on the wood, 
rasping away its surface. 

The essential changes in the nervous system are the fusion 
of cerebral and pleural ganglia and the concentration of the 
viscerals and their shifting in position. The cerebrals and 
pleurals have fused in specimens 5 millim. long, but their 
double origin is still indicated. The visceral ganglia become 
concentrated in specimens 1 millim. long, and shift from a 
position anterior to the posterior adductor to one ventral to it, 
and at last come to lie far behind it in the adult. It seems 
interesting that the description of the nervous system given 
by Quatrefages * is still accepted, except with slight modifica- 
tions in the viscerals as given by Pelseneer. Quatrefages 
described the cerebral ganglia as fused, the pedals as rudi- 
mentary and separate. On this ground, with others, he 
proposed to separate the Teredide from the Pholadide. He 
mistook the pedal for the cerebral, but I am unable to say 
what he described as the pedal. The pedals are fused from 
the first and never become rudimentary, though their develop- 
ment is not nearly so great as that of the visceral. The 
cerebro-pleurals remain separated by a long commissure and 
lie almost at the sides of the mouth. 

The gills of the ship-worms are more specialized and more 
interesting than has heretofore been supposed. Beginning 
with the two “ filaments ” present in the larva, new filaments 
are added posteriorly by the appearance of slits in the gill- 
fold. These filaments are in reality bars, for the slits are — 
perforations which do not penetrate to the ventral border of 
the fold. The fold progressively fuses with the body at its 
ventral border. In this way a series of bars is formed 
attached at both ends. This mode of formation persists 
through life, except that after the tenth (usually) a second 


* ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ Zool. sér. 3, t. xi. 


Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 250 


slit appears ventral to the first, so that each filament is sepa- 
rated from its fellows by double slits. That last formed 
corresponds to the space between the ascending limbs of 
adjacent filaments. The first ten filaments, then, have no 
ascending limbs. Deshayes described * a series of plications 
in the anterior part of the body, and thought them to be 
normal structures. ‘These are the first ten filaments formed, 
which have later become separated from their fellows poste- 
riorly by a great distance, as follows:—When the young 
Teredo is somewhat less than 1 centim. long each gill con- 
sists of a long series of about seventy-five filaments, stretching 
uniformly from the anterior part of the body to the small 
filaments which have just been formed. But now the ninth 
or tenth filament broadens (grows in line of the antero- 
posterior axis of the animal) till in large specimens of the 
adult the anterior filaments may be separated from the poste- 
rior part of the gill by 10 centim. or more. The ciliated 
furrow described by Deshayes connects the two portions. 
The epibranchial cavity persists as a long canal between the 
two parts. Fusions between adjacent filaments of the first 
ten take place, so as to more or less obliterate the gill-slits. 
Contrary to the statement of Quatrefages, there is a single 
gill (a half ctenidium in modern usage) on either side. This 
is the internal gill, and the external has wholly disappeared. 
Closely associated with the gill is a very prominent gland- 
ular structure peculiar to the ship-worms. Deshayes described 
a special gland in the umbonal region, and surmised its 
function to the formation of a secretion for softening wood by 
chemical action. Grobben t did not find it, and questioned 
its existence. Deshayes also described mucus-glands in the 
gills, whose secretion he supposed to be for the nutrition of 
the embryos in these viviparous forms. Both are parts of 
the same organ. In the newly attached larva there is a con- 
siderable glandular structure on either side in the anterior 
part of the body, whose duct opens under the cerebral ganglion 
in front of the mouth. As the animal grows the gland grows 
posteriorly, sending branches into the gill-filaments. As the 
two parts of the gill become separated, the two parts of the 
gland remain connected by a long narrow (? functionless) 
duct, which accompanies the epibranchial canal. Further 
than this | am at present unable to describe this organ, which 
is very difficult to study. Since in this species, which does 
not retain its embryos, the posterior part is present in young 


* ‘ Histoire naturelle des Mollusques.’ 
+ Arbeiten Zool. Inst. Wien, Bd. vii. (1886). 


246 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 


and old and in males and females, its function cannot be the 
formation of a secretion to nourish the embryos. 

The posterior part of the body, usually called the muscular 
collar, is a very interesting region, containing a complex of 
several well-defined muscles. The collar is attached to the 
calcareous tube in an irregularly elliptical line. The outer- 
most part is the line of origin of the protractor of the pallet, 
which radiates from the inner end of the handle of the pallet, 
its insertion, to its line of attachment. To the inner line is 
attached the retractor of the siphons, which is almost wholly 
distributed to the respiratory siphon. A well-defined muscle, 
the adductor of the pallets, connects the upper parts of the 
handles of the pallets. From the upper end of the handle a 
small muscle, the retractor of the pallet, passes to the body 
forwards. ‘The animal defends itself as follows :—While the 
siphons are retracted the pallets are protracted to completely 
close the tube at its outer end. The siphons are extended by 
an inflow of blood, and the pallets are retracted by the action 
of their retractors, accompanied by the adductor of the 
pallets. 

In specimens 8 millim. long, in which the visceral ganglia 
have taken up the position of the adult, the sexual organ is 
present on either side as a rudiment of a small mass of cells 
ventral to the ganglia. From this part branches grow out, 
and the lumen appears later. That in the oldest part of the 
gland becomes the main part of the genital duct. In addi- 
tion, there is in the genital papilla a small ectodermal inva- 
gination, which much later unites with the part which is of 
mesodermal origin. ‘The part which is of mesodermal origin 
forms sexual cells, at least at first. The sexes are separate 
from the first. Protandry is not present. Only rarely are 
individuals hermaphrodite. 

The ship-worm larva is already highly organized when it 
becomes attached. A functional byssus apparatus is present. 
The cells of the velum are cast off and eaten. The cerebral 
and pleural ganglia are still separate. The crystalline style 
arises from the posterior part of the stomach. While the 
foot performs a cupping action to draw the shell close against 
the surface of the wood, the contraction of the posterior 
adductor muscle causes the two valves to swing upon each 
other, and the teeth rasp away the wood. 

Contrary to the description of Quatrefages, the pedal 
ganglia are not separate and not rudimentary; the cerebrals 
are not fused, but separated by a long commissure. The 
first-formed filaments of the adult gill have no ascending 
limbs. ‘[hey form a series of bars in the anterior region of 


- 


é 


On Orthoptera from the River Ogové. ey, 


the body, separated from the rest of the gill by a long 
distance. Only the inner gill is present. Anteriorly in the 
umbonal region, and closely associated with the gill poste- 
riorly, is a prominent organ of unknown function. The 
sexual duct is mainly of mesodermal origin. 


XL.—A List of the Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, and Hemt- 
ptera collected by Miss Kingsley on the River Ogové, with 
Descriptions of some new Genera and Species. By W. F. 
Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.8., &c., Assistant in Zoological 
Department, British Museum (Natural History). 


[Plate XII. ] 


THE collection formed by Miss Kingsley, though small, 
contained several species of considerable interest, in addition 
to the novelties; and hence I have thought it worth while to 
prepare a complete list. Eight species in all are here 
described as new, for two of which it has been necessary to 
establish new genera. It is, however, to be regretted that 
in most cases only single specimens were received, and several 
of them were immature, or the number of new species might 
have been larger. 


Order ORTHOPTERA. 
Family Blattide. 
Subfamily Pawcouzoriwz 


‘TRICHOMERA, gen. nov. 


Female.—Apterous; front of head rounded, projecting 
beyond the prothorax ; face hardly oblique ; antenne thick- 
ened at base and tapering to tips; prothorax moderately 
arched, the hinder angles rounded off, those of the meso- and 
metathorax less rounded and more produced backwards; 
tibie strongly spined above, but femora with no spines, but 
only clothed with fine hair; abdomen very broad, supra-anal 
plate triangularly emarginate at the extremity to nearly half 
its length; cerci very broad, pointed at the end, and a little 
shorter than the supra-anal lamina. 

‘he unarmed femora place this genus in the Panchlorine, 
but in shape it resembles the temales of some of the Blattine. 
The male is probably winged. 


258 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Trichomera insignata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.) 


Long. corp. 20-21 millim., lat. 13 millim. 

Female.—Blackish, with testaceous markings ; face nearly 
smooth, shining black below the vertex, the sides, mouth, 
and a band within the eyes and antenne testaceous; vertex 
testaceous in front, with blackish streaks projecting into it 
from behind; head and thorax clothed with fine down; pro- 
thorax and sides of meso- and metathorax finely punctured, 
middle of meso- and metathorax and abdomen rather coarsely 
granulated ; mesothorax testaceous, somewhat speckled with 
reddish brown, the centre filled up with a large blackish 
blotch, with two projecting angles on each side in front and 
behind, the two innermost of the hinder projections extending 
to the hinder margin of the prothorax, and the second of the 
front projections connected with a large oblong black patch 
bordering part of the sides of the prothorax; meso- and 
metathorax bordered on the sides with reddish brown and 
with several irregular testaceous markings ; on the abdomen 
these are continued more regularly, forming a central and 
nearly parallel series, and two outer series, the first of which 
is nearly straight and the second connected with the testa- 
ceous border below the lateral angles of the segments ; supra- 
anal plate black, with a broad testaceous band on each side ; 
cerci black; antennz reddish, shading into brown; pectus 
testaceous ; abdomen brown beneath. 

T'wo specimens obtained. 


Family Mantide. 
Subfamily Mawrivz. 


HIERODULA, Burm. 


A single immature specimen of this genus, remarkable for 
the very heavy-black band on the front femora and tibiz and 
for the black spines of the latter. 


Family Phasmide. 
Subfamily Pazoruinz. 


Palophus centaurus. 


Palophus centaurus, Westw. Cat. Phasm. p. 91. n. 233, pl. xxxii. fig. 1 
(1859); Brogn. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (8) ili. p. 195, pl. viii., 
pl. ix. figs. 1-4 (1892). 
One of the largest winged African Phasmida. A single 
female specimen was in the collection. 


Orthoptera from the River Ogové. 259 


Subfamily Pzasurwz. 


BATHYCHARAX, gen. nov. 


Female.—Apterous, rather stout, granulated; antenne 
rather shorter than the front femora, 23-jointed, with most of 
the joints long and cylindrical ; scape flattened, about twice 
as long as broad, second joint also longer than broad and 
considerably longer than the following joints; front legs 
much longer and front femora much thicker than in the last 
two pairs of legs. 

Readily distinguished from Phasma (Bacillus auct.) by the 
granulated body and the cylindrical joints of the antenna. 


Bathycharax granulatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.) 


Uniform brown, except that the face is varied above with 
black and below with yellow. Head with a row of 4 raised 
tubercles behind; pronotum with 3 imperfectly formed 
grooves and a transverse one dividing it nearly equally ; 
there is also a distinct carina on each side; mesonotum 
thickly granulated and with 3 central carine, the lateral ones 
not extending to its extremity, but the central one continued 
along the metanotum and abdomen; abdomen with segments 
2-8 (counting the median segment as 1) gradually dimin- 
ishing in length; ninth short and transverse ; tenth three 
times as long as broad, gradually tapering, and extending 
for half its length beyond the operculum; cerci very short, 
rather broad and rounded, just projecting on each side at the 
base of the tenth segment. Under surface of the body cari- 
nated throughout on the central line bebind the propectus, 
which is carinated on the sides; most of the hinder part of 
the body is carinated on the sides both above and below the 
middle. Legs carinated and sulcated ; first joint of front tarsi 
about as long as all the remaining joints together ; first joint 
of four hinder legs about as long as the terminal joint, the 
second and third being each about twice as long as the fourth, 
which is the shortest. 


Dimensions. 
millim 
LOWE: COPPOTIS « sacaa cate treeeateane nin 5 100 
Mi aNtONNaTUNiY, oie ha fa 6 ose 18 
gp > CHPIGIS |) RLS tamed alsa alet cio = 6 
ang SPUODOELS, 2 waits Sauter es Etech > Sosa 5 
ie fg LOS OTRO 0d ore Rr Eh FS te, an 8 22 
»  metanoti, cum segmentomedio .. 17 


oj: SOPINGHt THeGINe away. sk et 4 


260 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


millim. 
Long. segmenti terminali ............ 9 
» dtemorumaeiteorunt: i oycenee.s 24 
- 5 MedIOFOM), ‘5: |b Hisiee cle « 19 
9 9 POStOMIOTUNY 06 aiue oy 5 22 
, tibiarum anticarum............ 26 
- 53 madiarum tse eonet. ae 15 
as ahh) WROSLETIATUNT, 6013 bien, book 22 


In many particulars this species agrees with the description 
of Bacillus Buchholzt, Gerstaecker, from the Cameroons 
(Mitth. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen, xiv. 
p- 99, 1883), but it is much larger, and the structure of the 
abdomen appears to be very dissimilar in the two insects. 


Family Achetide. 
Subfamily Grrzrorarrivz. 


Gryllotalpa africana. 


Gryllotalpa africana, Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. Amér, p. 229, 
Orth. pl. ili. c. fig. 6 (1805 ?). 
An abundant species throughout the warmer parts of the 
world. 


Family Phasgonuride. 


Subfamily Herropryv2z. 


Cosmoderus Kingsleye, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 7.) 
Long. 21-25 millim. 


Rufo-testaceous, abdomen inclining to cupreous, especially 
in the female ; face yellowish, slightly varied with red, and 
with a black spot on each side at the base of the clypeus ; 
antenne reddish on the basal half, shading into blackish, at 
least 40-jointed, the scape and second joint thickened, the scape 
half as long again as broad, the second joint hardly longer 
than broad, the third joint twice as long as the fourth, the 
rest tapering and gradually decreasing in length to beyond 
the middle, when they become longer and more cylindrical ; 
vertex and thorax closely punctured, the latter more coarsely ; 
thorax with two strong spines at the frontal angles, a strong 
spine on each side, between which runs a raised ridge, and a 
row of 8 large spines behind. ‘There is one more large spine 
on each side slightly before the others; on the yellow lower 
ridge of the thorax most of the spines are red, tipped with 
black ; those on the legs are described in characterizing the 
genus. ‘The dividing ridge of the thorax is brownish ; before 


Orthoptera from the River Ogové. 261 


it are two pairs of shallow brownish depressions, and behind 
it a row of 5 on each side, curving outwards, and 2 or 3 
additional pairs in the middle. Abdomen smooth, more or 
less cupreous, with some scattered punctures towards the end 
of the segments. 

Much resembles C. erinaceus, Fairmaire, from the Gaboon, 
but only half the size. Described from two males and one 
female, which hardly differ in structure, thus making it 
probable that the insect alluded to by Dr. Karsch as the 
female of Cosmoderus erinaceus (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. 
p- 59) belongs to a different genus, and not improbably to 
Aprophantia, described below. 

The curious wingless insects belonging to the family 
Hetrodide must be very numerous in the warmer parts of 
Africa. Almost every collection from these regions, how- 
ever small, furnishes one or more new species if it contains 
any Orthoptera. I take the opportunity of adding the 
description of a new genus and species, which appears to 
have been confounded with Cosmoderus erinaceus, in a 
footnote *. 


* APROPHANTIA, gen. Noy. 


Allied to Cosmoderus, but with longer and more slender legs, the hind 
tibiz especially being considerably longer than the others. All the tibiee 
sulcated, front tibiee with conspicuously open foramina. Femora above 
with a strong pair of terminal spines; femora and tibie otherwise un- 
armed above, but with a double row of very strong spines beneath. 
Frontal spine very strong ; front coxee spined, and a spine in front of 
the middle tarsi. 

Abdomen smooth ; mesothorax raised in the middle, its front angles 
armed with a large double spine, from which a strong carina runs to the 
sides of the ridge, where the carina rises into another large spine; the 
hinder part of the mesothorax is armed with a row of 9 or 10 more strong 
spines, extending on each side nearly to the level of the front coxe. 


Aprophantia maculata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.) 


Long. corp. 38-48 millim. 

Testaceous yellow (probably green during life) ; the tips of the spines, 
a double row of spots more or less complete on both sides of the femora, 
and a patch over the foramina on the front tibie black. Antenne testa- 
ceous, with 5 long black bands increasing in length, the last terminal. 
Male with some obsolete brown markings on the face, two running up 
from above the frontal horn, and one on each side beyond, angulated 
outwards. The male also has some obsolete depressed brown marks on 
the front and sides of the thorax above, nearly as in the species of true 
Cosmoderus. In the female these markings are wanting, and the colour 
is darker, especially at the sides of the thorax, the front and back of the 
abdomen, and towards the extremities of the tibie, and along their 
earine. The male has three pairs of spines on the femora beneath and 
two additional spines on the outer carina of the hind femora, and six pairs 


I 


Se =—_— ell 


a 


262 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Subfamily Covocnrzarw2. 
Pseudorhynchus sicarius. 
Pseudorhynchus sicarius, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth. p. 310 (1839). 
One specimen. 


Subfamily Mzcoroprvz. 


Macroscirtes kanguroo. 


Macroscirtes kanguroo, Pictet, Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxx. (6) p. 14, 
pl. iil. fig. 38 (1888). 


One specimen of this curious long-legged insect. 


Family Locustide. 
PacrLocera, Serv. 
A single immature specimen probably belonging to this 
genus. 
Cyrtacanthacris ruficornis. 
Gryllus ruficornis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 54. n. 28 (1798). 


One of the great migratory locusts of Africa. The descrip- 
tion of Fabricius seems to have been taken from an unusually 
dark specimen. 


Order HYMENOPTERA. 
Section TEREBRANTIA. 
Subsection ENTOMOPHAGA. 
Family Braconidae. 
Bracon plumosus, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 3.) 


Long. corp. 11 millim.; long. ovip. 10 millim. 

Female.—Head, antenne, and abdomen (including the 
petiole) black above ; head beneath and mouth-parts fulvous ; 
mandibles bidentate and tipped with black; thorax wholly 
rufous. Front legs: coxe and base of femora rufous, the 
rest wanting; middle legs rufous, tarsi and tibiew above 


of spines on the four front tibia, and eight or nine rows of spines (not all 
paired) on the hind tibiae. The female differs in having five pairs of 
spines on the hind femora, but the legs are otherwise spined nearly as in 
the male. 

Described from a single pair (¢ and 9) from the Cameroons. 


Hymenoptera from the River Ogové. 263 


black ; hind legs black, a white spot at the end of the coxe 
above and the second joint of the trochanters rufous. Abdo- 
men below white, with a row of 5 long black dashes on each 
side, the first bifid in front. Ovipositor rufous, partly black 
towards the extremity ; above it are two long and rather 
stout black sete, densely plumose beyond the middle, the 
apical third of the cilia being white ; the extreme tip of the 
sete is spatulate and whitish beneath. Wings smoky, the 
transverse nervures bordered with subhyaline. 


Probably allied to B. semiflavus, Brullé. 


Family Ichneumonidae. 
Subfamily Prupriwz. 
Pimpla nigricornis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.) 


Long. corp. cum ovip. 15 millim.; ovip. 3 millim.; exp. 
al. 23 millim. 

Female.—Y ellow, antenne and ovipositor black; vertex with 
a black band covering the ocelli, which is pointed in front and 
on each side of the frontal ocellus ; mesothorax with a large 
oval black spot on each side, a triangular reddish patch in 
front, the hinder angle of which is black, and a transverse 
black patch in front of the raised scutellum; abdomen 
yellow on the first two segments and shading into light 
reddish beyond; a large black spot on each side of segments 
3-5; the first segment has a slight impression on each side, 
the five following ones have a deep groove before the extre- 
mity ; the front of the body is nearly smooth, but the third 
segment of the abdomen is sparingly, and segments 4-6 
heavily, punctured. Legs slightly suffused with reddish ; 
middle femora slightly and hind femora considerably thick- 
ened; hind legs much longer than the others and hind tarsi 
clothed with a blackish pubescence. 

One specimen. 

Allied to the Indian P. punctata, Fabr. 


Subfamily Opuzronr. 


Ophion latipenne, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 6.) 


Long. corp. 26 millim.; exp. al. 53 millim. ; lat. al. ant. 
9 millim. 

Female. — Rufo-testaceous, slightly pubescent; occiput, 
antenne, legs, and especially the sides of the face, slightly 
more yellowish ; eyes slightly emarginate in front just above 
the antenne, below the antenne they are nearly parallel, or 


264 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


very slightly incurved. Antennze pubescent, about 50-jointed, 
joints 8 and 4 annular, joint 5 the longest, the remainder 
cylindrical, hardly longer than broad in the middle, and 
gradually tapering and lengthening towards the extremity, 
the last conical ; tips of mandibles black ; ocelli very large, 
filling up the space between the eyes on the vertex, black, 
except extreme front of the frontal ocellus beneath, and the 
outer sides of the two hinder ocelli. Thorax and abdomen 
very finely and closely punctured; mesothorax with two 
converging lines slightly yellower than the ground-colour, 
but only carinated at the lateral borders; metathorax also 
with a middle carina. Abdomen very large, raised, and 
somewhat compressed laterally. Hind legs longer than the 
others; all the tibiz armed with a pair of terminal spines. 
Wings rather broad, yellowish hyaline, more strongly tinged 
with yellow at the base and along the costal area of the hind 
wings, and towards the tip a little smoky, especially on the 
hind wings. Nervures rufous along the costa and towards 
the inner margin; otherwise blackish. Anterior wings with 
3 bullee—one on the lower curve of the cell near its extremity, 
one on the recurrent nervule, and the third on the cross- 
nervule running upwards from the extremity of the internal 
nervure. 

The Ophionide of Africa are rather numerous, but very 
few have yet been described. 


Family Evaniide. 
Evania levigata. 
Evania levigata, Latr. Gen. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 251 (1807). 


The species of this curious genus, though rare in England, 
are common in many countries, and are believed to be para- 
sitic on cockroaches. 


Section ACULEATA. 
Subsection HETEROGYNA. 
Family Formicidz. 
Subfamily Yorurcrvz. 


Camponotus maculatus. 
Formica maculata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 491. n. 15 (1781). 
A common African species. 


- 


Hymenoptera from the River Ogové. 265 


Qcophylla virescens. 
Formica virescens, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 392. n. 9 (1775). 


These green ants are found throughout the tropics Sf the 
Old World, and form their nests of leaves on trees, 


Subfamily Povrrrz. 


Anomura molesta. 


Anomura molesta, Gerst. Mon. Akad. Wiss. Berl, 1858, p. 262; Peters’s 
Reise Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 562, pl. xii. tig. 2 (1862). 


A species originally described from Mozambique. 


Subsection Fossorzs. 


Pelopeeus spirifex. 
Sphex spirifer, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 570. n. 8 (1758). 
A widely distributed species in South Europe and Africa. 


Subsection DipLoprrra. 
Family Eumenida. 
Eumenes decipiens, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.) 


Eumenes melanosoma, Smith, MS., nec Sauss. 


Long. corp. 15-17 millim. ; exp. al. 25-27 millim. 

Head black above, the points of the angles within the eyes 
yellowish ; antenne ferruginous, black above; face ferru- 
ginous, very long, beak-like, sometimes yellow, only the 
mandibles and a space at the base of the clypeus remaining 
ferruginous. Prothorax red, with a large triangular black 
spot nearly filling up the hinder angles on each side ; meso- 
thorax black; tegule large, black, bordered outside with 
reddish ; scutellum black, a short yellow dash running from 
its extremity between the base of the wings; postscutellum 
black, with a yellow dot on each side; metathorax black, 
deeply sulcated in the middle, and forming two long triangles, 
the points reddish, into which runs an oblique lateral yellow 
line. Pectus black, red towards the sutures. Petiole and 
abdomen black, shining, and much more finely punctured 
than the thorax ; petiole rufous beneath and bordered behind 
above with a pale yellow line. First segment of abdomen 
bordered behind above with a yellow line, widely interrupted 
in the middle. Legs rufous, front (and sometimes middle) 
tibiz lined with yellowish ; tarsi clothed with greyish pubes- 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 18 


266 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


cence, and the four hinder legs more or less blackish above. 
Wings iridescent purplish subhyaline. 

Agrees very closely with the description and figute of the 
Javan EH. melanosoma, Sauss., but appears to be distinct. 
Specimens in the British Museum from Sierra Leone were 
labelled H. melanosoma by the late F. Smith. The species 
belongs to the group of L. ethiopica, Sauss. 


Synagris dentata. 


Synagrt is dentata, Sauss. Etudes Fam. Vesp. i. p. 80, pl. xiii. fig. 3 
(1852 


A common African species. 


Subsection ANTHOPHILA. 
Family Apida. 
Subfamily Meescurriw2z. 


Euaspis abdominalis. 
Thynnus abdominalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 245, n. 3 (1798). 
A single specimen. 


Subfamily Xrzocoriv2z. 


Xylocopa imitator. 


Xylocopa imitator, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, Brit. Mus. ii. p, 351. n. 35 
(1854). 


One specimen. 


Order HEMIPTERA. 
Suborder HETEROPTERA. 
Family Scutelleride. 
Subfamily Arraiopreriv2. 


Plataspis punctata. 


Canopus punctatus, Leach, Bowdich, Mus. Ashantee, App. p. 496 
(1819) ; Gray, Griffith’s "Anim, Kined, xv. p. 233, pl. xcii. fig. 2 
(1882). 


A very pretty species. 
Brachyplatys pallipes. 
Cimea pallipes, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 345. n. 26 (1781). 


One specimen. 


Hemiptera from the River Ogové. 267 


Coptosoma Murray? (?). 


Coptosoma Murrayi, Sign., Thomson, Arch. Ent. ii. p. 271, pl. ii. 
fig. 2 (1858) ; St&l, Hem. Afr. i. p. 9 (1864). 
Coptosoma hirtella, Stal, GEfy. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1858, p. 483. 


One specimen only. 


Subfamily Scvrerrerivz. 


Spherocoris ocellatus. 
Tetyra ocellata, Klug, Symb. Phys. v. pl. xliii. figs. 1-3 (1834). 
A common species in most parts of Africa. 


Family Pentatomida. 
Subfamily Pewrarourn 2. 


Gen. ? 


An undetermined species of Pentatomide, superficially 
resembling Dolycoris baccarum, Linn., but with longer and 
more slender antenne. 


Atelocera serrata. 
Halys serrata, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 181. n. 2 (1803). 
One specimen. 


Aspongopus, Lap., sp. 

An immature specimen, apparently allied to A. femoralis, 
Stal; black, with the tegmina, borders of the abdomen, and 
femora greenish cupreous, and the last joint of the antenne 
rufo-testaceous, except at the base. 


Subfamily Vzssrraromrna. 


Piezosternum mucronatum. 


Pentatoma mucronata, Pal. de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. Amér. p. 46, Hémipt. 

pl. vi. fig. 5 (1805 ?). 

One specimen, considerably smaller than P. calidum, Fabr., 
and agreeing fairly with Palisot de Beauvois’s figure quoted 
above, which I have no doubt was taken from an African 
specimen, though it has latterly been referred to the American 
P. subulatum. This small form may or may not prove to be 
distinct from P. calidum, for a series would be required to 
compare the characters ; and I therefore provisionally retain 
Palisot’s name for it. 


r 


268 On Hemiptera from the River Ogové. 


Subfamily PayzrocerH4rinZ. 


Gen. ? 


An immature specimen, apparently belonging to a new 
genus near A/acrina, Amyot. 


Family Coreida. 
Subfamily Corzrz. 


Mygdonia tuberculosa. 
Mictis tuberculosa, Sign. Rev. Zool. 1851, p. 447, pl. xv. fig. 5. 
A common West-African species. 


Mictis tristator. 
Lygeus tristator, Faby, Syst. Ryng. p. 266. n. 13 (1803). 


Two specimens obtained. 


Family Pyrrhocoride. 
Subfamily Prrruocorrms. 


Antilochus submaculatus, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.) 


Long. corp. 16 millim. 

Head red, occiput and vertex black nearly as far as the 
base of the antenne, but upper orbits red; the lower part of 
the head under the proboscis is blackish, except behind ; 
head with a central groove and rugose-punctate ; close to the 
back is a waved line, the narrow part behind which is finely 
punctured. Antenne black, the terminal joint testaceous, 
brown towards the tip. Scape curved, thicker than the 
remaining joints, and a little shorter than the second and 
fourth joints, which are of equal length; third joint rather 
shorter than the scape. Rostrum extending as far as the 
hind coxe ; the basal joint grooved. Thorax black, bordered 
all round with testaceous ; the inner edge of the border and 
the hinder lobe marked with large punctures; front lobe with 
a central groove and not punctured, except on a narrow 
triangular space in front. Scutellum and clavus sparingly 
punctured, corium more thickly; scutellum and tegmina 
black, clavus bordered with a narrow red line at the base and 
on the inside; corium rather broadly bordered with rufo- 
testaceous on the outside, the stripe then crossing to the end 
of the clavus, and then curving outwards again, leaving the 
greater part of the centre and the apex black, as is also the 


On a new Acomys from Somaliland. 269 


membrane. Legs black ; coxe, trochanters, base and under 
surface of femora coral-red; tarsi, except the basal joint, 
yellowish grey below. Pleura black, bordered with testaceous 
above and in the sutures, and with red below; abdomen 
coral-red, the first five segments beneath with a long black 
band on the sides behind. 


Allied to A. berhavie, Fabr., but very distinct. 


Family Reduviide. 
Subfamily Repvrzvz. 


Reduvius, Fabr., sp. 


An immature specimen. 


Family Belostomatida. 


Hydrocyrius herculeus (?). 
Tlyotrephes herculeus, Stil, difv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 18585, p. 
Hydrocyrius herculeus, St&\, Hemipt. Afr. iii. p. 181 (1865 
Lambrane. 
Agrees fairly with Stal’s description, taken from Caffrarian 
specimens. 


46, 
) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig. 1. Eumenes decipiens. Fig. 6. Ophion latipenne. 

Fig. 2. Pimpla nigricornis. fig. 7. Cosmoderus Kingsleye. 
Fug. 3. Bracon plumosus. Fig. 8. Aprophantia maculata. 
Fig. 4. Antilochus submaculatus. Fig. 9. Bathycharax granulatus. 
Fig. 5. Trichomera insignata. 


XLI.—Description of a new Acomys from Somaliland. 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


THE subject of the present description was obtained by 
My. E. Lort Phillips in the spring of 1895, and, with his 
usual generosity, has been presented by him to the British 
Museum. ve 

In honour of Mrs. Lort Phillips, who took a considerable 
share in the collecting done by the expedition, the species 


may be called 


Acomys Louise, sp. n. 


Size rather small. General colour greyish fawn, not so 


270 Herr F. Leydig on the Brood-cavities 


blue-grey as A. cahirinus or so red as A. dimidiatus. Fur 
scarcely spinous, similar to that of A. subspinosus, Waterh., 
quite different from that of all other species. Under surface 
and limbs pure white. Tail longer than the head and body, 
uniformly short-haired, nearly white, its upper surface faintly 
reyer. 

: Skull with the usual broad beaded interorbital region. 
Interparietal large, its front edge strongly angular forwards. 
Palatal foramina extending nearly to the level of the hinder 
edge of ™1. 

Dimensions of the type (a male in spirit) :— 

Head and body 65 millim.; tail 79; hind foot 16:1; 
ear 13:5. 

Skull: basal length 19°6; basilar length from henselion 18; 
greatest breadth 12°7 ; interorbital breadth 4:4, interparietal 
4°8x 9:4; palate length from henselton 11°7 ; diastema 6°4 ; 
palatal foramina 5°8 ; length of upper molar series 4°2. 

Hab. Henwaina Plain, 40 miles S. of Berbera. 

Type B. M. 95.5.28.3. Presented and collected by Mr. E. 
Lort Phillips. 

This pretty little spiny mouse is evidently the Somali 
representative of the Cape A. subspinosus, no other known 
species having the same semispinous fur. 

Another Acomys from Somaliland is A. dimidiatus, Riipp., 
which the lamented Prince Ruspoli obtained on the Webbi 
Habir, and which is mentioned in the account of his 
collection. 

Besides the Acomys, two specimens of Rhinolophus Anti- 
nortt, Dobs., were obtained by Mr. Lort Phillips near Berbera, 
and these show, as Dobson expected, that the peculiar 
structure of the tail-tip in the type was a mere individual 
aberration. 


XLII.— The Brood-cavities of the Surinam Toad. 
By F. Leypia, of Wiirzburg *. 


THE nature of the cell-like cavities in the dorsal integument 
of the female.Pipa dorsigera, wherein the young pass through 
their embryonic development until they attain the adult form, 
is a question not entirely devoid of importance for the mor- 
phologist. The point is, do these cavities represent new 
formations or invaginations of the integument produced after 


* Translated by E. E, Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger, 
Bd, xix. no. 495 (February 3, 1896), pp. 49-44. 


of the Surinam Toad. 271 


the male has spread the spawn on the back of the female *, 
or do they owe their origin to previously existing structures, 
the cutaneous glands perhaps, which receive the ova and 
then by enlargement and transformation become the brood- 
cavities ? 

Passing over the authors who wrote upon the remarkable 
genus Pipa in the second half of last century, since the 
question that is here raised did not appeal to them, we have 
first to consider the statements of Mayer, the former Professor 
of Anatomy in the University of Bonnt, who writes as 
follows :— Before the time of oviposition no cells are discern- 
ible upon the back, but merely wart-like folds of skin, the 
interspaces between which probably form the actual cells 
later on. These cells develop, and are closed by means of a 
cornea-like operculum.’ Since there is no mention here of 
glands, we may well follow other writers in regarding 
Mayer’s words as implying that he considered the alveoli to 
arise as the result of a kind of invagination of the skin. 

Ten years later the same observer examined Xenopus Boiet, 
Wagl., which, as a tongueless Batrachian, is allied to Pipa 
dorsigera, and was even named by Mayer Pipa africana, as 
opposed to P. americana (dorsigera) ft. 

Supposing that Xenopus, “ similarly to Pipa surinamensis 
(americana), receives her eggs on her back and hatches them,” 
the author proceeds to the structure of the integument: this 
is stated to be more vascular in the female than in the male 
or in the common frog, and to be also thicker and firmer. On 
its inner surface may be seen “ innumerable fine pits,” which 
also become visible on the exterior; but we are told that 
especially conclusive in favour of the author’s view is the 
fact that in the case of one of the female specimens the skin 
on the back is peeled off, and that, moreover, one may ob- 
serve with the naked eye rounded pits, “large enough to 
contain an egg.” 


* (Prof. Leydig here alludes to the customary idea of the process as 
represented in the natural histories. At a meeting of the Zoological 
Society of London, held on May 5th of the present year, an interesting 
communication was read from Mr. A. D. Bartlett on the breeding of these 
toads in the Society’s Gardens. The precise manner in which the eggs 
find their way on to the back of the female has long been a puzzle to 
naturalists; and when Mr, Bartlett’s observations are published it will be 
found that the part played by the male in the spreading of the ova on 
the mother’s body is rather a mechanical than an active one, as hitherto 
supposed.—TRANSL. 

A. F. J. C. Mayer, “ Beitrage zu einer anatomischen Monographie 
der Gattung Pipa,” Nov. Act. Leop.-Carol. nat. curios, 1825. 
‘ ¢ A. F. J.C. Mayer, ‘ Arbeiten fiir vergleichende Anatomie’ (Bonn, 
835). 


272 Herr F. Leydig on the Brood-cavities 


From the above-quoted observations upon ‘‘ Pipa americana 
and Pipa africana” Mayer derives the conception that for 
the process of the incubation of the eggs in the first place the 
dorsal epidermis peels off, and that afterwards, when the ova 
are lying in the cells, a new and thicker epidermis appears to 
be produced, which then gives rise to the opercula of the cells. 
We should probably not be mistaken in assuming that the 
structures which the author terms “ pits and little cavities in 
the skin” are related to the cutaneous glands; and from this 
we may conclude that he was inclined to regard the larger 
cutaneous glands as the origin of the subsequent brood- 
cavities. Yet we are left in doubt upon the point. It is also 
worthy of note that he derives the opercula of the cavities in 
two different ways: in the first communication he compares 
them to the ‘‘cornea,” according to which they should be 
composed essentially of connective tissue ; while in the second, 
on the other hand, he declares that they are a part of the 
epidermis, and consequently they should be of an epithelial 
nature. 

A few decades later Wyman published a memoir on the 
development of Pipa americana, which is not accessible to 
me; I regret this the more, since the author in question is 
said to have dealt exhaustively with the subject *. However, 
it is stated that the result of his investigation tends to show 
that the formation of the alveoli is traceable ‘‘ to a process 
of invagination of the skin.” 

Much about the same time investigations upon the dorsal 
integument of Pipa were likewise instituted by myself; and 
as I came to a different conclusion, I venture here to reproduce 
verbatim the statement I then published T :-— 

“The honeycomb-like cavities upon the back of Pipa dorst- 
gera, in which the development of the young takes place, must 
be regarded as enormously developed cutaneous glands. I 
examined a female whose eggs were still in the ovary and 
another with the embryos already far advanced within the 
dorsal alveoli. In the former specimen one observed in the 
dorsal integument the same spherical glands, with narrow 
efferent ducts through the epidermis, as were seen in the skin 
upon the rest of the body. As compared with what we find 
in the case of other Batrachians, the glands are by no means 
closely packed, but, on the contrary, are somewhat widely 
separated. Between the glands the skin is elevated into 
papille of varying size. In the case of the second animal 
the glands in question were no longer present upon the back, 

* Vide ‘Silliman’s Journal,’ 1854. 
+ Leydig, ‘ Lehrbuch der Histologie,’ 1857, p. 86. 


a” 


of the Surinam Toad. 273 


but instead thereof were seen the large alveoli containing 
the embryos. The interior of these cavities was clothed with 
a delicate pavement-epithelium, the connective tissue layer, 
distinguishable as a separate skin, was pigmented, and in it, 
moreover, ran bundles of smooth muscles, which otherwise 
are entirely wanting in the corium.” 

Among the authors of zoological text-books there is 
probably not one who has gone so far as to acquire informa- 
tion with reference to the integument of Pipa by means of 
personal investigation ; at any rate, these manuals invariably 
state, in almost precisely the same way, that the skin swells up 
and forms cells, or that by hypertrophy of the skin special 
cavities are formed for the ova. The statements made by 
myself upon the subject have been disregarded. 

Pagenstecher * was the first author who did not pass over 
my assertions, though he did not altogether agree with them, 
for he adds :—“ Even should it not be the glands themselves 
that develop into the alveoli, nevertheless by elevation of the 
skin between the adhering ova a condition similar to glandular 
invaginations would be produced. ‘That this is actually what 
takes place is shown by the presence of the pavement- 
epithelium.” 

The text-books on comparative anatomy, too, do not touch 
upon the question; Wiedersheim + alone forms an exception, 
since he writes :—“ The alveoli also upon the back of Pipa 
dorsigera are to be regarded as enlarged cutaneous glands.” 
It is true that the author suppresses the fact that he has 
borrowed this senténce from me, in consequence of which 
others were led to believe that he was speaking from his own 
experience, an assumption that incidentally may here be 
corrected. 

Recently, however, an opponent of my view, and a decided 
one, has appeared in the person of Klinckowstrém t¢, who 
during a sojourn in Surinam collected a number of these 
toads from forest-pools in that region, preserved them by 
various methods, and afterwards subjected them to investiga- 
tion in the Zootomical Institute of the University of Stock- 
holm. As a result of his studies this investigator states that 
the alveoli are ‘ simple invaginations ”’ of the skin. 

Now, although I am, it is true, not in a position to appeal 

* H. A. Pagenstecher, ‘Allgemeine Zoologie oder Grundgesetze des 
thierischen Baues und Lebens’ (Berlin, 1881), 4. Theil, p. 732. 

+ R. Wiedersheim, ‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wir- 
belthiere,’ 2. Auflage (Jena, 1886). 

t A. von Klinckowstrém, “Zur Anatomie der Pipa americana: In- 


tegument,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Abth. f. Anat. u. Ontogenie der Thiere, 
ve bd. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 19 


274 On the Brood-cavities of the Surinam Toad. - 


to fresh investigations of my own, I nevertheless consider 
that I may abide by my formerly published interpretation ; 
and in this I am confirmed not merely by what I have learned 
trom a multitude of subsequent investigations upon the struc- 
ture of the cutaneous glands in other Amphibia *, but even, 
in addition to this, by the fresh facts adduced by Klinckow- 
strom. 

In the first place, it can hardly be denied that great agree- 
ment prevails between the structure of the alveoli and that of 
the dark or ‘‘ poison ”’-glands, which extends, for instance, to 
the pigmentation of the wall. The only real point of differ- 
ence consists in the fact that, as I likewise pointed out at 
the time, the alveoli are clothed with ‘‘a delicate pave- 
ment-epithelium,” as opposed to the other kind of cellular 
coating of the cutaneous glands. But such a modification of 
the elements of the epithelium could still without difficulty 
be derived from the transition of the gland into the alveolate 
cavity. With reference to my remark that the smooth 
muscles which I found in the connective-tissue layer of the 
environment of the alveoli “ are otherwise wanting in the 
corium,” it should be borne in mind that this observation 
dates from the year 1857. At a later period knowledge of 
the occurrence of smooth muscles in the corium, on my part 
also, was further advanced fT. 

Of especial importance in connexion with the question 
under discussion is the nature of the operculum. My former 
short account says nothing as to this part of the cell, probably 
because at that time I was unable to form a clear idea of its 
structure—as, moreover, Mayer, as shown above, changed 
his views with regard to it. Klinckowstrém is the first to be 
in a position to furnish detailed information as a result of 
careful investigation. 

The author in question points out that the operculum 
possesses a structure altogether different from that of the 
surrounding parts. He states that under a strong magnifying- 
power it represents a disk of “‘ corneous matter,” and exhibits 
a horizontal striation, which may even assume the appear- 
ance of a fibrillar structure; that, from the nature of the 
insertion of the operculum into the margin of the alveolus 
and other physical properties, the structure gives rise to 
the impression that it has proceeded from a substance which 
was originally of a slimy viscid nature and subsequently 


* I gave a final réswmé of my papers devoted to the cutaneous gland 
of Amphibia in “ Zum Integument niederer Wirbelthiere,” ‘ Biologisches 
Centralblatt,’ 1892, p. 458. 

t &. op. eit. (* Biologisches Centralblatt,’ 1892, p. 451). 


Miscellaneous. 275 


hardened. We are told that the origin of the operculum is 
very difficult to explain, that it represents a formation “ su 
generis,” and that its “finely striated horn- or chitin-hke 
substance” is to be derived from no part of the integument. 
In order to remove the difficulties as to the origin of the 
operculum, the author suggests the possibility that it may 
arise from the envelopes of the egg which is placed upon the 
back of the female at the time of sexual congress. 

If, in opposition to these statements of Klinckowstrém, we 
allow my interpretation to stand, in accordance with which 
the alveolus is originally an enlarged cutaneous gland, the 
‘Matter is settled in a simpler manner ; for it was repeatedly 
pointed out by me that in the cutaneous glands of the Batra- 
chians the secretion, in consequence of thickening and 
hardening, forms a kind of plug, which remains in the orifice 
of the gland. I regard this “ plug” of the cutaneous glands 
and the “ operculum ”’ of the alveoli as equivalent formations ; 
the operculum is, in my opinion, a plug of secretion developed 
superficially. By this assumption the idea that the oper- 
culum is a structure of a special kind is disposed of. 

Furthermore, in opposition to the view that the alveolus 
arises through invagination of the integument, it might be 
asserted that, were this correct, small mucus-glands must still 
be present in the wall of the alveolus, since these must be 
involved in the process of invagination of whole portions of 
the skin ; yet no trace of such is visible. 

In conclusion, one may perhaps also recall the fact that a 
process to some extent corresponding to the formation of 
alveoli in Pipa takes place elsewhere in the case of Mammals. 
Here, also, in the formation of the placenta the sprouting 
tufts of the chorion do not grow into newly arising depres- 
sions in the mucous membrane, but into the ducts ot the 
uterine glands, which were already in existence and now 
undergo further modification. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
The Bot-fly of the Indian Elephant. 


Av a meeting of the Mathematical and Natural Science Section of 
the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna held on July 2nd, 1896, 
a@ communication was made by Prof. Friedr. Brauer to the effect 
that, in conjunction with Herr Anton Handlirsch and with the 
courteous cooperation of Herr Alois Kraus, Inspector of the Imperial 


276 Miscellaneous. 


Menagerie at Schénbrunn, he had succeeded in breeding out the 
cestrid of the Indian elephant (Cobboldia elephantis, Cob.), which 
was hitherto known only in the larval state. Since it is the inten- 
tion of Prof. Brauer to furnish fuller details later in a special memoir, 
he contents himself with giving the following short diagnosis of the 
genus and species in the perfect condition :— 


Genus CopsotpiA, Brauer. 


Head vesicular, with strongly projecting front. Antenne ex- 
tremely prominent, owing to the large hatchet-shaped third joint, 
with fine and bare arista. Beneath the antenne a very broad and 
deep heart-shaped antennary pit, without a septum, extending to 
the oral margin; therefore the facial ridge very short between the 
facial angles (‘‘ Vibrissenecken”). Oral cavity deep, the rudiment 
of the proboscis fairly well developed, as in Cephenomyia, with 
large claviform palpi. Face and cheeks shining, bearing tubercles 
(“schwielig”). Ocelli present, eyes bare. Thoracic suture com- 
plete. Wings large. Apical transverse vein present, posterior 
transverse vein nearer to the angle of the third vein than to the 
small transverse vein; angle of the third vein V-shaped, without 
projecting stump ; first posterior cell open. Alula of moderate size, 
squame very large. Clavi and pulvilli moderately large. Legs 
slender, short; first tarsal joint as long as all the others put 
together. Abdomen elongate, oval, in the male with forceps-shaped 
hypopygium tucked under it; in the female the ovipositor straight, 
telescopic, chitinous, divided into four segments (when protruded 
half as long as the body). Ventral plates triangular, separated 
from the dorsal ones by a broad membrane. Fifth plate cleft in 
the male. Macrochetz absent. Hypopleurs with a row of hairs. 


Spec. Cobboldia elephantis, Cob. 


Gastrophilus elephantis, Cob. olim (from the larva), Trans. Linn. Soe. 
1881. 

Cobboldia elephantis, Brauer (from the larva), Wien. ent. Z. 1887. 

Black, short and thickly clothed with hair; head and antenne 
reddish yellow ; proboscis and palpi black. Wings dark, blackish 
blue, metallic; basal cells, alule, and squamz snow-white. Hal- 
teres and legs black. On the head and on the margins of the 
abdominal segments silvery white reflexions. In general appear- 
ance resembling a Pharyngomyia. Female with the front broader 
and the ovipositor black ; otherwise precisely like the male. 

Length of body 12-14 millim. 

Length of wing 10-11 millim. 

The larvee leave the host in the early hours of the morning, 
pupate in from one to two days, and the imago appears sixteen days 
after the exit of the larve. Copulation takes place immediately.— 
Sitzungsb. kais. Akad. der Wiss. Wien, Jahrg. 1896, no. xvii. 
pp. 180-182. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 106. OCTOBER 1896. 


XLUI.—The Development of a Termite—Kutermes (Rip- 
pert ?): a Preliminary Abstract. By H. Mck. KNower*. 


DuRING my tenure of the Adam T. Bruce Fellowship this past 
winter I have studied the development of a species of termite 
closely related to Hutermes Rippertti, Rambur. The material 
was collected in Jamaica, and the work was undertaken as 
part of a more extended investigation of the biology of the 
Termites and because of the primitive character of the group, 
the embryology of which has not been hitherto studied. 

In its general features the embryology is quite similar to 
that described by Brandt for the Libellulid Calopterya (1) ; 
but, on the whole, I should say it resembles rather more the 
development of certain of the Orthoptera. Like Stenobothrus, 
Cicanthus, &e., the first rudiment of the embryo is a small 
disk near one pole of the egg. In the termite this disk is on 
the ventral surface, just beneath the micropyles, near the 
posterior pole of the egg. I have studied the segmentation 
and early stages of the formation of the disk to find out how 
this rudiment arises. As a result, it is clear to me that the 
germ-disk is not formed immediately during the segmentation, 
by cells wandering from the interior of the egg directly to 
their places in the embryonic area. Qn the contrary, the cells 


* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars’ for June 1896, 
pp. 86, 87. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 20 


278 Mr. H. McE. Knower on the 


resulting from segmentation become about equally distributed 
to all parts of the egg. At an early stage most of the cells 
have reached the surface of the yolk, only very few remaining 
behind as vitellophags. After attaining the surface the cells 
of the blastoderm (it may, perhaps, be spoken of by this- 
term, though protoplasmic continuity between its cells cannot 
be shown) continue to divide at all points, though the nuclei 
in the posterior end divide more rapidly. For a number of 
stages this becomes more noticeable, but it is also evident that 
the actively dividing nuclei are not confined to the restricted 
area on the ventral surface to be occupied by the disk. The 
nuclei of the dorsal surface near the posterior pole are as 
numerous and as near together at this time as those on the 
ventral surface. From this stage to one exhibiting a sharply 
outlined germ-disk about to be covered by an amnion there is 
apparently a concentration of the cells on the surface toward 
the ventral side of the egg to a point just beneath the micro- 
pyles. This, as has been said, is the place where the primary 
rudiment of the embryo is finally situated. Hence the em- 
bryonic disk is seen to be due not simply to an active multi- 
plication of the cells of a restricted area of the blastoderm, 
but likewise to a concentration of the blastoderm-cells. This, 
it will be remembered, is what McMurrich has recently shown 
to be true in the development of Isopods (5). A similar 
concentration has been observed in the establishment of the 
first rudiment of other insect embryos; but in the termite it 
is especially marked, owing to the comparatively small size 
of the germ-disk (see Patten for the Phryganids (6) and 
Wheeler for Doryphora (8)). Sections of the disk during 
this concentration show that cells are crowded beneath the 
surface from a very early stage in its formation. This takes 
place at all points in the area of the disk, and the surface 
nuclei also divide tangentially here and there to separate cells 
which adhere to the lower surface. This is the beginning of 
the formation of the “ under-layer.”’ 

Surface views of older embryos show two changes in the 
disk. Near the centre a dark spot appears, and in the same 
stage the posterior margin becomes marked out as a semi- 
circle of especially closely crowded nuclei. Sections of such 
disks show that the “‘ under-layer”’ cells have become more 
numerous, and have collected into a plug projecting into the 
yolk and making the dark spot seen on the surface. The 
posterior semicircle of crowded nuclei represents the first 
rudiment of the amnio-serosal fold. It is, at this period, 
merely a more thickened margin of the disk. The area 
between the central plug and the amnion thickening (if it 


Development of a Termite. 279 


may be so spoken of) is quite thin, being a single layer of 
cells. These stages, as well as later ones, agree in showing 
no gastrula invagination, the “ under-layer”’ being formed, 
as described, rather by a process of delamination or in 
wandering due to crowding, and the plug being a later 
secondary formation. 

The facts of the origin of the “ under-layer” support 
Heymons’s (10) recent views as to the formation of this layer 
in the Orthoptera, in as far as they indicate that invaginate 
gastrulas may be secondary phenomena among insects. 

As to the origin of the amnion. In the termite it is appa- 
rently, as has been said, a thickening of the posterior edge of 
the disk before any trace of a fold can be distinguished in 
section. When this thickening folds over the disk the amnion 
is seen to differ in no essential from the rest of the embryonic 
disk (of course leaving the “ under-layer” plug out of con- 
sideration). 

The enclosure of the germ-disk takes place by the single 
posterior semicircular fold growing forward to its anterior 
extremity. Just after the amniotic cavity is closed in this 
way the amnion is still found to be quite thick and like the 
upper layers of the disk (see Bruce’s figure xliil. of Mantis 
at this stage (2)). A like similarity has been observed in 
many insects between the ectoderm of the embryo and the 
amnion. 

The further growth of the embryo is much like that figured 
by Graber for Stenobothrus (3). While the anterior end of 
the disk remains fixed the tail-end grows back over the 
posterior pole. In this way an embryonic band is formed 
which makes a cap over this pole. Both ends of the band 
are at first of the same shape. Soon, however, the anterior 
extremity spreads out into a broad cephalic area, which has 
reached its greatest extent by the time the posterior end of 
the band has pushed up about one third of the dorsal surface 
of the egg. Segmentation now sets in—the antennary 
(postoral), mandibular, first and second maxillary, and first 
thoracic segments appearing almost simultaneously. 

There are no macrosomites, as in Stenobothrus (Graber). 
The remaining thoracic and abdominal segments are added 
successively from before backward, as the band grows still 
further toward the anterior end of the egg. The labrum 
appears as a median unpaired fold over the mouth. 

Sections of these early stages of the elongating embryonic 
band show that the “ under-layer ” does not extend anteriorly 
beneath the ectoderm, which has spread out anteriorly over 
the yolk to form the cephalic lobes. Posteriorly, however, 

20* 


280 Mr. H. McE. Knower on the 


the “ under-layer ’’ follows the growth of the ectoderm, which 
is somewhat more rapid. A sagittal section of a band before 
seementation shows the ‘ under-layer” as a single row of 
cells beneath the anterior portions of the ectoderm, where its 
cells are sharply marked off from the ectoderm. Beneath the 
tail-end of such an embryo the “ under-layer” cells are 
collected into a large mass, which is not sharply separated 
from the ectoderm. Most of the extension of the “ lower- 
layer” is apparently due to the multiplication of its own 
cells. I have not yet studied the differentiation of this layer, 
but can state that the endoderm appears after the establishment 
of segments, and is not formed from vitellophags. 

The sections just referred to show well the changes of the 
amnion until it has become a thin lamella. This is brought 
about as a result of the anterior and posterior extension of the 
embryo. The cells of the amnion are pulled out into a single 
row anteriorly, while posteriorly for some time the membrane 
retains something of its early appearance. When the tail- 
end of the germ-band has reached the anterior pole of the 
egg in its elongation, the abdominal region sinks gradually 
into the yolk and the posterior extremity coils over ventrally 
toward the head, giving the embryo an @ shape. The ap- 
pendages have meanwhile grown to nearly their definitive 
length. The first and second maxille are trilobed, and ten 
rather prominent rudimentary abdominal appendages have 
appeared. ‘lhe cephalic region has changed considerably. 
Just after the appearance of the appendages the lateral 
margins of the cephalic lobes began to roll up toward the 
mid-dorsal line. As this process continued a little pocket 
was formed on either side of the head, which grew gradually 
larger as the folds of the cephalic lobés approached the median 
dorsal line. Finally the two lateral pouches fused to form 
the head-cavity. The antenne were included in this folding, 
and hence now enclose a portion of the head-cavity. 

When the embryo has reached the stage just described it 
resembles Brandt’s figure 11 of Calopteryx (1), but it is not 
“immersed ”’ in the yolk. It is impossible to say just how 
long this “inverted” position is maintained. ‘There is, 
perhaps, a rather short interval before “ revolution,” which is 
accomplished as described by Brandt for the Libellulid (that 
is, judging from preserved specimens). When “ revolution”? 
is over the embryo lies with its head at the anterior pole of 
the egg, while the tail-end lies beneath the micropyles at the 
posterior pole. The ventral surface of the embryo, as in early 
stages, lies on the micropylar side of the egg. 

I have not studied the development beyond the appear- 


Development of a Termite. 281 


ance of appendages, in detail, as yet, but may state that the 
central nervous system arises from neuroblast cells, as 
described by Viallanes (7) and Wheeler (9) for certain of the 
Orthoptera. 

I had hoped to make out the history of the reproductive 
system; but, as far as can be determined, no trace of these 
organs is developed until sometime after hatching. In the 
workers and soldiers (nasuti), both larvee and adult, of this 
species the reproductive organs are entirely aborted. 

In reference to the general bearings of my study of this 
form I shall have something to say in the paper of which 
this is a preliminary abstract. It may besaid here that I do 
not regard the Libellulids as the best examples of the ancestral 
type of development among insects, as has been so promi- 
nently claimed of late (4) (Korschelt and Heider). On the 
contrary, I think that the termite and those Orthoptera 
having a superficial embryo beginning in a disk which must 
elongate considerably to attain the definitive number of 
segments have most nearly adhered to the typical method of 
development for arthropods, and probably best represent the 
development of the ancestral insects. My reasons for this 
cannot be given in this note, but will appear in the full paper. 

There is not sufficient space here to discuss the question of 
the origin of the amnion, but I will say that Wheeler’s (9) 
adaptation to insects of Ryder’s theory of a mechanical origin 
of the membranes of vertebrates seems a most inadequate 
explanation. (Of course the word ‘ mechanical,” as used 
here, is used in the narrow sense of the term, referring the 
subject to simply stated conditions of pressure and mechanical 
strain.) ‘This theory is opposed by what we know of the 
development of the Crustacea, the Myriopods, and the 
Apterygota. As far as can be shown, the same conditions of 
pressure are brought to bear on the developing embryos of 
these forms as on those of the amniote insects; yet no 
amnion is formed. In those higher forms of insects, which 
are characterized by the non-appearance of membranes, their 
failure to appear is even more marked. Here, in the very 
face of the conditions stated to be efficient to produce them, 
no membranes are developed. 

The origin of the amnion is in all probability referable to 
physico-chemical forces ; but at present I do not believe the 
problem can be stated in more definite terms than as follows:— 
‘here was a suitable basis among the anamniotic ancestors of 
winged insects for the formation of membranes, but a further 
condition was necessary before the amnion should arise. 
This was a change in the environmental influences, making 


282 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 


it a necessity (perhaps for protection against injury, as Kor- 
schelt and Heider suggest (4)) for the embryo to be covered 
over at an early stage in its development. The physico- 
chemical forces which led to the origin of this adaptive 
covering cannot be defined at present, but the result was that 
as soon as the first rudiment of the embryo, the germ-disk, 
became established a portion of it folded over the rest and 
became the amnion. This would occur most readily in forms 
which, like some Orthoptera and the termite, begin in a small 
germ-disk. When forms arose among the higher insects as 
adaptations to special conditions of life the early completion 
of this process became less important, and in a few extreme 
cases this led to the degeneration and disappearance of the 
membranes. 


(1) Branpt, A.— Beitriége zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Libellu- 
liden und Hemipteren.’ 1869. 

(2) Bruce, A. T.—‘ Embryology of Insects and Arachnids.’ 1887. 

(3) GraBER, V.— Vergleichende Studien am Keimstreif der In- 
secten.’ 1890. 

(4) KorscuEtt und Hriper.—‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ent- 
wicklungsgeschichte.’ 1890. 

(5) McMourraicu, J. P.—‘ Embryology of Isopod Crustacea.’ 1895. 

(6) Parren, Wm.—‘ The Development of Phryganids,’ 1884. 

(7) ViaLttanes, H.—‘ Sur quelques points de l’histoire du développe- 
ment Embryonnaire de la Mante religieuse.’ 1889-90. 

(8) WHEELER, W. M.—‘ The Embryology of Blatta germanica and 
Doryphora decemlineata.’ 1890. 

(9) a W. M.—‘Contributions to Insect Embryology.’ 
1893 


(10) Hxymons.— Development cf Orthoptera and Dermaptera.’ 1895. 
(Abstracted in Journ Roy. Micr. Soc. 1894.) 


XLIV.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station. 
—I. Descriptions of new Bees collected by Prof. C. H. T. 
Townsend in the State of Vera Cruz. By T. D. A. 
COCKERELL. 


WHEN Prof. Townsend lately went for a collecting trip in 
Mexico I pointed out to him that, although many bees had 
been described from that country, we were totally ignorant of 
their habits, the flowers they visited, and so forth. Accord- 
ingly he collected a large series of specimens, noting in every 
case the exact locality and date, and preserving specimens of 
the flowers on which the bees were caught. The collection 
thus brought together is of great interest, not only for the 


from the State of Vera Cruz. 283 


new species it contains, but for the light it throws on the 
natural history of a number of those described by Smith, 
Cresson, and others. At the present time only descriptions 
are offered ; but a future paper will contain the determination 
of the plants, with lists of species visiting them, and various 
remarks on the bee-fauna of Vera Cruz. 

The two localities cited—San Rafael and Paso de Telaya— 
are only about two miles apart, both on the north bank of 
the Rio Nautla, not over 30 to 40 feet above sea-level. San 
Rafael is about 4 or 5 miles from the coast in a straight line 
and about 75 miles north of Jalapa by road. From Vera 
Cruz to the mouth of the Rio Nautla is about 70 miles. 
Coffee, vanilla, coconut, and cacao do well, but mangoes do 
not ripen well. 


(1) Calliopsis bidentis, sp. n. 


9. Length 6 millim. Entirely black, the mandibles only 
rufescent towards tips, very shiny ; face densely punctured ; 
thorax closely punctured in front, much more sparsely on 
middle, extreme base of metathorax minutely roughened. 
Wings smoky, nervures and stigma dark vandyke-brown. 
Tegule shining, dark testaceous. 

6. Almost or quite as long, but more slender. Patch on 
upper median margin of labrum, clypeus (except the two 
black dots and the anterior edge), lateral face-marks, tubercles 
(with a dark dot), knees, anterior tibize in front, and the tarsi 
more or less, reddish yellow, probably yellow turned reddish 
by cyanide. The lateral face-marks are narrow, triangular, 
pointed above, not quite reaching level of antennae, but 
ending abruptly below at or near the level of the clypeal dots. 

5 2,3 g, Man Rafael, March 14, 18, and 23; on flowers 
of Lidens and another composite. Paso de Teluya; one 2, 
April 8, on a composite. 

This species is of Nearctic affinities, being closely allied to 
those which frequent Composite in the United States. It 
differs :— 

(a) From @. margaritensis by being a little larger, the 
flagellum net testaceous beneath, apical margins of abdominal 
segments not testaceous. 

(2) From C. albitarsis 2 at once by the darkened wings, 
the marginal cell more narrowly and not at all obliquely 
truncate, and in the first recurrent nervure joining the second 
submarginal cell one fifth of its length from its base ; whereas 
in albitarsis (a Colorado specimen identified by Mr. Fox) it 
meets the transverso-cubital nervure. 


284 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 
(c) From C. albitarsis ¢ (from Sta. Fé) in the darkened 


wings, the shorter marginal cell, but not in the first recurrent 
nervure, which in the male albctarsis examined agrees with 
bidentis and does not join the transverso-cubital nervure. 
The lateral face-marks in albctarsis are blunt above and 
produced below, thus different from dédentis. 

(d) From C. ornatipes 2 in the somewhat smaller size, 
the very dark stigmata. The scopa on hind legs is exactly 
as In ornatipes. 

(e) From C. ornatipes g in the wholly dark scape, the 
labrum with only a light spot, the tibia not yellow except 
the anterior ones in front. 

(f) From C. Rudbeckie 9 in the shorter second submar- 
ginal cell, which receives the first recurrent nervure nearer 
its base (one third of its length from its base in Rudbeckie), 
and in the margins of the abdominal segments not being dark 
testaceous. 

(g) From C. Rudbeckie g in the absence of the supra- 
clypeal mark, the lateral face-marks narrower above and not 
pointed below. 

(h) From C. perlevis by its much smaller size, &e. 


(2) Megachile chrysophila, sp. n. 
@. Length about 11 millim. Short and broad; black 


throughout, including the legs, mandibles, and antenne. 
Head rather broad; face and front with rather dense greyish- 
white hairs, some sparse, darker, yellowish and blackish 
hairs converging over clypeus, which is strongly and closely 
punctured. Supraclypeal area hairless, strongly punctured, 
except a small, smooth, shining central patch. Cheeks with 
white hairs. Vertex with rather sparse black hairs. Man- 
dibles bidentate, with a broad inner lamina representing the 
third tooth; only one groove on outer surface. Thorax 
very closely punctured, with short sparse inconspicuous 
pubescence, black and yellowish white mixed, on dorsum, 
denser and whiter on anterior margin of mesothorax; a con- 
spicuous line of dense yellowish-white pubescence running 
along suture between mesothorax and scutellum. Pleura and 
sides of metathorax with white pubescence, dense, so as to 
form a conspicuous patch beneath the tegule. Tegule 
piceous. Wings smoky hyaline, greyish, not yellowish ; 
nervures black. Legs with short, thin, whitish pubescence ; 
basal joints of tarsi with dark rufous pubescence on inner 
side. Claws not cleft. Abdomen short, subcordiform, rather 
shiny, closely punctured; hind margins of dorsal segments 


Jrom the State of Vera Cruz. 285 


with narrow, even, pale fulvous hair-bands. Dark portions 
with short black pubescence. Apical segment pruinose. 
Ventral scopa orange-fulvous, mixed with black at extreme 
apex. 
San Rafael, June 20; one, on an orange-flowered composite. 
Very near to J. montezuma, Cresson, but differs in the 
black tegule, &e. 


(3) Megachile vereecrucis, sp. n. 


¢. Length about or a little over 11 millim. Broad and 
short ; black, legs partly red, all the tarsi pale lemon-yellow. 
Head of ordinary shape; face densely covered with silky 
pale yellowish pubescence, flat and directed downwards on 
clypeus, directed upwards above, with an erect fringe along 
top of clypeus and thence upwards on each side to the an- 
tenna. ‘The light pubescence abruptly terminates just above 
the level of the anterior ocellus, leaving the vertex with 
sparse erect yellowish hairs, not concealing the surface, which 
is densely punctured. A patch behind the summits of the 
eyes hairless. Cheeks with short, thin, dull subochraceous 
pubescence, except at extreme base, where it is dense and 
white. Mandibles wholly black. Antenne black, the 
flagellum obscurely ferruginous beneath. First joint of 
flagellum equal to second; terminal joint broadened and 
flattened, like a spear-head. Thorax dull and very densely 
punctured; pubescence above pale ochraceous, short and thin, 
not concealing the surface, except anterior border of meso- 
thorax, triangularly produced backwards on each side of the 
middle, a patch above base of wings, anterior border of 
scutellum, and metathorax, where it is dense. Pleura with 
fairly dense and long hairs, white on lower part. Tegule 
ferruginous. Wings dusky hyaline, broadly darker on outer 
margin ; nervures fuscous, ferruginous towards base of wing. 
Coxe and trochanters black, the anterior ones suffused with 
reddish. Anterior femora rufous; middle femora rufous in 
front except base, black behind except apical half below ; 
hind femora black. Anterior tibie rufous, the angles more 
or less black; middle tibie rufous, largely suffused with 
black behind; hind tibie dark rufo fuscous, more or less 
suffused with rufous. ‘Tarsi all very pale yellow, ends of 
claws black. Anterior coxe with a stout spine, fringed with 
white hairs on inner side; there is a patch of dense white 
pubescence laterad of the spine, separated from it by a shining 
smooth space. Anterior femora short and three-sided, the 
tibiz also three-sided but shorter. Hind tébie in front 


286 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 


covered with very large close pits or punctures. First joini 
of anterior tarsi broad, flat, thin, convex without, concave 
within, narrowest at base, not produced at apex, without 
shining, sparsely clothed with short white hairs ; hind margin 
fringed with long silky dull white hairs, black only at extreme 
tips, anterior margin within with a short brush of black hairs ; 
inner concave surface black, with white specks. Second to 
fourth joints of anterior tarsi successively smaller, fringed on 
hind margin like the first ; second with a black spot on inner 
surface. Median tarsi with the first joint broadly dilated, 
pyriform, with a dense oblique fringe of silky yellowish- 
white hairs on outer side, and at base within a deep pit to 
admit an angular projection of the tibia. Basal joint of hind 
tarsi somewhat flattened. Abdomen short and broad, rather 
shining, closely punctured, apical margins of the segments 
with narrow fringes of pale ochreous hairs. Fifth segment 
at base and apex largely covered with appressed pale pubes- 
cence. Apex emarginate, not very deeply. Base of venter 
with a strong keel. 

San Rafael, June 18; one, on plant no. 29. 

Superficially this is much like the male of M. candida, 
Smith, which Prof. Townsend took at Paso de Telaya on 
April 8. The following table at once separates them : — 


M. candida 3. 


Hairs of fringe of first joint of 
anterior tarsi largely black at ends. 

First joint of anterior tarsi not 
so broad. 

First joint of middle tarsi slen- 
der, ordinary. 

First joint of hind tarsi a little 
shorter than the three following 
joints together. 

Spines on anterior coxe longer 
and more slender. 

Tegule rufo-piceous. 

Second submarginal cell higher. 


M., verecrucis g. 


These hairs black only at ex- 
treme tips. 


First joint of middle tarsi pyri- 
form, 

First joint of hind tarsi distinctly 
longer than the three following 
joints together. 


Tegule ferruginous. 
Second submarginal cell very 
low. 


(4) Megachile perpunctata, sp. n. 


¢. Length about 11 millim. Black throughout, including 
antenne, mandibles, and legs. Shape of a Celiorys. Face 
strongly and closely punctured; clypeus with a median 
smooth line, its median apex trituberculate, with a few dark 
rufo-fulvous hairs. Pubescence of face and vertex sparse 
and black, mixed with white in front, and a broad band of 
white hairs in front of each eye. Cheeks with white pubes- 


from the State of Vera Cruz. 287 


cence; mandibles tridentate. Thorax dullish, very closely 
punctured, more sparsely on metathorax, and not at all on 
the dull enclosure. The surface of the mesothorax, between 
the punctures, appears to be microscopically tessellate. 
Pubescence of dorsum of thorax black and very sparse; an- 
terior margins of meso- and metathorax with a narrow band 
of dense white hairs, but none between scutellum and meso- 
thorax. Sides of metathorax with a white fringe. A spot 
of dense white pubescence above the tegule. Pleura with 
thin dirty white pubescence. Tegule piceous. Wings pale 
fuliginous, the costa broadly dark fuliginous, shining viola- 
ceous; nervures black. Legs with short sparse whitish 
pubescence ; tarsi with shining rufous pubescence on inner 
side. Claws simple. Abdomen tapering to a point, conical, 
shining, sparsely punctured, thinly pale pruinose, the first 
two segments with extremely narrow white hair-bands, first 
and last segments with a few black hairs. Ventral scopa 
yellowish white, mixed with black at tip; it cannot be well 
seen, as it is carrying a great mass of orange pollen. 

San Rafael, March 18; one, on plant no, 4. 

At first I thought this must be the female of M. celioz- 
oides, Cresson, although that has fulvo-ferruginous legs and 
is not closely punctured. But Smith describes a female from 
Orizaba as WM, trritans which is like perpunctata, but has the 
thorax “finely and not very closely punctured.” Thus, if 
there is any synonymy involved, it must be irritans, not 
perpunctata, that is the female of celioxordes. 


(5) Megachile rhodopus, sp. n. 


9. Length 13 millim. Black, legs and antenne red. 
Head ordinary; mandibles dark ferruginous except their 
ends, which are 3-dentate, outer surface of mandibles with 
two strong grooves. Pubescence of head and thorax thin 
and short, ochraceous above, greyish white below and on 
sides ; face with greyish-white pubescence, not dense. 
Clypeus and front closely punctured ; scape punctured ; first 
joint of flagellum not much longer than second. Mesothorax 
very closely punctured, the punctures fairly large; meta- 
thorax strongly punctured, the enclosure very distinct, dull, 
minutely granular. Tegule shining fulvous. Wings hyaline, 
with a strong yellowish-fulvous tinge, nervures fulvous. 
Anterior trochanters largely black; anterior femora with a 
black stripe on outer side. Pubescence of legs sparse and 
white, becoming fulvescent on tarsi, rufous on inner side of 
basal joint of tarsi. Basal joint of hind tarsi broad and flat. 


Th — J 


288 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 


Abdomen of ordinary shape, microscopically tessellate, closely 
punctured ; first segment beneath, and following segments 
slightly at extreme sides, dark rufous. Apical margins of 
segments 1 to 5 with a band of orange-fulvous hairs—broader, 
thinner, and erect on first, narrow and appressed on the 
others. Apical segment with sparse short greyish pubescence, 
one might say pruinose. Ventral segment 1 without a fringe, 
2 and 3 with very long fringes of shining white hairs, fringe 
of 4 mixed white and black, of 5 black with a few white 
hairs; extreme apex with pale brownish hairs. 

¢&. Face densely covered with shining pale yellow silky 
hairs, an erect fringe of black hairs along top of clypeus; 
vertex and thorax above with thin foxy-red pubescence. 
Tegule ferruginous. Antenne black above; apical joint a 
little flattened and broadened; first joint of flagellum a little 
shorter than second. Legs largely suffused and blotched 
with black; tarsi rufous throughout. Anterior legs with a 
dense long silky fringe behind, the fringe white at base, the 
long hairs emerging from behind the white ones orange- 
fulvous. Basal joint of anterior tarsi produced at apex into 
a long blunt hollow projection ; basal joint of middle tarsi 
ordinary, but with a very long rather thin fringe of yellowish- 
white hairs on hind border. Spines on anterior coxe short, 
flat, and rather broad, blade-like. Hind tibiz curved. Apex 
of abdomen broadly, not deeply, emarginate. 

San Rafael: the female March 3, on flower no. 1; the males 
June 18, on flowers nos. 1 and 29. The flowers are 
Composite. 

M. rhodopus is allied to certain of the species found in 


Brazil. 


(6) Megachile bidentis, sp. n. 


9. Length about 6 millim. With a very short abdomen. 
Black; head and thorax with thin appressed golden pile, 
only well seen in certain lights. On each side of the clypeus, 
and especially along its front edge, the pubescence is denser 
and conspicuous, pale yellowish. On the front and vertex 
and beneath each antenna are erect dark fuscous hairs; such 
hairs are also scattered over the thoracic dorsum, and there are 
black hairs just before the tegule. Head round seen from in 
front ; occiput deeply concave, meeting the vertex at a sharp 
angle, which continues down the cheeks. Clypeus strongly 
punctured, but not so densely as the supraclypeal area. Tront 
strongly mammillate. Mandibles very broad, strongly triden- 
tate, wholly black. Antennewholly black. ‘Thorax shining in 


from the State of Vera Cruz. 289 


front, otherwise dull and very closely punctured, seen from the 
side appearing hardly so large as the head seen from in front. 
Tegule piceous, shining. Wings large for the size of the body; 
anterior wings 5 millim. long, strongly tinged with reddish 
yellow, except the portion beyond the cells, which is greyish, 
the apico-costal margin with a dark grey cloud which extends 
into marginal cell. Nervures ferruginous; marginal cell 
broad and rounded at tip, second submarginal very long. 
Legs shining black, rather slender, very sparsely pubescent ; 
the hairs pale; the hind legs not more pubescent than the 
others. Inner sides of basal joints of tarsi with dense shining 
reddish-brown hairs. Abdomen broad and very short, punc- 
tured, the first two segments above black, without light hairs, 
except the hind margin of second segment, which has a 
narrow fulvous hair-band. Remaining segments covered 
with appressed fulvo-ochraceous pubescence, that on the third 
sparse enough to show up the marginal band in contrast. 
Apex with a broad shallow emargination. Ventral scopa 
consisting simply of three narrow bands of short fulvo- 
ochraceous pubescence, hardly fitted to carry pollen, though 
there is a very little pollen attached to the under surface of 
the abdomen. Apex with dense pubescence beneath as 
above. 

San Rafael, March 8, on Bidens. 

A singular little species, very near to M. pilosa, Smith, 
from the Amazons, but differing in colour of tegule and of 
pubescence of abdomen beneath. 


(7) Melissodes pernigra, sp. n. 
3. Length 12} millim. Shining, deep black, the pubes- 


cence all black, except that on cheeks and pleura beneath it 
is slightly pallid (dark greyish brown, nearly black), and on 
inner side of basal joint of all the tarsi it is shining dark 
rufous. Face about square. Clypeus prominent, arched, 
wholly dark, its anterior edge shining brownish, its surface 
microscopically tessellate and beset with close shallow punc- 
tures—one might almost say malleate. Mandibles wholly 
dark. Antenne long, wholly black, reaching to base of 
second abdominal segment; scape short and swollen; first 
joint of flagellum one fourth longer than second. Pubescence 
of thorax dense but short. ‘egule black. Wings smoky, 
nervures black. Short joints of tarsi brown. Abdomen 
naked above, except base of first segment, which has black 
pubescence; rather closely punctured; apical third of first 


Faas | 
—— aS =e as 


290 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 


segment impunctate. Ventral segments sparsely fringed 
with black hairs. Apex truncate. 

San Rafael, March 16; Paso de Telaya, March 26, on 
flowers of Ipomea. 

Closely allied to M. atrata and bimaculata, but differs by 
the wholly dark clypeus and pubescence. At Paso de Telaya, 
April 7, on plant no. 9, was taken a female which I am obliged 
to refer to atrata, Smith; but the male of atrata was not — 
observed. In the U.S., Robertson has observed the allied 
M. bimaculata visiting Ipomea. 


(8) Melissodes floris, sp. n. 


o-. Length about 9 millim.; antenne 63 millim. Black, 
with pale ochreous pubescence, whitish on lower part of 
face and cheeks, mixed with black on scutellum, and a few 
black hairs on hind part of mesothorax; no black hairs on 
vertex or occiput. Clypeus lemon-yellow, the dots repre- 
sented by a black notch on each side, anterior edge black. 
Labrum black. Mandibles dark ferruginous at tips; no 
yellow spot. Flagellum ferruginous beneath, its first joint 
about one fourth length of second, not twice as long as funicle. 
Head broad; pubescence of face, occiput, and cheeks long 
and fairly abundant. Thorax shining, tolerably closely 
punctured. Tegule dark brown, pubescent. Wings clear, 
with a slightly yellowish tinge; nervures dark reddish 
brown. Second submarginal cell not very oblique; third 
submarginal narrowed at least half to marginal. Legs with 
thin whitish pubescence, rufous on inner sides of basal joints 
of tarsi. Claw-joints ferruginous. Abdomen black, the hind 
margins of the segments broadly testaceous; the surface, 
especially of segments 3 and 4, more or less pale pruinose ; 
thin subapical white bands of microscopical pubescence on 
segments 2 to 5, that on 2 sometimes failing in the middle. 
Base of first segment with long thin pale ochreous pubes- 
cence. Dark portionsof segments with black hairs. Extreme 
apex with dark fuscous pubescence. The second segment 
may show a basal hair-band like the subapical one. 

@?. Stouter; dntenne short, reaching only to tegule; 
flagellum only obscurely rufescent beneath; clypeus black, 
vertex with some black hairs. Wings, perhaps, rather more 
dusky. Punctuation of mesothorax sparse; abdominal hair- 
bands on segments 2 to 4 broad, ochreous, that on 2 inter- 
rupted broadly in middle, but basal band of 2 conspicuous 
and entire; fifth segment and apex with greyish-black 


jfrom the State of Vera Cruz. 291 


pubescence ; basal joints of first four tarsi with dense brown- 
black pubescence on outer side; outer side of median tibie 
with short dark fuscous pubescence; brush of hind tarsi 


brown-black or sooty. 
San Rafael, three males, March 8, 13, and 23, on Bidens 


and another composite ; one female, March 8, on Bidens. 


This is closely allied to the U.S. M. agilis, Cresson. 


may be separated thus :— 


M. agilis 3. 


Front edge of clypeus rufous. 

Mandibles with a yellow spot. 

No black hairs on dorsum of 
thorax. 

Subapical lateral teeth of abdo- 
men better developed. 

9 hooks on costa of hind wing; 
but this is not constant. 


They 


M. floris 3. 


Front edge of clypeus black. 

Mandibles without a yellow spot. 

Some black hairs on dorsum of 
thorax. 

Subapical teeth less developed, 
sometimes not noticeable. 

11 hooks on costa of hind wing ; 
not constant, 


(9) Melissodes labiatarum, sp. n. 


3. Length about 11 millim.; antenne 7. Black ; clypeus, 
labrum, and a small dot on mandibles yellow. Clypeus with 
the usual two black dots; its anterior margin dark rufous. 
Flagellum ferruginous beneath, its first joint hardly a quarter 
length of second, but about twice as long as funicle. Head 
broad ; face, occiput, and cheeks with tolerably dense long 
yellowish-white hairs, none black on vertex, but occiput 
behind with black hairs. Mesothorax with rather large, not 
very close punctures, as also the scutellum, postscutellum, 
and metathorax. Thorax above with erect, not very long, 
moderately dense pubescence, pale ochreous varying to dull 
fulvous, black on prothorax, median hind portion of meso- 
thorax, and scutellum; some long black hairs at sides of 
metathorax. Where the pubescence is black the shining 
punctured surface is visible. _Pubescence of pleura pale 
ochraceous. Tegule black. Wings smoky hyaline, outer 
margin broadly darker, nervures black; third _submar- 
ginal cell narrowed about one half to marginal; first trans- 
verso-cubital nervure oblique, second bent at its middle. 
Legs with fulvous pubescence, especially dense and bright 
on hind tibiz and tarsi, orange-rutous on basal joints of tarsi 
within ; hind femora above with scattered brown-black hairs. 
Abdomen black, shining, with thin inconspicuous black 
pubescence; base of first segment with long pale fulvous 
or ochraceous pubescence, black at extreme base; second 


292 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Bees 


segment basally with a very thin inconspicuous pale hair- 
band; extreme sides with rather long pale hairs; ventral 
segments with thin fringes, centrally black, laterally pale; 
fifth segment dorsally with an interrupted series of pale 
hairs, hardly forming a band. Punctuation of abdomen 
sparse. 

Six specimens, San Rafael, March 11; Paso de Telaya, 
April 7-and 8. Three on no. 27, a labiate; one on flower 
nie, 4, 

Seems to be allied to M. dubitata, Cresson, from Georgia. 
It has some superficial resemblance to Synhalonia atriventris. 


(10) Melissodes raphaelis, sp. n. 


3d. Length about 10 millim.; antenne 7 millim. Black; 
clypeus (except the usual black dots and the more or less 
rufescent anterior edge), labrum, and a rather obscure spot 
on mandibles yellow. Flagellum ferruginous beneath, its 
first joint not longer than funicle and hardly one eighth as 
long assecond. Head broad, face broader than in labiatarum. 
Face, occiput, and cheeks with long but rather thin pale 
greyish-ochreous pubescence, white on cheeks beneath, 
slightly mixed with black on sides of face and conspicuously 
on occiput just behind the ocelli. Thorax shining, strongly 
but sparsely punctured; median groove of mesothorax 
distinct. Thoracic pubescence thin, pale greyish ochreous, 
black on scutellum and disk of mesothorax, mixed with black 
on sides of metathorax. Tegule black, mostly naked. 
Wings greyish hyaline, darkest apically; nervures black; 
second submarginal cell oblique, third submarginal narrowed 
variously one half or two thirds to marginal. Claw-joints 
rufous, but the claws black except at base. Pubescence of 
legs thin and pale, rufous on inner sides of basal joints of 
tarsi, white on outer sides of basal joints of hind tarsi, white 
in front and black behind on hind tibiz. Abdomen shining, 
sparsely punctured ; base of first segment with erect pale 
pubescence, bases of remaining segments with broad but thin 
pale bands of short pubescence, often largely worn away ; 
dark portions with inconspicuous black hairs. Apical 
segment with a little black or very dark fuscous pubescence. 
Apical truncation rather broad. Subapical teeth short. 

Seven specimens, San Rafael, March 8, 11, 13, and 15; 
on flowers nos. 1, 7,5, and 10. The last is an Ipomea. 

M. raphaelis will be readily known by the peculiarly 


from the State of Vera Cruz. 293 


coloured pubescence of hind tibie. It is allied to M. gilensis, 
Ckll. ined., from New Mexico*. 


(11) Halictus Townsendi, sp. n. 


2. Length about 11 millim. Black, with sparse, very 
pale brownish-grey pubescence. Head broader than thorax, 
extremely large, subquadrate; cheeks very broad behind the 
eyes, produced into a blunt spine behind. Eyes small, face 
nearly twice as broad as the length of an eye. Ocelli close 
together, the distance between the hind ocelli hardly half the 
distance between one ocellus and the eye. Vertex and front 
very closely punctured; clypeus and lower part of face shining, 
with larger sparse punctures. Mandibles scimitar-shaped, 


* While on the subject of Melissodes, I will describe a species which, 
though taken in New Mexico, appears to have Neotropical affinities :— 


Melissodes luteicornis, sp. n. 


3. Length 133 millim.; anterior wing 9} millim.; antenna 8 millim. 
Black; pubescence of head, thorax, and basal segment of abdomen bright 
orange-fulvous, that on thorax rather short but very dense, concealing 
the surface, not at all intermixed with black. Head broad, face not far 
from square ; ocelli large, placed in only a slight curve ; sides of vertex 
shining; clypeus seen from in front looks naked, large, punctured, bright 
lemon-yellow, with a black spot, partly hidden by a brush of hairs, on 
each side. Labrum pale yellow, its apex with a brush of rufous hairs. 
Mandibles practically simple, obscurely notched within, basal portion 
broadly pale yellow. Antenne entirely yellow, except that the funicle 
and much of the first joint of flagellum are rufescent above, and the 
whole flagellum is obscurely tinged with rufous above, each joint having 
a dark dot at its base. First joint of flagellum a very little shorter than 
second. ‘Tegule pubescent. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous. Legs 
rather densely covered with pale greyish-ochreous hairs; inner side of 
tarsi with shining dark rufous hairs. Abdomen stout, black; bases of 
second and third segments with broad uniform bands of appressed 
ereyish-white pubescence ; a similar band on the fourth segment appears 
dirty grey from the presence of numerous erect black hairs. The rest of 
the abdomen above, except the first segment, with short black hairs, only 
conspicuous towards the apex. 

Four at Rincon, N. M., July 5, 1896; three at Colorado, a small town 
near Rincon, July 10, 1896: all at flowers of mesquito (Prosopis julifiora, 
var. glandulosa). The student is requested to remember that the locality 
Colorado has nothing to do with the State of that name.— J. lutetcornis 
is a very beautiful species, easily recognized by its yellow antenne. Its 
general build is suggestive of M. obliqua ; but, besides the quite different 
coloration, the face is broader and the first recurrent nervure joins the 
second submarginal cell nearer its end than in that species. Judging by 
the description, Smith’s Tetralonia fervens, from Chili and La Plata (not 
Brazil, as Dalla Torre has it), must greatly resemble our species. The 
antennes of fervens, according to Smith, are bright red; but the antennz 
of duteicornis turn bright carmine when the bees are left too long in a 
damp cyanide bottle. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 21 


294 On new Bees from the State of Vera Cruz. 


deeply grooved without. Antenne short, wholly dark; 
flagellum beneath becoming very dark coffee-brown. Thorax 
very small, the pubescence only conspicuous on the pleura; 
mesothorax strongly and very closely punctured; scutellum 
more sparsely punctured; postscutellum with close smaller 
punctures. Metathorax finely punctured, the enclosure 
strongly rugose-cancellate, not bounded by a sharp rim. 
Tegule dark mahogany-brown. Wings pale fuliginous ; 
stigma dark dull yellowish brown ; nervures fuscous; third 
submarginal cell narrowed fully one half to marginal. Tibiee 
and tarsi with tolerably dense pale fulvous pubescence ; hind 
femora, cox, and trochanters beneath with rather copious 
hairs, which in the type specimen are largely covered with 
orange pollen. Abdomen only moderately shiny, minutely 
and very closely punctured ; conspicuous bands of appressed 
dirty white hairs {more or less rubbed off in type specimen) 
on hind margins of segments 1 to 4, the adjacent bases of the 
segments also bearing thinner hair-bands. 

Another example has the abdominal bands better defined, 
the bands are narrow on segments 1 and 2, coming almost to 
a line in middle, but broad, even, and very white on segments 
3 and 4. In another the band on segment | is broadly inter- 
rupted ; this last has the hind legs covered with orange pollen. 

San Rafael, March 8 and 23, on Bidens and another com- 
posite. 

A very distinct species, allied to H. ligatus, which frequents 
Composite in the United States. H. politus, Smith, which 
was also taken at San Rafael, is somewhat similar in general 
appearance. 


(12) Halictus pseudotegularis, sp. n. 


@. Length about 5millim. Head and thorax dark green ; 
abdomen black, pruinose ; tegule black, punctured. This is 
so near to the U.S. ZH. tegularis, Rob., that a comparative 
description is needed for its identification :— 


H. tegularis 2. HT, pseudotegularis 2. 
Face broad, inner orbits arched. Face narrow, inner orbits nearly 
straight. 
Head and thorax bluish green. Head and thorax brassy green. 
Marginal cell rather longer and Stigma somewhat darker. p 
second submarginal larger. Enclosure of metathorax more 
triangular, hardly so strongly sculp- 
tured. 
Abdomen somewhat narrower. 
Median groove of mesothorax Median groove of mesothorax 
obscure. very distinct. 
Wings clear. Wings slightly dusky. 


Paso de Telaya, March 29, on Argemone meaicana. 


On the Nephridia &c. of Arenicola. 295 


(13) Halictus pseudopectoralis, sp. n. 


2. Length 7 millim. Black, shining; wings greyish. 
This so closely resembles the U.S. species allied to pectoralis 
that it will be only separated by a comparative description. 
The front above level of antennz is closely punctured, as in 
the allied species. From pectoralis, Sm. (Illinois specimen, 
determined by Robertson), it differs by the darker wings, the 
somewhat broader face, the much less closely punctured meso- 
thorax, the entirely black tegule, the more regularly wrinkled 
enclosure of metathorax, and the very distinct white hair- 
patches at lateral bases of segments 2 and 3 of abdomen. 
From quadrimaculatus, Rob., it differs by the somewhat 
darker wings, the larger head, the more sparsely punctured 
mesothorax, the black tegule, and the more strongly wrinkled 
enclosure of metathorax. From pectoraloides, CkIl., it differs 
principally in the strong regular longitudinal wrinkles of the 
metathoracic enclosure, but also in the darker wings and the 
brownish pubescence on the hind tarsi. 

In its metathorax it resembles most pectoralis, in the sculp- 
ture of the mesothorax pectoraloides. ‘The median impressed 
line of the mesothorax is very distinct. 

Paso de Telaya, March 30; San Rafael, March 8 and 9. 
On Bidens and another composite. 


Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A., 
Aug. 10, 1896. 


XLV.—Papers from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An- 
drews.—On the Nephridia, Reproductive Organs, and Post- 
larval Stages of Arenicola. By H. M. Kyte, M.A., B.Se., 
Berry Scholar in Natural Science, University of St. An- 
drews. 


[Plates XIII.-XV. } 


WHILE endeavouring to work out the development of 
Arenicola I was naturally led to examine the nephridia and 
then the reproductive organs. Both of these have been 
described quite recently, by Cunningham in 1888 (4) and by 
Benham in 1891 (1), and in this paper I cannot do more than 
confirm their descriptions for the most part and add one or 
two points of interest. 

On the sands of St. Andrews Bay and all round the coast 
Arenicola is got in great abundance and in all stages—trom 

21* 


296 Mr. H. M. Kyle on the Nephridia, 


the young transparent forms 3 to 4 inches in length to the 
older and larger of 14 inches and over. It is curious to 
notice how the external appearance of these larger forms 
varies according to the surroundings in which they live. 
From the clean bright gritty sand a form is got of a fine 
golden colour, with a smooth and glossy exterior, and exuding 
from its surface a gelatinous substance which is quite clear 
and transparent; from the muddy clay-flats another form is 
procured which has a rough and coarse appearance, is of a 
dark dirty brown colour, and gives off from its skin a green 
slimy gelatinous material. 

From both of these forms the reproductive products may 
be obtained, and these may either be sperm-bundles or ova. 
The time of the appearance of these products is variously 
given by different writers, and, judging from my own obser- 
vations, the animals seem to spawn during a period extending 
from January to September, though there is a cessation during 
April, May, and the first part of June. Temperature does 
not seem to be a determining influence, because in the height 
of midsummer (in July) specimens with ova were obtained at 
high-water mark, whilst in September similar specimens were 
found at low-water mark. 

If the nephridium be dissected out from the side of the 
body and mounted, then the drawing of it given by Benham 
will be seen to be perfectly accurate. But this dissection 
implies the cutting of certain tissues around—the separation 
of the nephridium from the vascular system, the reproductive 
organs, and the oblique muscles. In the process of mounting 
also the nephridium is straightened out and its original form 
thus altered. For these reasons it seemed to me right to give 
still another drawing of the complete nephridium as seen 
in situ. Several other drawings of the complete nephridium 
have been given. Cosmovici’s paper (3) came into my hands 
after my own had been completed, and my drawings agree 
with his more than with those of others. Cunningham’s 
drawing, aswell as his paper (4), is far too vague and indefinite 
to give one a proper idea of a nephridium. ‘Uhe drawing 
given by Vogt and Yung (6) agrees very closely with that of 
Cosmovici’s, but the fringes on the dorsal lip of the nephro- 
stome are not represented. 

‘Lhe fringes round the dorsal lip of the nephrostome are 
vascular processes connected with the branchial vessel. 
Benham describes these processes as if they were restricted 
to the lip of the nephrostome. In reality they are continued 
for a short distance behind the nephrostome over the neck ; 
this can be seen both in transverse and longitudinal sections, 


Reproductive Organs, &c. of Arenicola. 297 


and Cosmovici’s drawing shows it very well. They extend 
obliquely across the neck and end just above the posterior 
dilated part of the nephridium. From these blood-vessels 
pass into the tissue of the nephridium in all directions and 
posteriorly into the upper part of the gonad, which lies at the 
lower end of the neck. 

The thin strips of muscles which stretch across the 
nephridium and bind it down to the side of the body have a 
slight attachment to these processes, but not to the nephri- 
dium; hence the neck of the nephridium can be moved 
about, and may be found lying parallel to the longitudinal 
axis of the body (Pl. XIII. fig. 1), or bent outwards so that 
it is almost at right angles to this axis, the nephrostome 
being then in a transverse plane (fig. 2). This movement 
is in all probability executed by means of the transverse 
strips of muscle through the connexion mentioned above. 

The particular structure of the nephridium need not be 
more than mentioned, as Benham has fully described it, and 
the sections agree with his descriptions. The posterior dilated 
part, however, seems to be wholly glandular, without any 
muscular fibres. Such fibres appear as the dilated portion 
nairows between the longitudinal strands of muscle along the 
body-wall. To these strands the nephridium is in no way 
attached, and such points to the conclusion that the nephridium 
and the circular muscles are developed sooner than the longi- 
tudinal ones ; and this finds further confirmation in that the 
nephridia and circular muscles, as Benham mentions, are 
present in the post-larval stages, whilst the longitudinal are 
hardly, if at all, evident. 

Where the nephridium becomes connected with the trans- 
verse muscles muscular fibres are plentiful in its walls. 

The canal to the exterior runs for a short distance round 
the body within the circular muscle-band, so that the external 
opening is controlled both by the muscles of the body-wall 
and by the muscular fibres of the nephridial wall. These 
latter are in reality but continuations of the circular fibres of 
the body-wall. 

The nephridium of those with ripe products differs slightly 
from the normal, being more elongated and the walls thinner 
and more attenuated. 

The reproductive organs (Pl. XV. fig. 5) can be found with- 
out much difficulty by means of sections of the nephridia— 
the second, third, and fourth pairs especially—of those animals 
which contain the genital products. Cunningham narrates that 
“ loose cellular masses were often seen in the neighbourhood 
of the nephridia,” and that “‘ these were traced to the cord of 


298 - Mr. H. M. Kyle on the Nephridia, 


cellular tissue... . attached to the nephridium.” This is 
correct, but longitudinal sections through the nephridia with 
the part of the body-wall to which they are attached show 
more. These cellular masses are then obtained in position, 
and their relation to the parts around made out. The drawing 
of a transverse section by Benham gives a good idea of their 
position and shows, moreover, that the cord of cellular tissue 
of which Cunningham speaks runs down from the ventral lip 
of the nephrostome and sustains the upper portion of the 
gonad, while from the dorsal lip at its posterior end a blood- 
vessel runs to the same place. But this is not the only 
portion of the gonad. Springing from the epithelium lining 
the body-wall other cellular masses may be seen, and it is to 
these, I think, that Cunningham refers, being larger and 
more obvious than the upper portion in direct connexion with 
the neck of the nephridium. These masses lie immediately 
below the posterior dilated portion of the nephridium, and 
seem to have no connexion either with each other or with 
the upper portion of the gonad. They seem to have arisen 
by simple infoldings of epithelium into the body-cavity, and 
present the appearance of a palmate leaf, the veins being 
represented by a tissue composed of elongated cells, whilst 
round the edges is the tissue giving rise to the ova or sperm- 
mother-cells. At the base of the gonad is a blood-vessel ; 
this is a prolongation of the branchial artery, and runs up 
from these masses through the upper portion of the gonad to 
the posterior extiemity of the vascular processes on the dorsal 
lip of the nephrostome. Hence this blood-vessel connects the 
different portions of the gonad with one another. 

Small worms answering to the descriptions given by 
Benham (2) and by Ehlers (5) of the post-larval stages of 
Arenicola are obtained here in the deep-sea tow-nets during 
the spring. Although got later than those mentioned by 
Benham, they are really younger, the largest specimen being 
5 millim. in length. ‘They are most frequently obtained in 
April and May, but in the middle of June 1895 a single 
specimen, of length 8:5 millim., was procured. This shows 
that the spawning-period must be spread over several 
months. 

The gelatinous tube which envelops the animal is of a 
strong yet flexible nature. The movements are executed by 
means of wrigglingsthe tail from side to side like an eel, and 
the tube bends with every movement. The little worm is 
thus able to swim easily through the water. 

The attempt to cut longitudinal sections of specimens 
having the investing tube was a failure, owing to the firmness 


Reproductive Organs, &c. of Arenicola. 299 


and elasticity of the tube, whilst those that were free were 
readily cut. 

The animals were examined in the living state, and some 
interesting points noted. In none of them was there any 
sign of gills; otherwise they agreed with the description 
given by Benham. ‘There were two kinds of ventral chete 
(Pl. XV. fig. 9), however—one with a single prong like that 
of the adult, but more curved, the other with two. 

The vascular system was easily traced through the trans- 
parent body-wall, and was of a distinct red colour. The 
heart expanded and contracted regularly, the time between two 
complete expansions being 4°3 seconds. ‘The digestive glands 
lying close beside the heart were doing the same, but not so 
regularly, and taking a much longer time—11 to 16 seconds. 
Of the blood-vessels the most distinct was the ventral, whilst 
there were two little red swellings ventrally—one near the 
mouth, the other about the fourth somite. 

The nephridia appeared as simple elongated tubes. 

In the head-region (Pl. XIV. figs. 11-13) there is very 
little sign of the pit on the dorsal surface of the prostomium 
which is present in the adult. In section a slight depression is 
noticed behind the position of the brain on the dorsal surface, 
and this may be a sign of the beginning of the formation of 
the pit. 

The pharynx is muscular and the body-cavity round it is 
filled up by loose mesenchyme-cells, which are not compact 
enough to form a definite tissue, but nevertheless seem to be 
contractile. ‘The pharynx seems to be eversible, as in the 
adult, because in the specimen from which the sectional 
drawing (Pl. XIV. fig. 12) was made the pharynx was folded 
back towards the mouth. The epidermal cells of the prosto- 
mium are elongated, cylindrical in form, with yellowish 
contents of a granular nature. All the epidermal cells covering 
the first two somites contain this granular matter. 

Within the prostomium the mesenchyme-cells surround 
ventrally a large space, dorsally the supracesophageal ganglion 
or brain. This brain, which has the appearance of “‘ punct- 
substance,’”’ occupies a large portion of the interior of the 
prostomium. Dorsally it seems to be covered only by the 
mesenchyme-cells, and it looks as if the whole of this part 
were turned in to torm the pit of the adult. Anteriorly nerve- 
filaments pass from the brain to end in the epidermal cells of 
the prostomium.  Posteriorly in the median dorsal line 
scattered nerve-filaments pass backward, whilst at the sides 
filaments stretch to the otocysts aud the commissures con- 
necting the brain with the subceesophageal ganglia. Ventrally 


le ee EE eT 


300 On the Nephridia cc. of Arenicola. 


the brain is continued into one or two small protuberances, 
which project into the space lying above the mouth. 

At the sides of the head immediately under the epidermal 
cells lie the otocysts, two in number. Each consists of a 
central cavity containing small, irregular, transparent bodies 
—the otoliths. There is a single layer of cells surrounding 
this cavity with very small cilia. This layer of cells, though 
quite distinct, is not so clearly marked off from the neigh- 
bouring tissue as in the adult, nor is it so compact or regular. 
In the adult the otocyst lies within the muscles of the skin 
and quite free from them; in this case it is close to the 
epidermis and is surrounded by the mesenchyme-cells. This 
mesenchyme-tissue is continued along the body-wall, and 
makes it difficult to distinguish between the longitudinal and 
circular muscles. ‘lhe external layer of glandular cells is 
more highly pronounced than either of these muscle-layers. 

The stomach—a long tubular organ—is lined by a single 
layer of cells, which are smaller than those of the gullet and 
other parts of the alimentary tract, and do not stain so deeply. 
The walls of the gut diverticula, which lie dorsally to the 
stomach, have small glands upon them which project into the 
lumen. ‘These glands have a central vascular core with cells 
clustered round. ‘he first part of the intestine consists of 
large cells, which are also glandular in their nature. 


References. 


(1) Bennam.—‘ The Nephridium of Lumbricus, with Remarks on 
the Nephridia in other Chetopoda,” Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci. 
vol. xxxil. 

(2) Brnuam.— The Post-larval Stage of Arenicola marina,” Journ. 
Mar. Biol. Assoc. 1893. 

(8) Cosmovicr.—-“ Glandes Genitales et org. segmentaires des Annél. 
Polychétes,” Arch. d. Zool. exp. et gén. viii. 1879, 

(4) CunnineHamM.— On some Points in the Anatomy of Polychetes,” 
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxviii. 

(5) Envters.— ‘Sur Kentniss von Arenicola marina,” Nachrichten von 
der kéniglichen Gesellschaft ....zu Gottingen. 1892. 

(6) Voer and Yune.—‘ Anatomie comparée pratique.’ 1888. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII-XV. 
Figs. 1 & 2. Nephridia in position : 
(1) where nephrostome is parallel to the long axis of the body ; 
(2) where nephrostome is inclined to this long axis. 

a, fringed dorsal lip of nephrostome, the arrow points towards 
internal opening of nephridium; 4, thin, almost transparent part 
of the neck of nephridium; ¢, dilated posterior portion, which 
contains amoeboid cells similar to those found in body-cavity, 
also a brown granular substance which seems to be the product 
of excretion from the cells in the central part of nephridium ; 


On new Mammals from the Neotropical Region. 301 


d, main portion of nephridium, of a brown colour, due to granular 
matter in cells; 0.m., oblique muscles which bind down nephri- 
dium; dm., longitudinal muscles; s, notopodial bristle-sac ; 
nm, nerve-cord. 

Fg. 3. Transverse section through nephrostome. d, vascular processes 
on dorsal lip, with excretory products between ; v, ventral lip of 
nephrostome. 

Fg. 4. Longitudinal section through nephrostome. d and v as above; 
b.v., small blood-vessels which ramify over main portion of 
nephridium; /.m.. longitudinal muscles in body-wall. 

Fig. 5, Longitudinal section to show reproductive organs. d and v as 
above ; ¢, cord of cellular tissue running down from ventral lip 
of nephrostome to the upper part of gonad (w.g.), through which 
runs the blood-vessel (b) ; p, posterior dilated portion of nephri- 
dium; p.g., posterior portions of gonad; 6.v., blood-vessels ; 
im., longitudinal muscles of body-wall; ¢.m., transverse 
muscles ; g/., glandular layer of cells on external surface of body 
(hypoderm ?). 

Figs. 6-9. Drawings from live specimens of post-larval stages of Arenicola. 

6. Anterior region. m, mouth; p, prostomium, 

7. Four somites of body—fifth, sixth, seventh, andeighth. h, heart ; 
vwv., ventral blood-vessel; g, gut diverticula; s, stomach ; 
n, nephridium. 

8. Dorsal bristles. 

9. Ventral bristles, of two kinds. 

Fig. 10. Longitudinal section through portion of body. 0, otocyst ; gl, 
gullet; g, gut diverticula; s.7., sacculated part of intestine; /, 
heart ; s, stomach ; v.v., ventral blood-vessel. 

Figs. 11-18. Sections through head-region. s.@., supra-cesophageal 
ganglion or brain; 0, otocyst ; m, mesenchyme-tissue ; ¢c, nerve- 
commissure from s.@. to sb.a@.; sb.e., subcesophageal ganglion ; 
ph., pharynx. 

11. Transverse section. 
12 & 13.- Longitudinal sections, 
Fig. 14. Adult otocyst drawn for comparison with above. 


XLVI.—On new small Mammals from the Neotropical Region. 
By OLpFIELD THOMAS. 


Durine the past six months several collections of small 
mammals from different parts of Central and South America 
have been received at the British Museum, and among these 
there are a certain number of new species, which may be 
conveniently all described in one paper. 


GLYPHONYCTERIS *, gen. nov. 
(Fam. Phyllostomatide ; group Vampyr.) 


Nose-leaf narrow, bound down to the muzzle in front. 
Chin-warts apparently only two, one on each side of a central 


* yrvdew, to chisel. 


302 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


groove. ars separate, not connected across the head. 
Tail short, perforating the interfemoral membrane and 
appearing on its upper surface. Wing-membrane from the 
side of the ankle. 

Skull thin and papery. Profile-line from top of muzzle to 
crown nearly straight, not markedly concave. Anteorbital 
region broad, with a distinct inflation just above the anterior 
corner of each orbit, the breadth of the muzzle over the ante- 
orbital foramina much greater than the postorbital breadth. 


Dentition.—I. 3, C. 4, P. 3, M. 3x 2=34. 


Upper middle incisors large, vertical, chisel-shaped, their 
cutting-blades broad, very thin antero-posteriorly. Outer 
incisors minute. Canines short, sharply pointed, their antero- 
posterior basal about equal to their vertical diameter. Pre- 
molars subequal, oval or rounded in section. Lower incisors 
distinctly tricuspid, subequal. Canines low, scarcely ex- 
ceeding the other teeth in height. Premolars subequal, the 
median one fully as large as the other two. 

This genus is evidently most nearly allied to Micronycteris 
( Schizostoma of Dobson’s Catalogue), but differs by its uncon- 
nected ears, broader muzzle, inflated anteorbital region, straight 
frontal profile, and peculiar chisel-shaped incisors. No other 
described genus shows its short tail, dental formula, and well- 
developed middle lower premolar. 


Glyphonycteris sylvestris, sp. n. 


Externally very similar to Hemiderma brevicauda, though 
rather smaller *. Hars short, their tip forming an almost 
equare angle, the outer and inner edges distally being 
approximately at right angles to each other; lower part of 
outer edge ending in a low rounded lobule. Fur soft and 
fine, not extending on to the wings or limbs, except that the 
pollical metacarpals and the backs of the feet are thinly tufted. 
Colour above mixed smoky grey, the hairs dark smoky basally 
and terminally, white for their middle third; below they are 
smoky basally and dull whitish terminally. Interfemoral 
membrane broad, extending in the middle line to the level of 
the distal third of the tibie. 

Skull and teeth as described above. 


* This resemblance is so great that almost the only character which 
affords a ready means of distinguishing the two is the short and delicate 
thumb of Glyphonycteris as opposed to the long heavily clawed one of 
Hemiderma. In colour the two are almost identical. 


Srom the Neotropical Region. 303 


Dimensions of the type (an adult male skin) :— 

Forearm 40 millim. (=1°56 inch). 

Head and body (measured by collector in flesh) 50 millim. ; 
ear (dried) 17; thumb, with claw, 9°2; middle finger—meta- 
carpus 36, first phalanx 13°5, second phalanx 20, third 
phalanx 10:5; tibia 15; hind foot, with claws, 10°6; 
calear 7:2. 

Skull: greatest length 196; basal length 16; greatest 
breadth 9°6; breadth of muzzle at inflations, just over ante- 
orbital foramina, 5°7 ; interorbital breadth 4°6; front of upper 
canine to back of ™-3 8. 

Hab. Imravalles, Costa Rica. 

Coll. C. F. Underwood, Nov. 8, 1895. 


Rhipidomys venezuele, sp. n. 


Closely allied to Rh. macrurus, Gerv., with which it shares 
the general rich rufous colour, long tail, and sharply defined 
pure white belly. Ears large, much larger and, especially, 
broader than in RA. macrurus. General colour above rather 
orange-rufous in the type (an old male), but in a younger 
female clearer rufous, similar to some specimens of Rh. Sumi- 
chrastt. Hands and feet, as usual, with the metapodials 
brown mesially, the remainder and the digits white. Tail 
long, uniformly dark brown above and below, hairy and 
tufted, but less so than in most of the larger species of the 
rroup. 

Skull with fairly long nasals; a rather narrow interorbital 
region, whose edges are sharply ridged. Interparietal large, 
its anterior edge very concave forwards. Anterior palatine 
foramina extending backwards to the level of the front edge 
eet. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in the 
flesh by collector) :— . 

Head and body 155 millim.; tail 160; ear 20. In the 
dried state the hind feet are 28 millim. long and the ear has 
shrunk to 19 millim. 

Skull : basal length 31:2 ; basilar length from henselion 29 ; 
greatest breadth 19°5 ; nasals 12 x4; interorbital breadth 5:2, 
interparietal 5:1 9:2; palate length from henselion 15:1 ; 
diastema 10; anterior palatine foramina 7°6 x3; length of 
upper molar series 5:1. 

Hab. Merida, Venezuela, alt. 1630 metres. 

Coll. S. Briceno, March 5, 1896. 

Besides the differences in the size of the ears and the 
hairiness of the tail this species differs from RA. macrurus by 


304 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


its decidedly narrower interorbital region and slenderer muzzle, 
the same cranial characters also separating it from RA. lati- 
manus. 


Rhipidomys microtis, sp. n. 

A rather small Rhipidomys, with a scarcely pencilled tail 
and very small ears. 

Fur close and soft. General colour fulvous, duller and less 
rufous than in the majority of this group; perhaps nearest to 
Ridgway’s “clay-colour”’; in the centre of the back finely 
lined with black, clearer on the sides. Under surface white, 
the hairs white to the roots; line of demarcation on sides of 
belly less well defined than usual. Whiskers long and 
numerous. Hars small and narrow, thinly haired, pale 
brown. Metapodials brownish, digits dull white, but the 
difference little marked. ‘Tail long, very finely scaled, uni- 
formly brown throughout; scarcely more bushy than in non- 
Rhipidomyine Vesper-rats. 

Skull of only specimen unfortunately much broken. 
Muzzle short and narrow, supraorbital ridges sharp. Zygo- 
matic plate not projected forwards. Anterior palatal foramina 
long, reaching backwards to the level of the first lamina of 
m1. Molars as usual in the group. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :— 

Head and body 109 millim.; tail 136; hind foot 25; 
ear 12x 9. 

Skull: basilar length from henselion (c.) 22; nasals 9°6 x 
3:4; interorbital breadth 4°8; palate length from henselion 
11:5; diastema 73; anterior palatine foramina 6x 2°6; 
length of upper molar series 4°7. 

Hab. Salifia del Vatan, Western Cundinamarca, Co- 
lombia. 


Type killed Nov. 16, 1895. 


Rhipidomys fulviventer, sp. n. 

About the size of RA. microtis. Fur very thick and soft. 
General colour above fulvous, thickly lined with black. 
Underside clearer fulvous or even buff, the line of demarca- 
tion scarcely marked ; hairs of belly slaty grey basally, buffy 
terminally. Chin and chest whiter. Mamme 1—2=6. 
Ears rather small, uniformly brown. Metapodials with the 
usual piebald patches strongly marked; digits pure white. 
Tail long, uniformly brown, not very thickly haired basally, 
but with a long and well-defined pencil terminally. 

Skull with a large rounded brain-case and slender narrow 


from the Neotropical Region. 305 


face. Interorbital region flat, its edges square, not heavily 
ridged. Palatal foramina rather narrow for the group, ex- 
tending backward to the level of the front of ™!. Bulle 
rather, though not measurably, larger than in the allied 
species of the group. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :— 

Head and body 118 millim.; tail 125, with terminal tuft 
141; hind foot (moistened) 24; ear (dry) 14. 

Skull: basal length 25°7; basilar length from henselion 
23°8; greatest breadth 16°6 ; nasals 10°5 x 3°7 ; interorbital 
_ breadth 4:3, interparietal 4-1 10°6; palate length from 
henselion 12°8; diastema 8; palatine foramina 6°2 x 2°2; 
length of upper molar series 4°7._ Lower jaw: condyle to 
incisor-tip 18°8. 

Hab. Agua Dulce, W. Cundinamarca, Colombia. 

Type collected Sept. 19, 1895. 

This pretty Vesper-rat differs from all other members of 
Rhipidomys by its slate-mixed fulvous belly, this part being 
in the other species perfectly pure white. A very young 
specimen from Fanabisté corresponds in all respects with the 
old one. 


Oryzomys nivetpes, sp. n. 


General appearance remarkably like O. laniger, Thos., 
although it is slightly larger. Fur very long, soft, and 
fluffy. General colour dull olive-fulvous, darker mesially 
above, clearer and paler along the sides and below; line of 
demarcation on sides indistinct. Hairs everywhere above and 
below slate-coloured basally. ars large, well-haired, black. 
Hands and feet silvery white above, without darker meta- 
tarsals. ‘T'ail long, thinly haired, brown above, paler below. 

Skull very different from that of O.laniger. Face long 
and slender, with a narrow muzzle and long, narrow, parallel- 
sided interorbital region, whose edges are rounded and not 
ridged. SBrain-case smoothly rounded, not broad in propor- 
tion to its length. Zygomatic plate little projected forward. 
Palatal foramina reaching just past the anterior end of ™!, 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :— 

Head and body 113 millim.; tail 140; hind foot 26; 
ear 18. 

Skull: basal length 26°8; basilar length from henselion 
25; greatest breadth 16; nasals 12°4x3°8; interorbital 
breadth 4, interparietal 3°5x10°5; palate length from hen- 
selion 13°2; diastema 8°7; palatal foramina 7 x 2°4; length 
of upper molar series 5. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor- 
tip 19°5. 


306 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


Hab. La Oya del Barro, W. Cundinamarca, Colombia. 

Type collected Sept. 2, 1895. 

The resemblance of this species externally to O. laniger is 
so great that practically the only means of distinguishing 
the two lies in the brownish feet or, rather, metatarsals of 
O. laniger as compared with the silvery-white ones of the 
new form. The skulls, however, are wholly different from one 
another both in size and proportions. 


Oryzomys (?) lugens, sp. n. 

Very similar in all respects to the peculiar O. ¢ncanus 
described recently from Peru *. Fur soft, close, and velvety. 
General colour finely grizzled olive-brown, but little lighter 
below than above. Lars large, brown. Hands and feet 
slender, thinly haired, brown above, the hairs at the bases of 
the claws whitish. ‘Tail about the length of the head and 
body, uniformly thinly haired, brown above, rather lighter 
below. 

Skull in shape almost suggesting that of an Oxymycterus 
or Acodon. Muzzle long, cylindrical. Interorbital convex 
above and rounded laterally, without trace of ridges; indeed, 
a section through the nasal chamber between the orbits would 
present an almost circular outline. Brain-case narrow, 
smoothly rounded. Zygomata very slender, little expanded, 
their anterior root narrow, slanted, without projecting plate. 
Palatine foramina extending back to the level of the front of 
m1. Lower jaw very slender, matching that of O. incanus. 
Molars rather Acodont in appearance, with comparatively 
high crowns; si with its anterior lamina unicuspid, so as to 
present only five cusps in all. 

Measurements of the type (an adult female in skin) :— 

Head and body 114 millim.; tail 118; hind foot 27; 
ear 17. 

Skull: basal length 26; basilar length from henselion 24 ; 
greatest breadth 14°8; nasals 12°2 x 3°8; interorbital breadth 
6; breadth of brain-case 12°8; anterior zygoma-root 2°1; 
length of palate from henselion 13-2; diastema 8°3; palatine 
foramina 5°9 x 2°6; length of upper molar series 4:8. Lower 
jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 19-7. 

Hab. La Loma del Morro, near Merida, Venezuela, alt. 
3000 metres. 

Coll. 8. Briceno, May 18, 1896. 

“¢ Hyes black, excessively small. Makes its nest in trees.” 
—S. Briceno. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 350 (1894). 


from the Neotropical Region. 307 


As in the case of “ Oryzomys”’ incanus, it is impossible to 
assign a satisfactory position to this species, which differs in 
nearly every respect from typical members of the genus; but 
without a far more extensive knowledge of South-American 
Murines than is possessed at present, it would be unwise to 
add to the number of named groups of what used to be called 
“ Hesperomys.” Without doing this, however, I frankly 
confess myself incapable of finding a proper place for the 
present animal, and merely put it nominally under the 
heading of Oryzomys as a temporary expedient. Its slender 
form and long tail separate it from Acodon, its nail-clad 
pollex and normal muzzle show that it is not an Oxymycterus, 
while its narrow brain-case and rounded interorbital region 
separate it from al] the ordinary species of Oryzomys. 

As a species O. lugens seems really most closely allied to 
O. incanus, from which it differs by its much narrower 
brain-case, more rounded interorbital region, and differently 
shaped zygomatic root. Externally it seems very similar, 
but as the type of one is in spirit and the other in skin, an 
accurate comparison of the quality and colour of the fur is 
not at present possible. 


Eligmodon* Morent, sp. n. 


Size rather large as compared with the very small species 
composing the group. Fur long and soft, but not woolly. 
General colour above coarsely mixed fawn and brown, clearer 
fawn on the sides. Belly, as usual, pure white or yellowish 
white. (Immature specimens have the bases of the belly- 
hairs slate.) Ears large, oval. Palate-ridges 3—5. Upper 
sides of hands and feet silvery white. Palms and soles as 
usual in the group, granulated, with a large more or less 
hairy and corrugated pad at the base of the fingers and toes ; 
a smaller more defined pad at the bases of pollex and hallux, 
and another a little way behind the last-named. ‘Tail longer 
than the head and body, slender, thinly hairy throughout, 
blackish above, white below and on the sides. 

Skull stoutly built, with a broad muzzle.  Interorbital 
region flat, its edges square, not beaded. Anterior palatal 
foramina~reaching backward one third the length of ™1. 
Posterior nares very narrow. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :— 

Head and body 80 millim.; tail 91; hind foot 23; ear 17. 


* Calomys, Waterh. (1837) nec Is. Geoff. (1830). 
Evigmodontia, F. Cuv. 1837. 
Hesperomys, Waterh. 1839. 


308 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


Skull: basal length 20°5; basilar length 18°8; greatest 
breadth 12°4; nasals 10x 2°9; interorbital breadth 4, inter- 
parietal 3°2 x 9°7 ; palate length from henselion 11; diastema 
6°5; anterior palatal foramina 54x16; length of upper 
molar series 3°6. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 15:1. 

Hab. Chilecito, Prov. Rioja, Argentina, alt. 1200 metres. 

Collected and presented by Dr. F. P. Moreno, the distin- 
guished head of the La Plata Museum, in whose honour I 
have named this very pretty little mouse. 

Eligmodon Moreni is most nearly allied to E. elegans, 
Waterh. (EZ. typus, F. Cuv.), but is distinguished by its 
greater size, longer feet, and heavier muzzle. The type of 
Waterhouse’s species being a bleached, and deteriorated skin, 
and all the examples of the new form being in spirit, it is 
impossible to compare them very satisfactorily; but when 
further specimens are available there is little doubt that, 
judging by the great distance between the localities, other 
differences will become appreciable. 


Oxymycterus Ihering?, sp. n. 


Much smaller, more slenderly built, and less Oxymycterine 
than O. nasutus, rufus, and the other more typical species. 
Fur soft and thick. General colour uniform grizzled brown, 
scarcely paler below. Eyes not unusually small. Ears 
fairly large, thinly haired, brown. Claws much less length- 
ened than in O. nasutus, but still with the essential fossorial 
structure characteristic of the group; pollical claw short. 
Fifth hind toe decidedly longer than the hallux, reaching to 
the level of the base of the fourth toe. ‘Tail almost as long 
as the head and body, slender, thinly haired, brown above, 
rather paler below. Mamme 1—2=6. 

Skull not specially elongated anteriorly, although the 
muzzle shows something of the characteristic Oxymycterus 
structure. Supraorbital edges smoothly rounded. Inter- 
parietal and anterior zygoma-root and other details very much 
as in O. nasutus, in spite of the great difference between the 
two in the general proportions of the skull. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :— 

Head and body 100 millim.; tail 94; hind toot 23°5; 
ear 16°7. 

Skull: basal length 23; basilar length from henselion 
21:4; greatest breadth 13; nasals 11%3°8; interorbital 
breadth 6; breadth of brain-case above meatus 12°5, inter- 
parietal 2°2x7:3; palate length from henselion 10-7 ; 
diastema 6°8; anterior palatine foramina 5°2 x 2:2; length of 


from the Neotropical Region. 309 


upper molar series 4:2. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor- 
tip 16°8. 

Hab. Taquara, Rio Grande do Sul. 

Coll. Dr. H. von Ihering. 

Type B.M. 86. 9. 16. 8. 

The two specimens of this species in the Museum are part 
of the large collection of T'aquara rodents worked out by 
Dr. Leche *, by whom the present animals were called O.cy- 
mycterus nasutus, under which name they have remained in 
the Museum collection until now. Among other rodents col- 
lected by Dr. von Ihering at San Lorenzo,in the same province, 
there are specimens undoubtedly referable to the true O. nasu- 
tus; but these two from T'aquara, and no doubt the others seen 
by Dr. Leche, are so different that there can be no question as 
to their specific distinction Tt. Dr. Leche was no doubt led 
astray by Hensel, in whose classical paper on the mammals 
.of Rio Grande do Sult the species now described is also 
referred to O. nasutus. Hensel’s account must therefore in 
future be assigned to O. Iheringi, to our knowledge of whose 
structure and habits he makes some valuable contributions. 
The difference between the two forms is so great that it is 
difficult at first sight to realize that O. Lheringi is an Oay- 
mycterus at all, as it is quite without the extraordinary 
trumpet-shaped muzzle possessed by O. nasutus and its allies. 
Probably it is most nearly related to Winge’s O. talpinus §, 
as yet only known fossil from Lagoa Santa, but has rather a 
shorter head and shorter palatine foramina; so that | have 
not been able to assign it to the fossil form, as in the case of 
the animal next to be described. 

In many ways O. Lheringi leads up towards Blarinomys 
(described below), but as it possesses an interparietal, it may 
fairly be called an Oxymycterus for the present, in spite 
of its not possessing the characteristic snout of ordinary 
Oxymycterus. 

I have ventured to name this interesting species in honour 
of Dr. H. von Ihering, now Director of the Sao Paulo 
Museum, who obtained the specimens described, and to whose 
exertions, both as collector and writer, we are indebted for 
much of our knowledge of the fauna of Rio Grande do Sul. 


* Zool. Jahrb. i. p. 700 (1886). 

+ Dr. Leche says that of nineteen skulls examined by him the largest 
had a basilar length of 22 millim. The basilar length of the true O. na- 
sutus is from 27 to 29 millim. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. ye 


310 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


BLARINOMYS *, gen. nov. 


Most nearly allied to Oxymycterus. Form talpine or sori- 
cine, modified for burrowing. Head short, conical. Hyes 
quite minute. ars small. Claws long, asin Oxymycterus ; 
a distinct claw on the pollex; feet proportionally broad. 
Tail short. Fur crisp, velvety, iridescent. 

Skull with most of the characters of that of Ozymycterus, 
but much shortened in the face and broadened posteriorly, 
so that the zygomatic barely exceeds the posterior cranial 
breadth. Interparietal entirely absent. Structure of molars 
as in the allied genus. 

Type “ Oxymycterus” breviceps, Winge Ff. 

The peculiarities of O. breviceps, now for the first time 
properly known, render its retention in the genus Oxrymycte- 
rus impossible. No doubt it is most nearly allied to that 
genus, but its blunt conical head, minute eyes, stiff iridescent 
fur, and absent interparietal are characters of such importance 
as to demand its generic separation. 

The species was founded by Winge on the muzzle of a 
skull found fossil in the bone-caves of Lagoa Santa, and has 
not hitherto been known in the recent condition. The 
following description of the animal may therefore be of 
service. The specimen described is an adult male preserved 
in spirit, and was obtained by the well-known naturalist 
Dr. Emil A. Goeldi at Colonia Alpina, Theresopolis, Rio 
Janeiro. 

Size and form about as in the short-tailed field-vole 
(Microtus agrestis). Fur short, velvety, crisp, and almost 
semispinous, some of the hairs being broadened and flattened. 
Colour of fur all over above and below uniform dark slaty 
grey, the tips of the hairs brown; a marked iridescence, 
chiefly ruby colour, visible on the back, at least while the 
fur is wet. Tip of muzzle, chin, and eyelids without brown 
hairs, and therefore in spirit showing prominently white; 
probably flesh-coloured in life. yes minute, hidden in the 
tur, scarcely 14 millim. in their longest diameter. ars very 
small, thickly turry, not projecting above the fur of the head. 
Palate-ridges 8—4. Hands and feet brown above; under- 
side of heel hairy, brown; pads 5 in front, 6 behind, the 
latter very small. ‘Tail thinly hairy, uniformly brown. 

Dimensions :-— 

Head and body 92 millim.; tail 46; hind foot 15:3; 


ear 9, flap of ear measured from behind 4°7. 
* From Blarina, the genus of American short-tailed Shrews. 


FSrom the Neotropical Region. 311 


Skull: basal length 21; basilar length 19:2; greatest 
zygomatic breadth 13:2; nasals 10°2x 3°85  interorbital 
breadth 7:0; intertemporal breadth 6:2 ; breadth across brain- 
case above auditory meatus 13:1; palate length from 
henselion 10; diastema 5:8; palatal foramina 4°7 x 2:4; 
length of upper molar series 4:1. Lower jaw: condyle to 
incisor-tip 15:4. 

This most interesting and peculiar little animal has a certain 
superficial resemblance to Acodon nigrita, Licht., found by 
Dr. Goeldi at the same time and place, but is readily distin- 
guished by its many essential differences. It is evidently a 
regular burrower, and probably passes a more mole-like life 
than any other Sigmodont as yet described. 


Ctenomys Perrenst, sp. n. 


Size of and most nearly allied to C. torquatus, Licht. 
General colour dark buff or clay-colour, heavily mixed with 
black along the median line of the face and back. From eye 
to ear and below the latter a rather lighter patch, succeeded 
below again by the brownish cheeks. Under surface from 
throat to belly rich buff (‘ ochraceous-buff”’ of Ridgway), 
but patches on the axillee and groins are pure sharply con- 
trasting white. Upper surface of hands and feet thinly 
haired, white. 

Skull short, broad, and rounded, not heavily ridged. 
Zygomatic decidedly exceeding the posterior breadth. Nasals 
short, tapering backwards, unusually little, broad and trun- 
cated behind. Interorbital region short and very broad, the 
postorbital processes and ledges little developed. Fronto- 
parietal suture nearly directly transverse, little bowed back- 
wards. Bulle small and little inflated, especially anteriorly. 
Incisors more curved backwards terminally, and therefore 
forming a larger arc of a smaller circle than usual. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured by 
collector) :— 

Head and body 200 millim.; tail 67; hind foot 31, with 
claw (dried) 37. 

Skull: basal length 43°5; basilar length from henselion 
40°7; zygomatic breadth 30; posterior breadth on bulle 23 ; 
ditto on projecting lip of meatus 27:3; least breadth behind 
zygomata 19:3; nasals 16:2 x 7-6; interorbital breadth 11:5; 
length of frontals in middle line 13; palate length from 
henselion 21°3 ; diastema 12°9; tip of incisor to alveolus of 
B4 14:9. Lower jaw: back of condylar process to tip of 


incisors 35; greatest breadth 35:8. 
22" 


312 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals 


Hab. Goya, Corrientes, Argentina. 

Collected by Mr. Richard Perrens, May 7, 1896. 

This species is readily distinguished from C. torquatus, the 
Uruguayan Tuco-tuco, which appears to be its nearest ally, 
by its very differently coloured under surface, less tapering 
nasals, and more backwardly curved incisors. In colour, 
especially below, it is very like Waterhouse’s C. boliviensis, 
but is, of course, very far smaller. 

I have named this species in honour of its discoverer, 
Mr. Richard Perrens, to whom we are indebted for the re- 
discovery of Azara’s ‘‘ Micouri & queue longue,” of which I 
gave an account in 1894 *. 

C. Perrensi may prove to be Azara’s Tuco-tuco; but that 
animal has never had a distinctive name applied to it, owing 
to its identification with the Minas Geraes form, Ctenomys 
brasiliensis, de Blainv. 

Lower down the same river-system, at La Plata, another 
Tuco-tuco occurs, apparently referable to C. ménutus, 


Nehring. 


Echinomys centralis, sp. n. 


Both in the Merida and Bogota collections there occur 
specimens of the genus Hchinomys which, on account of their 
(in comparison with other species) “‘ very dark brown colour ” 
and other characters, may fairly be assigned to H. sems- 
spinosus, Tomes t, especially if, as seems to be the case, 
Tomes’s woodeut of the skull is incorrect in details. 

But if these are LE. semispinosus, two examples, clearly 
different, recently received from Nicaragua, cannot be that 
animal, and therefore need description as new. 

No doubt they are the same as the examples of “ H. semi- 
spinosus”’ recorded by Mr. True} from Greytown, Nicaragua, 
and from Pacuare, Costa Rica; so that further details about 
the species may be gained from his paper. 

Size, as judged by the skull, about as in EL. semispinosus. 
General colour much brighter and richer, less heavily black- 
lined on the back, and with the spineless fur of the sides 
and rump much brighter rufous. Hands and feet dull 
whitish above, the darker mark which runs along the outer § ~ 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 184. 

+ P.Z.S. 1860, p. 265. 

t P. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 467. 

§ Messrs. Allen and Chapman in their description (Bull. Am, Mus. 


N. H. v. p. 224, 1893) say “inner,” but have evidently been misled by 
the reversed position of the feet in the skins examined. This is a little 


from the Neotropical Region. 313 


side of the metatarsal in some species—notably in Z. trinitatis, 
All. & Chap.—little marked. 

Skull, as compared with those of the specimens assigned to 
E. semispinosus, distinguished by the following characters :-— 
The nasals run evenly backwards to a sharp median point, 
instead of being more or less bluntly truncated behind. The 
ankylosed parieto-interparietal suture runs nearly squarely 
across, instead of being evenly convex forwards, and from its 
outer corners little ridges run forwards to meet those that run 
back from the supraorbital ledges, while in the allied species 
the posterior ridges are at a higher level and do not coalesce 
with the anterior. Zygomata much broader both in the 
ascending and horizontal portions. Anterior palatine foramina 
narrower and less widely open. Posterior nares more widely 
open. Pterygoid processes broad and spatulate, over 2 millim. 
in their greatest diameter, as compared with about 1 millim. 
in E. semispinosus. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult male) :— 

Hind foot, without claw 49 millim., with claw 53 *., 

Skull: basal length (c.) 47°5; basilar length 41; greatest 
breadth 26°5; nasals 21°3x65 interorbital breadth 12:5; 
breadth of interparietal 12-5; palate length from henselion 20 ; 
diastema 12°5; anterior palatine foramina 5 x 2°5; length of 
upper molar series 9°2. Lower jaw: back of condylar process 
to incisor-tip 34. 

Hab. San Emilio, south end of Lake Nicaragua. 

Coll. W. R. Richardson. 

Type obtained March 27, 1896. 

The above differences, slight as they seem, are perfectly 
constant through series of seven of the Colombian and two 
of the Nicaraguan form, and it is therefore evident that the 
two animals cannot be regarded as both belonging to E. seme- 
spinosus. i. trinitatis, again, though belonging to the same 
group, is evidently quite distinct from either of the others. 


Marmosa fuscata, sp. n. 


Size rather smaller than in M. ¢ncana, Lund ft. Ears 


trap which one has to be constantly on one’s guard against in describing 
from modern skins. Another slip in the same account is that the molar 
series is said on p. 224 to be 10 millim. long and is given as 8°65 in all the 
specimens measured on p. 226. The latter is evidently correct. 

* The skin is too badly made to make other external measurements 
worth taking; but Myr. True (/. c.) has given accurate measurements of 
several spirit-specimens of what is no doubt the same species. 

+ Didelphys grisea of Cat. Mus, B. M. p. 349, but not of Desmarest. 
For the real M. grisea an earlier name has since turned up in Didelphys 


314 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on 


large, their internal basal projection small; a rounded lobe at 
the base of their outer edge. Fur close, soft, and velvety. 
General colour above a dark smoky or bistre-brown, a dull 
buffy tinge present on the fore back and sides. Under sur- 
face dirty whitish, the slaty bases of the hairs showing 
through; line of demarcation on sides fairly well defined. 
Colour of face, limbs, and tail as in M. zncana. 

Skull similar in its general proportions to that of M. in- 
cana, but decidedly smaller. Supraorbital edges not beaded. 
Anterior palatine foramina extending backwards only to the 
canines. Canines very short. Middle upper premolars 
longer horizontally than vertically, very narrow transversely. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin, appa- 
rently somewhat contracted) :— 

Head and body 118 millim. ; tail 138; ear 19. 

Skull: lambda (back end of parietal suture) to nasal tip 29; 
greatest breadth (c.) 17; nasals 14x 4; interorbital breadth 6 ; 
intertemporal breadth 6-1; palate length 18; palate breadth 
between outer corners of 3 9°6. Combined length of ™13 5:5. 

Hab. Rio Abbaregas, Merida, Venezuela, alt. 1630 metres. 

Coll. S. Briceno, April 6, 1896. 

The Merida collection contains three species of the Mar- 
mosa group, of which the largest is a typical M. murina and 
the smallest is so like M. pusilla that, in spite of the con- 
siderable extension of the known range involved, I do not see 
any reason for distinguishing it. The middle one, however, 
although it may be said to represent M. ancana, cannot be 
actually assigned to that species, from which it differs by its 
decidedly smaller size and much darker colouring, notably 
that of the lower surface. No other described species is at 


all like it. 


XLVII.—Deseriptions of new Terrestrial Mollusca from South 
Africa. By JAMES Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S., and 
JOHN Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. 


[Plate XVI.] 


SINCE the publication of our last paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. p. 478), describing five new Hnnee from 
the South-African region, two more, both of them conspicuous 


marmota, Oken, Lehrb. Nat. iii, Zool. ii, p. 1140 (1816), so that the 
Paraguay and Corrientes species must bear the name of Marmosa 
marmota, (See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 184, 1894, and (6) 
xvi. p. 58, 1895.) 


new Mollusca from South Africa. 315 


species, have come under our notice. These are now described, 
together with a few less noteworthy but equally interesting 
Subuline. One of these, indeed, is a marvellous shell, and 
perhaps ought to be made the type of a new genus. 


Ennea impervia, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 1.) 


E. testa subrimata, dolioliformi, cinerea, crassiuscula, apice per- 
obtuso; anfractibus 7-8, ventricosis, apud suturas impressis, 
undique longitudinaliter oblique crassicostulatis; apertura ob- 
longa; peristomate albo-nitente, late incrassato, plicis vel dentibus 
plurimis arctissime munito, plica parietali valde intrante, con- 
spicua, plicis labialibus bi- vel trifurcatis, interne involutis, 
longeque penetrantibus ; plica columellari trifurcata, interne per- 
intrante, aperturamque ipsam ad faucem fere obcludente. 

Long. 7°50, lat. 4°50 mm, 


Hab. Natal. 

Shell subperforate, tun-shaped, ashy in colour, slightly 
thickened; whorls seven or eight, ventricose, impressed at 
the sutures, and longitudinally uniformly obliquely ribbed. 
The aperture is oblong; lip shining white, thickened, fortified 
with several plaits and teeth, the parietal plait being deep- 
seated, large, and well developed, the labial multifarious, 
involute, and twice or thrice furcate, being likewise deep- 
seated; the columellar trifurcate, very deeply seated, and 
almost closing the aperture. 

A very remarkable form, approaching JL. infrendens, 
Gould. 


‘T'wo specimens. 


Ennea Queketti, sp. n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 2.) 


E. testa obtuso-cylindrica, pellucida, subvitrea, apice obtuso ; an- 
fractibus octo, tenuibus, ventricosulis, ad suturas impressis, sub 
lente arcte longitudinaliter undique striatis ; apertura rotunda ; 
peristomate albido, plicis dentibusve tribus instructo, plica parie- 
tali magna, acinaciformi, intrante; dente labiali parvo, superficial: ; 
plica columellari inconspicua, perintrante. 

Long. 18, lat. 6 mm. 


Hab. Natal. Two specimens. 

Shell large, white, vitreous, delicate, obtusely cylindrical ; 
whorls eight, somewhat swollen, under a lens they are seen 
to be uniformly closely obliquely striate; the mouth is 
rounded, lip white, slightly expanded, furnished with three 
processes, viz. a deeply seated parietal plait, a small superticial 
labial tooth, and a deep-seated but inconspicuous columellar 
plait. 


316 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on 


This large species most resembles Z. Planti, Pfr., amongst 
Natalese Hnnew, but differs in possessing a tooth on the outer 


lip. 
Subulina leocochlis, sp. n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.) 


S. testa sinistrorsa, fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, fere levi; 
anfractibus tridecim, supra angustis, infra latioribus, minime 
ventricosis, undique longitudinaliter obscure obliquistriatis, 
anfractu ultimo antice apud medium subangulato; apertura 
oblonga: peristomate extus tenui, marginem ad columellarem 
recto, ad basin paullum producto, reflexo. 

Long. 1,5, lat. 75; une. 

Hab. Humansdorp, St. Francis Bay. 

Shell sinistral, fusiform, the upper whorls somewhat at- 
tenuate; whorls thirteen in number, mostly very narrow, 
broadening distinctly towards the base. The specimens 
(two) before us being dead, we cannot tell the colour, but 
probably it is pale olivaceous. The whorls are nearly 
smooth, but are obscurely longitudinally obliquely striate, the 
basal whorl slightly angled in front; aperture oblong, the 
columellar margin being straightly produced and _ slightly 
reflexed. 

An extraordinary species, unlike any member of the 
genus that we are acquainted with. Our specimens, though 
dead, and consequently imperfect, yet show very clearly 
all the peculiarities of its conformation. 

The superficial resemblance to the Cerithioid (marine) 
Leccochlis granosa, 8.W oodw., hassuggested the trivial name. 
Although we have only seen two specimens, we understand 
many more were collected. 

Pseudobalea dominicensis, Shuttleworth, is sinistral, but 
S. leocochlis does not belong to that subgenus. Should sub- 
sequent researches justify the erection of a separate genus or 
subgenus for this very remarkable sinistral form, based upon 
the characters as just given, we would suggest the name 
Euonyma* for its reception. 


Subulina erystallina, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 4.) 

S. testa pervitrea, gracillima, tenuissima, nitida, omnino levi; an- 
fractibus undecim, ad suturas impressis, rectis, sensim accres- 
centibus, ultimo paullum producto; apertura parva, ovata; 
peristomate tenui, simplici. 

Long. 15, lat. 8 mm. 


Hab. Pietermaritzburg. 


* Gr. evavupos, levus. 


new Mollusca from South Africa. 317 


A very graceful glassy species, separable at a glance from 
its South-African congeners. ‘The shell is quite smooth, 
eleven-whorled, the whorls impressed at the sutures and 
gradually increasing, last whorl a little produced; mouth 
small, ovate, lip thin. 

Six specimens. 


Subulina glaucocyanea, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. fig. 5.) 


S. testa fusiformi, cornea, ceerulescente, parum nitida ; anfractibus 
10-11, paullum planatis, obscure striatis, striis fere rectis ; aper- 
tura ovato-oblonga; peristomate extus tenui, marginem apud 
columellarem reflexo, recto. 

Long. 22 (sp. maj.), lat. 5 mm. 


Hab. Port Elizabeth. 

Allied, doubtless, closely to S. turriformis, Krauss, the 
commonest and best-known South-African species, but 
differing in the following particulars :—(a) greater size ; 
(>) texture, being more transparently corneous; (c) colour, a 
livid glaucous blue; and (d) lastly in the whorls being less 
impressed at the sutures. 

Many specimens, some of them young shells, all similar in 
colour, form, and texture. 


Pupa amphodon, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 6, 7.) 


P. testa minuta, superficialiter umbilicata, dolioliformi, brunnes- 
cente, apice obtuso; anfractibus septem, quorum duobus apicali- 
bus, ceteris ventricosulis, longitudinaliter indistincte obliqui- 
striatis, anfractu ultimo apud basin paullum producto; apertura 
lunata ; peristomate rotundo, incrassato, reflexo, intus plicis vel 
dentibus 5 instructo; dente parietali magno, recto; labiali ex- 
tenso, scaleno-triangulari, duobus basalibus, hoc bimamillato, illo, 
juxta columellam, obtuso, lato ; dente columellari brevi, mamil- 
lato. 

Long. 3, lat. 1°15 mm. 


Hab. Zwartkops, near Port Elizabeth. - 

A small cylindrical species of the “ fontana” group. In 
many ways it approaches P. frustillum, M. & P., but differs 
entirely in the labial tooth-processes. It is subrimate, with 
seven whorls, two of them being apical, the apex itself 
extremely obtuse; whorls slightly ventricose and indistinctly 
longitudinally striate; mouth lunar; peristome round, fur- 
nished with five processes, which well nigh close the orifice. 
The parietal tooth is the most conspicuous of these and is 
straight and produced, the labial is broadly triangular, the 


318 Mr. C. I. Forsyth Major on 


two basal are respectively doubly mamillar and broadly 
triangular, and the remaining columellar tooth is smaller, 
rounded, and mamillar. The peristome is incrassate, re- 
flexed, and broader towards the columellar region. 

The specific name is the Greek augodav, “ encircled with 
teeth. 


Cyclostoma ochraceum, sp.n. (PI. XVI. figs. 8, 9.) 


C. testa conico-depressa, anguste sed profundissime umbilicata, 
unicolore, brunneo-ochracea, parum solida; anfractibus 5, quasi 
tabulatis, duobus apicalibus levibus, apice mamillato, ceteris 
spiraliter arcte filoliratis, liris acutis, regularibus, interstitiis sub 
lente obliquistriatis, ultimo rapide accrescente; apertura rotun- 
data; peristomate continuo, simplici; operculum normale. 

Long. 13°50, lat. 15 mm. 


Hab. 8. Africa. 

Much larger than C. transvaalense, M. & P. ; of different 
form, but of the same character so far as the spiral ridging is 
concerned. The shell is conically depressed ; umbilicus 
narrow but very deep; apex mamillated, it and the first 
whorl are smooth, the others uniformly spirally ridged, the 
interstices being very finely obliquely striate. Colour a warm 
ochraceous brown, suggesting the specific name. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 

‘tg. 1. Ennea impervia. 

Fig. 2. Ennea Queketti. 

Fug. 3. Subulina leocochlis. 

Fig. 4. Subulina erystallina. 

Fig. 5. Subulina glaucocyanea. 

Figs. 6, 7. Pupa amphodon. 

Figs. 8, 9. Cyclostoma ochraceum. 


XLVII.— Diagnoses of new Mammals from Madagascar. 
By C. 1. Forsyta Magsor. 


LIMNOGALE, gen. nov. 
(Fam. Centetide.) 


Head short, broad and flattened. Toes webbed. Tail 
owerful; very thick and almost square in the proximal 
half, the distal part laterally compressed. Skull broad and 
flattened. Cerebral region low; facial region comparatively 
high, but very short and broad. Zygomatic processes of 


new Mammals from Madagascar. 319 


maxillary and squamosal present, but no zygomatic arches. 
No postorbital processes. Nasals not united. T'ympanics 
ring-shaped. Infraorbital foramen large, bounded above by 
a very narrow, rod-like, bony arch. Frontals short and 
narrow, parietals broad and elongated. A minute inter- 
parietal. Foramen magnum very large. Clavicles present. 


Dental formula.—l. 3, C. 4, P. 3, M. 8x 2=40. 


Premolars and molars presenting the general type of the 
Centetide family, and more especially of its smaller members 
with soft hairs, The inner pair of upper incisors caniniform 
and of considerable size, larger than the upper canines, their 
lower moieties divergent, so as to leave a triangular space 
between them, into which fit the two lower inner incisors, 
which are small and converging upwards towards each other. 
The second pair of lower incisors are likewise caniniform and 
larger than the canines. Second upper incisors almost of the 
size of the upper canines, 

By the absence of zygomatic arches and postorbital pro- 
cesses, the ring-shaped tympanics, and by the form of the 
crowns of the molar teeth this new genus is shown to be a 
member of the Centetide; but it is as strikingly modified for 
aquatic life as Potamogale or Myogale. 


1. Limnogale mergulus, sp. n. 


General coloration of upper parts brownish, consisting of a 
mixture of fawn-coloured shorter hairs with less numerous 
and longer black ones, the posterior back blacker than the 
anterior. Upper surface of muzzle covered with short black- 
brown hairs. Whiskers of moderate size, not exceeding 
30 millim. in length, nearly all pure white. Ears short, 
higher than broad; inner and outer sides of conchz covered 
with short, dark grey hairs. Behind the ears a small patch 
of dark grey hairs. Lower parts of a light yellowish grey. 
The toes, both in manus and pes, united by a blackish mem- 
brane, wider in the pes and leaving the claws free. Outer 
margin of fifth toe of pes and corresponding metatarsal fringed 
with ciliate, thickly set, grey hairs; the same on manus, but 
longer and white-coloured. Likewise white, ciliate, but shorter 
hairs on the inner margins of pollex and hallux and the first 
metacarpal and metatarsal. Upper and lateral surface of 
tail scaly, thinly haired, dark brown ; lower surface occupied 
by longer, thickly set, yellowish-white hairs. 

Dimensions in the flesh of the Andraykiba specimen (g):— 

Head and body 128 millim. ; tail 134; length of ear 9; 
fore foot (without claws) 16°5; hind foot (without claws) 30. 


«2 


oe) 


320 Mr. C. I. Forsyth Major on 


Skull of the type (¢?): basal length 32; length of nasals 
in middle line 11°5; greatest breadth of skull across brain- 
case 16°5. 

Type skin M. 1024 (?). Caught March 18, 1896. 

Hab. Imasindrary, N.E. Betsileo; another specimen 
(M. 805) was obtained in a marsh west of Andraykiba lake, 
two hours to the west of Sirabé (Vakinankaratra district, 
S.W. Imerina), at about 1600 metres above sea-level. 

Local name voalavorano (7. e. water-rat). 


2. Microgale Thomast, sp. n. 


Externally very like W@. Cowanz, but much larger. Colour 
of skin asin M/. Cowané and M. longicaudatus, with a slightly 
lighter tinge. Ears large. Claws of manus longer and more 
curved than in M. Dobson, smaller than those of O. gracilis ; 
curvature as in M/. Cowant. 

Type (M. 581) from Ampitambe forest (N.E. Betsileo), 
July 19, 1895; a second specimen (M. 202) from Ivohi- 
manitra forest, in the country of the Tanala of Ambohimanga, 
Nov. 1894. 

Measurements of type :— 

Head and body 97 millim.; tail 64; manus 11; pes 19; 
length of ear 194; breadth of ear 14. 

Length of skull 25°5; breadth across maxillary zygomatic 
processes 10°7; interorbital breadth 6. 

Second specimen :— 

Head and body 91; tail 62; manus 12; pes 19; length 
of ear 18. 


3. Microgale Talazact, sp. n. 


Closely related to J. Dobsont in general external appear- 
ance as well as in the conformation of the skull and teeth ; 
but, besides being of much larger size, the colour of the skin 
is darker, being dark coppery brown, the centre of the back 
blacker. 

Type and unique specimen (M. 1293), ?, from the forest 
of the Independent Tanala of Ikongo, in the neighbourhood 
of Vinanitelo, one day’s journey south of Fianarantsoa, 
May 22, 1896. 

Measurements in millimetres :— 

Head and body 124; tail 119; manus14; pes23; length 
of ear 16°5. 

Length of skull 33°5; breadth across maxillary zygo- 
matic processes 13; interorbital breadth 6°7. 

Dedicated to the Rév. Pére Talazac, 8.J., of Tandrakazo 
(S. Betsileo). 


new Mammals from Madagascar. 321 


4, Microgale longirostris, sp. n. 

In coloration like M. Thomasi. Muzzle much produced 
and attenuated. Whilst in the last-named species, as well as 
in M. longicaudatus and M. Cowani, the contour of the skull 
is cylindrical, it is somewhat pyriform in shape in the present 
species, the cerebral cranium being comparatively broader, 
the facial cranium slenderer and more elongated, the latter 
character applying as well to the lower jaw, which is slenderer 
and more attenuated than in either JZ. longicaudatus or 
M. Cowani. The dentition is weaker than in M. Cowani, 
the secondary cusps more reduced than even in JZ. longi- 
caudatus. Hind foot remarkably long. 

Dimensions in millimetres :— 

Length of head and body 69; length of tail 54; length of 
manus 9; length of pes 18°5; length of ear 14°5. 

Type and only specimen, 2 (M. 490), a dry skin, with 
the skeleton complete, from the neighbourhood of Ampi- 
també, 4th July, 1895. 

Local names forimenjy, rainijora. 


5. Oryzoryctes gracilis, sp. n. 


Coloration of the skin as in O. tetradactylus, M. Cowant, 
&e. The claws of the pentadactyle manus smaller and less 
curved than in 0. tetradactylus. ‘Though the skull is longer 
than in Md. Thomast, its frame is much more slender, and by 
the elongation of the facial cranium and lower jaw, as well 
as by the delicate teeth, it very much recalls the skull of 
Hemicentetes in miniature. ‘The anterior upper and lower 
premolar separated by a wider interspace from both the 
canine and the second premolar than in any other known 
member of the family, Hemicentetes and Centetes excepted. 
This remark applies as well to the two outer upper and 
the last lower incisor, with regard to the teeth immediately 
preceding and following them. The outer margins of the 
upper molars are more deeply notched than in all other known 
Centetide. 

Dimensions in millimetres of type specimen in spirit 
(M. 184) :— 

Length of head and body circa 93; length of tail 81 ; 
length of manus 11°5; length of pes 18; length of ear 16. 

Type from Ambohimitombo forest, Nov. 1894; a second 
specimen (skeleton) from Ankeramadinika forest, obtained by 
Dr. Moss. 

N.B.—By the non-fossorial character of the claws this 


322 Mr. C. I. Forsyth Major on 


animal approaches the known species of Microgale (M. cras- 
sipes, M.-Edw., excepted) more than those of Oryzoryctes ; 
but by the characters of the skull and teeth it is different from 
either, and would have better claims to be placed in a distinct 
genus than the different forms of Microgale. 'To avoid this 
the name of Oryzoryctes, being the older one, is provisionally 
adopted here. 


6. Oryzoryctes niger, sp. n. 


Very much like O. tetradactylus in general appearance, 
but entirely black above, with a more greyish tinge beneath. 
Fur as in the former, somewhat less soft than in O. hova. 
Head a little broader behind and muzzle less produced than 
in O. tetradactylus. Fore foot tetradactyle; claws as in 
O. tetradactylus, slightly shorter than in O. hova. The skull 
is somewhat intermediate in shape between those of O. tetra- 
dactylus and O. hova, though approaching closer to that of the 
former, from which it is, however, at once to be distinguished 
by the slightly broader cerebral cranium. 

Dimensions in millimetres of type specimen, 9 (M. 357):— 

Length of head and body 106; length of tail 49; length 
of manus 10°5; length of pes 16°5; length of ear 12°5. 

Marshes near Sirabé (type specimen), native name voala- 
vorano; Ampitambe. 


BRACHYUROMYS, gen. nov. 
(Fam. Muride.) 


Skull broad and massive. Upper profile of cerebral cranium 
flattened. Supraorbital crests rounded off. Incisors and 
rooted molars (2-3) large as compared to the size of the skull. 
Crowns of molars flattened, not tuberculate. In young speci- 
mens the crowns of the molars show three lobes of enamel, 
united by cement and obliquely disposed (inclining forwards 
with their outer portion), the posterior lobe in the upper, the 
anterior one in the lower molars being the smallest. These 
lobes soon unite together, forming various patterns, by which 
the different species may be easily distinguished. ‘Tail shorter 
than usual in Muride. By their broad, moderately flat- 
tened, roundish heads and comparatively short tails these 
Rodents recall somewhat the Voles in outer appearance. 

Type B. ramirohitra. Bartlett’s “ Nesomys betsilecensis”* 
also belongs to this genus. 


* P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 770. 


new Mammals from Madagascar. 323 


7. Brachyuromys ramirohitra, sp. n. 


Ears large, oval. Coloration of upper parts brown, abun- 
‘dantly mixed with black, on the sides less dark, the black 
hairs gradually diminishing. Lower parts fawn. Basis of 
hairs slate-coloured. Tail furnished above with black, beneath 
with grey hairs. Parietal crests diverging anteriorly. Inter- 
parietal short in transverse, but longer in antero-posterior 
diameter than in B. betsileoensis. Molars very large, all 
about of equal size, the third in both jaws generally slightly 
smaller than the other two; the third upper one slightly 
triangular. The pattern presented by the uniting of the 
three enamel-lobes is as follows in moderately worn teeth :— 
In the two upper anterior molars: (1) an anterior enamel- 
loop, open on the inner side and running obliquely across 
the crown, close up to the outer enamel-margin of the tooth ; 
(2) a posterior enamel islet, smaller in transverse extent than 
the anterior loop and almost parallel to it. In the last upper 
molar the anterior loop is shut out very soon from the inner 
side, so that this tooth presents two obliquely transverse 
enamel islets, with sometimes a third smaller one, behind. 
In moderately worn lower molars the shorter anterior loop 
opens on the inner, the longer posterior loop on the outer 
side, the latter remaining open for a longer time than the 
former. 

Dimensions in millimetres :— 


Skin 
(M. 429), 3, Skin M. 181, jum. 
type. (M. 509), 3. (in spirit). 
Length of head and body. . 165 162 ce. 110 
oF BRR fot cat 5 99 89 73 
a 10/50) eae 15 16 16 
5; DOSE 5 nde.ai kth d).kc 34 52 27 
Fs GELS Oar tn Che 24 24 17 


Dimensions in millimetres of skull (M. 789, o):— 

Basal length 32°5; length of nasals in middle line 13°5; 
length of frontals in m. ]. 13°5 ; length of parietals in m. 1. 6°3; 
interorbital breadth at narrowest 4°7 ; length of upper molar 
series 8°5; length of lower molar series 8°5; length of inter- 
parietal in middle line 5:2; breadth of skull between ZY go- 
matic arches 23°5. 

Loc. Ampitambé forest, Betsimisaraka country (on the 
border of N.E. Betsileo), 6 hours S.E. of Fandriana. 

Native names voalavoanala, ramirohitra. 

Fossil in the lower deposits of the Children’s Cave (Sirabé). 


324 Mr. C. J. Forsyth Major on 


GYMNUROMYS, gen. nov. 
(Fam. Muride.) 


Molars 3, with flat, not tuberculate crowns, their patterns 
presenting a superficial resemblance to Myoxus nitela. Molars 
exceedingly small as compared to the size of the skull and the 
whole animal, forming two parallel rows in the upper jaw ; 
last molar largest in both jaws. 


8. Gymnuromys Robertt, sp. n. 


Upper parts black-grey, almost slate-coloured ; laterally 
with the admixture of a few white hairs; beneath white or 
yellowish white. ‘Tail scaly, almost naked, the small stiff 
hairs being more scanty than even in Mus rattus. Ears 
large, acute oval. Snout produced. Whiskers very long 
(55-58 millim.). Skull low, narrow, and elongated; no 
supraorbital crests ; parietal crests lyriform in shape. The 
crowns of the molars present from 4 to 6 transverse narrow 
loops ; in the upper molars one of these remains open on the 
inner margin till the teeth are much worn, whilst they are all 
shut out from the outer margin at a much’ earlier stage. In 
the lower molars these loops are somewhat more complicated, 
sometimes two joining together and thus forming irregularly 
ramified patterns ; they remain for a longer time open on both 
sides than in the upper molars. Much worn molars present 
nothing but central islets, arranged somewhat irregularly, 
but preserving on the whole the transverse direction. 

Pregnant females obtained on June 24th and July 17th ; 
two foetuses in each case. 


Dimensions in millimetres :— 2 
M. 446, ? 
(type). M. 510, ¢. 
Length of head and body .. 160 150 
A 11 A em EE ea 165 167 
INANUS), Vs ee hehehe 15 155 
tr ES edhe bdo < 34 39 
CBP oly sptticoa mone 20 21 


Dimensions of skull (M. 729, ¢) :-— 

Basal length 35; length of nasals in middle line 16:3 ; 
length of frontals in m. 1. 135; length of parietals in m. L. 
65 ; interorbital breadth at narrowest 5; length of upper 
molar series 5: 8; length of lower molar series 6 5; length of 
interparietal in middle line 4°5. 

Ampitambe forest. 

Native name voalavoanala. 


new Mammals from Madagascar. 325 


9. Chirogale Sibreet, sp. n. 


On the whole resembling Chirogale Milii, Et. Geoffr., but 
smaller, and presenting differences in the skull. Coloration 
of fur silvery grey, with here and there a slight addition of 
fawn. Beneath whitish. 


Dental formula.—I. 3, C. 4, P. 3, M. %. 


Skull smaller, but in some of its transverse dimensions 
comparatively broader than in C. Milii*, Parietals more 
globose than in the latter. The maxillaries are hollowed out 
in front of the lacrymals, a character not observed in C. Milt. 
In the form of interparietal more approaching Opolemur f¢ 
than CO. Mili. 

Three adult specimens were obtained from the neighbour- 
hood of Ankeramadinika (one day’s journey to the east of 
Antananarivo) ; one of these, which had been kept alive for 
the purpose of taking measurements in the flesh, was lost. 

Dimensions in millimetres of skull and teeth of type, g 


(M. 839) :— 


LU Ay oe 42°5 (C. Mili’ 49 & 50) t 
Length of nasals in middle line ...... 
frontals Fe sophveidtate 14 
»  parietals is ip) oe ad 13°5 
- interparietal ,, eS Ae 65 
Breadth across zygomatic processes 31 
Breadth between proce. postauditor. of 
BQUAMIOSW ica igias ee ci viaerd doe sah. 3 24°5 
Breadth across parietals ......... Pe, Saab 
Breadth behind postorbital processes of 
SLC aa OA ee RR 146 
Interorbital breadth at narrowest 8 
Breadth between post. basis of upper 
COMBE 214.62. AYU HO 10% 
Length of upper dental series (m.3—ant. 
basis of canine).......... 18:2 
ig) PYMOMECAIOLAES 20 5 4!nicratcarcrt: 85 
3.) “pper premolars 4. $5.55) :- 65 
», lower dental series (m.,—ant. 
basis of canine).......... 16 
psf Wower'molars, ».. cater Web ; 9°5 
3» lower premolars .......... 4 


| === a eee ee 


* See dimensions of C. Mili in Forsyth Major, “Ueber die malagass- 
ischen Lemuriden-Gattungen Microcebus, Opolemur, und Chirogale,” 
Novitates Zoologice, vol. i., Jan. 1894, pp. 28-31, ; 

f L. c. pp. 20, 21. £ Lie. p. 29. 


Ann. d Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 23 


326 Mr. F. Chapman on the 


XLIX.—On the Rhizopodal Genera Webbina and Vitri- 
webbina. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., F.R.M.S. 


THE tests of the Reticulate Rhizopoda usually exhibit three 
kinds of shell-structure, and this difference forms an essential 
element in the classification of the Foraminifera as they are 
at present understood :—(a) The porcellanous test is opaque 
milky white and by transmitted light of a translucent brown 
or horn-colour, without minute foramina in the external wall. 
(b) The arenaceous test is composed of sand-grains, sponge- 
spicules, or other foreign material, embedded in a chitinous 
cement, and with or without perforations in the external 
shell-wall. (c) The hyaline or vitreous test is more or less 
transparent, sometimes with a glassy surface, and with 
innumerable fine tubules perforating the shell-wall or test 
and more or less at right angles to the surfaces. 

The genus Webdina, when first brought into use, was made 
to include those Foraminifera which consist of a series, straight 
or curved, of hemispherical or elongate or of single chambers 
essentially adherent to foreign bodies. The shell-structure 
was at the time overlooked, and only indistinct ideas can be 
gathered about many of the types from the description given 
of the superficial appearance of the test. 

It is therefore advisable that a review of the genus should 
be made, in order to discuss some of the chief points with 
regard to the priority of authorship and the grounds for 
retaining the genus Webbina. 

The generic name was given by d’Orbigny in 1839 *, to 
include an adherent foraminifer with a rough exterior which 
he found in sand off the island of Teneriffe. ‘This species 
he named Webbina rugosa; but in the diagnosis of the genus 
no clue was given which would enable anyone to form an 
opinion as to the nature of the test. Indeed, this essential 
point of shell-structure in the description of Foraminifera was 
generally overlooked until Carpenter, Jones, and Parker 
conducted their elaborate researches upon it. Subsequently 
d’Orbigny described two other specimens under the names of 
Webbina flexuosa and W. trregularis | which had previously 
been figured by Cornuel } as “ eggs of molluses,”’ and which 

* d’Orbigny, A. D., “ Foraminiféres” in Barker-Webb and Berthelot’s 
‘Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries’ (Paris, 1839), vol. ii. part 2, p. 125, 
pl. i. figs. 16-18. 

+ d’Orbigny, A. D., ‘ Prodrome de Paléontologie stratigraphique univer- 
selle des Animaux mollusques et rayonnés’ (Paris, 1850), vol. ii. p. 111, 
nos. 782, 788. 

¢ Cornuel, J., “ Description de nouveaux fossiles microscopiques du 


Rhizopodal Genera Webbina and Vitriwebbina. 327 


he had found in the Cretaceous beds of the Haute-Marne 
Department. These three species of Webbina were described 
by d’Orbigny as to their form and superficial texture, but the 
nature of the test, which is so important in grouping the 
Foraminifera, seems to have been quite overlooked. These 
specimens have been referred to as arenaceous forms *; but 
there are no grounds for the supposition. Terquem follows 
in 18527, and records several species of Webbina from the 
Infra-Lias of the departments of the Moselle, of the Ardennes, 
and from the east of Belgium; but concerning these forms 
also we are doubtful as to their textural characters, and they 
are perhaps mainly referable to Nubecularia. Von Reuss in 
1862} refers to Nubecularia irregularis as occurring in the 
‘“Speeton Clay” of North Germany. From his description 
there is very little doubt that Reuss’s specimens belong to 
Vitriwebbina (the hyaline form of Webbina). Professors 
Jones and Parker, in 1865 §, were the first authors to refer to 
Webbina as a subtype of Trochammina, and they retain 
Webbina trregularis as the type “‘ with its varieties W. clavata 
&c.,” supposing these to be arenaceous. In 1866 Jones, 
Parker, and Brady || described Webbina as a subgenus of 
Trochammina, and give the following as the general characters 
of the genus:—‘‘ Shell adherent, comprising one or more 
pyritorm, oval, or round chambers, subarenaceous, smooth, 
dirty white, or ot a deep rusty colour, and, when numerous, 
arranged in a single irregular moniliform line, often branched.” 
At the same time these authors described a new species, 
W. hemispherica, from the Coralline Crag of Suffolk. 
Dr. H. B. Brady, in 1884 (op. cit. p. 66), treated Webbina as 


terrain crétacé inférieur du département de la Haute-Marne,” Mém. Soe. 
géol. France, sér, 2, vol. iii. 1848, p. 250, pl. ii. figs. 36 (right-hand figure) 
and 37. 

* Brady, H. B., “Report on the Foraminifera dredged by H.M.S. 
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-1876,” Reports of the Scientific 
Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ vol. x., Zoology (London, 
1884), p. 348. 

t ‘lerquem, O., ‘* Recherches sur les Foraminiféres de l’étage moyen et 
de l’étage inférieur du Lias,’ Mém. IL, Mém. Acad. Imp. Metz, vol. xlii. 


1862, pp. 455-459, pl. vi. figs. 15-19. 


$ Reuss, A. E., “ Die Foraminiferen des norddeutschen Hils und 
Gault,’ Sitzungsb, d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xlvi. Abth. i. 1862 (1863), 
pp. 80, 31. 

§ Parker, W. K., and Jones, T. R., “On some Foraminifera from the 
North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, including Davis Straits and Baffin’s 
Bay,” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. clv. 1865, p. 435. 

|| Jones, T. R., Parker, W. K., and Brady, H. B., ‘A Monograph of 
the Foraminifera of the Crag, Part L, Paleontographical Society, 
vol. xix. for 1865 (1866), pp. 25-27. 

20" 


328 Mr. F. Chapman on the 


a genus of the subfamily Zrochamminine, and retained the 
genus in the arenaceous series. Previous to the last-named 
author Dr. Sollas, in 1877 *, finding certain Foraminifera 
resembling Webbina in the Cambridge Greensand, but 
exhibiting a tubulated structure in the shell-wall, proposed to 
reserve Webbina for the hyaline or perforate type of the 
adherent moniliform series of ovoid chambers, whilst the 
truly arenaceous forms, such as W. clavata, P. & J., he 
suggested should be relegated to the genus Trochammina. 
This change would necessitate considerable alteration in the 
accepted nomenclature of the group, and, further, would not 
distinguish the adherent few-chambered forms from the free 
many-chambered and coiled species, although such distine- 
tions are not necessary and, indeed, are not uniformly adhered 
to in the classification of the Foraminifera. 

To meet the difficulty arising from the existence of two 
distinct types of Foraminifera having the similar external 
form but exhibiting a fundamental difference in the character 
of the shell-wall, the writer proposed Vitriwebbina in 1892 Tf 
as a genus, to include the species with a perforate type of 
shell. In the same year Dr. Perner described specimens of 
the perforate type of Webbina which he had obtained from 
the Cenomanian strata of Bohemia t. ‘These specimens he 
referred to ZYrochammina irregularis (P. & J.), Carpenter, 
and remarked at the same time that it 1s doubtful if the other 
species are imperforate §. 

From the long usage of the generic term Webbina to 
include the finely arenaceous forms with adherent pyriform or 
rounded segments, according to the definition given by Jones, 
Parker, and Brady in 1866, it now appears unnecessary to 
revert to the types of the original authors, since the originator 
of the generic term did not clearly define the limits of the 


* Sollas, W. J., “On the Perforate Character of the Genus Webbina, 
with a nctice of Two rew Species, W. levis and W. tuberculata, from 
the Cambridge Greensand,” Geological Magazine, dee. ii. vol. iv. [1877] 
pp. 102-108, pl. vi. 

+ Chapman, F., “Some new Forms of Hyaline Foraminifera from the 
Gault,” Geol. Mag. dee. iii. vol. viii. [1892] pp. 52-54, pl. ii. 

J Perner, J., “Ueber die Foraminiferen des bdhmischen Cenomans ” 
[ Foraminifery Ceského cenomanu ” j, Ceské Akademie Cisare Frankiska 
Sg (Prague, 1892), Paleontographica Bohemia, no. 1, p. 58, pl. ix. 
igs. 1-6, 

§ Dr. Perner informs me that he has subsequently seen some of the 
original specimens of Webbina in d’Orbigny’s collection, and finds that 
they have a perforate shell-wall. This evidence alone would not, how- 
ever, be sufficient for establishing the genus as one of the hyaline group, 
since d’Orbigny included different and distinct types in his series. 


Rhizopodal Genera Webbina and Vitriwebbina. 329 


genus (see the Stricklandian Rules for Zoological Nomencla- 
ture, § 5). 

Amongst those arenaceous Foraminifera which can without 
hesitation be assigned to Webbina irregularis (for it is quite 
permissible to assume that d’Orbigny’s original specimens 
were arenaceous from the description) we can mention two. 
Hausler figured a specimen in 1882* from the Swiss Jurassics 
which consisted of two chambers, one of which was broken; 
but the test, when complete, would show the characters of the 
original type species, as far as concerns the contour and 
arrangement. ‘lhe specimen from the Carboniterous Lime- 
stone of the north of England which tlowchin figured in 
1888 f is another example about which there is no doubt as 
to its arenaceous character; and in this case the specimen 
possesses as many as eight chambers. 

The above is by no means exhaustive of the recorded 
occurrences of the adherent organisms reterred to Webdbina or 
the allied group of V'rochammina; but it is presumed that 
enough has been given to show the amount of obscurity in 
which the genus Webbina has hitherto been involved. For 
further references consult Sherborn’s ‘ Index to the Genera 
and Species of the Foraminifera,’ under Webbina and Tro- 
chammina. 

Many of the genera of the Foraminifera separated by the 
difference in the type of shell-structure mentioned at the 
beginning of this paper are found to agree with one another 
in their external form alone. These are referred to as iso- 
morphous genera. ‘I'here are, however, certain genera which 
at first sight possess isomorphous characters, but which on 
careful examination show differences which were before 
unsuspected ; and this is the case with the genera Webbina 
and Vitriwebbina. 

It is now proposed to show, by the light of many perfect 
specimens which have been recently obtained from the chalk, 
and the gault of Folkestone, that the test of the arenaceous 
Webbina is not isomorphous with the hyaline Vitriwebbina, 
although specimens of the latter, as they are usually found, 
are externally comparable with the former. 

The test of Webbina, as defined by Brady in his classifica- 
tion of the Foraminifera in the Report on the ‘ Challenger’ 
specimens (p. 66), is as follows :—“ Adherent, consisting 


* Hausler, R., “ Additional Notes on the Trochammine of the Lower 
Malm of the Canton Aargau, including Webbina and Hormosina,” Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 1882, p. 353, pl. xv. fig. 15. 

+ Howchin, W., “ Additions to the Knowledge of the Carboniferous 
Foraminifera,” Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1888, p. 539, pl. ix. figs. 16, 17. 


330 Mr. F. Chapman on the t 
either of a single tent-like chamber or of a number of such 
chambers connected by adherent stoloniferous tubes.” The 
structure of the test as belonging to the Trochamminine is 
“thin, composed of minute sand-grains incorporated with 
caleareous or other inorganic cement, or embedded in a 
chitinous membrane; exterior smooth, often polished ; in- 
terior smooth or (rarely) reticulated ; never labyrinthic.” 
When a thin vertical section of the test of Webbina clavata, 
P. & J., is examined under a low power of the microscope 
the general form of the test is seen as in fig. 1. The cavity 


Vertical section of the test of Webbina clavata attached to a piece of 
Gasteropod shell. xX 30. 


of the shell is always undivided, whereas in many of the 
linear-shaped Nubecularie the embryonic or primordial 
chamber shows a partial or complete septation, somewhat 
after the manner of the Milioline commencement of an Articu- 
lina. This character is shown in the figures of Nubecularia 
tibia from the clay (Liassic) of Chellaston which illustrate a 
paper by Professors Jones and Parker*. It will also 
presently be shown that Vitrdwebbina often exhibits a poly- 
morphine septation in its initial segment, and this can only 
be seen in the specimens which have the early chambers 
preserved from injury, and is usually met with in organisms 
which have affixed themselves in a recess of the stone to 
which they are attached t. Vutriwebbina thus shows an 

* Jones, T. R., and Parker, W. K., “On some Fossil Foraminifera 
from Chellaston, near Derby,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. 1860, 
p- 455, pl. xx. figs. 49-51. 

+ It may here be pointed out that some perfect specimens are met 
with which do not show any septate commencement; so that it is ex- 
tremely probable that we have two types, one of an embryo and the other 


of a simple bud, according to the alternating series of generation in the 
Foraminifera. 


Rhizopodal Genera Webbina and Vitriwebbina. 331 


affinity towards Nubecularia, but not to Webbdina in this 
respect. 

That Webbina is a genus closely allied to Trocham- 
mina is evident when a thin section is examined under a 
high power. Fig. 2 represents a portion of the test of 


Fig. 2. 


Portion of the test of W. clavata more highly magnitied. x 360. 

a recent specimen of W. clavata ; and it shows the arenaceous 
central layer glazed over internally and externally, the 
outer glazing being smoother, more evenly laid, and paler 
in colour than the inner. The median arenaceous layer 


Fig. 3. 


Vitriwebbina levis (Sollas). Chalk, Charing, Kent. x 20. 


averages about ‘027 millim. in thickness and the inner 
and outer layers about ‘002 millim. each. ‘There is also 
much chitinous material between the angular sand-grains and 
spicules, and the outer and inner layers of the shell are 
composed of the same substance. ‘The grains of sand average 
014 millim. in diameter. 

In the specimens of Vitriwebbina which exhibit the 
secondary septation before referred to the first segment 


332 On the Genera Webbina and Vitriwebbina. | 


resembles an attached Polymorphina, very like the figure of 
P. concava figured by Williamson * and also like the first 
segment of the Ramulina cervicornis of the Gaultt. With 
regard to this latter it appears highly probable that the 
attached Ramuline and the Vitriwebbine are closely related. 

Fig. 3 is a sketch of a specimen of Vitriwebbina levis 
(Sollas) in which the primordial septation is very distinct. 
This specimen was found attached to a shell-fragment from the 
“Chalk detritus” of Charing, Kent, and probably of Chalk- 
marl age. It was substituted for a Gault specimen during 
the writing of this paper on account of the distinctness of the 
septate commencement, although many of the Gault specimens 
are nearly equally good. 

Fig. 4 is a vertical section taken through two of the 
chambers of a Gault specimen of Vitrdwebbina tuberculata, 
(Sollas). Here the tubulation of the shell-wall is clearly seen, 


Vertical section of the test of Vitriwebbina tuberculata (Sollas). x 380. 


as well as the superficial tuberculations of clear shell- 
substance. 

In recapitulation, an attempt has been made to show that:— 

1. Webbina, as a genus, being originally ill-defined, it is 
necessary to follow the definition of the first authorities who 
placed the genus upon a substantial basis, which authors are 
Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866. 

2. Those examples of adherent Foraminifera which resemble 
Webbina externally, but which exhibit a tubulate shell-wall, 
should be retained in the genus Vitriwebbina. 


* Williamson, W.C., “On the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain,” 
Ray Society, London, 1868, pl. vi. fig. 151. 
+ Geol. Mag. viii. 1892, p. 54, pl. 11. fig. 5. 


Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia. 333 


3. The typical arenaceous Webbine, as far as I am ac- 
quainted with them, have simple non-septate chambers. 

4. Vitriwebbina agrees isomorphically with Nubecularéa in 
that both may exhibit septate commencements. 

5. Vitriwebbina appears to be closely related to Ramulina 
(the adherent species of the genus) in having similarly 
septate Polymorphine commencements. 


L.—WNotes on the Genus Byblia (=Hypanis). 
By Guy A. K. Marsnatt, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


THE following is the generic synonymy of Byblia:— 


Byblia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 28 (1816). 
Byblis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 827 (1819). 
Hypanis, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 55 (1838), 


Personally I am quite at a loss to understand the objection 
raised by some entomologists to the recognition of certain of 
Hiibner’s genera on the ground that he failed to define them 
properly, seeing that at the same time they are quite prepared 
to accept such Fabrician genera as Lycena, Colias, Hesperia, 
&c., which are, if anything, even more open to that objection. 
But in the present instance there can be no doubt whatever 
as to what Hiibner meant by his genus Byblia, for he cites 
B, ilithyia, Drury, as its sole representative, which seems to 
me to be as clear a definition as we can expect under the 
circumstances. 

A careful examination of the long series of specimens in 
the British Museum, which are there divided into no less 
than seven species, has convinced me of the truth of 
Mr. Roland Trimen’s opinion that all the Asiatic and conti- 
nental African forms of Bydlia are referable to a single 
species. Moreover I agree with M. Mabille in refusing 
specific rank to the Madagascar form, which, however, I do 
not regard as a mere variety, but as a subspecies, taking that 
term to signify a clearly localized variety, which does not 
occur in company with the type-form, but completely replaces 
it within a defined area, though still exhibiting sufticient 
intergrades linking it to that form to prevent its being re- 
garded as a distinct species—in other words, a geographical 
race. ‘The following is the synonymy of the single species 
and its various forms :— 


1. Byblia ilithyia (Drury). 


Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. t. xvii. figs. 1 and 2 (1773). 
Papilio ihithuia, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 97 (1781). 


334 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia. 


Papilio polynice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. t. eeclxxv. G and H. (1782). 

Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natur. Schm. ix. t. cclviii. figs. 1 and 2 [nec 
3 and 4] (1798). 

Papilio thithaya, Herbst, ibid. figs. 5 and 6 (1798). 

Byblia iithya, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 28 (1816). 

Biblis iithyia, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 327 (1819). 

Hypanis polynice, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. i. pl. ix. fig. 6 (1836), 

Hypanis cora, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 249 (1850). 

Byblia clithyia, Moore, Lep. Cey. p. 45, pl. xxiii. fig. 3 (1881). 

Hypanis simpler, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 146, pl. xxiv. fig. 8 (1883). 

Byblia tlithyia, de Nic. Butt. Ind. 1i. p. 15 (1886). 

Byblia simplex, de Nic. ibid. p. 17 (1886). 

Hypanis ththyia, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. i. p. 264 (1887). 


Var. goetzius (Herbst). 

Papilio ilithya, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. ccxiii. A and B, t. cexiv. C and 
D (1782). 

Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natur. Schm. ix. t. eclviii. figs, 3 and 4 {nec 
1 and 2] (1798). 

Hypanis ilithyia, var. A, Trim. (part.) S. Afr. Butt. i. p. 264 (1887). 

Var. acheloia (Wallengren). 

Hypanis tlithyia, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. Ixviii. fig. 1 
(1851). 

Hypanis acheloia, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Lep. Rh. Caf. p. 29 
(1857). 

Hypanis tlithyia, Wallgy. ibid. 

Hypanis cora, var., Butl. P. Z, 8. p. 177, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1881). 

Hypanis ilithyia, var, vulgaris, Staud. Exot. Schmett. p. 106 (1885). 

Hypanis ilithyia, var. A, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. i. p. 264 (1887). 

Byblia vulgaris, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 73 (1896), 


Var. castanea (Butler) *. 


Hypanis castanea, Butl. P. Z. 8. p. 759 (1885). 
? Hypanis anvatara, Lefb. (nec Boisd.) Voy. Abyss., Zool. vi. p. 380 
(1862). 
1 (a). Byblia ilithyia-anvatara (Boisduval). 


Hypanis anvatara, Boisd. Faun. Madag. p. 56, pl. vil. fig. 5 (1833). 
Hypanis tlithyia, var. anvatara, Mab. Grand. Hist. Madag. (1886). 


This variable species has a very extended range, occurring 
as it does throughout the Ethiopian Region and ranging 
through Arabia into India and Ceylon. Owing to the fact 
that in different localities it gives rise to several well-marked 
varieties, and that both the type-form and its varieties exhibit 
very pronounced seasonal differences, B. tlithyia has been 
split up into many so-called species. With regard to the 
seasonal forms of this insect Mr. Butler says (Ann. & Mag. 


* Another variety has been described by Mr. Aurivillius (Ent. Tidsk. 
xv. p. 279, 1894) under the name of var. Crameri; but I was unable to 
obtain access to his description during my short stay in England. 


Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia. 335 
Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 73) :— I believe B. acheloia is sup- 


posed to be the extreme development of the dry-season form 
[of B. clithyta] in South Africa. The puzzle to me is, Why 
should a species common to India and Africa produce totally 
different varietal forms in the two countries? As B. vulgaris 
only occurs in Africa, it can therefore only be supposed that 
in India the species produces two dry-season forms—B. ilithyia 
and B. simplex.” Upon what foundation this singular 
belief is based I know not ; but it certainly did not originate 
in South Africa. It is true that B. acheloita, Wallgr., was 
founded on dry-season specimens, but it represents the dry 
form of the variety.usually known under that name, and not 
the dry form of typical ¢thyia, its corresponding wet-season 
form being B. ilithyza, var. vulgaris, Staud., which Mr. Butler 
erroneously considers to be a distinct species. ‘The reasoning 
contained in the latter half of the above quotation is far too 
subtle for my comprehension, for I quite fail to perceive that 
the restriction of a certain variety of dlithyia to the African 
continent must necessarily imply that in India that species 
produces only two dry-season forms and no wet-season one. 
Surely this is but a ‘lame and impotent conclusion,” and 
were there any truth in it, it would be a far greater puzzle 
than that propounded by Mr. Butler, which latter seems to 
me but a very simple matter after all. 

The real relation of these various forms is as follows :— 
The type of the species was a wet-season specimen as far as 
can be judged from Drury’s somewhat crude figure, which is 
founded on a West-African example, and Cramer’s figure of 
his polynice belongs to the same form. During the dry 
season in Africa the underside assumes a very different 
appearance, the colouring being more or less rich ferruginous, 
with three transverse macular white stripes, viz. subbasal, 
median, and submarginal. Curiously enough this form 
appears to have escaped the infliction of a specific name. In 
India the change is not nearly so marked, but the dry-season 
form has been described under the name of s¢mplex, Butl. 
Mr. Butler notes that the British Museum specimens of the 
latter form were all caught in February and those of the 
typical form in April, May, and October, which is quite in 
accordance with my contention that they are seasonal forms 
of one species. I am, however, aware that Mr. de Nicéville, 
in his fine book on the Indian buttertlies, records Col. Swinhoe’s 
statement that he has taken the semplea form practically all 
the year round, on the strength of which he retained it as a 
distinct species. But ina later paper he unites the two forms 
(Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1889), tor, as he there shows, 


336 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia.. 


Col. Swinhoe was evidently unable to distinguish one from 
the other, and therefore his evidence as to the occurrence of 
the dry-season form at all times of the year can hardly be 
considered of any weight. ‘Uherefore in Africa :— 


Wet-season form. Dry-season form. 


B. ilithyia, Drury = (Unnamed). 
(B. ilithyia, vay. vulgaris, Staud.) = —_B. ilithyia, var. acheloia, Waller. 


And in India :— 
Wet-season form. Dry-season form. 
B. tlithyia, Drury = (B. simplex, Butl.). 


The recognition of the seasonal forms of this species in 
South Africa has hitherto been based only on observations in 
the field; but I am now glad to record that my friend 
Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, of Natal, has lately succeeded in 
proving it by breeding experiments. While staying with 
him in February of this year we obtained a number of eggs 
laid by the wet form of ¢ithyia, which emerged in the end 
of March and beginning of April as the same form. Mr. Hut- 
chinson then secured eggs from this latter brood and succeeded 
in getting fourteen of them as far as the pupa stage, though 
many of the larve were stunted owing to the great difficulty 
of finding food for them on the parched veldt. As a result 
of this starving only one out of the fourteen pup emerged 
properly, though a number attained their full development in 
the pupa but had not sufficient vitality to emerge. All these 
specimens, however, exhibited in miniature the unmistakable 
deep ferruginous white-striped colouring on the underside of 
the hind wings characteristic of the dry-season brood. The 
single specimen which emerged is a somewhat dwarfed female. 
The underside is of a lighter ferruginous than usual and 
closely resembles that part in the Indian dry form. On the 
upperside the extraordinary reduction of all the black bands 
gives it a very singular appearance, the broad submarginal 
band in the hind wing being reduced to a narrow macular 
line, and the same feature in the fore wing being almost 
obsolete. But at the same time in the hind wing the median 
blackish line, which is only faintly indicated in normal 
specimens, is here strongly marked, and the enlarged marginal 
spots of ground-colour are each clouded centrally with a 
fuscous patch, which is large and distinct in the three lowest, 
but gets smaller and fainter towards costa, 

As a general rule the upperside black markings are almost 
the same in winter as in summer; but this season many 


Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia. 337 


specimens exhibit a marked reduction, and, indeed, since my 
arrival in Natal in August I have noticed that the dry-season 
forms of many other species are, so to speak, ‘drier’? than 
usual—that is, they are smaller and more under-coloured. 
As this year in Natal the summer was unusually dry and 
hot, and was followed by a very mild winter, it strengthens 
my belief that in South Africa the development of black 
markings depends not so much on temperature as on humidity. 
The occurrence of the wet-season form in South Africa may 
be roughly given as from September to April and that of the 
dry form from April to September, though, of course, allow- 
ance must be made for exceptional seasons and a certain 
amount of overlapping. 

It is interesting to note that wherever B. ¢lithyia occurs in 
the Ethiopian Region it is accompanied by a well-marked 
variety, whereas in the Oriental Region it gives rise to no 
variety at all. 

All the varieties may at once be distinguished from the 
typical form by the absence of the transverse row of black 
spots before middle on the upperside of hind wing, in addition 
to other characters, and so far as I have seen they never 
exhibit any graduation into the typical form, though they 
merge very much into one another. There are three well- 


marked continental varieties, which are more or less confined 
to certain distinct areas :— 


(a). Var. acheloia, Waller. 


This is the southern variety, and is the only one 
found in the South-African subregion. On the eastern 
side it ranges northwards to Nyasaland, and perhaps 
even as far as the Equator, but on the West Coast the 
Cunene River appears to be its northern boundary. 
Apart from the distinctive character mentioned above, 
achelota differs from iithyva in having all the black 
bands on both surfaces more strongly developed at all 
seasons and the hind marginal spots on upperside of 
hind wing are smaller; on the underside ot the hind 
wing it differs in the wet season in the absence of the 
subbasal and median whitish bands; these are, how- 
ever, present in the dry form, which only differs from 
that of the type in the absence of the hind marginal 
lunulate white line in both wings. Hewitson’s figure 
of B. ilithyta (Doubl. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. Ixviii. 
fig. 1) represents the wet form of this variety. 

In South Africa the distribution of achelvia is some- 
what curious. In the warmer low-lying districts, and 


338 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Bybhia. 


especially along the coast-belt, it is the prevailing 
form, typical ¢lthyia only occurring very rarely, 
whereas on the plateaux of the interior the position is 
exactly reversed. This distinct localization of the 
two forms, combined with the fact that I have never 
been able to find any intergrades linking them together, 
led me at one time to believe they were specifically 
distinct ; but the matter has now been decided by the 
fact that Mr. Hutchinson in April last bred a specimen 
of the wet-season form of the var. acheloia (=vulgarts) 
from an egg laid by typical ¢thyia. In April 1893 
I took a very curious ‘sport of this variety on the 
Biggarsberg (about 5000 feet), in Natal, in which the 
underside of the hind wings was of a deeper ferru- 
ginous than usual and had completely lost all trace 
of the three white bands. 


(b). Var. goetzius, Herbst. 

This is essentially the West Coast and Central 
African variety and differs chiefly from achelota in 
having the hind marginal black bar of the fore wing 
continued right up to the costa, so as to give it the 
appearance of a broad marginal border enclosing a 
row of small spots of ground-colour similar to that in 
the hind wing. This, however, is a variable character, 
and every intergrade can be found linking it to 
achelota, though the extremes present a very different 
appearance. Herbst’s figure of his male goetzius 
(Nat. Insek. Schm. ix. t. celviii. figs. 1 and 2) clearly 
represents a specimen of typical 2vthyca, the temale, 
however (figs. 8 and 4), representing the type of his 
variety. 


(c). Var. castanea, Butler. 

This is the north-eastern variety, being recorded at 
present only from Abyssinia, Somaliland, and Aden. 
It was founded on dry-season specimens, and that is 
the only form that I have seen. On the upperside it 
resembles var. achelota, but has much narrower discal 
black bands, and consequently much larger submar- 
ginal spots in secondaries ; the central white band on 
the underside of hind wings is distinctly angulated, 
thus constituting an interesting link to the Madagascar 
subspecies B. clithyia-anvatara, Boisd. 


In the upper districts of Natal the food-plant of B. dithyia 


Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on the Genus Byblia. 339 


is a small species of nettle which grows on the open veldt. 
The spiny green ova are deposited on the smaller leaflets, 
with which they assimilate wonderfully well. The larval 
stage is interesting in that it exhibits a very curious instance 
of dimorphic coloration. The two forms are as follows :— 


(1) Green form. 


Length about 1 inch. Dull green, with a double 
light yellowish central line. Each segment has on 
its anterior edge three black spots, one in the middle 
of central line and the others on each side of it. A 
very indistinct narrow lateral line of pale green. A 
small brownish dot on each segment below lateral 
line, those on thoracic segment being larger. Each 
segment has a transverse row of six dorsal tubercles, 
from each of which springs a stout spine; about 
halfway up this is a whorl of five smaller spines ; 
stem of main spine green, apices of small spines 
broadly blackish. A similar smaller branched spine 
just above the legs entirely pale green. Whole of 
upper surface closely covered with minute white seti- 
gerous tubercles. Head green, with eyes and a broad 
frontal stripe brownish black ; green portion studded 
with short whitish bristles, the longer ones being black- 
tipped. On vertex two long blackish branched spikes, 
longer than those on abdomen and markedly clubbed 
at apex. 


(2) Black form. 


Ground-colour dull black, with a broad pale yellow 
median stripe, divided centrally by a narrow black 
line ; a broad, irregular, reddish-brown lateral stripe, 
ill-defined along its superior edge; this stripe has on 
each abdominal segment three downardly oblique 
black lines, of which the upper one is longest and 
passes through spiracle, and the middle one is very 
short. Ventral area, legs, and prolegs black, the 
latter pale at apex. ead black, with short whitish 
bristles. 


The meaning of this dimorphism is at present by no means 
clear tome. ‘Ihe green form is well protected by its assimi- 
lation to the hairy green leaf of the nettle, but the black one 
is a very conspicuous object on the food-plant. At first I 
suspected that it might be a matter of sex, the female being 
the protected form. But, unfortunately for my theory, 


340 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


Mr. Hutchinson has bred both males and females from both 
forms, which appear to be equally common and which retain 
their respective types of coloration from the first moult. The 
question moreover is complicated by the occurrence of a 
similar dimorphism in the pupal stage, which, however, 
appears to be quite independent of the larval coloration. I 
have not seen the green form, which is the normal one, but 
it has been described by Mr. Trimen (from a single example), 
who gives the colour as “ greenish grey, antenne-cases pale 
yellowish.” Mr. Hutchinson tells me that, with two excep- 
tions, his larve, amounting to about fifty in all and com- 
prising about equal quantities of both forms, all assumed a 
clear green colouring, though some of them showed a tendency 
to fuscous clouding. The two exceptions were coloured as 
follows :—Head, thorax, and wing-covers deep velvety 
black ; a broad sinuate stripe along margin of latter and a 
large pear-shaped patch on posterior slope of the thoracic 
ridge dull creamy; the whole of abdomen brownish pink. 
Of these two pupe one was green in the larval stage and the 
other black. Only one of them emerged, which proved to be 
a perfectly normal wet-season female. It is perhaps worth 
noting that in the specimens bred by Mr. Hutchinson the 
females stood to the males in the proportion of three to one, 
though, speaking from memory, I should say that the males 
are the more plentiful in the field. 


Estcourt, Natal, 
August 28, 1896. 


LI.— Descriptions of new Batrachaans collected by Mr. C.F. 
Underwood in Costa Rica. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


Hylodes Underwoodi. 


Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two oblique 
groups behind the choanes. Snout obtusely pointed, slightly 
projecting beyond the mouth, as long as the diameter ot the 
orbit ; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region concave ; nostril 
much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital 
space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, 
nearly as large as the eye. Fingers and toes slender, quite 
free, with very small disks and strong subarticular tubercles ; 
first finger not extending beyond second; two prominent 
metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round. ‘Tbio-tarsal 
articulation reaching a little beyond the tip of the snout. 
Skin of upper parts rough with small tubercles, some of 


new Batrachians from Costa Rica. _ 841 


which are confluent into short folds; belly smooth. Pale 
brown or grey above, spotted and marbled with darker; 
upper surface of snout sometimes whitish; a dark streak from 
the canthus rostralis to the edge of the mouth and two or 
three from the eye; a dark triangular spot between the 
eyes; an angular dark band, light-edged behind, may extend 
across the anterior dorsal region; a blackish lumbar spot ; 
limbs with more or less angular dark cross-bands ; inguinal 
region and sides of thighs tinged with carmine. Male with 
internal vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 30 millim. 

Several specimens from La Palma. 


Hylella puncticrus. 


Tongue circular, entire. Head broader than long; snout 
rounded, shorter than the diameter of the orbit; canthus 
rostralis indistinct, loreal region concave, very oblique; 
nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital 
space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, one 
third the diameter of the eye. Fingers with large disks, 
larger than the tympanum, the two outer one-third webbed ; 
toes with smaller disks, three-fourths webbed. Tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaching the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, 
feebly areolute on the belly. Head and back purplish blue 
(green?) or yellowish, finely speckled with purple; limbs 
colourless or tinely speckled with purple; antebrachium and 
crus, and sometimes also pelvic region and thigh, scantily 
dotted with dark purple ; upper lip and lower parts white. 

From snout to vent 26 millim. 

‘l'wo specimens from La Palma. 


Spelerpes subpalmatus. 


Palatine teeth in two slightly arched series, not extending 
outwards beyond the choanz, and separated from the para- 
sphenoid teeth, which form a single patch. Head moderate, 
much depressed, longer than broad; greatest width at angles 
of jaws; snout: rounded, without canthus; eye moderately 
large. Body cylindrical, elongate, thrice as long as tlie 
distance from tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs short, widely 
‘separated when pressed against the body; fingers and toes 
short, depressed, obtuse, webbed at the base. ‘Tail cylin- 
drical or slightly compressed, very fragile; when intact, 
longer than head and body. Skin smooth and shiny, closely 
pitted; no parotoids; gular fold distinct; twelve costal 
grooves. Grey or grey-brown above, speckled or marbled 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 24 


“a2 Dr. R. Broom on 


with darker and lighter; back sometimes uniform reddish 
brown; belly dark brown or blackish, speckled with whitish ; 
tail with reddish spots, or entirely red or orange above. 
From snout to vent 50 millim.; head 11; width of head 8; 
tail 70; fore limb 12; hind limb 12. 
Several specimens from La Palma. 


Erratum (‘ Annals,’ September 1896, p. 233). 


For Lygosoma ocellatum read Lygosoma ocelliferum. 


LII.—On Two new Species of Ablepharus from North 
Queensland. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. 


Tue following species of Ablepharus, which have not, I 
think, been previously observed, were found by me recently 
near the North Queensland township of Muldiva. ‘This 
little mining township, now almost completely deserted, is 
situated about 70 miles west of Herberton, near the watershed 
of the Walsh and the Tate. 


Ablepharus tenuis, sp. n. 


Body elongate, depressed ; head rather flat. Snout short, 
obtuse, rostral slightly projecting. Eye not completely sur- 
rounded by granules; granules absent in the region of second 
and third supraciliaries and anterior half of subocular. Ros- 
tral in contact with the fronto-nasal by a short suture. No 
supra-nasal. Preefrontals, fronto-nasal, and frontal meet 
each other at a point. Frontal moderate, in contact with the 
fist. supraocular. ‘Three supraoculars, first largest, about 
equal to frontal. A pair of fronto-parietals, very little shorter 
than the frontal, and in contact with the three supraoculars. 
Interparietal distinct, a little smaller than the fronto-parietals. 
Parietals moderate, meeting behind the interparietal. One 
pair of nuchals. Four supraciliaries, the first largest. Four 
upper labials in front of the large subocular. Har-openin 
small, about 3 the size of the eye, practically round and with 
no lobules. 24 scales round the middle of the body, sub- 
equal. One pair of preanals very slightly enlarged. Limbs 
feeble, not meeting when adpressed, both pentadactyle. ‘Tail 
a little longer than the head and body. 

To the naked eye the upper surface appears uniformly 


ai 


Two new Species of Ablepharus. 343 


brown, but microscopically each scale is seen to be golden 
brown, with near the middle of its posterior edge an irregular 
black spot. Inferiorly yellowish grey below head and neck, 
bluish grey in abdominal region; under surface of tail dark 
grey, each scale having some irregular brownish spots. 


millim 
PROTEST ves ahs cues 66% 9 ie ee 66°5 
RRB Oerrr ahs on cr ne nc ck ah oe nee 5 
Witte GE GAG. ons a ccceled cae dese 35 
MEM ree ere nest x oe a we ite cis BS Cae 24 
SIEBER y's. §, cs x5 shat he ee 6 
IPAGAACRAD ts 3".°2' oa w's'y’w'o's't'a e's Se 95 
MRC is oes oes Sade te oro eeeee 37°5 


Loc. Muldiva, North Queensland. 


Ablepharus ornatus, sp. n. 


Body elongate, subcylindrical. Snout short and pointed ; 
the facial region considerably deflected from the plane of the 
parietal. Eye entirely surrounded by uniform granules, about 
19 in all. Rostral in contact with the fronto-nasal by a very 
short suture. No supra-nasals. Fronto-nasal small, about 
equal to the prefrontals, which meet with an oblique suture. 
Frontal moderate, in contact with first supraciliary and with 
first supraocular. ‘Three supraoculars, the first larger than 
the other two together; the large first supraoculars of each 
side approach each other so closely in the middle line as in 
one specimen to be practically in contact between the frontal 
and the fronto-parietal. Six supraciliaries, the first the 
largest. Fronto-parietals fused, rather shorter than the 
frontal. Interparietal distinct, about equal in size to the 
fronto-nasal. One or two pairs of very slightly enlarged 
nuchals. Three upper labials in front of the subocular, the 
first small. Ear-opening moderate, oblique, oval, without 
lobules. 26-28 scales round the body, dorsals enlarged, 
lower lateral scales small. One pair of enlarged preanals. 
Both limbs pentadactyle, hind limb when adpressed reaches 
wrist of fore limb. ‘Tail about one and a half times the 
length of head and body. 

All the dorsal region light fawn-coloured, uniform or with 
a tew very small irregular dark spots; upper surface of the 


head with a faint golden lustre. Along the upper third of 


each lateral region passes a dark brown interrupted strip 
broken into small irregular squares by alternating fawn- 
coloured squares; the little dark squares are for the most part 
united by a fine dark line along their lower sides. This dark 


I 


344 Miscellaneous. 


lateral band passes in front of and behind the eye, but does 
not touch the granules encircling the eye, which remain light- 
coloured. Along the lower third of the lateral region is a 
regular series of irregular darkish spots or mottlings. Along 
the middle lateral region passes a narrow light-coloured strip 
free from any spots. Under surface very light fawn; in 
abdominal region a bluish tinge is present, probably due to 
the subjacent viscera. Upper and lower labials dark-edged. 


Spec. A. Spec. B. 


millim. millim. 
‘Ental lene thieeris cons ste spe 79 74 
leadout ee etc tNe ress 8 7 
Wiadthrot headime- susie. 5 4:5 
1 tein: oi era 24 23 
Horeslimbe acest. ese 85 8 
ting alamib eeremercise ns < ci 14 is 
ist] AMR teks os EHS 47 44 


Loc. Muldiva, North Queensland. 
‘The types will be deposited in the British Museum. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Notes on the Anatomy of Yoldia.—I. 
By W. K. Brooxs and Gitman Drew. 


(Abstract of part of a paper reported to the National Academy of 
Sciences, April 25rd, 1896.) 


In the year 1874 ono of the authors published a short paper in 
the ‘ Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science’ calling attention to an organ of special sense in the 
Lamellibranch Yoldia. This organ consists of an unpaired tentacle 
which arises from the mantle near the base of the siphons and is 
apparently tactile in function. 

Since the appearance of this paper many writers on Lamellibranch 
anatomy have mentioned this organ of special sense, but very little 
has been added to our knowledge of it. Pelseneer has noted it as 


occurring on the right side of such specimens of Zeda as he has 


examined *, on the left side of his single specimen of Mulletia 
pallida, and on either the right or left side (but never paired) in 
Yoldia isonota *. 


* “Contribution a l’étude des Lamellibranches,” tome xi. Archives de 
Biologie. 

7. Report on the Anatomy of Deep-sea Mollusca, Zool. ‘ Challenger’ 
Exped. pt. lxxiv. 1 


F 


Miscellaneous. 340 


This paper will deal briefly with the position, structure, and 
nervous connexion of this organ in Yoldia, 

Two species have been studied—Y. limatula and Y. sapotillo. 
Most of the material was obtained through Mr. Richard Rathbun, 
of the U.S. Fish Commission, and Dr. James L. Kellogg, of Olivet 
College. 

The siphons, long and slender in the adult animal, arise as ridges 
at the mantle-margin, which ultimately unite in such a manner 
that two closed tubes are formed. A muscle is developed which 
seryes to retract the siphons, and thus they may be completely 
withdrawn between the mantle-lobes, although their bases originate 
at the mantle-margins. 

The tentacle under discussion is attached to the point of union of 
the ventral siphon with the adjacent mantle-lobe, on a level with 
the ventral border of this siphon, and it lies, when the siphons are 
retracted, between the mantle-lobe to which it is attached on one 
side and the walls of the siphons on the other. In both of the 
species examined the tentacle occurs in about equal proportions on 
the right and on the left sides, but is apparently never paired. 
When extended it is a longand slender filament, gradually tapering 
to its free extremity, and set throughout its length with small some- 
what conical papille, at the tip of each of which ample magnifica- 
tion shows a cluster of sense-hairs. When retracted it presents a 
series of transverse wrinkles which tend to obscure these sense- 
papille. Beneath the surface-layer of epithelium run strands of 
longitudinal muscle-fibres imbedded in connective tissue. On the 
side nearest the mantle-lobe to which it is attached (right or left, 
according to its position), and beneath the muscle-layer, is a large 
nerve which can easily be traced to the tentacle’s tip. On the side 
opposite the nerve, also within the muscle-layer, is a more or less 
definite space in the connective tissue which is likewise continuous 
the length of the tentacle. This space, which appears to be a blood- 
space, is best seen in cross-sections of a somewhat extended tentacle, 
in which case remnants of a coagulum may be seen in it. Exten- 
sion of the tentacle seems to be accomplished solely by forcing blood 
into this space. When the muscles of the tentacle contract, the 
blood is forced back, and the space may be completely obliterated. 

From the posterior end of each visceral ganglion a nerve arises 
which soon divides. One of these divisions is distributed to the 
siphons and their retractors, the other to the posterior portion of 
the mantle-margin. It is from this latter division that the tentacle 
receives its nerve. In specimens in which the siphons are strongly 
retracted the base of the nerve which supplies the specialized tentacle 
is pulled some distance above the tentacle’s base. The two nerves, 
which now lie side by side near the base of the tentacle, form a mass 
of nervous matter which appears superficially much like a ganglion, 
and doubtless has been mistaken for one. 

The posterior ventral margins of the mantle are fringed with 
ordinary marginal tentacles which have, beneath the superficial 
layer of epithelial cells, both longitudinal and transverse strands of 


346 Miscellaneous. 


muscle-fibres and generally several blood-spaces. Although I have 
been unable to trace branches of the pallial nerves into these 
tentacles, I have traced them to their bases, and there can be little 
doubt that they are supplied by fibres from these nerves, 

If, then, we consider the following points—lIst, the specialized 
tentacle is marginal in formation, and is carried back with the 
siphons during their development, and more especially by their 
retraction ; 2nd, it is placed sometimes on the right and sometimes 
on the left side, which may indicate that it is an organ of late 
specialization, not thoroughly settled in position ; and 3rd, it re- 
celves its nervous supply as a branch of the same nerve which 
supplies the marginal tentacles—it may be justifiable to call atten- 
tion to a possible homology between the specialized tentacle and a 
marginal tentacle which has become slightly modified in structure 
and very much enlarged and specialized. Johns Hopkins University 
Circulars, June 1896, pp. 85, 86. 


Some Observations on Spermatogenesis in Spiders. 
By Jurrus Waener, of St. Petersburg. 


My investigations in the course of last year have yielded results 
which differ so greatly from the observations of Gilson (‘ La 
Cellule,’ t. i.) that I do not consider it superfluous to communicate 
them, although my studies are not yet completed. The main part 
of the work was carried out in the Zoological Institute at Heidel- 
berg, and I feel impelled to avail myself of this opportunity of 
expressing to Hofrath Prof. Butschli my best thanks for his constant 
attention and neyver-failing guidance. 

(1) Cell-boundaries between the spermatogones do not exist 
during the earlier stages. The delimitation of the bodies of the 
cells takes place at different times according to the species, and in 
consequence of this the spermatogones of the last generation may 
be both uni- and multinucleate. 

(2) The division of the nuclei of the spermatogones, while not 
following the ordinary plan of karyokinesis, is nevertheless not 
amitotic. 

(3) In the transformation of the nucleus of the spermatogone 
into that of the spermatocyte the former network of linin gives rise 
to a linin-thread or to a few such threads. The nuclei come to 
assume an excentric position; the whole of the linin passes over 
with the chromatin granules into one half of the nucleus, namely 
into that which is adjacent to the periphery of the cell. The linin- 
thread (or the rows of the chromatin granules) forms loops, all of 
which are of the same length and have the same direction ; in this 
way the linin-thread divides into portions of equal length. Simul- 
taneously the formation of the nucleolus takes place. 

(4) The granules of archoplasm collect in the narrow space which 
remains between the chromatin half of the nucleus and the surface 
of the cell. In the interior of the collection of archoplasm thus 


Miscellaneous. 347 


produced lies a large lenticular centrosome. After the formation of 
the sphere of archoplasm a radiation proceeds from it. 

(5) After the concentration of the linin and chromatin the 
membrane of the spermatogone nucleus disappears, and the nuclear 
fluid mingles with the cytoplasm. The threads of the chromatin 
granules lie close together. 

(6) The nuclei of the spermatocytes are much smaller than those 
of the spermatogones of the last generation. The membrane of the 
former is constituted afresh. 

(7) After the concentration of the archoplasm the larger portion 
of the cytoplasm passes over into the same half of the cell, so that 
the centrosome now lies in the plasmatic portion of the cell. 

(8) The number of the centrosomes in the spermatocytes of the 
first generation is from one to three. 

(9) The nucleolus always has an entirely peripheral position ; in 
shape it is elliptical and compressed. The large chromatin granules 
represent (though not always) from one to two false nucleoli on the 
opposite side of the nucleus. The true nucleolus never lies in the 
interior of the linin-thread. 

(10) In the division of the centrosome the archoplasm also divides 
before the nucleus, but immediately afterwards disappears from 
view. 

(11) In the first spermatocyte division the nucleolus divides 

either in the plane of the equatorial plate, together with the chromo- 
somes, or outside this near one of the poles of the spindle. In the 
latter case it passes out of the nucleus after the disappearance of 
the nuclear membrane, but before the completion of the concentra- 
tion of the chromatin granules (or before the formation of the 
chromosomes). 
_ (12) The achromatin spindles do not disappear after the first and 
second division of the spermatocytes. The second achromatin 
spindle is developed independently of the first. It is possible to 
isolate the entire achromatin spindle from the cell. 

(13) In the division of the spermatocytes cytodieresis is not 
simultaneous with the division of the nucleus; in certain species of 
spiders spermatids with four nuclei are first formed. 

(14) During cytodieresis the round “ intermediate body ” 
(“‘ Zwischenkorperchen”) usually arises from the middle portion of 
the spindle; it may migrate anew into the body of the cell or 
become constricted off from both daughter cells. The rest of the 
spindle always remains in the spermatids until their transformation 
into spermatozoa, forming a round body, which is not constricted . 
off from the spermatozoa until later. These remnants of spindles 
(and intermediate bodies), which are always found in the testis 
between the ripe spermatozoa, represent the ‘“‘ granules séminaux.” 

(15) During the transformation of the spermatids into the 
spermatozoa the nucleus becomes entirely homogeneous. The 
whole of the chromatin gradually concentrates upon the nuclear 
periphery, and the nucleus itself becomes converted into a vesicle. 
Subsequently the chromatin passes to one side of the nucleus as a 


pry 


348 Miscellaneous. 


homogeneous plate; the rest of the nucleus disappears, and so all 
that is left of it finally is this chromatin plate, which elongates and 
assumes a spiral curve. Simultaneously the “spike” (‘*‘ Spiess”’) 
arises from the achromatin portion of the nucleus. 

(16) The spermatozoa possess at certain stages in all species a 
~ typical tail with axial filament. 

(17) The axial filament is formed in the protoplasm of the 
spermatocyte (or spermatid) in the first place as a short rodlet, 
close to which there sometimes lie a few granules of archoplasm. 
It does not unite with the nucleus until after the transformation of 
the latter into the chromatin plate. : 

(18) At the point at which axial filament and chromatin plate 
unite there lies at the margin of the latter a little tooth-like 
projection ; the proximal end of the filament fits in between this 
projection and the chromatin plate itself. The portion of the axial 
filament near the projection is, judging by the readiness with which 
it takes a stain, a homologue of the end-tubercle in other Arthropods. 

(19) The perfectly ripe spermatozoa, which have freed them- 
selves from the remains of the spindle, are mobile (Tarantula). 

(20) In the passage into the vas deferens the tail of the sperma- 
tozoon rolls up and lies upon the nucleus ; the nucleus itself doubles 
up to such an extent that its anterior extremity touches the poste- 
rior, whereby it completely surrounds the rolled-up tail. The main 
portion of the axial filament probably becomes transformed into a 
homogeneous spherule. Thus in the vas deferens all spermatozoa 
form rodlet-like or elongate elliptical bodies, among which neither 
tails nor spikes (“Spiesse”) can be distinguished.—Zooloyischer 
Anzeiger, xix. Bd., no. 501 (April 27, 1896), pp. 188-190. 


Note on Phascologale flavipes. 


Mr. Edgar R. Waite exhibited a female and eight young of 
Phascologale flavipes obtained in a weathered hole in a sandstone 
block on the River Hawkesbury. The nest was entirely composed 
of dried Eucalyptus leaves. It was mentioned that although it is 
constantly stated that no true pouch exists in members of the 
Phascologale, this is scarcely correct. When very young the offspring 
are completely hidden by the outer wall of the pouch closing over 
them. As they increase in size the mouth dilates and no longer 
conceals the young. Mr. Oldfield Thomas evidently does not admit 
Krefft’s statement that the species mentioned is provided with ten 
teats. Although eight is the usual number, Mr. Waite had seen 
several females with ten teats, and there is one in the Australian 
Museum with twelve and a young one on each teat. It would 


«21 88 


> oS aes 4 


aa 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 107. NOVEMBER 1896. 


LIII.—Suggestions for a Natural Classification of the 
Asconide. By E. A. Mincuin, M.A., Fellow of Merton 
College, Oxford. 


ALTHOUGH various schemes for classifying the Ascons and 
grouping them into genera have been proposed at different 
times, few, except, perhaps, the authors responsible for these 
systems, would pretend that they any of them represent the 
true natural affinities of the species amongst themselves. The 
so-called ‘ natiirliches System ”’ published by Hiickel in his 
famous monograph* of the Calcarea, probably the best-known 
classification of the group, with its seven genera founded 
exclusively on spicule characters, is a good instance to the 
point, for here we see, to take a single case, such closely 
allied forms as coriacea, lacunosa, and contorta separated from 
one another, and the last-named species placed in a genus 
together with species so distinct from it as Lieberkiihnit and 
complicata, which, in their turn, are separated from their near 
ally botryoides. Moreover, Hiickel’s genera, even had they 
been absolutely natural, must sooner or. later have been 
renamed, since he put on one side without scruple all the 
well-known laws of priority with regard to nomenclature 
which are now as fully recognized by zoologists on the Con-: 
tinent as in England. Exactly the same criticism applies to 


* ‘Die Kalkschwimme ’ (Berlin, 1872). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 25 


350 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the 


von Lendenfeld’s classification *, the latest in the field. The 
obviously unnatural system of Hickel induced Polejaeff tT to 
place all the species of Ascons together in one genus, and 
most authors, since the publication of his work on Calcarea, 
have followed his example; but this is undoubtedly going too 
far, and such an arrangement can only be regarded as 
provisional. 

Having been engaged for some years now in detailed 
investigation upon the histology, system, and development of 
the Ascons, I have been gradually led to recognize certain 
well-marked and, I believe, natural groups among them. As 
I hope soon to publish an account of the development of a 
number of species, it seemed to me best first to make an 
attempt, perhaps somewhat rash, to fix the nomenclature of 
at least the commoner and better known species of Ascons in 
accordance both with their natural affinities and with the 
laws of priority as regards their generic and specific names. 
A perfect classification can be obtained, of course, only when 
all species of Ascons have been studied, and as I cannot 
claim to have done that, my system is not to be expected to 
be absolutely complete ; but I believe that, so far as it goes, 
the classification I am now about to put forward is a natural 
one, and that it indicates the lines upon which Ascons in 
general will have to be arranged. Since, moreover, the 
species I have investigated are, for the most part, just those 
which have been longest known and earliest described, it is 
by them that the generic nomenclature of the group as a 
whole must be determined. I hope to make up for the short- 
comings of the present memoir in a subsequent work, where 
I shall treat the subject more fully and extend my classitica- 
tion to all known Ascons. 

Betore proceeding further, however, I must first protest 
against a notion which has been prevalent since Hickel’s 
writings, and due largely to them, namely that the form of 
au Ascon colony is useless for purposes of generic or specific 
determination. It cannot be denied that many classifications, 
based upon external form, have been tried and found wauting ; 
but this seems to me to be due to two causes—first, that the 
individuals selected were often such as had not yet attained 
their full growth and characteristic form, and, secondly, that 
the very great changes in appearance due to contractility were 
overlooked. Both these propositions may be illustrated from 

* “Die Spongien der Adria,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. liii, (1891) 
pp. 185-321 and pp. 861-438, Taf. viii—xy. 

i Report on the Calcarea,” ‘ Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. viii. 
part 2. 


Classification of the Asconide. aol 


the system given by Hickel in his “ Prodromus eines Systems 
der Kalkschwimme” *, where the principle of classification 
by external characters was carried to its furthest logical con- 
clusion. Many of the genera were based simply upon young 
forms, such as Olynthus and Olynthium. The species blanca 
is a good illustration of this. Miklucho-Maclay f, in his 
description of this species, gave admirable figures to show 
the changes of form passed through in the growth of the 
young “ Olynthus”’ into the reticulate mass formed by the 
large colonies ; yet this species figures under no less than 
four genera, and might easily have figured under more still. 
It might be urged that, since Hickel himself fully recognized 
the artificial nature of his classification, it is hardly fair to 
subject it to criticism ; but, on the other hand, it might be 
replied that it is hardly fair to push a principle to an abso- 
lutely ridiculous extent and then point to the result as a proof 
of the badness of the principle in question. Contracted and 
partly contracted forms, again, play an even larger part in 
the classifications not only of Hickel but of others also, No 
one, I think, will now dispute the statement that Hickel’s 
genus Prosycum was founded on individuals with closed pores, 
and his genera Clistolynthus, Sycorrhiza, Auloplegma, &c. on 
specimens with closed oscula. But the height of absurdity 
is reached when we find a whole order of calcareous sponges, 
Metrosyca, with two families and several genera, founded by 
Hackel on specimens in which different parts of the colony 
were in different states of contraction. Similarly I was able 
to show ¢ that Hickel’s different varieties of Ascetta clathrus 
were based on specimens in different degrees of contraction, 
and that the form which he named Ascetta mirabilis, in order 
to express his astonishment at finding two varieties united in 
one specimen, was simply a colony which was in parts more, 
in parts less, contracted. Yet it is this form which Polejaeff § 
regards as proving that the guidance of external differences 
in classification is very uncertain. It was .on contracted 
specimens of clathrus, or perhaps of cortacea, that Gray 
founded his genus Clathrina, a genus which nevertheless, as 
I shall try to show, the laws of priority oblige us to retain. 
Contractility is so marked a feature of a large section of the 
Ascons that its being overlooked almost entirely by Hickel, 
and by many others who came both before and after him, is 


* Jen. Zeitschr. v. (1870) pp. 236-254, 
+ “ Beitrége zur Kenntniss der Spongien, I.,” Jen, Zeitschr. iv. (1868) 
pp. 221-282, Taf. iv., v. 
t Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. 8. xxiii. p, 490. 
§ Loe, cit, p. 4. 
25* 


352 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the 


a proof to my mind that their acquaintance with Ascons 
must have been practically limited to preserved specimens. 

It is my experience, on the contrary, that almost any species 
of Ascon can be identified at sight when one is acquainted 
with it, especially when it is living healthily or when pre- 
served in a healthy and expanded condition—a state of things 
not always found even in many specimens of Ascons sent out 
by great zoological stations—and that the mode of growth of 
the colony is a character of great generic value. It is true 
that it is almost hopeless to recognize an Ascon by its exterior 
from the figures given by Hickel, but that is hardly the 
fault of the Ascons. Indeed, it is not too much to say that 
the “ Habitusbilder” given by Hickel, though no doubt of 
great artistic merit, are practically useless for scientific 
purposes. 


Apart from the interesting species falcata, Hickel, I 
recognize two main groups in the Ascons, which, perhaps, at 
a later and more advanced stage of zoological science, will 
attain to the rank of families or subfamilies, but which at 
present must rank as genera*. In the first group are such 
forms as cortacea, Mont., lacunosa, Johnston, reticulum, O.8., 
clathrus, O. 8., contorta, Bwk., blanca, M. M., primordialis, 
H., cerebrum, H., and spinosa, Lend. In the second group 
are botryoides, Ell. & Sol., complicata, Mont., Lieberkiihnit, 
O. 8., and varitabilis, H. 

In the first group, of which cortacea may be taken as the 
type, the full-grown colony always has a reticulate form, and 
the osculum has the value of acloaca or vent. The form 
typically assumed by members of this genus is that of a 
dense reticulum of ramifying and anastomosing tubes, which 
are usually of smaller diameter at the base and outskirts of the 
colony, and gradually become enlarged as they approach the 
osculum. Sometimes, as in the encrusting “ leathery” forms 
ot coriacea, the tubes form a simple network in one plane, 
from which the oscula rise perpendicularly. Sometimes the 
point of attachment of the colony is drawn out into a single 
long stalk, as in dacwnosa, into one or several stalks, as in 
blanca. ‘The osculum may be very inconspicuons, or it may 
be of relatively great diameter, forming a central basin with 
raised edges, into which a system of tubes empties itself; or, 
again, it may be narrow and elevated, shaped like a chimney, 


* It may become possible later to subdivide these groups on characters 
of canal-system and so forth. Thus, in the group I have called below by 
the generic name Clathrina, Gray, the two species cerebrum and reticulum 
seem to differ in some details from the other species of the genus. 


Classification of the Asconide. 393 


and scarcely or not at all wider than the surrounding tubes ; 
but in any case it has distinctly the appearance of a mere 
exhalant opening for the system of tubes of which it is the 
central point. The Ascons of this group correspond very 
nearly to Hiickel’s families Tarromida and Nardopsida. 

In the second group, of which botryoides is the type species, 
the osculum is large in comparison with the network of tubes, 
which it completely dominates. The tubes, often very 
minute, as in botryovdes itself, form a basal or subbasal net- 
work, from which arise the erect oscula, the latter having 
much more the appearance of individuals than of simple 
cloace. The oscula grow in height and send out radial 
diverticula, sometimes over their whole surface, which con- 
tinue to grow and become ramified, forming branches which 
either may themselves become new oscular tubes, giving rise 
to an arborescent colony, or may anastomose to form a net- 
work of tubes, from which new oscula in their turn arise. 
Thus the adult colony consists usually of two parts—a fine 
network of tubes, from which arise at intervals the erect 
oscula, often of great size. ‘This mode of growth is liable to 
considerable variation, from the grape-like cluster of oscula 
presented by botryotdes on the one hand to the arborescent 
*“»inus” * form of complicata on the other; but the adult 
colonies of this group can never be confused with the reticu- 
late masses formed by the coriacea type. 

These differences of form and growth, so hard to describe 
accurately but so easy to recognize, are shown to be of generic 
value by the fact that they occur correlated with a great 
number of other characters—structural, histological, and 
embryological—of which I can only mention here the most 
salient. 

In the first or cortacea group the principal skeletal spicules 
are equiangular triradiates, some or even the majority of 
which may become quadriradiate by the addition of a fourth 
or gastral ray, but without the three basal rays (or, as we 
may conveniently term them, the té#?radiate systemst) losing 

* Hiickel’s figure of “ Ascandra pinus” gives quite a false notion of 
this form, for it does not really stand erect and foursquare to all the winds 
that blow, as his figure would lead one to believe, but it is a creeping 
form, attached at numerous points to the alge &c. among which it 
grows. The oscular tubes only become erect to any considerable degree 
when it grows in dense clumps, such as are not uncommon in deep water 
off the Mewstone at Plymouth. 

+ I shall use the phrase “ triradiate systems” in this paper to denote 
the triradiate spicules or the basal rays of the quadriradiates. While in 
the quadriradiates the basal rays are formed exactly in the same manner 
as the triradiates, the fourth or gastral ray has a distinct origin and 
appears later. 


354 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the 


thereby their equiangular character. The triradiate systems 
may become bilateral in form by alterations in the length of 
aray relatively to the other two, but never, except abnormally, 
by changes in the angles at which they meet, at least in the 
case of the principal spicules of which the general skeleton is 
composed, and which are found in all parts of the sponge. 
In other words, the triradiate systems may become “ ungleich- 
strahlig,” but never “ ungleichwinkelig.” When triradiate 
systems with paired angles occur, sagittal triradiates as Hickel 
has well termed them, they form a special dermal or other 
layer restricted to some region of the sponge colony. Mon- 
axons may be present in addition to tri- and quadriradiates. 
All the species of this group are very contractile and have a 
well-developed contractile flat epithelium distinct from the 
skeletogenous layer. In the forms without quadriradiate 
spicules the contraction may reach a pitch at which the tubes 
become solid. In those with quadriradiates the projecting 
gastral rays exercise a hindrance to the contraction of the 
tubes in proportion to the length of the rays, and contraction 
is not possible to the same extent as in the “ Ascetta”’ forms, 
but it is still very marked. In the histology we may notice, 
as a striking and very constant character, that in the collar- 
cell the nucleus is situated at the base of the cell. In the 
embryology the larva is a parenchymella *—that is to say, 
a ciliated blastula in which cells migrate inwards to form an 
inner mass or future dermal layer, which is completely covered 
by the ciliated or gastral layer. Finally, we may note that 
the first spicules to appear after fixation are triradiate systems, 
so that the young sponge passes through what may be called 
a “ Protascetta ” stage Tt. 

In the botryoides group, on the other hand, the principal 
triradiate systems of the skeleton are sagittal, having become 
bilaterally symmetrical through the basal rays meeting in 
such a way as to form an unpaired and two paired angles. So 
far as 1 know, equiangular triradiate systems never occur 
among the spicules of this group. The sponges of this genus 
are in contrast with those of the preceding through their 
non-contractility, due apparently to the fact that the cells of | 


* Using this term in a descriptive sense only, without wishing to imply 
any homologies of the component layers. 

+ I have found the parenchymella larva and the Protascetta stage in 
coriacea, blanca, cerebrum, reticulum, and contorta. In the last-named 
Barrois has described and figured an amphiblastula larva (“ Mémoires 
sur i’embryologie de quelques Eponges de la Manche,” Ann. d. Sci. nat. 
(6) iii. 1876, pp. 35-387, pl. xiv. figs. 21, 22), but this statement must rest 
on anerror of identification. Parenchymella larve havealso been described 
in clathrus and primordialis by Metschnikoff and Schmidt. 


Classification of the Asconide. 355 


the superficia] flat epithelium secrete the monaxon spicules 
with which the surface always bristles, and have given up or 
have not acquired the contractile function. My histological 
studies are not yet sufficiently advanced to enable me to state 
this as a general proposition for the whole group; but in the 
young specimens, bred from the larva of variabilis, I found 
very clearly that each cell of the flat epithelium secretes a 
single monaxon spicule, and I believe the same to be true of 
the adults also. In the histology the collar-cells have the 
nucleus in the upper part of the cell close under the collar *. 
The larva, so far as it has been observed, is an amphiblastulaf, 
the dermal cells not being covered by the gastral layer, and 
the first spicules to appear in the development are monaxons, 
so that the sponge passes through what may be termed a 
“¢ Protascyssa ”’ stage. 

Finally, there remains for consideration the interesting 
Ascandra falcata, H. This Ascon is remarkable for the fact 
that the interior of the gastral cavity is thrown into folds, 
forming radial tubes like a Sycon, though it should be noted 
that these diverticula are not foldings of the whole body-wall 
ot the sponge, as in a Sycon, but of the inner layer alone. 
The colony has the form of a loose reticulum of tubes, from 
which arise at intervals the chimney-like oscula, whose 
diameter is scarcely greater than that of the tubes. Thus in 
form it more approaches the cordacea rather than the botryoides 
group, and in all other important points of structure, histology, 
and development it also belongs to the former group. The 
triradiate systems are equiangular, there is a well-marked 
contractile epithelium distinct from the skeletogenous layer, 
the collar-cells have the nucleus at the base, the larva is a 
parenchymella ft, and the first spicules to appear are tri- 
radiates. In fact, the only character which separates this 
species at all sharply from the cortacea group is furnished by 
the folds of the gastral epithelium. Admitting this to be a 
character which is sufficient to permit of separating falcata 


* The collar-cells of individuals of this group are often to be found 
remarkably shortened, almost flattened, so that the height of the cell is 
scarcely greater than the diameter of the nucleus. In such cases it is, of 
course, impossible to say if the nucleus is basal or terminal in position. 
Where, however, the cell has its normal more or less columnar form, the 
nucleus is always distinctly terminal. The figures given by Bidder of the 
collar-cells of Sycon compressum &c. serve admirably to illustrate this 
point (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. vol. xxxviii. pl. ii.). 

+ Seen in Lieberkiihnii (Keller) and variabilis. 

{ 1 found the larva at Banyuls-sur-Mer in July of this year. It 
closely resembles the larve of blanca and contorta, scarcely differing 
from the latter except in size and shape. 


356 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the 


from corvacea and its allies, we find ourselves confronted with 
three generic groups amongst the Ascons. The question at 
once arises, What are these three genera to be called? ‘To 
decide the problem of their proper nomenclature we must 
shortly review the systematic history of the Ascons, noting 
the generic names that have been proposed in chronological 
order. 

In 1786 Ellis and Solander * described the first-known 
Ascon under the name of Spongia botryoides. 

In 1812 Montagu t described two more species—Spongia 
complicata and S. cortacea. 

In 1828 Fleming ¢ instituted the genus Grantia for calca- 
reous sponges, the first species being G'. compressa, Fabr., 
the second G. botryovdes, under which he wrongly placed 
complicata as a synonym. 

(At slightly later dates the names Leucalia and Calci- 
spongia were proposed by Grant and de Blainville respectively 
in the same sense as Grantia, but never obtained a place in 
the literature.) 

In 1862 Schmidt§ described two new species (Grantia 
Lieberkiihnti and G. pulchra) and instituted a new genus 
(Nardoa) for a third new species (Nardoa reticulum). But 
the name Nardoa had been used by Gray in 1840 for a genus 
of Asteroidea, and cannot therefore be employed for calcareous 
sponges. 

In 1864 Bowerbank || founded a new genus for Ascons— 
Leucosolenta—with L. botryotdes, Ellis, as typespecies, Grantia 
being used for Sycons, with type G. compressa, Fabr. 

In the same year O. Schmidt described ‘ Grantva 
clathrus,” sp. n. 

In 1866 Bowerbank ** enumerated four species of his genus 
Leucosolenia—L. botryoides, L. contorta, sp. n., L. lacunosa, 
and L. cortacea. 

In the same year Schmidt +} published a criticism of Bower- 


* ©The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes’ 
(London), p. 190, tab. lvili. figs. 1-4. 

+ ‘An Essay on Sponges &c.,” Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc. vol ii. 
pp- 89 et seq., pl. ix. figs. 2, 3. 

{ ‘A History of British Animals’ (Edinburgh, 1828), p. 525. 

§ ‘Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres’ (Leipzig, 1862), pp. 13-19, 
Taf. 1. figs. 8-8 d. 

|| ‘A Monograph of the British Spongiade,’ vol. i. (Ray Society), 
p. 164, figs. 347, 348. 

{ ‘Spongien des adriatischen Meeres, I. Supplement (Leipzig, 1864), 
p. 24, Taf. iii. figs. 3, 5 a. 

** Op. cit. vol. i. pp. 28-86, 

++ Op. cit. II, Supplement, pp. 7, 8. 


Classification of the Asconide. 357 


bank’s genera and species of sponges. He retained the name 
Leucosolenia for “ Grantia botryoides und ihnliche,” while 
for the ‘massive Grantien” he maintains his own genus 
Nardoa. ‘Thus he classifies the Ascons known to him as 
follows :—Leucosolenia botryoides and pulchra*, Nardoa 
lacunosa, reticulum, and spongiosa *, Kolliker. 

In 1867 Gray T published a classification of calcareous 
sponges in which the Ascons were distributed among two 
genera :—(1) Leucosolenia, which was further divided into 
“ arborescent ”’ forms, as L. botryotdes, ‘‘ massive, Nardoa,” 
as L. contorta and L. lacunosa, and “ incrusting,” as L. coré- 
acea; (2) Clathrina, gen. nov., for C. sulphurea= Grantia 
clathrus, O. 8. Had the author known coriacea in its 
“massive”? forms and clathrus in its expanded condition, 
there can be no doubt he would have put them in his Nardoa 
group, and then his classification would have been practically 
the same as the one I propose here. 

In 1868 Miklucho-Maclay { described a new genus and 
species of Ascons—Guancha blanca. 

In 1870 appeared Hiickel’s confused and _ perplexing 
‘ Prodromus ’ §, which, after what has been said above, need 
not detain us longer; and in 1872 he put forth || his well- 
known “ natural system,” in which the sponges we are here 
concerned with appeared under generic names as follows :— 


(1) Ascetta cortacea, blanca, clathrus, and primordialis, 
sp. ll. 

(2) Ascortis lacunosa. 

(3) Ascaltis botryoides and cerebrum, sp. n. 

(4) Ascandra Lieberktihnii, contorta, complicata, variabilis, 
sp. n., and falcata, sp. n. 


In 1883 Polejaeff {| united all Ascons in Bowerbank’s old 
genus Leucosolenia. 

In 1891 von Lendenfeld ** tried to improve on Hickel’s 
scheme, with the following result :— 


* Pulchra, O. S., and spongiosa, Kolliker, are doubtful species. The 
former is asserted by von Lendenfeld to be a synonym of primordialis, 
and spongiosa is doubtfully identified by Hackel as cerebrum. It seems to 
me not improbable that pudchra, and perhaps spongiosa also, are synonyms 
of coriacea. 

+ “Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the Description of 
some new Genera,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, pp. 553-558. 

{ “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Spongien,” Jen. Zeitschr. iv. pp. 221- 
232, Taf. iv., v. 

§ T.¢. supra. || Z. c. supra. 

q Loc. crt. ** Loc, cit, 


358 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the ; 


(1) Ascetta primordialis, spinosa, sp. n., cerebrum, clathrus, 
blanca, and Gethet. 

(2) Ascandra reticulum, Lieberkiihnit, and angulata, sp. n., 
=/acunosa, Johnston. 

(3) Z/omandra, gen. nov., for H. falcata, H. 


Other recent writers have followed, sometimes one, some- 
times another of these many and various schemes of classifi- 
cation, though the majority incline to follow Polejaeff. 

From the above summary it seems clear that— 

(1) Leucosolenia, with type species botryoides, is the generic 
name which belongs to the second of my groups. 

(2) The first of my groups, the group to which I have 
generally referred as the coriacea group, would claim as generic 
title the name Nardoa of Schmidt, with reticulum as type 
species, were not this name preoccupied in another class of 
the animal kingdom, and therefore inadmissible. The first 
of the names by which any member of this group was after- 
wards described must therefore be taken instead of Nardoa, 
which gives as generic name Clathrina, Gray, type species 
C. clathrus, O. 8. 

(8) Falcata was first described as Ascandra falcata, H. 
Since all other species of Hiickel’s genus Ascandra are to be 
distributed among the genera Clathrina and Leucosolenia, it 
remains alone in the genus*, and therefore claims the name. 
Should any other species of Ascandra prove to have a prior 
claim to the name, then Lendenfeld’s name Homandra would 


have to be used. 
Hence my classification of the Ascons will run as follows:— 


I. Genus Ciraturina, Gray, 1867, emend. 


The full-grown colony forms a system or systems of reticulate and 
anastomosing tubes, each system terminating in a cloaca-like osculum ; 
incrusting, massive, or stalked. The principal spicules of the skeleton are 
equiangular triradiate systems, to which may be added sagittal triradiates 
in certain parts of the sponge, and monaxons. Collar-cells with nucleus 


at the base. 


* Of the other species enumerated by Hackel in his genus Ascandra, 
the species cordata, densa, and panis appear to be true Clathrinas, and 
the species echinoides, sertularia, botrys, nitida, and pinus are Leuco- 
solenias. From the examination of type specimens in the collection of 
the Rev. A. M. Norman and elsewhere, types which were used by 
Hiackel for the preparation of his monograph, and named by him, I have 
the clearest evidence that botrys, and probably also mitida, are synonyms of 
hotryoides, and pinus of complicata. It is probable that careful examina- 
tion will prove many other of Hackel’s species to be equally unfounded, 


As 


Classification of the Asconide. 309 


To these diagnostic points we may add, as constant characters, so far 
as has been observed :— 5 
Larva a parenchymella. First spicules to appear triradiate systems. 


1. Clathrina clathrus (type species). 
Grantia clathrus, Nohmnidis 1864. 


2. Clathrina coriacea. 
Spongia coriacea, Montagu, 1812. 


3. lathrina lacunosa. 
Grantia lacunosa, Johnston, 1842. 
Syn.: Ascandra angulata, Lendenfeld, 1891. 


4, Clathrina reticulum. 
Nardoa reticulum, Schmidt, 1862. 


5. Clathrina contorta. 
Leucosolenia contorta, Bowerbank, 1866. 


6. Clathrina blanea. 
Guancha blanca, Miklucho-Maclay, 1868. 


7. Clathrina primordialis, 
Ascetta primordialis, Hickel, 1872. 


8. Clathrina cerebrum. 
Ascaltis cerebrum, Hackel, 1872. 


9, Clathrina spinosa. 
Ascetta spinosa, Lendenfeld, 1891. 


II. Genus Levcosorenta, Bowerbank, 1864. 


The adult colony has the form of a cluster of relatively large erect 
oscular tubes, which send out numerous diverticula and are often arbo- 
rescent, united typically by a more or less stolon-like system of finer tubes. 
Triradiate systems always sagittal. Collar-cells with nucleus at apex, 
close under the collar. 

To this may be added, as probably constant characters :— 

Larva an amphiblastula. First spicules to appear monaxons. 


1. Leucosolenia botryoides (type species). 
Spongia botryoides, Ellis and Solander, 1786. 

Syn.: Ascandra botrys, Hiickel, 1872. 

? Ascandra nitida, Hackel, 1872. 


2. Leucosolenia complicata. 
Spongia complicata, Montagu, 1812. 
Syn.: Ascandra pinus, Hackel, 1872. 


3. Leucosolenia Lieber kiihniz. 
Grantia Lieberkiihnii, Schmidt, 1862. 


4, Leucosolenia variabilis. 
Ascandra variabilis, Hackel, 1872. 
Syn.: Leuconia Somesit, Bowerbank, 1874 *. 


* I have been able to examine in the British Museum the three speci- 
mens of “ Leuconia Somesi” figured by Bowerbank on plate xci. figs. 6-8 
of vol. iii. of his ‘ Monograph of the British Spongiadee’ (Ray Society, 
1874). They are simply specimens of Lewcosolenra variabilis in which 
the monaxons attain a great development, and their label bears on it, in 


360 Mr. E. A. Minchin on the 


III. Genus Ascanpra, Hackel, 1872, emend. 


The full-grown colony has the form of a loose reticulum of tubes with 
numerous erect chimney-like oscula. The gastral layer thrown into 
folds, forming radial diverticula. All other characters as in Clathrina., 

With one species : 


Ascandra faleata, Hiackel, 1872. 


There remain many other known species of Ascons, as, for 
instance, the interesting forms from Australia described by 
Carter and Dendy, to which this classification must be fitted, 
either in its present or in a modified form, if it is to be ren- 
dered complete ; but, as I have already said above, I defer 
for the present any discussion as to their place in my system, 
handling here only those species with which I am familiar in 
the flesh. But the two interesting species which Hackel has 
described in his genus Ascyssa deserve a few passing remarks. 
They are peculiar for the fact that the skeleton consists only 
of monaxon spicules, thus reminding us of the stage which 
is transitory in Leucosolenia variabilis, and also, as Metschni- 
koff first pointed out, in Sycon. 

It is remarkable that no naturalist since Hiickel’s time 
appears to have met with these sponges, a peculiarity which 
they share with many other striking forms of animal life 
discovered by Hickel. Considering the precise locality given 
by Hickel in the case of Ascyssa troglodytes, “ on colonies . . . 
of Astroides calycularis ... in the Blue Grotto of the Island 
of Capri... and in other caves of the island,” and, further, 
his description of it as ‘small, delicate, brown tubes, which 
were seated, some singly, some together in clumps, on dead 
colonies of Astrotdes,” it is astonishing that it should not 
have been found, so far as J am aware, up to the present by 
the energetic naturalists of the Zoological Station at Naples. 


Carter’s handwriting, the name “Soleniscus variabilis, H.” The monaxons 
vary from minute to those of very large size, and the first specimen— 
fig. 6 of Bowerbank—is further remarkable for the great number of irregu- 
lar'triradiate spicules it contains. In fact, it might be said of this speci- 
men that abnormality has become the rule, and regularity the exception, 
in respect to its triradiate spicules, and it appears to be from this speci- 
men that Bowerbank took his figures of the spicules. Nevertheless 
enough regular triradiate systems can be found to characterize the sponge 
beyond all doubt, and the other two specimens are perfectly normal 
colonies of variabilis. In view of the fact that these specimens came 
originally from the Brighton Aquarium, it would be interesting to see how 
far the peculiarities of spiculation are due to life in the aquarium. Com- 
pare Bidder’s account of “ Sycon raphanus, var. aquariensis, nova,” from 
the Naples Aquarium (Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci. n. s, xxxviil. p. 10). 


Classification of the Asconide. 361 


Nevertheless it does not seem to me improbable that these 
forms should exist, and their relations to other Ascons would 
certainly prove of great interest. They probably occupy 
somewhat the same relation to the species of the genus Leuco- 
solenia that the Ascetta forms of the genus Clathrina occupy 
to the remaining species: but in one respect they are probably 
much more primitive than any other Ascons ; for if the mon- 
axon spicules composing the skeleton are, like those of the 
young varvabilis, secreted each by a cell of the flat external 
epithelium, then, since the layer of triradiate systems is 
absent, there should be no cells between the flat epithelium 
and the gastral collar-cell layer, except the wandering and 
genital cells—in other words, the so-called mesoderm might 
be expected to be practically entirely absent, and, if so, the 
two species of Ascyssa would be more primitive in structure 
than any other known Ascons. 

To predict is always dangerous; but I venture to believe 
that these Ascyssa species, if they exist, will prove on inves- 
tigation to be on the Leucosolenia stem, so to speak, and will 
be found to have collar-cells with the nucleus in the upper 
portion and an amphiblastula larva, or, at least, a larva more 
resembling the amphiblastula than the parenchymella. 
Hiickel’s figure of Ascyssa acufera, it may be noticed, shows 
a typical arborescent Leucosolenta-like colony *. 

Ascandra falcata is an interesting form which has often 
been regarded as intermediate to a great extent between 
Ascons and Sycons. But this does not seem to be true, at 
least if we take as typical of the Sycons such a form as Sycon 
raphanus ; for while Ascandra falcata is shown, by all its 
characters, to be distinctly on the Clathrina stem, Sycon 
raphanus, on the other hand, is plainly allied to the genus 
Leucosolenia ; it is distinguished from the latter only by its 
form and mode of growth and by the restriction of the collar- 
cells to the radial tubes ; but in all other characters it agrees 
with it, namely in the sagittal spicules, the collar-cells with 
terminal nucleus, the amphiblastula larva, and the transitory 
Ascyssa stage in the development. Bidder ¢ has well pointed 
out the importance of the arrangement of the spicules in the 
_ radial diverticula of the oscular tubes of Leucosolenia Lieber- 
kiihnii, an arrangement which shows plainly that in these 
diverticula the current is at first centripetal, so that they are 
strictly comparable, as long as they have not exceeded a 
certain length, to the radial tubes of a Sycon. ‘The number 


* Hackel, ‘ Die Kalkschwimme,’ Taf. vii. fig. 4. 
+ ‘ Review of Dendy’s ‘ Monograph of the Victorian Sponges,’ ”Q uart. 
Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. xxxii. (1891) p. 627. 


362 Mr. A. Scott on Scolecithrix hibernica. 


of characters in which Leucosolenia approaches Sycon seem to 
me indubitable proof of their genetic relationship, just as the 
characters of Ascandra falcata show it to be on quite a 
different line. ‘The relations of the genera can best be 
indicated by the graphic method as a genealogical tree :— 


4 
Peg 
Lin 
Clathrina, Leucosolenia. 
Ascandra falcata. 
Sycons 


(such as Sycon raphanus). 


It seems to me an open question, however, whether there 
may not be amongst the Heteroccela—Sycons or Leucons— 
forms which are on the Ascetta line and which approach 
Clathrina or Ascandra in the same way that Sycon raphanus 
approaches Leucosolenia. 


Oxford, 
October 1896. 


LIV.—On Scolecithrix hibernica, a new Species of Copepod, 
with some Remarks on the Distribution of the Crustacea. 
By Anprew Scort, Fisheries Assistant, University 
College, Liverpool. 


[Plates XVII. & XVIIL.] 


Description of the Species.—Female. Length, exclusive of 
caudal sete, 1:2 millim. (35 inch). Body moderately robust; 
cephalothoracic segment large, nearly as long as the com- 
bined lengths of the remaining body-segments and abdomen ; 
last segment of the body produced laterally on each side into 
spine-like processes. Antennules of moderate length, slender, 


Mr. A. Scott on Scolecithrix hibernica. 363 


reaching to near the end of the body, and composed of twenty- 
four joints, the proportional lengths of which are shown in 
the formula— 


2 3 4 
-10.6.6. 


oy or 


6 7 8 9 101112 18 14 1516 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 
-9.6.10.6.6.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.8.8.8.6.9.10.4 


i) 


1 


The joints are only sparingly setiferous, but the twenty-first 
and twenty-second have each one plumose seta on the distal 
end of the lower margin; the twenty-third bears two plumose 
setee at the distal end—one on the lower and one on the upper 
margin—while the twenty-fourth joint is furnished with two 
plumose and two plain apical sete; two short sensory fila- 
ments—one a little longer than the other—spring from the 
distal end of the upper margin of the second joint. Primary 
branches of the antenne very short, two-jointed; secondary 
branches fully three times the length of the primary ones 
and composed of six joints, the third, fourth, and fifth joints 
being very short ; both branches are furnished with a number 
of plumose setae. Mandibles fairly well developed, the biting- 
part armed with a number of small teeth; palp small, two- 
branched, the upper branch very small and composed of 
two joints, the lower considerably larger and apparently 
four-jointed. Maxille well developed and somewhat similar 
to those of S. dane; the foot-jaws also resemble those of that 
species. ‘Ihe inner branches of the first pair of feet are one- 
jointed, of the second two-jointed, of the third and fourth 
three-jointed, while the outer branches of all the four pairs 
are three-jointed. ‘The female has no fifth pair of feet. 
Abdomen four-jointed ; genital segment as long as the com- 
bined lengths of the second and third joints; second, third, 
and fourth joints of about equal length. Caudal stylets 
slightly longer than the last abdominal segment, length 
about equal to twice the breadth. 

Male. Somewhat similar to the female, except in the 
following points :—T he proportional lengths of the joints of 
the antennules differ slightly, as shown by the formula— 

8 9 

7 


Reh cl by ay 10 11 12 18 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
8.8.7.4.4.4.5.8.7.6.6 


2 Oe Seid Ole Gre Ga Od <6). 5G. Di De 


. 


The mandibles are very small and somewhat rudimentary ; 
the biting-part has apparently no teeth, but consists of an 
evenly rounded edge; the mandible-palp has the basal part 
larger than that of the female; the uppermost of the two 
branches is small and two-jointed, but the lower one is large 
and composed of three joints. The maxille are also very 
small and somewhat rudimentary. ‘The anterior foot-iaws 


364 Mr. A. Scott on Scolecithrix hibernica. 


are furnished with fewer sete, but bear a larger number of 
“‘ worm-hairs ”’ than those of the female. The fifth feet are 
well developed and form a powerful grasping-organ; they 
consist of a large basal part armed with a comb-like row of 
spines on its left surface and furnished distally with two 
elongate branches of nearly equal length and of a somewhat 
complicated. structure ; the right branch is composed of two 
joints, the first of which is long and of an irregular outline ; 
the second is considerably smaller and terminates in a finger- 
and-thumb-like arrangement; the left branch is apparently 
four-jointed ; the second joint, which is slightly longer than 
the first, is furnished on its outer distal margin with a 
number of spine-like processes arranged in three tufts; the 
third and fourth joints are small, the fourth joint, which ends 
somewhat abruptly, being furnished on its inner margin with 
one moderately long and two short spines, and also with a 
few short spines on its surface. The drawing (Pl. XVIII. 
fiz. 7) shows the fifth feet of an immature male; they differ 
considerably from those of the mature form, as is frequently 
the case among the Calanide. Abdomen apparently five- 
jointed; first, second, third, and fourth joints subequal in 
length, fifth very small. Caudal stylets scarcely so long as 
the fourth segment ; length about equal to twice the breadth. 

Habitat. In deep water off the County Down coast, between 
Dundrum and Dundalk Bays, Ireland; common. Also in 
deep water in upper Loch Fyne and off the coast of Arran, 
Scotland. 

Remarks. 'This species first became known to me from 
specimens found in material collected in a tow-net attached 
to the beam of a fish-trawl and worked close to the bottom of 
the sea. ‘The material was obtained by Mr. R. L. Ascroft, 
one of the members of the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Com- 
mittee, when on board a trawler that was fishing in deep 
water (21 to 29 fathoms) in the Irish Sea between the Isle 
of Man and Ireland in the beginning of February last. 
Some time afterwards my father, Mr. T. Scott, F.L.8., sent me 
specimens of a Scolecithria which he had obtained in bottom 
tow-net material collected im upper Loch Fyne and in the 
Firth of Clyde in April last; these, on examination, proved 
to be identical with those from the Irish Sea, and, as all the 
specimens observed have been obtained in water of consider- 
able depth and where the bottom consists of mud, this would 
seem to indicate that it is really a deep-water species, and 
may, perhaps, also explain why it has been so long over- 
looked. 

Scolecithrix hibernica has been carefully compared with 


Mr. A. Scott on Scleeithrix hibernica. 365 


the described species of the genus, to ascertain if it could be 
assigned to any of them; but it seems to be clearly distinct, 
and I now describe it as new under the name given. 

The occurrence of a representative of Scolecithrixz in the 
British seas is of some interest from its bearing on geogra- 
phical distribution, showing that it is by no means confined 
to the warmer waters of the globe, and that it is evidently 
widely distributed. This genus was first described by 
Professor Brady in his Report on the Copepoda collected 
during the Voyage of the ‘ Challenger.’ 

Recent researches among the Crustacea have brought to 
light a considerable number of new species, besides adding 
British stations for species that have been described by con- 
tinental workers ; on the other hand, not a few of the species 
described by British authors have been discovered in foreign 
waters. 

In a paper ‘On Free-swimming Copepoda from the West 
Coast of Ireland,” lately published by Mr. I. C. Thompson, 
¥.L.S8.*, one of the most successful students of the Copepoda 
in recent years, he records Corycceus speciosus, Dana, for the 
first time from British waters, and suggests that it may have 
been carried to the British coasts by the Gulf-stream. That 
the Gulf-stream has some influence in bringing Copepoda and 
other Crustacea to our shores whose true habitat is in the 
warmer waters of the globe, and in enabling them to survive 
amid the colder waters round our shores, is not doubted. It 
is a well-known fact that, from some cause not clearly under- 
stood, shoals of Crustacea sometimes make their appearance 
in the waters round our coasts; and a few years ago the 
north-east coast of Hngland was visited by such numbers of 
a species of Amphipod (Huihemisto compressa, (xoes) that the 
beach in the neighbourhood of Redcar was covered with 
them. Professor M‘Intosh has also recorded the occurrence 
of Boreophausia in immense numbers in St. Andrews Bay 
within recent years. But, notwithstanding these facts, the 
explanation suggested by Mr. Thompson, though it may 
account for some of the additions that have been made to the 
British Copepod fauna, is scarcely sufficient to explain the 
occurrence in the British seas of several even of the so-called 

elagic Copepods that have been described by foreign authors. 
Eichably a more satistactory explanation may be arrived at 
if we consider the amount of work that has been done 
amongst the marine fauna in connexion with the fisheries 
investigations carried on during recent years and the attention 


* Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc, vol. x. p. 95. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 26 


366 Mr. A. Scott on Scolecithrix hibernica. 


that has been bestowed upon fish-food, of which Crustacea 
form a not inconsiderable part; for it is owing very much to 
these investigations that the majority of the additions to the 
marine and freshwater fauna of our island have been made. 
Amongst the marine Copepoda there is one species (Hucheta 
norvegica) which is often found in myriads in tow-net material 
collected in the deeper waters of Loch Fyne. From a single 
haul made with the mid-water net of the ‘Garland’ in April 
of this year sutficient Hucheta were obtained to more than fill 
a large drop-jar, such as may be seen in confectioners’ 
windows, and yet its discovery is only of comparatively 
recent date, no record of it appearing in Prof. Brady’s 
valuable monograph on the British Copepoda; and _ this 
species is certainly not a casual visitor. Further, Dr. John 
Murray some years ago discovered in Loch Etive an Ostracod 
(Conchecia elegans, G. O. Sars) which had not been known 
to exist within the British area, and this Ostracod can still 
be obtained in abundance in the place where it was first 
discovered, showing that it also isnot acasual visitor. Other 
examples could be given if necessary. 

The occurrence of so many additions to our crustacean 
fauna is due, as has already been said, to the recent more or 
less systematic prosecution of fishery investigations, and 
probably also to greater care being taken in the discrimination 
of species. The enjoyment of greater facilities for collecting 
material and the adoption of improved methods in its exam- 
ination have also doubtless tended to enlarge our knowledge 
of the Crustacea, and especially of the more minute species ; 
and it is to causes such as these, rather than to the influence 
of the Gulf-stream or other currents, that the discovery of 
most of the new and interesting species that have been 
recently added to the British fauna is to be ascribed. 

It is also noteworthy that many of the species of Copepoda 
described within recent years by British students are being 
found at continental stations and recognized by foreign authors 
as good species. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuaTE XVII. 


Fig. 1. Female, seen from the left side. x 100. 
Fig. 2. Antennule, female. x 95. 
Fig. 3. Antenna. X 127. 
Fig. 4. Maxilla, female. x 190. 
vg. 5. Anterior foot-jaw. x 190. 
Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw. x 190. 
Fig. 7. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet. x 154, 
Fig. 8. Foot of second pair of swimming-feet. x 154. 
Fig. 9. Foot of fourth pair of swimming-feet. x 154. 


tes 


On new Deep-sea Mollusca. 367 


PLATE XVIII. 


. Abdomen, male. xX 84. 
. Abdomen, female. x 84. 


Fig. 1. Antennule, male. x 126. 
Fig. 2. Mandible and palp, female. x 127. 
Fig. 3. Mandible and palp, male. xX 255. 
Fig. 4. Maxilla, male. x 253. 
Fig. 5, Anterior foot-jaw, male. X 253. 
%g. 6. Fifth pair of feet, male. x 127. 
Fig. 7. Fifth pair of feet, immature male. xX 190. 
8 
. 9 


LV.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham, 
f.N.—Series II., No. 22. Descriptions of new Deep-sea 
Mollusca. By Epoar A. SMITH. 


OF the twelve new species about to be described I regret to say 
that, with one exception, all are based upon single examples 
which have to be returned to the Indian Museum at Calcutta. 
Dr. Alcock, the Superintendent of that institution, kindly 
promises, however, to send to the British Museum any dupli- 
cates which may eventually be obtained. The species are to 
be figured in the “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Inves- 
tigator’.” 

Some of them are extremely interesting on account of their 
remarkable form and surface ornamentation, whilst others are 
peculiar on account of their close similarity to species which 
occur in the North Atlantic. In one instance, Puncturella 
asturiana, | can find no distinguishing features between the 
Atlantic and Indian Ocean specimens. 


Pleurotoma Kienert, Doumet. 


Plewotoma Kieneri, Doumet, Mag. de Zool. 1840, pl. x. 

Pleurotoma carinata, Reeve (non Gray), Con. Icon. fig. 56; Tryon, 
Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 178, pl. iv. fig. 49; Weinkauff, Jahrbuch. 
deutsch. mal. Gesell. vol. ii. p. 288, pl. ix. fig. 2; Conch.-Cab. p. 15, 
pl. i. fig. 1. 

Hab. ? (Rve., Tryon, Weinkauf’); China (Brit, Mus.) ; 
off Ceylon, lat. N. 6° 50’ 20”, long. EK. 79° 36’ 20’, in 180- 
217 fathoms (‘Investigator’). 

Only a single specimen was obtained. ‘The colour is 
normal, except that the keel below the suture is rather redder 
than usual and the spotting or dotting upon the ridges 
encircling the body-whorl is rather fine and inconspicuous. 


26* 


368 Mr. E. A. Smith on 


Pleurotoma carinata, Gray. 
Pleurotoma carinata, Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier An. King, vol. xii. p. 599, 
1. xxiii. fig. 2 
Pleurvtoma speciosa, Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 9; Tryon, Man. Conch. 
vol. vi. p. 173, pl. iv. fig. 48; Weinkauff, Jahrb. deutsch. mal. 
Gesell. vol. ii. p. 289, pl. ix. fig. 7 (as P. nobilis, Rve., by error) ; 
Conch.-Cab. p. 72, pl. xv. fig. 5. 
Hab. China, Hong Kong (Wetnkauff, Tryon); Bay of 
Bengal, off Gangetic Delta, in 65 fathoms (‘ Investigator’). 
With regard to Reeve’s remark that he had seen the type 
of this species and that it was “ identical with the shell sub- 
sequently dedicated to Kiener by Doumet,” there must have 
been some mistake. The type from Dr. Gray’s collection is 
now in the Museum, and it belongs unquestionably to the 
same species as spectosa, Rve., and is therefore distinct from 
P. Kienert. I presume that Reeve’s statement must have 
misled both Tryon and Weinkauff in associating it with the 
Jatter. The brownish spots between the nodules on the keel, 
as represented in Gray’s figure, are hardly visible in the shell 
itself. ‘This, however, is probably a fault in the colouring, 
so as to give the keel a nodulous appearance. ‘This view of 
the case is supported by the fact that in the brief description 
by Gray he describes the shell as ‘ white, whorls keeled,” 
and does not mention the existence of any brown spotting. 


Pleurotoma (Ancistrosyrinaz) travancorica. 


Testa fusiformis, turrita, sordide albida, epidermide tenuissima grisea 
induta ; anfractus normales 7, supra oblique et concave tabulati, 
supra medium carina dentata tenui sursum erecta instructi, infra 
carinam recti, contracti, lineis incrementi tenuibus striati, ulti- 
mus antice recte et longe rostratus, oblique striatus ; apertura 
cum canali longit. totius 4 paulo superans ; labrum tenue, supra 
carinam ad suturam profunde sinuatum. 

Longit. 40 millim., diam. 10. 


Hab. Off coast of Travancore, lat. N. 9° 34! 57", long. E. 
75° 36! 30", in 406 fathoms. 

The unique specimen has the nuclear whorls broken away, 
and consequently they cannot be described. In general 
appearance it much resembles P. cedo-nulli, Reeve, from 
Panama. In the latter the dentate keel is at and not above ~ 
the middle of the whorls, the dentations stand out more hori- 
zontally, the upper part of the whorls is less concave and 
bears a fine spiral liration. The body-whorl is also carinatea * 
little below the dentate periphery. 


new Deep-sea Mollusca. 369 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) profundorum. 


Testa breviter fusiformis, alba, periostraco tenuissimo griseo plus 
minus induta; anfractus normales, in medio concayi, inferne ad 
suturam tuberculati, infra suturam lineis incrementi angulatis 
fortibus instructi, ad angulum carinati, et spiraliter striati, ulti- 
mus ad peripheriam oblique tuberculatus, infra convexiusculus, 
liris transverse leviter obliquis tenuibus instructus, antice rostratus ; 
apertura angusta, longit. totius 3 equans. 

Longit. 34 millim., diam. 12. 


Hab. N.K. of Maldive Islands, lat. N. 7° 05’ 45”, long. E. 
75° 04', in 719 tathoms. 

The labral sinus is broad and rather deep and situated at 
the suture. One specimen only. ‘This species might be 
placed in Dall’s subgenus Leucosyrinx, which, however, is 
scarcely separable from Surcula. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) Thurstont. 


Testa fusiformis, albida, periostraco tenuissimo dilute olivaceo 
induta ; anfractus normales 10, paulo infra medium angulati, 
supra concavi, infra suturam tenuiter plicati, ad angulum oblique 
et fortius plicati, infra medium spiraliter striati, supra lveves, 
ultimus antice rostratus, lineis incrementi flexuosis aliisque trans- 
versis sculptus ; apertura longit. totius 4 fere equans; labrum 
tenue, superne late et subprofunde sinuatum. 

Longit. 40 millim., diam. 13; apertura cum canali 19 longa, in 
medio 5 lata. 


Hab. Off Trincomalee, Ceylon, in 200-350 fathoms. 

Named after Mr. Edgar Thurston, of the Madras Museum. 
In general form recalling P. javana (L.). The nodules at 
the periphery are rather similar, but the fine sutural plice are 
wanting in that species. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula ?), sp. 


Hab. Off Trincomalee, in 200-350 fathoms. 

A single immature specimen is all that was obtained. It 
is shortly fusiform, white, and covered with a very thin peri- 
ostracum. ‘The whorls are concave above, acutely tubercu- 
lated above the suture, finely spirally striated, and marked 
with fine curved lines of growth. ‘The outer lip is thin, 
shallowly sinuated above, curved and prominent in the middle. 
Anterior canal broad, oblique, slightly recurved. Spire 
conical, short, acute. 


370 Mr. E. A. Smith on 


Metula clathrata, Ad. & Rve. 
ss a clathratum, Adams & Reeve, Voy. ‘Samarang,’ p. 32, pl. xi. 
Metula clathrata, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. vol. iii. pl. ix. fig. 4; 
Tryon, Man. Conch, vol. iii. p. 152, pl. Ixxii. fig. 238. 

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, in 136 fathoms (Ad. & Rve.) ; 
off Ceylon, lat. N. 6° 50! 20", long. E. 79° 36! 20", in 180- 
217 fathoms (‘ Investigator’). 

The single specimen obtained by the ‘ Investigator’ is of 
enormous size in comparison with those hitl rerto described 
and figured. It is 41 millim. in length, 15 in width, and the 
aperture is 19 long. Although in dead condition, the brown 
banding is still traceable. The labrum is thickened both 
within and without, and bears about twenty short lira on the 
inner margin. 


Natica (Lunatia) abyssicola. 


Testa ovato-globosa, imperforata, alba, periostraco tenuissimo plus 
minus induta, incrementi lineis obliquis levibus striata; spira 
brevis, ad apicem erosa; anfractus 3-4, convexiusculi, ultimus 
globosus ; apertura semicircularis, obliqua ; labrum tenue; colu- 
mella incrassata, superne callo crasso labro juncta; operculum 
tenue, corneum. 

Longit. 9 millim., diam. 83 ; apertura 7 longa, 3 lata. 


Hab. Arabian Sea, off Cutch, lat. N. 22° 14! 25", long. E. 
67° 08! 55”, in 947 fathoms. 
Somewltlt resembling N. pusilla of Say: 


Natica (Lunatia) levis. 


Testa globosa, umbilicata, alba, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata, 
leevigata ; sapere 5, convexi, subgradati; apertura semicircu- 
laris, longit. totius + 8 adwequans ; ; peristoma tenue, margine colu- 
mellari inferne leviter incrassato, superne expanso et reflexo 
margini exteriori callo tenui juncto ; umbilicus simplex, pervius, 
mediocriter latus ; operculum tenue, corneum. 

Longit. 16 millim., diam. 14 ; apertura 10 longa, 6 lata. 


Hab. Bay of Bengal, off Coromandel coast, long. EH. 
81° 30’ 30", tet N. 15° 56! 20", in 240-276 fathoms. 

Somewhat resembling N. For ‘tunet, Rve., in form, but with 
the umbilicus wider and without any trace of an internal 
thickening. 


Rostellaria curta, Sowerby. 


Hab. Off the Sindh coast, in 20-30 fathoms. 


new Deep-sea Mollusca. 371 


I do not agree with Kiener and Tryon in considering this 
form a variety of the common &. curvirostris. The points of 
difference referred to by Sowerby and Reeve appear to be 
persistent ; they consist of (1) the shorter body-whorl, (2) the 
longer and straighter canal, (3) the broad brown band beneath 
the suture. Judging from the description and figure, 2. luteo- 
stoma of Angas, also considered by Tryon a variety of 
curvirostris, appears sufficiently distinct. 


Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana (Fischer). 

Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana (Fischer), Watson, Gaster. ‘Chal- 

lenger’ Exped. p. 45, pl. iv. fig. 4; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xii. 
p- 241, pl. xxvi. figs. 36, 37; Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 
vol, xviii. p. 404. 

Hab. Bay of Biscay ,480-670 fathoms (Fischer); W. Indies, 
85-640 fathoms (Dall) ; off Culebra Island, West Indies, in 
390 fathoms (‘Challenger’) ; off west coast of Ceylon, lat. N. 
8° 35! 45", long. E. 81° 17! 45", in 609 fathoms (‘ Jnvesti- 
gaior’). 

Only a single small specimen 7 millim. long was obtained. 
It agrees exactly in every detail with the West-Indian 
example dredged by the ‘ Challenger, and I feel no doubt 
with regard to the correctness of this identification. 


Dentalium quadrapicale, Sowerby. 


Dentalium quadrapicale (Hanley, MSS.), Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. 
p- 103, pl. eexxiii. fig. 61 ; Conch. Icon. vol. xviii. pl. vii. fig. 46. 

Hab. Lat. 9° 34! 57" N., long. 75° 36! 30” E. (depth 
4(6 fathoms, bottom green mud, temperature 40° F’.) ; off the 
coast of ‘Travancore, South India. 

‘The types of this species are said to have come from 
Cochin. ‘The specimens obtained by the ‘ Investigator’ are 
somewhat larger than the shell figured by Sowerby, the 
largest specimen having a length of 40 millim. 


Dentalium magnificum. 


Testa magna, crassa, mediocriter curvata, postice sensim attenuata, 
antice oblique truncata, undique costis tenuibus numerosis, striis 
transversis crenulatis, instructa; fissura angusta, longitudine 
varia. 

Longit. 115 millim., diam. max. 15. 


Hab. Lat. $° 40! N,, long. 81° 27' 35" E., 637-800 fathoms 


(bottom green mud, temperature 41°-42°-25 F.) ; off Trin- 
comalee, east coast of Ceylon. 


372 Mr. E. A. Smith on 


This fine species is as large as the Japanese D. Vernedet 
or the fossil D. grande, Desh. The form, however, is more 
rapidly tapering than that of either, and the sculpture is not 
precisely similar. The aperture is larger than in either of the 
species quoted and almost circular. The longitudinal ridges 
are fine and numerous, numbering about twenty-five to thirty 
at an inch from the apex. ‘Towards the anterior end inter- 
vening riblets appear, so that the interstices, which above are 
broader than the lire, become narrower. The lines of growth 
are distinct, and on crossing the riblets towards the-posterior 
end produce a granulated appearance. The ridges are much 
smoother anteriorly and less elevated. The length of the 
fissure is variable; but this is probably chiefly due to 
damage. In the most perfect specimen it is 13 millim. in 
length and rather more than half a millimetre in width. All 
three specimens exhibit reparation of injuries at the anterior 
end, and in two the posterior extremity has been broken off. 
These injuries are probably done by fishes or crustaceans. 
The shells are whitish, but coated with a dark brown earthy 
deposit. The Rev. Professor H. M. Gwatkin informs me 
that the radula is quite normal and that the figure given by 
Sars of Antalis striolata closely represents it, except that in 
the present species ‘“ the central tooth is a little wider and the 
inner edge of the lateral makes a smoother muzzle.” 


Cardium (Fragum) simillimum. 


Testa alba, mediocriter globosa, antice rotundata, postice truncata, 
quadrata, striis confertis tenuibus radiantibus sculpta, incre- 
mentique lineis plus minus decussata, latus posticum versus 
minute granulata; umbones prominentes, incurvati; pagina 
interna alba, nitida, marginibus anteriore, postico et ventrali 
minute denticulatis circumdata; cardo tenuis, dente laterali 
antico valve sinistre conico, acuto, compresso, postico parvo fere 
obsoleto. 

Longit. 21 millim., alt. 21, diam. 17. 


Hab. Off Colombo Lighthouse, in 142-400 fathoms. 

A single left valve is all that was obtained of this interesting 
species. The fine radiating striz are absent in the lunular 
region, which consequently is smooth. The granules, 
arranged in radiating series, appear to be restricted to the 
hinder part of the shell, judging from the specimen at hand. 
The sculpture is similar to that of C. peramabilis, from 
50-125 fathoms in the West-Indian region, as described 
by Mr. Dall*. The posterior portion of the surface is 

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. ix. p. 132, vol, xii. p. 269, 
pl. iv. fig. 7, pl. xl. fig. 4. 


new Deep-sea Mollusca. 373 


somewhat more finely cancellate than the anterior, and is 
divided off in the same manner by two approximated ribs, 
but occupies nearly half the valve. The posterior end is 
distinctly truncate, not curved as in C. peramabilis. 


Yoldia nicobarica, Bruguiére. 


Leda nicobarica, Hanley in Sowerby’s Thes. Conch. vol. iii. p. 186, 
pl. cexxiii. fig. 7. 


Hab. Nicobar Island (Chemnitz) ; off Delta of Ganges, in 
65 fathoms (‘ Investigator’). 

Two fine specimens of this species were obtained by the 
‘Investigator,’ the largest being 29 millim. long, 154 high, 
and 10 in diameter. They are white, covered with a thin 
olive periostracum, and not “pale tawny,” as described by 


Hanley. 


Yoldia anatina. 


Testa magna, oblonga, postice vix rostrata, inzequilateralis, 
sordide albida, periostraco olivaceo nitente induta, concentrice et 
oblique tenuiter striata (striis obliquis postice evanidis), haud 
lunulata; margo dorsi anticus leviter descendens et curvatus, 
posticus valde longior, declivior, rectiusculus; margo ventris 
antice curvatus paulo pone medium leviter incurvatus; latus 
anticum rotundatum, posticum angustius; area dorsi postica 
linearis, acute marginata ; linea cardinis fortis, dentibus anterio- 
ribus circiter 24 et posterioribus ad 36 instructa ; pagina interna 
dilute carnea ; cicatrices parve, subtriangulares ; sinus pallii pro- 
funda, lingueformis. 

Longit. 45 millim., alt. 20, diam. 13. 


Hab. Bay of Bengal, off Godavari Delta, in 258-281 
fathoms. 

The oblique striation is excessively fine and invisible to the 
naked eye, much finer than in Y. nicobarica. One specimen 


only. 


Cuspidaria approximata. 


Testa mediocriter tenuis, globosa, postice breviter rostrata, alba, 
prope marginem ventralem et supra rostrum periostraco luteo 
induta, lineis incrementi tenuibus sculpta, lirisque obliquis paucis 
apice radiantibus postice ornata; margo dorsi anticus valde 
declivis, leviter arcuatus, posticus minus declivis leviter concavus ; 
margo ventris antice valde arcuatus, postice late incurvatus; 
rostrum cuneiforme, ad extremitatem arcuatim truncatum, 
dimidio superiore radiatim lato; umbones prominentes, incur- 
vati, paulo antemediani; cardo in yalva sinistra edentulus, in 


374 On new Deep-sea Mollusca. , 


dextra dente unico laterali acuto postice instructus ; fossa liga- 
menti parva, postice inclinata. 
Longit. 15 millim., alt. 11, diam. 93. 


Hab. Off Andaman Islands, lat. N. 11° 25’ 5”, long. E. 
92° 47’ 6”, in 405 fathoms. 


Closely allied to C. cuspidata, Olivi, but slightly different 


in form and having a few radiating lines posteriorly. 


Myonera bicarinata. 


Testa equivalvis, inequilateralis, postice hians et breviter rostrata, 
antice rotundata, alba, tenuis; valve tenues, inflate, carinis 
duobus acutis radiantibus post medium instructe, ante carinam 
anteriorem concentrice subdistanter costulate, pone carinam 
leeves, lineis incrementi tenuissimis striate; umbones promi- 
nentes, incurvati; margo dorsi utrinque declivis, ventris antice 
arcuatus, post et inter carinas excavatus ; cardo edentulus; liga- 


mentum internum in fossa angusta in utraque valva situm, 
ossiculo tenui firmatum, 


Longit. 14 millim., alt. 11, diam. 9. 


Hab. West of Malabar coast, lat. N. 13° 47’ 49”, long. E. 
73° 07’ 0”, in 636 fathoms. 

A very beautiful species, readily distinguishable by its 
remarkable sculpture. ‘The concentric coste on the anterior 
half of the valves are finer and closer together towards the 
umbo than towards the ventral margin; they do not extend 


quite to the submedian keel, and become finely attenuated 
anteriorly. 


Lyonsia jucunda. 


Testa tenuis, fragilis, oblonga, antice rotundata, postice subtruncata, 
equivalvis, ineequilateralis, alba, radiatim carinata, carinis duobus 
post medium aliis majoribus, omnibus spinulosis vel tuberculatis, 
undique minute granulata; margo dorsi anticus rectiusculus, 
valde declivis, posticus longior, minus obliquus, leviter concavus, 
ventralis inter carinis sinuatus; cardo edentulus; ligamentum 


internum ossiculo parvo munitum; pagina interna subnacrea, 
radiatim sulcata, sulcis punctatis. 


Longit. 123 millim., alt. 8, diam. 6. 
Hab. N. Sentinel, bearing N. 15° W. 18 miles, 250 fathoms. 


Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith. 
Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. 
p. 18, pl. ii. figs. 6, 6 a. 


Hab. Off west coast of Ceylon, lat. N. 8° 35' 45”, long. E. 
81° 17’ 45”, in 609 fathoms. 


On Moths from East Africa. 375 


Only a single half-grown right valve. It is very much 
shorter than the specimen figured, being quite as high as 
long. The form becomes proportionally longer with age, as 
the growth posteriorly is more rapid than ventrally. 


Tellina parvula, Smith. 


Tellina parvula, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 10, 
pl. ii. fig. 3. 
Hab, Off Colombo, in 675 fathoms. 
The single specimen is rather larger than the type, being 
184 millim. in length and 13 in height. 


Scrobicularia ceylonica. 


Testa inzequilateralis, alba, nitida, lineis incrementi striata, lunulata ; 
valve tenues, mediocriter profundse, antice late curvate, postice 
breviores, subacuminatz, anguste hiantes; margo dorsi anticus 
leviter concavus, parum descendens, posticus valde obliquus; 
margo ventris pone medium subincurvatus; lunula angusta, 
lanceolata; ligamentum externum 5 millim. longum, internum 
parvum, angustum, obliquum ; dens cardinalis unicus in utraque 
valva plus minus bifidus; dentes laterales nulli; pagina interna 
radiatim substriata; sinus pallii latus, profundissimus. 

Longit. 21 millim., alt. 17, diam. 9. 


Hab. Off Colombo, in 675 fathoms. 
The internal ligament is quite separated from the external 
one. 


Dosinia salebrosa, Romer. 


Dosinia salebrosa, Rimer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 122; Novitates 
Conch. p. 50. 
Hab. Malacca (Romer) ; west of Cochin, lat. N. 9° 34’ 57”, 
long. E. 75° 36' 30”, in 406 fathoms. 
A single specimen, a little smaller than the type, but 
similar in other respects, is all that was obtained. 


LVI.—On a Collection of Moths from Eust Africa formed 
by Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Medical Officer to the Uganda 
Administration. By W. FF. Kirpy, Assistant in Zoolo- 
gical Department, British Museum (Natural History). 


[Plate XIX. ] 


Durina Dr. Ansorge’s travels in some little-visited parts of 
East Africa in 1893-1895 he formed a collection of moths, 
among which were several new or rare species. In the present 


376 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


paper I publish a full list of the Sphinges, Bombyces, and 
Noctue, and of those Geometre concerning which any infor- 
mation on habits and localities was available. 

Dr. Ansorge has kindly presented types of the new species 
(several of which, at his special request, have been named 
after himself and his family) to the Natural-History Museum. 


Cydimonide. 
CyrpIMonInz. 


1. Chrysiridia cresus. 


Thaliura cresus, Gerstaecker, Arch. f. Nat. xxxvii. p. 361 (1871); 
Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 385, pl. xvi. fig. 4 (1873). 


Bogomoyo; from Dr. Charlesworth, June 1893. 


Three very brightly coloured specimens. 


Agaristide. 
2. Hespagarista echione. 


Agarista echione, Boisduval, in Delegorgue, Voy. en Afr. Austr. ii, 
p. 595. n, 115 (1847). 


Magwangwara, German Kast Africa. 

Seven specimens, captured between Jan. 8 and Jan. 13, 
1594, 

3. Xanthospilopteryx superba. 
Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xv. p. 141, 
pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1875). 

Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 11 and 18; 
Mtoto Andai, May 5; Kibwezi, May 7, 1894. 

Six specimens obtained, differing considerably in size and 
intensity of colour. 


4. Xanthospilopteryx fatima. 


Xanthospilopteryx fatima, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 288, 
pl. xv. fig. 2. 


Kilungu, April 12, 1894. 
One specimen only. 


5. Atgocera triplagiata, (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.) 


Aigocera triplagiata, Rothschild, Novitates Zoologice, iii. p. 95 (1896). 


Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 11, 1894. 
Three specimens obtained. 


Moths from East Africa. 37 


“I 


5a. Algocera triplagiata, var. (?) n. dispar. 


Exp. 62 millim. 

Body smoky brown; abdomen lighter; front orbits and 
several spots on the thorax white ; palpi porrect, the second 
joint densely clothed with hair beneath, the hairs black at the 
base and orange below; proboscis rufous ; front legs with 
the tibiz densely clothed with orange hairs, except. at the 
base and tip; middle tibie marked with orange above near 
the base and at the middle; hind legs grey; all the tarsi 
reddish beneath and the hind tibie with a pair of very strong 
terminal spurs, and another long spine about the middle. 

Fore wings black, with three transverse white bands, the 
first near the base, ampulliform, truncated above and rounded 
below, running obliquely from above the subcostal nearly to 
the submedian nervure; the second stripe is shorter, truncated 
above and below, and running between the subcostal nervure 
and the point where the median nervure forks ; the third with 
nearly parallel sides and extending obliquely from below the 
costa nearly to the hinder angle; there are some blue lines 
between and beyond the white bands, more or less continued 
towards the submedian nervure, especially that between the 
two outer bands. Hind wings black, the base white to beyond 
the middle and the fringes whitish. Underside nearly as 
above; the frenulum reddish, very large, its apex lying below 
a tuft of buff scales near the base of the inner margin of the 
fore wings. 

There are more scattered blue and white scales on the 
wings, but the specimens are not in perfect condition. 

Four specimens of this insect were taken at the same time 
and place as 4. triplagiata, which it resembles greatly, 
except in colour, and of which it is in all probability a 
dimorphic form. 


6. Protocerea Geraldi, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 3.) 


Exp. 33 millim. 

Male.— Head and thorax dark brown above; sides of head 
and middle of thorax crested with white; abdomen and 
under surface orange-tawny ; abdomen with a raised crest at 
the base above, and with tufts on the sides and at the extre- 
mity ; antenne wanting; front legs with black tarsi (the four 
hind legs wanting). 

Fore wings deep red, costa blackish, fringes brown; five 
white spots, the first oblong , oblique, at the base of the costa ; 
the second small, triangular, subcostal; the third below it, 


378 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


between the median and submedian nervures, large, round, 
slightly bordered with black ; the fourth and fifth irregularly 
rotund, resembling the third, nearer the hind margin; be- 
tween and beyond these white spots are some bluish dashes. 
Hind wings orange, with broad blackish-brown borders and 
brown fringes. Fore wings beneath dark brown, with some 
tawny tufts at the base ; the first and third spots are obsolete 
and the fourth and fifth are connected, the lower one forming 
an irregular band beneath the upper one, with two deep 
indentations on its inner side. 

One specimen taken at Narogare, Uganda Protectorate, 
May 19, 1894. 

Allied to P. albigutta, Karsch, from Lower Guinea (?), but 
in that species the fore wings are described as black, apart 
from other differences. 


7. Charilina amabilis. 

Noctua amabilis, Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1773). 

Athi Plain, April 18, 1894; Magwangwara, German East 
Africa, Jan. 4, 1894. 

This is a somewhat variable species, found on both sides of 
Africa; but the four specimens in the present collection are 
of rather larger average size than those in the Natural 
History Museum, measuring from 82 to 4] millimetres in 
expanse. ‘The smallest specimen before me is from Zomba 
(Johnston) and measures only 80 millim. West-African 
specimens usually measure about 32 to 35 millim. 

Four specimens obtained. 


8. Metagarista triphenoides. 
Metagavrista triphenoides, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. i. p. 61. n. 1 
(1854). 

Port Alice, June 30, 1894. 

This is the true I. triphenoides of Walker, with bluish 
markings on the inner margin of the fore wings, and the fore 
wings dusted with grey. ‘I'he underside of the fore wings is 
yellowish orange, with a large black spot in the cell, and a 
subapical white band, bordered within with black; the apex 
of the wing is reddish. Walker’s type is from an unknown 
locality, but the British Museum has other specimens from 
Aburi. Walker placed with his type a specimen of M. manas, 
Herrich-Schiffer, from Ashanti, which was subsequently 
figured by Dr. Butler as M. triphenoides ; but the tore wings 
want the blue markings and the grey dusting above, and the 
under surface is totally different. ‘There is a second spot at 


Moths from East Africa. 379 


the end of the cell, and the white band is wholly wanting, 
there being nothing but indistinct brownish submarginal 
spaces between the nervures, at five sixths of the length of 
the wing, fading away on the margins; and on the underside 
of the hind wings there are merely some blackish submarginal 
lunules towards the costa and anal angle, instead of the 
distinctly marked brown and reddish border of JZ. tri- 
phenoides. 

Zygenide. 

ZYGENINA. 

9. Zygena semilyalina, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 5.) 

Exp. al. 29-30 millim. 

Head green; antennze reddish brown, white towards the 
tips; thorax reddish brown, scaled with bluish green above ; 
abdomen coppery green. Wings cupreous, bluish green at 
the base and along the costa and inner margin: fore wings 
with 5 large transparent spots—one in the cell, a much larger 
curved one below the cell, another towards the apex, and two 
between the median nervules ; a conspicuous white marginal 
spot just below the apex: hind wings with a large vitreous 
spot tilling up most of the basal area, and another beyond, 
only separated by a nervure. 

Port Alice, June 30, 1894. 

Two specimens in poor condition. Allied to Z. marina, 
Butl., but with much larger vitreous spots. 


THYRETINE. 


10. Megnaclia sippia. 

Naclia (?) sippia, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xli. p. 78 (1880). 

Port Alice, July 19,1894; Eldoma Ravine, Jan. 16, 1895. 

Three specimens obtained. 

This curious species, though little known and scarce in 
collections, appears to be widely distributed in Africa.  Plotz 
described it from the Cameroons; the Natural History 
Museum possesses a specimen from Old Calabar, and it has 
now been obtained in Hast Central Africa. 


EucHRromimnz. 


11. Huchromia Folletii. 


Glaucopis Follett, Gray, in Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. xy. pl. cxx. fig. 10 
(1833). 


Mozambique, July 12, 1893. 


330 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Arctiide. 
PH2#GOPTERINA. 


12. Metarctia rufescens. 


Metarctia rufescens, Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 769. n. 1 
(1855), 


One specimen, Mozambique, Nov. 8, with eggs. 


SPILOSOMATINZ:. 


13. Alpenus purus, var. 
Alpenus purus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1878, p. 382. 


Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 14, 1894. One 
specimen, more heavily spotted than typical specimens from 


British East Africa. 


ARrcTiNaé. 


14. Callimorpha bellatric. 
Callimorpha bellatriz, Dalman, Anal. Ent. p. 50. n. 26 (1828). 
Mano, Kondeland, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 2, 1893. One 


specimen. 


15. Callimorpha Thelwalli. 


Hyper compa Thelwall, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 779, 
pl. Ixi. fig. 1 (1883). 


Mano, Kondeland, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 2, 1893. One 


specimen. 


Cymbide. 


16. Eartas annulifera (?). 


Earias annulifera, Walker, List. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxxv. p. 1774 
(1866). 


Mozambique, July 12, 1893. 
One specimen. The type of EL. annulifera was received 
from Java. 


Lithosiide. 


17. Sozusa eborella (?). 


Lithosia eborella, Boisduval, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 597. 
n. 129 (1847). 


Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 17, 1894. 


Moths from East Africa. 381 


A damaged specimen, possibly belonging to this common 
South-African species. 


18. Utetheisa pulchella. 
Tinea pulchella, Linn, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 534. n. 238 (1854). 


Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 7, 1893; Ndi, March 30, 
1894. 

Six specimens were obtained of this widely distributed 
species. 


19. Argina amanda. 


Enchelia amanda, Boisduval, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 597. 
n. 183 (1847). 

Deiopeia ocellina, Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 571. n. 9 
(1854). 

Var. Deiopeia cingulifera, Walker, 1. c. p. 569. n. 17 (1854). 

Uganda (Capt. Williams), June 1893; Mozambique, 
July 12, 1893; Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Oct. 25-Nov. 8, 
1593; Dar-es-Salam, Jan. 30, 1894. 

A very large series of this conspicuous moth, representing 
both forms noted above. 


Hypsida. 
20. Egybolia Vaillantina. 


heb Vaillantina, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap, Exot. pl. xxxi. fig. 3 
(1790). 

Mozambique, July 12, 1893; Magwangwara, German 
East Africa, Jan. 4 and 19; Kilwa, Jan. 20; Mombasa, 
March 17; Uganda, Dec. 30, 1894. 


Nyctemeride. 
21. Aletis Kthelinda, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 52-64 millim. 

Body black above, with three rows of white spots ; a trans- 
verse streak below the antenne and a central spot beneath (in 
the male), the whole face in the female, the under surface 
of the head and abdomen, and the hinder orbits orange-tawny ; 
pectus spotted and legs streaked with white; antenne in 
male strongly pectinated. Wings deep orange-red, as in 
A, helcita &c., with broad black borders: fore wings with a 
large oblique subapical white band and three spots (sometimes 
traces of a fourth) below: hind wings with rather small oval 


Ann. d: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 27 


382 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


spots on the nervures in the middle of the border, 5 in the 
male and 6 or 7 in the female. 

Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 8-10, 1894. 

Seven specimens obtained. Closelyallied to A. monteironis, 
Butl., from Delagoa Bay, except in colour. Druce does not 
mention the peculiar washed-out colour of A. montedronis in 
his description, but it is shown in the figure in Waterhouse’s 
‘ Aid,’ u1. pl. clxxil. fig. 2. 


22. Aletis Hrict, sp. n. 


Exp. 65 lin. 

Female.— Body black ; head and thorax spotted with white ; 
abdomen with three rows of white spots above ; legs reddish ; 
proboscis and abdomen beneath orange-tawny. Wings 
rather pale orange-tawny (perhaps faded): fore wings 
with a broad black border, with a broad oblique subapical 
white band and 8 white spots below it, the first linear: hind 
wings with a rather narrow black border marked with 7 or 8 
moderate-sized white spots on the nervures. 


Port Alice, July 19, 1894. 


23. Pitthea trifasciata. 
Pitthea trifasciata, Dewitz, Verh. Leop.-Carol. Akad. xlii. p. 82, pl. iii. 
fie, 3 (1881). 
Uganda, Dec. 29, 1894. 


Several specimens obtained. 


24, Secusio parvipuncta. 
Secusio parvipuncta, Hampson, Ill. Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 46, 
pl. exxxix. fig. 16 (1891). 
Tsavo, April 2, 1894. 
One specimen only. A common species in India and East 
Africa. 


Genus NEUROXENA, nov. 


Body moderately slender; head and abdomen narrower 
than the thorax. Antenne slender, slightly serrated. Palpi 
extending a little beyond the bead, the last joint conical 
and pointed. ore wings oval, the costa arched; the 
hind margin regularly curved, hardly oblique, the angles 
rounded off. Hind wings rounded, as broad and nearly as 
long as the fore wings. Fore wings with the subcostal nervure 
apparently 5-branched, but difficult to distinguish owing to 
the dense scaling. Cell very long and broad, bisected by a 


Moths from East Africa. 383 


nervure ; upper discoidal nervure forking at the upper end of 
the cell from the subcostal nervure; median nervure emitting 
the lowest branch at about three fifths of the length of the 
cell; the middle median nervule and the lower discoidal 
nervule emitted at equal distances from the upper median 
nervule and curving away from it; two very distinct parallel 
submedian nervures running to the hind margin above the 
hinder angle; they are not bifid at the base, where they con- 
verge. Hind wings with the costal and subcostal nervures 
stalked at the base, and then running parallel to the tip. Cell 
broad, the first subcostal nervule running obliquely upwards 
from its extremity, the second nearly straight to the inner 
margin. Discoidal nervule emitted about the middle of the 
cell, which is merely bisected by a fold; two upper median 
nervules forking at the lower end of the cell and the lower 
one at three fifths of the length of the cell; two, or perhaps 
three, submedian nervures, but very slender and ill-defined. 
This genus appears to be allied to Secusio. 


25. Neuroxena Ansorge’, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 2.) 

Exp. 46 millim. 

Fore wings light brown, with the nervures buff towards 
the base; a uniformly broad oblique pale yellow bar 
running from below the costa, just before the extremity of the 
cell, nearly to the hinder angle, ceasing above the lowest 
submedian nervure just before the hind margin. Hind wings 
pale orange, shading into reddish on the lower and inner half, 
and with a black border, gradually narrowed and ceasing at 
the anal angle. Head black, orbits and mouth reddish; 
thorax blackish, with long narrow pointed tegule, edged on 
both sides with reddish. Abdomen reddish, with a row of 
black spots on the back. Pectus yellow ; legs brown. 

One specimen taken at Mtebe, July 12, 1894. 


26. Nyctemera leuconoé. 
Nyctemera leuconoé, Hopfter, Monatsh. Akad. Berl. 1857, p. 422; Peters’s 
Reise Mossamb. v. p. 430, pl. xxviii. fig. 3 (1862). 

Uganda (Capt. Williams), June 1893; Parumbira, Lake 
Nyasa, Oct. 25, Nov. 8; Isote, Kondeland, Lake Nyasa, 
Nov. 5, 6, 1893; Ndi, March 31, Kibwezi, April 7, Port 
Alice, June 24, 30, 1894. 

Many specimens. 


Liparida. 
27. Redoa Maria, sp. n. 


Exp. 43 millim. 
27* 


384 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Iridescent white, thinly scaled, subhyaline, with two 
silvery-white bands on the fore wings, one submarginal and 
the other running beyond the cell and angulated beneath it; 
the cell and basal area are also silvery white. Antenne deeply 
bipectinated, brownish grey ; face and front legs yellowish. 

Mtebe, July 12, 1894. 

One specimen. Allied to the Indian species R. clara, 
Walk., and &. rinaria, Moore. 


28. Cropera pallida, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6.) 


Exp. 24-84 millim. 

Fore wings pale yellow with a slight orange tint, with 
three or four irregular and indistinct transverse whitish bands ; 
an orange spot in the middle of the wing and frequently some 
blackish scaling below it, and traces of one or two blackish 
spots towards the hind margin. Hind wings pale yellow, 
unspotted. The female has pale yellow fore wings, hardly 
varied with whitish, but with the central orange spot; two 
blackish submarginal spots, one towards the costa and one 
towards the inner margin; and a greyish-brown tuft at the 
extremity of the abdomen. 

Four specimens. 

Noted as abundant on the coast at Mozambique in 1893: 
the Natural History Museum has specimens from Natal and 
Delagoa Bay. 


29. Olapa fulvinotata. 
Olapa fulvinotata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 678. 


Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 8, 1894. 
One specimen. 


30. Cypra crocipes. 
Cypra crocipes, Boisduval, Faune Madag. p. 87, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1833). 
A single specimen labelled “ Uganda (Capt. Williams),” 


apparently identical with this well-known Madagascar 
species. 


31. Rhanidophora phedonia. 
Bombyx phedonia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexlvii. fig. C (1782). 


Maungu, March 27; Port Alice, June 24; Uganda, 
Dec. 29, 1894. 


Several specimens. 


Moths from East Africa. 385 


32. Aroa discalis. 


Aroa discalis, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 792. n. 1 
(1855). 


Quilemane, Portuguese East Africa, July 23, 1893. 
One specimen of this common East-African moth. 


Limacodide. 


33. Parasa etttis. 


Teda etitis, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon, vii. p. 141 (1863); Vetensk. 
Akad. Handl. (2) v. (4) p. 23 (1865). 


Kisokwe (per Rev. Mr. Ashe, June 1898). 
Two specimens. 


Notodontide. 


34. Rigema Woerdent. 


Phalera Woerdeni, Snell. Tijdschr. Ent. xv. p. 45, pl. iv. figs, 1-8 
(1865). 


Masongoleni, June 4, 1894. 


One specimen. 


Sphingide. 
MacroGtossinz. 


35. Aéllopus hirundo. 


Macroglossa hirundo, Gerstaecker, Arch, f. Naturg. xxxvii. p. 360 
(1871); Von der Decken’s Reisen, iv. (2) p. 375, pl. xv. fig. 7 
(1873). 


Ngomeni, April 3, 1894; Kibwezi, Feb. 6, 1895. 


36. Macroglossa trochilus. 
Psithyrus trochilus, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. clviii, (1824 ?), 


Eldoma Ravine, Jan. 16, 1895. 
One specimen only. 


37. Macroglossa trochiloides. 
Macroglossa trochiloides, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 5. 
Eldoma Ravine, May 7, 1894. 


One specimen. ‘This insect was originally described from 
Sierra Leone. Dr. Butler is now inclined to doubt whether 
it is really distinct from MW. trochilus, Hubner. 


386 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


AMBULICINZ. 


38. Nephele viridescens. 
Zonilia viridescens, Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 192, n. 1 
(1856). 


Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 11, 1893. 
One specimen. 


Saturniide. 


39. Gynanisa maia, var. (?) 
Saturma maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. pl. v. fig. 1 (1836). 


Magwanegwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 13, 1894. 

Specimens from Tropical East Africa are larger and paler 
than those from Natal, and represent a distinct local form, if 
not a new species. 


40. Pseudaphelia apollinaris. 


Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduyal, Delegorgue, Voy. Afr, Austr. ii. p. 601 
(1847). 

Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 3-11, 1894. 

A long series. 


41. Saturnia oubie. 
Bombyx oubie, Guérin, Lefevre, Voy. Abyss. Zool. vi. p. 387, pl. xii. 
figs. 1, 2 (1849). 

Lake Nakwo, May 3, 1894. 

A pair (male and female), showing that the sexes do not 
differ. They agree with Somali specimens and differ from 
the figure and description of the type in the transverse pale 
lines on the wings being white, and not pink. 


? 


. 


42. Saturnia 
Ekatetok, May 18, 1894. 


A very worn male of a species allied to S. oubie, Guérin, 
and S. Zaddachi, Dewitz, with a broad yellow border edged 
with black on the hind wings. ‘The condition of the speci- 
men renders it useless to attempt to describe it. 


Genus LASIOPTILA, nov. 


Female.—Antenne moniliform, with about twenty-four 
joints, the last conical, thickly clothed with very short hair; 
the joints of nearly uniform length, hardly longer than 


Moths from East Africa. 387 


broad, and very distinctly separated. Thorax and legs 
thickly clothed with shaggy hair. Wings very hairy, fringes 
thick and moderately long: fore wings not much longer than 
broad, the costa arched towards the extremity, and the hind 
margin rounded and not very oblique; most hairy along the 
costa and at the base, where there is a dense mass of raised 
hair, extending below the median nervure and its lowest 
branch to beyond the middle of the inner margin: hind wings 
rounded, with the inner margin concave. 

A very distinct genus, allied to Ludia, Wallengren (type 
Saturnia Delegorguet, Boisd.), from which it differs énter 
alia by the totally different colour and pattern, and the much 
shorter and broader fore wings. 


43. Lasioptila Ansorget, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 8.) 


Female.—Rich fawn-colour, slightly varied with rosy grey ; 
prothorax grey above, a blackish line at the base of the 
fringes, edged inside with rosy grey, the fringes slightly paler 
in the middle and darkest at the extremities; there is also 
a regularly festooned submarginal line, blackish on the fore 
wings, and reddish on the hind wings. Fore wings with a 
slight transverse black dash towards the base, a narrow 
vitreous lunule bordered with black on both sides, and with 
the horns turned outwards, at the end of the cell, and a broad 
black dash suffused above in the middle of the inner margin ; 
on its outer edge the submarginal festooned line runs into it. 
Hind wings with a narrow black lunule opening outwards 
and most distinct on the underside, at the end of the cell. 
Underside irrorated with reddish atoms, except on the disk of 
the fore wings, and with rows of yellowish hairs along the 
nervures, which are less conspicuous on the upperside. 

Uganda, Dec. 22, 1894. 

One specimen only obtained. 


44, Lasioptila (2?) pomona. (Pl. XIX. fig. 9.) 
Dreata pomona, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. liii. p. 113 (1892), 


Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 8, 1894. 

A single male specimen ; the type specimen, of which I have 
seen a drawing in Herr Weymer’s possession, is also a male. 
The generic characters agree in most particulars with L. selene, 
but the insect is smaller and the wings much less densely 
hairy ; the antenne are about 33-jointed, the joints closely 
united, rather longer than broad, and deeply bipectinated and 
ciliated. The end of the cell on all the wings is marked with 


388 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


a white (or vitreous?) spot bordered with blackish, beyond 
which is an oblique yellow stripe bordered outside with 
brown, but no festooned submarginal line. 

I see no reason to regard this moth as the male of L. selene ; 
but when these species are better known I expect it will 
prove to belong to the same genus, or to an allied one. 


Lasiocampid2. 


45. Jana Mariana. 
Bombyx Mariana, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 264 (1843). 


Captured October 26. 

A female specimen of large size (exp. 150 millim.), but 
not otherwise differing materially from the type from the 
Congo. 


46. Hibrildes Ansorget, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7.) 
Exp. 60 millim. 


Female.—Body reddish brown; antenne strongly bipec- 
tinated ; face orange; thorax white in front and on the sides; 
abdomen with an orange band on the back, expanding at the 
end of each segment, the sides whitish, bordered below with 
an orange stripe on each side; terminal segment orange. 
Fore wings smoky hyaline, with black cilia; a blackish mark 
at the end of the cell, beyond which is a broad white band 
extending nearly to the lowest median nervule, its lower part 
connected outwardly with a row of submarginal white spots 
between the nervures, which do not extend to the costa. 
Hind wings tawny yellow, with a broad lunule at the end of 
the cell; a rather narrow black border, marked with six 
large white spots between the nervures. 

Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 19, 1864. 

Two specimens obtained. 


47. Hibrildes venosa, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 4.) 


Exp. 57 millim. 

Male.—Creamy white, subhyaline, with the nervures 
brown, incrassated, and expanded triangularly before the 
fringes, which are also brown on the costa and hind margin 
of all the wings, but white on the inner margins. Fore 
wings with the costal area yellowish; tips brownish, and 
throwing off a short brown submarginal band, ceasing on the 
lowest discoidal nervule, where it turns outward to the 
margin. The fork of the discoidal nervure before the end of 


Moths from East Africa, 389 


the cell of the fore wings is shorter than in /7. norax, Druce. 
Underside with the costal area on all the wings distinctly 
yeliowish. Antenne black; head orange; thorax clothed 
with yellow hair; abdomen reddish. 

Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 16 and 19, 1894. 

Three specimens obtained. 

Allied to H. norax, Druce, the type of the genus; but 
in that species the thorax is white and the wings are also 
much whiter than in H. venosa. It may be the male of 
H, Ansorget. 


48. Lichenopteryx conspersa, sp. n. 


Exp. 53 millim. 

Male.—Anterior.wings and thorax buff; antenne very 
long, brown, very deeply bipectinated ; head, hind wings, and 
abdomen ochreous-yellow, the latter with lighter bands ; tarsi 
ringed with black at the base. Head and thorax with long 
hair, forming a double raised crest on the head, but more 
depressed on the thorax. Wings very densely clothed with 
scales and hair: fore wings with many scattered brown and 
black spots, the latter often punctiform ; a suffused blackish 
band, sloping slightly inwards at about two thirds of the 
length of the wing: hind wings nearly immaculate above ; 
wings beneath of a uniform greyish buff, with scattered black 
points on the hind wings except towards the base, and on 
the fore wings towards the base of the costa, and in a position 
corresponding to that of thedark band in theupperside. Wings 
broad, rounded ; hind wings nearly as long and broad as the 
fore wings. | 

Kisokan River. 

‘T'wo specimens (a male and female) in very poor condition, 
especially the latter. 


49. Stenoglene obtusa. 
Poloma obtusa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxxii. p. 357 (1865). 
Maungu, March 16, 1895. 


One specimen. 
Noctu&é. 
Coradinide. 


50. Amyna selenampha. 
Amyna selenampha, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 406 (1852). 
Mtoto Andai, April 5, 1994. 


390 _ Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Acontiide. 


51. Tarache caffraria. 
Noctua caffraria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cxlvii. fig. F. 
Tsavo, April 2, 1894. 
One specimen. 


Anthophilide. 


52. Hublemma viridula. 


Micra viridula, Guenée, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, x. p. 249, note (1841) ; 
Noct. ii. p. 244 (1852). 


Tsote, Kondeland, German East Africa, Oct. 31, 1893. 
Also occurs in South Europe. 


Toxocampide. 


53. Plecoptera reversa. 


Poaphila reversa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus, xxxiii. p. 991 
(1865). 


Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 13, 1894. 
An unusually brightly coloured female. 


Polydesmide. 


54. Pandesma Quenavadi. 
Pandesma Quenavadi, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 488 (1852). 


Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Oct. 25, Nov. 8; Isote, Konde- 
land, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 6, 1893. 


55. Polydesma umbricola. 
Polydesma umbricola, Boisd. Faune Madag. p. 108, pl. xiii. fig. 5 (1883). 
Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 6-14, 1893. 


Ophideride. 


56. Argadessa materna. 
Noctua(?) materna, Linn, Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 840. n. 117 (1767). 
Magwangwara, German Hast Africa, Jan. 13, 1894. 


Moths from East Africa. 391 


Ommatophoride. 


57. Patula Walkert. 
Patula Walkeri, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi p. 406 (1875). 
Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 16, 1893. 


58. Cyligramma latona. 
Noctua latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xiii. fig. B (1775). 
Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 10, 1893; Magwangwara, 


German East Africa, Jan. 2; Ndi, British East Africa, 
April 1894. 
Several specimens. 


59. Cyligramma limacina. 
Erebus limacina, Guér. Icon, R. Anim., Ins, p. 520, pl. lxxxix. fig. 2 
(1839-44), 

Uganda (Capt. Williams), June 1893; Gote, Kondeland, 
Lake Nyasa, Nov. 6, 1893; Magwangwara, German East 
Africa, Jan. 18; Masongoleni, April 6, 1894, Feb. 7, 1895; 
Ndange, April 3, 1895. 


Hypopyrida. 
60. Pyramarista rufescens, gen. et sp. n. 


Male.—Exp. 81 millim. 

Fawn-colour, tinged with rosy on the costa and inner 
margin of the wings, most broadly on the inner margin of the 
fore wings and most deeply on the long fringes of the inner 
margin of the hind wings. Antenne with a row of short, 
sharp, triangular teeth on each side, terminating in a slender 
curved bristle, finely ciliated on the curve. Body and femora 
clothed with rosy hair; thorax damaged, but the front tufts 
are rosy and the hinder tufts pale grey. Fore wings with a 
triangular black spot on the middle of the costa; a brown 
line crosses the end of the cell, curves outwards, and then 
slopes obliquely inwards to nearly the middle of the inner 
margin. A white line, bordered inside with rosy brown, runs 
from the tip of the fore wings to just within the anal angle of 
the hind wings. Underside more pink, without markings 
except the common outer line, which is pink. Legs long, 
femora very pilose, middle tibize with terminal and hind tibiz 
with middle and terminal spurs; tibie and tarsi armed on 
the sides and ‘beneath with rows of fine black spines. Abdo- 
men with a small anal tuft. 


592 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


Allied to Hypopyra Boset, Saalmiiller, from Madagascar 
(which is placed in Wazula in the British Museum collection) , 
but its smaller size and rosy tinge give it more the general 
appearance of some varieties of Hypopyra vespertilio, Fabr. 
The teeth of the antenne, too, are much more regular and 
conspicuous, and the joints are very distinctly separated ; nor 
do the antenne taper as in 4. Bose’, which, however, should 
probably form a genus equally distinct from Maula and 
Pyramarista. 

Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 15, 1893. 

A single worn specimen; but the species is of so much 
interest that I was unwilling not to describe it. 


61. Maxula africana, sp. n. 


Exp. 45-53 millim. 

Male.—Wings grey, dusted with black, with a submar- 
ginal white stripe running from within the costa of the fore 
wings to the hinder angle, and from the tip to the anal angle 
of the hind wings; this line is bordered on both sides with 
dusky, and is followed on its inner side by a space nearly 
free trom black specks, as is also the cell of the fore wings ; 
the space between this line and the hind margin is darker 
than the rest of the wings, and there is a row of black spots 
between the nervures towards the hind margin, and the 
marginal one is also marked by a darker patch below the 
middle on all the wings. Fore wings with four black costal 
spots, increasing in size from the base; the basal one is the 
outermost of a row of three at the base, progressively smaller 
and more basal as they descend; under the second are some 
black dashes towards the inner margin; the third surmounts 
a very large brown irregularly ampulliform blotch, surrounded 
by a black line, the neck of which is widened above, and 
bounds the end of the cell, expanding beneath into the flask- 
shaped spot ; the fourth is followed below by a row of five 
small black spots (the fourth nearer the margin than the 
others), which nearly reach the outer edge of the large spot ; 
about the middle of the inner margin is a black dash, forming 
the commencement of an oblique blackish stripe which crosses 
the hind wing before the middle; costa and inner margin of 
the hind wings, including the long fringes of the latter, rosy. 
Underside orange-tawny, with three rows of black spots, the 
inner row incomplete on the lower part of the fore wings and 
on the upper part of the hind wings, and the outer row 
punctiform ; there is a black lunule at the end of the cell of 
the fore wings, and two small blackish marks at a point 


Moths from East Africa. 393 


corresponding to the centre of the flask-shaped spot of the 
upperside; there is also a black spot on the discocellular 
nervules of the hind wings. 

Head and antenne rufous-brown; thorax and base of 
abdomen whitish above: abdomen above and most of the 
body beneath inclining to rosy; femora clothed with thick 
reddish hair; tibiz and tarsi black above. 

Female much lighter, especially on the fore wings; the 
submarginal line and dots present ; only the third and fourth 
of the costal spots of the fore wings visible; the third forms 
the uppermost of a row of four black spots crossing the end 
of the cell. Underside with only the submarginal line and 
the lunule and spot at the end of the cells distinctly visible ; 
body, as well as the wings, only with a very faint rosy tinge; 
legs brown. 

Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 11 and 13, 1894. 

Allied to the common and variable East-Indian JZ uni- 
strigata, Guen., but without the zigzag lines and rows of 
black dots on the disk which we meet with in that species. 

Wallengren describes two species of Hypopyra from 
Caffraria, one of which—H. miniata—may prove to be the 
female of our Pyramarista rufescens. 


62. Entomogramma nigriceps. 


Renodes (?) nigriceps, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 1595. 
n. 6 (1858), 


Uganda, Dec. 29, 1894. 


63. Hntomogramma pardus. 
Entomogramma pardus, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 205 (1852), 
Mozambique, July 12, 1893. 


Ophiuside. 


64. Sphingomorpha montetronis. 


Sphingomorpha monteironis, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. 
p- 406 (1875). 


Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Oct. 23, Nov. 9-14, 1893. 


Several specimens. 


65. Pseudophis tirhaca. 
Noctua tirhaca, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p, 172, fig. E (1780). 
Magwangwara, German Kast Africa, Jan. 3, 1894. 


394 Mr. W. F. Kirby on 


66. Dysgonia senior. 


Ophisma senior, Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 1876, n. 17 
(1858). 


Port Alice, June 24, 1894. 


67. Achea Lienardi. 
Ophiusa Inenardi, Boisduval, Faune Madag. p. 102, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1833). 


Parumbira, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 11 and 14, 1893; Ndi, 
March 31; Masongoleni, April 6, 1894. 


68. Ophiusa algira. 
Noctua algira, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) i. (2) p. 835. n. 98 (1767). 
Kilungu, April 12; Uganda, Dec. 30, 1894. 


69. Colbusa euclidica, var. 

Colbusa euclidica, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. xxxiii. p. 978 (1865). 

One specimen in poor condition from Taligan. 

The white band on the fore wings is broader than in the 
types, and the upper part of the border narrower; but the 
species appears to be variable, and a larger series is needed 
before it would be advisable to separate the various forms as 
distinct. 

70. Grammodes geometrica. 
Noctua geometrica, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 599. n. 37 (1775). 
Magwangwara, German East Atrica, Jan. 5, 1894. 


Euclidide. 


71. Trigonodes hyppasia. 
Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cel. fig, E (1780). 
Mozambique, July 12, 1898. 


72. Drasteria judicans. 


Ophiusa judicans, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. xy. p. 1881 
(1858). 


Exact locality not recorded ; labelled ‘* 298.” 


Remigiide. 
73. Remigia archesia. 
Noctua archesia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eclxxiii. figs. F, @ (1780). 
Mozambique, July 12, 1893; Magwangwara, German 


_ Moths from East Africa. 395 


East Africa, Jan. 13; Kilungu, April 12; Port Alice, 
July 19; Uganda, Dec. 29, 1894. 


74, Remigia frugalis. 
Noctua frugalis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 601. n. 45 (1775). 


Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 11 and 13; 
Uganda, Dec. 29 (1894). 


Hypenidz. 


75. Hypena abyssinialis. 
Hypena abyssinialis, Guenée, Delt. & Pyr. p. 39 (1854). 


Isote, Kondeland, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 2, 1893; Mag- 
wangwara, terman Hast Africa, Jan. 11, 1894. . 


GEOMETRA. 


76. Gnophos delosaria. 
Tephrosia delosaria, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. xxy. p. 1541 (1862). 


Isote, Oct. 31. 


77. Zamorada reflexaria (?). 
Comibena refleraria, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 1565 
(1862). 
Tsote, Kondeland, Lake Nyasa, Nov. 6, 1893. 


A damaged specimen, apparently belonging to this species. 


78. Paraeumelea conspersata, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 45 millim. 

Pale yellow, thickly speckled with brown, with black dis- 
coidal spots ; the fore wings are clearer towards the costa, and 
towards the hind margin the speckled part is bordered by a 
festooned line, commencing with an outward curve below the 
costa, followed by two even curves and then by three oblique 
ones to the inner margin; outside this is a submarginal 
curved row of blackish dots on the nervures, between which 
and the festooned line are some irregular brown spots; on 
the hind wings the line is continued nearly straight, but only 
for a short distance from the costa, and below it the speckled 
part of the wing extends outwards as far as three brown 
festooned submarginal lines, coalescing to two on the costa, 


396 On Moths from East Africa, 


the outer series marked between the nervures with black dots, 
slightly speckled with silver; the fringes on all the wings are 
yellowish white, preceded by a brown line. Underside 
whitish, with the brown markings more clearly defined than 
above ; body brown, with the face yellow, marked with a 
transverse brown bar; the abdomen is marked with some 
irregular yellowish patches. 

Port Alice, June 24, 1894, 

Two specimens obtained. 

Allied to P. perlimbata, Guenée, but that species has orange 
markings, and a row of long submarginal streaks in place of 
the brown submarginal lines of P. conspersata. 


79. Problepsis digammata, nom. nov. 


Problepsis digammata, Warren, MS. 
Argyris latonaria, var., Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus, xxiii. 
p- 807. n. 2 (1861). 


Uganda, Dec. 29, 1894. 


80. Negla perplexata. 


Negla perplexata, Walker, List Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxiy. p. 1087. n. 1 
(1862). 


Port Alice, June 30, 1894. 


81. Petovia dichroaria. 


Geometra dichroaria, Herrich-Schiffer, Aussereurop. Schmett. i. fig. 169 
(1854). 


Magwangwara, German East Africa, Jan. 5, 1894. 
Two specimens obtained. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX, 


Fig. 1. Atyocera triplagiata, Rothsch. 
Fig. 2. Neuroxena Ansorget, sp. n. 
Fug. 3. Protocerea Geraldi, sp. n. 
Fig. 4. Hibrildes venosa, sp. n. 

Fig. 5. Zygena semihyalina, sp. n. 
Fig. 6. Cropera pallida, sp. n. 

Fig. 7. Hibrildes Ansorget, sp. n. 

Fig. 8. Lasioptila Ansorget, sp. n. 
Fig. 9. Lasioptila (?) pomona, sp. n. 


Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Threpterius maculosus. 397 


LVIL.— On a little-known Australian Fish (Threpterius macu- 
losus, Richardson), with Remarks on the Family Cirrhitidee. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


In 1850 the late Sir John Richardson described and figured 
a fish from King George’s Sound, where it is called by the 
natives “Ciimbetk”; it was regarded by him as allied to 
Latris and Chilodactylus, but differing in the presence of 
vomerine teeth and in the teeth in the jaws being short, 
conical, and confined nearly to a single row, instead of being 
setiform and crowded. For this fish a new genus and species 
were established, named Threpter’us * maculosus (Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1850, p. 70, pl. ii. fig. 1). 

I do not know what has become of the dried skins of 
Mr. Neill’s, from which the fish was described by Richardson. 
They are not in the British Museum and they were never 
examined by Dr. Giinther, as is obvious from the fact of his 
referring the fish to the genus Chironemus, with “ villiform 
teeth in both jaws.” In fact the species has never been 
rediscovered since its original description. 

I was therefore not a little surprised to find among a 
collection from Victoria, recently acquired by the Trustees of 
the British Museum, a fine specimen which is undoubtedly 
identical with the long-lost Threptertus maculosus. It shows 
the genus Threptertus to be valid, for, although nearest allied to 
Chironemus, it differs in the dentition, the teeth being conical 
and subequal, in two or three rows in the premaxillary, in one 
row in the mandible. I append a description of the single 
specimen, obtained on the Melbourne market :— 


D. XIV17. A.IIL7. Sc. 555%; 1. 1. 55. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 in total length. 
Diameter of eye 14 length of snout, ¢ length of head, nearly 
double interorbital width; maxillary extending to below 
centre of eye; upper surface of head and cheeks naked, 
opercles scaly ; two opercular spines. Gill-membranes 
broadly connected ; gill-rakers moderate, 14 on lower part of 
anterior arch. Dorsal originating just behind the occiput, 
the spinous portion a little longer than the soft; fifth spine 
longest, 3 longest soft rays, $ length of head; last spine 
little more than } length of fifth. Pectoral as long as head, 


* Gpemrnptos, ad alendum idoneus, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 28 


398 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Threpterius maculosus. 


8 lower rays entire and free distally. Ventrals a consider- 
able distance behind the base of the pectorals. Second and 
third anal spines equal, as long as second dorsal. Caudal 
rounded. Dark grey-brown, vermiculated with black; a 
mother-of-pearl black-edged spot on the opercular membrane 
between the spines; fins spotted and marbled with black ; 
pectorals with five black bands. 
Total length 380 millim. 


Lalso wish on this occasion to offer a few remarks on the 
systematic position of the genus Threpterius and others 
which have hitherto been placed in its neighbourhood, but 
whose relations have been misunderstood. 

It has been stated above that the genus Threpterius is 
allied to Ohtronemus; this receives confirmation from an 
examination of the vertebre made on the spirit-specimen. 
The two genera further agree in the absence of suborbital 
lamina, an important character which separates them from 
the other genera with which they have been associated in 
the family Cirrhitide. An examination of the skeletons 
shows this family to be a most artificial group. Gill has 
long ago endeavoured to rearrange its contents, which he 
divides into two families—Cirrhitide and Haplodactylide ; 
but these are still brigaded in a super-family—Cirrhitoidea— 
‘n his classification of 1893 (Mem. Ac. Washington, vi. 
p- 127). There can be no question, however, that, if a natural 
arrangement be attempted, the only way to deal with the 
group will be to disband it altogether. Then Cérrhites will 
enter the family Serranide, in which it may form a sub- 
family, Cirrhitine, characterized by the structure of the lower 
pectoral rays and the absence of air-bladder; Chilodactylus, 
with parapophyses to all the vertebra and no vomerine teeth, 
will go and join Haplodactylus in the Sparide ; whilst Chiro- 
nemus, Threpterius, and Latris will constitute a distinct 
family—Latridida—agreeing with the Serranide in the 
vertebral column and vertical fins, but distinguished by the 
absence of an internal process of the second suborbital 
supporting the globe of the eye. 

The following tabular arrangement shows the differences in 
the structure of the vertebral column in the genera formerly 
grouped together as Cirrhitidee :— 


- 


On a case of Simous Malformation in a Snake. 399 


A, BONER CBee CR owes! 1 EE. 
Cirrhites .... 26 10 2 i 0 6 fan) 1G 
Chironemus ., 33 13 2 if 0 10 5 20 
Threpterius .. 33 13 2 2 0 9 6 20 
DUE! bes tah 35 14 2 2 0 12 4 21 
Chilodactylus . 35 14 2 0 0) 12 1 21 


A. Total number of vertebre. B. Preecaudal vertebre. C. Ribless 
anterior vertebrae, bearing only epipleurals. D. Vertebre with sessile 
ribs and no transverse processes, . Vertebrae with sessile ribs and 
transverse processes. . Vertebree with ribs attached to transverse 
processes. G. Preecaudal vertebrae with the transverse processes united 
to form a closed heemal arch, with or without hemal spine. H. Caudal 
_ vertebree. 


LVIII.—On a case of Simous Malformation in a Snake. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


WE have long been familiar with a curious monstrosity in 
salmon and trout known as the “ pug-nose,’’ which consists 
in the snout being aborted whilst the lower jaw retains its 
normal development and projects forwards far beyond the 
skull. I am now able to place on record a perfectly analogous 
malformation in a Tropical American Opisthoglyph snake— 
Stenorhina Degenhardti. 

The specimen, obtained by Mr. Underwood in Costa Rica, 
is half-grown, measuring 330 millim. It will be seen from 
the annexed figure that the snout is entirely absent and the 
eyes strongly protrude in front ; the mandible, on the other 
hand, is quite normal. 


Whether the malformation in this case is congenital or 
arose from an accident during life we have no means to tell ; 
but, whatever may be its cause, it is a matter for wonder how 
a snake should be able to maintain itself in that condition. 
The power to secure its food must have been derived mainly 
from the posterior grooved fangs, the portion of the maxillary 
that supports them being, together with the pterygoids, all 
that remains of the maxillo-palatal arch. a 
2 


400 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


LIX.—On Contrasts in the Marine Fauna of Great Britain. 
By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., FR. ere 


I HAVE drawn together some of the impressions made by an 
examination of the littoral fauna, and that within a few miles 
of the shore, at the four points of the compass in the British 
area, leaving out, however, on the present occasion all refer- 
ence to Ireland. Thus, for the north Shetland, for the south 
the Channel Islands, for the east St. Andrews, and for the 
west the Outer Hebrides have been selected. As, however, a 
long stretch of English coast on both sides would have been left 
out, it has been thought desirable to supplement these in certain 
cases by similar investigations at Scarborough, the Tees, the 
Humber, and the Orwell on the east, and at Southport and 
the Isle of Man on the west ; whilst on the south the Isle of 
Wight and Plymouth give some useful data. 

The whole British marine area is included in the Celtic 
province of Edward Forbes, the Shetland Islands alone in 
the north having an admixture of boreal forms, while the 
Channel Islands present an admixture of southern types, or, 
as Forbes called them, Lusitanian forms. I may explain in 
passing that this accomplished naturalist grouped the seas of 
Western Europe into five provinces, viz. the Arctic, Boreal, 
Celtic, Lusitanian, and Mediterranean, each of these being 
one of his centres of creation, for he believed that nowhere 
do we find a province repeated“ that is to say, in none except 
one centre of creation do we find the same assemblage of 
typical species, or, in other words, no species has been called 
forth originally in more areas than one.” The vast advances 
which have been made in marine exploration, however, since 
the publication of his ‘N atural History of the European 
Seas’ (1859) have levelled some of his barriers and have 
shown how wide the distribution of many species is. Yet 
even in so limited an area as that of the seas of Britain we 
shall find certain interesting facts underlying the generaliza- 
tions of Forbes. 

In the brief compass of a more or less simple introductory 
lecture it is, of course, impossible to give a detailed or com- 
plete view of the four points selected. It becomes necessary, 
therefore, to choose only the most salient features for review 
and discussion, a preference, moreover, being given for those 
which in one way or other bear on problems of general 
interest. 


* The Introductory Lecture to the Class of Natural History, University 
of St. Andrews, 9th October, 1896. 


Marine Fauna oy Great Britain. 401 


Without further introduction, therefore, we shall at once 
proceed to examine the conditions at St. Andrews, which 
during the present generation has come to be a zoological 
centre for the east coast, though in former years other places, 
such as the Forth in the days of Professors Forbes and 
Allman, Berwick-on-Tweed in the time of Dr. George 
Johnston, and the northern shores of England under the 
fostering influence of Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock, 
attained great prominence. 

If we take a general glance between tide-marks at St. An- 
drews the great abundance of the crumb-of-bread sponge 
(Halichondria panicea) is noteworthy, covering as it does 
several square feet in certain places, and it is equally abun- 
dant in the Laminarian region. Where an admixture of 
fresh water, moreover, occurs, as in the estuaries of the Forth 
and the Tay, the growth of this species is remarkable. With 
the exception, perhaps, of Chalina other sponges are not 
conspicuous, though they are by no means absent. 

Of zoophytes we have Clava multicornis under stones and 
on Cynthia, and Gonothyrea Lovéni in vast profusion on the 
finely grown submerged mussels of the Eden, forming a net- 
work upon which the pelagic young mussels settle as minute 
points or grains in summer, and, after growing a little, are 
swept off by the annual decay of the zoophyte at the end of 
autumn. ‘The frequency of Sertularia pumila and of Sertu- 
larella rugosa near low-water mark is another feature, as also 
is the occurrence of large Corymorphe in a limited inshore 
area, and of large Lucernarie on uc? at the tidal rocks. ‘The 
striking pelagic members of this group are Halistemma and 
Lesueuria, while the common Beroé and Pleurobrachia are 
very abundant amidst swarms of Hydromedusz, including 
Aglantha and Hybocodon. ‘The common sea-flowers (Actinia 
mesembryanthemum and Tealia crassicornis) are plentiful, or, 
rather, 1 should say, were plentiful, for the fishermen have 
found them so attractive as bait for cod that they have in 
several places almost exterminated them. The sandy bay is 
likewise the home of Peachia and its allies—Hdwardsia and 
Cerianthus. The deeper water, again, is characterized by 
the rare Hormathia and by the sea-pens Pennatula and 
Virgularia. . 

The most interesting starfish between tide-marks is the 
little Asterias Miller’, which is found under stones in pools, 
and in the early months of the year it carries its eggs over 
the mouth and hatches them there, as does also the purple 
Cribrella which accompanies it. Larval starfishes are plen- 
tiful in summer and autumn, including the remarkable one of 
Luidia. 


402 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


Amongst the worms the abundance of the spoon-worm 
(Echiurus Pallasii) is a striking feature, together with the 
prevalence of sand-dwelling forms, such as Magelona, Ophelia, 
and Nephthys. The occurrence of the gigantic epitocous 
form Alitta virens is also noteworthy. In the tow-nets the 
larval types Tornaria and Mitraria occasionally appear, 
along with Polygordius. 

The crabs exhibit no very marked diagnostic characters, 
but the edible, shore, and masked crabs are common, the two 
former between tide-marks, the latter in the inshore sand, 
along with Portumnus vartegatus and Portunus holsatus. The 
northern stone-crab is not uncommon in the deeper water. 
Mysis is abundant and Boreophausia and Nyctiphanes occa- 
sionally in great profusion in the inshore water, along with 
Parathemisto. 

The Lepralize and Alcyonidians are fairly numerous be- 
tween tide-marks. In the adjoining sea the most charac- 
teristic are Bugula purpurea and Flustra Murrayana with the 
larval Cyphonautes. 

' Of shell-fishes the mussel is the most conspicuous, along 
with Mya arenaria and the cockle on the beach, whilst between 
‘tide-marks amongst the rocks Trochus cinerarius and Tapes 
pullastra are characteristic. Only a single rock-oyster is 
occasionally met with. In the pelagic fauna mussels are 
likewise the most prominent in summer. The pteropods 
Spirtalis and Clione also occur, the former often in great 
numbers, the latter a pigmy in comparison with the arctic 
examples. 

Ascidians, with the exception of Styela rustica, are not 
common between tide-marks; but in the adjoining waters 
Ascidia scabra is abundant on the tangles. In the deeper 
water Molgula occurs, and, in certain areas, the remarkable 
Pelonaia. Myriads of the pelagic Appendicularians fill the 
tow-nets. 

The fishes between tide-marks are those usually observed 
all along the coasts, viz. shannies, gunnels, long-spined sea- 
scorpions, gobies, fifteen-spined sticklebacks, and sand-eels, 
while the flatfishes and thorn-backs are characteristic of the 
margin of the sandy bay beyond. Soles are occasionally pro- 
cured. ‘The ordinary round fishes are abundant, but the 
conger is less common than on the west and south. The 
characteristic young fishes at the margin of the rocks in 
summer and autumn are young green cod, cod, ling, lump- 
suckers, and sand-eels, with pleuronectids, herrings, and 
gunnels in the adjoining area. 

The marine mammals include the seal—still present in 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. 403 


considerable numbers at the mouths of such salmon-rivers as 
the Tay—and a few porpoises. The rorquhal and lesser 
rorquhal are occasionally seen, and also scattered pairs of 
the ca’ing whale. Killers are rare. 

Turning now to the extreme west, to shores more or less 
influenced by warm currents both of air and water, the first 
feature of note is the comparatively small rise and fall of 
each tide, and, in bays like Lochmaddy, the great abundance 
of mud; but it must not be thought that the latter is absent 
from the eastern shores, for a great deposit occurs east of the 
Island of May and at many other parts of the coast. Before 
proceeding to the consideration of the fauna of the west, we 
may, indeed, glance briefly at this deposition of mud, a 
question which has often been before marine zoologists. 
Thus, during the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 Dr. Car- 
penter broached the idea that the deposit of fine mud in the 
deeper parts of the basin of the Mediterranean was devoid of 
life because of the turbidity of the bottom-water. He held, 
indeed, that such fine particles diffused through the water 
would produce asphyxia in the marine animals. Further, he 
pointed out the bearing of his explanation in regard to the 
vast azoic deposits of the geologists. I showed at the time * 
that such a theory should only be built on well-ascertained 
facts, and, moreover, that, so far as my experience went, the 
facts were not favourable. For example, many littoral 
sponges are found on extremely muddy ground, while the 
siliceous sponges all over the world affect a muddy bottom. 
Muddy ground is the favourite haunt of zoophytes, sea-pens, 
and other Ceelenterates. Certain starfishes and Synapte are 
found only in mud, Terebelle and Gephyrea in vast numbers 
are characteristic of muddy beaches; not only these, but 
many other annelids, are found nowhere else than amongst 
mud or muddy sand, and this is often of such a nature that 
the sea-water which covers them must always be loaded with 
minute particles, which may also coat the littoral sea-weeds. 
Some of the most delicate and beautiful of these annelids, with 
the finest branchial plumes, live amongst tenacious chalk- 
mud, yet they are so sensitive to other impurities that a ver 
slight admixture of fresh water is instantly fatal. Those 
familiar with the habits of the shore-crab (Careinus menas) 
will be cautious in attributing a deleterious influence to mud 
of any description. Others of the higher crustaceans burrow 
in it. In muddy sand various mollusks live and thrive, such 
as Scrobicularia, Corbula, Crenella, and even an occasional 
oyster ; while ascidians and mussels are not only powdered 

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., January 1872, p. 10. 


ee 


404 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


on their respective sites, but the latter are often almost 
imbedded in it. The witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus) is 
partial to muddy ground, mud is the home of the hag-fish, 
and even the delicate young flounders, on descending after 
their pelagic existence and metamorphosis to the bottom, skim 
through and hide (all but the eyes) in it along our muddy 
shores. Referring to the tidal and adjoining area, the con- 
clusion then (1871) was :—‘‘ In general, muddy ground is 
found to be much more productive in marine life of all kinds 
than where the rocks, sea- weeds, and sands are pure.” The 
barrenness of such regions in the Mediterranean, therefore, was 
not proved to be due to the muddy character of the water 
per se. The greatly extended researches of a quarter of a 
century have only confirmed these opinions. 

This question of the muddy deposits has again, and quite 
recently, been brought forward by Dr. John Murray, who, in 
the ‘Challenger’ publications *, established what he calls a 
mud-line, which he fixes everywhere at or about 100 fathoms. 
He considers this line the great feeding-ground of the ocean, 
citing, in proof, the capture of myriads of young and adult 
crustaceans, many of them phosphorescent, and nearly all of 
the red or brown colour characteristic of deep water. ‘These, 
again, he says, furnish food for migratory fishes, such as the 
herring and the salmon t, while the stomachs of whales are 
crowded with cuitlefishes and crustaceans from considerable 
depths. His views were criticized last year by Prof. Herd- 
man in his address to the Zoological Section of the British 
Association, and he differed so much as to hold that the deep- 
sea mud supports ‘fa comparatively poor fauna as compared 
with other shallow-water deposits.” He contrasts the hauls 
of small trawls in shallow water with those of the ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ in the deep-sea mud, and shows that the number of 
species and genera is greater in the former. It must be 
borne in mind, however, that some of the finest fishing- 
erounds are those in muddy areas, which abound in marine 
life of all kinds. ‘The selection of more or less pelagic crusta- 
ceans as the test of the correctness of Dr. Murray’s theory 
appears to be of doubtful import, though the latter himself is 
perhaps responsible for it. Such forms often fill the tow- 
nets over pure sand, or in midwater or near the surface far 
from mud. They are, indeed, found in great numbers under 
very diverse circumstances. The more minute, however, 


1895. 


+ It would be interesting to give in detail the food of the salmon in 
the offshore waters. 


* ‘Deep-sea Deposits,’ p. 184 et seg., 1891; Summary, vol. ii. p. 1433, 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. 405 


frequently occur in swarms just over the muddy ground of 
certain fishing-banks, in the midst of multitudes of post- 
larval fishes which feed on them. But muddy ground is to 
be tested as much by the forms which live in it and on it as 
by those which, it may be, are only temporarily above it. 
From rhizopods to fishes there is no scarcity. Dr. Murray is 
inclined to think that “in the present period and not very 
remote geological past” his mud-line has played an important 
part in the spread of marine animals. Prof. Herdman, on 
the other hand, considers that the fauna of the Laminarian 
region is richer than that of the mud-line, and that there life 
“is most abundant, growth most active, competition most 
severe,” that ‘evolution of new forms by natural selection 
has been most active,’ and that “migrations have taken 
place downwards to the abysses, outwards over the surface, 
and upwards on to the shore.” Both the able naturalists just 
mentioned have doubtless good grounds for their views, so 
that the one theory may be as good as the other. It is 
doubtful, however, if we are yet in a position to speak deci- 
sively as to how and whence marine life radiated, either in 
the present or in the past. 

Returning to the condition of the marine fauna on the 
extreme west, it is found that, instead of the soberly tinted 
sponges of the east, bright yellows and purples are met with, 
while the firm rounded Geodia grows on stones between tide- 
marks. ‘The crumb-of-bread sponge, again, is partial to 
tangle-roots and stems, while Grantia ciliata abounds near 
low-water mark. 

Foremost amongst the Ccelenterates is the stony coral 
(Caryophyllia Smithit), which studs the hard gneiss stones 
near low-water mark, especially where, piled on each other, 
they form little caverns, in which the corals hang, grow 
upright, or project horizontally. Equally characteristic in 
certain creeks is Anthea cereus, which has a brownish or ash- 
coloured body and long large tentacles of greenish and 
magenta. ‘Truly arborescent in habit, it is found only 
on the blades of the Fucz and tangles, though a few 
float freely with the very mobile disk uppermost and the 
long trailing tentacles hanging in the water. Indeed, it 
loosens hold of its site more readily than most of the group, 
and its tissues are comparatively delicate, so that when 
tearing tangle-blades, to separate them, the rent sometimes 
severs the anemone as well as the tangle. No sight could 
be more beautiful than to glance along the surging sea-weeds 
and watch the large tentacles with their hues of green and 
red nodding with each wave. Instead of Clava multicornis 


406 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


of the east we have the tufted Clava squamata on the littoral 
Fuct. One of the characteristic zoophytes is Sertularia oper- 
culata, which grows in dense tufts on the stems of the tangles. 
The Siphonophore, Diphyes (or Muggicea), occurs in the 
inshore waters, moving towards the surface with lively jerks, 
and dragging its trailing hydrosome with the orange polypites 
behind it, through a maze of the rich blue Pelagia and the 
pale or milky Salpe. The abundance of Velella is another 
striking feature of the region, and, indeed, of the western 
coast-line generally, while the rarer Physalia occasionally is 
met with in fine condition. Juniculina for the most part 
takes the place of Pennatula. 

In the creeks and bays the rosy feather-star (Antedon), 
in both pale and dark red varieties, is abundant, clinging by 
its dorsal arms to the tangles, and moving with considerable 
rapidity. Between tide-marks Astertas Miillerd is occasionally 
procured ; while Ophiuroids and two species of Synapte 
abound in the mud, viz. Synapta Gallienni and a new species 
(S. tenera), found nearly simultaneously with Canon Norman, 
who got his examples in Shetland, and the symmetry and 
beauty of the anchor-plates of which are diagnostic. 

Several rare Nemerteans, such as Tetrastemma Robertiane 


and Carinella linearis, occur between tide-marks; and of 


characteristic Annelids Spinther, Lepidonotus clava, Nephthys 
Hombergii, the richly tinted and lively Ophiodromus vittatus, 
Myrianida with its long chain of bright orange buds, Nereds 
Dumerilii, Owenia filiformis, Travisia Forbesti, and Tricho- 
branchus glactalis. ‘The western shores of England produce 
the rare Achloé astericola and Panthalis Girstedi, the latter, 
however, extending to Shetland; also a wealth of Terebelle, 
especially Terebella nebulosa, Mont., with its commensal 
Polynoé scolopendrina, which here attains a much larger size 
than in the Channel Islands. 

A prominent feature near low-water mark is the compara- 
tive abundance of the armed tubes of Pomatocerus triqueter, 
a Serpulid which covers the under surface of the hard gneiss 
boulders and wounds the fingers by the sharp anterior spine. 

The most noteworthy crustacean is the large purple 
swimming-crab (Portunus puber), which is frequently found 
under the broad blades of the tangles in some of the creeks 
(as at Armaddy) ; and though its carapace is considerably 
thinner, it is as active in movement and fierce in defence as 
the shore-crab. Yet it has little of the hardihood of the 
latter, none surviving a night’s confinement in a moist 
vasculum. Spheroma is common in the fissures of the gneiss 
rocks, and rolls itself into a ball—head to tail—when inter- 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. 407 


fered with. Its back is speckled brown and white, while the 
border of each segment is reddish. The eyes are prominent, 
large, and black. When crawling it presents a strange 
appearance indeed, as if it had a crinoline. 

The occurrence of pigmy forests of Crista eburnea under 
stones between tide-marks instead of the zoophyte Sertularia 
pumila at St. Andrews forms a contrast, as also is the frequency 
of Retepora Beaniana in the deeper water. ' 

The abundance of borers in wood and the comparative 
absence of borers in rocks is another marked feature. The 
only examples of rock-borers lurked between stones that had 
been fixed by a Laminarian root, in the interstices of the latter 
on rocks, and in peat, never in an independent tunnel in the 
rocks. The drift-wood is almost universally perforated by 
the ship-worm (Teredo norvegica and T. megotara), and 
since his barren country compels the islander to depend on 
such for almost every available purpose to which wood is 
applied, the investigator may well be conversant with the 
labours of these shell-fishes. Other notable bivalves between 
tide-marks are Tapes decussata, Arca tetragona, and Pecten 
vartus var. nivea, while the frequency of oysters fixed to 
stones is characteristic. Lima hians, so often met with 
in the Clyde area, is absent, the rarer Lima subauriculata 
alone being procured by the dredge. The valves of Pecten 
maximus cast ashore by storms are still used for skimming 
milk and scooping butter *. 

Between tide-marks Trochus zizyphinus in fine condition 
abounds at the verge of low water, hanging on the blades of 
the Fuci, but it is not so often met with in dredging as 
T. cinerarius. Trochus umbilicatus is rather less common 
than at Tobermory and other parts on the west coast, but it 
is not rare between tide-marks. All these places, however, 
differ materially from St. Andrews, where Trochus cinerarius 
is the only one met with in the same region. Doris proaima 
is often seen on the floating blades of the Fuc7d at low water. 
The prevalence of Fissurelia and Kmarginula between tide- 
marks, of the Rissow, Akera bullata, and Phasianella in the 
inshore waters, and of the pelagic Janthina with its peculiar 
float, is noteworthy. 

No greater contrast to the eastern shores exists in any 
group than in the Ascidians. On the latter only the com- 
pound forms and a few solitary ones under stones occur 
between tide-marks ; here in the tidal region are large com- 

ound forms, such as Aplidium, Amouroucium, bright orange 
Leptoclint, Botryllus, and Botrylloides, and numerous solitary 
* Further south, as at Southport, Ceratisolen legumen is diagnostic. 


408 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


Ascidians stud the blades of the Fuct and tangles at low 
water, while very large species grow in the quiet parts of the 
inland seas. Other interesting forms are Olavelina, Cynthia 
echinata, O. (Forbesella) tessellata, and Molgula. Moreover, 
the surrounding seas occasionally swarm with Salpx, both 
solitary and in the remarkable chains. So far as known no 
Salpz have hitherto been found on the north-eastern shores, 
and such, at any rate, like the occurrence of the Physophores, 
must be very rare. In the offshore waters of the west Dolio- 
lum is now and then captured, and thus the west and the 
south agree in this respect. 

In the department of fishes the contrast is sufficiently 
marked. Thus in the loch salmon and salmon-trout fre- 
quently leap above the surface close inshore. Young wrasses 
swim in shoals at the margin of the rocks, or lurk under the 
sea-weeds of the rock-pools. Bimaculated suckers are 
prevalent in the Laminarian region, and green cod and conger 
are more abundant than on the east. 

Of the marine mammals seals are much more numerous 
than on the east, the headquarters of this species being in 
the Sound of Harris. A few great grey seals haunt the rocks 
at Hashkeir. inners and porpoises are likewise more 
frequently observed, and the same may be said of the killer 
(Orca). 

When we come to the extreme north of Scotland, viz., the 
Shetland Islands, we encounter a very rich marine fauna— 
not so much between tide-marks as in the voes and in the 
deep water beyond. 

A wealth of large sponges, including perhaps the “grandest” 
British sponge (Phakellia ventilabrum) , is diagnostic. Besides 
the foregoing another cup-sponge (Lsodyctia infundibuliformis) 
is common, and this region is also the home of the remarkable 
turnip-sponge (Oceanapia Jeffreysit, Bow.), with branched 
processes of considerable length growing from both poles of 
the sphere, while the interior, into which those fistule pass, 
is filled with sarcode, to the extent, as its discoverer, Canon 
Norman, says, of nearly a pint. The interesting Geodia 
zetlandica and the yellow sea-apple (Tethea cranium) are 
also present. 

Of the Ccelenterates between tide-marks the abundance of 
Coryne pusilla and Gonothyrea, and of Tubularia indivisa 
with Z. laryna parasitic on it at low water, merit notice, 
both of the latter being characteristic of the deeper water in 
the east and west. Between tide-marks also the anemones 
Actinoloba dianthus and Corynactis viridis are found; while 
Corymorpha occurs in the sandy voes. Moreover, in the 
latter and in the sounds in July immense numbers of a 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. 409 


Beroé (ldyia cucumis) swim amidst swarms of Arachnactis 
albida of Sars, a pelagic stage of an anemone (Cerianthus), 
and they are also sometimes accompanied by Diphyes and 
Physophora. 

In the off-shore waters, again, we have the zoophyte 
Aglaophenia, a genus characteristically southern. Of ane- 
mones Lolocera eques, B. Tuedice, Stomphia, and Adamsia 
oceur, all, however, passing further south along the east 
coast. ‘The stony corals are more characteristic, such as 
Caryophyllia Smithit, var. borealis, and, in small numbers, 
Paracyathus and Ulocyathus. Epizoanthus appears to be 
almost typical and in great profusion, one form (Z. tnerus- 
tans) being inhabited by a hermit-crab. 

The characteristic Kchinoderms are two species of rosy 
feather-star in considerable numbers, Aséertas glacialis and 
Asterias Miilleri, the latter being only met with in deep 
water, whereas at St. Andrews it occurs between tide-marks. 
The sea-urchins are represented by the piper (Cidaris papil- 
lata), Kchinus Flemingii, L. norvegius, Toxopneustes pictus, 
Brissopsis lyrifera, and a specially southern form Spatangus 
meridionalis of Risso. Of Holothurians or sea-cucumbers, 
one of the most striking is Cucumaria frondosa, which has 
been familiar to zoologists since the days of Kdward Forbes, 
but Thyonidium hyalinum and species of the genus Thyone 
are also common. 

Amongst the Annelids are the rare Hurythoé borealis of 
Sars, swarms of a small sea-mouse (Letmatonice filicornis), 
the northern Hunoa nodosa, Sars, Sthenelais Buskii (found no- 
where else), Panthalis Hirstedi, Nothria conchylega in abund- 
ance, Humenia Jeffreysii, Lrophonia glauca, Rhodine Lovéni, 
Axiothea catenata, Ampharete arctica, Amphicteis Gunner, 
Pista cristata, Lrichobranchus glacialis, and Huchone analis. 
The remarkable Polygordius is in great profusion amongst the 
coarse gravelly bottom tormed of delobesia. ‘There are like- 
wise some peculiar Nemerteans, such as Amphiporus hastatus, 
A, bioculatus, Meckelia asulcata, and Valencinia lineformis. 

Of the Crustaceans, Payurus tuberculatus, Risso, and Xantho 
rivulosus, Kisso—both Mediterranean torms,—Pagurus tri- 
carinatus, Crangon serratus, and Lophogaster typicus (Stoma- 
poda) are noteworthy*. As a rule the remarkable forms 
lean to northern types. 

Amongst the Polyzoa the free growths of Cedlepora, and 
the occurrence ot such species as Llustra Barleet and Hornera, 
are interesting. 

The Brachiopods are frequently met with. 


* For these and some other references I am indebted to the late 
Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys’s and Canon Norman’s papers. 


410 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


The most noteworthy bivalve mollusks are Pinna rudis, 
Isocardia cor, Solecurtus, Pandora inequivalvis, Siphono- 
dentalium, and Cadulus. 

Amongst the univalves it is difficult to give forms specially 
Zetlandic, though species of Odostomia, Trochus helicinus, 
T. grenlandicus, and Trichotropis borealis are very abundant 
amongst the tangle-roots. The list includes Puncturella 
noachina, Aporrhais Macandree, Jeft., OColumbella haliceti, 
Lyonsia, Lepeta, Trochus amabilis, the Jeffreysie, Pleurotoma 
nivalis, Scaphander librarius, Philine angulata, P. nitida, and 
Rossia papillifera. A large number are common to the 
Mediterranean. 

Of the Hemichordates perhaps the most characteristic is 
Rhabdopleura Normanni, Allman, which has not been found 
in any other area in Britain. 

The Urochordates (Tunicates) are represented by an 
occasional example of Pelonaia, a form only got in profusion 
in our own neighbourhood, and by great numbers of ascidians, 
chiefly of a common type. 

Salpa runcinata, Chamisso, again, is now and then met 
with in the tow-nets, with Déphyes and Physophora, as well 
as a few Appendicularians. 

Amongst fishes one of the most characteristic is the torsk 
(Brosmius brosme), which is nowhere (in Britain) met with 
in greater numbers or of larger size. Cod, haddock, and 
ereen cod are of large size and abundant, and large pollack 
are more common than in the south. Conger, again, are 
especially numerous on the western shores. Chimera is not 
uncommon. The large size of many of the forms—both 
elasmobranch and teleostean—is in contrast with the eastern 
and southern fish-fauna. 

Of mammals the most conspicuous are the finners and the 
ca’ing whales (Globiocephalus melas), but small numbers of 
rarer forms, such as Mesoplodon, are occasionally met with. 
Porpoises are often remarkably numerous, but seals are less 
common than in the Outer Hebrides. 

In considering the relations of this our most northern area 
with the arctic fauna, some remarks of Dr. Murray’s in the 
last volume of the ‘Challenger’ summary may here be 
noticed. He says * :—“ In polar waters a marked peculiarity 
of the tow-net gatherings is the almost total absence of pelagic 
larve belonging to benthonic organisms, and we know that 
many of the Echinoderms and other shallow-water animals 
of the Arctic and Antarctic regions are furnished with 
pouches in which the young are reared ; the same appears to 
be true of the animals living about and deeper than the mud~ 

* Summary of Results, vol. ii. p. 1459. 


—— 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. AlL 


line in all parts of the world. In temperate zones, where there 
is a wide range in annual temperature, the pelagic larve of 
benthonic animals appear only in the spring and summer 
seasons ; in the tropics they are present at all times in the 
surface-waters. If there were once a nearly universal climate 
over the whole ocean, we may suppose that the same species 
of benthonic animals were nearly everywhere present in the 
shallow-water zones. Whien cooling at the poles set in, those 
animals with pelagic larve would be killed out or be forced 
to migrate towards the warmer tropics. By being able to 
limit the reproductive process to the summer season, some of 
these organisms with free-swimming larve have been able to 
live on in the temperate regions, but in the tropical and coral- 
reef regions we have the remnants of a once universally dis- 
tributed shallow-water fauna. With the disappearance of 
this shallow-water fauna from the polar regions its place 
would be occupied by the organisms from the deeper mud- 
line, very few of which possess pelagic larve.’ 

With respect to the first part of this quotation it is doubtful 
if the actual facts connected with the polar fauna bear out this 
interpretation. Inthe first place, well-known deep-sea (or, as he 
calls them, benthonic) arctic animals have pelagic larva, such 
as sponges, zoophytes, star-fishes, and annelids. ‘The condi- 
tion of the latter alone would prove fatal to the argument. 
Further, the mere examination of surface-organisms in the 
tow-nets is no proof that swarms of pelagic larve do not 
exist near the bottom. ‘The pelagic larve of the pteropods 
and hydromeduse that abound in the ‘‘ whale-food,” and the 
pelagic eggs and larve of fishes, would be quite as likely to 
suffer as the ciliated young of the benthonic forms previ- 
ously mentioned. Again, while it is true that certain polar 
forms have hollows or pouches in which the young are reared, 
the same holds good with Asterias Miilleri and Cribrella 
sanguinolenta of the tidal rocks, and the Awtolytus of the 
inshore waters of St. Andrews. The number of these forms 
in the polar waters, moreover, is out of proportion to those 
which have no such provision, and in which the larve are 
free-swimming. So far as present knowledge goes the same 
remarks apply to ‘‘ animals living about and deeper than the 
mud-line in all parts of the world.” 

Some modification is also necessary in regard to the 
statement that “In temperate zones.... the pelagic larve 
of benthonic animals appear only in the spring and summer 
seasons,” whereas “in the tropics they are present at all 
times at the surface.” Now in climates like our own it is 
well known that delicate pelagic forms like ciliated larve 
prefer the surface only in mild and calm weather, but their 


412 Prof. M‘Intosh on the 


absence from the surface is no proof that they are not in the 
lower regions of the water. Rough or, in winter, cold 
weather generally causes even adult pelagic forms to seek the 
lower regions of the water, and it is unlikely that delicate 
larvee would be less sensitive. Ifin temperate regions it should 
happen that these mild, calm days were frequent throughout 
the year, such organisms would appear in the surface-waters 
during a considerable part of the year, if not throughout it, 
since from January to December pelagic larval forms (ben- 
thonic) of one kind or other are present. It is true the 
numbers of such forms would constitute a spindle with the 
bulky region in the warmer months, but, nevertheless, a con- 
siderable number occur in what are called the colder months. 

It is thus doubtful how tar we can accept this theory, viz., 
that the “ cooling at the poles killed off the animals with 
pelagic larve or forced them to migrate to the warmer 
tropics.”” Considerably stronger evidence is yet required 
before we can assert that towards the poles deep-sea animals 
have no pelagic larva. 

In surveying the tidal fauna of the Channel Islands, such 
as Guernsey, Herm, and Sark, one of the most prominent 
features is the abundance of the Protozoan Noctiluca, which 
here and in the south of England causes the sea to be bril- 
liantly phosphorescent, whereas, so far as known, it never 
occurs in the northern part of Britain, the phosphorescent Cera- 
tium there taking its place. ‘The ravages of the boring-sponge 
(Hymeniacidon celata) are everywhere visible in the oyster- 
beds in the inshore waters, and especially in the beautiful 
arborescent patterns in many of the dead bivalves and limpets 
on the shell-beach at Herm. ‘The same form affects the 
calcareous rocks on the southern shores of England. 

Of zoophytes the most noteworthy are Aglaophenia pluma 
and A. pennatula, and the presence of Tubularia indivisa 
in the Gouliot Caves of Sark at low water. Yet we have 
seen that this likewise occurs occasionally in Shetland. 

Between tide-marks the gaudily-striped Sagartia parasitica 
is carried about on shells inhabited by hermit-crabs, while in 
the deeper water the richly-tinted Adamsia palliata is common 
on shells inhabited by Hupagurus Prideauai. 

Rosy feather-stars are frequent between tide-marks, as are 
also fine examples of the bluish or purplish Asterzas glacialis, 
and in the adjoining area are the purple, Flemings’s, and the 
silky-spined urchins, together with Synapta Galliennt. In 
no other area is there such a combination. 

In the same way richly-coloured Planarians like Eurylepta 
vitiata, and Nemerteans such as Borlusia Llisabethe, Drepa- 


Marine Fauna of Great Britain. — 413 


nophorus, and the viviparous Prosorochmus, are characteristic. 
The Euphrosynide amongst Annelids have their headquarters 
as tidal forms in this region. Instead of the northern sea- 
mice (Aphrodite and Letmatonice), we have in abundance 
the southern Hermione hystrix, with its naked scales and 
long barbed spines, in water from 10 to 20 fathoms. The 
occurrence of Harmothoé areolata, Grube, H. marphyse, of 
the Nereis (Eulalia) nebulosa of Montagu, of Nereis Marionit 
and the general prominence of Nereids, of the EKunicide, 
Lumbriconereide, Staurocephalus, Chetopterus, Sabellaria al- 
veolata, Leprea and other Terebellids, Sabella saxicava, and 
Protula and Filigrana between tide-marks, are diagnostic. 

In no group is the contrast greater than in the higher 
crustacea. ‘The huge spiny lobster off rocky shores, velvet- 
crabs, Pirimela and Ebalia under stones between tide-marks, 
Alpheus ruber and Pagurus cuanensis in rock-pools, Pagurus 
Prideauati, Maia, Dromia, and Polybius are all more or less 
characteristic. In the same way the presence of Cymodocea 
truncata and Spheroma Prideauxianum in the fissures of 
rocks between tide-marks and Dynamene in rock-pools, the 
large Cymothoa on fishes, and other sessile-eyed crustaceans 
are noteworthy. 

The extraordinary beauty and profusion of the Polyzoa, 
such as the Escharide and the Lepraliz, between tide-marks, 
together with the finely spiral tufts of Bugula turbinata and 
the free growth of Amathia lendigera and Flustra chartracea 
(the two last from the inshore water), are also southern 
features, as also is the occurrence of Argiope. 

The molluscan fauna is characterized by the presence of 
extensive beds of large oysters in the inshore waters, with 
the somewhat rare borer, Gastrochena, perforating the upper 
valve of many; whilst amongst them are large Anomic. 
Other typical species are Mactra glauca, Triton nodifer, 
T. montacutt, Cardium papillosum, and Murex aciculatus. 

Between tide-marks we have Pecten varius, Mytilus bar- 
batus, Arca tetragona, and. Galeomma Turtoni, a lamelli- 
branch which opens its valves and adheres to the under 
surface of stones. Only here does Haliotis (the ear-shell or 
“‘ormer”’) occur between tide-marks ; and in the rock-pools 
no sight can be more striking than to watch Léma nimbly 
moving through the water with its bright orange tentacles 
forming an ornamental fringe. TZrochus lineatus, Murex 
erinaceus and M, aciculatus, Aplysia, Cerithium, and Certthi- 
opsis are likewise characteristic of the tidal area, and Calyp- 
trea of the adjoining waters, along with numerous Octopi, 
which have their homes under the larger stones. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xviii. 29 


414 On the Marine Fauna of Great Britain. - 


Balanoglossus is found between tide-marks, and ascidians 
are numerous and large in the same region. In the sur- 
rounding waters swarms of Salpz occasionally appear, now 
and then accompanied by Doltolum. 

Amongst fishes, eels are abundant between tide-marks, and 
wrasses at the margin of the rocks, gliding here and there 
like dark shadows under the tangles. Black gobies are 
frequent in the tidal region; while in the inshore waters 
whiting-pout, red mullets, LHippocampi, gattoruginous 
blennies, rainbow, cook, and other wrasses, Serranus, small 
blue sharks and congers, arecommon. ‘‘Schools”’ of pilchards 
break the surface of the water like a heavy shower of hail in 
certain areas, and mackerel are abundant. 

The marine mammals, viz. seals and cetaceans, are much 
less common than in the north and north-west. 

Each of the four areas has certain forms common to all, 
but at the same time each has species that occur sparingly or 
not at all in the others, though it is true great caution is 
required in regard to the latter statement. 

The eastern coast is distinguished rather by the absence of 
forms that are present in other areas, though the abundance 
of such as Lucernaria, Ilippasterias, Echiurus, Magelona, 
Felonaia, and the remarkably persistent profusion of food- 
fishes are also features of moment. ‘Towards the north, as 
in the Moray Frith, again, we encounter southern forms that 
show no connecting links along the eastern shores, but the 
distribution of which seems to point to the view of Canon 
Norman that such may have travelled from the west round 
the north of Scotland, or in some cases may have passed from 
the northern shores of Europe in a westerly direction. 

The western coast is in the main southern in its fauna, 
though theabundance of Caryophyllia and Pomatocerus triqueter 
within tide-marks, and of Velella, Lanthina, and the Salpe, 
together with the frequency of seals and whales, are distin- 
guishing features. ‘lhe invertebrate marine fauna and fishes 
may have spread from the south and the west. 

hat the warm currents of air and water along the western 
shores are the main factors in accounting for the special fauna 
of the region is evident, and they carry that fauna to the 
Shetland Islands, and, passing through the various gaps, lave 
both sides of the land, so that the eastern fauna of the latter 
more resembles that of the west. Thus the southern types 
like Adamsia, that are found in the Moray Frith, may have 
spread from the same centres, though the commingling of 
northern species (for example, Lumpenus) proves that other 
centres along the northern shores of Europe must have con- 
tributed. 


On Excretory Organs kc. in certain Isopoda. 415 


Contrasted with other regions, the richness of Shetland in 
cup-, apple-, and turnip-sponges, its swarms of Arachnactis 
albida and Echinus norvegicus, the occurrence of Cidaris 
papillata, the huge Cucumaria frondosa, Eurythoé borealis, 
Letmatonice, the Ampharetide, the peculiar mollusca, the 
large size and frequency of the torsk, the presence of Chimera 
and its many Cetaceans, give it characters of its own. The 
majority of these appear to have come from the north and 
east. Forms, again, which occur in deep water in Shetland 
appear between tide-marks in the Channel Islands, and occa- 
sionally in diminished bulk. The presence of Mediterranean 
forms—Xantho rivulosus, Pagurus tuberculatus, and Pinna 
rudis—show how difficult it is to explain the centres of origin 
or the lines of migration. 

Boldly mapping out the warmer southern area is the distri- 
bution of Nocteluca, of the silky-spined urchins, the brightly 
coloured Hurylepta, and Drepanophorus amongst Nemerteans, 
of the southern sea-mouse (Hermione), of the crustaceans 
Alpheus, the spiny lobster, Polybius and Dromia, the mollusks 
Gastrochena, Galeomma, Mactra glauca, Haliotis, and the 
frequency of the cuttles between tide-marks, of Balanoglussus, 
the finely coloured wrasses, the red mullets, and the pilchards, 
Almost all these forms are essentially southern, and they show 
no stragglers leading northwards, such having probably been 
checked more by the diminished annual temperature than by 
the absence of favourable currents. 

In conclusion, limited as the area we have been considering 
is, it is apparent that while some forms are common to all, 
certain restraining influences check the spread of others, so 
that they become more or less characteristic of the several 
regions. Moreover, the mixed nature of the fauna shows 
that we have to do with several sources of origin, some of 
which date back to geolegical periods marked by a different 
arrangement of the land, and a consequent change in the 
temperature of the water. 


LX.—On Excretory Organs and Sexual Conditions in 
certain Isopoda. By BouumiL NEMEC, of Prague *. 


In the course of my investigations upon Isopods I have 
arrived at certain interesting results relating to their excre- 
tory and genital organs, of which I here furnish a short 
résumé, 


* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ 
Ba, xix. no. 507 (July 6, 1896), pp. 297-301. 
29% 


416 Herr B. Nemec on Excretory Organs 


The excretory organs characteristic of the majority of 
Crustacea, namely the antennary and shell-glands, are found 
in the Oniscodez, which formed the greater part of my 
material for investigation, either greatly reduced or with 
altered functions, as has already been pointed out by Claus 
in the case of the Anisopoda. 

The antennary gland forms a small glandular saccule at 
the base of the antenne, which, however, is destitute of any 
efferent duct. In Asellus and Ligidiwm this saccule is of 
fairly large size and also possesses a distinct lumen. In the 
Oniscinex, on the other hand, the homologous rudiment forms 
only a small solid mass of cells. Probably the saccule 
alluded to corresponds to the so-called terminal saccule 
(“‘ Endsiickchen”’), as it appears in homologous normally 
developed glands. 

The shell-gland, which was found by Claus in Asellus and 
certain Oniscines, exhibits various conditions in Isopods. 
In Asellus, as stated by Claus, and as I was able to convince 
myself, it is enormously developed. In this case also it 
really represents an excretory organ. In Oniscodee this 
gland is either reduced, as is especially the case in the Onis- 


cine, or it has—in Hygrophilee—experienced a change of 
function. 


In Ligidium, Haplophthalmus, and Trichoniscus this gland’ 


appears as an organ of somewhat considerable size, which 
extends beneath the masticatory stomach right into the basal 
joints of the second pair of maxille and of the maxillipedes, 
In front there can be distinguished a thin-walled terminal 
saccule, leading into a long coiled canal which opens on the 
underside of the second pair of maxille. The epithelium of 
the coiled canal possesses a typical cortical striation, which is 
coarsely developed, particularly in Haplophthalmus. Exactly 
below the orifice the maxillipede exhibits a spoon-shaped 
excavation, and it is in this very cavity that the discharged 
secretion is collected. Sagittal longitudinal sections show 
quite clearly that the secretion which fills the cavity really 
comes from the shell-gland. 

This collection of the evacuated secretion must surely have 
an object. Probably the secretion comes in some way into 
play in the process of feeding. This explanation is the more 
probable since otherwise no differentiated salivary glands 
occur in Oniscodeze, and, moreover, in the case of other 
Articulata excretory organs may enter into close relationship 
to the ingestion of food. 

The very organ that functions as a salivary gland in the 
Hygrophilee referred to appears greatly reduced in the 


and Sexual Conditions in certain Isopoda. 417 


Oniscinese (Porcellio, Platyarthrus). In Platyarthrus it 
appears to be altogether devoid of an excretory duct. A 
distinct terminal saccule can with difficulty be made out. 
The gland, which is greatly pressed towards the ventral side, 
consists of a curved and relatively simple sac, of which the 
epithelial wall—just as in the Hygrophilee—represents a 
syncitium. In the plasma two well-marked layers can be 
distinguished. The lower one, in which also lie the nuclei, 
is finely granular ; that which clothes the lumen is clear and 
finely striated. 

Besides urinary deposits in the fat-body, as has been 
described by Weber in Trichoniscus, we find in Oniscodese 
peculiar excretory organs lying in the last three thoracic and 
in the three to five abdominal segments. In the fourth 
segment there lies to the side of the abdominal ganglion a 
large gland, which opens upon the fifth segment (really almost 
intersegmentally between the fourth and fifth segments). 
This glandular sac, which in forms provided with pigment is 
surrounded by a pigmented sheath of connective tissue, is 
formed for the most part of large cells, and its broad lumen 
is filled with a finely granular secretion. ‘The organ appears 
to be of ectodermal origin. 

The glands of the two following segments are thin-walled 

*sacs lying in the region of the lateral blood-lacuna, and their 
epithelium consists of well-differentiated cells. The lumen 
ot these glands is filled with a secretion similar to that of the 
gland of the fourth segment. In respect of these organs the 
Hygrophilez differ from the Oniscinez in that in the former 
the two pairs of glands alluded to lie freely in the connective 
tissue, without efferent ducts and surrounded by lateral blood- 
lacune. In Oniscinez a fine efferent duct runs from the 
usually irregularly lobed glands, and opens beneath the 
epimerite in front of the legs of the sixth and seventh 
segments. In Hygrophilez, however, the glands take the 
shape of closed sacs, the interior of which is entirely filled 
with a homogeneous yellowish secretion. The phylogeny of 
these organs appears to me to be determined by the conditions 
found in Haplophthalmus, where, besides the large segmental 
sacs, we meet with small saccules precisely similar to the 
large ones and lying irregularly distributed in the connective 
tissue in the region of the blood-lacune. 

This appears to me to be the original condition of the organs 
in question. In the connective tissue were deposited—as 
happens in an intracellular manner in the pericardial tissue— 
intercellular urinary substances, certain of which developed 
into large sacs, which finally were enabled to discharge their 


418 Herr B. Némec on Excretory Organs 


secretion to the exterior by means of an excretory duct of 
secondary origin. 

In the first three abdominal segments (Porcellio)—in Li- 
gidium, in all probability in the two following ones also—L 
found coiled and ramifying canals, which send out efferent 
ducts towards the bases of the several branchial opercula. 
The canals in question again are situated in the region of 
those blood-lacune in which the blood from the branchize 
streams up into the pericardium. If these tubes really 
function as excretory organs their difference in form and 
structure from the excretory organs of the last thoracic 
segments may be explained by the fact that in this case it is 
oxydized blood that is dealt with, while, on the other hand, 
the former excretory organs are washed by venous blood. 

In the case of Asellus urinary deposits in the fat-body 
have already been recognized by Leydig in what are known 
as Zenker’s glands. ‘hese glands are distinguishable with 
the naked eye as being composed of separate globules, each 
of which represents a single cell, and these cells may attain a 
size of as much as 8 millim. Their plasma is entirely 
obliterated by spherical concretions. But these cells still 
exhibit a large nucleus, provided with nuclear reticulum and 
chromatin granules, which appears to be for the most part 
pressed flat and much emarginated. Consequently we are 
here dealing not with a mechanical deposition of secreted 
substances, but with a vital energetic activity of certain 
specified cells of the connective tissue. 

I shall publish elsewhere a detailed description of the 
sexual organs of Isopods. I will here only allude to certain 
phenomena which are correlated with hermaphroditism. 

The oviducts in Oniscodee open, as is well known, upon 
the fifth segment. The distal portion of the oviduct secretes 
the receptacula seminis, discovered by Schébl, as hollow 
chitinous structures or as solid styles. It is manifest that 
this portion is of ectodermal origin, as is also proved by its 
embryology. Now, I found in males of Platyarthrus in the 
fifth thoracic segment the same structure which in immature 
females represents the rudiment of the distal section of the 
oviduct. ‘This consists of a blind tube projecting into the 
body-cavity, which in young males is filled with a solid style 
of chitin, but in older ones with a hollow blind chitinous 
cylinder that is undoubtedly homologous with the female 
receptaculum. We must regard this as an hermaphrodite 
structure. As regards internal sexual organs I searched in 
vain for phenomena which could be connected with the con- 
dition in question. On the other hand, I directed my 


and Sexual Conditions in certain Isopoda. 419 


attention to rudimentary appendages upon the first two 
abdominal segments in the female, which Schébl had already 
designated rudimentary male copulatory organs, an interpre- 
tation with which I entirely concur. 

It is a well-known fact that a remarkable sexual difference 
occurs in Isopods with reference to the sizeof the adults. In 
Platyarthrus the males appear considerably smaller than the 
females. They exhibit on the whole characters belonging to 
immature females, and this applies especially to the size of 
the brain; for in both sexes up to a certain stage the brain 
grows at the same rate. Adult males have a brain of pre- 
cisely the same size as that of immature females of about the 
same dimensions. The female continues to grow, but the 
brain undergoes no further increase in size, so that it finally 
comes to lie in a large cephalic cavity ; while in the males, on 
the contrary, the cephalic cavity is entirely filled by the 
brain. It would be quite a plausible view to suppose that at 
one time all individuals attained to male sexual maturity at a 
stage at which they had not yet reached their definitive size. 
After fulfilling their sexual function as males they continued 
to grow and developed into sexually mature females. In the 
stage of male sexual maturity the brain was very large; it 
still entirely filled the cephalic cavity, while the oviducts were 
present only in the form of blind invaginations of the hypo- 
dermis, as is yet the case in sexually mature males at the 
present time. 

A successive hermaphroditism of this kind, however, proved 
to be not advantageous, and in consequence of this there 
ensued a separation of the sexes. Certain individuals 
remained stationary at the stage of male sexual maturity, in 
consequence of which they remind us of immature indi- 
viduals: the rudiments of the oviducts, too, have persisted in 
them. Other individuals grew on directly into females, ‘since 
in these there has been a cenogenetic cessation of the appear- 
ance of male sexual organs. As remnants of a male maturity 
which formerly appeared in them these individuals possess 
rudiments of male copulatory organs. 

In Platyarthrus accordingly proterandrous hermaphro- 
ditism at one time occurred. In other [sopods it may perhaps 
have been proterogynous. ‘This was the case in Spheroma 
rugicauda, for instance, in the internal sexual organs of which 
Leichmann discovered what were undoubtedly hermaphrodite 
rudiments. ‘his author observes also that all young speci- 
mens exhibit the general appearance of females, which in the 
case of certain individuals is not exchanged for the definitive 
masculine form until shortly before the attainment of male 


420 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


sexual maturity. He also describes an individual which, 
though internally it exhibited fully developed male sexual 
organs, as far as its exterior was concerned bore quite the 
character of a female, even possessing, indeed, rudiments of 
brood-lamellee. 

I incline towards the view that Isopods were originally 
altogether hermaphrodite. Such conditions, however, per- 
sisted only in parasitic forms (Cymothoide), for which 
hermaphroditism must be universally advantageous. In the 
case of free-living forms this state of affairs disappeared. In 
them we find that only scattered and scanty hermaphrodite 
remnants or rudiments are preserved. 


LXI.—A new Genus of Aglossal Batrachians. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Amonc the rich herpetological collections made by Stuhlmann 
in East Africa the frog described by Tornier as Xenopus 
Boettgert (Thierw. Ost-Afr., Rept. Amph. p. 163, fig., 1896) 
is of exceptional interest in adding a second genus to the 
Dactylethride. As Tornier has not realized the systematic 
importance of the characters which differentiate the new 
species from Xenopus levis and its allies, it is thought desir- 
able to emphasize it by raising Xenopus Boettgert to 
generic rank under the name of Hymenochirus Boettgert. 
The principal characters that distinguish Hymenochirus from 
Xenopus are, so far as can be judged from Tornier’s description 
and figure, the half-webbed fingers, the incompletely webbed 
toes, the third of which considerably exceeds the fourth in 
length, and, above all, the absence of lines of sensory muci- 
ferous canals on the body. No doubt a careful examination 
of the type specimen, unfortunately still unique, would reveal 
further differences, and the Réntgen rays might be usefully 
applied to obtain some information on the osteological 
characters. 


LXII.—Deseriptions of Two new Frogs obtained in Mada- 
gascar by Dr. Forsyth Major. By G. A. BouLEeNGER, F.R.S. 


Mantidactylus Major. 


Closely allied to WZ. curtus, Blgr., but snout much longer, 
acutely pointed, and very strongly projecting beyond the 
mouth. Vomerine teeth in two small, oblique, oval groups 
close together behind the level of the choane. Head longer 


Ss 


Two new Frogs from Madagascar. 421 


than broad, flat above,: sides nearly vertical ; snout as lone 
as the diameter of the orbit, with sharp canthus and feebly 
grooved lores; nostril midway between the eye and the tip 
of the snout; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper 
eyelid; tympanum very distinct, three fourths the diameter 
of the eye. First finger considerably shorter than second ; 
toes webbed to the disks, with small subarticular tubercles ; 
inner metatarsal tubercle small, oval, scarcely prominent, 
measuring about one fourth the length of the inner toe; disks 
of fingers and toes small but well developed. The tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaches the eye or between the eye and 
the nostril. Skin finely shagreened above, with scattered 
very small warts; smooth beneath; femoral glands present, 
not punctured (9). Dark grey-brown above, with whitish 
dots and indistinct darker blotches; a fine light vertebral 
line; limbs with indistinct dark bars; hinder side of thighs 
dark brown, mottled with white; flanks and lower parts 
white ; throat mottled with greyish brown. 
From snout to vent 47 millim. 
Two female specimens from Ivohimanita. 


Rhacophorus Peracce. 


Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique oval groups just 
behind the level of the choane. Head as long as broad ; 
snout rounded, not projecting, as long as the diameter of the 
orbit ; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region concave ; nostril 
midway between the eye and the end of the snout; inter- 
orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, 
half the diameter of the eye. Fingers with rudimentary web, 
first much shorter than second ; disks large, as large as the 
tympanum. ‘'oes half-webbed, with smaller disks and small 
subarticular tubercles ; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner 
oval, outer round ; no tarsal fold. Tubio-tarsal articulation 
reaching the nostril. Head and back with small smooth 
warts; a fold above the tympanum; limbs and _ throat 
smooth; belly and lower surface of thighs granular. Pale 
brown above, with dark brown, light-edged insuliform spots ; 
these form a cross on the head, the horizontal branches on 
the upper éyelids, and regular bars on the limbs. Lower 
parts white, with a few brown dots on the breast and under 
the thighs. 

From snout to vent 33 millim. 

A single specimen from Ivohimanita. 

Named after my friend Count M. Peracca, who has added 
much to our knowledge of the Batrachian fauna of Mada- 
gascar. 


422 Dr. A. Borgert on the Reproduction 


LXIII.—On the Reproduction of the Tripylean Radiolarta 
(Pheodaria). By Dr. A. Borcert*. 


Durine my sojourn this year at the Zoological Station at 
Naples there was afforded to me in the months from January 
to May the opportunity, vainly sought for in former years, of 
studying more closely the conditions of reproduction in the 
Pheodaria. The special subject of my investigations was 
Aulacantha scolymantha. In the case of this form I succeeded 
in observing direct as well as mitotic nuclear division and in 
following in detail the processes that take place therein. 

In direct nuclear division we observe no gradual constric- 
tion, but rather a cleavage of the nucleus into two halves of 
approximately equal size. The cleft, which originally is 
quite narrow, grows broader in subsequent stages, and the 
two halves of the nucleus separate one from the other and 
become rounded off. These changes in the interior of the 
central capsule are accompanied by others which are external. 

Thus we note the appearance of an annular shallow groove 
with sharply defined edges on the surface of the central 
capsule. ‘This groove lies in the same plane as the cleft 
passing through the nucleus, ¢. e. vertically to the frontal 
plane t, and divides the main aperture. Instead of the single 
main aperture originally present two such apertures are 
formed. Between the edges of the groove the capsular 
membrane is very delicate. It therefore easily happens that 
in isolating a central capsule in process of division the two 
halves come apart in the groove. This is also the spot at 
which in binary fission the severance of the daughter capsules 
takes place. Each of these individuals has to supply a 
secondary aperture by new formation, since in the process of 
fission it receives only one. Certain figures published by 
R. Hertwig ¢ and Haeckel § undoubtedly refer to the direct 
mode of division. Similarly it is evident that Karawaiew ||, 
during his investigations upon Aulacantha, frequently ob- 


* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger, 
Bd. xix. no. 507 (July 6, 1896), pp. 807-311. 

+ I follow the example of Haeckel in designating by the term “ frontal ” 

lane that in which are situated the three apertures of the central capsule. 

{ R. Hertwig, ‘Der Organismus der Radiolarien,’ 1879, Taf. ix. tig. 2, 
Taf. x. fig. 2. 

§ E. Haeckel, “ Report on the Radiolaria collected by H.M.S. ‘Chal- 
lenger’ during the years 1873-1876,” ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, 
vol. xviii. pl. ci. fig. 2. 

|| W. Karawaiew, “ Beobachtungen iiber die Structur und Vermehrung 
von Aulacantha scolymantha, Haeckel,” Zool. Anz. Bd. xviii. (1895) 
pp. 286-289 and 293-301. 


of the Tripylean Radiolaria. 423 


served specimens that were engaged in direct division. 
Nevertheless he appears erroneously to have regarded them 
as later stages of indirect nuclear division. 

The occurrence of mitotic nuclear division in Aulacantha 
was first established by Karawaiew, who, however, observed 
only a portion of the entire series of stages. 

In the resting nucleus the arrangement of the chromatin 
resembles a coarse sponge. When the nucleus is preparing 
to divide the framework gradually becomes finer and finer, 
until at last there is formed in the cavity of the nucleus the 
characteristic ball of thread. The thread is very fine and 
extraordinarily closely coiled, so that one is unable to say 
whether the ball consists of a single long thread or of several 
such threads. At a later stage the ball presents a looser 
appearance, and at this period a longitudinal cleavage of the 
chromatin thread takes place. Thus far we have been able 
to follow Karawaiew’s series of pro-phrases (“ Prophasen’’). 

As a closer investigation teaches us, the thread in the stage 
last described consists of a number of sections (chromosomes), 
after the longitudinal cleavage of which a complete separation 
of the daughter threads is effected. Now, after the disap- 
pearance of the nuclear membrane also the segments of the 
nucleus arrange themselves in the shape of a plate, which 
passes from the main aperture towards the opposite side, and 
so divides the contents of the central capsule into two parts. 
At the same time the plate does not lie in one plane, but is 
warped, so that in a certain position its edges form a figure 
in the shape of an 8. Individual differences moreover prevail 
with respect to the amount of the twisting. At this stage 
another longitudinal cleavage of the segments takes place, 
whereby the division of the equatorial plate into the two 
daughter plates is ushered in. On the completion of this 
process also the daughter plates move further apart, at the 
same time becoming transformed into parallel plane disks 
somewhat smaller in diameter. 

Since Karawaiew also observed this stage, but has not 
described the structure of the plates properly, 1 must dwell 
on it for a moment. 

According to Karawaiew each plate is formed of ‘ two 
different substances.” ‘The bulk consists of a relatively 
feebly stainable substance, which, on the surface of the plates 
that is turned towards the centre, projects into the endoplasm 
in the form of numerous finger-shaped outgrowths; the 
surface directed towards the periphery is smooth. ‘This 
larger portion of the plates is permeated by numerous trans- 
verse threads, which consist of rows of extremely small 


424 Dr, A. Borgert on the Reproduction 


globules, and take a deep stain with safranine; these threads 
consequently exhibit the property of chromatin.” 

The sections that Ihave prepared have led me to a different 
interpretation, according to which the plates consist of nume- 
rous segments of unequal length lying very close together. 
The finger-shaped outgrowths of a relatively feebly stainable 
substance, which Karawaiew describes, can only be the ends 
of the chromatin threads which project further. 

Moreover, I am unable to confirm the presence of “two 
cleft-shaped cavities on the outer surface of the daughter 
plates,” which are said to be ‘‘ separated from the plasma by 
a thin and somewhat less transparent layer,” and to be filled 
with nuclear fluid. I would add that, by using a suitable 
method of fixing, at this stage in the non-vacuolate plasma 
lying between the plates I was able to observe a fine striation 
running from one side to the other, and, further, that in some- 
what more advanced stages the future plane of severance is to 
be found already indicated halfway between the plates. 

I will here pass lightly over the further processes leading 
to the reconstruction of the daughter nuclei. They consist 
in the plates becoming bent, each with the concave side 
towards the other plate, so that each of them assumes the 
shape of a bowl. Then they gradually become more and 
more rounded off, until finally even the last small depression 
disappears. The further changes in the structure of the 
daughter nuclei, which, as also the mother nucleus, exhibit a 
fine membrane, represent a retrograde recapitulation of the 
first pro-phase stages. ‘The arrangement of the chromatin in 
the shape of a thread, which still remains distinctly visible 
for some time, especially in the outer layer of the nuclei, at 
last gives way to the spongy disposition characteristic of the 
resting condition of the nucleus of Aulacantha. 

After the daughter plates have already become transformed 
into cup-shaped structures, we recognize on the exterior of 
the central capsule the first indications of the constriction 
which now commences. This is announced by the appear- 
ance on the aboral side of a slight groove, which, running 
vertically to the frontal plane, gradually advances further and 
further, and finally divides the central capsule into the two 
daughter capsules. ‘lhus, in opposition to what we find in 
direct division, binary fission of the main aperture does not 
set in until a relatively late period. 

I would remark, further, that no trace of a nuclear spindle 
and centrosomes could be discovered. 

Besides the nuclear stages already alluded to we find others 
that fit into none of the developmental series discussed above, 


of the Tripylean Radiolaria. 425 


but rather, from a certain point onwards, seem to constitute a 
series of their own. 

At a particular stage the nucleus of Aulacantha sometimes 
exhibits a pronounced cordate shape. The tip is directed 
towards the oral pole, while the notch is situated opposite 
to it on the aboral side. At the latter spot there arises an 
invagination into the interior of the nucleus, which, though 
at first small, continually increases in size. When the 
internal cavity has attained somewhat larger dimensions, on 
rotating the central capsule through 90° on its main axis we 
observe, besides other changes, before all things, a constriction 
on the oral side of the nucleus. Ata more advanced stage 
the groove has increased in depth, while we notice that the 
internal cavity is divided into two parts by a septum ex- 
tending from the oral towards the aboral side. The septum 
is not simple, but double, and the groove penetrates between 
its two walls. 

There can be no doubt that it is in this plane that the 
division of the nucleus is effected. Owing to the cavity in 
their interior the daughter nuclei, on the separation of the 
halves, possess a shape similar to that exhibited at a certain 
stage in their development by the nuclei formed by division 
of the equatorial plate. The finer structure, too, exhibits 
many points of agreement, since in both cases the chromatin 
is disposed in threads. 

Sometimes, and that not altogether seldom, stages in 
nuclear division are observed that present an entirely different 
appearance. In these cases apparently the object aimed at is 
not attained. Since they do not admit of being ranged under 
any precise method, | believe that their origin is to be 
ascribed to a miscarriage of division. 

Karawaiew has already alluded to the fact that the division 
of the central capsule of an individual is not under all circum- 
stances immediately followed by a distribution of the rest of 
the component parts of the body among the two daughter 
individuals, but that through repeated division of the daughter 
capsules the formation of a kind of colony may result. The 
greatest number of the central capsules met with under such 
circumstances amounted to five. I recently found a particu- 
larly large specimen with as many as eight central capsules. 

It still remains for us to refer briefly to a few other stages. 
In examining our material we now and again meet with 
specimens in whose central capsule we fail to find the nucleus. 
Instead, on the application of staining reagents for nuclei the 
entire contents of the central capsule take a slight stain. A 
closer study of prepared sections shows that in such cases the 


426 Bibliographical Notice. 


whole of the chromatin of the nucleus has become distributed 
in the plasma. I have acquired a continuous series of develop- 
mental stages right up to the complete dispersion of the 
chromatin. Later on one finds the cavity of the skeleton 
filled with numerous multinucleate globules. It is evident 
that the process leads to the formation of swarm-spores. 

Again, other individuals are sometimes met with in which 
in place of the nucleus there is found a vesicle with a con- 
siderably thickened wall that takes a deep stain with hema- 
toxylin or carmine. ‘This wall is clothed on the inside with 
acoat of protoplasm. The most striking feature in these 
stages consists, however, in the presence of many larger and 
smaller globules, which, on being treated with osmium or 
mixtures containing osmium, become black, and seem to con- 
sist essentially of fat. They lie arranged in a hollow cup 
(“* Kugelschale ”) against the inner wall. In other cases we 
meet with similar structures outside the nucleus in the endo- 
plasm. Sometimes there are only one or two such vesicles, 
at other times a larger number, even amounting to as many 
as twelve or more. On_ their appearance the nucleus under- 
goes certain changes—indeed, it may even entirely cease to 
exist assuch ; in the endoplasm, too, degenerative phenomena 
take place. 

Since it was no part of my plan, in framing the foregoing 
remarks, to propound far-reaching conclusions and com- 
parisons, I have confined myself to putting together in simple 
form the most essential observations. In so doing I have 
touched very briefly even upon the most important points. 
My detailed paper, which will appear shortly, contains all 
further particulars. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


The Collector’s Manual of British Land and Freshwater Shells. By 
Lionet Ernest Apams, B.A. Second Edition. 8yo. Leeds, 1896. 


A new edition of this work will probably be welcomed by many 
collectors of British land and freshwater shells, as it contains instruc- 
tions with regard to collecting, the means to be employed, the 
localities to be searched, the methods of preparing specimens for the 
cabinet, and remarks upon labelling, mounting, and arrangement of 
collections, which may be useful to them. By the more scientific 
student, however, the book will be less appreciated, as some portions 
of the classification adopted are very archaic, and mistakes have 
crept in, so that a want of thoroughness seems to pervade the 


Bibliographical Notice. 427 


volume. ‘The classification followed is that which appeared in ‘ The 
Conchological Society’s List of British Land and Freshwater Mol- 
lusca, 1892,’ 

The author in the preface observes that “it is to be regretted 
that, of necessity, many of the old familiar names—almost house- 
hold words that call up so many associations—have to give way to 
others by the inexorable law of priority ; but it is to be hoped that 
the present system of nomenclature is now fairly crystallized.” If 
our author admits the law of priority, he need scarcely regret 
altering “ old familiar names”; but, if he really imagines that the 
nomenclature he has employed is at all final, we are afraid that his 
mind will soon be disabused of so vain a hope. For example, we 
would point out that (1) the genus Neritina (p. 13) belongs to the 
Scutibranchiata, and not to the Pectinibranchiata; (2) that Cyclo- 
stoma (why not Pomatias if priority is to be observed?) is not 
classified with the Pulmonata ; (3) that the terms (p. 147) Acephala, 
Pelecypoda, and Lamellibranchiata, respectively termed class, sub- 
class, and order, are practically synonymous. On p. 19 the Pul- 
monata is regarded as a suborder of Inoperculata, which is termed 
an order of Gastropoda(!!), whereas on p. 137 it is placed as a 
suborder of Operculata. Mr. Adams, whilst adopting the genus 
Vivipara (Montfort used the masculine form Viviparus) instead of 
Paludina of Lamarck, has still retained the family name Paludinide, 
a course which is not permissible. The generic nomenclature also 
needs much revision. Vitrina scarcely requires a family Vitrinide, 
but might have been left in Limacide. AHyalinia of Agassiz is not 
synonymous with Zonites of De Montfort, and is posterior to Vitrea 
of Fitzinger. The “ Helices” are arranged in thirteen subgenera, 
some of which, e. g. Putula, Punctum, Acanthinula, and Vallonia, 
are now regarded as distinct genera, and others fall under the genus 
Helicella; Chilotrema is synonymous with Helicigona, Férussac, 
Goniostoma (preoccupied) with Helicodonta, and Turricula, Beck 
(also preoccupied) with Tvrochulus of Schliiter. With regard to 
specific names *, we would point out that, whilst adopting Helix 
itala, Linn., in place of H. evicetorum, Miller, it is remarkable that 
the Helix barbara, Linn. (synonymous with H. acuta, Miill., fide 
Hanley, Westerlund, and Pilsbry), iswholly disregarded. Mr. Adams, 
like most British conchologists, makes very free use of varietal 
names, a course which has on several occasions been severely depre- 
cated. For our own part, however, we consider that, within certain 
limits, the use of varictal names is undoubtedly convenient, and it 
is the abuse and not the use of thesystem which has led to censure. 
In the descriptions, which are mostly very brief, the surface-sculp- 
ture is very often totally disregarded. For instance, the peculiar 
wrinkling of Heliv aspersa and the spiral strie of H. arbustorum 
and the oblique lines of growth in many are not referred to. The 
glossary (pp. 164-181) will be useful to young students; but it is 


* Helix cantianiformis, Ancey, from Folkestone (Bull. Soc. malac. 
France, 1884, p. 158), is not referred to. 


498 Miscellaneous. 


unfortunate that some of the definitions are either inadequate or 
misleading, e. g., “ Gastropoda, a class of univalve mollusks, the 
lower surface of whose belly forms the foot.” Many Gastropods 
have no shells, and in some the foot ( Vermetus, Xenophora, Strombus, 
&c.) cannot be said to form the lower surface of their belly. Genus 
is termed “a subdivision of an Order.” This should be family 
The explanations given of mantle, Pulmonobranchiata, scar, sinuate, 
suture, synonym, valve, &c. are extremely crude. A synonym is 
said to be “*a name that has the same meaning as another name” ; 
the suture is “the furrow between the whorls of a univalve” ; 
muscular scars are described as ‘‘ depressions formed by the attach- 
ment of the muscles holding the parts of a bivalve together.” 

In the index we notice that synonyms are omitted. This, in 
cases of such old “ familiar names” as Paludina, Helia ericetorum, 
Hyalinia Draparnaldi, H. glabra, and Pupa umbilicata, is to be 
regretted. 

In conclusion, whilst pointing out certain inaccuracies which mar 
the work, we do not altogether deny its utility, for, being written 
by an experienced field-naturalist, it contains much information 
that will be useful to the collector. The nine original plates are 
reproduced with slight alterations, and to them have been added 
two others devoted to slugs and Pisidia. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Lysactinic, not Lissactinic. 
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ 


GenrteEMEN,—Dr. Gregory has called my attention to a serious and 
misleading error on p. 14 of my ‘Catalogue of British KEchino- 
derms.’ In line 12 there occurs in brackets the word lissactinie ; 
as isclear from the corresponding word desmactinic, five lines lower, 
IT meant to express in one word that condition of Echinoderm 
organization in which the rays are free from the ‘ calycinal plates.” 
Of course I ought to have written lysactinic. 

I am totally at a loss to explain how I came to make such an 
egregious blunder, for it would be both an affectation and an untruth 
to appeal to the Johnsonian excuse of ‘'sheer ignorance, madam,” 
while the Horatian explanation of Homer’s occasional sleepiness is 
altogether inapplicable: no schoolboy—I do not mean Lord 
Macaulay’s prodigy—in the hottest, sleepiest afternoon of all the 
summer half would ever be caught napping like this. I remember, 
however, that in the later part of the year 1891 I had my 
first attack of influenza, and the error was, perhaps, a sequela of 
that mysterious and enervating affliction. 

F. Jerrrey Bz. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


(SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 108. DECEMBER 1896. 


LXIV.—Some Earthworms from Celebes. By W. BLAXLAND 
BenuaM, D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian 


Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy, Oxford. 
[Plates XX. & XXI.] 


ALTHOUGH a considerable number of species of the large 
genus Pericheta have been described from the Malay Archi- 
pelago by Horst, Rosa, Beddard, and myself, yet none have 
been collected, so far as I am aware, on the island of Celebes ; 
at any rate, none are recorded in Beddard’s monograph. I 
was therefore very glad to have the opportunity of examining 
a small collection from this island and from Jampea, due 
south of it, made by Mr. H. Everett and presented to the 
British Museum, and placed in my hands for identification 
by Prof. Bell, to whom my best thanks are due. 

The twelve worms which form the collection fall into at 
least six groups, none of which agree with any species hitherto 
known. As so frequently happens, some of these new species 
are represented by one specimen. 

For the more ready comparison with already existing 
species, I append to each description of the anatomy of the 
individual a summary of what I regard as the characteristic 
features, in the form of a diagnosis. Such a diagnosis is of 
no value till other specimens are found; but I have much felt 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 30 


430 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


the absence of such a brief résumé in many instances whilst 
reading through the literature of the genus. 


Pericheta jampeana, sp.n. (PI. XX. fig. 1.) 


Three specimens are included in this species. 

The colour is a nearly uniform dark olive-green on the 
back ; the chetal bands, so usually present in the genus, are 
here no lighter than the ground-colour. The worm is not per- 
ceptibly darker anteriorly. The dark colour extends well round 
on to the ventral surface, leaving a light stripe with a pinkish 
tint running along the middle third of the ventral surface ; 
measured on the dissected specimen this stripe is 7 millim. 
broad, the circumference of the worm being 36 millim. But 
the anterior end of the body for about the first twenty-six 
segments does not present this light ventral band; here the 
dark greenish tint extends right round the body, over a very 
unusual number of segments, and the ventral surface is scarcely 
lighter than the back. One specimen was “ mottled” on the 
upper surface with pinkish patches, some large, others small, 
irregular and varied in shape. 

The clitellum is nearly black, though with a bluish tint. 

The worm is, except in front of the clitellum, of about the 
same diameter throughout ; the posterior end is very suddenly 
rounded, so as to appear almost truncate. 

Two of the specimens measure 315 x 12and 310 x 10 millim. 
respectively, and the former consists of 150 segments. 

The clitellum, which occupies the normal three segments, 
is not swollen, presents a trace of the intersegmental grooves, 
but no cheete. 

The male pores are conspicuous as wide depressions in a 
pinkish circular area; the eighteenth segment has a pink 
dumb-bell-shaped area, with a slight papilla at each end; in 
this papilla is the pore itself: the outer lip is rounded and 
prominent, but not sharply marked; the inner lip scarcely 
exists, as the surface slopes down gradually to the pore. 

Between the two pores are 13 or 14 chete (fig. 1a). 

It may be mentioned that the distance between the pores, 
as measured by compasses the points of which were placed in 
the pores, is 5, 6, and 8 millim. respectively, the last in a very 
soft specimen. 

The spermathecal pores are between segments vil./viii., 
viii./ix., each in a small pinkish area; about 19 or 20 chete 
between pores. 

There are no copulatory papille. 


Earthworms from Celebes. 431 


The chete form a complete circle, without any perceptible 
dorsal or ventral gap. 

I counted on the body 70 chete on segment ill. 

FO o ix. 
100 4; - XXIV. 

The first dorsal pore is between segments xii./xiii., though 
possibly it occurs earlier, as the worms are strongly contracted ; 
in front of the clitellum it is impossible to see the pore. 

The ¢tnternal anatomy presents the usual characters of a 
“ Pericheta”’ (s.str.) asregards gizzard, septa, heart,and cecum. 
The last, however, presents this peculiarity, that it is deeply 
notched externally, so that, in addition to the long main 
cecum, some 11 or 12 secondary ceca arise from its base. 
(See the description of P. digitata.) 

There are two pairs of spermathece in segments vill. and ix. ; 
each is a nearly spherical sac, with a short narrow duct, into 
which opens a long undulating diverticulum, slightly dilated 
terminally to form a somewhat oval sac (fig. 1c). The 
anterior spermatheca on each side is about half the size of 
that in the ninth segment. 

The spermiducal gland is relatively small; it is confined 
to segment xviii., though it pushes the posterior septum back 
nearly to the next septum. Roughly speaking, the gland is 
triangular when viewed from above, compact, only slightly 
notched (fig. 16). The duct, which is stout and short, runs 
alongside it in an obliquely longitudinal direction; but the 
gland itself really underlies the hinder part of the duct, so 
as to appear from below it on its mesial side. 

I noted nothing else characteristic in the worm. 

The comparatively large size of this worm allows only a 
few species to be compared with it, and of those occurring in 
the same region none appear to resemble it in colour. But I 
find that authors frequently omit a careful description of 
colour; and although Beddard has insisted on its importance, 
he himself, in recent papers (Monograph, and P. Z. 8. 1895 
and 1896), says little about it. As for structural characters, 
this worm approaches none of the other species closely. 
Most of the worms with two pairs of spermathecz in segments 
viii. and ix. are much smaller, and amongst the non-papillate 
species there are none that can be pointed to as like it in its 
totality of characters. 

The diagnosis of the species is as follows :— 


Dark olive-green ; measuring 315 x 10 millim.; 150 segments. 
Male pores large, at each end of dumb-bell-shaped 
30* 


432 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


area; no copulatory papille. Spermathece in seg- 
ments vill, and ix.; pores on anterior margins; a 
globular sac, with narrow (undulating) diverticulum, 
expanded terminally. Dorsal pore xil./xiii. Cheetal 
ring complete, 70 chete in front of and 100 behind 
clitellum. Pair of caca in xxvii., the base incised to 
form about 12 secondary ceca. Spermiducal gland 
small, triangular, confined to xviii.; duct thick, short, 
not curved; no muscular bulb. 


Hab. Jampea Island, south of Celebes. 


Pericheta digitata, sp.n. (PI. XX. fig. 2.) 


A single specimen serves for the foundation of this new 
species. It is rather smaller than the preceding, measuring 
240 x 15 millim. at its thickest part. 

It is rather pointed at each end, and especially at the tail, 
where the last dozen segments taper toa point; this difference 
may, of course, be due to preservation. 

The general colour is lighter and of quite a different tone to 
that of the preceding, being a stony grey, with very slight 
greenish tint, and passing posteriorly into a distinct French 
grey. There is no banding, the chetal rings being no 
lighter than the rest; but the anterior part of the worm is 
lighter, not darker, as is almost universally the case, being 
much mottled with pinkish-white spots, irregular in arrange- 
ment and size, but all small. This mottling, which is a very 
unusual kind of marking in earthworms, diminishes behind 
the clitellum, the spots getting fewer and smaller, and ulti- 
mately ceasing. 

The pigment does not extend so far down the sides as in the 
preceding worm, and the ventral surface of the anterior seg- 
ments is light, this band being so wide as to take in the 
male and spermathecal pores. ‘The ventral surface is gene- 
rally a very light brown. 

The clitellum is brown, but with an olive-green tint about 
it, and only slightly darker than the rest of the body. 

The worm consists of 126 segments. 

The cltellwm is on the usual segments, but apparently not 
quite fully developed, as dorsal pores can be detected, and on 
the ventral surface of the segments xiv., xv., Xvi. is a row of 
18 or 20 chet. Whether these would be permanent must 
be left undecided. 

The first dorsal pore is between segments xil./xiii. 

The male pores, which are 6 millim. apart and are separated 


Earthworms from Celebes. 433 


by 14 chete, are wide deep pits with fairly well-marked 
lips, which are raised up and lighter in colour than the sur- 
rounding surface. Indeed, this region resembles that of 
P. jampeana if we imagine that that species had been much 
more contracted. 

There are two pairs of spermathecal pores—between segments 
vii./vill., viii./ix.—at about the level of the seventh and eighth 
chetee from the middle line. 

The chete do not form quite a complete circle, as there is 
a dorsal gap behind the clitellum which, though subject to 
variations, is always greater than twice the normal inter- 
chetal gap. This dorsal gap is scarcely recognizable on the 
first six segments. 

The ventral gap is smaller behind the clitellum, though 
distinct enough in front of it, where it is about twice the 
normal interchetal gap. Posteriorly it gets more nearly to 
equal this gap, and thus is not so readily recognizable. 

The chetze do not appear to be so closely set as in the 
preceding species. There are 30 chete on the left side in 
segment lii.; many had apparently dropped out on the right 
side, and the worm was too much hardened to remove the 
cuticle successfully. We may regard 60 as approximately 
the number on segment iil. 

98 on segment vii. 
100 s xiii. 
99 se xm, 
100 on a segment much further back. 

It is worthy of note that the chete along the side are 
smaller and closer together than above or below. 

Internal anatomy.—In addition to the thick septa round 
the pharynx, those between the following segments—x./x1., 
xi./xil., Xll./xill., xili./xiv.—are very much thicker than the 
rest. Septum xiv./xv. is much thinner than these, but is 
thicker than the following ones. 

Some stress, perhaps too much, has been laid upon the 
number of thickened septa, so that 1 have paid some attention 
to them in these worms ; but, so far as my experience goes, 
they are not of importance as specific characters, though it is 
possible that they may characterize allied groups of species. 

There is a trace of septum vill./ix. 

The gizzard occupies segments vill. and ix.—that is to say 
that the space between the two septa vii./vill. and x./x1. 1s 
not wholly occupied by the gizzard, but a small part of the 
cesophagus equal to about the length of a segment intervenes 
between the gizzard and the septum x./xi. 

The most striking and interesting as well as novel feature 


434 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


about the alimentary system is presented by the conditions of 
the cecum. It is usually stated that these pouches lie in the 
twenty-sixth segment. From an examination of my material 
I believe that they in reality belong to the twenty-seventh 
segment, but, being closely adpressed to the intestine in this 
segment and. passing through the septum in front, so as to lie 
freely in segment xxvi., it appears at first sight that they 
belong to this lattersegment. In the new species herein con- 
sidered I carefully examined this point, and find that the 
cecum originates from the intestine in the twenty-seventh seq- 
ment ; the communication is wide and occupies nearly all this 
segment. 

In the present worm the cecum is of considerable size ; it 
rises by a broad base in the twenty-seventh segment, runs . 
forward through the twenty-sixth, and extends to the anterior 
boundary of the twenty-fifth segment. Its wall is not entirely 
smooth, but along its dorsal (inner) and ventral (outer) side 
is notched, and these notches on the outer side become deeper 
as the base of the cecum is approached, so as to produce 
secondary ceca or finger-shaped lobes. Of these one arises 
in the twenty-sixth segment close to the posterior septum, the 
rest arise in the twenty-seventh segment. ‘here are about a 
dozen of these finger-shaped secondary ceca, arranged along 
the outer side of the base of the cecum and tending to become 
smaller as the lower ventral surface of the gut is reached. 
Some of these secondary ceca arise as bifurcations of a 
simple lobe (as in figure 2c). 

Hitherto only a few species have been recorded in which 
more than a single pair of czeca are present, viz. P. Hilgen- 
dorfi, P. Sieboldii, P. Gulielmi, P. mandhorensis, and occa- 
sionally in P. musica, and in a new species of Beddard’s— 
L. trityphla—from the Sandwich Islands. Probably in all 
these cases the mode of origin of these additional ceca is 
the same, as they are described as lying one above the other, 
to the number of three to six, according to the species ; ; but in 
none are they so numerous as in the ‘present species, hence 
the specific name “ digitata.” 

The vascular system presents the following features :— 

There are two pairs of Jatero-intestinal hearts in segments 
xii. and xiil., each being connected dorsally with the large 
dorsal trunk and the much smaller supra-intestinal vessel. 
In segment xi. there is an ‘intestinal heart’’ connected 
only with the supra-intestinal vessel. The dorsal vessel con- 
tinues forward as a narrow tube above the gizzard, giving off 
a pair of vessels just anterior to the septum x./xi.; a second 
pair in front of the hinder margin of the gizzard; another 


Earthworms from Celebes. 435 


pair just in front of the septum vii./viii. Apparently there 
is no vessel in segment viil., nor are there any in segments 
xiv. and xv.; but posteriorly in and after segment xvi. the 
dorsal vessel gives off a pair of nearly vertical vessels to 
body-wall as well as two pairs to gut. 

The dorsal vessel is provided with a pair of “ glycogenic 
glands” on each of the posterior segments. 

With regard to the generative organs, there are two pairs 
of sperm-sacs in segments xi. and xii., of relatively small size 
and of smooth surface. How these are related to “ sperm- 
bladders” (‘ Samenblasen”’) I cannot say, as I did not wish 
to injure the specimen too much, and I do not consider this 
point of great importance. 

Grape-like ovisacs of large size lie in segment xiv. con- 
tinuous with large sac-like oviducts. 

The spermathece lie in segments viii. and ix., those of the 
eighth segment being about one fourth the size of the other 
pair. Each spermatheca consists of a somewhat pyriform sac 
with a long duct, into which opens an undulating diverticulum 
terminating in a slight dilatation (fig. 25). 

This verbal description so closely resembles that given for 
P. jampeana, that one might easily imagine that the two 
species had the same shaped spermathece ; and it is a most 
important point, it seems to me, to illustrate these diagnostic 
organs in the Perichete. A careful figure, to measurement 
for preference, will do more than many words of description 
to give an idea of the characters on which the species are 
founded. Many species of this difficult and extensive genus 
are known only from verbal descriptions, some of the terms 
employed being extremely “loose,” and it is a matter of 
great difficulty to pick out the diagnostic characters of a 
species from a mere verbal description. Nevertheless, it must 
be borne in mind that the size and even shape of the main sac 
is liable to variation according to its state of repletion. 

The same remarks apply to descriptions of the spermiducal 
gland: such terms as “ compact,” “loosish” in texture, 
unless accompanied by figures, are absolutely insufficient 
whereby to form a mental picture of the organ. 

In the present species the spermiducal gland is entirely 
confined to the eighteenth segment and has a very charac- 
teristic form. It is arranged in the form of a horseshoe, the 
convexity outwards, embracing by its two limbs the thick 
straight duct. This duct passes at right angles to the long 
axis of the worm, then, after widening slightly, dips suddenly 
downwards, and runs under its former course, to gain the body- 
wall. There is no “muscular bulb.” ‘The gland appears 


436 Dr. W. B. Benham on some ; 


connected to the penial duct by three narrow delicate ducts, 
one from each limb and one from the bottom of the U-shaped 
gland (fig. 2a). 

I thought at first, seeing that there are several similarities 
between this and the preceding species, that the spermiducal 
gland might in reality be of the same shape, but in different 
positions, in the two worms. But I have been unable to 
place this gland in such a position as in the other worm so 
as to resemble it; further, there is no glandular substance 
below the duct such as there is in P. yampeana. The shape 
of this gland, in conjunction with the shape of the cecum, is, 
indeed, very characteristic. 

The difference in colour, in number of cheete on the ante- 
rior segments, the existence of “ gaps” in the circle of cheete, 
the difference in the distance of the spermathecal pores from 
one another, in addition to the more conspicuous difference in 
the character of the spermiducal glands and of the spermathece, 
in these two worms from Jampea would seem to necessitate the 
formation of two species. Nevertheless for a long time I felt 
uncertain of the distinctness between them, since both agree 
in the peculiarity of the caca, hitherto unrecorded, as well as 
in character of coloration, difference in size of the two sperma- 
thece on one side, &c., and I still hesitate as to whether this 
second worm may be only a variety of the species P. jampeana, 
for we know but very little as to the extent of “ variation” 
in Oligochzeta; but from facts derived from the study of other 
species in greater numbers, as well as from statements by 
Beddard, Rosa, and others, as to variations in structure in one 
and the same species, I think that it will be the better plan to 
form a separate species for it. Four worms are collected on 
an island, nearly the same in size and general anatomy, 
the points of difference being relatively small, the question 
arises—does it lead to less or to more confusion to give to 
each a new name, or to treat them as varieties of one species, 
till more specimens are known? If in the future it turns out 
that P. digitata is only a varietal form or an abnormality of 
P. jampeana, the name can be dropped. 

‘The following is the diagnosis of the species :— 


Stone-grey to French grey posteriorly ; more or less mottled 
with lighter colour; measures 240 x15 millim. ; 126 
or more segments. Male pores wide deep pits; no 
copulatory papille. Two pairs of spermathece in 
vill., 1X., with anterior pores; pyriform sac, with 
long duct, receiving an undulating diverticulum, 
terminally dilated. Chetal ring with slight dorsal 


t 


Earthworms from Celebes. 437 


and ventral gaps; about 100 cheta, in front of and 
behind clitellum ; chate smaller laterally. Dorsal 
pore xil./xiil. Paired cxca in xxvii. .» With about 12 
secondary ceca arising from its base. Spermiducal 
gland horseshoe-shaped, embracing the wide, nearly 
straight duct ; there is no muscular bulb. 


Hab. Jampea Island, south of Celebes. 


Pericheta bonthainensis, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 3.) 


One specimen only is referable to this species. It is about 
the same size as the last, but of quite a different colour. The 
posterior end is dilated, flattened, and as broad or even 
broader than the preclitellar region. One very noticeable 
feature about this end is the large anus, which is hori- 
zontal; so far as I can find recorded, this is quite peculiar. 
It may be suggested that the worm may have been com- 
pressed in packing; but there is no sign of that, and the 
outline of the anus is quite smooth and unpuckered, which 
would probably not be the case if a round anus had been 
compressed, perhaps irregularly or obliquely. Moreover, the 
anus is usually vertical in Pericheta. ‘lhe anus is surrounded 
by a white, and this by a dark grey circle (fig. 3d). 

The colour of the worm is scarcely definable ; it appears a 
good deal changed in spirit ; one can only say that there is a 
bluish-grey narrow stripe along the back and rather lighter 
cheetal bands ; the general tone is lighter than in the preceding 
species. ‘lhe first two segments, however, are violet. The 
clitellum is light brown and well marked, occupying the normal 
position, and is without chete. ‘The ventral surface of the 
worm is buff. 

The worm measures 280 x 17 millim. in front of clitellum ; 
the diameter at the clitellum is 18 millim., and at the posterior 
end of the body 19 millim. ; in middle of body only 13 millim. 

‘Lhe worm presents 107 segments. 

Each male pore is a transverse slit or narrow depression on 
the top of a large round swollen area, lighter than the 
surrounding body. Hach pore-bearing papilla or prominence 
occupies the whole length of the eighteenth segment, and 
carries immediately in tront of the pore an oval area, which 
appears to be the remains of a glandular papilla (fig. 3a). 

Similar are he on segments xvil., x1x., xx. In the two 
former segnients there is a median and a pair of lateral 
papillae slightly outside the line of the male pore. In the 
twentieth the papilla of the left side is wanting. 


438 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


I am by no means certain that these oval areas are really 
the remains of copulatory papille; a careful examination 
with a hand-lens shows that the epidermis is here rubbed off 
and the circular muscles exposed. But since this abrasion has 
affected spots symmetrically arranged and of the same size and 
shape (roughly), and no other such spots occur on the 
worm, I believe that the glandular epithelium of papille 
projecting from these spots, and looser in character, has been 
rubbed away ; I have therefore figured them as papilla. The 
same remarks apply equally to those in front of the male 
pores. There are only three chete between the two 
‘‘ porophores ” *, and it appears to me that there is one cheta 
in the centre of each, immediately behind the male pore; the 
existence of only three chete here is, I believe, unique ; 
the pores are 5 millim. apart. The oviducal pore is median, 
as usual. 

The spermathecal pores are not visible. 

The first dorsal pore is xil./xill. 

The chete present a slight dorsal gap, equal to about 
twice the normal gap; this is visible behind, but not recog- 
nizable in front of the clitellum; there is a very slight but 
distinct ventral gap. 

The chata on segments ii., ill. are distinctly smaller than 
those on the body generally, while those on segments iv., v., 
vi. are slightly larger. 

On segment ii. there are about 50 chete, though occa- 
‘sional gaps equal to about 6 or 8 occur. 

On segment iii., 92. 

0. 25. 
yc) ew, 128 or 130: 

Internal anatomy.—There are two pairs of spermathece, in 
segments vill. and 1x., with anteriorly placed openings. There 
is no perceptible difference in size between the pairs. The 
“sac” is oval, with a short thick duct, not well marked off 
from the sac. The diverticulum, dilated at the end, but of 
rather a different shape to that of the preceding species, has its 
duct less undulating. 

The spermiducal gland is large, occupying segments xvi., 
xvli., xvill., and of rather a peculiar torm. ‘The anterior 
part of the gland is thicker than the rest, and the edge stands 
up above the rest (fig. 34). It is possible, of course, that the 
apparently peculiar shape of the gland may be due to strong 
contraction of the worm. It is only slightly notched, and 


* I suggest ths term for the slight papilla on which, in nearly all 
earthworms, the male pore is situated. 


Earthworms from Celebes. 439 


may be spoken of as compact; it is relatively thick. The 
duct is short, straight, and thick. 

The septa between segments x./xi., xi./xii., xil./xill., 
xlli./xiv. are very stout; the next two are also moderately 
thick. The following septa are quite thin and present peculiar 
pouchings above the dorsal vessel (Pl. X XI. fig. 3e). 

The septum xvi./xvii. has on its anterior face a thin-walled 
sac lying in segment xvi.—that is, in the segment in front ; 
this sac communicates by a wide opening with segment xvii. 
—that is, with the segment behind the septum. Lach sac is 
slightly lobed or sacculated, and contains, but is not filled 
by, acoagulum. Lach of the following septa has a similar 
pouch upon it. Segment xvi. also contains, attached to its 
anterior septum, two long pyriform sacs, which are, on further 
examination, seen to be due to the bifurcation of a single 
pouch which communicates with the anterior segment, 7. e. 
segment Xv. 

Beddard has described in Acanthodrilus falclandicus a 
somewhat similar condition, and in his Monograph groups 
these pouches of the septa with the solid structures attached 
to septa of Pertcheta indica, and with other structures occur- 
ring at the sides of the dorsal vessels in certain other species, 
one PF Dyeri. 

The vascular system shows no differences from that 
described above. 

‘The caecum is notched and digitate to the same extent as 
in P. digitata, but the secondary ceca are more irregular in 
size, shape, and mode of origin (Pl. XX. fig. 3c). 

The close approximation of the male pores recalls the 
most striking external generic character of Perionyx; but it 
is not quite unique in the genus Pericheta, since it occurs 
also in P. violacea, from which the present species differs in 
the number of spermathece. There can be no doubt that 
P. jampeana, P. digitata, and P. bonthainensis are very closely 
allied—a fact evidenced alike by the size, notable amongst 
Perichetes, and the extensive digitation of the cecum. 

The species may be diagnosed as follows :— 


Bluish grey (?); measures 2830x17 millim.; 107 segments. 
Male pores as transverse slits on prominent rounded 
area, embracing elongated oval papilla in front of the 
pore. ‘Three papille symmetrically arranged in a 
row in front of the cheetee on each of the segments xvil., 
xix., xx. Only three chete between the porophores. 
‘Two pairs of spermathece in viil., ix., opening ante- 
riorly ; sac ovate, short duct receiving an undulated 


440 Dr. W. B. Benham on some ‘ 


narrow diverticulum, dilated terminally; slight gaps 
in the ring of cheetee, which number about 90 in tront 
of and 130 behind the clitellum, those on iv., v., vi. 
larger, and those on ii., ii. smaller, than on other 
segments. Dorsal pore xii./xiil. Paired czeca in xxvii. 
with secondary ceca. Spermiducal gland compact, 
ear-shaped, occupies segments XvVi., XVil., XVill., not 
much incised, with thick nearly straight duct; no 
muscular bulb. 


Hab. Bonthain Peak, Celebes. 


Pericheta hexatheca, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5.) 


This species, again, is represented by a single specimen. It 
is pale brown, with white rings at the level of the chete. 
In the post-clitellar region there is a brown band running 
along the mid-dorsal line. ‘he sides are pale and semi- 
transparent. 

The worm measures 1380 x8 millim. and consists of 74 
segments. 

The clitellum is well marked, darker brown, with three 
whitish bands, but without cheete. 

Owing to the contraction of the ventral surface the male 
pores are brought close together and are separated by a fairly 
deep furrow, the bottom of which presents longitudinal folds 
of the cuticle (? of the body-wall as well). This furrow runs 
across segments xvil., xvill., and reminds one of the condition 
sometimes presented ‘by Acanthodrilids. Each pore is small 
and rounded (fig. 5 a). 

There are 8 copulatory papille, arranged as follows :—8 in 
a row on segment xx., 3 on aie. J and 2-0n xvn.> sits 
possible that a median one exists here, but owing to the in- 
folding of the wall | could see none ; ‘they are all situated in 
front of the chetal ring. 

The spermathecal pores, of which there are six pairs, can 
scarcely be discerned externally ; they lie in the grooves in 
front of the fourth to ninth segments, close to the middle line, 
about ten chete from one to the other. 

The first dorsal pore is xii./xiil. 

The chete form a complete ring. I was unable to pull 
the cuticle off in order to count the chete in the second 
segment. On the worm itself I counted 70 on segment vi., 
80 or more on segment xiil., and more than 100 behind the 
clitellum ; they are very small. 

Internally, attention may be directed to the cecum, arising 


Earthworms from Celebes. 441 


on segment xxvil., notched, as in the two preceding species, 
but with only three or four well-defined secondary ceca; and 
the lower part of base is traversed by furrows, indicating 
several other lobes. 

There are six pairs of spermathece, but of these only the 
last two pairs in segments viii. and ix. are readily seen; in 
fact, I overlooked the four anterior pairs at first (fig. 5d). 

The sac of the last two pairs is very irregular in shape, 
shrunken, and notched, but apparently each is normally con- 
stricted about one third from the apex and marked with circular 
rings; the diverticulum is longer than the sac—or, at any 
rate, as long as it, for the diverticula varied on the two sides ;— 
the duct is in the form of a zigzag, and is dilated terminally 
(fig. 5c). The spermatheca in segment ix. is about half 
as long as the gizzard, that in segment viii. about half as large 
as that in segment ix. 

The anterior four pairs are all very much smaller and 
diminish in size from behind forwards; in the case of the 
two pairs in segments v. and vi. the diverticulum is much larger 
than the sac, which is pyriform; in segment iv. there is only 
one structure, apparently the sac. This is very minute, can 
only be seen under a dissecting-lens, and is readily torn from 
the body ; but I found it on both sides, and thus am in no 
doubt as to its being a real structure. 

I can recall no species either with so many as six pairs of 
spermathece or in which such a difference in size between 
first and last occurs. 

The sperm-sacs in segments xi. and xii. are lobulated; there 
are two ovisacs on each side in segments xiii. and xiv. 

The spermiducal gland is unusually “ compact ”’ and rela- 
tively small (fig. 56). It consists essentially of three partially 
superposed long narrow lobes, with their longer axes at right 
angles to the axis of the body. The anterior lobe is highest 
when the worm is pinned out—that is, it is inmost in the 
natural position and pressed against the side of the intestine, 
so as to be concave on this surface. The other lobes project 
from below one another, as in the figure. The duct is slightly 
curved, lies transversely with concavity forwards. ‘There is 
no muscular bulb. 

Remarks.—Seeing that the first spermatheca is extremely 
small, probably vestigial, it occurred to me that perhaps this 
worm had already been described as one with five sperma- 
thecee. Beddard gives two species in this condition, viz. :— 

P. violacea, which is much smaller and different in every 
way; and 

P. pentacystis, which, though about the same size, has a 


442 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


pair of genital papille on each of segments xvii., xviii. ; the 
shape of the spermathece is different; whilst the number 
of cheete, the character of the spermiducal glands, &c., differ- 
entiate it from the present species. 

The species may be diagnosed as follows :— 


Pale brown, with white chetal rings; median dorsal brown 
stripe; measures 130x8 millim.; 74 segments. 
Male pores small and round, separated by deep furrow 
(? artifact) ; 3 copulatory papillae in xix., xx., and 2 
(? 3) in xvii. Six pairs of spermathece, opening ante- 
riorly in iv. to ix., the four anterior smaller than the 
other two; the sacs irregularly pyriform, with circular 
furrows and constrictions; short duct, receiving an 
undulating diverticulum, longer than sac, and gradually 
dilating terminally. Cheetal ring complete, about 80 
cheete in front of and 100 behind the clitellum. Dorsal 
pore xii./xiii.. Paired ceca in xxvil., incised to form 
four secondary ceca. Spermiducal gland small, three 
parallel lobes; duct curved forwards from the hinder 
end; no muscular sac. 


Hab. Bonthain Peak, Celebes. 
Pericheta zebra, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 4.) 


This is represented by one specimen, and is very conspicu- 
ously marked with alternate dark and light bands; the dark 
bands, looking black with the cuticle on, are really deep 
purplish brown; the light bands are nearly white, slightly 
yellowish. 

Behind the clitellum the light band—chetal band—is about 
half the size of the intersegmental dark band; this band ex- 
tends downwards at the side, and then rather suddenly narrows 
to cross the ventral surface as a very narrow strip ; this ventral 
band is reddish brown in colour. The ventral surface of the 
eighteenth segment is light; the dark bands in front and 
behind do not pass beyond the male pores. 

On the clitellum the banding is still present, but the light 
band is brown instead of yellowish white. 

In front of the clitellum the dark bands are nearly black, 
and each is divided into two by a very narrow intersegmental 
lighter line, scarcely recognizable without a lens. 

The first segment is entirely dark, having no light band. 

The worm measures 200 x 6 millim. behind the clitellum ; 
it consists of 120 segments ; the posterior end is pointed. 

The male pores are far apart, being separated by about 10 


Earthworms from Celebes. 443 


cheetee * ; each is a deep crescentic pit, with overhanging outer 
rounded lip (somewhat as in P. capensds and P. operculata). 
This carries a small cup-shaped papilla. From the bottom 
of the pit I can see a rounded tubercle projecting—the duct, 
no doubt, of the spermiducal gland. It is indicated on the 
left side of the figure. 

Further, between the male pores on xvili., in front of 
chete, are two other cupped papille (‘ suckers’). 

The oviducal pore is median. 

There is a single pair of spermathecal pores between segments 
vii./viii., which, however, are not recognizable externally. 

The cltellum presents no chete and occupies the normal 
position. 

The first dorsal pore is xii./xiu. 

There is no gap in the circle of chetw, which are rather 
closer together ventrally, and number 

On segment ii. 38. 
A vil. 62. 
is xin; ; 68. 
a Sxy1.) 78. 

Internal Anatomy.—There is only a single pair of sperma- 
thece in segment vili.; the sac is characteristically shaped, 
being oval, but with the narrowed free end somewhat con- 
stricted off. The duct is fairly long; the diverticulum, not 
so long as the sac, is dilated distally and curved ; its duct is 
slightly zigzag (fig. 4 d). 

The sperm-sacs are large and rounded, in the usual seg- 
ments. 

The spermiducal gland is large and occupies three segments 
—XvVl., Xvii., xviii. It is roughly divided into two main 
lobes: one in xvi. and xvii. is nearly square; the other in 
xvill. is partially concealed by the duct; each lobe is incised, 
though not toa great extent (fig. 4c). The duct is strongly 
curved after leaving the gland, rises up vertically, and then 
proceeds almost directly to the body-wall; there is no “ mus- 
cular sac.” 

In the normal position, when first opened, the duct extended 
laterally beyond the outer margin of the gland; in the figure 
it is represented as having been lifted up. 

The cecum, arising in segment xxvil., runs through xxvi. 
into xxv. ; it is simple and not notched. 

The diagnosis of the species is as follows :— 


Alternate dark purple intersegmental and yellowish-white 
broad chetal bands ; measures 2006 millim.; 120 


* The lithographer has, in error, put 11 in the fig. 46. 


444 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


segments. Male pores crescentic, far apart ; outer lip 
rounded, overhanging the pore, with a small cup-shaped 
papilla at the tip ; a pair of similar but larger papilla 
on Xvill. in front of the chetal ring. A single pair of 
spermathece in viii. with anterior pore; sac pyriform, 
with distinct duct, receiving undulating diverticulum 
with terminal sausage-shaped dilatation. Ring of 
chete without gaps; about 65 in front of and 78 
behind clitellum. Dorsal pore xii./xiii. The cecum 
in xxvil., simple. Spermiducal gland large, occupying 
XVi., XVil., Xvill., in two lobes, each incised; long 
duct curved, without muscular sac (bulb). 


Hab. Bonthain Peak, 6000 feet, Celebes. 


Pericheta, sp. juv. 


Two immature specimens were collected on Bonthain Peak ; 
there is no trace of a clitellum. 

In colour this species resembles the preceding worm and our 
“ Brandling” A. fetida, that is, there are alternate bands of 
dark red-brown and yellow; but, as in other species of Pert- 
cheta, the light band is at the level of the chete; the dark 
bands are in the anterior segments subdivided by a narrow 
light intersegmental band. Behind the clitellum these dark 
bands are connected along the mid-dorsal line, so as to give 
the appearance of a dark line along the back. The coloured 
bands do not extend downwards beyond the “lateral line,” 
a. e. halfway round the worm, so that the ventral surface 
is quite pale, with the exception of the three or four most 
anterlor segments. 

The worms measure respectively 84 and 90 millim.; the 
number of segments in the smaller worm is 183—that is, a 
larger number than in the larger species, P. zebra. 

There is nothing noticeable about the male pores. 

There is one pair of spermathecal pores, vil./viil. 

The first dorsal pore is xii./xiii. 

‘There is a distinct dorsal gap in the ring of chete, which 
‘number about the same as in P. zebra, viz. :— 

62 on segment iv. 
Sl aboutyo,, «xx. 

These are evidently young individuals, and I have not 
attempted to place them in a species, though in all probability 
they belong to P. zebra. 


Earthworms from Celebes. 445 


Pericheta purpurea, sp.n, (Pl. XXI. fig. 6.) 


There are three specimens of this species. The colour of 
the worm is deep purple, with only very slightly lighter 
chetal bands, not recognizable anteriorly, so that this region 
appears continuously purple; the light bands are plain, but 
narrow, posteriorly, which is not lighter than the anterior end. 
The clitellum is of almost the same colour as the rest of the 
body. The dark bands become lighter on ventral surface, but 
can be seen to extend round the body. 

The worms measure respectively 72, 90, and 95 x 5 millim. ; 
the last worm consists of 116 segments. 

The prostomium is embedded in one third of the first seg- 
ment, and marked off by a transverse line from the latter. 

The male pores are fairly distinct though small slits, not on 
a tumid papilla. There are five chete between the pores 
(fig. 6). 

This species is characterized by the number and arrange- 
ment of the copulatory papille. In segment xviii., both at 
the outer and at the inner end of each male pore, is a small 
pitted papilla. On segment xvii. there is a pair of similar 
but slightly larger papillee just behind the chetal ring, in a 
line with the inner (mediad) papillee of segment xviii. In seg- 
ment xix. there is a similar pair of papilla, similarly situated. 
There are thus eight papilla, four on segment xvill. and 
two on each of the segments xvii. and xix. Further, there 
is a pair of papille on each of the segments viii. and ix., 
situated just behind the spermathecal pores and lying in front 
of the cheetee of these segments. 

There are two pairs of spermathecal pores between segments 
Vil./vili., vill./ix., with about a dozen chete between them. 

These pores and the papillee lie in a light brown glandular 
area, nearly square in shape, extending from the chetal ring 
on segment vil. to that on ix. (fig. 6a). 

The oviducal pore normal. 

Clitellum normal, without chete. 

The first dorsal pore is x1./xil. 

The chete form a complete ring and number 

34 on segment 11. 
54 5 vi. 
70 45 xlll. 
70 2 XXV. 

Internal Anatomy.—None of the septa are noticeably thick, 
though those between segments x.xi., xi./xli. are rather 
stouter than the rest. 

The gizzard has the usual bell-shape and lies in the usual 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 31 


446 Dr. W. B. Benham on some 


segments. The pair of ceca arise in segment XxXvVil., pass 
through segments xxvi. and xxv., and are constricted at the 
septa; each is a simple sac. 

The sperm-sacs are in segments xi., xii., and were hidden 
by great quantities of gregarine and nematode cysts, which 
are definitely external to the sperm-sacs. 

The spermathece are in segments vill. and ix.; the sac is 
globular, with a duct nearly half its length, and a diver- 
ticulum narrow, nearly straight, but strongly curved at its end, 
so as to resemble a golfing-club (fig.6d). It is longer than the 
sac and its duct. The sac and diverticulum were very con- 
spicuous, owing to the white contents; when teased, the sac 
was found to contain, as usual, granular coagulated substance ; 
the spermatozoa are confined to the diverticulum, and in the 
enlarged terminal region are definitely arranged, all the heads 
being densely packed against the wall, with the tails towards the 
centre. It seemed to me that the heads of the spermatozoa are 
different from those of Lumbricus in being pointed and curved 
and shorter. In the duct of the diverticulum the spermatozoa 
are quite loosely and irregularly arranged, and it appears as 
if they were making their way upwards into the dilatation, 
where they will be probably attracted by some chemotaxic 
property of the epithelial cells, which secrete a fluid to bind 
them together in a kind of spermatophore. 

The spermiducal gland is relatively small, and deeply lobed 
in a somewhat fan-shaped fashion; the duct is long, sharply 
bent upon itself soon after leaving the gland, and then 
running nearly directly to the body-wall (fig. 6¢). 

The structure of the copulatory papille could not be 
properly studied owing to the imperfect preservation of the 
worm; but each consists essentially of clitellar cells, the 
epidermis becoming suddenly thickened to about three times 
the usual depth; there is also a good deal of cellular tissue 
developed amongst the circular muscles, reminding one of the 
histological condition of the ‘ capsulogenous glands” of the 
common earthworm. 

This species may be diagnosed as follows :— 


Deep purple ; not banded; measures 70-95 x 5 millim.; 116 
segments. Male pores slit-like, not on a papilla; 
separated by 5 chete. ‘There is a cup-shaped papilla 
laterad and mediad of each pore. A pair of similar 
papilla on xvii. and xix. behind the chetal ring. 
Two pairs of spermathece in vill. and ix., open ante- 
riorly ; pores conspicuous; each of these segments 
carries a pair of cup-shaped papille; the whole in a 


Earthworms from Celebes. 447 


rectangular brown area. Each spermatheca consists 
of a globular sac, with a narrow duct half its length, 
and a long straight diverticulum, longer than sac, 
with a terminal expansion sharply curved. The 
cheete are about 50 in front of and 70 behind the 
clitellum. ‘The dorsal pore is xi./xli. Paired ceca, 
simple, in xxvii, Spermiducal gland small, oval, 
deeply incised to form a number of radiating lobules ; 
ae long, narrow, S-shaped, with sharp bends. No 
ulb. 


Hab. Bonthain Peak, 6000 feet, Celebes. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XX. & XXI. 
PLATE XX, 


1. Pericheta gampeana. 

la. View of male pores (¢), x 3. (The lithographer has, in error, 
put 16 cheetze between the pores instead of 13.) 

16, Spermiducal gland, x 8. gi, the main part of the gland; gl’, a 
small piece underlying the penial duct and protruding 
beyond it. 

le. Spermatheca. 

2. Pericheta digitata. 

2a, Spermiducal gland. 

2b. Spermatheca. 

2c. Ceecum (c), with neighbouring part of intestine. The septa (8) 
are inserted in the dilatations and not in the constrictions of 
the intestine. 

3. Pericheta bonthainensis. 

3a. View of the male pores (¢) and copulatory papilla, x 4. po, 
porophore. 

36, Spermiducal gland, x 4. spd., sperm-duct. 

3c. Intestinal cecum. 

3d. View of the posterior end of the worm from behind, to show 
the horizontal anus (a). d.p., dorsal pores. 


PLATE XXT, 


3e. The septal pouches of some of the anterior segments. p, the 
bifid pouch in segment xvi.; p’, other pouches in succeeding 
segments ; 0, opening of pouches through the septa into the 
segments; d.v., dorsal vessel; int, intestine; s, septa. 

4. Pericheta zebra. 

4a. Side view in middle region of the body, to show characteristic 
colour-bands, x 4. 

46. Ventral view, showing male pores (¢) and copulatory papilla, 


x 5. 
4¢. A spermiducal gland, x 4. 
4d. A spermatheca. 
5. Pericheta hexatheca. 
5 a. Ventral view, to show the male pores ( 3) and copulatory papillae. 
5b. Spermiducal gland, x 3. 
31* 


448 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


Fig. 5c, The hindmost spermatheca of the left side. 
5d. Dissection of the right side, the alimentary canal being turned 
aside, to show the six spermathece in segments iv. to ix., 
X 33. 8, septa; m, nerve-cord. 
5e. The intestinal czecum (c) of the left side, seen in side view. 
d.v., dorsal blood-vessel ; 7, ventral nerve-cord. 
Fig. 6. Pericheta purpurea. 
6a. View of the spermathecal pores, with the anterior copulatory 
papillee (pa), in the glandular area (gl), x 8. 
66. View of male pores (3) and posterior copulatory papille, x 8. 
6c. Spermiducal gland. 
6d. Spermatheca. 


LXV.—On Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. By C. J. 
GauAN, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History). 


THE following paper contains an account of two separate 
collections of Coleoptera—one made by Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury, 
R.A., at Aden and the surrounding district, the other by 
Mr. E. Lort Phillips in Somaliland. These collections have 
been presented to the Trustees of the British Museum, and 
comprise a number of interesting species, which, in addition 
to those described as new, had not previously been represented 
in the National Collection. In deference to the wishes of 
the donors, and in view of the faunistically interesting nature 
of the localities, I have endeavoured to make the lists of 
species as complete as possible. One genus and species of 
Buprestide from Aden and a few species of other families 
still remain undetermined; but even with those omitted the 
list of species from Aden &c. will show that Lieut.-Colonel 
Yerbury’s collection is one of the largest yet made in that 
locality. 


List of the Species collected by Lieut.-Colonel Yerbury at 
Aden and Lahg. 


CICINDELIDZ2. 


Cicindela alboguttata, Klug. Aden and Lahej. 
aulica, De}. Aden. 

melancholica, De}. Lahe}. 
rectangularis, Klug. Aden and Lahej. 
—-s 


p- 
—— immanis, Bates. Lahej. 


CARABIDZ. 


Anthia 12-guttata, Bon. Lahej. 
Calleda sp. Aden. 
Cymindis sp. Lahej. 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 449 


GYRINID&. 
Dineutes ereus, Klug. Lahej. 


HyYDROPHILID. 
Temnopterus spinipennis, Gory. Aden and Lahej. 


HiIsTERID&. 


Hister memnonius, Erichs. Aden. 
Gehini, Marseul. Aden. 


DERMESTIDZ. 


Attagenus posticalis, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 159. Lahej. 
Anthrenus pulchellus, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy. xxvii. Lahe}. 


SCARABZXIDZA, 


Trox verrucosus, Reiche. Lahe}j. 

Scarabeus cornifrons, Casteln. Lahe}j. 
Gymnopleurus elegans, Klug. Aden and Lahej. 
anthracinus, Klug. Aden and Lahe}j. 
Cheironitis osiridis, Reiche. Lahej. 

Onitis alexis, Klug. Aden. 

Onthophagus gazella, Fabr.? Lahe}. 

Hybosorus Illigeri, Reiche. Lahej. 
Stalagmosoma cynanchi, Gory & Perch. Aden and Lahej. 
Anomala egregia, sp.n. Lahej. 

Adoretus clypeatus, Burm. Aden and Lahej. 
Leucocelis thoracica, Schaum. Lahej. 

helene, Schaum. Aden. 


BUPRESTID®. 


Julodis spectabilis, Gory. Lahej. 

Auschert, Blanch. Aden. 

Psiloptera rugosa, Palis. de Beauvois, Aden, 
arabica, Gahan. Lahe}. 

galamensts, Solier. Aden. 

Sphenoptera cuneiformis, Gory. Lahej. 


ELATERID. 
Agrypnus notodonta, Latr. Aden and Lahej. 


MELYRID&. 
Melyris bicolor, Fabr. Lahe}. 


CLERIDA, 
Trichodes Martini, Fairm. Aden and Lahej. 
Necrobia rufipes, De Geer. Lahej. 
BostRicH1D%. 
Phonapate nitidipennis, Waterh. Lahej. 


0 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


TENEBRIONIDZ&. 


Zophosis acuticosta, Fairm. Aden. 
guadricostata, Sol. Lahej. 

Arthrodeis bidentulus, Fairm. Aden. 

Adesmia interrupta, Klug. Aden. 

Mesostena puncticollis, Solier. Aden and Lahe}. 
Tentyria glabra, Solier. Aden. 

Himatismus villosus, Haag-Rut. Aden and Lahe}j. 
Ocnera hispida, Forsk. Aden. 

Thriptera crinita, Klug. Aden and Lahej. 
Micrantereus nitidus, sp.n. Aden. 

Helopinus psalidiformis, Ancey, Aden. 

Pimelia arabica, Klug. Lahe}. 

Vieta gibbicollis, Solier ? Aden. 

gracilenta, Ancey. Aden. 

clypeata, sp.n. Aden. 

Praogena gagatina, Makl. Aden. 


ANTHICIDZ. 


Formicomus cyanopterus, Laferté. Lahej. 
latro, Laferté. Lahej. 


MorDELLIDZ. 
Mordella bipunctata, Germ, Aden and Lahej. 


RHIPIPHORIDZ. 


Emenadia flabellata, Fabr. Lahe}. 
bipunctata, Faby. Lahej. 

—— niyripennis, Gerst. Lahej. 

scutellaris, Gerst. Lahej. 

Rhipiphorus caffer, Gerst.? Aden and Lahej. 


CANTHARIDZ. 


Mylabris arabica, Pall. Aden and Lahej. 
nigriplantis, Klug. Lahej. 

gilvipes, Chevr. Lahej. 

maculiventris, Klug. Aden and Lahej. 
Coryna rubricollis, Marseul. Aden and Lahej. 
Ceroctis Yerburyi, sp. n. Aden. 

Epicauta suavis, Haag-Rut, Aden and Lahej. 
Lytta suturella, Haag-Rut. Lahej. 
Leptopalpus quadrimaculatus, sp. n. Lahej. 


CEDEMERID. 


Ananca spurcaticollis, Fairm. Aden and Lahej. 
— Martini, Fairm. (Chitona). Aden. 


CURCULIONID 2. 


Cleonus cinctiventris, Fahr. Lahej. 
tomentosus, Fahr.? Aden. 
Ocladius setipes, Ancey. Aden. 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 451 


CERAMBYCID 2. 


Tithoes arabicus, Thoms. Lahej. 
Diorthus simplex, White (Pachydissus). Aden. 
Coptops edificator, Fabr. Aden. 
Crossvtus arabicus, sp. n. Lahej. 


Brucuip and CHrysoMELID&. 


Caryoborus pallidus, Oliv. Aden. 

gonagra, Fabr. Lahe}. 

Camptolenes cingulata, Lefév. Aden and Lahej. 
Titubea arabica, Oliv. Aden and Lahej. 

sp. Lahej. 

Clytra crocata, Lac. Lahej. 

Euryope quadrimaculata, Oliv. Aden. 
Pseudocolaspis Lefevret, Baly. Aden and Lahej. 
Lahejia cinerascens, gen. et sp.n. Lahej. 
Aulacophora delata, Evichs. Lahej. 

foveicollis, Kust. Lahej. 

Diacantha (?) dubia, sp. n. Lahej. 
Hyperacantha sp. Lahej. 

Diorhabda octocostata, sp.n. Aden and Lahej. 


COcCINELLID”. 
Chilocorus distigma, Klug. Lahej. 
Epilachna chrysomelina, Fabr. Lahe}j. 
Chilomenes vicina, Muls. Lahej. 
Bulea pallida, Muls.  Lahej. 
Hippodamia variegata, var. dissimilis, Muls, Lahej. 


List of the Species collected by Mr, E. Lort Phillips in 


Somaliland. 

Anthia ferox, Thoms. Agrypnus luridus, Fabr. 
Polyhirma tetrastigma, Chaud. Melyris rubrocincta, Fairm. 
Tefflus Chaudvirt. A pate terebrans, Pall. 
Dineutes grandis, Klug. Phonapate nitidipennis, Waterh. 
Temnopterus spinipennis, Gory. Adesmia Phillipsi, sp. n. 
Trox denticulatus, Oliv. consimilis, sp. N. 
Hybosorus Illigert, Reiche. Pimelia cenchronota, Fairm. 
Scarabeus isidis, Castelu. Thriptera erinita, Klug. 
Gymnopleurus virens, Erichs. Sepidium crassicaudatum, Gestro. 
Copris confusa, Boh. ? Mylabris rutilicollis, Fairm. 
Anomala egregia, sp. 0. Anoplostetha lactator, Fabr. 

sp. Ceroplesis Revoili, Fairm. 
Vertumnus cunieulus, Burm. Titoceres jaspideus, Sery. 
Chrysobothris abyssinicus, Vairm. Crossotus Phillipst, sp. n. 


Descriptions of new Species and References to some previously 
described Forms. 


Anomala egregia, sp. n. 


Flavo-testacea ; clypeo, tibiis posticis et tarsis omnibus rufo-piceis ; 
tibiis anticis extus dentibus duobus nigris armatis. 


452 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


¢o. Abdomine longitudinaliter paullo concavo, clavis antennarum 
elongatis, unguiculis tarsorum omuium simplicibus. 

©. Abdomine convexo, clavis antennarum minus elongatis, un- 
guiculo antico tarsorum anteriorum mediorumque bifido. 

Long. 15-18, lat. ad hum. 7-9 mm. 


Hab. Somaliland (Lort Phillips) and Aden (Yerbury). 

Head closely punctured, with the clypeus of a reddish- 
brown colour and its raised anterior margin blackish. Pro- 
thorax subnitid, very minutely and rather sparsely punctured, 
with the anterior margin in the middle and a small spot on 
each side of the disk of a reddish-brown colour; lateral 
margins nearly parallel from the base to the middle, and 
thence converging up to the anterior angles, which are slightly 
produced. LElytra each with four impunctate, narrow, sub- 
costate intervals, the rest of the surface rather closely punc- 
tured. Posterior tibia and all the tarsi of a reddish-brown 
colour. 

Though this species differs little in colour and general 
appearance from many previously described, it offers a special 
point of interest in the fact that the claws of the tarsi exhibit 
a difference of structure according to the sex, the large ante- 
rior claw of all the tarsi in the male being simple, while the 
anterior claw of the anterior and middle tarsi of the female is 
slit at the apex. A difference in the structure of the claws 
has hitherto been regarded as a basis for arranging the species 
of this large genus in groups or subgenera—so that, with a 
view to finding out whether the difference might not in other 
cases also prove to be sexual, I have examined a number of 
different species, but with the result, so far, that I have 
failed to discover a second example. 


Trichodes Martini, Fairm. 
Trichodes Martini, Fairm. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1896, p. 228. 


Cyaneus, supra crebre fortiterque punctatus ; elytris rufis, fasciis 
duabus transversis—una ante, altera pone medium—et apice 
extrema cyaneis ornatis ; antennis, palpis et tarsis anticis fulyo- 
testaceis. 

Long. 9-17, lat. 23-53 mm. 


Hab. Lahej and Aden (Yerbury). 

Dark blue in colour, with the exception of the elytra, 
antenne, palpi, and anterior tarsi. he elytra are reddish, 
with the extreme apex and two nearly straight transverse 
bands—one just in front of the middle, the other, broader, 


lying a little way behind the middle—dark blue. Upperside 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 453 


very closely and rather strongly punctured, and somewhat 
opaque in appearance. Underside more glossy; legs and 
breast closely and somewhat rugosely punctured, and more 
thickly covered with yellowish hairs; abdomen sparsely 
punctured. * Antenne, palpi, and front tarsi testaceous in 
colour. 

(‘This description was already written before M. Fairmaire’s 
paper had come under my notice.) 


Phonapate nitidipennis, Waterh. 
Apate nitidipennis, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 472. 


To this species I refer four male examples obtained by 
Mr. Lort Phillips in Somaliland. These examples agree 
very well with the type specimen (also a male) from Socotra. 
A male specimen obtained by Col. Yerbury at Aden is more 
strongly punctured than the type and has the raised lines of 
the elytra less distinct, so that it possibly belongs to a 
different species. 

A very closely allied species is represented in the Museum 
collection by male and female examples from Fao on the 
Persian Gulf, Muscat in Arabia, and two males from Bagdad. 
‘The females of this species show very clearly the stridulating 
surface on the anterior femora, and the ribs (against which 
the surface scrapes) on the sides of the prothorax. This 
stridulating-apparatus, which is not only novel as regards its 
position, but remarkable also in being peculiar to the female 
sex, was first noticed by M. Lesne, who described it in 
characterizing the genus Phonapate (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 
1895, p. 178). 

An undescribed species of this genus occurs in the North 
Hills, Burma, whence a female specimen has been sent by 
Mr. Watson. It is evident, therefore, that the genus has a 
pretty wide range. 


Adesmia Phillipst, sp. n. 


Nigra, sat nitida; capite parce punctato, labro antice paullo emar- 
ginato ; pronoto parce punctato et prope latera transversim rugo- 
sulo, medio breviter lineato-sulcato et utrinque obliquiter vage 
impresso; elytris subovatis, supra convexis cancellato-costatis, 
postice valde declivis et subacuminatis, utroque elytro costis 
quatuor longitudinalibus quarum externa obtusa sat dense sed 
haud regulariter granulata ; prosterno postice valde declivo, non 
producto; mesosterno antice haud gibboso. 

Long. 15-19, lat. ad med. elytrorum 9-11 mm. 


Hab. Somaliland (#. Lort Phillips). 


454 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


Black and somewhat shiny. Head distinctly but not 
thickly punctured. Prothorax transverse, slightly produced 
in front at the antero-lateral angles, rather sparingly punc- 
tured above, transversely wrinkled towards the sides, with a 
short linear groove along the middle of the disk and an 
obliquely transverse impression on each side. Elytra oval, 
convex above, strongly declivous behind; each with four 
longitudinal coste, the intervals between which are divided 
up into a number of small rectangular areas by means of 
short, transverse, raised lines: the fourth or external costa is 
obtuse and covered with a number of small granules; the 
deflexed side below it is somewhat uneven and bears a number 
of ill-defined granules; the interval between the third costa 
and the fourth is broader and more concave than the others, 
and the transverse lines dividing it are less well defined. 
The prosternal process is strongly declivous, almost vertical 
behind, but is not produced, and the mesosternal process 
slopes gradually in front and presents no tubercle or swelling. 


Adesmia consimilis, sp. n. 


Ovata, nigra, nitida; capite irregulariter fortiterque punctato ; 
pronoto dense rude punctato, lateribus antice productis ; elytris 
supra convexis, cancellato-sculpturatis, postice valde declivis, 
utrisque costis quatuor longitudinalibus quarum duabus exteriori- 
bus ad basin conjunctis, latere deflexo subrugoso ; prosterno 
postice paullo producto; mesosterno antice in medio obtuse tuber- 
culato. 

Long. 12-15, lat. 7-10 mm. 


Hab. Somaliland (£. Lort Phillips). 

This species is somewhat like the preceding one in the 
sculpturing of the elytra, but the transverse lines between the 
longitudinal coste are less regular and distinct, and the third 
and fourth costee on each side unite together at the base. It 
differs more particularly, however, in its shorter form and in 
the close coarse punctuation of the head and pronotum ; the 
prosternal process, also, is more horizontal below and is 
slightly produced behind, to rest against an obtuse tubercle 
which lies on the anterior face of the mesosternum. 


Vieta clypeata, sp. n. 


Squamis pallide griseis fere omnino tecta; clypeo antice triangu- 
lariter producto et paullo curvato; prothorace utrinque tuberculo 
bifurcato armato, supra medio paullo elevato et antice tuberculis 
dnobus approximatis instructo ; elytris sat valde denseque punc- 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 455 


tatis, utrisque seriebus duabus tuberculorum acutorum instructis, 
Long. 12, lat. ad med. elytrorum 4 mm. 


Hab. Aden (Yerbury). 

Almost entirely covered with greyish-white scales. Clypeus 
prolonged below in a slightly curved and pointed process, the 
edges of which are raised, so that its surface is concave in 
front. Prothorax furnished on each side with a prominent 
tubercle giving off two spiniform processes, the posterior of 
which is curved backwards; disk of the thorax slightly 
raised in the middle, and furnished at the middle of its ante- 
rior margin with two rather small, closely approximated, and 
almost vertically raised tubercles. LElytra elongate-ovate in 
outline, rather strongly and closely punctured ; each furnished 
with two rows of sharp spiniform tubercles—one row marking 
the boundary between the deflexed side and the slightly con- 
vex disk, the other midway between this and the suture. 


Micrantereus nitidus, sp. v. 


Anguste ovalis, niger, nitidus ; capite crebre punctato, antice arcua- 
tim impresso et ad marginem inferiorem leviter sinuato; pro- 
thorace nitido, crebre subtiliterque punctato, lateribus parum 
rotundatis ; elytris nitidis grosse sat sparseque punctatis, utrisque 
costis tribus angustis instructis ; corpore subtus pedibusque dense 
subrugoseque punctatis. 

3. Prothorace minus transverso et ad latera minus rotundato; 
tibiis anticis incrassatis et subtus canaliculo villoso instructis ; 
femoribus intermediis postice versus apicem dente sat magno 
armatis, tibiis intermediis leviter curvatis, prope basin abrupte 
angustatis, subtus medio parum canaliculatis, et ad apicem dente 
armatis. 

Long. 11-12, lat. ad med. elytrorum 5 mm. 


Hab. Aden and Lahej (Yerbury). 

This species seems to be most nearly allied to M. tentyri- 
otdes, Pasc., which it resembles much in shape. It is quite 
glossy on the thorax and elytra; the latter are strongly but 
not thickly punctured, and each bears three narrow longitu- 
dinal coste, of which the outer one is less distinct than the 
other two. The anterior tibia of the male are thickened, and 
in their distal three fourths bear a groove underneath, which 
is lined with a longish grey-tawny pubescence; the tarsi are 
not dilated and are clothed underneath with rather long 
tawny hairs instead of the pad of short hairs met with in 
many species of the genus. 


456 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


Praogena gagatina, Mik). 
The examples obtained by Col. Yerbury at Aden are of a 


more intense black colour than those which I have seen from 
Senegal, but exhibit no structural differences by which they 
could be regarded as specifically distinct. 

While examining this and various other species of the 
genus Praogena, I have had occasion to observe that the 
hinder part of the gular surface of the head is furnished with 
a stridulating area, and I have little doubt that sounds are 
produced by the friction of this area against the anterior 
edge of the prosternum when the head is moved backwards 
and forwards towards the prothorax. As the presence of a 
stridulating area in this position does not seem to have been 
previously noticed, I think it worth calling attention to, 
especially as the character may prove helpful in distinguishing 
some of the genera of ‘Tenebrionide. 


Rhipiphorus caffer, Gerst. ? 


The specimens taken by Colonel Yerbury at Aden and 
Lahej may possibly belong to a distinct species, as I have 
had no Caffrarian or other examples of &. caffer, Gerst., for 
comparison. ‘They differ from £. subdipterus, Bosc, by their 
smaller size and in being mote strongly and closely punctured, 
two characters mentioned by Gerstaecker as distinguishing 
caffer, Gerst., from subdipterus, Bosc; in the females the 
legs are pitchy black and the abdomen yellowish testaceous, 
with fuscous patches on the sides; in the males the legs and 
abdomen vary in colour, one example having all the legs and 
the greater part of the ventral side of the abdomen yellowish 
testaceous, while in a second example the anterior legs and 
the base of the abdomen only are testaceous; the elytra are 
in some specimens marked with a fuscous patch at the 
shoulders, in others they are entirely pale. 

Long. 4-64 mm. 


Ceroctis Yerburyt, sp. n. 


Niger; supra dense fortiterque punctatus, vix nitidus; elytris rufis, 
fasciis tribus nigris—una inter medium basinque, secunda 
mediana, tertia inter medium apicemque ; antennis rufis, articulis 
duobus basalibus nigris ; corpore subtus nigro, sparsim cinereo- 
pubescente. 

Long. 11-13, lat. 33-4 mm. 


Hab. Aden (Yerbury). 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 457 
Black, thinly clothed with greyish pubescence, which is 


somewhat longer and more conspicuous on the underside. 
Head, prothorax, and elytra very closely punctured. LElytra 
of a reddish colour ; each marked by three transverse black 
bands, of which the first, between the base and the middle, 
does not quite reach to the suture or the outer margin, while 
the other two bands, one at the middle and one between the 
middle and apex, are both complete. First two joints of the 
antenne black, the remaining joints of a bright reddish 
colour ; the processes of the joints from the fifth to the tenth 
are fairly long, that of the fourth is short, while the process 
of the third is hardly conspicuous. 


Leptopalpus quadrimaculatus, sp. n. 


L. rostrato similis, sed minor, elytris sine maculis basalibus, et 
corpore subtus toto fulvo. 
Long. 8, lat. 3 mm. 


Hab. Lahej (Yerbury). 

The genus Leptopalpus (easily recognized by the remark- 
able elongation of the maxillary palpi, which, when closely 
apposed, have some resemblance to the beak of a bug) has 
been hitherto represented by only one known species—L. ros- 
tratus, Fabr. From this species the present one may be 
distinguished by its smaller size, the wholly fulvous colour 
of its underside, and the absence of black spots from the base 
of the elytra. Each elytron has but two round black spots, 
one near the middle of its length, the other between this and 
the apex. 


Ananca Martini, Fairm. 
Chitona Martini, Fairm. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1896, p. 224. 


Capite supra nigrescente, pube brunneo-grisea obtecto ; prothoracis 
disco nigro, nitido, sat dense punctulato et quadri-impresso, 
lateribus et linea media longitudinali griseo-pubescentibus ; 
elytris brunneo-griseo-pubescentibus, sutura angustim et linea 
dorsali utrinque cinereis ; corpore subtus cinerascente. 

(6) Articulo primo tarsorum intermediorum quam secundo breviore 
et ad basin subuncinato-emarginato. 

Long. 6-10 mm. 


Hab. Aden (Yerbury). 

This species resembles some of the darker forms of Ananca 
spurcaticollis, Fairm., but may be distinguished by the 
following characters :—Clypeus shorter ; prothorax less ex- 
panded anteriorly, black above except at the sides and 


458 Mr. C. J. Gahan on 


extreme anterior and posterior margins, the disk rather 
thickly punctured, carrying four well-marked impressions, 
and having a line of ashy-grey hairs along the middle; each 
elytron with a line of ashy-grey hairs along the middle and 
a similar line at the sutural margin ; first joint of the middle 
tarsus of the male much shorter than the second and having 
a slight projection underneath, which is somewhat. emarginate 
at the anterior end, forming a kind of hook. In the female 
the corresponding joint is normal and longer than the second 
joint. (In the male of A. spurcaticollis the first joint of the 
middle tarsus is simple, but the tibie of the same legs are 
bent near the extremity.) 

The above description was written before I had an oppor- 
tunity of seeing M. Fairmaire’s paper and may be allowed to 
stand, as it supplements his description, in which no mention 
is made of the sexual differences. ‘Ihe species does not 
possess the chief distinguishing characters of the genus 
Chitona, since the head is not prolonged in a distinct muzzle, 
while the eyes are slightly emarginate in front, with the 
antenne in close proximity to them. 


Crossotus arabicus, sp. n. 


Pube griseo-cinerea obtectus ; prothoracis disco, femoribus, pectore 
et abdomine parce nigro-punctatis ; elytris utrisque prope medium 
fascioulo pilorum nigrorum ornatis ; antennis (2 ) quam corpore 
paullo longioribus, cinereo-pubescentibus, subtus parce nigro- 
setosis. 

Long. 153, lat. 6 mm. 


Hab. Lahej (Yerbury). 

Covered with pale grey pubescence, which on the base of 
the elytra is mixed with pubescence of a brownish tint. 
Disk of prothorax marked with some scattered shining black 
punctures, and bearing two slightly raised transverse eleva- 
tions on each side. Each elytron bearing a small tuft of 
black hairs at about the middle of its length. Femora, 
breast, and abdomen marked with scattered shining punctures 
like those on the disk of the prothorax. Prosternum sub- 
vertical in front and parabolically bowed behind. Antenne 
of the female a little longer than the body, covered with 
grey pubescence, and having a short and sparse fringe of 
black sete underneath. 


Crossotus Phillipst, sp. n. 


Griseo-pubescens ; capitis fronte, pronoto, sternis pedibusque et 
plaga laterali utrinque elytrorum pallidioribus ; prothorace 


Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 459 


lateraliter pone medium valde tuberculato, supra tuberculis 

quatuor transversis instructo; elytris punctatis, utrisque prope 

basin fasciculo distincto pilorum fuscorum ornatis ; antennis quam 

corpore paullo longioribus, griseis, subtus breviter  setosis, 

articulis 3°-10™ basi pallidioribus, articulo 1° nigro-punctato, 
Long. 20, lat. 9 mm. 


fab. Somaliland (2. Lort Phillips). 

Covered with pubescence, consisting chiefly of short pale 
grey or nearly white hairs mixed more or less with tawny 
and dark brown hairs. On the front of the head, pronotum, 
sterna, and a patch on each side of the elytra the pubescence 
is mostly whitish and only slightly mixed with tawny hairs. 
Prothorax furnished on each side with a large tubercle behind 
the middle, and a small obtuse tubercle in front of the middle, 
disk with four cariniform transverse tubercles. Elytra each 
with a distinct tuft of dark brown hairs at a short distance 


behind the base. 


LAHEJIA, gen. nov. (Humolpinorum). 


Clothed with pubescence. Eyes somewhat prominent, 
with a very feeble sinuate emargination in front. Inner 
margins of antennary condyles slightly raised, so that the 
front of the head appears bounded by a short ridge on each 
side. Epistome scarcely visible. Prothorax without sharp 
lateral margins, slightly rounded at the sides and somewhat 
narrowed towards the base; its greatest width about equal to 
its median length ; anterior border of prosternum concave ; 
intercoxal laminz of pro- and mesosterna rather narrow. 
Femora thickened below the middle of their length; tibie 
entire; tarsi rather slender, with first joint of each about as 
long as the two following joints together ; claws bifid. An- 
tenne about half as long as body; first joint short, oval, 
second nodular, third slender, nearly three times as long as 
second; seventh to tenth joints somewhat flattened and sub- 
triangular in shape. 


Laheia cinerascens, sp. nu. 


Piceo-nigra, subnitida, griseo sparse pubescens; capite antice et 
subtus testaceo ; pedibus antennisque flavescentibus, his articulis 
quinque apicalibus infuscatis. 

Long. 3-34, lat. 13 mm. 


Hab. Lahej ( Yerbury). . 
Pitchy black, veiled by a sparse grey pubescence. Head 


Said 


460 On Coleoptera from Aden and Somaliland. 


closely punctured, black above, with the clypeus, labrum, and 
underside testaceous. Prothorax very minutely and closely 
punctured. Elytra closely and more strongly punctured, and 
having the glossy derm only partially concealed by the short 
grey pubescence. Legs and first five or six joints of the 
antenne yellowish testaceous, the remaining joints more or 
less infuscate. 

The affinities of this new genus seem to be greatest with 
Psathyrocerus, Blanch., which consists entirely of South- 
American species. Psathyrocerus has hitherto been placed 
in the subfamily Criocerine, though it differs but little in 
structural characters from Habrophora, Erichs., a genus of 
Eumolping placed in the group Leprotites. 


Diacantha (?) dubia, sp. n. 


do. Testacea, elytris pectoreque nigris ; pronoto antice ad latera 
parce punctato, disco leviter transversim impresso, medio basis 
retrorsum acute sed paullatim producto; elytris parce minuteque 
punctatis, utrisque ad basin prope suturam foveola impressis ; 
unguiculis tarsorum appendiculatis. 

Long. 5 mm. 


Hab. Lahej ( Yerbury). 

Reddish testaceous, with the exception of the elytra and 
hind breast, which are black. Prothorax shining, minutely 
and sparsely punctured towards the sides in front, impunc- 
tate on the middle of the disk, which bears a feeble trans- 
verse impression ; produced at the middle of the base into a 
small pointed process, which covers over the scutellum. 
Elytra black and glossy, feebly and sparsely punctured, and 
each furnished with a small rounded pit placed close to the 
scutellum. 

The backward process of the pronotum and the basal pits 
of the elytra are evidently characters peculiar to the male sex 
and similar to those met with in many species of Diacantha. 
The claws of the tarsi are appendiculate, and the species has 
therefore some relation to the genus Hyperacantha. 


Diorhabda octocostata, sp. n. 


Sordide flava ; capite pronotoque sat valde punctatis; elytris utris- 
que quadricostatis, costa tertia ab sutura brevi, costa laterali 
acuta; elytris inter costas minute erebreque punctatis et sub- 
infuscatis ; antennis fuscis, articulis tribus vel quatuor basalibus 

* flavescentibus ; tarsis infuscatis. 

Long. 5-7 mm. 


On new Mammals from Madagascar. 461 


Hab. Aden and Lahej (Yerbury); Syria and Mesopo- 
tamia (Baly Collection). 

Dirty yellow in colour, with a spot on the vertex of the 
head, the intervals between the coste of the elytra, the an- 
tennz and tarsi more or less brownish; first three or four 
joints of the antenne partly yellowish. Upper part of the 
head and the disk of the prothorax rather strongly punctured, 
the latter sinuate in the middle both at base and apex. 
Elytra each with four raised lines or coste, of which the 
third is short, extending from the middle of the elytron to 
about the hinder fourth or fifth part; the outer costa begins 
just behind the shoulder, and is sharp and distinct up to a 
short distance from the apex; the concave intervals between 
the costz are closely and finely punctured. The last ventral 
segment of the male is somewhat sinuately emarginate at 
the apex, with a triangular depression just in front of the 
emargination. 


LXVI.—Deseriptions of Four additional * new Mammals 
Jrom Madagascar. By Dr. C. I. Forsyta Magsor. 


1. Microgale taiva T, sp. n. 


Represented by a single specimen, a female not fully 
grown, for, although all the true molars are completely 
developed and in use, most of the milk-teeth are still an sctw. 
The dimensions of the adult animal would be about interme- 
diate between M. longicaudata and M. Cowani on the one 
side, and M. Thomas? on the other. ‘The present specimen is 
only slightly larger than full-grown individuals of the former 
two and of M. crassipes, the type of which I have examined 
in Paris. 

Besides the general dimensions, this new species is particu- 
larly distinguished by its long tail, which, though shorter 
than in M, longicaudata, is much longer than in all the other 
known species of Microgale. The coloration of the fur, 
whilst agreeing with that of M. Cowani and M. Thomasi, is 
somewhat darker than in M. longicaudata. 

In the general form of the skull this new form agrees, too, 
with the above-named species, and more than all with 

Cowani, whereas M. longicaudata has a somewhat 


* See supra, p. 318. 
+ The section of the Betsimisaraka tribe inhabiting the forest east of 


Betsileo are called Tanala by their neighbours. The name they give to 
themselves in the northern portion of this forest, in which Ambohimi- 


tombo is situated, is Taiva. 


Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 32 


462 On new Mammals from Madagascar. 


higher and stouter facial region. At any rate, in all of them 
the contours of the skull are cylindrical, and not pyriform as 
in M. longirostris. 

Measurements of type and unique specimen, ? (M. 154), 
in millimetres :-— 

Head and body 83; tail 87; ear 12°5; hind foot 18-3. 

Basal length of skull 21; absolute length 23. 

Hab. Ambohimitombo forest, Tanala Country, 19th Jan., 
1895. 

2. Microgale pusilla, sp. n. 

Thesmallest of the Centetide hitherto known. Coloration of 
the fur like in M. longicaudata, viz. lighter than in M. Cowant 
and M. Thomast, being light brown above, with a much 
paler tinge below. Skull and dentition, apart from size, not 
differing in any essential characters from the above-mentioned 
species; in the conformation of the anterior upper incisor 
this new species agrees with M. longicaudata in having its 
secondary cusp minute, whilst itis much larger in M. Cowant. 

Dimensions in millimetres of type (M. 1359), ¢ :— 

Head and body 53; tail 74; ear 11; fore foot 11; hind 
foot’ 13. 

Basal length of skull 15. 

Hab, Forest of the Independent Tanala of Ikongo, in the 
neighbourhood of Vinanitelo, 27th May, 1896. Fossil in the 
Children’s Cave, near Sirabé (Vakinankaratra). 


3. Hliurus minor, sp. n. 


The smallest of the known species of this genus. General 
colour brownish grey; underparts fawnish. Proximal two 
fifths of the tail scaly and almost naked, the brownish hairs 
increasing in number and length towards the tip, with ten- 
dency towards a distichous arrangement; but the tail is far 
from being so bushy as in Ff. myoxtnus, Milne-Edw., the 
type of which, by Prof. Milne-Edwards’s kindness, I have 
been able to examine in Paris. 

Measurements of type, skin (M. 494), g :— 

Head and body circa 114 millim. ; tail circa 98. 

Basal length of skull 24°5; absolute length 29; length of 
upper molars 4. 


Hab. Ampitambé forest (N.E. Betsileo), 6th July, 1895. 
\ 


4, Eliurus tanala, sp. n. . 
More closely related to H. Majort, Thos.*, than to the 
other two species, but distinguished from the first by a some- 
what larger size, by a slight difference in coloration—the 
* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. (1895) p. 164. 


On a new Species of Stick-Insect. 463 


centre of the back being of a darker grey and the under 
surface yellowish white—as well as by a longer snout and 
smaller molars. 
Measurements in millimetres of Z. tanala and EZ. Majori :— 
E. Majori 3 
E.tanala§ (M. 166), type, 
(M.1858), measuredin EZ. Majorig E. Majorig 


type. the flesh. (M. 480). (M. 586). 
Length of head and 
body.. 151 141 143 145 
* tails... , 489 154 154 164 
fs hind foot 31 27 25 26 
ff CaPes sce 24 19 21°5 25°5 
Measurements of skulls :— 
E. tanala. E. Magort. 
SS ee ae 
M. 1358 
(3), (M. 1515), M.1510 M.166, (M. 159), 
type. 2. (d). type(d). 3. 
Basal length. ..... 35 34:2 35 30°6 31 
Absolute length .. 41°6 41 40 36:2 _ 
Length of nasals.. 16 17 16:7 14:2 14 
ve frontals. 13 13 12 12 12 
y parietals. 7'3 7 65 65 65 
Length of upper 
molar series .. 6 5 55 66 6:3 
Length of lower 
molar series .. 65°5 5:5 55 7 6:3 


Hab. Forest of the Independent Tanala of Ikongo, in the 
neighbourhood of Vinanitelo, thirty miles south of Fiana- 
rantsoa. 


LXVII.—Description of a new Species of Stick-Insect (Phas- 
mides) from British Central Africa. By W. F. Kirsy, 
#.L.55).218.,,&c. 


Mrs. Morr, a lady whose husband is engaged on a coffee- 
plantation at Lauderdale, British East Africa, has lately 
returned to Scotland for the winter, and has brought with her 
an unusually fine Phasmide, which has been secured for the 
Natural History Museum at South Kensington. It appears 
to be quite new, and I therefore describe it as 


Palophus Motre. 


Female.—Deep chestnut-brown, inclining sometimes to 
reddish and sometimes to black; pubescent; head with a 
high double reddish crest, contiguous in front and sinuated 
behind ; head above with two rather irregular rows of short 


spines on each side of the median line, and some scattered 
32* 


464 On a new Species of Stick-Insect. 


spines on the sides; prothorax and mesothorax with numerous 
large and small red spines, irregularly arranged ; abdomen 
with the fifth segment carinated and concave at the extre- 
mity above, and with a short carina on each side coalescing 
with the terminal one, each preceded by a round black spot ; 
front coxz with two or three small spines; femora lobate 
at the extremity, front femora straight, left front tibia with 
a lobe on the upper carina at two thirds of its length ; first 
joint of left tarsi also lamellate above; middle and hind 
femora much curved, the middle tibize lamellate above and 
below near the base; tegule brown, a large hump, longer 
than broad and rounded at the summit, near the base. Wings 
with the costal area reddish brown, black at the base; a grey 
spot on the costa before the middle ; the membranous part of 
the wings black, with numerous irregular waved and broken 
bands and spots of dull testaceous yellow, which do not anas- 
tomose, paler towards the inner curve of the margin, which 
becomes smoky brown with subhyaline markings. 


millim. 
DORA COMPONS S. sansa othe spa pees 223 
s57 © EDIE 1 vinisye sss sip ta, Finneran Slane 9 
i. LDHGL can cw te on eon Ro mea hae 12 
ey AMOBOMOLIS SE ft. so eas Neem es 30 
EP MCHAROE 4.0 ise Salts eos bree wicks 31 
9», ‘Segmenti median, ........08 02% 19 
Be he ERSEIN oes a xs 9 of vie seers Aes 30 
TRS BU yc rery ss arene o's ohh ose aeons Seep eee 
poh Teri AINE o's. ves o> Geta eeu Sie = 73 
5 PME she dice Qheesh te ateee ses 50 
as pe OMe eis tite min aes = Seep pein 64 


This splendid speciesis the largest winged African Phasmide 
yet discovered, being nearly 9 inches long and more than 
9 inches in expanse of wing. It greatly resembles the 
well-known Palophus centaurus, Westwood, which also 
exhibits a similar structure at the extremity of the fifth 
segment of the abdomen; but the shape of the crest, the 
spiny head and thorax, and the much longer wings are amply 
sufficient to distinguish it. 

Mrs. Moir has communicated the following account of the 
capture in a letter to Miss E. M. Sharpe:—‘I found it 
myself one morning hanging on to the clothes-ropes, when 
going to hang out something to dry, and only on its refusing 
to be shaken off did 1 find out it was alive. Mr. Moir 
injected carbolic, with a view to preserving it better, and only 
then did it put out its wings.” 

The stick-like appearance and sluggish habits of these 
insects are quite sufficient to account for their being rarely 


noticed, in spite of their large size and conspicuous appear- 
ance when the wings are expanded. 


Dr. J. W. Gregory on Pseudodiadema Jessoni. 465 


LXVIII.—Pseudodiadema Jessoni, sp. n., an Echinoid from 
the English Oxford Clay. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., 
F.G.S. 


Pseudodiadema Jessoni, sp. n. 


Diagnosis.— Test small, high, tumid. Aboral half slightly 
more conical than the lower. 

Apical system fairly large, less than half the diameter of 
the test, pentagonal. 

Ambulacra narrow. (The plates are normal, 7z. e. simple 
primary plates near apical system and compound plates of 
three primaries at ambitus.) Two rows of small tubercles 
down each ambulacrum. 

Interambulacra.—Seven or eight plates in each series in 
the adult. The plates are high; each of the five middle 
plates has a single large tubercle upon it, occupying nearly 
the whole of the plate. The uppermost plate has no tuberele ; 
the uppermost tuberculate plate has a complete scrobicular 
circle; in the remainder the scrobicular areas are confluent. 
The granulation occurs mainly as a narrow band along the 
middle of the interambulacrum, but it is very limited in 
amount. 

Peristome large, circular ; deep branchial clefts. 


Dimensions of K 3937 :— 


millim 
Gea oa late ese ahs w aia graye enptelatsta 5 is Sup slats 14 
LECT 1 Oe coh een eI Naa fet icity 8 
Dianjeter of apical area. i. 6.15 ib ie Salen 6 
" MOTUSLOME! | fo. tals «2 Fo laals aielan deat 8 
Width of ambulacrum at ambitus .... ....... 2°25 
BS interambulacrum at ambitus ........ 6:25 
Number of pore-pairs in one series ........-... 25-26 


Number of interambulacral plates in one series... 7 or 8 


Distribution. —Oxford Clay, St. Ives, Hunts. Collected 
by T. Jesson, Esq. 

B.M. type E 3936; larger specimen E 3937. 

This small Echinid is of interest as the only species as 
yet recorded from the Oxford Clay of this country. The 
British Museum collection contains twenty specimens which 
were found by Mr. Jesson, and there are others in the Wood- 
wardian Museum at Cambridge. The species is characterized 
especially by its high unituberculate plates, thick form, 
confluent scrobicular areas, and the sparseness of the granules, 

The large size of the apical area suggests at first that the 


466 Dr. J. W. Gregory on Pseudodiadema Jessoni. 


Echinid may be an Acrosalenia; but the structure of the 
ambulacral plates near the peristome shows that it belongs 
to a different family. In spite of the absence of the apical 
system there is no doubt that it is a Pseudodiadema. 


Fig. a.—Test of E 3936, x 32 diam. 
Fig. 6.—An ambulacrum and interambulacrum, x 53 diam. 


Its closest ally is Pseudodiadema Beaudouint, Cott.*, from 
the Upper Oxfordian of Chatillon-sur-Seine, Céte d’Or, 
which is said to be very rare. From this the English 
species differs by being much higher in proportion to its 
width ; the ratios in the new species are 1:3, and in P. Beau- 
douint 1:2; the number of interambulacral plates is smaller, 
the granules are less abundant, there is no tubercle on the 
uppermost interambulacral plate, and the pore-pairs near the 
peristome are in a straight single series. 

The character of the granulation, the number of inter- 
ambulacral plates, and the size of the interambulacral plates 
are points which the new species has in common with Pseudo- 
diadema Langt, Desor ¢ ; but from this it differs by the large 
size of the ambulacral tubercles and the crowding of the pore- 
pairs near the peristome in the continental species. The 
same characters separate it from Pseudodiadema priscum 
(Ag.) ¢ and Pseudodiadema drogtacum § (Cott.), with both of 
which it has resemblances in some details. 


* G. Cotteau, Pal. frang., Terr. jurass. t.x. pt. ii.; Echinides réguliers, 
livr. 7, 1882, p. 287, pl. ccexxxviii. figs. 1-5. 

+ See especially figures by Desor and de Loriol, Echinol. helvét. 
pl. xxiv. fig. 2. 

{ L. Agassiz, Cat. Syst. Ectyp. foss. Ech. Mus. Neocom. 1840, p. 8. 
Figured e. g. by Desor and de Loriol, op. cit. pl. xxiv. fig. 3; Cotteau, 
op. cit. pl. eccxxxv, 

§ Cotteau, Et. Ech. Yonne, p. 156, pl. xix. figs. 6-10, and op. cit. 
pl. cecxliii. figs. 7-13. 


On Two new Frogs from Lake Tanganyika. 467 


LXIX.—A new Butterfly of the Genus Acrea from Tugela, 
S. Africa. By A. G. Butier, Ph.D. &c. 


Mr. G. H. Burn, of Tugela, Natal, South Africa, writes 
under date of September 16th as follows:—‘ I am to-day 
forwarding for your inspection two specimens of an Acrea 
which I have taken here, and which I believe is new to 
science. This butterfly I first took on September 5th, 1894, 
and I sent two or three specimens to Mr. R. Trimen, then 
Curator of the Cape Museum. In his letter acknowledging 
receipt Mr. Trimen says that the <Acrea is new to science, 
and asks me to try and obtain the paired sexes, as the 
females (or those specimens which had the appearance of 
females) did not exhibit the ordinary distinguishing characters 
of females of the genus Acrea. I send you what I believe 
to be a male and a female. Since 1894 | only got twelve or 
thirteen specimens until this month.” | 

The examples forwarded are undoubtedly a pair. In 
colouring they do not differ, excepting that the male is 
slightly brighter in tint; but the male is considerably smaller 
than the female, the discrepancy in size being greater than in 
the allied species. It may, however, vary in this respect. 


Acrea Burnt, sp. n. 


Intermediate between A. machequena and A. obetra, the 
pattern being identical with that of the latter species, but 
the basal half of the primaries and entire ground-colour of 
the secondaries is ochreous buff; the spots on the secondaries 
are smaller than in A. obetra, and the orange spots upon the 
dusky outer border are less deep in colour. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 38, ? 60 millim. 

Tugela, Natal, South Africa (G. H. Burn). 

From A. machequena this species is easily distinguished 
by the arrangement of the spots on the secondaries, which, 
in that butterfly, has the character of that of A. ranavalona. 


LXX.—Descriptions of Two new Frogs from Lake Tangan- 
ytka, presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. H. Nutt. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Rana Nuttz. 


Vomerine teeth in two strong oblique series between the 
choane. Head as long as broad or slightly broader than 


468 On Two new Frogs from Lake Tanganytka. 


long; snout rounded, scarcely projecting, slightly longer 
than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse ; 
loreal region very oblique and slightly concave; nostril 
equally distant from the eye and the tip of the snout; inter- 
orbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympa- 
num very distinct, three fourths the diameter of the eye. 
Fingers pointed, first longer than second; toes slender, 
pointed, three-fourths webbed ; subarticular tubercles small ; 
a small elliptical inner metatarsal tubercle measuring one 
third the length of the inner toe. Tibia as long as the fore 
limb; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout 
or a little beyond. Skin smooth; a narrow glandular dorso- 
lateral fold. Olive above ; sides of body and limbs vermicu- 
late or marbled with blackish ; a dark temporal spot; a light 
streak from below the eye to the angle of the mouth; limbs 
with dark cross-bands ; lower parts white, throat spotted or 
marbled with brown. Male with internal vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 80 millim. 

Two specimens. 


Rana pulchra. 


Vomerine teeth in two small, oblique, oval groups between 
the choane. Head large, broader than long; snout obtusely 
pointed, slightly projecting, as long as the diameter of the 
orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region very oblique 
and deeply concave ; nostril a little nearer the eye than the 
end of the snout; interorbital space a little narrower than 
the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two thirds the diameter 
of the eye. Fingers obtuse, first not extending beyond 
second; toes obtuse, slightly webbed at the base; subarti- 
cular tubercles strong; imner metatarsal tubercle large, 
compressed, shovel-shaped, as long as the inner toe; a 
rather indistinct outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal 
aiticulation reaches the eye, the tarso-metatarsal the tip 
of the snout. Upper parts with symmetrical ridges fol- 
lowing the arrangement of the spots; lower parts smooth. 
Pale greyish above, with dark brown symmetrical spots with 
daiker and lighter edges; a light vertebral line, crossing a 
light cross-bar on the interocular space; a V-shaped light 
marking on the back of the head, the ends of the branches 
extending to the upper eyelids; loreal region blackish, with a 
light vertical bar between the eye and the nostril; limbs 
cross-barred ; lower parts white. 

From snout to vent 32 millim. 

A single specimen. 


On a new Mongoose from Matabeleland. 469 


LXXI.—On a new Mongoose from Matabeleland, British 
South Africa. By W. E. DE WINTON. 


In a collection of mammals lately presented to the British 
Museum by Mr. F. C. Selous, taken on his property Essex 
Vale, near Bulawayo, there is the skull of a hitherto un- 
described form of Cynictis; the skin, unfortunately, was not 
obtained. I propose to name it, in honour of the collector, 


Cynictis Seloust, sp. n. 


Skull more elongated than C. penicillata, with the squa- 
mosal portion of the zygoma not so much expanded laterally ; 
this process is only very slightly bowed upwards to join the 
malar, so that, viewed from the side, the lower edge of the 
zygomatic arch forms a straight line to the base of the infra- 
orbital foramen. ‘The ascending process of the malar is very 
slight, running into a fine point, and barely meeting the post- 
orbital process. The back of the palate ends in a projecting 
point in the middle line; the pterygoid processes bow in- 
wards, ending in small knobs. The auditory bulle are con- 
siderably inflated, the posterior basal portion drooping below 
the plane of the anterior chamber. 

Type in Brit. Mus. Collector’s note :— Skull of animal, 
probably killed and eaten by an eagle, found on grassy heap 
under a tree, Essex Vale, Matabeleland, 18th Oct., 1895” 
(PoC. &.). 

In all measurements I follow Mr. Thomas in his mono- 
graph of the group (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 59). 

Skull: basal length 76 millim.; greatest breadth 43; 
nasals, length in middle line 16, greatest breadth 8; inter- 
orbital breadth 18°5; intertemporal breadth 16°5; palate 
length 44, to cross-line 26°5; basicranial axis 26; basifacial 
axis 49; facial index 188. 

Breadth outside postero-external angle of 2-4 25. 

Teeth: 2-2, horizontal length 4:1; %3, length 4:5; @4, ex- 
ternal length 6:1, anterior breadth 5:5, greatest diameter 8:5 ; 
m:1, length 4:5, breadth 7-5; ™, length 3°5, breadth 6 
inet 4 lis o54, 6% a7, 65 m3, 5S: 

This is the skull of an adult animal with the teeth some- 
what worn, the sutures of the nasal bones not perfectly closed. 
The size alone will distinguish it from the well-known form, 
and in shape the skulls are strikingly different, the new 
species having a narrower and more evenly oval skull than 
C. penicillata, viz. with the zygoma much less expanded in 
proportion to the face and brain-case. ‘The breadth of the 
skull will be seen to barely equal the length of the palate, 
while in C. penicz/lata this measurement exceeds the length 
of the palate by about 5 millim. at all ages. 


> p.3) 


470 M. Pierre Fauvel on the Homology of the 


LXXII.— Homology of the Anterior Segments of Ampharetide 
(Polychetous sedentary Annelids). By M. Pierre 
FAUVEL *. 


THE anterior segments of the bodies of the Ampharetide 
appear to be difficult enough to homologize if one relies on 
the descriptions given by authors, for these are frequently 
contradictory. Malmgren Tf has distinguished in the species 
which he has described :—(1) a cephalic segment; (2) a 
buccal segment; (3) a naked segment; (4) a segment (ac- 
cording to him the third) which carries the palez in those 
species which are provided with these special hairs, as well 
as the first pair of branchie ; (5) the first segment carrying 
the capillary hairs, followed by segments of like character. 
The branchiz, to the number of four pairs (rarely three), are 
borne, according to the species, either solely by the fourth 
segment (third of Malmgren, Melinna), or by the fourth and 
the fifth (Ampharetes), or by the fourth, fifth, sixth, and some- 
times by the seventh segments (Amphicteis). The first three 
segments may sometimes be invaginated on the fourth. This 
easily explains the errors of those authors who, having under 
observation only fixed and contracted specimens, have not 
recognized the presence of a segment behind the buccal 
segment. ‘This error is least to be explained in the case of 
Claparéde t, who has overlooked this segment in Amphictets 
curvipalea, which nevertheless he had alive under his hands. 
He only reckons a single achetous segment, and erects the 
absence of the second naked segment into the principal 
difference between A. curvipalea and A. Gunnert, Sars. 
Now, as we have been able to determine ourselves on 
several examples trom Naples, this segment positively exists. 
The description of Claparéde is, besides, erroneous, as well as 
his figure§. We have found Amphicteis Gunnert, Sars, at 
Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue in 1894 |. Prof. A. Wiren has since 
been kind enough to send us specimens of A. Gunneri from 
the coasts of Sweden. We have thus been enabled to deter- 
mine the complete identity of specimens from Naples, 
Sweden, and the Channel. 

The species of Claparéde founded on erroneous observa- 
tions ought to disappear. The only difference consists in the 
absence, not constant, of a seventh tooth on the uncial plates of 


* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1896, tom. exxui. pp. 708-710. 

+ Malmgren, ‘ Nordiska Hafs-Annulater,’ 1865. 

t Claparéde, ‘ Annélides du Golfe de Naples,’ Supplément, 1870. 

§ Lo Bianco, ‘Gli Annelidi Tubicoli trovati nel Golfo di Napoli,’ 1893. 

|| P. Fauvel, “Sur la Présence de l! Amphicteis Gunneri sur les edtes de 
la Manche ” (Bull. Soc. Linn. de Normandie, 4° série, 9° vol., 1895). 


Anterior Segments of Ampharetide. 471 


the last segments of the abdomen. As to the curvature of the 
paleze, it is equally variable in individuals according to their 
place of origin. The anterior segments, then, are quite 
homologous in the Ampharetide ; there remains the question 
of the branchiz. Are these appendages borne by different 
segments according to the species? May one segment bear, 
sometimes one, sometimes two, three, or even four pairs of 
branchie ? The anatomy of the circulatory apparatus will 
furnish us with an answer. 

In Ampharetes Grubet the branchie appear to be thus 
arranged :—three pairs on the fourth segment, which also 
carries the palez ; one pair on the fifth segment (first seti- 
gerous segment). The branchie receive the blood of the 
heart by a distinct vessel. The heart gives off four vessels 
on each side. This is a presumption in favour of the opinion 
that a pair of branchie exists for each segment, but is not a 
proof. This proof we shall find in the disposition of the 
efferent vessels. In fact, if we examine the ventral vessel 
from before backwards, we see that this vessel bifurcates in 
front into two branches going to the cesophagus ; behind this 
bifurcation it gives off on either side a transverse branch 
which goes to the first branchia. This vessel arises from the 
ventral vessel in the fourth segment, in front of the diaphragm 
which separates the fourth segment from the fifth. The 
fourth pair of branchiz, in spite of its apparent insertion 
on the fifth segment, really belongs to the seventh by the 
origin of its efferent vessel. But here a complication presents 
itself; this efferent vessel, on leaving the branchia in front 
to reach the ventral vessel, anastomoses with a great lateral 
trunk, which stretches along the whole length of the animal 
from the seventh segment as far as the posterior segment. 
This trunk is formed by a series of anastomoses passing from 
one parapodium to another. The blood, returning from the 
fourth branchia, passes in small quantity only to the ventral 
vessel, the major portion of it being thrown into this anasto- 
motic trunk. The first branchia is that of the middle of the 
anterior row, the second is the most external of the same 
row, the third is the most internal, and the fourth is that of 
the second row, situate just behind the first. In Amphicteis 
the study of the circulation demonstrates equally that the 
branchiz belong to the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh seg- 
ments. The fourth branchia communicates in Ampharetes 
with a lateral anastomotic trunk; but the heart only gives 
origin to three trunks on each side. The first of these trunks 
bifureates to supply the first two branchie, as Wiren has 
already figured it *; and it is this which has led this author to 


* Wiren, ‘Our Cirkulations- och Digestions-Organen,’ 1885. 


472 Homology of the Anterior Segments of Ampharetide. 


‘» Tantpiiqdeu 4p 
Of] 

‘eynuurd pug 

sqOUF. HAG 


‘mumpiydeu qyF 
‘od 

‘ernuuid puz 

"3003 Wp 


‘manprydeu 4yp 
o”] 
‘ammuutd 4sT 
HOOF TYP. 
‘od 


-O(f 
‘ernuurtd pug 


"4003 Wap 
‘ITTA 


‘OG8T 91q0}00 Ue “Noy, Op OUN4IIeUA oIIOJVAOGVTT NV 4LVJ [IwAcIT, » 


‘uantpriaydeu page 
"eIyOURIG YIP 
‘ajnuuid 4sT 
POOR AA 


‘unipriiydeu pig 
"BIyoURIG YIP 
‘gjnuutd 4sT 
"JO0F pig 


‘tanipriqdeu pie 
"eIqoOURIg YIP 
ocr 
OTE Ss 
‘cantpriqdou pug 
"eIyoURIG WIP 
‘oTnuuid 4ST 
"poo Pilg 


TIA 


‘tuntpuydeu puz 

“elyouRrq pag 
‘Oc 

"POOF lg 


‘tuntpiiydoeu pug 

‘eryouRlqg pie 
OC 

“POOF pugs 


‘wntpiiydon pug 

‘BIqouBIq pag 
Od 

"POOF PUG 

‘tantpiiqdem oNy 

"BIOURIG PAE 
oC 

SOR EUG 


SLA 


‘manIpLiydet 4st 

‘eLyoURIG puZ 
OF 

*JOOF pus 


‘canIpiiydeu 4sT 

‘BIYOURIG PUZ 
Oo] 

*JOO} 4ST 


‘mnrtpraqden 4sT 
"elgoueIq pug 
“OT 
*4OO} 48[ 
‘mnrpriqdou 4sT 
‘BIqOURIG Pug 
Oo] 
"4OOF 48T 
"A 


“VITOUBIG 4ST 
at 
"JOO 98ST 


“BITOURIG IST, | 
Oo 


‘req Auidg 


“elIqoURlq 48T 


‘Od 
‘eolUd 


"BITOUBIG 4ST 
‘od 
‘wolVq 


‘AI 


‘museiyderp ‘yueulces poy 


wine 


‘yuoULses [BOON 


a 


‘quouises o1peydag 


“+ pyghuog 


‘** puuyayy 


* seagorydu py 


sajainydupy 


On the Habits of Evania Desjardinsii, Blanch. 473 


consider the four pairs of branchie as issuing from three 
segments only. In certain individuals one recognizes dis- 
tinctly, even from the outside, this insertion on four segments : 
the first is on the fourth segment, the second on the fifth, 
the third on the sixth, and the fourth also on the sixth, but 
abutting a little on the seventh. In Melinna, on the contrary, 
the four branchiz of each side arise from a common mass 
inserted on the fourth segment; but nevertheless each 
branchia has its efferent vessel corresponding to a distinct 
segment. A glance at the beautiful figures of Meyer * will 
suffice to carry conviction on this point. 

By combining my observations with those of Meyer and of 
Wiren I have compiled the table given on p. 472, which 
shows the homology of the anterior segments of the Ampha- 
retide. 


LXXIII.—On the Habits of Evania Desjardinsii, Blanch. 
By M. Epmonp Borpaae f. 


SomME months ago I collected in the Island of Reunion a 
certain number of oothece of Blatta, in the hope of seeing 
the parasites of the family of Chalcidiz emerge from them. 
A few days afterwards I was greatly surprised to notice in 
the glazed box which contained the oothece a hymenopterous 
insect, measuring 7-8 millim., of a black colour, and having 
no relation whatever with the family of the Chalcidia. 

At the first glance the insect seemed to have the abdomen 
atrophied or mutilated. I recognized later, after an exami- 
nation of its principal characters, that I had to deal with an 
Evania—abdomen short, pediculated, laterally compressed, 
inserted into the back of the metathorax; antenne filiform and 
as long as the body ; lastly, the neuration of the wings was 
entirely that of the genus Hvania. The resemblance to a 
species found in France—Z. appendigaster—caused me at 
first to believe that it was a representative of this species; 
but on examining more closely the rudimentary abdomen, I 
found it to be compressed laterally, but a little more rounded 
than that of ZL. appendigaster, which is distinctly triangular, 
A search in books taught me at length that the species 
which interested me was . Deyardinsi?, described b 
M. Emile Blanchard (Hist. nat. des Insectes, t. i. p. 299). 
This species, found in the Ile de France, had not yet been 
found in Bourbon, and the Natural- History Museum of 
Saint-Denis did not possess a specimen. 

* Meyer, ‘Studien uber der Korperbau der Anneliden,’ 1886-1887 
fig. 3, pl. xxii., and fig. 3, pl. xxiii. ‘ 

+ From the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxiii. pp. 610-613 (1896). 


474 M. Edmond Bordage on the 


After having announced in this island the presence of an 
entomological species hitherto unknown, and which, perhaps, 
has been introduced there from one of the two other Masca- 
reignes in relatively recent times, I am pleased to be able to 
make known certain remarkable details as to the habits of 
the Hvanie. The perfect insect lives upon plants, but the 
larva is parasitic. According to some authors—Reid, Dr. Ar- 
nold (cited by Kirby and Spence, Introd. to Entom. vol. i. 
p- 580, and vol. iv. p. 216)—this larva is parasitic on the 
Blatte. It is difficult to suppose that the egg which gives 
birth to the parasite can be introduced into the body of the 
Blatia when this latter has undergone all its metamorphoses ; 
the teguments of the Orthopter would certainly be too re- 
sistant for the ovipositor of the Hvania to penetrate them. 
It is even probable that this feeble instrument would find 
great difficulty in forcing its way between two segments of 
the body of the Blatta. One is therefore forced to admit that 
the introduction of the egg takes place when the Orthopter 
is still in the larval or nymph state (immediately after each 
change the body is white and soft). Maybe that these events 
take place in this manner with certain species of Hvania; but 
I strongly believe that the observations of Macleay, Lewis, 
and Stephens (quoted by Westwood, Trans. Hnt. Soc. 
vol. iii. p. 240) are more exact, and that in a general way 
the young Lvanie live as parasites in the oothece of the 
Blatte. At least, this is the case with E. Desjardinsiz. 
This species, which measures from 7-8 millim. after its com- 
plete development, undergoes all its metamorphoses in the 
interior of an ootheca 12-15 millim. in length, belonging 
sometimes to Blatta americana, sometimes to B. madere, 
The larva does not weave any cocoon properly so-called ; 
it contents itself with secreting a few threads of greyish silk 
of rather coarse texture, applied to the wall of the ovarian 
capsule. This silk isolates the larva from the small debris 
arising from the destruction of the partitions of the ootheca. 

Recently I have been able to observe Hvanie penetrating 
into houses. They are probably in search of the oothece 
deposited by latte in dark corners; but, despite all my 
care, I have never been able to catch them in the act. I 
have only once seen H. Desjardinsii follow a Blatta; this 
was in the June of this year in the botanic garden of Saint- 
Denis. The Hymenopter flew round and round a female 
Blatta americana, whose ootheca, still soft and whitish, pro- 
truded from the extremity of the abdomen. ‘The Orthopter, 
half-blinded by the brilliant light, fled before the aggressor, and 
succeeded in taking refuge in a crack which presented itself 
in the bark of a tree; this put an end to my observations, of 


Habits of Evania Desjardinsii, Blanch. 475 


which the final result interested me intensely. In spite of 
this, I am convinced that the Hvanza intended to introduce 
an egg into the ovarian capsule still carried by the Blatta. 

An author quoted by Westwood (loc. cit.)—Mr. Stephens 
—seems disposed to admit that each species of the genus 
Evania is parasitic on a single species of Blatta, whilst the 
converse would not be true—that is to say, that a single 
species of Blatta would have as parasites two species of the 
genus Hvania. Relying on the fact that H. minuta and 
E. fulvipes are abundant in the parts of Europe inhabited by 
Blatta lapponica, he regards them as indigenous, whilst, 
according to him, the typical species E. appendigaster, which 
frequents B. (Periplaneta) orientalis, disseminated by com- 
merce throughout the world, ought to be considered as 
bap ear with this Orthopter. 

f in so concluding Stephens had the intention of formu- 
lating a general rule, the example of H. Desjardinsit doubly 
weakens it, because (1) this Hvania is parasitic on at 
least two different species of the genus Blatta, (2) neither of 
these species is peculiar to the Mascareignes. We ought to 
conclude, following Stephens, that H. Desjardinsii is tropical 
American in origin, because B. americana is such, or that it 
comes from the same region as B. madere—two inadmissible 
suppositions, since the Hvaniza in question is peculiar to the 
Mascareigne Islands. It is, however, right to recognize that, 
if this rule is actually at fault, it is in origin partly correct. 
In fact before the introduction of B. americana and B. ma- 
dere, E. Deyardinsiz ought to have been the parasite of one 
or more Blatie belonging specially to the fauna of the Mas- 
careigne Islands. Perhaps even this Hvania is still parasitic 
on this species—or these indigenous species, among which I 
may mention Blatta corticum and B, cinerea—which measures 
as much as 28 millim., and whose ootheca ought to be of 
considerable size. 

Actually, and in a general way, it appears rational to look 
rather for a relation between the figure of the Hvania and the 
ootheca of the corresponding Slatta. ‘The larva of the 
Hymenopter must find in the ovarian capsule space for 
development, and, above all, a sufficiency of food. We can 
understand that, the second condition being fulfilled, the first 
is not absolutely indispensable, because in the case in which, 
at a given moment, the dimensions of the ootheca become 
insufficient, the larva could escape from its asylum, weave 
a cocoon, and then complete its metamorphosis. 

There remain several important points in the habits and 
development of Evania Desjardins to be worked out; I[ 
hope to be able to do this shortly. 


476 On the “ Claims of Priority.” 


LXXIV.— The “ Claims of Priority,” and what they are 
sometimes worth. By F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A. 


READERS of the ‘ Annals’ may remember that some time 
since I took the case of the name “ Holothuria” as a test- 
case for the claims of priority *. No priority-claimer appa- 
rently had discovered that no Holothurian ought to be called 
by the name Holothuria, and I refused to take up a position 
which, on this occasion, courtesy forbids me to characterize. 

A little later my lamented friend George Brook took up 
an attitude similar to mine with regard to the well-known 
name Madrepora t. 

In 1893 there appeared in the ‘Atheneum’ ft a warmly 
appreciative notice of Mr. Stebbing’s courage in altering the 
Latin names of the common crayfish and the common lobster. 
1 regretted both the praise and the “courage;” but the 
garden | had then to cultivate was big enough for me, and I 
had no wish to be led into strife. 

Now, however, I find I have to name for exhibition in a 
public gallery both a lobster and a crayfish. 

In his ‘ History of Crustacea’ (1893, p. 202) Mr. Stebbing 
applies the name Leach and the date 1814 to the term 
Astacus, and states that the type species is Astacus gam- 
marus ; a little later (p. 207) he writes “ Potamobia, Leach, 
1819,...1is the genus that has so commonly of late years 
been called Astacus.” 

Leach’s genus Astacus, in 1814, contained two species— 
A. gammarus and A. fluviatilis. ‘The former stood first, and 
is therefore, 1 presume, regarded as the “type species”’; on 
this I would remark that the generic name Astacus was 
invented by Gronovius in 1764 and that his first species is 
clearly Cancer fluviatilis of Linneus. 

Now as to Potamobius: in 1818 Leach§ gave a “ liste 
exacte des noms de tous le genres de crustacés qui ont été 
publiés jusqu’a ce jour”; among them is Potamobie. I am 
no bibliographer, and I do not know when this name first 
appeared, and 1 do not know to what species its author 
(whoever he was) applied it; but it is quite easy to know 
what contemporary writers thought about it. Desmarest, 
who quotes Leach on almost every page, says || :—‘‘ I] est 
probable que ce genre (Thelphusa) differe peu, ou ne différe 
pas, de ceux qui ont été nominés Potamon par M. Savigny, 
et Potamobia par M. Leach.” Prof. Huxley does not give the 

* viii, (1891) p. 108. 

+ Cat. Corals Brit. Mus. i. p. 3. 
t 1898, 1. p. 800. 

§ Lict. Sci. nat. xii. p. 75. 

|| Op. cet, xxviii. (1828) p. 246. 


ad 


Bibliographical Notice. 477 


source of his information, but it is clear * that he was ac- 
quainted with the fact that Potamobius was preoccupied before 
1819, when Samouelle, basing himself on Leach’s MSS., 
proposed to apply that term to Astacus fluviatilis. 

To draw the conclusions that flow from these facts :— 

First, as a matter of accuracy in dates and names: on 
p- 202 of Mr. Stebbing’s work already referred to, ““Nephrops, 
Leach, 1819,” should have the date corrected to 1814; 
“ Astacus, Leach, 1814,” on the same page, should be altered 
to—well, it is hard to say; Leach’s Astacus of 1814 is the 
Astacus of Gronovius (1764) as emended by Fabricius and 
others, and by Leach’s removal of A. norvegicus. ‘‘ Pota- 
mobia, Leach, 1819” (p. 207), should read Potamobius, 
Samouelle, 1819 [preoce. by Leach]. 

Secondly, till the appearance of the second vol. of Milne- 
Edwards’s great work in 1837 zoologists at large were 
content to accept as accurate the words of Desmarest in 
1823 f :—“ dans |’état actuel de la science, le genre Kcrevisse 
[ Astacus] se trouve renfermer des espéces d’eau douce et des 
espéces marines dont le nombre ne s’eléve pas a plus de six.” 

All, then, that the most pious priority-purist could ask is that, 
in the year 1896, some one should invent a name to replace 
Samouelle’s preoccupied term Potamobius, given by him in 
1819 to the crayfish, and, as a reward for doing so, he 
promises only that the inventor will throw into confusion not 
only carcinological literature, but every text-book in every 
language under the sun. 

1 have taken a great deal of trouble with this case, and I 
have a suspicion that if a few more would be equally 
‘“‘eingehende”’ we might speedily give the purists the short 
shrift I have often wished them. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Artistic and Scientific Taxidermy and Modelling. 
By Montagu Browne, F.G.S. &. London, 1896. 


Some years ago Mr. Browne published a very useful little work 
called ‘ Practical Taxidermy,’ and we have now before us a much 
more complete and carefully compiled work on the same topic, 
which goes more fully into the subject. Mr. Browne enters in 
some detail into the origin and process of the art from the earliest 
ages unto the present time, from which we gather that, though the 
Egyptians preserved various kinds of animals by embalming them, 
yet the actual stuffing of specimens for museum purposes does not 
date back more than about three hundred years; but even within 
* P. Z, 8. 1878, p. 752. 
+ Tom. cit. p. 307. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xviii. 3 


Qo 


478 Miscellaneous. 


the present century stuffed specimens in most museums were far 
from resembling the living animals, and it is only somewhat 
recently that care has been taken to copy nature as closely as 
possible. 

We are glad to see that Mr. Browne gives the late Mr. E. T. 
Booth, of Brighton, the credit which is due to him of being the first 
to start a museum in which the birds were mounted surrounded hy 
accessories closely copied from nature—an example that has been 
followed not only by the Natural History Museum at South Ken- 
sington, but by many other provincial museums in England and 
also abroad. 

A full list of nstruments he considers necessary is given, together 
with illustrations; but a first-class workman would, we think, be 
able to dispense with several of those named, and, as far as skins of 
birds are concerned, we have seen first-class specimens which have 
been made with no tools beyond a pocket-knife and a pair of stout 
nail-scissors. A useful chapter follows on preservatives, from which 
we observe that he objects to arsenical paste, which, he contends, 
does not protect the specimens from the larvee of moths or beetles ; 
and he recommends in its place a non-poisonous preservative soap 
consisting of chalk, soap, lime, and musk. Concise and careful 
directions are given of how to prepare skins and to mount speci- 
mens, and, as regards bird-skins, we have found Mr. Maynard’s 
plan of wrapping a freshly prepared skin in a layer of cotton 
wadding to be the best mode, especially when the skins have to be 
packed at once. Full directions are also given for the modelling of 
rocks, trees, &c.; and respecting this we may say that we have 
found light peat most useful in the reproduction of rock-work, and 
have been able to make a very close copy of a natural piece of rock 
with it.. 

At the end of the book a carefully compiled bibliography of the 
works on the subject is given, and we are glad to see that Mr. Browne 
has made judicious use of most of them, especially those published 
in the United States, in the body of the work. 

Mr. Browne is evidently a first-class taxidermist and well able 
to write with authority on the subject; and we can safely recom- 
mend the work to any one interested in the preparation of specimens. 
Some very good illustrations are scattered through the work, 
twenty-two of which are printed separately and eleven are printed 
in the text. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


The Evolution of Lithocystis Schneideri, a Parasite of Echinocardium 
cordatum. By M. Lovuzs Lzcrr. 


1 nmap recently the opportunity of collecting, on the beach at 
Wimereux, a considerable number of Hchinocardia, all of which 
contained Lithocystis Schneidert. I availed myself of it to study 
the evolution of this singular parasite, concerning which opinions 
are so divided, some regarding it as a Myxomycete, others as a pure 


Miscellaneous. 479 


ecelomic form, others as an aberrant sporozoarium. The general 
aspect under which this parasite is actually known has been 
described by M. Giard, who discovered it in 1876. It consists 
of plasmodial masses of a blackish or violet colour, irregularly 
applied to the internal face of the test of the sea-urchin and 
enclosing spherical cysts containing numerous spores, appendiculate 
and with falciform corpuscles. Each cyst encloses besides a 
central spherical mass of tiny crystals of calcic oxalate. 

Betore secking the origin of these cysts, I examined carefully the 
liquid of the cavities of a great number of sea-urchins, and I 
discovered in a great number of them monocystid Gregarinide, 
solitary or conjugated, free in the liquid. On continuing the 
investigation I succeeded in finding the various intermediate stages 
between the phase of young monocystid and the crystalline cysts 
of Lithocystis; in fact the gregarinid origin of these cysts was 
established. 

The free gregarinid is difficult to see, especially when it is young, 
because it is not common and often concealed in the convolutions 
of the digestive tube. It is cylindrical in form, attenuated at the 
poles, and shows a beautiful striated contractile layer, with a large 
nucleus and a spherical nucleolus. The conjugate forms are easy 
to see from their size, their extremely active and complicated 
movements, and their curious method of copulation. The adult 
gregarinids measure more than 1-5 millim., so that they are readily 
distinguishable by the naked eye. In the conjugation, the attach- 
ment is not made between poles of the same or opposite name, as in 
the known forms, but by a small surface situate at about equal distance 
from the two extremities of the individual, as, for example, in 
Diplozoon paradoxum: this mode of conjugation, so far as I know, 
has never been observed in the Gregarinide. When the moment of 
encystment approaches, the two individuals take on a more massive 
form and their movements become gradually slower. It is at 
this period that the crystals are formed which are found later in 
the ripe cysts, To this end there appear on each individual 
numerous spherical clear vacuoles, in each of which a single crystal 
is formed, of the clinorhombic type, which appear to me, so far as 
microchemical analysis will show, to consist of calcic oxalate. When 
the encystment is complete, and the divisions of the nucleus and the 
protoplasm, which are to give origin to spores, begin to be effected, the 
vacuoles disappear and the crystals unite to form a common sphere in 
the centre of the cyst. These crystals, which appear at the beginning, 
in a kind of excretory vacuoles, ought, I think, to be regarded as a 
veritable excretory product of the gregarinid, a product which, 
having become useless or even a hindrance to the division of the 
protoplasm, is separated from the rest of the creature at the 
moment of reproduction. The presence of this product in the 
interior of the gregarinid is not at all surprising when one considers 
that the fluid in the general cavity of the Echinocardium contains a 
large proportion of salts of lime; it ought to be found in all the 
celomic gregarinids of Echinoderms with a calcareous test—a fact 
which I have already verified for Spatangus lividus from the 


33* 


480 Miscellaneous. , 


Mediterranean, in which I have found a new form of Lithocystis. 
The formation of crystals is not the sole interesting phenomenon 
which characterizes the evolution of this singular gregarinid. In 
fact at the moment when the gregarinids, closely attached and 
almost motionless, begin to encyst, the amcebocytes of the liquid in 
the cavity of the sea-urchin attach themselves closely to their surface 
and form a network with dense meshes, each of them putting out a 
free pseudopodium on the exterior directed normally to the surface 
of the cyst. All the pseudopodia are rigid and of equal length: 
this gives to the cyst a bristly appearance, very peculiar and at first 
sight very difficult to explain ; but the cause is no longer in doubt 
when by a very slight compression of the cover-glass a great number 
of the phagocytes leave the surface of the cyst and form in its 
neighbourhood an elegant network by the anastomosis of their 
pseudopodia. 

Afterwards the ameeboid cells are crammed with pigment granules, 
take on an elongated form, and finally enter into a state of degene- 
ration, forming blackish masses of plasmodial appearance, which 
surround the greater number of the cysts. Such is the origin of 
the supposed plasmodia of Lithocystis, in which an attentive study 
shows the amcebocytes in all stages: young, very active, with a 
well-marked nucleus; others already deformed and filled with 
pigment, the greater portion completely granular and degenerated. 
The parasitic product which is known under the name of Litho- 
cystis 18 therefore complex. The cysts are those of a monocystic, 
ceelomic gregarinid of normal evolution, and the crystals are an 
excretory product ; the coloured plasmodial masses are made up of a 
collection of the phagocytes of the Echinocardium, of which the 
greater part are dead and charged with granular pigment. By the 
form of its spores, the Zithocystis falls naturally into the family of 
the Urosporide, alongside the genera Urospora and Ceratospora, of 
the general cavity of the Siphuuculidee and the Synaptidee.— Comptes 
Rendus, 1896, tom. cxxiil. pp. 702-705. (Studies from the Labora- 
tory at Wimereux.) 


Ona Vi wiparous Ephemera. By M. Cavsarp. 


Viviparity is a condition relatively rare among insects. In fact 
it is only observed among the Strepsiptera, and exceptionally in the 
three orders of Hemiptera, Diptera, and Coleoptera. Among the 
first, many of the Aphidz and the Cochinellide are viviparous for 
the parthenogenetic generations. Among the Diptera, the Pupipare, 
certain Muscidee (Tachina, Sarcophaga), and several CXstrids 
parasitic on mammals; the psdogenesis of the larval forms of Cecz- 
domye is also accompanied by viviparity. Lastly, among the 
Coleoptera there are only known certain Staphylinide which live 
as parasites in the ant-hills of South America (Spirachtha, Corotoca). 

One would certainly not expect to encounter viviparity among 
the Ephemerz, which have the reputation of living but a very short 
time in the adult state, a few hours at most, in certain species. 

According to observers, these insects, as soon as born, copulate ; 


Miscellaneous. 481 


then the females lay eggs rapidly and soon die. This short 
existence is incompatible with the development of the embryo in 
the maternal organism. Nor is this rule general: I have studied 
recently a species of the Ephemeride in which an entirely different 
state of things prevails; this is Chloeopsis diptera (Latr.). This 
species is very common in houses at the end of summer and the 
commencement of autumn, when these insects attach themselves 
to the windows or the ceilings, and there rest immovable, their two 
wings turned back and applied one against the other, the posterior 
part of the abdomen terminated by two long filaments, turned back 
upon the dorsal aspect. The same insect may be observed in the 
same place for several days. Having captured a large number of 
them, I have been able to keep them for more than three weeks 
before they laid their eggs. I have found it impossible to fix 
exactly the duration of their existence, because at the time of 
capture I did not know how long they had emerged from the 
nymph state. However that may be, there are Ephemerw which 
have but little title to the name. This relatively long existence in 
the adult state is in accord with their processes of reproduction. 
Desiring one day to study the circulation of the blood in one of 
these insects, in the living state, which I supposed to be sufficiently 
transparent for the purpose, I took one of them and placed it 
between two plates of hollowed glass. The pressure of these plates 
caused a quantity of greyish matter to exude from the abdomen of 
the animal; I regarded the insect as dead and my observations a 
failure. Nevertheless, on examination with the microscope, I 
observed that the extruded matter was formed of a great number 
of little ovoid bodies, which immediately began to move about and 
unroll themselves. Each of them was a little larva, which was 
very active and began to swim about. Were these Ephemera 
viviparous? This was the question that I at once asked myself. 
Then I examined the contents of a large number of individuals, and 
I found eggs in every stage of development: in some the segmenta- ° 
tion was but slightly advanced, but a commencement of evolution 
was very distinct; in others, the extruded larvee showed segmenta- 
tion ; the most advanced enclosed completely developed larve, but 
still enclosed the transparent membrane of the egg. I have since 
been able to observe the females emitting their larvee freely without 
any pressure, so that their viviparity is a proven fact. When the 
moment approaches that the insects seek the water, they allow 
themselves to fall into it and float on the surface, with their wings 
extended, up to the moment at which the larve are extruded. 
During this operation, which lasts for a very short time, the whole 
of the last three segments of the abdomen are lifted upwards so as 
to form almost a right angle with the rest of the body. The larve 
are expelled by a double orifice pierced between the seventh and 
the eighth abdominal rings; these two openings are only separated 
from one another by a very slight portion of tissue, and generally 
break into one another so as to become one after the deposition of the 
eggs ; there results a large slit, which involves the whole of the 
lower half of the line of junction of these two rings. In this case 


482 Miscellaneous. 


the digestive tube is burst, so that the nerves are detached behind 
the last nervous ganglion which occupies the seventh abdominal 
ring. These observations led me to study the female genital 
apparatus, which ought to be constructed with a view to the internal 
development of the eggs. Almost the whole of the body of the 
female is occupied by two huge sacs attached, the one to the other, 
along the middle line; the vertical partition which separates them 
is traversed by numerous trachere. ‘These sacs extend over the 
whole abdomen, with the exception of the last two segments, and 
reach as far as the head, occupying in the three thoracic rings 
almost the whole of the space left free by the muscles of the wings 
and legs. Beneath them is the digestive tube, reduced to a canal 
with a thin and delicate wall, and the nervous chain. These two 
sacs open on the outside, each by a distinct orifice pierced in the 
membrane which joins the seventh abdominal ring to the eighth, 
and, as already described, at the moment of the exit of the larve 
these two openings run together to form one. ‘To what part of the 
genital apparatus of other insects does this double incubation sac 
correspond? I have not yet been able to settle this point, inasmuch 
as I have only had under observation insects in which the sacs were 
already filled with eggs in course of development, and in which the 
empty and shrivelled ovaries were with difficulty visible. In spite 
of the relatively long duration of their life, the Chloeopses take no 
more food in the adult state than the other Ephemerx. Their 
mouth is only armed with a few soft and incomplete parts. 

The larve are elongated, very active, armed with feet terminated 
by a single hook. The head, roughly pentagonal in form, bears two 
long antenne and five ocular spots, of which one, odd, is situate 
between the bases of the antennze; the four others are arranged in 
two pairs, of which the posterior furnishes the reticulated eyes of 
the adult. The mouth is provided with a masticatory apparatus, 
which is well formed. The abdomen is formed of ten segments, of 
which the last bears two long filaments provided with a few stiff 
hairs. The length of the body is 0-7 millim., not including the 
caudal filaments, which are at least as long as the body. The 
cephalothorax and the apterior part of the abdomen contain at birth 
brilliant globules, which disappear in a day or two. During the 
first period of their existence the larve have neither trachese nor 
tracheal branchie. Six days after their birth the larve undergo a 
tirst change: their appearance changes but little, but on each of the 
Qnd, 8rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal rings there appears a pair 
of short prominences, each as much developed as the others, the 
rudiments of the future tracheo-branchie. Three days later there 
is another change: the five prominences just mentioned become 
elongated, and a pair of them appear on the first abdominal ring ; 
the trachez also become visible. After the third change, the five 
pairs of tracheo-branchiz are well-formed and receive the trachee. 
Those of the first rmg do not develop completely until the fourth 
change, and, finally, those of the seventh abdominal ring, apparent 
at the third change, are not complete till after the fifth, From that 
time the larva possesses all its organs. I hope to be able to pursue 
these investigations up to the adult stage-—Comptes Rendus, 1896, 
tom. ¢xxlil. pp. 705-708. 


Miscellaneous. 483 


Determination of the Directing Element in the Jaws of Insects. 
By M. Joannus Cuartn. 


In a previons series of researches, the results of which I have 
submitted to the judgment of the Academy *, I have studied 
the variations which the jaws can present, not only in their 
ensemble, but in the parts of which they consist, when studied in 
boring-insects. For the purposes of such investigations these repre- 
sent the fundamental types; remaining always near to its initial 
state, the jaw permits of the accurate recognition of the smallest 
details as to the development, relations, &c. of its different parts. 

Highly instructive for all that relates to the descriptive anatomy 
of the organ though the boring-insects (‘‘ insectes broyeurs”) are, 
they become insufficient when it has to be considered from the point 
of view of philosophic anatomy. 

Among other questions in this connexion there is one which 
has been generally left in the shade. The theory of Savigny has 
traced in its broad lines the series of transformations which the jaw 
undergoes in order to adapt itself to the varying mode of life of 
insects. But what is the réle to be assigned to the different parts 
of the jaw in its numerous functional adaptations? Ought they to 
play an equal part, or should one of the parts be pre-eminent? 
should it reduce the others to the position of satellites or assert 
itself as the centre of the curious processes which so strangely 
metamorphose the organ ? 

After a minute analysis, the question cannot be elucidated except 
by varying within wide limits the types on which it is proposed to 
determine which is the directing element of the jaw. 

It is easily settled when one passes from the Borers to the Hymeno- 
ptera. According to a too widely spread opinion, their jaw would 
always take on the character which it presents in the Apide, in 
which its appearance differs profoundly from that in the Borers. 
There is nothing so baseless as this generalization; in reality the 
form proper to the Borers reappears in several genera ( Vespa, Micro- 
gaster, &c.). The base of the organ is formed by a submaxilla, 
above which rises the maxilla, figuring as the central limb of the 
jaw; on its upper part it displays three appendages, among which 
the palp is far the most developed, the two others (galea and inter- 
maxilla) appearing to be still secondary. 

In Gonatopus, Xyphidrina, and Bracon it is seen that the galea 
increases progressively, at the same time that the intermaxilla 
approaches it more and more closely. 

In the genus Perilampus the formation of a mixed galeo-inter- 
maxillary plate may be seen. This is definitely constituted in 
Cephus and Meyachile, much elongated, absorbing, so to speak, the 
intermaxilla; the galea is transformed into a powerful blade, which 
becomes henceforth the principal part of the jaw. 

Here, then, is an organ completely modified, in no way resembling 
what it was in the Borers, tending, on the contrary, to the form 
presented by the Suckers, such as the Lepidoptera &c. 

I could pass at once to the examination of these latter, but it 


* “Comptes Rendus,’ 1879-1887, and ‘Concours pour le Grand Prix 
des Sciences physiques,’ 1885. 


‘ 


484 Miscellaneous. 


appears to me preferabie to unite them to the preceding insects by 
an intermediate group, that of the Phryganidz. Without discussing 
their multiple affinities, without recording the retrogression which 
their buccal organs undergo, I believe it necessary to insist on the 
arrangements peculiar to their jaws. 

The somatie part corresponds, not to the maxilla, which is con- 
fined to the base of the organ with the submaxilla, but to the galea 
completed by a slender intermaxilla-—a fresh manifestation of the 
tendency sketched in Cephus, Megachile, &e. The galea appears as 
the directing section of the jaw, and this idea is still further accen- 
tuated in the following groups. 

As far as the Lepidoptera are concerned, Savigny has shown 
that their proboscis is the result of the union of the two jaws; all 
opinions to the contrary have been shown to be untenable. But 
what is the mode of constitution of the jaws so transformed? What 
part does each portion of the maxillz play in the construction of this 
singular apparatus ? 

Observation shows that all the acting part of the organ arises 
from the galea. Its base comprises the submaxille and the max- 
ille; greatly reduced and thrown back upon the sides of this base, 
the palps take no part in the formation of the trunk properly so- 
called. 

If one examines a maxillary stylet in the Hemiptera, one is 
struck by its likeness to the mandible of a butterfly. In the two 
cases the base corresponds to the same parts; the lamellar region 
(channelled, excavated, setiform, &c.) is essentially galear; it is 
easy to supply a demonstration of this, and certain Cicads especially 
lend themselves to it. 

So for the Diptera, the types to be studied must be suitably 
chosen. If we begin with the group of the Muscide, as one usually 
does, we are immediately brought face to face with difficulties 
which will explain the divergences. They disappear when we con- 
cider another family. 

The Eristalidze should be mentioned as especially offering forms 
which link with the previous ones in establishing from another side 
the passage to the singular mandibles of the Diptera, considered as 
the most aberrant in this respect. I limit myself to a réswmé of 
the arrangements presented by Hristalis tenav. On a base cleft in 
two places there is inserted a tiny palp and a long blade, the latter 
giving to the mandible its general configuration ; it represents the 
galea, to which the intermaxilla is joined. 

So, in the Tabanide, the Culicide, &¢., one recognizes the pre- 
eminence of the galea, so secondary when one confines one’s study 
to the Borers. The exclusive study of these latter conduces to the 
view that the maxilla is the fundamental portion, whereas nothing 
could be more inexact. Morphographical analysis shows, in fact, 
that the maxilla undergoes a true regression, whilst the mandible 
acquires a new functional importance. This finds expression in 
certain tendencies, proving progressively :—(1) elongation of the 
galea; (2) fusion of the intermaxilla with the galea; (3) reduction 
of the palp. 

Thus a double organic balance shows itself: the maxillary region 


Miscellaneous. 485 


decreases in proportion as the appendicular region develops ; 
further, in the former the palp and the intermaxilla dwindle as the 
galea (the sole directing portion) enlarges. 

These facts seem to be of such a character as to modify the classic 
conception of the mandible; further, they permit a rapid extension 
to other buceal organs. Such is the object of the researches on 
which I am at present engaged, and of which I hope to give the 
further results in a later communication.—Comptes Rendus, 1896, 
tom. cxxiil. pp. 608-610. 


On the Hibernation of Clavelina lepadiformis, Miiller. 
By MM. A. Grarp and M. Cavtizry. 


Clavelina lepadiformis, Miller, formerly somewhat rare on the 
coasts of the Pas de Calais, is become very abundant on the 
Bernard rocks, near Boulogne, since the establishment of the new 
port. To any one who observes the pretty corms of this Synascidian 
it is a very interesting problem to know how it is that the colonies, 
sometimes as large as the fist, disappear entirely in the winter, to 
reappear in the month of June in the following year, with the same 
development and in precisely the same positions. One cannot 
attribute the formation of these new corms to the proliferation of 
the oozoites produced by the old ones, because, rapid though the 
budding of these oozoites may be, it could not suffice to produce 
such large masses in so short a time. But if, towards the end of 
September or in October, or even during the equinoctial tides of 
the spring of the following year, one examines carefully the place 
occupied by the vanished colonies, there will be found adhering to 
the rocks numerous ramified and interlacing stolons, bearing here 
and there little whitish glomeruli of a chalky appearance, the whole 
constituting an ensemble which recalls well enough the general 
aspect of a colony of Bryozoons of the genus Bowerbankia. It is 
the form under which the Clavelina hibernates, reduced to tubular 
stolons filled at certain points with reserve material. 

Nature of the Stolons—The stolons in which the reserve material 
is accumulated are identical with those which during the summer 
unite amongst themselves the different individuals of the cormus, 
and on which are formed the ordinary blastozoites. They arise from 
the lower part of the abdomen of the individuals. Often they 
climb to the surface of these, and not infrequently the tunic of the 
stolon is so united as to be continuous with that of the individual. 
As, on the other hand, the stolons divide themselves into sections, 
one often sees isolated fragments of them crammed with reserve 
material, forming part at certain points with the tunic of individuals 
of which the branchia and digestive tube have more or less com- 
pletely disappeared. 

Like the normal stolons, the hibernating stolons enclose a pro- 
longation of the epicardiac tube (“ cloison stoloniale ”), of which the 
two faces are fused. 

Modifications of the Stolons—At certain points more or less 
regularly interspaced the stolonial tube produces numerous lateral 
digitiform diverticula, forming the whitish glomeruli in which the 
reserves are accumulated, and which may be compared with the 
gemmules of sponges and the statoblusts of the Bryozoa. On these 


486 Miscellaneous. 


glomeruli the exoderm of the stolon is rapidly modified. Instead 
of being very thin and flattened, it becomes cylindrical. The 
nuclei are usually on the internal face. ‘he reserve material, in 
the form of white opaque granules, and staining with carmine, is 
arranged, on the contrary, on the external face. The reserve 
granules are essentially different from excreted pigments, white or 
yellow, which form the ornamental lines on different parts of the 
bodies of the Claveline. In the lumen of the stolon there is found 
a mass of cellules which ought to be regarded as phagocytes, from 
the mesenchymatous elements arising without doubt from the meso- 
derm of the former animals of the colony. Many of these mesen- 
chymatous cellules also enclose reserve material, always under the 
form of white granules, occupying in the protoplasm the vacuoles 
which are generally blended into one large central vacuole; the 
protoplasm and the nucleus are thrust out to the periphery. The 
cellules so modified can agglomerate, and they end by blocking up 
the greatly distended stolon. Although these cellules appear to 
multiply actively, we have never been able to observe mitosic 
figures. The epicardiac partition presents no modification; it is 
always very thin and the two leavesremain joined. After a certain 
time the stolons divide into sections completely isolated one from 
another ; each new section presents numerous digitations. These 
various fragments always possess a portion of epicardium. 

Further Evolution of the Sections—The sections so isolated may 
remain for a longer or shorter time without evolution, according to 
the surrounding conditions. The development of the buds first 
shows itself by the change of aspect of the fragment of epicardium. 
The epicardial cells proliferate energetically by karyokinesis and 
become strongly colourable. They soon form a hollow vesicle, com- 
parable to the internal vesicle of the normal buds of Synascidians ; 
though we have not followed step by step the transformations of 
the vesicle, we do not doubt the homology of its ulterior develop- 
ment with that of the ordinary blastozoites of Clavelina. From 
the beginning of this process there is a rapid disappearance of the 
reserve material accumulated in the exoderm. The height of the 
epithelial cells diminishes in proportion as the cells multiply and 
empty themselves of their reserve material. The reserve material 
of the mesenchymatous cells disappears equally by digestion proper 
without the intervention of foreign elements. 

Summary.—A. The reconstitution of the corms of Clavelina, after 
winter, is accomplished by a process of budding homologous with 
the normal process of budding. 

B. The accumulation of reserves in the form described above is to 
be met with in the colonies collectedin July. It is exaggerated in 
proportion as the sexual reproduction diminishes (August and 
September), and attains its maximum in autumn, when the old 
individuals of the cormus, first reduced to their tunic of cellulose, 
have finally disappeared. 

OC. It ought, then, to be interpreted as a normal physiological 
arrangement, permitting the latent life of the cormus during a 
certain time. It is a process of hibernation comparable with that 
which we have already described in the Polyclinidee.— Comptes 
Rendus, 1896, tom. exxili. pp. 318-320. 


487 


INDEX tro VOL. XVIII. 


ABLEPHARUS, new species of, 342. 
Acharana, new species of, 113. 
Aclytia, new species of, 35. 

Acomys, new species of, 269. 

Acrea, new species of, 467. 

Adesmia, new species of, 453. 

Egocera triplagiata, new variety of, 
377. 

Agonus cataphractus, on the spawn- 
ing-period of, 57. 

Alena, new species of, 160. 

Aletis, new species of, 381. 

Alipes, notes on the genus, and new 
species of, 92. 

Amauris, new species of, 158. 

Ambia, new species of, 222. 

Ampharetide, on the homology of 
the anterior segments of, 470. 

Amphidromus, new species of, 102. 

Anchorella, new species of, 15. 

Andrena, new species of, 78. 

Anomala, new species of, 451. 

Antilochus, new species of, 268. 

Aprophantia, characters of the new 
genus, 261. 

Arachnida, new, 178. 

Archispirostreptus, new species of, 
187. 

Arenicola, on the nephridia, repro- 
ductive organs, and post-larval 
stages of, 295. 

Argyroeides, new species of, 32. 

Aripana, new species of, 168. 

Asconidz, on the classification of 
the, 349. 

Attheyella, new species of, 4. 

Aulacantha scolymantha, on the 
reproduction of, 422. 

Austen, E. E., on necrophagous 
Diptera attracted by the odour of 
flowers, 237. 

Automolis, new species of, 36. 

Banisia, new species of, 227. 

Barbus, new species of, 155, 

Barnacles, on a collection of, 119. 

Bassett-Smith, P. W., on the para- 
sitic Copepoda of fish, 8. 

Bathycharax, characters of the new 
genus, 259, 

Batrachia, new, 64, 340, 420, 467 ; 
on a new genus of aglossal, 420. 
Beguma, characters of the new 

genus, 228. 


Belemnia, new species of, 37. 

Bell, F. J., correction in the ‘ Cata- 
logue of British Echinoderms,’ 
428; on the “claims of priority,” 
476. 

Benedict, J. E., on Pagurus Kroyeri, 
Stimpson, 99. 

Benham, Dr. W. B., on some earth- 
worms from Celebes, 429. 

Birds, new, 189. 

Biton, new species of, 185. 

Blarinomys, characters of the new 
genus, 310. 

Blepharomastix, new species of, 218. 

Boneia, new species of, 242. 

Books, new :—Ridgway’s Manual of 
North - American Birds, 192; 
Swann’s Concise Handbook of 
British Birds, 195; Adams's Col- 
lector’s Manual of British Land 
and Freshwater Shells, 426; 
Browne’s Artistic and Scientific 
Taxidermy and Modelling, 477. 

Bordage, ., on the habits of Evania 
Desjardinsii, 473. 

Borgert, Dr. A., on the reproduction 
of the Tripylean Radiolaria, 
422, 

Boulenger, G. A., on new reptiles 
and batrachians from Celebes and 
Jampea, 62; on a new genus of 
Elapine snakes, 152; on fresh- 
water fishes from Smyrna, 153; on 
anew Siluroid fish from the Organ 
Mountains, 154; on new lizards 
from Roebuck Bay, 282; on new 
batrachians from Costa Rica, 340; 
on Threpterius maculosus, 397; 
on a case of simous malformation 
in a snake, 399; on a new genus 
of aglossal batrachians, 420; on 
two new frogs from Madagascar, 
420; on two new frogs from Lake 
Tanganyika, 467. 

Brachiella, new species of, 14. 

Brachyuromys, characters of the 
new genus, 322. 

Bracon, new species of, 262. 

Branchiobdella varians, on the ne- 
phridia of, 199. 

Brauer, Prof. F., on the bot-fly of 
the Indian elephant, 275. 

Brooks, W. K., on budding in Pero- 


488 


phora, 186; on the anatomy of 
Yoldia, 344. 

Broom, Dr. R., on two new species 
of Ablepharus, 342. 

Buliminus, new species of, 149. 

Buprestidae, on West Indian, 104. 

Buthus, new species of, 178. 

Butler, Dr. A. G., on new Pierine 
butterflies from Colombia, 42 ; on 
Lepidoptera from Nyasa, 67, 159 ; 
on a new species of Acreea, 467. 

Byblia, notes on the genus, 333. 

Calamaria, new species of, 62. 

Caligus, new species of, 11. 

Calliopsis, new species of, 283. 

Cania, new species of, 236. 

Canthocamptus, new species of, 6. 

Capoeta, new species of, 153. 

Cardium, new species of, 372. 

Carpophaga, new species of, 189. 

Castnia, new species of, 28. 

‘Catalogue of British Echinoderms,’ 
erratum in the, 428. 

Caullery, M., on the synascidia of 
the genus Colella, 153; on the 
hibernation of Clavelina lepadi- 
formis, 485, 

Causard, M., on a viviparous Ephe- 
mera, 480. 

Cenocnemis, characters of the new 
genus, 116. 

Ceroctis, new species of, 456. 

Cheetognaths, notes on the, 201. 

Chapman, F., on the Rhizopodal 
genera Webbina and Vitriwebbina, 
326. 

Charidea, new species of, 34. 

Chatin, J., on the determination of 
the directing element in the jaws 
of insects, 485. 

Chirogale, new species of, 325. 

Chondracanthus, new species of, 18. 

Circobotys, new species of, 109, 

Cirrhitide, notes on the family, 397. 

Clausia, new species of, 1. 

Clausilia simillima, new variety of, 
149. 

Clavelina lepadiformis, on the hiber- 
nation of, 485. 

Cobboldia elephantis, remarks on, 
275. 

Cockerell, T. D. A., on the Mexican 
species of Andrena, 78; on new 
bees from Vera Cruz, 282. 

Colella, on the synascidia of the 
genus, 133. 

Coleoptera, new, 104, 448. 


INDEX. ‘ 


Conant, F. S., notes on the Cheto- 
enaths, 201. 

Conogethes, new species of, 168. 

Copepoda parasitic on fish, on, 8. 

Coptobasis, new species of, 171. 

Corma, new species of, 235. 

Cosmoderus, new species of, 260. 

Cosmosoma, new species of, 30, 

Cropera, new species of, 384. 

Crossotus, new species of, 458. 

Crustacea, new, 1, 11, 362. 

Crystallogobius Nilssonii, on the 
post-larval stage of, 60. 

Ctenomys, new species of, 511. 

Cuspidaria, new species of, 375. 

Cyclarcha, new species of, 173. 

Cyclopides, new species of, 161. 

Cyclostoma, new species of, 318. 

Cyclotus, new species of, 150. 

Cylindrophis, new species of, 62. 

Cymoriza, new species of, 223. 

Cynictis, new species of, 469, 

Danaga, new species of, 217. 

Darna, new species of, 41. 

Dentalium, new species of, 371. 

Diacantha, new species of, 460, 

Dichocrocis, new species of, 170. 

Diorhabda, new species of, 460. 

Diplodactylus, new species of, 232. 

Diptera, on necrophagous, attracted 
by the odour of flowers, 237. 

Dirades, new species of, 230. 

Dolichosticha, new species of, 175. 

Drepanopsetta platessoides, on the 
ova and larvee of, 51. 

Drew, G., on the anatomy of Yoldia, 
344, 

Druce, H., on new Heterocera from 
Central and Tropical South Ame- 
rica, 28; from Central China, 235. 

Dycladia, new species of, 31. 

Ebulea, new species of, 110. 

Ebuleodes, characters of the new 
genus, 112. 

Echinomys, new species of, 312. 

Fgernia, new species of, 233. 

Elephant, on the bot-fly of the 
Indian, 275. 

Eligmodon, new species of, 307. 

Eliurus, new species of, 462. 

Embryoglossa, characters of the new 
genus, 2265. 

Enchocnemidia, new species of, 116. 

Enioche, characters of the new 
genus, 34. 

Ennea, new species of, 515. 

Ephemera, on a viviparous, 480. 


INDEX. 


Epiplema, new species of, 231. 
Eucereon, new species of, 38. 
Kudule, new species of, 41. 
Eugraphia, new species of, 42, 
Eumenes, new species of, 265. 
Kuralia, notes on species of, 70. 
Eurrhyparodes, new species of, 218. 
Eutermes, on the development of a 
species of, 277. 

Evania Desjardinsii, on the habits 
of, 473. 

Evolution, on animal temperature as 
a part of the problem of, 64. 

Faunas, on the distribution of 
southern, 120. 

Fauvel, P., on the homology of the 
anterior segments of Amphare- 
tide, 470. 

Felis domestica, note on a specimen 
of, 245. 

Fishes, new, 153, 154; on parasitic 
Copepoda of, 8. 

Flowers, on necrophagous Diptera 
attracted by the odour of, 237, 
Foraminifera, remarks on some 

genera of, 326, 

Fulton, H., on new Mollusca, 100. 

Gadessa, new species of, 167. 

Gahan, C. J., on Coleoptera from 
Aden and Somaliland, 448. 

Gethosyne, characters of the new 
genus, 221. 

Giard, A., on the hibernation of 
Clavelina lepadiformis, 485. 

Gill, Dr. T., on the genera Plectro- 
plites and Hypoplectrodes, 197. 

Glyphodes, new species of, 117. 

Glyphonycteris, characters of the 
new genus, 301 

Gnophela, new species of, 40. 

Gobius elapoides, on the habitat of, 
196. 

Goniorhynchus, new species of, 115. 

Great Britain, on contrasts in the 
marine fauna of, 400. 

Gregory, Dr. J. W., on Pseudodia- 
dema Jessoni, an echinoid from 
the Oxford Clay, 465. 

Gymnuromys, characters of the new 
genus, 324, 

Heematorithra, characters of the new 
genus, 162. 

Halictus, new species of, 293. 

Haliotigris, characters of the new 
genus, 163. 

Harpyionycteris, characters of the 
new genus, 245, 


489 


Helicina, new species of, 151. 
Helicostyla, new species of, 148. 
Heligmomerus, new species of, 183. 
Helix, new species of, 101. 
Hemiptera, new, 268. 

Heron, F. A., on a new Spindasis,190. 

Hibrildes, new species of, 162, 388. 

Histizea, new species of, 29. 

Homeeocera, new species of, 29. 

Hutton, Capt. F. W., on theoretical 
explanations of the distribution of 
southern faunas, 120. 

Hylella, new species of, 341. 

Hylodes, new species of, 340. 

Hymenochirus, characters of the new 
genus, 420, 

Hymenoptera, new, 78, 262, 282. 

Hypanis, notes on the genus, 333. 

Hypoplectrodes, notes on the genus, 
197. 

Hypselostoma, new species of, 148. 

Ilipa, new species of, 31. 

Insects, on the determination of the 
directing element in the jaws of, 
483. 

Isopods, on excretory organs and 
sexual conditions in certain, 415, 

Junonia cuama, notes on, 71, 

Kirby, W. F., on Orthoptera, 
Hymenoptera, and Hemiptera 
from the river Ogové, 257; on 
moths from Kast Africa, 375; on 
a new species of stick-insect, 463. 

Knower, H. McE., on the develop- 
ment of a termite, 277. 

Kyle, H. M., on the nephridia, repro- 
ductive organs, and _post-larval 
stages of Arenicola, 295, 

Lachesis, new species of, 63. 

Lemocharis, new species of, 30. 

Lahejia, characters of the new genus, 
459, 

Lasiacme, characters of the new 
genus, 176. 

Lasioptila, characters of the new 
genus, 386. 

Laurie, Prof. M., on the anatomy 
and development of scorpions, 121. 

Lee G., on budding in Perophora, 

36. 

Leger, L., on the evolution of Litho- 
cystis Schneideri, 478. 

Lepeophtheirus, new species of, 12. 

Lepidoplaga, new species of, 108. 

Lepidoptera, new, 28, 42, 67, 107, 
155, 158, 159, 163, 190, 214, 235, 
241, 375, 467, 


490 


Leptopalpus, new species of, 457. 
Lernea, new species of, 13. 
Leuciscus, new species of, 154. 
Leucogephyra, characters of the new 
genus, 219. 
Leydig, F., on the brood-cayities of 
the Surinam toad, 270. 
Lichenopteryx, new species of, 389. 
Limnogale, characters of the new 
genus, 318. 
Lithocystis Schneideri, on the evolu- 
tion of, 478. 
Loxoscia, new species of, 167. 
Lygosoma, new species of, 253. 
Lyonsia, new species of, 374. 
M‘Intosh, Prof., on the ova, larval 
and young forms of Rhombus 
maximus, 44; on the ova and 
larve of Drepanopsetta plates- 
soides, 51; on the spawning-period 
of Agonus cataphractus, 57; on 
the post-larval stage of Crystal- 
logobius Nilssonii, 60; on injuries 
to oysters by boring forms, 61 ; on 
contrasts in the marine fauna of 
Great Britain, 400. 
Macrocneme, new species of, 29. 
Major, Dr. C.1. F., on new mammals 
from Madagascar, 318, 461. 
Mammals, new, 241, 269, 301, 318, 
461, 469. 
Mantidactylus, new species of, 420. 
Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi, remarks 
on, 3. 
Margarochroma, characters of the 
new genus, 164, 
Marine fauna of Great Britain, on 
contrasts in the, 400. 
Marmosa, new species of, 313. 
Marshall, G. A. K., on the genus 
Byblia, 333. 
Mastigocerca, new species of, 17. 
Mastogenius, new species of, 105. 
Maxula, new species of, 392. 
Megachile, new species of, 284. 
Melissodes, new species of, 289, 
Melvill, J. C., on new Mollusca from 
8. Africa, 314. 
Metasia, new species of, 217. 
Metasiodes, new species of, 216. 
Metopidia, new species of, 19. 
Micrantereus, new species of, 455. 
Microcystina, new species of, 144. 
Microgale, new species of, 320, 461. 
Mimorista, new species of, 114. 
Minchin, E. A., on the classification 
of the Asconide, 349. 


INDEX. ; 


Mollusca, new, 100, 144, 314, 367. 

Monostyla, new species of, 21. 

Mus, new species of, 246. 

Mycalesis, new species of, 158. 

Mylothris, new species of, 43. 

Myonera, new species of, 374. 

Myriapoda, new, 92, 187. 

Myrina, new species of, 155. 

Nanina, new species of, 100. 

Natica, new species of, 370. 

Némec, B., on excretory organs and 
sexual conditions in certain Iso- 
pods, 415. 

Neotrichura, characters of the new 
genus, 39, 

Neritos, new species of, 38. 

Neuroxena, characters of the new 
genus, 382. 

Nosophora, new species of, 173. 

Notarcha, new species of, 166. 

Notommata, new species of, 26. 

Nymphula, new species of, 220. 

Oligostigma, new species of, 221. 

Ophion, new species of, 263. 

Orphanostigma, new species of, 175. 

Orthocona, characters of the new 
genus, 214, 

Orthoptera, new, 257, 463. 

Oryzomys, new species of, 305. 

Oryzoryctes, new species of, 321. 

Oxeoschistus, new species of, 241. 

Oxymycterus, new species of, 308. 

Oysters, on injuries to, by boring 
forms, 61. 

Pachyzancla, new species of, 174. 

Pagurus Kréyeri, Stimpson, remarks 
on, 99. 

Palamneus and Scorpio, on a new 
distinction between the genera, 
75. 

Paliga, new species of, 113. 

Palophus, new species of, 463. 

Panopea, new species of, 69. 

Pantceocome, characters of the new 
genus, 173. 

Paraeumelea, new species of, 395, 

Parotis, new species of, 117. 

Patania, new species of, 175. 

Perichzxta, new species of, 429. 

Perophora, on budding in, 156. 

Phegoptera, new species of, 40. 

Phenarete, characters of the new 
genus, 31. 

Pheodaria, on the reproduction of 
the, 422. 

Pharambara, new species of, 229. 

Phascogale flavipes, note on, 348. 


INDEX. 


Phasis, new species of, 28. 

Phasmidze, new species of, 463. 

Phocoderma, new species of, 256. 

Pholadide, notes on the, 250. 

Phoxocephalus pectinatus and P. 
simplex, remarks on, 156. 

Pieris kigaha, note on, 43. 

Pilsbry, H. A., on a collection of 
barnacles, 119. 

Pimpla, new species of, 263. 

Pintia, new species of, 235, 

Pionia, new species of, 37. 

Pipa dorsigera, on the brood-cavities 
of, 270. 

Planema, new species of, 159. 

Planispira, new species of, 147. 

Platamonia, new species of, 177. 

Plateopsis, characters of the new 
genus, 170. 

Plectotropis, new species of, 147, 

Plectroplites, note on the genus, 
197. 

Pleuroptya, new species of, 165, 

Pleurotoma, new species of, 368, 

Pocock, R. I., on a new generic dis- 
tincticn between the scorpions of 
the genera Scorpio and Palamnzeus, 
75; on a new species of Alipes 
from Nyasaland, 92; on scorpions, 
spiders, centipedes, and millipedes 
from the Goolis Mountains, 178. 

Polychorista, characters of the new 
genus, 109. 

Polycorys, characters of the new 
genus, 172. 

Ponsonby, J. H., on new Mollusca 
from 8. Africa, 314. 

Porphyrobaphe, new species of, 105. 

Priority, on claims of, 476. 

Prophantis, definition of the new 
genus, 115. 

Protandrena, characters of the new 
genus, 91. 

Protocerza, new species of, 377. 

Protonoceras, new species of, 110, 

Pseudocharidea, characters of the 
new genus, 39. 

Pseudodiadema, 
465. 

Pseudonotis, new species of, 155. 

Pseudosphonoptera, new species of, 
29. 


new species of, 


Pupa, new species of, 317. 

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills, on 
new, 107, 168, 214. 

Pyramarista, characters of the new 
genus, 391. 


491 


Quinton, M., on animal temperature 
as a part of the problem of evo- 
lution, 64, 

Radiolaria, on the reproduction of 
the Tripylean, 422. 

Rana, new species of, 467. 

Rattulus, new species of, 25. 

Redoa, new species of, 383. 

Reptilia, new, 62, 152, 232, 342. 

Rhacophorus, new species of, 421. 

Rhax ornata, new subspecies of, 185. 

Rhinolophus, new species of, 244, 

Rhipidomys, new species of, 303. 

Rhombus maximus, on the oya, 
larval and young forms of, 44. 

Rotifera, new, 17. 

Sagitta, new species of, 213. 

Salpina, new species of, 24. 

Scolecithrix, new species of, 362. 

Scorpio and Palamnzus, on a new 
distinction between the genera, 
75; new species of, 180. 

Scorpions, on the anatomy and de- 
velopment of, 121; on, from the 
Goolis Mountains, 178. 

Scott, A., on new and rare British 
Crustacea, 1; on Scolecithrix hi- 
bernica, a new Copepod, 862. 

Scott, T., on new and rare British 
Crustacea, 1. 

Scrobicularia, new species of, 375. 

Sharpe, Miss E. M., on new Lepi- 
doptera from E. Africa, 158. 

ewe C. P., on the Pholadide, 
250. 

Smith, E. A., on land-shells from 
Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao, 144; 
ao Indian deep-sea Mollusea, 
367. 

Smith, H. G., on new Oriental Ly- 
cenide, 155; on a new Satyrid 
butterfly from Costa Rica, 241. 

Smitt, F. A., on the habitat of 
Gobius elapoides, 196, 

Snake, on a case of simous malfor- 
mation in a, 399. 

Southern faunas, on the distribution 
of, 120, 

Spadella, new species of, 212. 

Spelerpes, new species of, 341. 

Sphenophryne, new species of, 64. 

Spiders from the Goolis Mountains, 
on, 182; on spermatogenesis in, 
346. 

Spindasis, new species of, 190, 

Stenorhina Degenhardti, on a case 
of simous malformation in, 399, 


492 


Stokes, Dr. A. C., on new American 
Rotifera, 17. 

Striglina, new species of, 227, 

Subulina, new species of, 516, 

Snfetula, new species of, 225. 

Surinam toad, on the brood-cavities 
of the, 270. 

Syllythria, new species of, 107. 

Syntomodora, new species of, 174. 

Syntrichura, new species of, 33. 

Teeda, new species of, 161. 

Taphrocampa, new species of, 18. 

Temperature, on animal, as a part of 
the problem of evolution, 64. 

Termite, on the development of a, 
277. 

Thirmida, new species of, 42. 

Thomas, O., on mammals from Cele- 
bes, Borneo, and the Philippines, 
241; on a new Acomys from 
Somaliland, 269; on new mam- 
mais from the Neotropical region, 
301. 

Threpterius maculosus, observations 
on, 397 

Toxicocalamus, characters of the new 
genus, 152. 

Trichomera, characters of the new 
genus, 257, 


INDEX. , 


Trichomycterus, new ~species of, 
154. 

Trichura, new species of, 32. 

Trochomorpha, new species of, 146. 

Vieta, new species of, 454. 

Vitriwebbina, remarks on the genus, 
326. 

Voinov, D. N., on the nephridia of 
Branchiobdella varians, 199. 

Wagner, J., on spermatogenesis in 
spiders, 346, 

Waite, E. R., on Phascogale flavipes, 
348, 

Walker, A. O., 
pectinatus, 156, 

Warren, W., on new Pyralide from 
the Khasia Hills, 107, 163, 214. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on Buprestidee 
from the West Indies, 104, 

Webbina, remarks on the genus, 
326. 

Whitehead, J., on a new species of 
fruit-pigeon, 189. 

Winton, W. E. de, on a new mon- 
goose from Matabeleland, 469. 

Xesta, new species of, 145. 

Yoldia, on the anatomy of, 344 ; new 
species of, 375. 

Zygzena, new species of, 379, 


on Phoxocephalus 


EN] OF THE EIGHTEENTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND 


FRANCIS, 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


Soak 
ST ae Pe Ser Pity Ter hi ais och ae Sle, Hf 
Pais brehain Rises. se Radha es 
! ease ae 
UMN cate Tle fo Vanheheg iS 
aC is A i ua BES riba 
AS 8 eg : pm AY 


we fli, de Sure 3 Fes} 
£0 ee Ya Tot a ci aT 
asthe i +>. yi Qe? 
5 Ls Oz Ua ers 
Ett thy. ve 


oy ‘ APRRHY 


is Ven ae 
Piet 28 SF tse 


Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.6.Vol.XVII PL. I. 


A. Scott del Mintern Bros.hth. 
Figs. 1a.Clausia Cluthe. sp.n. 
Figs 13-2] Maraenobiotus Vejdovskyi,Mrazek. 


Anav.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6 Vol. XVI PULL. 


X 
A-Scott del. Mintern Bros .lith. 
Figs 113.Attheyella Duthiei. spn Figs 1422 Canthocamptus parvus.sp.n. 
Fig. 23 Maraenobiotus Vesdovsky1,Mrazek. 


Oe 


\ = or ian eee 
eS ny Ke GOSS 


PW.B.S. del. Mintern Bros.Jith. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hest .S.6 Vol. XVIIT.PU.IV. 


\ fens Ml 
ip ee) 


(L> ay 2Mp. 


Mintern Bros. ith. 


{ | 
eR. 
Fy 
BX 


Ann .& May. Nat Hist . S.6.Vol. XVIII. PL.V. 


is 

GS 
la. )) 
ne 
Bos | cae 


SOS va \ ‘ NS Ee 


40 My Ea la 


ad 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


Ann.& May. Not. Hist .S.6.Vol. XVII PU VI. 


GE 


N, 


ye 


Vif fr 


PIW.B-Siidel. Mintern Bros. lth. 


- 


Ann & Mag. Nat. list .S.6. Vol. XVIL.PU.VIL 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


A, 
5 rah J 
Aon) A! wage 


[Pa el Caen | 
te 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.6.Vol. XVIIEPU.VIL . 


Mintern Bros. ith. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist .S.6.Vol. XVII. PU. IX. 


Mintern Bros. lth. 


M.Laurie del. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist .§.6.Vol. XVII. PU.X 


Ve B. asa 
J.Green del et lith. 
LAND SHELLS FROM SE 


intern Bros. imp. 


LAYAR,JAMPEA & KALAO IS. 


Anin.& Moy. Nat.Hist. §.6. Vol. XVINPL.XI. 


Mintern Bros . imp. 


J.Green del.etlith. 


Aniv.& Mag. Nat. Hist.8.6. Vol XVULPU AIL. 


Mintern Bros . imp. 


Jd. Green del et lith. 


& Mag . Net. Hist.S.6 Vol. XVM.PU XI. 


Anw 
b 


SSS — 


uy 


ee 


SN was gener am 


Mantern Bros. lth. 


fh sx 
ho 2 
2> 4 > 


oS 


Mintern Bros.lth. 


a 


a 
‘ 


é; is i * oe " “I 

ie ¥ oy | , 
Ree Oa LM PY VAOY wee 
SLE Oe OAR ARD cl VAY) Ogg yy voh ey 


. a 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.6.Vol. XVII, PUXV. 


Mantern Bros. lth. 


Ana. 6 Mag. Net. Hist.5.6 Vol. XVI. PU.XVI, 


R&R.E.Mintern del.et lith. intern Bros.imp. 


Année Mag. Nat. Hist.S.0. Vel XVII. PU XVII. 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


A.Scott del.ad nat. | 
SCOLECGITHRIX HIBERNICAn.sp. 


Année Mag. Nab. Hist.S.6.Vol. XVII. PU. XVIL 


Mintern Bros. lth. 


SCOLECITHRIX HIBERNICA.n.sp. 


A. Scott del.ad nat 


UN ith 
Acie 


Ve 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. XVII. PU XIX. 


Sh 4A" 
; pikes y (galas: 


as AMI ES 


imp. 


Mintern Bros. 


J.Green del et lith. 


MOTHS FROM EAST AFRICA. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat.Htst.S.6.Vol.XVIL. PU XX. 


XVII 


| VAN 
~~ po 


X1X 


XV | 


AVA 


XVIII 


Vintern Bros. kth. 


sy ms bh ae ae yrs 


Ann. & May. Not Hist..5.6Vol.XVII.PU.XXT. 


Te 
etic eral 
xxiv! XXV | XXVIIXXVII 


Mintern Bros. ht 


? Vol. 18. SIXTH SERIES. No. 103. 


———_— —< 
THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘“‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


| ve Re ey No. CIll. 

| ey JULY 1896. 

| 

| 

| CONDUCTED BY 

| ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
| WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.RB.S., F.L.S., F.G.S, 
| AND 

| WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. 

| BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 

| 

| 


° BL ILV ER PE ay ea 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. - 


Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, 
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 


Berlin. — 
ee Ee bs 


WITH EIGHT PLATES. 
| 


an TT 


ERRATA (‘ Annals,’ January 1896). 


P. 75, line 11, for next read preceding. _ 
Plate *: for 17 read 15a. 
iy ‘for 18 read 17, 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 
. INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp, 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price£1. 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each. 


FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 


BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. 


VOL. IIL., 16s. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yvo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1. 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each. 
MOTHS.— Vols. I., II., & III. 
By G. F. HAMPSON. 
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


Royal 8vo, price 12s, 
CATALOGUE 
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE 
OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS 
IN THE 
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
Part 3.—Aves. | 
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c. 
Price Qs.each, 
Appenpices 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the 
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 


OF THE 


PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS 


. CONTAINED IN THE 

| MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
By J. H. TARGETT. . 

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


i Vol. 18. SIXTH SERIES. — aN oe 


THE ANNALS: (2° 7%" © 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


. CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S8., F.G.S., 


AND 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH TWO PLATES. 

Illustrative of Dr. M. Laurie’s Paper on the Anatomy and Development of 
Scorpions, and Mr. E. A, Smith’s on Land-Shells from the Islands of Selayar, 
Jampea, and Kalao, 

LONDON: alt 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
Sold. by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
“Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 
Berlin. 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 


Published under the authority of the Seeretary of State for India in sae ice a pa 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp, 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Pees él. 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.BS. _ 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D., &c. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 


BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. II, 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. 


VOL. III, 15s. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


MOTHS.—Vols. I, II., & ITI. 
By G. F. HAMPSON, 


Tay Lor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


Royal 8vo, price 12s, 
CATALOGUE 
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE ~ 


OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS 


IN THE 


MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. ie 


Part 3.—Aves. 
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e. 
Price 2s. each. — 
Aprenpiczs 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the 
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 


OF THE 


PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS 


CONTAINED IN THE 


MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
By J. H. TARGETT. 


TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C, 


pa. 
- a ae) 


7 Va. eS: SIXTH SERIES. No. 100. 
. See ae ee 


= THE ANNALS | 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING | 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


| 
{ 


os 


CONDUCTED BY ; 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. 


ar! BEING 4 CONTINUATION OF THE ‘“‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH TWO PLATES. 


Tllustrative of Mr. R. I. Pocock’s Paper on Scorpions, Spiders, Centipedes, and 
Millipedes from N. Somaliland, and Mr. W. F. Kirby’s on Orthoptera, 
Hymenoptera, and Hemiptera from the River Ogové. 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 
Berlin. — : 


——— 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 


INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts, Price £1. 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each, 


FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 


BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. II., 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. 


VOL. III, 15s. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F-.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


MOTHS.—Vols. I., IT., & IIT. 
By G. F. HAMPSON. 


Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC. 


Royal 8vo, price 12s. 
CATALOGUE 
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE , 
OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS 
IN THE 
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 

Part 3.—Aves. 

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c. 

Price 2s. each. 
Apprnnices 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the 
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 


OF THE 


PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS 


CONTAINED IN THE 


MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND, — 
By J. H. TARGETT. 


Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C, 


von Le. SIXTH SERIES. No, 106. 


ch Hf 


THE ANNALS | 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Px.D., PLS.) 00s 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
- ‘MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH FOUR PLATES. 


Illustrative of Mr. H. M. Kyle’s Paper on the Nephridia, Reproductive Organs, | 
and Post-larval Stages of Arenicola, and Messrs. J.C. Melvill and J. H. 
_ Ponsonby’s on new Mollusca from South Africa. 


Disc Ms ‘LONDON: 
_ TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 

| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 

- Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, | 


‘Berlin. | 


BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. 


Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN, 


SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. 


ZOOLOGY. 


Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i.-xxxy., 
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp. 1-544, pls, xxxvi.—Ix.) 
Reptilia. By A. Ginrner. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i—lix.) 


Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248, 


Is. i.-xXv. 
: eA Araneidea. By O. Pickarp CamprinGe. (Pp. 1-192, pls. i.- 
xxi) 

Chilopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. iii.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsruapHipm &c.). By D. SHarp, A, 
Mattuews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i-xiv.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C. O. WATERHOUSE, 
G. H. Horn, and G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-552, pls, i.—xxiii.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHora). By D. SHarp, (Pp. 1- 
168, pls. i.—vi.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyncHopHoRa, continued). By D. Suarp 
and W. F. H. BLanpForp. (Pp. 1-144, pls. i—v.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Erotyiipm). By H.8.Gornam. (Pp. 1-216, 

ls. i—xi. 

E Bea BE Vol.I. By P.Cammron. (Pp. 1-466, pls.i—xx.) Vol. IL. 
(Pp. 1-392, pls. i—xiv.) 


Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O, Sarvin, 


(Pp. tay , pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. I. (Pp. 1-424, pls. xlviti.— 

Ixxxviii. 

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucn. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IL. 

(Pp. 1-298.) (Pls. i.-lxiv.) 
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.) 
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowzer. (Pp. 1-168, 

Is, i.—x. 

: tiitcee: Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten SackeEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.) 
Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van per Wop. (Pp. 1-312, pls. i—vii.) 
Diptera. Vol. Ill. By S. W. Witisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) 
Neuroptera, By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) 

Orthoptera. By A. ps Bormans, H. DE Saussure, and L. ZEHNTNER. 

(Pp. 1-200, pls. i.-x.) 

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. 


ARCH AOLOGY. 


By A. P. Mavpstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i—xcix. Vol. III. pp, 1-24, 
. pls. i-xxy. Vol. 1V. pp. 1-18, pls. i—xxiv.) 


London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrer, 7 Princes Street, 
Cavendish S8q., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W. 


KIRBY'S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES. 
DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.) 
—_—— ——. SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d. 


LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. I. SPHINGES anp 
BOMBYCES. 1892. £2 2s. nett. 


__. ———. Vol. II.. NOCTU (in preparation). 
NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s, 


Gurney and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row. 


a 


‘’ 
Vol. 18. SIXTH SERIES. No, 107. 
j xe Ss eS 1 a ee Bs 


TH KE ANNALS 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


| INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ayn GEOLOGY. 
| 


CONDUCTED BY 
| ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
|}. WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH THREE PLATES. 


Illustrative of Mr. A. Scott’s Paper on Scolecithrix hibernica, and Mr. W. F. 
Kirby’s on Moths from East Africa. 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STRERT, 


Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo,: Bailliére, 
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 


Berlin. 


A 


5 og 


BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. 


Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALYIN. 


SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. 


ZOOLOGY. 


Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F, D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i—xxxy., 

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If, (Pp. 1-544, pls, xxxvi.—lx.) 

Reptilia. By A. Ginrner. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i—lix.) 
Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248, 
ls, 1.—Xv. 

j nice hide Araneidea. By 0. Prckarp CampBrings. (Pp. 1-208, pls. i- 

EX: 

Ghiissoas By R. I. Pocoex. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.) : 
Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PseLapHipm &c.), By D. SHarp, A. 

Matruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i.—xiv.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szmrricornta). By C. O. WATERHOUSE, 
G. H. Horn, and G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-584, pls. i.—xxiv.) 
Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHoRA). By D.SHarp. (Pp. l- 

168, pls. i.—vi.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RHyNcHOPHORA, continued), By D. SHaRp 

and W. F. H. BLanprorp. (Pp. 1-144, pls. i—v.) 
Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryripm). By H.S8, Gornam. (Pp. 1-216, — 

ls. i.—xi.) ; 

3 Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron. (Pp. 1-466, pls.i—xx.) Vol. Il. 

(Pp. 1-392, pls. i—xiv.) 
Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin, 

(Pp. 1-487, pls. ixlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp, 1-440, pls. xlviii.— 

Ixxxix. 
pss fie Heterocera, Vol.I. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IL. 

(Pp. 1-320.) (Pls. i—lxvii.) 

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i.—v.) 
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. W. Fowtrr. (Pp. 1-168, 
ls. i.—x.) 

. Diptera. Vol. I By Baron OC. R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.) 
Diptera. Vol. I]. By F. M. van pER WouLpP. (Pp. 1-820, pls. i—vii.) 
Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Winuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) 
Neuroptera. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) , 
Orthoptera. By A. pe Bormans, H. pE Saussure, and L, ZEHNTNER. 

(Pp. 1-200, pls. ix.) 

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. 


ARCH AOLOGY. 


By A. P. Maupsray. (Vol. L. pp. 1-64, pla. i—xeix. Vol. IIL. pp. 1-24, 
: pls. i-xxv. Vol. IV. pp. 1-18, pls. i—xxiv.) 


London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 7 Princes Street, | 
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W, 


Royal 8vo, price 12s. 
CATALOGUE 
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE 
OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS 
: IN THE 
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
Part 3.—Aves. 1 
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c. 


TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


5 


Bs: 


> * Vol. 18. - SIXTH SERIES. No. 108. 
_ ee : 
| Ae) THE ANNALS 


re | ae : 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


No, CVIIT. 


DEC. 1896. 


CONDUCTED BY . 
| ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
| WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.LS. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH TWO. PLATES. ~ 


Illustrative of Dr. W. B. Benham’s Paper on some Earthworms 
from Celebes.: 


LONDON: . | 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


Sold by Simpkin, Marshall,. Hamilton, Kent, & ©o.,. Ld. ; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
‘Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 
bee eaten. AN 


a 
ae : * , oy ae: i 


J ust out, 1 vol., roy. 8vo, extra cloth. Cash price 18s. 


The Hon. ALICIA AMHERSTS < <_- 
HISTORY OF GARDENING IN ENGLAND. 


A new Edition, with 67 illustrations of Old English Gardens and a 
revised text. 


The First Edition was sold within two months of its eres and many 
were the disappointments of unsuccessful would-be buyers. 


A truly charming book, full of well-told information about Gardens, Gardening, 
and the Introduction of Foreign Plants into England. i 


Favourable press notices have appeared in the ‘ Quarterly ’ and other Reviews, 
the ‘ Times’ and other Daily Papers. é 


BERNARD QuvarircH, 15 Piceadilly, London. 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 


INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Seeretary of State for India in Council. 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp, 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1. 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &c. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 


BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. 


VOL. III., 15s. 
By W. 'P. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1 each. 


MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. 
By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. 


Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s., 
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES 


OF 


ST. ANDREWS. 
By W. C. MINTOSH, M.D., F.RS.E., F.LS., &. 


TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. : \ 


tip: 


ek 


a) Ws nil ik ts a: 
i i Ay 


iat t Pais 
i] > nf ” a ra 


ed LO) Ue Po] 5 p 0 
35 > > = a 
por eS ai =. ie 
Sy m ANS m = , m 
wn w = wn 
R} ES |, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS, $3 lyy 
= = ee ge = 
SEEDS Na Fea 3 
" i oO ; SMA: YP ‘. 
VE SRN ae Z 
Pie aoe : > 
ISNI_NVINOSHLINS Sa IyVvug ie i BRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITL 
a Ww - us yy, = 
= a sf p= . a3 
= _< < ee 
cS a fox = e = 
4 = si 
O S rs} a. 5 
z ) ar Zz rf ea 
bEES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SZIYY: 
= = c 
6 i 6 Caen 
= 70 = 2 3 La 
a] - > — > - ~ ¥ up | 
= : = - 
r - E a ro 
AG. alae Z : z 
LSNI NVINOSHLINS S3 Iyvuad Te “ _'NSTITU 
z = o= = < &\ 
fy 5 = i S f = 5 NA 
” 7) 7) 7) aA WSS 
Ae, O % i a oO x 
Pe =e = = E 
2 3 ; rr * a = ’ 
MEES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION, NOILOLIASNI_NVINOSHLIWS Sa 1YyWve 
ul a “ a oo 
= te! by “a - a oy = 
 .. #7; ond ae a Lr YEE [aa 
OZ = Gus) (Eas) RR E 
x GH, a - = 
alee : aes 
LSNI~ NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU? 
a 3 e 5 gic le 
ow =< w = ify ow 
<¥ 5 Fa 5 $s re 
- for 
2 = x oe G PZ 2 
m ” ia ” ; a 
I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa 1YVvy 
= ah. eae = = , 
= - * = Wy, = = 
Sr = RNS we le ahha = = 
ae XY F 
: ase : 
SNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3J'YVvVygiT LI BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 
z a z ” = 
“ ud wo uu n 
= ne 4 = +i 
a < a = ‘5 
= i Cc a es 
= wm | b = 


Saluvug 


INSTITUTI 


INSTITUTI 
N 
S3IYVUs 


saiuvaag 


-RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 
x 


j 


NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 


9 


\ 


LNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS) 


NVINOSHLIWS 


SMITHSONIAN 
LDS ey 
“i 

NVINOSHLIWS 


NVINOSHLIWS 


ES 


NOILALILSNI 
NOILNLILSNI 


NOILNLILSNI 
LIBRARI E 


3RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S21 


SaIuVUGIT LIBRAR! 


= = z 

° ° © 

ees . be = 

a Ne P= <=] 

Pf f E 3 

- GHZ = _ 
JLINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS 


NVINOSHLINS S3Iu¥Vvuait 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 
SMITHSONIAN 
ls 


tip 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS a | 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S23 
‘x ~~ 


w > 7p) = Ww) 
= 10 pa ra = 
oc . = ox a. oc 
<3; = < ae < 
a : : 3 8 
ea za | en = fal 
ILALILSNI S3INVHYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_ INS 
wi = S os ip i 
o be w 2 w YX 
x 5 wD = 2 fs 
a E : E ‘> El 
- E 4 ae iG 
m m m 
7) cS Ww = w 
w md w 
= < = fe = 
4 C = Mt. = a4. 
BS AN 2 LD Oo 2a 
WN 3 SW 8 AE 2 g 4 
\ SE Wr 2.7 7" z 
* 2 . 2 3 > 


ILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saluvualq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INS 


-RARIES SMITHSONI 
4G 
G; 


LALILSNI 
LALILSNI 
-RARIES 
LMLILSNI 


anad ESN Leonie ne aR P eee 
evant Weebl ea ‘ 
PLT UAC yy ehh ‘ 
Er EM mR AUT ELE Siete Cn ; 
AR ou bw Winter Pee es 
t a ne foes ee ee Lj 
JEW Ri edogiane eu cman hen yey tg had 
PS a PUR BLE tg 9 ried 
PP MWe Tae rete adh te titet 
WORMS he ASK ie te Bitatin a taih aie! , 
‘ ROW MOA Kae oh me kae 
OCU Rr ity wei, Nid taeda eagle ne 
y h re" ie Or saat q 
SS Dre AM ah ich jad kek ebay Gta 
bay Rai Zit i b) WAR hi Ranges 
GALS, CRE lager Nor ew b 
ierrgt a'et hy gnats Pare Tt Ma 
a taitehed Vhs ava . OME hia a beg UMivideaees bse ale wh Tee aH 
PR HN Deb a ol Od og BoB tec fm Wen ty ae Be. Mabe Nhs ote Me ore : ' 
a ye Pievg OR pier tere 
MOS ce 
We fisnen ate 
fei hee 
4a. tapi, 
eg 
nisi Ve 
“ RY f 
; wel 
bie F 
i : 
htute ya 
roby ‘ 
SUP valjong nacre oa Wa Ne fait 
WEEN G Fork tye hitg bi : shies ‘ 
TEMPE UN pet Wu . R ‘ 
de Pigs eC eng ery ms ua 
Tet sya ae 
"34 SORIRELD i terieaehes GDA, 
OBS UN Myer Shier hor stn Cert gt, BORN PAD i ; 
aR rhe ine es aR TB PRICIER 1 Sari retin 
WH Suse : hi ‘ ( hd 
my bude’ Py 
ryt) ab Ackeanl ese bie 4 bak 
SUA UI Se atest okie 
CLO Be WOU NEL tat ashe ’ we rah) 
Maeno Gree A Ae Van 
hist Unb pak tl teak 


WMI 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


Ih 


3 9088 01314 0298 


‘ 
CN Gye | dase Op : Nemes yy Pr 1 ‘ 
Wye os 6 1 ‘ Hult ‘ 
Del at er, ' ‘ : es ‘ 
‘ we Wy 

, : . 

n ‘ 

v ‘ ‘ 

ay ‘ i ; A 


hi 
ee 
helt 
i 


PeMceG 
rhe 

7 

i bs 
Hira!